Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 15, 2010

Registration No. 333-167370

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



TORNIER B.V.*
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

The Netherlands
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3842
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  98-0509600
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Olivier van Noortstraat 4
3124 LA Schiedam
The Netherlands
(+ 31) 20 577 1177
(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

Fred. Roeskestraat 123
1076 EE Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(+ 31) 20 577 1177
(Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Cristopher Greer, Esq.
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 728-8000
  Charles Ruck, Esq.
Shayne Kennedy, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
650 Town Center Drive, 20th Floor
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
(714) 540-1235



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

                  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o

                  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

                  Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of securities to be registered
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Ordinary shares, par value €0.01 per share

  $205,000,000   $14,617(3)

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)
Includes ordinary shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an overallotment option.

(3)
Previously paid.

                   The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

*  The registrant will convert from a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) to a public company with limited liability ( naamloze vennootschap ) prior to the effective date of this registration statement. Upon such conversion, the registrant will be known as Tornier N.V.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED            , 2010

Preliminary Prospectus

                        Shares

GRAPHIC

Tornier N.V.

Ordinary Shares



              Tornier N.V., a public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, is selling                        ordinary shares. This is an initial public offering of our ordinary shares. The estimated initial public offering price is between $            and $            per ordinary share.

              Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TRNX."

               Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 8.



 
 
Per
Ordinary Share
 
Total
 
Initial public offering price              
Underwriting discount              
Proceeds to Tornier N.V., before expenses              

              We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                        additional ordinary shares on the same terms and conditions set forth above to cover overallotments, if any.

               Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

              The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares to investors on                                    , 2010.



BofA Merrill Lynch       J.P.Morgan

 

Piper Jaffray

 

Credit Suisse

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

William Blair & Company

                    , 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

THE OFFERING

  5

RISK FACTORS

  8

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

  39

USE OF PROCEEDS

  40

DIVIDEND POLICY

  42

CAPITALIZATION

  42

DILUTION

  44

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  46

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  49

BUSINESS

  78

MANAGEMENT

  104

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

  115

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

  133

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  135

DESCRIPTION OF ORDINARY SHARES

  140

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  154

TAXATION

  156

UNDERWRITING

  165

LEGAL MATTERS

  171

EXPERTS

  171

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  171

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



              You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, ordinary shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

              We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.

i


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

ii


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

               This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this section is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you or that you should consider before making an investment decision. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus, including the information contained in the section entitled "Risk Factors." You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information and consolidated financial information and the notes thereto included in this prospectus.

               Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to "we," "us," "our," the "Company" and "Tornier" refer collectively to Tornier N.V., after giving effect to its conversion to a public limited liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Our Business

              We are a global medical device company focused on surgeons that treat musculoskeletal injuries and disorders of the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, ankle and foot. We refer to these surgeons as extremity specialists. We sell to this extremity specialist customer base a broad line of joint replacement, trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologic products to treat extremity joints. Our motto of "specialists serving specialists" encompasses this focus. In certain international markets, we also offer joint replacement products for the hip and knee. We currently sell over 70 product lines in approximately 35 countries.

              We have had a tradition of innovation, intense focus on surgeon education and commitment to advancement of orthopaedic technology since our founding approximately 70 years ago in France by René Tornier. Our history includes the introduction of the porous orthopaedic hip implant, the application of the Morse taper, which is a reliable means of joining modular orthopaedic implants, and, more recently, the introduction of the reversed shoulder implant in the United States. This track record of innovation over the decades stems from our close collaboration with leading orthopaedic surgeons and thought leaders throughout the world.

              We were acquired in 2006 by an investor group led by Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., or WP Bermuda, and medical device investors, including The Vertical Group, L.P., or The Vertical Group, Split Rock Partners, L.P., or Split Rock, and Douglas W. Kohrs, our Chief Executive Officer. We refer to this group of investors as the Investor Group. They recognized the potential to leverage our reputation for innovation and our strong extremity joint portfolio as a platform upon which they could build a global company focused on the rapidly evolving upper and lower extremity specialties. The Investor Group has contributed capital resources and a management team with a track record of success in the orthopaedic industry in an effort to expand our offering in extremities and accelerate our growth. Since the acquisition in 2006, we have:


Table of Contents

              As a result of the foregoing actions, we believe our addressable worldwide market opportunity has increased from approximately $2 billion in 2006 to approximately $7 billion in 2009.

              We believe we are differentiated by our full portfolio of upper and lower extremity products, our dedicated extremity-focused sales organization and our strategic focus on extremities. We further believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the opportunities in the extremity products marketplace as we are already among the global leaders in the shoulder and ankle joint replacement markets with the #2 market position worldwide for sales of shoulder joint replacement products and the #1 market position in the United States in foot and ankle joint replacement systems in 2009 as measured by revenue. We more recently have expanded our technology base and product offering to include: new joint replacement products based on new materials; improved trauma products based on innovative designs; and proprietary orthobiologic materials for soft tissue repair. In the United States, which is the largest orthopaedic market, we believe that our single, "specialists serving specialists" distribution channel is strategically aligned with what we believe is an ongoing trend in orthopaedics for surgeons to specialize in certain parts of the anatomy or certain types of procedures.

              Our principal products are organized in four major categories: upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics, and large joints and other. Our upper extremity products include joint replacement and bone fixation devices for the shoulder, hand, wrist and elbow. Our lower extremity products include joint replacement and bone fixation devices for the foot and ankle. Our sports medicine and orthobiologics product category includes products used across several anatomic sites to mechanically repair tissue-to-tissue or tissue-to-bone injuries, in the case of sports medicine, or to support or induce remodeling and regeneration of tendons, ligaments, bone and cartilage, in the case of orthobiologics. Our large joints and other products include hip and knee joint replacement implants and ancillary products.

              Innovations in the orthopaedic industry have typically consisted of evolutions of product design in implant fixation, joint mechanics, and instruments and modifications of existing metal or plastic-based device designs rather than new products based on combinations of new designs and new materials. In contrast, the growth of our target markets has been driven by the development of products that respond to the particular mechanics of small joints and the importance of soft tissue to small joint stability and function. We are committed to the development of new designs utilizing both conventional materials and new tissue-friendly biomaterials that we expect will create new markets. We believe that we are a leader in researching and incorporating some of these new technologies across multiple product platforms.

              In the United States, we sell products from our upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, and sports medicine and orthobiologics product categories; we do not actively market large joints in the United States nor do we currently have plans to do so. While we market our products to extremity specialists, our revenue is generated from sales to healthcare institutions and distributors. We sell through a single sales channel consisting of a network of independent commission-based sales agencies. Internationally, where the trend among surgeons toward specialization is not as advanced as in the United States, we sell our full product portfolio, including upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics and large joints. We utilize several distribution approaches depending on the individual market requirements, including direct sales organizations in the largest European markets and independent distributors for most other international markets. In 2009, we generated revenue of $201.5 million, 57% of which was in the United States and 43% of which was international.

2


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategies

              Our goal is to strengthen our leadership position serving extremity specialists. The key elements of our strategy include:

              Leveraging our "specialists serving specialists" strategy:     We believe our focus on and dedication to extremity specialists enables us to better understand and address the clinical needs of these surgeons. We believe that extremity specialists, who have emerged as a significant constituency in orthopaedics only in the last 10 to 15 years, have been underserved in terms of new technology and also inefficiently served by the current marketplace. We offer a comprehensive portfolio of extremity products, and also serve our customers through a sales channel that is dedicated to extremities, which we believe provides us with a significant competitive advantage because our sales agencies and their representatives have both the knowledge and desire to comprehensively meet the needs of extremity specialists and their patients, without competing priorities.

              Advancing scientific and clinical education:     We believe our specialty focus, commitment to product innovation and culture of scientific advancement attract both thought leaders and up-and-coming surgeon specialists who share these values. We actively involve these specialists in the development of world-class training and education programs and encourage ongoing scientific study of our products. Specific initiatives include the Tornier Master's Courses in shoulder and ankle joint replacement, The Fellows and Chief Residents Courses and a number of clinical concepts courses. We also maintain a registry that many of our customers utilize to study and report on the outcomes of procedures in which our extremity products have been used. We believe our commitment to science and education also enables us to reach surgeons early in their careers and provide them access to a level of training in extremities that we believe is not easily accessible through traditional orthopaedic training.

              Introducing new products and technologies to address more of our extremity specialists' clinical needs:     Our goal is to continue to introduce new technologies for extremity joints that improve patient outcomes and thereby continue to expand our market opportunity and share. Our efforts have been focused on joint replacement, as well as sports medicine and orthobiologics, given the importance of these product categories to extremity surgeons. Since our acquisition by the Investor Group, we have significantly increased our investment in research and development to accelerate the pace of new product introduction. During 2009, we invested $18.1 million in research and development and introduced 18 new products, and in 2008, we invested $20.6 million and introduced nine new products, up from only $13.3 million and four new products in 2007. We have also been active in gaining access to new technologies through external partnerships, licensing agreements and acquisitions. We believe that our reputation for effective collaboration with industry thought leaders as well as our track record of effective new product development and introductions will allow us to continue to gain access to new ideas and technologies early in their development.

              Expanding our international business:     We face a wide range of market dynamics that require our distribution channels to address both our local market positions and local market requirements. One is focused on products for upper extremities and the other on hip and knee replacements and products for lower extremities. In other European markets, we utilize a combination of direct and distributor strategies that have evolved to support our expanding extremity business and also to support our knee and hip market positions. In large international markets where the extremity market segment is relatively underdeveloped, such as Japan and China, the same sales channel sells our hip and knee product portfolios and extremity joint products, which provides these sales channels sufficient product breadth and economic scale. We plan on expanding our international business by continuing to adapt our distribution channels to the unique characteristics of individual markets.

3


Table of Contents

              Achieving and improving our profitability through operating leverage:     With the additional capital resources brought by the Investor Group, we have made significant investments over the last several years in our research and development, sales and marketing, and manufacturing operations to build what we believe is a world-class organization capable of driving sustainable global growth. For example, we grew our research and development organization from approximately 20 employees as of December 31, 2006, to 79 employees as of December 27, 2009. We created a new global sales and marketing leadership team by integrating key personnel from acquired organizations and recruiting additional experienced medical device sales and marketing professionals. We also expanded our manufacturing capacity with two new plants in Ireland and France. With these organizational and infrastructure investments in place, we believe we have the infrastructure to support our growth for the foreseeable future. As a result, we believe we can increase revenue and ultimately achieve and improve profitability.

Risk Factors

              Investing in our company entails a high degree of risk, as more fully described in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. You should carefully consider such risks before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares. Our principal risks include:

Corporate Information

              Our principal executive offices are located at Olivier van Noortstraat 4, 3124 LA Schiedam, The Netherlands. Our telephone number at this address is (+ 31) 20 577 1177. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation, 1209 Orange St., Wilmington, DE 19801. Our website is located at www.tornier.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

              This prospectus contains references to our trademarks Aequalis®, Affiniti TM , Ascend TM , Biofiber®, CoverLoc TM , Futura TM , Insite®, Intrafocal TM , HLS Kneetec®, Latitude®, Linea TM , Meije Duo®, NexFix TM , Noetos®, Oceane TM , Osteocure®, Piton®, Pleos®, RFS TM , Salto®, Salto Talaris®, Stayfuse TM and Tornier TM among others. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

4


Table of Contents


THE OFFERING

Ordinary shares offered               ordinary shares
Ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering               ordinary shares (or            ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full)
Use of proceeds   We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            million. We plan to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay all of the existing indebtedness under our notes payable of approximately €80.7 million, or $108.7 million at the exchange rate as of April 4, 2010, and for general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" for additional information.
Overallotment option   We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to                    additional ordinary shares.
Proposed NASDAQ Symbol   TRNX
Directed share program   At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to            ordinary shares offered by this prospectus to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons.
Risk factors   Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our ordinary shares.

              The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 88,703,258 ordinary shares outstanding as of July 4, 2010, and excludes:

              Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:

5


Table of Contents


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

              The following table presents our summary historical consolidated financial data, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements referred to in the previous two sentences were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP.

              The summary historical consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2009, and the fourteen weeks ended April 4, 2010, and the summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of April 4, 2010, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The March 29, 2009, and April 4, 2010, unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the full fiscal year, and the historical results set forth below do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.

              Our fiscal quarters are generally determined on a 13-week basis and always end on a Sunday. As a result, our fiscal year is generally 364 days. Our year-end periods end on the Sunday nearest to December 31. Every few years, it is necessary to add an extra week to a quarter to make it a 14-week period in order to have our year end fall on the Sunday nearest to December 31. The first quarter ended April 4, 2010 includes an extra week of operations compared to the first quarter ended March 29, 2009.

              You should read the summary financial and other data set forth below along with the sections in this prospectus entitled "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year ended   First quarter ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
  ($ in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 145,369   $ 177,370   $ 201,462   $ 50,855   $ 61,843  
 

Cost of goods sold

    49,959     49,085     58,472     14,690     18,365  
                       

Gross profit

    95,410     128,285     142,990     36,165     43,478  
 

Sales and marketing

    78,628     103,285     112,017     26,854     33,381  
 

General and administrative

    17,976     21,742     20,790     5,213     6,526  
 

Research and development

    13,305     20,635     18,120     4,725     4,813  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    7,946     11,186     15,173     2,615     2,997  
 

Special charges

            1,864         224  
 

In-process research and development

    15,107                  
                       

Operating loss

    (37,552 )   (28,563 )   (24,974 )   (3,242 )   (4,463 )
 

Interest expense

    (2,394 )   (11,171 )   (19,667 )   (3,059 )   (5,830 )
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    (5,859 )   1,701     3,003     4,063     (2,294 )
 

Other non-operating (expense) income

    (1,966 )   (1,371 )   (28,461 )   (1,900 )   214  
                       

Loss before income taxes

    (47,771 )   (39,404 )   (70,099 )   (4,138 )   (12,373 )
 

Income tax benefit

    6,580     5,227     14,413     621     2,322  
                       

Consolidated net loss

    (41,191 )   (34,177 )   (55,686 )   (3,517 )   (10,051 )
                       

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

        (1,173 )   (1,067 )   (420 )   (695 )
                       

Net loss attributable to Tornier

    (41,191 )   (33,004 )   (54,619 )   (3,097 )   (9,356 )

Accretion of noncontrolling interest

        (3,761 )   (1,127 )   (420 )   (679 )
                       

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

  $ (41,191 ) $ (36,765 ) $ (55,746 ) $ (3,517 ) $ (10,035 )
                       

                               

6


Table of Contents

 
  Year ended   First quarter ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
  ($ in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
Balance Sheet Data:                                

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 17,347   $ 21,348   $ 37,969   $ 17,409   $ 38,311  

Other current assets

    117,760     137,128     147,274     135,524     148,753  

Total assets

    431,614     475,967     520,187     460,480     510,930  

Total liabilities

    181,738     212,442     277,140     230,257     281,438  

Noncontrolling interest

        23,200     23,259     23,200      

Total shareholders' equity

    249,876     240,325     219,788     207,023     229,492  

Other Financial Data:

                               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (8,956 ) $ (25,272 ) $ 3,417   $ 1,478   $ 3,304  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (105,397 )   (37,524 )   (32,230 )   (5,789 )   (8,357 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    121,886     66,487     44,857     558     4,832  

EBITDA(1)

    (29,795 )   (5,902 )   (20,700 )   4,580     266  

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

    12,667     (2,277 )   10,608     3,117     4,723  

(1)
EBITDA, for the periods presented, represents net loss before interest expense, income tax benefit, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA gives further effect to, among other things, non-operating (expense) income related to the mark to market of the warrant liability, foreign currency gains and losses, special charges, share-based compensation, operating expenses from a consolidated variable interest entity in-process research and development charges, and the impact of selling acquired inventory. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide additional information for measuring our performance and are measures frequently used by securities analysts and investors and therefore management uses these metrics to evaluate our business. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not represent, and should not be used as a substitute for, net income or cash flows from operations as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA is necessarily an indication of whether cash flow will be sufficient to fund our cash requirements. Our definitions of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may differ from that of other companies.

               The following table reconciles net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA on a historical basis:

 
  Year ended   First quarter ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
  ($ in thousands)
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (41,191 ) $ (34,177 ) $ (55,686 ) $ (3,517 ) $ (10,051 )

Interest expense

    2,394     11,171     19,667     3,059     5,830  

Income tax benefit

    (6,580 )   (5,227 )   (14,413 )   (621 )   (2,322 )

Depreciation and amortization

    15,582     22,331     29,732     5,659     6,809  
                       

EBITDA

  $ (29,795 ) $ (5,902 ) $ (20,700 ) $ 4,580   $ 266  

Non-operating (expense) income (mark to market of warrant liability)

    1,966     1,371     28,461     1,900     (214 )

Foreign currency transaction (gain)/loss

    5,859     (1,701 )   (3,003 )   (4,063 )   2,294  

Share-based compensation

    2,836     3,672     3,913     682     1,559  

Special charges

            1,864         224  

Operating expenses from consolidated VIE

        283     73     18     594  

In-process research and development

    15,107                  

Sale of acquired inventory

    16,694                  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 12,667   $ (2,277 ) $ 10,608   $ 3,117   $ 4,723  
                       

7


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

               An investment in our ordinary shares involves significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have a history of operating losses and negative cash flow.

              We have experienced operating losses since our acquisition by the Investor Group in July 2006 and at April 4, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit of $154.1 million. Our ability to achieve cash flow positive operations will be influenced by many factors, including the extent and duration of our future operating losses, the level and timing of future sales and expenditures, market acceptance of new products, the results and scope of ongoing research and development projects, competing technologies and market and regulatory developments. Additionally, following this offering, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase due to the additional operational and reporting costs associated with being a public company. As a result, we may continue to incur operating losses for the foreseeable future. These losses will continue to have an adverse impact on shareholders' equity and we may never achieve or sustain profitability.

If we do not successfully develop and market new products and technologies and implement our business strategy, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

              We may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy. To implement our business strategy we need to, among other things, develop and introduce new extremity joint products, find new applications for and improve our existing products, properly identify and anticipate our surgeons' and their patients' needs, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for new products and applications and educate surgeons about the clinical and cost benefits of our products.

              We are continually engaged in product development and improvement programs, and we expect new products to account for a significant portion of our future growth. If we do not continue to introduce new products and technologies, or if those products and technologies are not accepted, we may not be successful. Moreover, research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, technology, material or innovation. Demand for our products could also change in ways we may not anticipate due to evolving customer needs, changing demographics, slow industry growth rates, evolving surgical philosophies and evolving industry standards, among others. Additionally, our competitors' new products and technologies may precede our products to market, may be more effective or less expensive than our products or may render our products obsolete.

              Our targeted surgeons are in areas such as shoulder, upper extremities, lower extremities, sports medicine and reconstructive and general orthopaedics, and our strategy of focusing exclusively on these surgeons may not be successful. In addition, we are seeking to increase our international sales and will need to increase our worldwide direct sales force and enter into distribution agreements with third parties in order to do so. All of this may result in additional or different foreign regulatory requirements, with which we may not be able to comply. Moreover, even if we successfully implement our business strategy, our operating results may not improve. We may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt different strategies due to business or competitive factors.

8


Table of Contents


We rely on our independent sales agencies and their representatives to market and sell our products.

              In the United States, we sell our products through a single sales channel primarily focused on our products and consisting of approximately 23 independent commission-based sales agencies, which in the aggregate utilized over 300 sales representatives as of April 4, 2010. Our sales agencies do not sell our products exclusively and may offer similar products from other orthopaedic companies. In fiscal 2009, no individual sales agency accounted for more than 3% of our global revenue. Our success depends largely upon our ability to motivate these sales agencies to sell our products. Additionally, we depend on their sales and service expertise and relationships with the surgeons in the marketplace. Our independent sales agencies may terminate their contracts with us at the end of each yearly term, may devote insufficient sales efforts to our products or may focus their sales efforts on other products that produce greater commissions for them. If our relationship with any of our sales agencies terminated, we could enter into agreements with existing sales agencies to take on the related sales, contract with new sales agencies or a combination of these options. A failure to maintain our existing relationships with our independent sales agencies and their representatives could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not control our independent sales agencies and they may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans.

We may be unable to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, our sales and operating results may be negatively affected and we may not grow.

              The market for orthopaedic devices is highly competitive and subject to rapid and profound technological change. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of technologies and products for use by our customers. We face competition from large diversified orthopaedic manufacturers, such as DePuy Orthopaedics, Inc., or DePuy, a Johnson & Johnson subsidiary, Zimmer Corporation, or Zimmer, and Stryker Corporation, or Stryker, and established mid-sized orthopaedic manufacturers, such as Arthrex, Inc., or Arthrex, Wright Medical Group, Inc., or Wright Medical, and ArthroCare Corporation, or ArthroCare. Many of the companies developing or marketing competitive orthopaedic products are publicly traded or are divisions of publicly traded companies and may enjoy several competitive advantages, including:

              We also compete against smaller, entrepreneurial companies with niche product lines. Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than we can, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than we can and develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or non-competitive. We also compete with other organizations in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or advantageous to our business. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, we may be unable to compete successfully against our existing or future competitors.

9


Table of Contents

We derive a significant portion of our sales from operations in international markets that are subject to political, economic and social instability.

              We derive a significant portion of our sales from operations in international markets. Our international distribution system consists of nine direct sales offices and approximately 32 distribution partners, who sell in approximately 35 countries. Most of these countries are, to some degree, subject to political, economic and social instability. For the years ended December 27, 2009, and December 28, 2008, 43% and 48% of our revenue, respectively, was derived from our international operations. Our international sales operations expose us and our representatives, agents and distributors to risks inherent in operating in foreign jurisdictions. These risks include:

              Not only are we subject to the laws of other jurisdictions, we are also subject to U.S. laws governing our activities in foreign countries, including various import-export laws, customs and import laws, anti-boycott laws and embargoes. For example, the FDA Export Reform and Enhancement Act of 1996 requires that, when exporting medical devices from the United States for sale in a foreign country, depending on the type of product being exported, the regulatory status of the product and the country to which the device is exported, we must ensure, among other things, that the device is produced in accordance with the specifications of the foreign purchaser; not in conflict with the laws of the country to which it is intended for export; labeled for export; and not offered for sale domestically. In addition, we must maintain records relevant to product export and, if requested by the foreign government, obtain a certificate of exportability. In some instances, prior notification to or approval from the FDA is required prior to export. The FDA can delay or deny export authorization if all applicable requirements are not satisfied. Imports of approved medical devices into the United States are also

10


Table of Contents


subject to requirements including registration of establishment, listing of devices, manufacturing in accordance with the quality system regulation, medical device reporting of adverse events, and Premarket Notification 510(k) clearance or premarket approval, or PMA, among others and if applicable. If our business activities were determined to violate these laws, regulations or rules, we could suffer serious consequences.

              In addition, a portion of our international sales is made through distributors. As a result, we are dependent upon the financial health of our distributors. If a distributor were to go out of business it would take substantial time, cost and resources to find a suitable replacement and the products held by such distributor may not be returned to us or to a subsequent distributor in a timely manner or at all.

              Any material decrease in our foreign sales may negatively affect our profitability. We generate our international sales primarily in Europe, where healthcare regulation and reimbursement for orthopaedic medical devices vary significantly from country to country. This changing environment could adversely affect our ability to sell our products in some European countries.

Our business plan relies on assumptions about the market for our products, which, if incorrect, may adversely affect our sales.

              We believe that the aging of the general population and increasingly active lifestyles will continue and that these trends will increase the need for our products. The projected demand for our products could materially differ from actual demand if our assumptions regarding these trends and acceptance of our products by the medical community prove to be incorrect or do not materialize, or if non-surgical treatments gain more widespread acceptance as a viable alternative to our orthopaedic implants.

We obtain some of our products through private-label distribution agreements that subject us to minimum performance and other criteria. Our failure to satisfy those criteria could cause us to lose those rights of distribution.

              We have entered into private-label distribution agreements with manufacturers of some of our products. These manufacturers brand their products according to our specifications, and we may have exclusive rights in certain fields of use and territories to sell these products subject to minimum purchase, sales or other performance criteria. Though these agreements do not individually or in the aggregate represent a material portion of our business, if we do not meet these performance criteria, or fail to renew these agreements, we may lose exclusivity in a field of use or territory or cease to have any rights to these products, which could have an adverse affect on our sales. Furthermore, some of these manufacturers may be smaller, undercapitalized companies that may not have sufficient resources to continue operations or to continue to supply us sufficient product without additional access to capital.

If our private label manufacturers fail to provide us with sufficient supply of their products, or if their supply fails to meet appropriate quality requirements, our business could suffer.

              Our private-label manufacturers are sole source suppliers of the products we purchase from them. Given the specialized nature of the products they provide, we may not be able to locate or establish additional or replacement manufacturers of these products. Moreover, these private-label manufacturers typically own the intellectual property associated with their products, and even if we could find a replacement manufacturer for the product, we may not have sufficient rights to enable the replacement party to manufacture the product. While we have entered into agreements with our private-label manufacturers to provide us sufficient quantities of products, we cannot assure you that they will do so, or that any products they do provide us will not contain defects in quality. The

11


Table of Contents


agreements with our private-label manufacturers are for terms ranging from one to five years, are renewable either automatically or with the consent of the parties and are terminable by either party upon notice under certain circumstances, including either party's uncured material breach of the terms and conditions of the agreement or the insolvency of either party. We also rely on these private-label manufacturers to comply with the regulations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, the competent authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area, or EEA, or foreign regulatory authorities and their failure to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. Any quality control problems that we experience with respect to products manufactured by our private-label manufacturers, any inability by us to provide our customers with sufficient supply of products or any investigations or enforcement actions by the FDA, the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA or other foreign regulatory authorities could adversely affect our reputation or commercialization of our products and adversely and materially affect our business and operating results.

Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could subject us to, among other things, penalties and legal expenses that could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

              Our U.S. operations, including those of our subsidiary, Tornier, Inc., are currently subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be required to comply with the FCPA, which generally prohibits covered entities and their intermediaries from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or other benefits. In addition, the FCPA imposes accounting standards and requirements on publicly traded U.S. corporations and their foreign affiliates, which are intended to prevent the diversion of corporate funds to the payment of bribes and other improper payments, and to prevent the establishment of "off books" slush funds from which such improper payments can be made. We are also currently subject to similar anticorruption legislation implemented in Europe under the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development's Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. We operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential violations of the FCPA and other anticorruption laws, such as Algeria, China and Oman, based on measurements such as Transparency International's Corruption Perception Index and we utilize a number of third-party sales representatives for whose actions we could be held liable under the FCPA. We inform our personnel and third-party sales representatives of the requirements of the FCPA and other anticorruption laws, including, but not limited to their reporting requirements. We have also developed and will continue to develop and implement systems for formalizing contracting processes, performing due diligence on agents and improving our recordkeeping and auditing practices regarding these regulations. However, there is no guarantee that our employees, third-party sales representatives or other agents have not or will not engage in conduct undetected by our processes and for which we might be held responsible under the FCPA or other anticorruption laws.

              If our employees, third-party sales representatives or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties, including criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other remedial measures, including further changes or enhancements to our procedures, policies and controls, as well as potential personnel changes and disciplinary actions. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, is currently in the midst of conducting an informal investigation of numerous medical device companies over potential violations of the FCPA. Although we do not believe we are currently a target, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA or other anticorruption laws by U.S. or foreign authorities also could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

12


Table of Contents

              Certain foreign companies, including some of our competitors, are not subject to prohibitions as strict as those under the FCPA or, even if subjected to strict prohibitions, such prohibitions may be laxly enforced in practice. If our competitors engage in corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft or other fraudulent practices, they may receive preferential treatment from personnel of some companies, giving our competitors an advantage in securing business, or from government officials, who might give them priority in obtaining new licenses, which would put us at a disadvantage.

Fluctuations in foreign currency rates could result in declines in our reported sales and earnings.

              A substantial portion of our foreign revenue is generated in Europe and other foreign countries in Latin America and Asia where the amounts are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. For purposes of preparing our financial statements, these amounts are converted into U.S. dollars, the value of which varies with currency exchange rate fluctuations. For sales not denominated in U.S. dollars, if there is an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the specified foreign currency, we will receive less in U.S. dollars than before the increase in the exchange rate, which could negatively impact our results of operations. Although we address currency risk management through regular operating and financing activities, those actions may not prove to be fully effective.

If we lose one of our key suppliers, we may be unable to meet customer orders for our products in a timely manner or within our budget.

              We use a number of suppliers for raw materials and select components that we need to manufacture our products. These suppliers must provide the materials and components to our standards for us to meet our quality and regulatory requirements. We obtain some key raw materials and select components from a single source or a limited number of sources. For example, we rely on one supplier for raw materials and select components in several of our products, including Poco Graphite, Inc., which supplies graphite for pyrocarbon, CeramTec Group, which supplies ceramic for ceramic heads for hips, and Heymark Metals Ltd., which supplies CoCr used in certain of our hip, shoulder and elbow products. Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for these components, and obtaining regulatory clearance or approvals that may result from adding or replacing suppliers, could take a substantial amount of time, result in increased costs and impair our ability to produce our products, which would adversely impact our business and operating results. We do not have a contract with many of our sole source suppliers and instead rely on purchase orders. As a result, those suppliers may elect not to supply us with product or to supply us with less product than we need and we will have limited rights to cause them to do otherwise. For those suppliers with which we have contracts, the agreement terms range from one to five years and automatically renew unless terminated upon notice by either party. In addition, some of our products, which we acquire from third parties, are highly technical and are required to meet exacting specifications, and any quality control problems that we experience with respect to the products supplied by third parties could adversely and materially affect our reputation or commercialization of our products and adversely and materially affect our business, operating results and prospects. We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA, the competent authorities or notified bodies of the Member States of the EEA, or foreign regulatory authorities and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. Furthermore, since many of these suppliers are located outside of the United States, we are subject to foreign export laws and U.S. import and customs regulations, which complicate and could delay shipments of components to us. For example, all foreign importers of medical devices are required to meet applicable FDA requirements, including registration of establishment, listing of devices, manufacturing in accordance with the quality system regulation, medical device reporting of adverse events, and Premarket Notification 510(k) clearance or PMA, if applicable. In addition, all imported medical devices must also meet Bureau of Customs and Border Protection requirements. While it is

13


Table of Contents


our policy to maintain sufficient inventory of materials and components so that our production will not be significantly disrupted even if a particular component or material is not available for a period of time, we remain at risk that we will not be able to qualify new components or materials quickly enough to prevent a disruption if one or more of our suppliers ceases production of important components or materials.

Sales volumes may fluctuate depending on the season and our operating results may fluctuate over the course of the year.

              Our business is seasonal in nature. Historically, demand for our products has been the lowest in our third quarter as a result of the European holiday schedule during the summer months. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience meaningful variability in our revenue and gross profit among quarters, as well as within each quarter, as a result of a number of factors, including, among other things:

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, our business may be harmed.

              The manufacture and sale of orthopaedic medical devices exposes us to significant risk of product liability claims. In the past, we have had a small number of product liability claims relating to our products, none of which either individually, or in the aggregate, have resulted in a material negative impact on our business. In the future, we may be subject to additional product liability claims, some of which may have a negative impact on our business. Such claims could divert our management from pursuing our business strategy and may be costly to defend. Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

              Our existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us from any liabilities we might incur. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for

14


Table of Contents


uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not the result of a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.

              In addition, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts or scope to protect us against losses. Any claims against us, regardless of their merit, could severely harm our financial condition, strain our management and other resources and adversely affect or eliminate the prospects for commercialization or sales of a product or product candidate which is the subject of any such claim.

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our competitors.

              We rely on patents, trade secrets, copyrights, know-how, trademarks, license agreements and contractual provisions to establish our intellectual property rights and protect our products. These legal means, however, afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights. The patents we own may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage, and competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are similar to ours. In addition, we cannot be certain that any of our pending patent applications will be issued. The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, may deny or require a significant narrowing of the claims in our pending patent applications and the patents issuing from such applications. Any patents issuing from the pending patent applications may not provide us with significant commercial protection. We could incur substantial costs in proceedings before the USPTO and the proceedings can be time-consuming, which may cause significant diversion of effort by our technical and management personnel. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of claims in issued patents. In addition, the laws of some of the countries in which our products are or may be sold may not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as U.S. laws or at all. We also may be unable to protect our rights in trade secrets and unpatented proprietary technology in these countries.

              In the event a competitor infringes upon our patent or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those rights may be costly, difficult and time-consuming. Even if successful, litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents against challenge could be expensive and time-consuming and could divert our management's attention. We may not have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights or to defend our patents or other intellectual property rights against a challenge. If we are unsuccessful in enforcing and protecting our intellectual property rights and protecting our products, it could harm our business and results of operations.

              We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. However, our trademark applications may not be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing these new brands. Further, our competitors may infringe our trademarks, or we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

              In addition, we hold licenses from third parties that are necessary to the design and manufacturing of some of our products. The loss of such licenses would prevent us from manufacturing, marketing and selling these products, which could harm our business.

              In addition to patents, we seek to protect our trade secrets, know-how and other unpatented technology, in part, with confidentiality agreements with our vendors, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information. We cannot be certain, however, that these agreements

15


Table of Contents


will not be breached, adequate remedies for any breach would be available or our trade secrets, know-how and other unpatented proprietary technology will not otherwise become known to or be independently developed by our competitors.

If we are subject to any future intellectual property lawsuits, a court could require us to pay significant damages or prevent us from selling our products.

              The orthopaedic medical device industry is litigious with respect to patents and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the orthopaedic medical device industry have used intellectual property litigation to gain a competitive advantage. In the future, we may become a party to lawsuits involving patents or other intellectual property. A legal proceeding, regardless of outcome, could drain our financial resources and divert the time and effort of our management. A patent infringement suit or other infringement or misappropriation claim brought against us or any of our licensees may force us or any of our licensees to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling potential products that are claimed to infringe a third party's intellectual property, unless that party grants us or any licensees rights to use its intellectual property. In such cases, we may be required to obtain licenses to patents or proprietary rights of others in order to continue to commercialize our products. However, we may not be able to obtain any licenses required under any patents or proprietary rights of third parties on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we or our licensees were able to obtain rights to the third party's intellectual property, these rights may be nonexclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we may be unable to commercialize some of our potential products or may have to cease some of our business operations as a result of patent infringement claims, which could severely harm our business.

              In any infringement lawsuit, a third party could seek to enjoin, or prevent, us from commercializing our existing or future products, or may seek damages from us, and any such lawsuit would likely be expensive for us to defend against. If we lose one of these proceedings, a court or a similar foreign governing body could require us to pay significant damages to third parties, seek licenses from third parties, pay ongoing royalties, redesign our products so that they do not infringe or prevent us from manufacturing, using or selling our products. In addition to being costly, protracted litigation to defend or prosecute our intellectual property rights could result in our customers or potential customers deferring or limiting their purchase or use of the affected products until resolution of the litigation.

              We have received, and we may receive in the future, notifications of potential conflicts of existing patents, pending patent applications and challenges to the validity of existing patents. For example, we corresponded with DePuy in 2006 regarding a possible license granted by DePuy to us under a French patent in connection with one of our shoulder products. We did not come to any agreement with DePuy and last corresponded on this matter in early 2007. We were contacted by an individual in June 2010 regarding his French patent and his request that we explain our position regarding this patent with respect to our hip product Meije Duo. We analyzed the patent and our product and responded to the individual stating our belief the product falls outside the scope of his patent. The individual has not responded. We have searched and found that the individual has no corresponding patent outside of France. In addition, we have become aware of, and may become aware of in the future, patent applications and issued patents that relate to our products or the surgical applications using our products and, in some cases, have obtained internal or external opinions of counsel regarding the relevance of certain issued patents to our products.

16


Table of Contents

Our inability to maintain adequate working relationships with external research and development consultants and surgeons could have a negative impact on our ability to market and sell new products.

              We maintain professional working relationships with external research and development consultants and leading surgeons and medical personnel in hospitals and universities who assist in product research and development. We continue to emphasize the development of proprietary products and product improvements to complement and expand our existing product lines. If we are unable to maintain these relationships, our ability to market and sell new and improved products could decrease, and future operating results could be unfavorably affected.

We are required to incur significant expenditures of resources to maintain relatively high levels of inventory, which can reduce our cash flows.

              As a result of the need to maintain substantial levels of inventory, we are subject to the risk of inventory obsolescence. The nature of our business requires us to maintain a substantial level of inventory. For example, our total consolidated inventory balances were $75.0 million, $82.7 million and $83.0 million at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively. In order to market effectively we often must maintain and bring our customers instrument kits, back-up products and products of different sizes. In the event that a substantial portion of our inventory becomes obsolete, it could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and cash flows due to the resulting costs associated with the inventory impairment charges and costs required to replace such inventory.

Recent acquisitions and efforts to acquire and integrate other companies or product lines could adversely affect our operations and financial results.

              We may pursue acquisitions of other companies or product lines. A successful acquisition depends on our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate such acquisition and to obtain any necessary financing. With respect to future acquisitions, we may experience:

              In addition, any future acquisitions could materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize acquired assets.

If we cannot retain our key personnel, we will not be able to manage and operate successfully, and we may not be able to meet our strategic objectives.

              Our success depends, in part, upon key managerial, scientific, sales and technical personnel, as well as our ability to continue to attract and retain additional highly qualified personnel. We compete for such personnel with other companies, academic institutions, governmental entities and other organizations. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in retaining our current personnel or in hiring or retaining qualified personnel in the future. Loss of key personnel or the inability to hire or

17


Table of Contents


retain qualified personnel in the future could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate successfully. Further, any inability on our part to enforce non-compete arrangements related to key personnel who have left the business could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Fluctuations in insurance cost and availability could adversely affect our profitability or our risk management profile.

              We hold a number of insurance policies, including product liability insurance, directors' and officers' liability insurance, property insurance and workers' compensation insurance. If the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage should increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. Likewise, if any of our current insurance coverage should become unavailable to us or become economically impractical, we would be required to operate our business without indemnity from commercial insurance providers.

If a natural or man-made disaster, including as a result of climate change or weather, strikes our manufacturing facilities or distribution channels, we could be unable to manufacture or distribute our products for a substantial amount of time and our sales could decline.

              We principally rely on five manufacturing facilities, three of which are in France and two of which are in Ireland. The facilities and the manufacturing equipment we use to produce our products would be difficult to replace and could require substantial lead-time to repair or replace. For example, the machinery associated with our manufacturing of pyrocarbon in one of our French facilities is highly specialized and would take substantial lead-time and resources to replace. We also maintain warehouses in Stafford, Texas and Montbonnot, France, containing large amounts of our inventory. Our facilities, warehouses or distribution channels may be affected by natural or man-made disasters. Further, such may be exacerbated by climate change, as some scientists have concluded that climate change could result in the increased severity of and perhaps more frequent occurrence of extreme weather patterns. For example, in the event of a hurricane in Stafford, Texas, we may lose substantial amounts of inventory that would be difficult to replace. In the event our facilities, warehouses or distribution channels are affected by a disaster, we would be forced to rely on, among others, third-party manufacturers and alternative warehouse space and distribution channels, which may or may not be available, and our sales could decline. Although we believe we possess adequate insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business from casualties, such insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Recent turmoil in the credit markets and the financial services industry may negatively affect our business.

              Recently, the credit markets and the financial services industry have been experiencing a period of unprecedented turmoil and upheaval characterized by the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of various financial institutions and an unprecedented level of intervention from U.S. and foreign governments. While the ultimate outcome of these events cannot be predicted, they may have an adverse effect on our customers' ability to borrow money from their existing lenders or to obtain credit from other sources to purchase our products. In addition, the recent economic crises could also adversely affect our suppliers' ability to provide us with materials and components, either of which may negatively impact our business.

18


Table of Contents


We may need substantial additional funding beyond the proceeds of this offering and may be unable to raise capital when needed, which would force us to delay, reduce, eliminate or abandon our commercialization efforts or product development programs.

              There is no guarantee that our anticipated cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet all of our cash requirements. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to:

              We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and cash receipts generated from sales of our products, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for the foreseeable future. However, our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

              If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our shareholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our shareholders. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations.

19


Table of Contents


Our operating results could be negatively impacted by future changes in the allocation of income to each of the entities through which we operate and to each of the income tax jurisdictions in which we operate.

              We operate through multiple entities and in multiple income tax jurisdictions with different income tax rates both inside and outside the United States. Accordingly, our management must determine the appropriate allocation of income to each such entity and each of these jurisdictions. Income tax audits associated with the allocation of this income and other complex issues, including inventory transfer pricing and cost sharing and product royalty arrangements, may require an extended period of time to resolve and may result in income tax adjustments if changes to the income allocation are required. Since income tax adjustments in certain jurisdictions can be significant, our future operating results could be negatively impacted by settlement of these matters.

Future changes in technology or market conditions could result in adjustments to our recorded asset balance for intangible assets, including goodwill, resulting in additional charges that could significantly impact our operating results.

              Our balance sheet includes significant intangible assets, including goodwill and other acquired intangible assets. The determination of related estimated useful lives and whether these assets are impaired involves significant judgments. Our ability to accurately predict future cash flows related to these intangible assets may be adversely affected by unforeseen and uncontrollable events. In the highly competitive medical device industry, new technologies could impair the value of our intangible assets if they create market conditions that adversely affect the competitiveness of our products. We test our goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, but we also test goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment at any time when there is a change in circumstances that indicates that the carrying value of these assets may be impaired. Any future determination that these assets are carried at greater than their fair value could result in substantial non-cash impairment charges, which could significantly impact our reported operating results.

Our outstanding debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

              The agreements relating to our outstanding debt contain some financial covenants limiting our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other companies, make investments, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens and conduct transactions with affiliates. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions until our current debt obligations are paid in full or we obtain the consent of the lenders. There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or revenue to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest on our debt. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance any such debt.

If reimbursement from third-party payors for our products becomes inadequate, surgeons and patients may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may decline.

              In the United States, healthcare providers who purchase our products generally rely on third-party payors, principally federal Medicare, state Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the cost of joint reconstructive procedures and products utilized in those procedures. We may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis if third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of reimbursement. Our sales depend largely on governmental healthcare programs and private health insurers reimbursing patients' medical expenses. To contain costs of new technologies, third-party payors are increasingly scrutinizing new treatment modalities by requiring extensive evidence of clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. Currently, we are aware of several private insurers who have issued policies that classify procedures using our Salto Talaris Prosthesis and Conical Subtalar Implants implants as experimental or investigational and denied coverage and

20


Table of Contents


reimbursement for such procedures. Surgeons, hospitals and other healthcare providers may not purchase our products if they do not receive satisfactory reimbursement from these third-party payors for the cost of the procedures using our products. Payors continue to review their coverage policies carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without notice, deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products. If we are not successful in reversing existing non-coverage policies or other private insurers issue similar policies, this could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

              In addition, some healthcare providers in the United States have adopted or are considering a managed care system in which the providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. Healthcare providers may attempt to control costs by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures, including joint reconstructive surgeries, or by requiring the use of the least expensive implant available. Additionally, there is a significant likelihood of reform of the U.S. healthcare system, and changes in reimbursement policies or healthcare cost containment initiatives that limit or restrict reimbursement for our products may cause our revenue to decline.

              If adequate levels of reimbursement from third-party payors outside of the United States are not obtained, international sales of our products may decline. Outside of the United States, reimbursement systems vary significantly by country. Many foreign markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for orthopaedic medical devices and procedures. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended payment periods.

Continuing weakness in the global economy is likely to adversely affect our business until an economic recovery is underway.

              Many of our products are used in procedures covered by private insurance, and some of these procedures may be considered elective. We believe the current global economic crisis is likely to reduce the availability or affordability of private insurance or may affect patient decisions to undergo elective procedures. If current economic conditions continue or worsen, we expect that increasing levels of unemployment and pressures to contain healthcare costs could adversely affect the global growth rate of procedure volume, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

              Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create new companies with greater market power, including hospitals. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as group purchasing organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for some of our customers. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

21


Table of Contents


If we experience significant disruptions in our information technology systems, our business may be adversely affected.

              We depend on our information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including accounting, data storage, purchasing and inventory management. Currently, we have a non-interconnected information technology system; however, we have undertaken the implementation of an upgrade of our systems. We expect that this upgrade will take two to three years to implement; however, when complete it should enable management to better and more efficiently conduct our operations and gather, analyze, and assess information across all of our business and geographic locations. We may experience difficulties in implementing this upgrade in our business operations, or difficulties in operating our business under this upgrade, either of which could disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain, and otherwise adequately service our customers. In the event we experience significant disruptions as a result of the current implementation in our information technology system, we may not be able to fix our systems in an efficient and timely manner. Accordingly, such events may disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our entire operation and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Regulatory Environment

The sale of our products is subject to regulatory clearances or approvals and our business is subject to extensive regulatory requirements. If we fail to maintain regulatory approvals and clearances, or are unable to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDA clearances or approvals for our future products or product enhancements, our ability to commercially distribute and market these products could suffer.

              Our medical device products and operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and various other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities, such as those of the European Union and the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA. Government regulation of medical devices is meant to assure their safety and effectiveness, and includes regulation of, among other things:

              Before a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, an existing product can be marketed in the United States, it must first receive either premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, or PMA, from the FDA, unless an exemption

22


Table of Contents


applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that the proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a device legally on the market, known as a "predicate" device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). Both the 510(k) and PMA processes can be expensive and lengthy and entail significant user fees, unless exempt. The FDA's 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may take longer. The PMA pathway is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and it generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA until an approval is obtained. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

              Most of our currently commercialized products have received premarket clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. In addition, the FDA may determine that future products will require the more costly, lengthy and uncertain PMA process. Although we do not currently market any devices under PMA, we cannot assure you that the FDA will not demand that we obtain a PMA prior to marketing or that we will be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to future products.

              The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

              Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Additionally, the FDA and other governmental authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could lead governmental authorities or a court to take action against us, including:

23


Table of Contents

              If we fail to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals or clearances, our ability to sell our products and generate revenues will be materially harmed.

Outside of the United States, our medical devices must comply with the laws and regulations of the foreign countries in which they are marketed, and compliance may be costly and time-consuming.

              To market and sell our products in other countries, we must seek and obtain regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations and comply with the laws and regulations of those countries. These laws and regulations, including the requirements for approvals, certifications or registrations and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Obtaining and maintaining foreign regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations are expensive, and we cannot be certain that we will receive regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations in any foreign country in which we plan to market our products. If we fail to obtain or maintain regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations in any foreign country in which we plan to market our products, our ability to generate revenue will be harmed.

              In particular, in the EEA, which is composed of the 27 Member States of the EU plus Liechtenstein, Norway and Iceland, our medical devices must comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directives (Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices, as amended, and Council Directive 90/385/EEC of 20 June 2009 relating to active implantable medical devices, as amended). Compliance with these requirements entitles us to affix the CE conformity mark to our medical devices, without which they cannot be marketed in the EEA.

              Further, the advertising and promotion of our products is subject to EEA Member States laws implementing Directive 93/42/EEC concerning Medical Devices, or the EU Medical Devices Directive, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State legislation governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. These laws may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.

Modifications to our marketed products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMAs, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances are obtained.

              Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or efficacy, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, technology, materials, packaging and certain manufacturing processes, may require a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination regarding the need for a new 510(k) clearance or PMA in the first instance, but the FDA may review the manufacturer's decision. The FDA may not agree with a manufacturer's decision regarding whether a new clearance or approval is necessary for a modification, and may retroactively require the manufacturer to submit a premarket notification requesting 510(k) clearance or an application for PMA. We have made modifications to our products in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances or approvals. No assurance can be given that the FDA would agree with any of our decisions not to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA. If the FDA requires us to cease marketing and recall the modified device until we obtain a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially adversely affected.

24


Table of Contents


Further, our products could be subject to recall if the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products are not safe or effective. Any recall or FDA requirement that we seek additional approvals or clearances could result in significant delays, fines, increased costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential operating restrictions imposed by the FDA.

Healthcare policy changes, including the recently enacted legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

              In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, collectively, the PPACA, which substantially changes the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services, and significantly impacts the medical device industry. The PPACA includes, among other things, the following measures:

These provisions could meaningfully change the way healthcare is delivered and financed, and may materially impact numerous aspects of our business.

              In the future there may continue to be additional proposals relating to the reform of the U.S. healthcare system. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products, or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products, and could limit the acceptance and availability of our products. The adoption of some or all of these proposals could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

              Additionally, initiatives sponsored by government agencies, legislative bodies and the private sector to limit the growth of healthcare costs, including price regulation and competitive pricing, are ongoing in markets where we do business. We could experience a negative impact on our operating results due to increased pricing pressure in the United States and certain other markets. Governments, hospitals and other third-party payors could reduce the amount of approved reimbursements for our products. Reductions in reimbursement levels or coverage or other cost-containment measures could unfavorably affect our future operating results.

25


Table of Contents

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the health care reform laws.

              The PPACA imposes a deductible excise tax equal to 2.3% of the price of a medical device on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions, beginning in 2013. Under these provisions, the total cost to the medical device industry is estimated to be approximately $20 billion over 10 years. These taxes would result in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry, which could have a material, negative impact on our results of operations and our cash flows.

The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our image in the marketplace or result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business or result in FDA sanctions if we are deemed to have engaged in such promotion.

              Our currently marketed products have been cleared by the FDA's 510(k) clearance process for use under specific circumstances. Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition on the promotion of a medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA. Use of a device outside of its cleared or approved indication is known as "off-label" use. We cannot, however, prevent a surgeon from using our products or procedure for off-label use, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalties. Other federal, state or foreign governmental authorities might also take action if they consider our promotion or training materials to constitute promotion of an uncleared or unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. In that event, our reputation could be damaged and adoption of the products would be impaired. Although we train our sales force not to promote our products for off-label uses, and our instructions for use in all markets specify that our products are not intended for use outside of those indications cleared for use, the FDA or another regulatory agency could conclude that we have engaged in off-label promotion.

              In addition, there may be increased risk of injury if surgeons attempt to use our products off-label. Furthermore, the use of our products for indications other than those indications for which our products have been cleared by the FDA may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among surgeons and patients. Surgeons may also misuse our products or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management's attention and result in substantial damage awards against us. Any of these events could harm our business and results of operations.

If our marketed medical devices are defective or otherwise pose safety risks, the FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities could require their recall, or we may initiate a recall of our products voluntarily.

              The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities may require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may, on their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. In the past we have initiated voluntary product recalls. For example, in 2008, we recalled a small number of medical devices due to a mislabeled product. We requested FDA closure of the recall in January 2010. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our sales agencies could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and

26


Table of Contents


issues. Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any recall could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers' demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits. We may initiate voluntary recalls involving our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers and negatively affect our sales. In addition, the FDA could take enforcement action for failing to report the recalls when they were conducted.

              In the EEA we must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System, the purpose of which is to improve the protection of health and safety of patients, users and others by reducing the likelihood of reoccurrence of incidents related to the use of a medical device. Under this system, incidents must be reported to the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA. An incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health. Incidents are evaluated by the EEA competent authorities to whom they have been reported, and where appropriate, information is disseminated between them in the form of a National Competent Authority Reports, or NCARs. The Medical Device Vigilance System is further intended to facilitate a direct, early and harmonized implementation of Field Safety Corrective Actions, or FSCAs across the Member States of the EEA where the device is in use. An FSCA is an action taken by a manufacturer to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device. FSCAs must be communicated by the manufacturer or its legal representative to its customers and/or to the end users of the device through Field Safety Notices.

If our products cause or contribute to a death or a serious injury, or malfunction in certain ways, we will be subject to medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions.

              Under the FDA medical device reporting regulations, or MDR, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product has or may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. If we fail to report these events to the FDA within the required timeframes, or at all, the FDA could take enforcement action against us. Any adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business, and may harm our reputation and financial results.

Our manufacturing operations require us to comply with the FDA's and other governmental authorities' laws and regulations regarding the manufacture and production of medical devices, which is costly and could subject us to enforcement action.

              We and certain of our third-party manufacturers are required to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the methods of documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products. We and certain of our suppliers are also subject to the regulations of foreign jurisdictions

27


Table of Contents


regarding the manufacturing process for our products marketed outside of the United States. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing facilities. The failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with applicable statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, or the failure to timely and adequately respond to any adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues, could result in, among other things, any of the following enforcement actions:

              Any of these actions could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers' demands. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits. Furthermore, our key component suppliers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, which could result in our failure to produce our products on a timely basis and in the required quantities, if at all.

We are subject to substantial post-market government regulation that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

              The production and marketing of our products are subject to extensive regulation and review by the FDA and numerous other governmental authorities both in the United States and abroad. For example, in addition to other state regulatory requirements, Massachusetts, California and Arizona require compliance with the standards in industry codes such as the Code of Ethics on Interactions with Health Care Professionals issued by the Advanced Medical Technology Association (commonly known as AdvaMed), the Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals issued by MEDEC, the national association of Canada's medical technology companies, and international equivalents. The failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, the FDA or other governmental authorities:

28


Table of Contents

              Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could also result in civil actions against us and other unanticipated expenditures. If any of these actions were to occur it would harm our reputation and cause our product sales to suffer and may prevent us from generating revenue.

The results of our clinical trials may not support our product candidate claims or may result in the discovery of adverse side effects.

              Our ongoing research and development, pre-clinical testing and clinical trial activities are subject to extensive regulation and review by numerous governmental authorities both in the United States and abroad. We are currently conducting post-market clinical studies of some or our products to gather additional information about these products' safety, efficacy or optimal use. In the future we may conduct clinical trials to support approval of new products. Clinical studies must be conducted in compliance with FDA regulations or the FDA may take enforcement action. The data collected from these clinical studies may ultimately be used to support market clearance for these products. Even if our clinical trials are completed as planned, we cannot be certain that their results will support our product candidate claims or that the FDA or foreign authorities will agree with our conclusions regarding them. Success in pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and we cannot be sure that the later trials will replicate the results of prior trials and pre-clinical studies. The clinical trial process may fail to demonstrate that our product candidates are safe and effective for the proposed indicated uses, which could cause us to abandon a product candidate and may delay development of others. Any delay or termination of our clinical trials will delay the filing of our product submissions and, ultimately, our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenues. It is also possible that patients enrolled in clinical trials will experience adverse side effects that are not currently part of the product candidate's profile.

If the third parties on which we rely to conduct our clinical trials and to assist us with pre-clinical development do not perform as contractually required or expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for or commercialize our products.

              We often must rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, if these third parties need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected. Furthermore, our third-party clinical trial investigators may be delayed in conducting our clinical trials for reasons outside of their control.

Federal regulatory reforms may adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

              From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of a medical device. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

29


Table of Contents


We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

              Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, healthcare regulation by federal and state governments could significantly impact our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse and health information privacy and security laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

              If our past or present operations, or those of our independent sales agencies, are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal healthcare programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Similarly, if the healthcare providers or entities with whom we do business are found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on us. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Further, the recently enacted PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal health care fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business.

              The PPACA also imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements on device and drug manufacturers for any "transfer of value" made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare

30


Table of Contents


providers, effective March 30, 2013. Such information will be made publicly available in a searchable format beginning September 30, 2013. In addition, device and drug manufacturers will also be required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for "knowing failures"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission.

              Governments and regulatory authorities have increased their enforcement of these health care fraud and abuse laws in recent years. For example, in 2007 five competitors in the orthopaedics industry settled a Department of Justice investigation into the financial relationships and consulting agreements between the companies and surgeons. The companies agreed to new corporate compliance procedures and federal monitoring. At issue were financial inducements designed to encourage physicians to use the payor company's products exclusively and the failure of physicians to disclose these relationships to hospitals and patients. Individual states may also be investigating the relationship between healthcare providers and companies in the orthopaedics industry. Many states have their own regulations governing the relationship between companies and health care providers. While we have not been the target of any investigations, we cannot guarantee that we will not be investigated in the future. If investigated we cannot assure that the costs of defending or resolving those investigations or proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Failure to obtain and maintain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products abroad.

              We currently market, and intend to continue to market, our products internationally. Outside the United States, we can market a product only if we receive a marketing authorization and, in some cases, pricing approval, from the appropriate regulatory authorities. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing, and the time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA clearance or approval. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval in addition to other risks. For example, in order to market our products in the Member States of the EEA, our devices are required to comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directives (Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices, as amended, and Council Directive 90/385/EEC of 20 June 2009 relating to active implantable medical devices, as amended). Compliance with these requirements entitles us to affix the CE conformity mark to our medical devices, without which they cannot be commercialized in the EEA. In order to demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE conformity mark we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the Medical Devices Directives, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments. The Notified Body would typically audit and examine the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices before issuing a certification demonstrating compliance with the essential requirements. Based on this certification we can draw up an EC Declaration of Conformity, which allows us to affix the CE mark to our products.

              We may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals or certifications on a timely basis, if at all. Clearance or approval by the FDA does not ensure approval or certification by regulatory authorities or Notified Bodies in other countries, and approval or certification by one foreign regulatory authority or Notified Body does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by

31


Table of Contents


the FDA. We may be required to perform additional pre-clinical or clinical studies even if FDA clearance or approval, or the right to bear the CE mark, has been obtained. If we fail to receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in foreign jurisdictions on a timely basis, or at all, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our existing xenograft-based orthobiologics business is and any future orthobiologics products we pursue would be subject to emerging governmental regulations that could materially affect our business.

              Some of our products are xenograft, or animal-based, tissue products. Our principal xenograft-based orthobiologics offering is Conexa reconstructive tissue matrix. All of our current xenograft tissue-based products are regulated as medical devices and are subject to the FDA's medical device regulations.

              While we do not currently offer any products based on human tissue, in the future we may offer orthobiologics products based on human tissue. The FDA has statutory authority to regulate human cells, tissues and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. An HCT/P is a product containing or consisting of human cells or tissue intended for transplantation into a human patient, including allograft-based products. The FDA, EU and Health Canada have been working to establish more comprehensive regulatory frameworks for allograft-based, tissue-containing products, which are principally derived from cadaveric tissue.

              Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, authorizes the FDA to issue regulations to prevent the introduction, transmission or spread of communicable disease. HCT/Ps regulated as 361 HCT/Ps are subject to requirements relating to: registering facilities and listing products with the FDA; screening and testing for tissue donor eligibility; Good Tissue Practice, or GTP, when processing, storing, labeling and distributing HCT/Ps, including required labeling information; stringent recordkeeping; and adverse event reporting. The FDA has also proposed extensive additional requirements that address sub-contracted tissue services, tracking to the recipient/patient, and donor records review. If a tissue-based product is considered human tissue, the FDA requirements focus on preventing the introduction, transmission and spread of communicable diseases to recipients. A product regulated solely as a 361 HCT/P is not required to undergo premarket clearance or approval.

              The FDA may inspect facilities engaged in manufacturing 361 HCT/Ps and may issue untitled letters, warning letters, or otherwise authorize orders of retention, recall, destruction and cessation of manufacturing if the FDA has reasonable grounds to believe that an HCT/P or the facilities where it is manufactured are in violation of applicable regulations. There are also requirements relating to the import of HCT/Ps that allow the FDA to make a decision as to the HCT/Ps' admissibility into the United States.

              An HCT/P is eligible for regulation solely as a 361 HCT/P if it is: minimally manipulated; intended for homologous use as determined by labeling, advertising or other indications of the manufacturer's objective intent for a homologous use; the manufacture does not involve combination with another article, except for water, crystalloids or a sterilizing, preserving, or storage agent (not raising new clinical safety concerns for the HCT/P); and it does not have a systemic effect and is not dependent upon the metabolic activity of living cells for its primary function or, if it has such an effect, it is intended for autologous use or allogeneic use in close relatives or for reproductive use. If any of these requirements are not met, then the HCT/P is also subject to applicable biologic, device, or drug regulation under the FDCA or the PHSA. These biologic, device or drug HCT/Ps must comply both with the requirements exclusively applicable to 361 HCT/Ps and, in addition, with requirements applicable to biologics under the PHS Act, or devices or drugs under the FDCA, including premarket licensure, clearance or approval.

              Title VII of the PPACA, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, creates a new licensure framework for follow-on biologic products, which could ultimately

32


Table of Contents


subject our orthobiologics business to competition to so-called "biosimilars." Under the BPCIA, a manufacturer may submit an application for licensure of a biologic product that is "biosimilar to" or "interchangeable with" a referenced, branded biologic product. Previously, there had been no licensure pathway for such a follow-on product. While we do not anticipate that the FDA will license a follow-on biologic for several years, given the need to generate data sufficient to demonstrate "biosimilarity" to or "interchangeability" with the branded biologic according to criteria set forth in the BPCIA, as well as the need for the FDA to implement the BPCIA's provisions with respect to particular classes of biologic products, we cannot guarantee that our orthobiologics will not eventually become subject to direct competition by a licensed "biosimilar."

              Procurement of certain human organs and tissue for transplantation, including allograft tissue we may use in future products, is subject to federal regulation under the National Organ Transplant Act, or NOTA. NOTA prohibits the acquisition, receipt, or other transfer of certain human organs, including bone and other human tissue, for valuable consideration within the meaning of NOTA. NOTA permits the payment of reasonable expenses associated with the removal, transportation, implantation, processing, preservation, quality control and storage of human organs. For any future products implicating NOTA's requirements, we would reimburse tissue banks for their expenses associated with the recovery, storage and transportation of donated human tissue that they would provide to us for processing. NOTA payment allowances may be interpreted to limit the amount of costs and expenses that we may recover in our pricing for our products, thereby negatively impacting our future revenue and profitability. If we were to be found to have violated NOTA's prohibition on the sale or transfer of human tissue for valuable consideration, we would potentially be subject to criminal enforcement sanctions, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Further, in the future, if NOTA is amended or reinterpreted, we may not be able to pass these expenses on to our customers and, as a result, our business could be adversely affected.

Our operations involve the use of hazardous materials, and we must comply with environmental health and safety laws and regulations, which can be expensive and may affect our business and operating results.

              We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations of the countries in which we operate and distribute products, such as the European Union, or EU, France, Ireland, other European nations and the United States, relating to the use, registration, handling, storage, disposal, recycling and human exposure to hazardous materials. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault, and environmental, health and safety laws could become more stringent over time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could harm our business. In the EU, where our manufacturing facilities are located, we and our suppliers are subject to EU environmental requirements such as the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals, or REACH, regulation. In addition, we are subject to the environmental, health and safety requirements of individual European countries in which we operate such as France and Ireland. For example, in France, requirements known as the Installations Classée pour la Protection de l'Environnement regime provide for specific environmental standards related to industrial operations such as noise, water treatment, air quality and energy consumption. In Ireland, our manufacturing facilities are likewise subject to local environmental regulations, such as related to water pollution and water quality, that are administered by the Environmental Protection Agency. We believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable environmental, health and safety requirements in the countries in which we operate and do not have reason to believe that we are responsible for any cleanup liabilities. In addition, certain hazardous materials are present at some of our facilities, such as asbestos, that we believe are managed in compliance with all applicable laws. We are also subject to greenhouse gas regulations in the EU and elsewhere and we believe that we are in compliance based on present emissions levels at our facilities. Although we believe that our activities conform in all material respects with applicable environmental, health and safety laws, we cannot assure you that violations of such laws will not arise as a result of

33


Table of Contents


human error, accident, equipment failure, presently unknown conditions or other causes. The failure to comply with past, present or future laws, including potential laws relating to climate control initiatives, could result in the imposition of fines, third-party property damage and personal injury claims, investigation and remediation costs, the suspension of production or a cessation of operations. In particular, in relation to our manufacturing facility located in Saint-Ismier, France, we do not have a final agreement and/or authorization to discharge wastewater to the local community wastewater treatment system, which could notably lead to fines, civil liability, and/or reduced throughput. As has been standard practice for plants in the area, we believe that we obtained an informal authorization from local authorities to connect to the wastewater discharge network at the time we first made our connection in 2003. Since 2006, when formal authority over such matters was assumed by the Syndicat Intercommunal de la Zone Vert (SIZOV), we have been seeking a final agreement and/or authorization from SIZOV. As with the other plants in the area, we have not yet been able to obtain such final agreement and/or authorization because SIZOV is still in the process of developing its wastewater discharge standards for any plant that would fall within its jurisdiction. Recently, we have been able to engage in active discussions with SIZOV, and we anticipate obtaining a discharge agreement/authorization in the next year. We also expect that our operations will be affected by other new environmental and health and safety laws, including laws relating to climate control initiatives, on an ongoing basis. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of any such new laws, they could result in additional costs and may require us to change how we design, manufacture or distribute our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering

An active trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop and the trading price for our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly.

              We applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market. Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, and there is no guarantee that a liquid public market for our ordinary shares will develop. If an active public market for our ordinary shares does not develop following the completion of this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ordinary shares may be materially and adversely affected. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters based upon several factors, and we can provide no assurance that the trading price of our ordinary shares after this offering will not decline below the initial public offering price. As a result, investors in our ordinary shares may experience a significant decrease in the value of their investment.

The trading prices of our ordinary shares are likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

              The trading prices of our ordinary shares are likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in Europe that have listed their securities in the United States. A number of European companies have listed or are in the process of listing their securities on U.S. stock markets. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings. The trading performances of these European companies' securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward European companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance.

34


Table of Contents

              In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ordinary shares may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

              Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ordinary shares will trade. In the past, shareholders of a public company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of that company's securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management's attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future experience deficiencies, including material weaknesses, in our internal control over financial reporting. Our business and our share price may be adversely affected if we do not remediate these material weaknesses or if we have other weaknesses in our internal controls.

              Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. A material weakness, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In connection with the audit of our financial statements for 2009, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our audited financial statements for fiscal years 2007 and 2008. Specifically, in our case, management and our independent registered accounting firm have determined that internal controls over identifying, evaluating and documenting accounting analysis and conclusions over complex non-routine transactions, including related-party transactions, require strengthening. Although we implemented initiatives aimed at addressing this material weakness, these initiatives may not remediate the identified material weakness. Our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting during any period in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Going forward, as a public company, absent an available exemption, we will be required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by no later than December 31, 2011. Had we and our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional control deficiencies may have been identified by management or our independent registered public

35


Table of Contents


accounting firm, and those control deficiencies could have also represented one or more material weaknesses. We cannot be certain as to when we will be able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory agencies such as the SEC. In addition, failure to comply with Section 404 or the report by us of a material weakness may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements, and the trading price of our ordinary shares may decline. If we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, our access to the capital markets may be restricted and the trading price of our ordinary shares may decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ordinary shares, the market price for our ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.

              The trading market for our ordinary shares will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares, the market price for our ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our ordinary shares to decline.

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares could adversely affect their market price.

              Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. The ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and shares held by our existing shareholders may also be sold in the public market in the future subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the applicable lock-up agreements. There will be                        ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering, or                        ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full. In connection with this offering, we and our officers, directors and certain of our shareholders have agreed not to sell any ordinary shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriters. Upon expiration of these agreements with our officers, directors and certain of our shareholders, there will be an additional                        ordinary shares that may be sold on the public market without restriction. However, the underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time, subject to applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our ordinary shares.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

              The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the as adjusted net tangible book value of each outstanding ordinary share immediately after this offering. As a result, purchasers of our ordinary shares in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ordinary share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our as adjusted net tangible book value as of April 4, 2010, the dilution will be $            per share to new investors in this offering. If the underwriters sell additional

36


Table of Contents


shares following the exercise of their option to purchase additional shares or if option holders exercise outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares, further dilution could occur.

We are a Netherlands company, and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments against us or our executive officers, some of our directors and some of our named experts in the United States.

              We were formed under the laws of The Netherlands and, as such, the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and the civil liability of our directors will be governed by Dutch laws and our amended articles of association. The rights of shareholders under the laws of The Netherlands may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. Some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and certain of our directors and our executive officers and most of our assets and some of the assets of our directors are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to serve process on us or on such persons in the United States or obtain or enforce judgments from U.S. courts against them or us based on the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. There is doubt as to whether Dutch courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions or enforce claims for punitive damages.

              Under our amended articles of association, we indemnify and hold our directors harmless against all claims and suits brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce such provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. securities laws, such provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside of The Netherlands more difficult to enforce against our assets in The Netherlands or jurisdictions that would apply Dutch law.

Your rights as a holder of ordinary shares will be governed by Dutch law and will differ from the rights of shareholders under U.S. law.

              We are a public limited liability company incorporated under Dutch law. The rights of holders of ordinary shares are governed by Dutch law and our amended articles of association. These rights differ from the typical rights of shareholders in U.S. corporations. For example, Dutch law significantly limits the circumstances under which shareholders of Dutch companies may bring an action on behalf of a company.

We have not determined a specific use for a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, and we may use these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

              We have not determined a specific use for a portion of the net proceeds of this offering, and our management will have considerable discretion in deciding how to apply these proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately before you make your investment decision. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. There is no guarantee that the net proceeds will be used in a manner that would improve our results of operations or increase the price of our ordinary shares, nor that these net proceeds will be placed only in investments that generate income or appreciate in value.

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our ordinary shares.

              We have not previously declared or paid cash dividends and we have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business. Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and

37


Table of Contents


other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

              Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market, imposes various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we will need to adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

WP Bermuda and its affiliates, our major shareholder, will control approximately        % of our ordinary shares after this offering, and this concentration of ownership may deter a change in control or other transaction that is favorable to our shareholders.

              Upon completion of this offering, WP Bermuda and its affiliates, or Warburg Pincus, will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately        % of our outstanding ordinary shares, or approximately        % if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full. These shareholders could effectively control all matters requiring our shareholders' approval, including the election of directors. This concentration of ownership may also cause, delay, deter or prevent a change in control, and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible to complete without the support of these shareholders, regardless of the impact of this transaction on our other shareholders. In addition, our Securityholders' Agreement, as we currently contemplate amending prior to the consummation of the offering, will give Warburg Pincus and its affiliates the right to nominate three of the eight directors to our board of directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares, two of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares and one of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares. For more information regarding the Securityholders' Agreement please refer to the discussion under "Related Party Transactions."

After this offering, we may be considered a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NASDAQ listing requirements and, as a result, would qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

              Warburg Pincus may own more than 50% of the voting power of our ordinary shares after this offering, and if so, we would be considered to be a "controlled company" for the purposes of the NASDAQ listing requirements. Under the NASDAQ listing requirements, a "controlled company" is permitted to opt out of the provisions that would otherwise require (i) our board of directors to be comprised of a majority of independent directors, (ii) compensation of our officers to be determined or recommended to the board of directors by a majority of its independent directors or by a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors and (iii) director nominees to be selected or recommended for selection by a majority of the independent directors or by a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors. Although we intend to comply with these listing requirements whether or not we are a controlled company, there is no guarantee that we will not take advantage of these exemptions in the future. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

38


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

              This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

              You can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "aim," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "believe," "likely to" or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

              You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

              You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

              Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning the global orthopaedic medical device industry, the extremities sub-markets and geographic breakdown, and our and our competitors' market shares, is based on information from independent industry analysts and third-party sources and management estimates. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research, and are based on assumptions made by us based on such data and our knowledge of such industry and markets, which we believe to be reasonable. Other than Millennium Research Group, which prepared a report at our request and expense, none of the sources cited in this prospectus have consented to the inclusion of any data from their reports, nor have we sought their consent. Such data involves risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors."

39


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

              We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $       million after deducting underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $       million. These estimates are based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per ordinary share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds of this offering by $       million, assuming the sale of            ordinary shares at $            per share, the mid-point of the range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million ordinary shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $       million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

              We intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering:

              The notes payable we intend to repay are (i) the €37,000,000 promissory note due March 31, 2014, issued pursuant to a loan note instrument, dated April 3, 2009, between us and certain shareholders named therein; and (ii) the €34,500,000 promissory note due February 28, 2013, issued pursuant to a loan note instrument, dated February 29, 2008, between us and certain shareholders named therein. The notes carry a fixed interest rate of 8.0% per annum with interest payments accrued in kind semi-annually. The following table identifies our affiliates that hold notes and the amounts they own. We intend to repay these note amounts, plus any accrued interest thereon, with a portion of the proceeds from this offering:

Amounts held by our affiliates under the €37,000,000 promissory note due March 31, 2014:   Amounts held by our affiliates under the €34,500,000 promissory note due February 28, 2013:

Affiliate
  Note amount  
Affiliate
  Note amount  

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda)
    Private Equity IX, L.P

  11,204,000  

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda)
    Private Equity IX, L.P

  24,700,000  

KCH Stockholm AB

  2,400,000  

KCH Stockholm AB

  3,500,000  

Amy and Richard F. Wallman

  260,000  

Vertical Fund I, L.P

  3,153,000  

Douglas W. Kohrs

  258,000  

Vertical Fund II, L.P

  929,000  

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr.

  45,000  

Douglas W. Kohrs

  562,000  

Stephan Epinette

  30,000  

Diane Doty

  166,000  

Diane Doty

  18,000  

Ralph E. Barisano

  26,000  

       

Jamal D. Rushdy

  26,000  

       

James C. Harber

  19,000  

       

James E. Kwan

  7,000  

              We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire other businesses, products or technologies. Our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

40


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

              We have not previously declared or paid cash dividends and we have no plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

              Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

41


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

              The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our total capitalization as of April 4, 2010:

              You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of April 4, 2010  
 
  Actual   As adjusted  
 
  (in thousands, except share data)
(unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 38,311        
           

Long-term debt, including current maturities:

             
 

Notes payable

    70,095        
 

Other long-term debt

    47,615        
           

Total debt

  $ 117,710        
           

Warrant liabilities

    85,068        
             

Shareholders' equity:

             

Ordinary shares, $0.01 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized; 77,186,382 shares issued and outstanding, actual;        shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

    1,012        

Additional paid-in capital

    368,681        

Accumulated deficit

    (154,074 )      

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    13,873        
           

Total shareholders' equity

    229,492        
           

Total capitalization

  $ 432,270        
           

              Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per ordinary share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of the as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total shareholders' equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million ordinary shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase or decrease each of the as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in-capital, total shareholders' equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming that the assumed public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

42


Table of Contents

              The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on 88,703,258 ordinary shares outstanding as of July 4, 2010, and excludes:

43


Table of Contents


DILUTION

              If you invest in our ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per ordinary share you will pay in this offering and the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering.

              Our net tangible book value as of July 4, 2010, was approximately            per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per ordinary share represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share from the assumed public offering price per ordinary share.

              Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after July 4, 2010, our as adjusted net tangible book value at July 4, 2010, would have been $        per ordinary share, after giving effect to the sale of        ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This represents an immediate increase in as adjusted net tangible book value of $        per ordinary share to existing shareholders and immediate dilution of $        per ordinary share to new investors in this offering.

              The following table illustrates the dilution on a per ordinary share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share

  $    
       
 

Net tangible book value per ordinary share

  $    
       
 

Increase per ordinary share attributable to this offering

       
       

As adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering

       
       

Dilution per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

  $    
       

              A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $        per ordinary share would increase or decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or $        per ordinary share, and the as adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $        per ordinary share, assuming no change to the number of ordinary shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase or decrease of 1.0 million ordinary shares in the number of ordinary shares offered by us would increase or decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or $        per ordinary share, and the as adjusted dilution per share to investors in this offering by approximately $        per ordinary share assuming no change to the number of ordinary shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

              If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, our as adjusted net tangible book value at July 4, 2010 would be $        million, or $        per ordinary share, representing an immediate increase to existing shareholders of $        per ordinary share and immediate dilution of $        per share to new investors in this offering.

              The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of July 4, 2010, the differences between our existing shareholders as of July 4, 2010 and the new investors in this offering with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price

44


Table of Contents


per ordinary share paid at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Ordinary shares
purchased
   
   
   
 
 
  Total consideration    
 
 
  Average price
per ordinary
share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing shareholders

                               

New investors

                               
 

Total

                               

              A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $        per ordinary share would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and average price per ordinary share paid by all shareholders $        , $        and $        , respectively, assuming the sale of         ordinary shares at $        per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

              If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by existing shareholders would decrease to approximately        , or approximately        % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to        shares, or approximately        % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering.

              The tables and calculations above are based on 88,703,258 ordinary shares outstanding as of July 4, 2010, and excludes:

              The table and calculations above excludes ordinary shares reserved for future issuance. To the extent the options are exercised and awards are granted under these plans, there may be dilution to our shareholders. We may also choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders.

45


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

              The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data and other financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, and the selected historical balance sheet data as of December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data and other financial data for the period from July 18, 2006, to December 31, 2006, and the selected historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, were derived from the audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements referred to in the previous three sentences have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. On July 18, 2006, we were acquired by the Investor Group. Selected financial data as of December 31, 2005, and for the periods January 1, 2005, to December 31, 2005, and January 1, 2006, to July 18, 2006, has not been presented because it is not available and cannot be created without unreasonable effort and expense. Furthermore, we believe that financial data for the periods January 1, 2005, to December 31, 2005, and January 1, 2006, to July 18, 2006, does not significantly contribute to an investor's understanding of our historical financial performance and financial condition because of our acquisition and adoption of uniform accounting standards on July 18, 2006.

              Our selected historical consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the 13 weeks ended March 29, 2009, and 14 weeks ended April 4, 2010, and the selected historical balance sheet data as of April 4, 2010, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The March 29, 2009, and April 4, 2010, unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the full fiscal year, and the historical results set forth below do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.

              Our fiscal quarters are generally determined on a 13-week basis and always end on a Sunday. As a result, our fiscal year is generally 364 days. Our year-end periods end on the Sunday nearest to December 31. Every few years, it is necessary to add an extra week to a quarter to make it a 14-week period in order to have our year end fall on the Sunday nearest to December 31. For example, the first quarter of 2010 includes an extra week of operations compared to the first quarter of 2009. For the purposes of this prospectus, references to:

46


Table of Contents

              The information presented below should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
   
  Year ended   First quarter ended  
 
  Period from
July 18, 2006
to December 31,
2006
 
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
  (in thousands, except
per share data)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue

  $ 46,158   $ 145,369   $ 177,370   $ 201,462   $ 50,855   $ 61,843  
 

Cost of goods sold

    20,959     49,959     49,085     58,472     14,690     18,365  
                           

Gross profit

    25,199     95,410     128,285     142,990     36,165     43,478  
 

Sales and marketing

    20,497     78,628     103,285     112,017     26,854     33,381  
 

General and administrative

    9,118     17,976     21,742     20,790     5,213     6,526  
 

Research and development

    1,730     13,305     20,635     18,120     4,725     4,813  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    2,272     7,946     11,186     15,173     2,615     2,997  
 

Special charges

                1,864         224  
 

In-process research and development

    9,649     15,107                  
                           

Operating loss

    (18,067 )   (37,552 )   (28,563 )   (24,974 )   (3,242 )   (4,463 )
 

Interest expense

    (828 )   (2,394 )   (11,171 )   (19,667 )   (3,059 )   (5,830 )
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    115     (5,859 )   1,701     3,003     4,063     (2,294 )
 

Other non-operating (expense) income

        (1,966 )   (1,371 )   (28,461 )   (1,900 )   214  
                           

Loss before income taxes

    (18,780 )   (47,771 )   (39,404 )   (70,099 )   (4,138 )   (12,373 )
 

Income tax benefit

    2,279     6,580     5,227     14,413     621     2,322  
                           

Consolidated net loss

    (16,501 )   (41,191 )   (34,177 )   (55,686 )   (3,517 )   (10,051 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

            (1,173 )   (1,067 )   (420 )   (695 )
                           

Net loss attributable to Tornier

    (16,501 )   (41,191 )   (33,004 )   (54,619 )   (3,097 )   (9,356 )

Accretion of noncontrolling interest

            (3,761 )   (1,127 )   (420 )   (679 )
                           

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

  $ (16,501 ) $ (41,191 ) $ (36,765 ) $ (55,746 ) $ (3,517 ) $ (10,035 )
                           

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding: basic and diluted

    44,000     66,666     71,791     73,224     72,928     74,293  

Net loss per share: basic and diluted

  $ (0.38 ) $ (0.62 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.76 ) $ (0.05 ) $ (0.14 )
                           

Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 8,734   $ 17,347   $ 21,348   $ 37,969   $ 17,409   $ 38,311  

Other current assets

    97,014     117,760     137,128     147,274     135,524     148,753  

Total assets

    291,124     431,614     475,967     520,187     460,480     510,930  

Total liabilities

    141,426     181,738     212,442     277,140     230,257     281,438  

Noncontrolling interest

            23,200     23,259     23,200      

Total shareholders' equity

    149,698     249,876     240,325     219,788     207,023     229,492  

47


Table of Contents

 
   
  Year ended   First quarter ended  
 
  Period from
July 18, 2006
to December 31,
2006
 
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands)
  (in thousands)
 

Other Financial Data:

                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 6,273   $ (8,956 ) $ (25,272 ) $ 3,417   $ 1,478   $ 3,304  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (14,665 )   (105,397 )   (37,524 )   (32,230 )   (5,789 )   (8,357 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (1,829 )   121,886     66,487     44,857     558     4,832  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,919     15,582     22,331     29,732     5,659     6,809  

Capital expenditures

    (4,828 )   (16,938 )   (25,832 )   (24,574 )   (5,789 )   (7,296 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    699     1,080     310     577     (186 )   563  

48


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

              You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations together with the selected consolidated financial data, consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, and other financial information included in this prospectus. The following discussion may contain predictions, estimates and other forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.

Overview

              We are a global medical device company focused on surgeons that treat musculoskeletal injuries and disorders of the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, ankle and foot. We refer to these surgeons as extremity specialists. We sell to this extremity specialist customer base a broad line of joint replacement, trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologic products to treat extremity joints. Our motto of "specialists serving specialists" encompasses this focus. In certain international markets, we also offer joint replacement products for the hip and knee. We currently sell over 70 product lines in approximately 35 countries.

              We have had a tradition of innovation, intense focus on surgeon education and commitment to advancement of orthopaedic technology since our founding approximately 70 years ago in France by René Tornier. Our history includes the introduction of the porous orthopaedic hip implant, the application of the Morse taper, which is a reliable means of joining modular orthopaedic implants, and, more recently, the introduction of the reversed shoulder implant in the United States. This track record of innovation over the decades stems from our close collaboration with leading orthopaedic surgeons and thought leaders throughout the world.

              We were acquired in 2006 by the Investor Group. They recognized the potential to leverage our reputation for innovation and our strong extremity joint portfolio as a platform upon which they could build a global company focused on the rapidly evolving upper and lower extremity specialties. The Investor Group has contributed capital resources and a management team with a track record of success in the orthopaedic industry in an effort to expand our offering in extremities and accelerate our growth. Since the acquisition in 2006, we have:

              As a result of the foregoing actions, we believe our addressable worldwide market opportunity has increased from approximately $2 billion in 2006 to approximately $7 billion in 2009.

              We believe we are differentiated by our full portfolio of upper and lower extremity products, our dedicated extremity-focused sales organization and our strategic focus on extremities. We further

49


Table of Contents


believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the opportunities in the extremity products marketplace as we are already among the global leaders in the shoulder and ankle joint replacement markets with the #2 market position worldwide for sales of shoulder joint replacement products and the #1 market position in the United States in foot and ankle joint replacement systems in 2009 as measured by revenue. We more recently have expanded our technology base and product offering to include: new joint replacement products based on new materials; improved trauma products based on innovative designs; and proprietary orthobiologic materials for soft tissue repair. In the United States, which is the largest orthopaedic market, we believe that our single, "specialists serving specialists" distribution channel is strategically aligned with what we believe is an ongoing trend in orthopaedics for surgeons to specialize in certain parts of the anatomy or certain types of procedures.

              Our principal products are organized in four major categories: upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics, and large joints and other. Our upper extremity products include joint replacement and bone fixation devices for the shoulder, hand, wrist and elbow. Our lower extremity products include joint replacement and bone fixation devices for the foot and ankle. Our sports medicine and orthobiologics product category includes products used across several anatomic sites to mechanically repair tissue-to-tissue or tissue-to-bone injuries, in the case of sports medicine, or to support or induce remodeling and regeneration of tendons, ligaments, bone and cartilage, in the case of orthobiologics. Our large joints and other products include hip and knee joint replacement implants and ancillary products.

              Innovations in the orthopaedic industry have typically consisted of evolutions of product design in implant fixation, joint mechanics, and instruments and modifications of existing metal or plastic-based device designs rather than new products based on combinations of new designs and new materials. In contrast, the growth of our target markets has been driven by the development of products that respond to the particular mechanics of small joints and the importance of soft tissue to small joint stability and function. We are committed to the development of new designs utilizing both conventional materials and new tissue-friendly biomaterials that we expect will create new markets. We believe that we are a leader in researching and incorporating some of these new technologies across multiple product platforms.

              In the United States, we sell products from our upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, and sports medicine and orthobiologics product categories; we do not actively market large joints in the United States nor do we currently have plans to do so. While we market our products to extremity specialists, our revenue is generated from sales to healthcare institutions and distributors. We sell through a single sales channel consisting of a network of independent commission-based sales agencies. Internationally, where the trend among surgeons toward specialization is not as advanced as in the United States, we sell our full product portfolio, including upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics and large joints. We utilize several distribution approaches depending on the individual market requirements, including direct sales organizations in the largest European markets and independent distributors for most other international markets. In 2009, we generated revenue of $201.5 million, 57% of which was in the United States and 43% of which was international.

              We have significantly grown our business since our acquisition by the Investor Group in July 2006. Since then we have built an extremities focused business that offers a broad range of products to a focused group of specialty surgeons. We believe this strategy has been the primary factor in enabling our revenue growth from 2006 to 2009. During that time we also increased our operating expenses significantly. We have strategically invested with particular emphasis on product development, acquisition of strategic products and technologies and sales commissions to support both current and future growth. While we believe we will continue to experience operating losses during 2010, we also believe the investments made will allow us to grow our revenue at rates exceeding our expected growth in operating expenses in the future.

50


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

              A substantial portion of our business is located outside the United States and as a result we generate revenue and incur expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The majority of our operations denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are denominated in Euros. In 2009 and 2008, approximately 43% and 48%, respectively, of our sales were denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, our revenue can be significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We expect that foreign currencies will continue to represent a similarly significant percentage of our sales in the future. Selling, marketing and administrative costs related to these sales are largely denominated in the same foreign currencies, thereby limiting our transaction risk exposure. We therefore believe that the risk of a significant impact on our revenue from foreign currency fluctuations is minimal. However, a substantial portion of the products we sell in the United States are manufactured in countries where costs are incurred in Euros. Fluctuations in the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate will have an impact on the cost of the products we manufacture in those countries, but we would not likely be able to change our U.S. dollar selling prices of those same products in the United States in response to those cost fluctuations. As a result, fluctuations in the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rates could have a significant impact on our gross profit in the future.

Basis of Presentation

              Our fiscal quarters are generally determined on a 13-week basis and always end on a Sunday. As a result, our fiscal year is generally 364 days. Our year-end periods end on the Sunday nearest to December 31. Every few years, it is necessary to add an extra week to a quarter to make it a 14-week period in order to have our year end fall on the Sunday nearest to December 31. For example, the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, includes an extra week of operations compared to the first quarter ended March 29, 2009. For purposes of this management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, references to:

Corporate Transactions

              Since our acquisition by the Investor Group in 2006, we have engaged in a series of acquisitions and other transactions as we have sought to grow the business and broaden our product portfolio. Below is a summary of our recent acquisitions and other transactions:

Relevant Acquisitions

              Axya Holdings, Inc., or Axya.     On February 27, 2007, we acquired 100% of the stock of Axya. With the addition of Axya's sports medicine domain expertise and products, which included traditional and advanced suture anchors and arthroscopic instruments for soft tissue repair in the shoulder, we were positioned to enter the shoulder sports medicine market. Many surgeons who perform rotator cuff repair surgery also perform shoulder joint replacement surgery, and the Axya product portfolio provided us the ability to sell additional products to our existing customer base.

              Nexa Orthopedics, Inc., or Nexa.     On February 27, 2007, we acquired 100% of the stock of Nexa. Nexa, a private company based in San Diego, California, was an extremity-focused orthopaedic company with a strong portfolio of implants for the foot and ankle. Nexa's products complemented our

51


Table of Contents


Salto and Salto Talaris ankle implants and significantly broadened our lower extremity product portfolio. In addition, Nexa had proprietary capabilities to manufacture orthopaedic implants with pyrocarbon, a highly wear-resistant, biocompatible material with wide potential applicability to our entire existing product portfolio. Nexa also had a next-generation shoulder joint replacement implant in its development pipeline, which we currently market as our Ascend shoulder implant. We believe Nexa was the only orthopaedic company in the world with vertically integrated pyrocarbon design and manufacturing capabilities.

              DVO Extremity Solutions, LLC, or DVO.     On March 5, 2007, we acquired the assets of DVO. DVO was an orthopaedic company primarily focused on trauma products, including implants for the hand and wrist. In addition, DVO was developing a shoulder joint replacement that would complement our existing product offering. We commercially launched the shoulder joint replacement product in 2008 as the Affiniti.

              C2M Medical, Inc., or C2M Medical.     On March 26, 2010, we exercised our option to acquire 100% of the stock of C2M Medical, a medical device development company based in San Antonio, Texas, focused on the sports medicine market. C2M Medical developed the Piton Knotless Anchor, an advanced arthroscopic technology for rotator cuff repair. In 2008, we signed a license agreement with C2M Medical for exclusive worldwide rights to the Piton, along with an option to acquire the company. C2M Medical was determined to be a variable interest entity and was consolidated by us beginning in 2008 upon signing the initial license agreement. Refer to Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding the accounting for C2M Medical.

Other Transactions

              Tepha Inc., or Tepha.     On February 9, 2007, we signed an exclusive license and supply agreement with Tepha for its poly-4-hydroxybutyrate polymer for certain fields of use, which we have branded "Biofiber." Biofiber is a high-strength biodegradable polymer that we have used in suture applications and in several soft tissue repair development projects.

              Bioretec Ltd., or Bioretec.     On March 14, 2007, we signed a distribution agreement with Bioretec, a Finnish biomaterials company, for private label distribution rights in the United States for Bioretec's product lines marketed by us under the NexFix Resorbable Fixation System, or RFS, brand. The NexFix RFS system includes pin and screw fixation systems for use by extremity specialists to repair and treat a wide range of bone and joint disorders including fractures and arthritis.

              BioSurface Engineering Technologies, Inc., or BioSET.     On January 22, 2008, we signed an agreement with BioSET to develop, commercialize and distribute products incorporating BioSET's F2A synthetic growth factor technology in the field of orthopaedic soft tissue repair. The BioSET deal complemented earlier agreements that we signed with other orthobiologics companies, including Tepha Medical, providing us with a portfolio of innovative technologies to better address unmet soft tissue repair needs of orthopaedic surgeons and their patients.

              LifeCell Corporation, or LifeCell.     On March 28, 2008, we entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with LifeCell, a tissue engineering company, which is a division of Kinetic Concepts, Inc. Under the terms of the agreement, we gained certain exclusive rights to commercialize orthopaedic and podiatric applications, including repair of rotator cuff, tendons and cartilage, for LifeCell's xenograft reconstructive tissue matrix. We believe this new tissue matrix provides us with a differentiated, next-generation biologic graft product primarily focused on rotator cuff repair, Achilles tendon repair and several other extremities soft tissue applications. We market the LifeCell tissue matrix product for orthopaedic and podiatric applications under the Conexa brand, while LifeCell continues to market a version of this tissue matrix for other applications under the Strattice brand.

52


Table of Contents

              T.A.G. Medical Products Corporation Ltd., or TAG.     On May 2, 2009, we signed a definitive agreement with TAG, a private Israeli-based medical device developer and contract manufacturer, to exclusively license TAG's ArthroTunneler TM , an advanced suture-passing device, for orthopaedic applications of the extremities. The ArthroTunneler's primary application enables surgeons to repair rotator cuffs arthroscopically without using suture anchors. The ArthroTunneler complements our sports medicine portfolio of suture and anchor products and we believe is particularly compelling to surgery centers since the ArthroTunneler device may be less expensive to use than multiple anchors.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

              We derive our revenue from the sale of medical devices that are used by surgeons who treat diseases and disorders of extremity joints including the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, ankle and foot. We report our sales in four primary product categories: upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics, and larger joints and other. Our revenue is generated from sales to two types of customers: healthcare institutions and distributors, with healthcare institutions representing a majority of our revenue. We utilize a network of independent sales agencies for sales in the United States and a combination of employee sales representatives, independent sales agencies and distributors for sales outside the United States. Revenue from sales to healthcare institutions is recognized at the time of surgical implantation. We generally record revenue from sales to our distributors at the time the product is shipped to the distributor. Distributors, who sell the products to their customers, take title to the products and assume all risks of ownership at the time of shipment. Our distributors are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products. We charge our customers for shipping and record shipping revenue as part of revenue.

Cost of Goods Sold

              We manufacture a majority of the products that we sell. Our cost of goods sold consists primarily of direct labor, allocated manufacturing overhead, raw materials and components, and excludes amortization of intangible assets, which is presented as a separate component of operating expenses. A portion of the products we sell are manufactured by third parties, and our cost of goods sold for those products consists primarily of the price invoiced by our third-party vendors. Cost of goods sold also includes share-based compensation expenses related to individuals whose salaries are also included within this category. A majority of our current manufacturing facilities are located in Europe and the related manufacturing costs are incurred in Euro. As a result, the cost of goods sold for our products sold in the United States that were manufactured in Europe is subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Sales and Marketing

              Our variable selling costs consist primarily of commissions paid to our independent sales agencies used in the United States and some other countries to generate sales, royalties based on certain product sales and freight expense we pay to ship our products to customers. Our non-variable sales and marketing costs consist primarily of salaries, personnel costs, including share-based compensation and other support costs related to the selling, marketing and support of our products as well as trade shows, promotions and physician training. Sales and marketing expenses also include the cost of distributing our products, which includes the operating costs and certain administrative costs related to our various worldwide sales and distribution operations. We provide surgical instrumentation to our customers for use during procedures involving our products. There are no contractual arrangements related to our customers' use of our surgical instrumentation and we do not charge a fee for providing access to the related instrumentation. We record surgical instrumentation on our balance

53


Table of Contents


sheet as a long-lived asset. The depreciation expense related to our surgical instrumentation is included in sales and marketing expenses.

General and Administrative

              General and administrative expenses consist of expenses for our executive, finance, legal, compliance, administrative, information technology and human resource departments. General and administrative expenses also include share-based compensation expense related to individuals within these departments.

Research and Development

              Research and development expenses include costs associated with the design, development, testing, deployment, enhancement and regulatory clearance or approval of our products. This category also includes costs associated with the design and execution of our clinical trials and regulatory submissions. Research and development expenses also include share-based compensation related to individuals within our research and development groups.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

              Amortization expense for intangible assets includes purchased developed technology, customer relationships and intellectual property, including patents and license rights.

In-Process Research and Development

              Acquired in-process research and development, or IPR&D, reflects amounts assigned to those projects acquired in business combinations prior to December 28, 2008, or the acquisition of assets for which the related products have not received regulatory clearance or approval and have no alternative future use. IPR&D acquired in business combinations subsequent to December 28, 2008, would be recorded as indefinite-lived intangible assets on consolidated balance sheets.

Special Charges

              Special charges consist of certain severance, lease termination and moving costs related to the consolidation of our U.S. facilities during 2009. Special charges also include legal and consulting costs related to establishing new sales and distribution subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Denmark.

Interest Expense

              Interest expense reflects interest associated with both our notes payable and other long-term and short-term debt. Our notes payable accrue paid-in-kind interest at a rate of 8% annually. Our notes payable were also issued together with warrants to purchase our ordinary shares. The estimated fair value of the warrants at the date of issuance was recorded as a discount to the related notes payable. The debt discount is accreted as additional interest expense to the par value of the notes payable over the related term. We also incur interest expense at varying rates of interest on various revolving lines of credit, secured and unsecured term loans and other mortgage-related debt.

Foreign Currency Transaction Gain (Loss)

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss) consists primarily of foreign currency gains and losses on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the related entity. Our foreign currency transactions primarily consist of foreign currency denominated cash, liabilities and intercompany receivables and payables.

54


Table of Contents

Other Non-operating (Expense) Income

              Other non-operating (expense) income primarily relates to losses incurred in the revaluation of our warrant liabilities to fair value as well as other expenses not related to the operations of the business.

Income Tax Benefit

              Income tax benefit includes federal income taxes, income taxes in foreign jurisdictions, state income taxes and changes to our deferred taxes and deferred tax valuation allowance.

Results of Operations

First Quarter of 2010 Compared to First Quarter of 2009

              Our year-end periods end on the Sunday nearest to December 31. Every few years, it is necessary to add an extra week to a quarter to make it a 14-week period in order to have our year end fall on the Sunday nearest to December 31. For example, the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, includes an extra week of operations compared to the first quarter ended March 29, 2009. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations expressed as a percentage of revenue:

 
  First quarter ended  
 
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 

Revenue

    100 %   100 %

Cost of goods sold

    29     30  
           

Gross profit

    71     70  

Operating expenses:

             
 

Selling and marketing

    53     54  
 

General and administrative

    10     11  
 

Research and development

    9     8  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5     5  
 

Special charges

    *     *  
           

Operating loss

    (6 )%   (7 )%

*
Not meaningful

              The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, our revenue by product category and geography expressed as dollar amounts and the changes in revenue between the specified periods expressed as percentages:

 
  First quarter ended    
 
Revenue by Product Category
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
  Percent
change
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

Upper extremity joints and trauma

  $ 31,540   $ 36,647     16 %

Lower extremity joints and trauma

    5,171     6,256     21  

Sports medicine and orthobiologics

    1,142     3,441     201  

Large joints and other

    13,002     15,499     19  
                 
 

Total

  $ 50,855   $ 61,843     22 %
                 

55


Table of Contents


 
  First quarter ended    
 
Revenue by Geography
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
  Percent
change
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
 

United States

  $ 28,809   $ 34,182     19 %

International

    22,046     27,661     25  
                 
 

Total

  $ 50,855   $ 61,843     22 %
                 

              Revenue.     Revenue increased by 22% to $61.8 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $50.9 million for the first quarter of 2009, as a result of increased sales in each of our product categories, with the most significant increase occurring in our upper extremity joints and trauma and large joints and other categories. We have also experienced an increase in sales in our sports medicine and orthobiologics categories as we continue to broaden our portfolio of offerings in this market. Our revenue was positively impacted by approximately $1.9 million during the first quarter of 2010 as a result of foreign currency fluctuations. Revenue also increased over first quarter of 2009 due to the extra week of operations included in our 2010 first quarter.

              Revenue by product category.     Revenue in upper extremity joints and trauma increased by 16% to $36.6 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $31.5 million for the first quarter of 2009, primarily as a result of the continued increase in sales of our Aequalis shoulder and Affiniti products. We believe that increased sales of our Aequalis shoulder resulted from continued market growth in shoulder replacement procedures and further market acceptance of our reversed and standard Aequalis shoulder joint replacement products. We have seen an increase in sales in our Affiniti shoulder products, which were launched at the end of 2008. Revenue in our lower extremity joints and trauma increased by 21% to $6.3 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $5.2 million for the first quarter of 2009, primarily due to increased sales in our foot and ankle fixation products in both the United States and internationally. We continue to focus our U.S. distribution network on selling our full range of products and have increased the number of products available internationally. Revenue in sports medicine and orthobiologics increased by 201% to $3.4 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $1.1 million for the first quarter of 2009. This increase was attributable to an increase in sales of our Piton products, as well as an increase in sales of our Conexa product, which was in the beginning stages of initial launch during the first quarter of 2009. The first quarter of 2010 also included initial revenue from our ArthroTunneler, which was launched during the second half of 2009. Revenue from large joints and other increased by 19% to $15.5 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $13.0 million for the first quarter of 2009. Our large joint and other revenue increase was primarily due to the existence of an extra week in our first quarter of 2010, combined with approximately $0.9 million of favorable impacts from changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

              Revenue by geography.     Revenue in the United States increased by 19% to $34.2 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $28.8 million for the first quarter of 2009, primarily driven by continued increase in sales in upper extremities joints and trauma products, together with a significant increase in sales in sports medicine and orthobiologics products as our focus on this category increased during 2009. Revenue from the first quarter of 2010 was also favorably impacted by the extra week compared to the first quarter of 2009. International revenue increased by 25% to $27.7 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $22.0 million for the first quarter of 2009. Our international revenue was positively impacted by approximately $1.9 million during the first quarter of 2010 as a result of foreign currency fluctuations, principally due to the performance of the Euro against the U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of the change in currency exchange rates, our international revenue increased by 17%, primarily due to the launch of our United Kingdom sales office in the first quarter of 2010, increased revenue in France, Australia, and the Netherlands and the existence of an extra week in the first quarter of 2010.

56


Table of Contents

              Cost of goods sold.     Our cost of goods sold increased by 25% to $18.4 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $14.7 million for the first quarter of 2009. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold increased from 29% for the first quarter of 2009 to 30% for the first quarter of 2010, primarily due to the fact that our products currently being sold include a higher level of overhead costs than those sold in the first quarter of 2009. We have intentionally increased our manufacturing overhead costs in an effort to establish a sufficient level of capacity and manufacturing infrastructure to support our current and future growth plans. Our manufacturing overhead costs have grown at a rate faster than our factory output in recent years, causing an increase in the fully absorbed cost of our products. However, we believe this has allowed us to establish an infrastructure that will be able to sustain our sales growth plans and has increased our ability to obtain leverage on our costs in the future. Our cost of goods sold and corresponding gross profit as a percentage of revenue can be expected to fluctuate in future periods depending upon changes in our product sales mix and prices, distribution channels and geographies, manufacturing yields, period expenses, levels of production volume and currency exchange rates.

              Selling and marketing.     Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 24% to $33.4 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $26.9 million for the first quarter of 2009, primarily as a result of $1.9 million of additional variable commissions and royalty expenses on higher revenue, $0.7 million of increased instrument depreciation from a larger volume of instruments in the field, approximately $0.8 million of increased expense due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and approximately $1.4 million of increased non-variable selling and marketing expenses related to the additional week of operations included in the first quarter of 2010. The remaining increase in selling and marketing expenses relates to general increases in our selling and distribution costs to support continued growth, including our expansion into the United Kingdom. Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue increased from 53% for the first quarter of 2009 to 54% for the first quarter of 2010. The increase in our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue is due primarily to the increased operating expenses of our new sales office in the United Kingdom, which began operations in the first quarter of 2010.

              General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses increased by 25% to $6.5 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $5.2 million for the first quarter of 2009. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 11% for the first quarter of 2010 compared to 10% for the first quarter of 2009. The increase in expenses in the first quarter of 2010 is primarily due to severance-related expenses of approximately $0.4 million accrued in the first quarter of 2010 from the departure of our CFO. General and administrative expenses also increased due to the existence of an extra week of expense in the first quarter of 2010. Excluding the impact of the severance-related expenses, our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue would be 10%, which is consistent with the first quarter of 2009. While general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased by only one percentage point, given our preparation for an initial public offering of our ordinary shares, we may not be able to continue to maintain our general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue in 2010.

              Research and development.     Research and development expenses increased by 2% to $4.8 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $4.7 million for the first quarter of 2009, primarily due to consolidated operating expenses from C2M Medical, including certain operating expenses related to the launch of our Piton product. C2M Medical was a variable interest entity which we consolidated in 2008 and holds the intellectual property related to our Piton products. The first quarter of 2010 included $0.6 million of operating expenses related to C2M Medical compared to an immaterial amount for the first quarter of 2009. During the first quarter of 2010, we acquired C2M Medical and merged the entity into our existing U.S. operations. The acquisition of C2M was completed in order to purchase the intellectual property related to our Piton products, which we had previously been licensing from C2M, and therefore the C2M entity was no longer needed. As a percentage of revenue, research and

57


Table of Contents


development decreased from 9% for the first quarter of 2009 to 8% for the first quarter of 2010 due to a higher level of new product development work occurring the first quarter of 2009 compared to the first quarter of 2010. We expect our level of research and development to fluctuate depending on the timing of new product development projects.

              Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets increased by 15% to $3.0 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $2.6 million for the first quarter of 2009, primarily as a result of additional amortization related to certain license intangibles acquired during 2009 as well as the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on non-U.S. intangible assets.

              Special charges.     We recorded special charges totaling $0.2 million for the first quarter of 2010, which were primarily related to the relocation of our U.S. headquarters and the establishment of our sales office in the United Kingdom.

              Interest expense.     Our interest expense increased by 91% to $5.8 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $3.1 million for the first quarter of 2009 due to the issuance of €37 million of 8% notes payable together with warrants to purchase 8.8 million ordinary shares in April of 2009. 2010 interest expense includes a full quarter of interest expense related to the 8% stated interest on the notes, together with additional interest expense related to the notes being issued at a discount because they were issued in conjunction with warrants. Refer to Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the accounting treatment of our notes and warrants.

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).     Our foreign currency transaction loss was $2.3 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared to a $4.1 million foreign currency transaction gain for the first quarter of 2009. The primary driver of our foreign currency transaction loss in the first quarter of 2010 and gain in the first quarter of 2009 is related to the revaluation of our warrant liability, which is denominated in a currency other than our functional currency. We recorded a foreign currency loss of $5.7 million and gain of $1.4 million in the first quarters of 2010 and 2009, respectively, to revalue the warrant liability. The offsetting foreign currency gains and losses in each period relate to the impact of revaluing certain of our intercompany debt and payables between our U.S. and European subsidiaries as a result of changes in the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate.

              Other non-operating (expense) income.     Other non-operating income was $0.2 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared to expense of $1.9 million for the first quarter of 2009. Our non-operating income and expense primarily relates to the adjustment of our warrant liability to fair value at the end of each reporting period. We have subsequently settled our warrant liability in May of 2010 by exchanging all the outstanding warrants for our ordinary shares.

              Income tax benefit.     Our income tax benefit increased $1.7 million to $2.3 million for the first quarter of 2010 from $0.6 million for the first quarter of 2009. Our effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2010 and 2009 was 19% and 15%, respectively. Given our history of operating losses, we do not generally record a provision for income taxes in the United States and certain of our European sales offices. Our income tax benefit in the first quarters of both 2010 and 2009 primarily relate to tax benefit recorded related to our French subsidiaries and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities recognized in the Netherlands related to the debt discount on the notes payable issued in 2008 and 2009. The change in our effective tax rate from the first quarter of 2009 to the first quarter of 2010 primarily relates to the relative percentage of our pre-tax loss made up by our French and Netherlands operations.

58


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Comparisons

              The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our results of operations expressed as a percentage of revenue.

 
  Year ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
 

Revenue

    100 %   100 %   100 %

Cost of goods sold

    34     28     29  
               

Gross profit

    66     72     71  

Operating expenses:

                   
 

Selling and marketing

    54     58     56  
 

General and administrative

    12     12     10  
 

Research and development

    9     12     9  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    5     6     8  
 

In-process research and development

    10          
 

Special charges

            1  
               

Operating loss

    (26 )%   (16 )%   (12 )%

              The following tables set forth, for the periods indicated, our revenue by product category and geography expressed as dollar amounts and the changes in revenue between the specified periods expressed as percentages:

Revenue by Product Category

 
  Year ended    
   
 
 
  Percent change  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
 
 
  2008/2007   2009/2008  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
   
 

Upper extremity joints and trauma

  $ 87,724   $ 108,829   $ 125,454     24 %   15 %

Lower extremity joints and trauma

    13,729     18,167     20,417     32 %   12 %

Sports medicine and orthobiologics

    2,082     2,513     6,593     21 %   162 %

Large joints and other

    41,834     47,861     48,998     14 %   2 %
                           
 

Total

  $ 145,369   $ 177,370   $ 201,462     22 %   14 %
                           

Revenue by Geography

 

 
  Fiscal year ended    
   
 
 
  Percent change  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
 
 
  2008/2007   2009/2008  
 
  ($ in thousands)
   
   
 

United States

  $ 73,701   $ 92,730   $ 114,206     26 %   23 %

International

    71,668     84,640     87,256     18 %   3 %
                           
 

Total

  $ 145,369   $ 177,370   $ 201,462     22 %   14 %
                           

Fiscal Year Ended December 27, 2009, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2008

              Revenue.     Revenue increased by 14% to $201.5 million in 2009 from $177.4 million in 2008, primarily as a result of growth in our target markets, new product launches and market share gains by our shoulder and ankle joint replacement products. During 2009, we launched 18 new products; six of

59


Table of Contents

these new products were introduced primarily in the United States. Our revenue was negatively impacted by approximately $4.5 million during 2009 as a result of foreign currency fluctuations, principally due to the performance of the Euro against the U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of the change in foreign currency exchange rates, our revenue increased by 16%.

              Revenue by product category.     Revenue in upper extremity joints and trauma product category increased by 15% to $125.5 million in 2009 from $108.8 million in 2008, primarily as a result of the continued increase in sales of our shoulder products, including our reversed shoulder and our Affiniti shoulder products, which launched at the end of 2008. We believe that increased sales of our reversed shoulder products resulted from continued market growth in shoulder replacement procedures and further market acceptance of our reversed and standard Acqualis shoulder joint replacement products. Our Affiniti shoulder products continued to grow in sales volume since their 2008 launch. Our upper extremity joints and trauma product category continues to represent the most significant group of products in our revenue, representing approximately 61% and 62% of revenue in 2008 and 2009, respectively. We expect our upper extremity joints and trauma product category will remain a significant portion of revenue in the immediate future and will be a primary driver of our anticipated 2010 revenue growth. Revenue in our lower extremity joints and trauma product category increased by 12% to $20.4 million in 2009 from $18.2 million in 2008, primarily due to high volume growth in our U.S. ankle products, which we believe was driven by our surgeon training and education efforts. Revenue in our sports medicine and orthobiologics product category increased by 162% to $6.6 million in 2009 from $2.5 million in 2008. This increase was attributable to the launch of our orthobiologics product, Conexa, as well as increasing market acceptance of our Piton anchors. We expect revenue in this product category to increase as we focus on further developing and broadening these products. Revenue in the large joint and other product category increased by 2% to $49.0 million in 2009 from $47.9 million in 2008. Our large joint products are primarily sold internationally and were negatively impacted by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of currency fluctuations, our large joint sales increased by 9%, driven primarily by an increase in sales volumes of certain of our hip products during 2009. We also launched the HLS Kneetec, a new knee joint implant, during 2009 to continue to strengthen our knee product revenue. We have made the strategic decision to focus the sale of our large joint products only in select international markets.

              Revenue by geography.     Revenue in the United States increased by 23% to $114.2 million in 2009 from $92.7 million in 2008. Revenue internationally increased by 3% to $87.3 million in 2009 from $84.6 million in 2008. Our international revenue was negatively impacted by approximately $4.5 million during 2009 as a result of foreign currency fluctuations, principally due to the performance of the Euro against the U.S. dollar. Excluding the impact of the change in currency exchange rates, our international revenues increased by 8%, driven primarily by increased sales in our French market as well as in Germany and Australia.

              Cost of goods sold.     Our cost of goods sold increased by 19% to $58.5 million in 2009 from $49.1 million in 2008, primarily attributable to increased manufacturing overhead costs to support increased production capacity, which grew at a rate higher than production during 2008, the period in which the majority of our 2009 product sales were manufactured. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold increased to 29% in 2009 from 28% in 2008, as we increased our manufacturing overhead costs in an effort to establish a sufficient level of capacity and manufacturing infrastructure to support our current and future growth plans. During 2009, we leased and moved into a new manufacturing facility in Macroom, Ireland, which should enable us to expand our Irish manufacturing capacity. We also purchased a new facility in Grenoble, France in 2009, which expanded our manufacturing facilities in France. Our increases in manufacturing overhead costs have grown at a rate faster than our factory output in recent years, causing an increase in the fully absorbed cost of our products. However, this has allowed us to establish an infrastructure that we believe will be able to sustain our sales growth plans and has increased our ability to leverage our costs in the future. In addition, we experienced charges

60


Table of Contents


for excess and obsolete inventory of $7.8 million during 2009 compared to $4.3 million during 2008 as a result of higher levels of obsolete inventory from a higher level of new product launches during 2009 and an increase in estimated shrinkage of U.S. consigned inventory. We also incurred certain one-time charges for relocating our Ireland manufacturing facility during 2009. Our cost of goods sold and corresponding gross profit as a percentage of revenue can be expected to fluctuate in future periods depending on changes in our product sales mix and prices, distribution channels and geographies, manufacturing yields, period expenses, levels of production volume and foreign currency exchange rates.

              Selling and marketing.     Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 9% to $112.0 million in 2009 from $103.3 million in 2008, primarily as a result of $5.2 million of higher variable commissions and royalty expenses related to higher revenue, $3.0 million of increased instrumentation depreciation and $3.1 million of increased selling expenses related to new product promotions and training offset by a positive impact of $2.6 million due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue decreased from 58% in 2008 to 56% in 2009, primarily as a result of our ability to increase revenue at a higher rate than the increases in our existing sales and distribution expenses. We believe this reflects the results of our having increased sales and marketing expenses in prior years to build a sales and distribution infrastructure capable of supporting the revenue growth we experienced in 2009. While we believe our existing infrastructure is sufficient to support our 2010 growth plans, we do not anticipate that our selling and marketing expenses will decrease as a percentage of revenue during 2010.

              General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses decreased by 4% to $20.8 million in 2009 from $21.7 million in 2008, primarily as a result of the consolidation of certain administrative functions in France related to a subsidiary acquired in the Nexa acquisition, combined with a reduction of certain French property taxes. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased two percentage points from 12% in 2008 to 10% in 2009. We were able to decrease our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue during 2009 through controlled expenditures on certain legal and administrative costs; however, given our preparation for an initial public offering of our ordinary shares, we expect that general and administrative expense could increase and we may not be able to continue to decrease our general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue in 2010.

              Research and development.     Research and development expenses decreased by 12% to $18.1 million in 2009 from $20.6 million in 2008, primarily due to favorable foreign currency exchange rates and consolidation of certain research and development activities into our Warsaw, Indiana facility. Research and development expenses represented 9% and 12% of revenue in 2009 and 2008, respectively. We believe that continued investment in research and development is an important part of sustaining our growth strategy through new product development and anticipate that research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue in 2010 will remain at a level similar to 2009.

              Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets increased by 36% to $15.2 million in 2009 from $11.2 million in 2008 primarily as a result of $3.4 million of impairment charges recorded in 2009 from the abandonment of certain previously acquired developed technology and a full year of amortization related to the intangible asset recorded upon the consolidation of C2M Medical in 2008.

              Special charges.     In 2009, we recorded special charges totaling $1.9 million related to the consolidation and restructuring of certain activities in our Boston, New Jersey and San Diego facilities, as well as the relocation of our U.S. headquarters.

              Interest expense.     Our interest expense increased by 76% to $19.7 million in 2009 from $11.2 million in 2008 due to the full year impact of interest related to €34.5 million of notes payable

61


Table of Contents


issued in February 2008 and €37.0 million of notes payable issued in April 2009. Of the $19.7 million of interest expense in 2009, $10.0 million relates to non-cash amortization of debt discount recorded on the notes payable issued in both 2008 and 2009 and $7.3 million relates to paid-in-kind interest accrued as additional principal value of the notes payable issued in 2008 and 2009.

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).     Our foreign currency transaction gain increased by 77% to $3.0 million in 2009 from $1.7 million in 2008. During 2009, we recorded a $3.9 million foreign currency gain related to the revaluation of our warrant liability, which is denominated in a currency other than our functional currency. The remaining foreign currency gains in 2009 and 2008 relate primarily to the impact of revaluing certain of our intercompany debt and payables between our U.S. and European subsidiaries as a result of changes in the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate.

              Other non-operating (expense) income.     Other non-operating expenses increased to $28.5 million in 2009 from $1.4 million in 2008 due to the charge recorded as a result of the change in the fair value of the warrant liability issued with the 2008 and 2009 notes payable. This increase in fair value primarily relates to our change in the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares from $5.66 per share at the end of 2008 to $7.50 per share at the end of 2009.

              Income tax benefit.     Our income tax benefit increased $9.2 million to $14.4 million in 2009 compared to $5.2 million in 2008. Our effective tax rate for 2009 and 2008 was 21% and 13%, respectively. Given our history of operating losses, we do not generally record a provision for income taxes in the United States and certain of our European sales offices. During 2009, we recorded a $3.2 million tax benefit related to losses incurred in France that we believe will be realizable in the future because of the existence of sufficient deferred tax liabilities that will reverse over time, creating future taxable income. We also recorded a $2.8 million income tax benefit in the United States as a result of a law change allowing for a one-time ability to carry back our current year losses for five years. Finally, we recorded a $9.2 million income tax benefit related to the reversal of deferred tax liabilities on the debt discount recorded on the notes payable issued in 2008 and 2009.

Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2008, Compared to Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007

              Revenue.     Revenue increased by 22% to $177.4 million in 2008 from $145.4 million in 2007, primarily as a result of continued market penetration of our various shoulder joint replacement products together with strong international sales growth in our hip products due to several newly launched product offerings. Our revenue was positively impacted in 2008 by approximately $5.6 million as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes, our revenue grew by approximately 18% during 2008.

              Revenue by product category.     Revenue in our upper extremity joints and trauma product category increased by 24% to $108.8 million in 2008 from $87.7 million in 2007 as a result of continued market penetration and increased sales of our standard and reversed shoulder products, as well as a 29% increase in sales of our hand, wrist and elbow products, which included the first full year of revenue from our CoverLoc Wrist Plate that was acquired through the DVO acquisition. Revenue in our lower extremity joints and trauma product category increased by 32% to $18.2 million in 2008 from $13.7 million in 2007, driven primarily from a 56% increase in our ankle joint replacement product sales. Our revenue in the sports medicine and orthobiologics product category increased by 21% to $2.5 million in 2008 from $2.1 million in 2007. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of sales of products acquired in the Axya acquisition for the full year in 2008 compared to only ten months in 2007. In both 2007 and 2008, our primary sports medicine product sales consisted of bone anchors and related products that we manufactured on an original equipment manufacturer basis for a third-party orthopaedic company in 2007. Revenue of the large joint and other product category increased by 14% to $47.9 million in 2008 from $41.8 million in 2007. Sales in our large joint and other product category are primarily denominated in foreign currencies and were favorably impacted by the fluctuations of

62


Table of Contents


foreign currency exchange rates during 2008. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes, revenue in our large joint and other product category grew approximately 7%, primarily driven by increased sales of our hip products due to the launch of several new products.

              Revenue by geography.     Revenue in the United States increased by 26% to $92.7 million in 2008 from $73.7 million in 2007, primarily driven by sales of our standard and reversed shoulder products. Our international revenue was positively impacted in 2008 by approximately $5.6 million as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rate changes, our international revenue increased by approximately 10% which was a result of increased revenue in our French, German and Australian sales offices, as well as in our export division, which sells products to distributors in markets in which we have no direct distribution.

              Cost of goods sold.     Our cost of goods sold decreased by 2% to $49.1 million in 2008 from $50.0 million in 2007, which was primarily attributable to the recognition in cost of goods sold in 2007 of inventory acquired in business combinations that had been stepped up to fair value, resulting in lower realized margin upon sale, all of which was recognized in cost of goods sold in 2007. As a percentage of revenue, cost of goods sold decreased to 28% in 2008 from 34% in 2007. This decrease in our cost of goods sold as a percentage of revenue in 2007 included the reversal of $16.7 million of this inventory step-up.

              Selling and marketing.     Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 31% to $103.3 million in 2008 from $78.6 million in 2007, primarily as a result of increased variable commissions, royalties and freight related to higher revenue, higher surgical instrument depreciation and increased selling and marketing expenses to support our expanding product categories and new product launches. Our selling and marketing expenses increased in 2008 as a result of the fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as a significant portion of our selling and marketing expenses are incurred in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue increased from 54% in 2007 to 58% in 2008, primarily as a result of increased selling and marketing expenses to support the launch and marketing of new and acquired products.

              General and administrative.     Our general and administrative expenses increased by 21% to $21.7 million in 2008 from $18.0 million in 2007 due to increased legal, tax, accounting and other professional and administrative fees incurred as we began preparing ourselves to be a publicly traded company. Our general and administrative expenses also increased during 2008 as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses remained constant at 12% in both 2007 and 2008.

              Research and development.     Research and development expenses increased by 55% to $20.6 million in 2008 from $13.3 million in 2007 to support new product development. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue were 12% and 9% in 2008 and 2007, respectively. We increased research and development in 2008 in an effort to support our strategy of broadening our product portfolio as well as to complete development of certain new product launches.

              Amortization of intangible assets.     Amortization of intangible assets increased by 41% to $11.2 million in 2008 from $7.9 million in 2007, primarily as a result of a full year of amortization of intangible assets acquired in the DVO, Nexa and Axya acquisitions. Amortization of intangible assets also increased in 2008 as a result of the consolidation of C2M Medical, which was the holding company that purchased the intangible asset that became the basis of our Piton knotless fixation device. Please see Note 16 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the accounting for C2M Medical.

              In-process research and development.     In 2007, upon our acquisition of DVO, Nexa and Axya we recognized an expense of $15.1 million representing the estimated fair value of acquired IPR&D

63


Table of Contents


that had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative future use. The fair value was determined by estimating the costs to develop the acquired IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting net cash flows from this project and discounting the cash flows back to their present values. The resulting cash flows from the projects were based on our management's best estimates of revenue, cost of goods sold, research and development costs, selling and marketing costs, general and administrative costs and income taxes from the project.

              Interest expense.     Our interest expense increased to $11.2 million in 2008 from $2.4 million in 2007 due to the full-year impact of interest related to €34.5 million of notes payable issued in February of 2008. Of the $11.2 million of interest expense, net recorded in 2008, $4.7 million relates to non-cash amortization of debt discount recorded on the notes payable issued in 2008 and $3.4 million relates to paid-in-kind interest accrued as additional principal value of the notes payable issued in 2008.

              Foreign currency transaction gain (loss).     Our foreign currency transaction gain increased to a gain of $1.7 million in 2008 from a loss of $5.9 million in 2007. The majority of our foreign currency gains and losses in 2008 and 2007 relates to the impact of revaluing certain of our intercompany debt and payables between our U.S. and European subsidiaries as a result of changes in the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate.

              Other non-operating (expense) income.     Other non-operating expenses decreased by 30% to $1.4 million in 2008 from $2.0 million in 2007. Our non-operating expenses in 2008 consisted primarily of charges related to the disposal of non-operating assets that were previously acquired in 2007. The $2.0 million of non-operating expense in 2007 relates to certain value-added taxes incurred upon the transfer of acquisition-related expenses between legal entities to obtain future income tax deductibility.

              Income tax benefit.     Our income tax benefit decreased by 21% to $5.2 million in 2008 from $6.6 million in 2007, based on lower pre-tax loss. Our effective tax rate in 2008 and 2007 was 13% and 14%, respectively.

Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations

              Our business is seasonal in nature. Historically, demand for our products has been the lowest in our third quarter as a result of the European holiday schedule during the summer months.

              We have experienced and expect to continue to experience meaningful variability in our revenue and gross profit among quarters, as well as within each quarter, as a result of a number of factors, including, among other things, the number and mix of products sold in the quarter; the demand for, and pricing of, our products and the products of our competitors; the timing of or failure to obtain regulatory clearances or approvals for products; costs, benefits and timing of new product introductions; increased competition; the timing and extent of promotional pricing or volume discounts; changes in average selling prices; the availability and cost of components and materials; number of selling days; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and impairment and other special charges. In addition, we issued notes payable and warrants in both 2008 and 2009 in order to raise working capital. During 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance that requires we record the fair value of the warrants as a liability on our balance sheet and adjust that liability to fair value at each reporting period, which changes are recognized as either an expense or revenue in our statement of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

              Since inception, we have generated significant operating losses. These, combined with significant charges not related to cash from operations, such as IPR&D, amortization of acquired intangible assets, fair value adjustments to our warrant liability and accretion of noncontrolling interests, have resulted in an accumulated deficit of $154.1 million as of April 4, 2010. Historically, our liquidity needs have been met through a combination of sales of our equity securities together with

64


Table of Contents


issuances of notes payable and warrants to both current shareholders and new investors and other bank related debt. Our notes payable have financial and operational covenants that could limit our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other companies, make investments, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens and conduct transactions with affiliates. As of April 4, 2010, we have $47.6 million in debt excluding our notes payable. Certain of these other debt agreements also include financial covenants that (i) require us to have a minimum level of tangible net worth in our U.S. operating subsidiary, (ii) have various levels of performance tests of debt to equity and debt to modified income specifically related to our French operating subsidiary and (iii) restrict our ability to borrow in our U.S. operating subsidiary if there is a default under the agreement, all of which may have an impact on our liquidity.

              The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain liquidity measures:

 
  As of    
 
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  As of April 4,
2010
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 17,347   $ 21,348   $ 37,969   $ 38,311  

Working capital

    58,299     81,740     113,088     109,964  

Line of credit availability

    1,821     7,927     13,530     9,913  

              Operating activities.     Net cash provided by operating activities was $3.3 million for the first quarter of 2010 compared to $1.4 million for the first quarter of 2009, primarily driven by higher levels of accounts payable and accruals due to timing and improved receivables management offset by increases in inventory and other current assets.

              Net cash provided by operating activities was $3.4 million in 2009 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $25.3 million in 2008. This improvement in our cash flows from operations was primarily driven by an improvement in our consolidated net loss adjusted for non-cash items by approximately $17.1 million, due to our increased leverage on operating expenses versus our increase in revenue. In addition, we decreased inventory by $10.9 million due to improved inventory management and lower levels of inventory to support product launches. We also experienced $5.4 million in favorable cash flows from lower receivable balances as a result of improved collection efforts in 2009. These cash flow improvements were partially offset by other changes in current assets and liabilities.

              Net cash used in operating activities was $25.3 million in 2008 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $9.0 million for 2007. The increase in net cash used in operating activities in 2008 was primarily driven by increased inventory of $25.7 million compared to 2007. The majority of this change in inventory was the result of inventory levels decreasing by $16.7 million in 2007 as a result of the fair value step-up on the sale of inventory that was acquired through business acquisitions. The remaining growth in inventory in 2008 was related to the additional inventory necessary to support a larger number of new product launches. This increase in inventory was offset by improvements in our consolidated net loss adjusted for non-cash items, better collections of receivables and increased cash from changes in other current assets and liabilities.

              Investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities, including our acquisition- and licensing-related payments, totaled $8.4 million during the first quarter of 2010, compared to $5.8 million during the first quarter of 2009. The increase in net cash used in investing activities is primarily due to an increase in property, plant and equipment in the first quarter of 2010 to finish preparing our new French manufacturing facility to begin production together with $1.1 million in acquisition-related payments. The acquisition-related payments in the first quarter of 2010 relate to contingent purchase price related to a previous acquisition, as certain milestones were achieved in the first quarter and continued payments of contingent purchase price related to our consolidated subsidiary's acquisition of our Piton technology. The purchase agreement related to our acquisition of

65


Table of Contents


our Piton technology requires that we make payments equal to 25% of the sales of Piton for a three-year period ending in the fourth quarter of 2011.

              Net cash used in investing activities, including our acquisition and licensing related payments, totaled $7.7 million, $12.7 million and $88.5 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Acquisition- and licensing-related payments in 2009 and 2008 were primarily related to earn-out payments made to the shareholders of DVO as a part of the asset purchase agreement we entered into in 2007. The payments made in 2009 were the final earn-out payments to be made under this agreement. Acquisition-related payments in 2007 pertain to the purchase price paid for the acquisitions of Nexa and DVO. The amounts related to the addition of surgical instrumentation equipment was $13.5 million, $12.4 million and $8.6 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in surgical instrumentation in 2009 relates primarily to supporting continued revenue growth as well as certain new product launches. The increase in surgical instrumentation in 2008 as compared to 2007 relates primarily to the building of instrument sets to support a much larger group of new product launches. The amounts related to property, plant and equipment was $11.1 million, $13.5 million and $8.3 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively. In 2009, we had approximately $2.4 million on leasehold improvements in conjunction with moving our Irish manufacturing operations into a newly leased facility. In 2008, we had approximately $6.1 million to purchase a new manufacturing facility in Grenoble, France.

              Our industry is capital intensive, particularly as it relates to surgical instrumentation. Historically, our capital expenditures have consisted principally of purchased manufacturing equipment, research and testing equipment, computer systems, office furniture and equipment and surgical instruments.

              Financing activities.     Net cash provided by financing activities increased to $4.8 million during the first quarter of 2010, from $0.6 million during the first quarter of 2009. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities was due to an increase in borrowings under our revolving credit facilities during the first quarter of 2010 together with a higher level of new issuances of long-term debt net of payments on long-term debt. We also generated $0.5 million in cash in the first quarter of 2010 through the sale of ordinary shares and exercise of stock options.

              Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $44.9 million, $66.5 million and $121.9 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007. During 2009 and 2008, proceeds of $49.3 million and $52.4 million, respectively, were generated from the issuance of notes payable and warrants to be used as working capital. Proceeds of $2.9 million and $8.9 million were generated in 2009 and 2008, respectively, through the sale of our ordinary shares to various investors. In 2007, we also sold our ordinary shares and issued mandatorily convertible bonds for total proceeds of $100.9 million used primarily to fund our acquisitions of Nexa and DVO. During 2009, we made payments of $3.5 million on short-term debt and made payments of $3.9 million on long-term borrowing arrangements, net of cash generated from new long-term borrowing arrangements. This compares to payments on short-term debt of $2.1 million and cash generated of $7.3 million on long-term borrowing arrangements, net of payments on long-term debt, in 2008.

              The decrease in proceeds generated by the issuance of long-term debt was due to our ability to raise a higher level of term loans in France secured by certain working capital balances during 2008. During 2007, we generated proceeds of $11.1 million from additional borrowings under our short-term debt facilities and generated $9.9 million in proceeds from the issuance of new long-term debt, net of payments on existing long-term borrowings. The additional proceeds generated on short-term borrowings during 2007 relate to a higher level of usage of our revolving credit facilities at the end of 2007 compared to 2008 to support near term cash needs. We were also able to generate a slightly higher level of proceeds from the issuance of new long-term debt agreements during 2007 compared to 2008 to support our working capital needs.

66


Table of Contents

              Other liquidity information.     We have funded our cash needs since our acquisition in 2006 through the issuance of equity, notes payable and warrants to a group of investors. Although it is difficult for us to predict our future liquidity requirements, we believe that our current cash balance of approximately $38.3 million and our existing available credit lines of $9.9 million will be sufficient to fund our working capital requirements and operations and permit anticipated capital expenditures in 2010. Our European subsidiaries have established a combination of secured and unsecured available lines of credit totaling in excess of $21.7 million as of April 4, 2010. The secured lines of credit generally have between one and two year terms and are renewed at the end of the related term. The unsecured lines of credit do not include specific terms and can be terminated by the banks upon 60 days notice. These lines of credit have variable interest rates based on the Euro Overnight Index Average plus 0.3% to 1.3% or a three-month Euro rate plus 1% to 3%. We also have a $6 million credit line secured by our U.S. operating subsidiary that expires in July 2010, is currently being renegotiated, and is callable by the bank at any time. This line is secured by working capital and equipment and bears interest at a 30-day LIBOR plus 2.25% interest rate. In the event that we would require additional working capital to fund future operations, we could seek to acquire that through additional equity or debt financing arrangements. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our shareholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. There is no assurance that any financing transaction will be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

              The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 27, 2009, for the categories set forth below, assuming only scheduled amortizations and repayment at maturity:

 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1-3 Years   3-5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
 

Amounts reflected in consolidated balance sheet:

                               

Bank debt

  $ 43,713   $ 22,779   $ 11,353   $ 5,600   $ 3,981  

Notes payable

    102,946             102,946      

Shareholder loan

    1,015                 1,015  

Capital leases

    1,460     520     709     231      

Amounts not reflected in consolidated balance sheet:

                               

Interest on bank debt

    3,507     1,359     1,073     491     584  

Accrued paid-in-kind interest on notes payable

    49,431             47,661      

Interest on capital leases

    109     60     47     2      

Operating leases

    18,158     3,954     6,621     3,099     4,484  
                       
 

Total

  $ 220,339   $ 28,672   $ 19,803   $ 161,800   $ 10,064  
                       

67


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of April 4, 2010, for the categories set forth below, assuming only scheduled amortizations and repayment at maturity:

 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1-3 Years   3-5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
 

Amounts reflected in consolidated balance sheet:

                               

Bank debt

  $ 43,961   $ 24,471   $ 10,299   $ 5,099   $ 4,092  

Notes payable

    96,296         46,465     49,831      

Shareholder loan

    1,738                 1,738  

Capital leases

    1,916     641     987     288      

Amounts not reflected in consolidated balance sheet:

                               

Interest on bank debt

    3,461     1,303     1,176     583     399  

Accrued paid-in-kind interest on notes payable

    46,238         22,247     23,991      

Interest on capital leases

    191     91     93     7      

Operating leases

    18,004     3,900     6,561     3,084     4,459  
                       
 

Total

  $ 211,805   $ 30,406   $ 87,828   $ 82,883   $ 10,688  
                       

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

              We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC, that have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. As a result, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in these arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

              Our consolidated financial statements and related financial information are based on the application of U.S. GAAP. Our most significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

              Certain of our more critical accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. These judgments are based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, our observance of trends in the industry, information provided by our physician customers and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Changes in these estimates and changes in our business could have a material impact on consolidated financial statements.

              We believe that the following accounting policies are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require subjective or complex judgments. Further, we believe that the items discussed below are properly recognized in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of our critical financial estimates with the audit committee and our board of directors. The judgments about

68


Table of Contents


those financial estimates are based on information available as of the date of our consolidated financial statements. Our critical financial policies and estimates are described below:

Revenue Recognition

              Our revenue is generated from sales to two types of customers: healthcare institutions and distributors. Sales to healthcare institutions represent the majority of our revenue. We utilize a network of independent sales agencies for sales in the United States and a combination of direct sales organizations, independent sales agencies and distributors for sales outside the United States. Revenue from sales to healthcare institutions is recognized at the time the device is implanted. We receive a notification of implant from the healthcare institution when the surgery occurs. Title to inventory generally does not transfer until the product is surgically implanted. We generally recognize revenue from sales to distributors at the time the product is shipped to the distributor. Distributors, who sell the products to their customers, take title to the products and assume all risks of ownership at time of shipment. Our distributors are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products. In general, healthcare institutions and distributors do not have any rights of return or exchange.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

              We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses in the collection of accounts receivable. We make estimates regarding the future ability of our customers to make required payments based on historical credit experience, delinquency and expected future trends. The majority of our receivables are due from healthcare institutions, many of which are government funded. Accordingly, our collection history with this class of customer has been favorable and has resulted in a low level of historical write-offs. We write off accounts receivable when we determine that the accounts receivable are uncollectible, typically upon customer bankruptcy or the customer's non-response to continued collection efforts.

              We believe that the amount included in our allowance for doubtful accounts has been a historically appropriate estimate of the amount of accounts receivable that is ultimately not collected. While we believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts is adequate, the financial condition of our customers and the geopolitical factors that impact reimbursement under individual countries' healthcare systems can change rapidly, which may necessitate additional allowances in future periods. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.7 million and $2.2 million at December 27, 2009, and December 28, 2008, respectively.

Excess and Obsolete Inventory

              We value our inventory at the lower of the actual cost to purchase or manufacture the inventory on a first-in, first-out, or FIFO, basis or its net realizable value. We regularly review inventory quantities on hand for excess and obsolete inventory and, when circumstances indicate, we incur charges to write down inventories to their net realizable value. Our review of inventory for excess and obsolete quantities is based on an analysis of historical product sales together with our forecast of product demand and production requirements. A significant decrease in demand could result in an increase in the amount of excess inventory quantities on hand. Additionally, our industry is characterized by regular new product development that could result in an increase in the amount of obsolete inventory quantities on hand due to cannibalization of existing products. Also, our estimates of future product demand may prove to be inaccurate, in which case we may be required to incur charges for excess and obsolete inventory. In the future, if additional inventory write-downs are required, we would recognize additional cost of goods sold at the time of such determination. Regardless of changes in our estimates of future product demand, we do not increase the value of our inventory above its adjusted cost basis. Therefore, although we make every effort to ensure the accuracy of our forecasts of

69


Table of Contents


future product demand, significant unanticipated decreases in demand or technological developments could have a significant impact on the value of our inventory and our reported operating results. Charges incurred for excess and obsolete inventory were $7.8 million, $4.3 million and $5.1 million for the fiscal years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

              We have approximately $136.9 million of goodwill recorded as a result of the acquisition of businesses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events suggest that impairment exists. Based on our single business approach to decision-making, planning and resource allocation, we have determined that we have one reporting unit for purposes of evaluating goodwill for impairment. We use widely accepted valuation techniques to determine the fair value of our reporting unit used in our annual goodwill impairment analysis. Our valuation is primarily based on the income approach that is supported by a discounted cash flow analysis. The market approach used consists of comparisons to the valuations of a group of guideline public companies. We do not currently generate earnings from operations and therefore do not use the results of the market approach in our valuation. Rather, the results of our market approach are used to evaluate the reasonableness of the income approach. We performed our annual impairment test on the first day of the fourth quarter of 2009 and determined that the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and, therefore, no impairment charge was necessary.

              The impairment evaluation related to goodwill requires the use of considerable management judgment to determine discounted future cash flows, including estimates and assumptions regarding the amount and timing of cash flows, cost of capital and growth rates. Cash flow assumptions used in the assessment are estimated using assumptions in our annual operating plan as well as our five-year strategic plan. Our annual operating plan and strategic plan contain revenue assumptions that are derived from existing technology as well as future revenues attributed to in-process technologies and the associated launch, growth and decline assumptions normal for the life cycle of those technologies. In addition, management considers relevant market information, peer company data and historical financial information. We also considered our historical operating losses in assessing the risk related to our future cash flow estimates and attempted to reflect that risk in the development of our weighted average cost of capital.

              Our business is capital intensive, particularly as it relates to surgical instrumentation. We depreciate our property, plant and equipment and amortize our intangible assets based upon our estimate of the respective asset's useful life. Our estimate of the useful life of an asset requires us to make judgments about future events, such as product life cycles, new product development, product cannibalization and technological obsolescence, as well as other competitive factors beyond our control. We account for the impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with FASB ASC Section 360, Property, Plant and Equipment (FASB ASC 360). Accordingly, when indicators of impairment exist, we evaluate impairments of our property, plant and equipment based upon an analysis of estimated undiscounted future cash flows. If we determine that a change is required in the useful life of an asset, future depreciation and amortization is adjusted accordingly. Alternatively, if we determine that an asset has been impaired, an adjustment would be charged to earnings based on the asset's fair market value, or discounted cash flows if the fair market value is not readily determinable, reducing revenue in that period.

Warrant Liability

              During 2008 and 2009 we raised additional working capital funds through the sale of notes payable and warrants to purchase our ordinary shares. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, these warrants were classified as a liability and carried at fair value because the warrants were denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the issuing entity. We estimated the fair value of the

70


Table of Contents


warrant liability using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the fair value of our warrant liability utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by our share price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. The expected life of our warrants was determined to be equal to the remaining contractual term as the warrants were fully detachable from the notes payable with which they were issued. As a non-public entity, historic volatility is not available for our ordinary shares. As a result, we estimated volatility based on a peer group of companies, which collectively provides a reasonable basis for estimating volatility. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximately equal to the remaining term of the warrants. The final input, which has a significant impact on the estimated fair value of our warrant liability, is our estimated fair value of our underlying ordinary shares. Refer to "—Significant Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Ordinary Shares" below for a detailed discussion of how we estimate the fair value of our underlying shares.

Accounting for Income Taxes

              Our effective tax rate is based on income by tax jurisdiction, statutory rates and tax-saving initiatives available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant judgment is required in determining our effective tax rate and evaluating our tax positions. This process includes assessing temporary differences resulting from differing recognition of items for income tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. Realization of deferred tax assets in each taxable jurisdiction is dependent on our ability to generate future taxable income sufficient to realize the benefits. Management evaluates deferred tax assets on an ongoing basis and provides valuation allowances to reduce net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

              Our valuation allowance balances totaled $22.8 million and $17.4 million as of December 27, 2009, and December 28, 2008, respectively, due to uncertainties related to our ability to realize, before expiration, some of our deferred tax assets for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes. These deferred tax assets primarily consist of the carryforward of certain tax basis net operating losses and general business tax credits.

              In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (FIN 48), effective January 1, 2007, which requires the tax effects of an income tax position to be recognized only if they are more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on the technical merits as of the reporting date. On December 30, 2008, the FASB further delayed the effective date of this guidance for certain non-public enterprises until annual financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Effective July 1, 2009, this standard was incorporated into FASB ASC Section 740, Income Taxes. We adopted these provisions of ASC Section 740 in 2009. As a multinational corporation, we are subject to taxation in many jurisdictions and the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in various taxing jurisdictions. If we ultimately determine that the payment of these liabilities will be unnecessary, we will reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit in the period in which we determine the liability no longer applies. Conversely, we record additional tax charges in a period in which we determine that a recorded tax liability is less than we expect the ultimate assessment to be. Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits totaled $3.0 million as of December 27, 2009. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2009, for further discussion of our unrecognized tax benefits.

Share-Based Compensation

              The estimated fair value of share-based awards exchanged for employee and non-employee director services are expensed over the requisite service period. Option awards issued to non-employees

71


Table of Contents


(excluding non-employee directors) are recorded at their fair value as determined in accordance with authoritative guidance, are periodically revalued as the options vest and are recognized as expense over the related service period.

              For purposes of calculating share-based compensation, we estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing this Black-Scholes model is affected by our share price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.

              We do not have information available which is indicative of future exercise and post-vesting behavior to estimate the expected term. As a result, we adopted the simplified method of estimating the expected term of a stock option, as permitted by the Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. Under this method, the expected term is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual end of the term. As a non-public entity, historic volatility is not available for our ordinary shares. As a result, we estimated volatility based on a peer group of companies, that we believe collectively provides a reasonable basis for estimating volatility. We intend to continue to consistently use the same group of publicly traded peer companies to determine volatility in the future until sufficient information regarding volatility of our ordinary share price becomes available or the selected companies are no longer suitable for this purpose. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of our stock options. The estimated pre-vesting forfeiture rate is based on our historical experience together with estimates of future employee turnover. We do not expect to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

              The following table summarizes the amount of share-based compensation expense recognized in our statements of operations by expense category:

 
  Year ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
 

Cost of goods sold

  $ 221   $ 341   $ 77  

Selling and marketing

    794     1,034     1,306  

General and administrative

    1,608     2,051     2,250  

Research and development

    213     246     280  
               

Total share-based compensation

  $ 2,836   $ 3,672   $ 3,913  
               

              If factors change and we employ different assumptions, share-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there is a difference between the assumptions used in determining share-based compensation expense and the actual factors which become known over time, specifically with respect to anticipated forfeitures, we may change the input factors used in determining share-based compensation costs for future grants. These changes, if any, may materially impact our results of operations in the period such changes are made. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual share-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

Significant Factors Used in Determining Fair Value of Our Ordinary Shares

              The fair value of our ordinary shares that underlie the stock options we have granted has historically been determined by our board of directors based upon information available to it at the time of grant. Because, prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our ordinary shares by utilizing, among other things, transactions involving sales of our ordinary shares, other financing events involving our ordinary

72


Table of Contents


shares and contemporaneous valuation studies conducted as of January 31, 2008, and December 27, 2009. The findings of these valuation studies were based on our business and general economic, market and other conditions that could be reasonably evaluated at that time. The analyses of the valuation studies incorporated extensive due diligence that included a review of our company, including its financial results, business agreements, intellectual property and capital structure. The valuation studies also included a thorough review of the conditions of the industry in which we operate and the markets that we serve. The methodologies of the valuation studies included an analysis of the fair market value of our company using three widely accepted valuation methodologies: (1) market multiple, (2) comparable transactions and (3) discounted cash flow. These valuation methodologies were based on a number of assumptions, including our forecasted future revenue and industry, general economic, market and other conditions that could reasonably be evaluated at the time of the valuation.

              The market multiple methodology involved the multiplication of revenue by risk-adjusted multiples. Multiples were determined through an analysis of certain publicly traded companies, which were selected on the basis of operational and economic similarity with our principal business operations. Revenue multiples, when applicable, were calculated for the comparable companies based upon daily trading prices. A comparative risk analysis between us and the public companies formed the basis for the selection of appropriate risk-adjusted multiples for our company. The risk analysis incorporated factors that relate to, among other things, the nature of the industry in which we and other comparable companies are engaged. The comparable transaction methodology also involved multiples of earnings and cash flow. Multiples used in this approach were determined through an analysis of transactions involving controlling interests in companies with operations similar to our principal business operations. The discounted cash flow methodology involved estimating the present value of the projected cash flows to be generated from the business and theoretically available to the capital providers of our company. A discount rate was applied to the projected future cash flows to reflect all risks of ownership and the associated risks of realizing the stream of projected cash flows. Since the cash flows were projected over a limited number of years, a terminal value was computed as of the end of the last period of projected cash flows. The terminal value was an estimate of the value of the enterprise on a going concern basis as of that future point in time. Discounting each of the projected future cash flows and the terminal value back to the present and summing the results yielded an indication of value for the enterprise. Our board of directors took these three approaches into consideration when establishing the fair value of our ordinary shares.

              The fair value of our ordinary shares was initially established on July 18, 2006, based on the price per share paid by the Investor Group's initial acquisition. During the first quarter of 2007, we sold approximately $92.6 million of additional ordinary shares to our existing shareholders at a price of $4.63 per share to fund certain acquisitions. This price was then used as the fair value of our ordinary shares until December 31, 2007. During 2007, we began to integrate three acquired companies, all of which expanded our product portfolio and helped to increase our sales by 22%. On January 1, 2008, we increased the value of our ordinary shares to $5.66 per share based on the conclusions of our board of directors in analyzing several factors including an independent valuation. We believe this increase in fair value was warranted based on several factors including our continued revenue growth and broadening product portfolio, offset by our increased operating expenses from the acquired business. From January 1, 2008 to December 27, 2009, we granted 3,316,250 stock options at an exercise price of $5.66 per share. During this period, we continued to experience revenue growth through continued product launches, new product licensing transactions and increased volumes and market share. However, during the same period we increased manufacturing costs and operating expenses to build an operational foundation on which we could sustain continued double digit revenue growth. As a result, we experienced a decrease in our operating profitability and higher levels of cash used to sustain our operations than compared to 2007. As a result of our continued high growth offset by increased spending levels, we determined that a change in the fair value of our ordinary shares was not necessary. This determination was supported by the fact that, during this time, we sold additional shares of our

73


Table of Contents


ordinary shares to various investors, including former shareholders of one of our 2007 acquisitions and certain other business partners all at a price of $5.66 per share. During this time, we also raised additional working capital through the sale of $52.4 million of notes payable and warrants in February 2008 and $49.3 million of notes payable and warrants in April 2009. These sales of notes payable and warrants were to a combination of then current investors, certain new investors and members of management. In both instances, the exercise price of the warrants sold was set at $5.66 per share as we continued to estimate the value of our ordinary shares to be $5.66 per share. On December 27, 2009, we decided to increase our estimate of the fair value of our ordinary shares to $7.50 per share. Our estimated fair value of $7.50 per share was determined by our board of directors based on several factors including an independent valuation discussed previously. We believed the increase in the estimated fair value of our ordinary shares was appropriate during 2009 as our sales continued to grow at a high rate while our operating profit, excluding depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation, began to increase and our cash flow from operations also improved substantially. Stock options granted during these periods had exercise prices equal to the then estimated fair value of our ordinary shares.

              Although it is reasonable to expect that the completion of our initial public offering will increase the value of our ordinary shares as a result of increased liquidity and marketability, at this stage the amount of additional value cannot be measured with precision or certainty.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

              We adopted the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 105 as the single official source of authoritative, nongovernmental generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. On the effective date, all then-existing non-SEC accounting literature and reporting standards were superseded and deemed non-authoritative. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements; however, the ASC affected the way we reference authoritative guidance in our consolidated financial statements.

              In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC Topic 805, formerly SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations. ASC Topic 805 establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC Topic 805 is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is during or after 2009. As the guidance is applied prospectively, the adoption did not have a material impact on our current consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

              In December 2007, the FASB also issued ASC Topic 810, formerly SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB 51. ASC Topic 810 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which are recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. ASC Topic 810 required retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. The guidance became effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The impact of adoption on the consolidated financial statements was immaterial.

              In March 2008, the FASB issued ASC Topic 815, formerly SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment to SFAS No. 133. ASC Topic 815 requires increased disclosure of our derivative instruments and hedging activities, including how derivative instruments and hedging activities affect consolidated statement of earnings, balance sheets and cash flows. The guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008,

74


Table of Contents


and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

              In July 2006, the FASB issued ASC Topic 740, formerly FASB Interpretation No. (FIN) 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. ASC Topic 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company's financial statements by defining the criterion that an individual tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements. ASC Topic 740 requires that the tax effects of a position be recognized only if it is more likely than not to be sustained based solely on the technical merits as of the reporting date. ASC Topic 740 further requires that interest that the tax law requires to be paid on the underpayment of taxes should be accrued on the difference between the amount claimed or expected to be claimed on the return and the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. ASC Topic 740 also requires additional disclosures of unrecognized tax benefits, including a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance. On December 30, 2008, the FASB further delayed the effective date of this guidance for certain non-public enterprises until annual financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We adopted these provisions of ASC Topic 740 in 2009. We recognized $0.3 million in retained earnings as the impact of adoption. Refer to Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto for details regarding the impact of adoption.

              In June of 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, issued ASC Topic 815, formerly EITF Issue 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity's Own Stock. ASC Topic 815 addresses how an entity should determine if an instrument (or an embedded feature), such as the warrants issued by us in 2008 and 2009, is indexed to its own stock. The EITF reached a consensus that establishes a two-step approach to making this assessment. In the first step, an entity evaluates any contingent exercise provisions. In the second step, an entity will evaluate the instruments' settlement provisions. This guidance became effective for fiscal year 2009 for us, and is accounted for as a change in accounting principle through prospective application, with the cumulative effect of adoption of $0.9 million recognized in accumulated deficit. In addition, adoption of this guidance required that warrants issued by us in 2008 be reclassified from equity to a liability. These warrants, as well as warrants issued in 2009, are now carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet as warrant liabilities. These liabilities were adjusted to fair value through current period earnings. We have subsequently settled our warrant liability in May of 2010 by exchanging all the outstanding warrants for our ordinary shares. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto for further discussion.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

              We are exposed to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe we are not exposed to a material market risk with respect to our invested cash and cash equivalents.

Interest Rate Risk

              Borrowings under our various revolving lines of credit in the United States and in Europe generally bear interest at variable annual rates. Borrowings under our various term loans in the United States and Europe are mixed between variable and fixed interest rates. As of April 4, 2010, we had $17.8 million in borrowings under our revolving lines of credit and $29.8 million in borrowings under various term loans. Based upon this debt level, a 10% increase in the interest rate on such borrowings would not have a material impact on interest expense.

75


Table of Contents

              At April 4, 2010, our cash and cash equivalents were $38.3 million. Based on our annualized average interest rate, a 10% decrease in the interest rate on such balances would result in an immaterial impact on an annual basis.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

              Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies could adversely affect our financial results. In the first quarter of 2010 and fiscal years 2009 and 2008, approximately 45%, 43% and 48%, respectively, of our sales were denominated in foreign currencies. We expect that foreign currencies will continue to represent a similarly significant percentage of our sales in the future. Operating expenses related to these sales are largely denominated in the same respective currency, thereby limiting our transaction risk exposure. We therefore believe that the risk of a significant impact on our operating income from foreign currency fluctuations is not significant. However, for sales not denominated in U.S. dollars, if there is an increase in the rate at which a foreign currency is exchanged for U.S. dollars, it will require more of the foreign currency to equal a specified amount of U.S. dollars than before the rate increase. In such cases and if we price our products in the foreign currency, we will receive less in U.S. dollars than we did before the rate increase went into effect. If we price our products in U.S. dollars and competitors price their products in local currency, an increase in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar could result in our prices not being competitive in a market where business is transacted in the local currency.

              In 2009, approximately 91% of our sales denominated in foreign currencies were derived from EU countries and were denominated in Euros. Additionally, we have significant intercompany payables and debt with certain European subsidiaries, which are denominated in foreign currencies, principally the Euro. Our principal exchange rate risk therefore exists between the U.S. dollar and the Euro. Fluctuations from the beginning to the end of any given reporting period result in the remeasurement of our foreign currency-denominated cash, receivables, payables and debt-generating currency transaction gains or losses that impact our non-operating revenue/expense levels in the respective period and are reported in foreign currency transaction gain (loss) in our consolidated financial statements. We recorded a foreign currency transaction loss of approximately $0.9 million in 2009 related to the translation of our foreign-denominated receivables, payables and debt into U.S. dollars. We do not currently hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We may, however, hedge such exposure to foreign currency exchange rates in the future.

Controls and Procedures

              We have not performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, such as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, nor have we engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our financial statements. Had we performed such an evaluation or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, control deficiencies, including material weaknesses and significant deficiencies, in addition to those discussed below, may have been identified.

              Solely in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2007, 2008 and 2009, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness consisted of our lack of policies and procedures, with the associated internal controls, to appropriately identify, evaluate and document accounting analysis and conclusions for complex, non-routine transactions including related party transactions.

76


Table of Contents

              Certain related party transactions that occurred in 2006, 2007 and 2008 were either not identified by us on a timely basis, or inappropriate accounting conclusions were reached at the time of the transactions. These transactions were identified and appropriate accounting conclusions were reached during 2009 in conjunction with our financial statement close process and the audit of our 2009 financial statements by our independent registered public accounting firm. We have taken numerous steps and plan to take additional steps intended to address the underlying causes of the material weakness, primarily through the development and implementation of formal policies, improved processes and documented procedures, and the hiring of additional accounting and finance personnel as necessary. The actions that we have taken are subject to ongoing senior management review, as well as audit committee oversight.

              Presently, we are not an accelerated filer, as such term is defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and therefore our management team is not currently required to perform an annual assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion on management's assessment and on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These requirements will first apply to our annual report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending January 1, 2011.

              Notwithstanding the material weaknesses described above, we have performed additional analyses and other procedures to enable management to conclude that our consolidated financial statements included in this filing were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

77


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

              We are a global medical device company focused on surgeons that treat musculoskeletal injuries and disorders of the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, ankle and foot. We refer to these surgeons as extremity specialists. We sell to this extremity specialist customer base a broad line of joint replacement, trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologic products to treat extremity joints. Our motto of "specialists serving specialists" encompasses this focus. In certain international markets, we also offer joint replacement products for the hip and knee. We currently sell over 70 product lines in approximately 35 countries.

              We have had a tradition of innovation, intense focus on surgeon education and commitment to advancement of orthopaedic technology since our founding approximately 70 years ago in France by René Tornier. Our history includes the introduction of the porous orthopaedic hip implant, the application of the Morse taper, which is a reliable means of joining modular orthopaedic implants, and, more recently, the introduction of the reversed shoulder implant in the United States. This track record of innovation over the decades stems from our close collaboration with leading orthopaedic surgeons and thought leaders throughout the world.

              We were acquired in 2006 by the Investor Group. They recognized the potential to leverage our reputation for innovation and our strong extremity joint portfolio as a platform upon which they could build a global company focused on the rapidly evolving upper and lower extremity specialties. The Investor Group has contributed capital resources and a management team with a track record of success in the orthopaedic industry in an effort to expand our offering in extremities and accelerate our growth. Since the acquisition in 2006, we have:

              As a result of the foregoing actions, we believe our addressable worldwide market opportunity has increased from approximately $2 billion in 2006 to approximately $7 billion in 2009.

              We believe we are differentiated by our full portfolio of upper and lower extremity products, our dedicated extremity-focused sales organization and our strategic focus on extremities. We further believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the opportunities in the extremity products marketplace as we are already among the global leaders in the shoulder and ankle joint replacement markets with the #2 market position worldwide for sales of shoulder joint replacement products and the #1 market position in the United States in foot and ankle joint replacement systems in 2009 as measured by revenue. We more recently have expanded our technology base and product offering to include: new joint replacement products based on new materials; improved trauma products based on innovative designs; and proprietary orthobiologic materials for soft tissue repair. In the United States, which is the largest orthopaedic market, we believe that our single, "specialists serving specialists" distribution channel is strategically aligned with what we believe is an ongoing trend in orthopaedics for surgeons to specialize in certain parts of the anatomy or certain types of procedures.

78


Table of Contents

              Our principal products are organized in four major categories: upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics, and large joints and other. Our upper extremity products include joint replacement and bone fixation devices for the shoulder, hand, wrist and elbow. Our lower extremity products include joint replacement and bone fixation devices for the foot and ankle. Our sports medicine and orthobiologics product category includes products used across several anatomic sites to mechanically repair tissue-to-tissue or tissue-to-bone injuries, in the case of sports medicine, or to support or induce remodeling and regeneration of tendons, ligaments, bone and cartilage, in the case of orthobiologics. Our large joints and other products include hip and knee joint replacement implants and ancillary products.

              Innovations in the orthopaedic industry have typically consisted of evolutions of product design in implant fixation, joint mechanics, and instruments and modifications of existing metal or plastic-based device designs rather than new products based on combinations of new designs and new materials. In contrast, the growth of our target markets has been driven by the development of products that respond to the particular mechanics of small joints and the importance of soft tissue to small joint stability and function. We are committed to the development of new designs utilizing both conventional materials and new tissue-friendly biomaterials that we expect will create new markets. We believe that we are a leader in researching and incorporating some of these new technologies across multiple product platforms.

              In the United States, we sell products from our upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, and sports medicine and orthobiologics product categories; we do not actively market large joints in the United States nor do we currently have plans to do so. While we market our products to extremity specialists, our revenue is generated from sales to healthcare institutions and distributors. We sell through a single sales channel consisting of a network of independent commission-based sales agencies. Internationally, where the trend among surgeons toward specialization is not as advanced as in the United States, we sell our full product portfolio, including upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics and large joints. We utilize several distribution approaches depending on the individual market requirements, including direct sales organizations in the largest European markets and independent distributors for most other international markets. In 2009, we generated revenue of $201.5 million, 57% of which was in the United States and 43% of which was international.

Our Business Strategies

              Our goal is to strengthen our leadership position serving extremity specialists. The key elements of our strategy include:

              Leveraging our "specialists serving specialists" strategy:     We believe our focus on and dedication to extremity specialists enables us to better understand and address the clinical needs of these surgeons. We believe that extremity specialists, who have emerged as a significant constituency in orthopaedics only in the last ten to 15 years, have been underserved in terms of new technology and also inefficiently served by the current marketplace. We offer a comprehensive portfolio of extremity products, and also serve our customers through a sales channel that is dedicated to extremities, which we believe provides us with a significant competitive advantage, because our sales agencies and their representatives have both the knowledge and desire to comprehensively meet the needs of extremity specialists and their patients, without competing priorities.

              Advancing scientific and clinical education:     We believe our specialty focus, commitment to product innovation and culture of scientific advancement attract both thought leaders and up-and-coming surgeon specialists who share these values. We actively involve these specialists in the development of world-class training and education programs and encourage ongoing scientific study of our products. Specific initiatives include the Tornier Master's Courses in shoulder and ankle joint replacement, The Fellows and Chief Residents Courses, and a number of clinical concepts courses. We

79


Table of Contents


also maintain a registry that many of our customers utilize to study and report on the outcomes of procedures in which our extremity products have been used. We believe our commitment to science and education also enables us to reach surgeons early in their careers and provide them access to a level of training in extremities that we believe is not easily accessible through traditional orthopaedic training.

              Introducing new products and technologies to address more of our extremity specialists' clinical needs:     Our goal is to continue to introduce new technologies for extremity joints that improve patient outcomes and thereby continue to expand our market opportunity and share. Our efforts have been focused on joint replacement, as well as sports medicine and orthobiologics, given the importance of these product categories to extremity surgeons. Since our acquisition by the Investor Group, we have significantly increased our investment in research and development to accelerate the pace of new product introduction. During 2009, we invested $18.1 million in research and development and introduced 18 new products, and in 2008, we invested $20.6 million and introduced nine new products, up from only $13.3 million and four new products in 2007. We have also been active in gaining access to new technologies through external partnerships, licensing agreements and acquisitions. We believe that our reputation for effective collaboration with industry thought leaders as well as our track record of effective new product development and introductions will allow us to continue to gain access to new ideas and technologies early in their development.

              Expanding our international business:     We face a wide range of market dynamics that require our distribution channels to address both our local market positions and local market requirements. For example, in France, which is a more developed extremities market and where we have a diversified extremities, hip and knee business, we have two direct sales organizations. One is focused on products for upper extremities, and the other focused on hip and knee replacements and products for lower extremities. In other European markets, we utilize a combination of direct and distributor strategies that have evolved to support our expanding extremity business and also to support our knee and hip market positions. In large international markets where the extremity market segment is relatively underdeveloped, such as Japan and China, the same sales channel sells our hip and knee product portfolios and extremity joint products, which provides these sales channels sufficient product breadth and economic scale. We plan on expanding our international business by continuing to adapt our distribution channels to the unique characteristics of individual markets.

              Achieving and improving our profitability through operating leverage:     With the additional capital resources brought by the Investor Group, we have made significant investments over the last several years in our research and development, sales and marketing, and manufacturing operations to build what we believe is a world-class organization capable of driving sustainable global growth. For example, we grew our research and development organization from approximately 20 employees as of December 31, 2006 to 79 employees as of December 27, 2009. We created a new global sales and marketing leadership team by integrating key personnel from acquired organizations and recruiting additional experienced medical device sales and marketing professionals. We also expanded our manufacturing capacity with two new plants in Ireland and France. With these organizational and infrastructure investments in place, we believe we have the infrastructure to support our growth for the foreseeable future. As a result, we believe we can increase revenue and ultimately achieve and improve profitability.

Our Surgeon Customers

              We estimate that there are over 80,000 orthopaedic and over 9,000 podiatric surgeons worldwide who specialize in surgical treatment of the musculoskeletal system, including bones, joints and soft tissues such as tendons and ligaments. In the United States and certain other developed markets, there has been a trend over the past two decades for these surgeons to specialize in certain parts of the anatomy or certain types of procedures. We believe that the trend toward specialization has

80


Table of Contents


been supported by the expansion of specialist professional societies and an increase in the number of fellowship programs. We focus on the following orthopaedic specialist groups:

              Upper Extremity Specialists:     Upper extremity specialists perform joint replacement and trauma and soft tissue repair procedures for the shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand. We believe the evolution of this specialty has been driven by the unique requirements of these joints due to the relative importance of soft tissue to joint function and the increased complexity and breadth of technology available for use in these procedures. For this reason, in addition to joint replacement and trauma products, upper extremity specialists utilize a broad range of sports and orthobiologic products. We believe upper extremity specialists now perform the majority of shoulder joint replacements that were previously performed by reconstructive and general orthopaedic surgeons.

              Lower Extremity Specialists:     Lower extremity specialists perform a wide range of joint replacement, trauma, reconstruction and soft tissue repair procedures for the foot and ankle. This specialist group principally consists of orthopaedic surgeons who have received fellowship or other specialized training. Additionally, Doctors of Podiatric Medicine with special surgical training may perform certain foot and ankle surgical procedures in the United States, Canada and United Kingdom.

              Sports Medicine Specialists:     Sports medicine specialists are surgeons who use minimally invasive surgical techniques, including arthroscopy, for the repair of soft tissues. Arthroscopy is a minimally invasive surgical technique in which a surgeon creates several small incisions at the surgery site; inserts a fiber optic scope with a miniature video camera as well as surgical instruments through the incisions to visualize, access and conduct the procedure; and uses a video monitor to view the surgery itself. The sports medicine specialty is not just limited to treatment of athletes, but rather all patients with orthopaedic soft tissue injuries or disease. The most common sports medicine procedures are ligament repairs in the knee and rotator cuff tendon repair in the shoulder.

              Reconstructive and General Orthopaedic Surgeons:     Reconstructive and general orthopaedic surgeons are important customers for us in selected European countries and other international markets. In these markets orthopaedic surgeons may treat multiple areas of bone and joint disease and trauma, and commonly perform procedures involving extremity joints as well as hip and knee joint replacement. For these target customers, we are able to provide not only our broad product category for extremity joint procedures, but also our hip and knee joint replacement products.

Our Target Markets

              We compete on a worldwide basis providing upper and lower extremity specialist surgeons a wide range of products from several major segments of the orthopaedic market, including extremity joints, sports medicine, orthobiologics and trauma. In addition, we compete in the hip and knee segments of certain international markets where we have a strong legacy presence such as in France, where participation in the local hip and knee market is important to our distributor partners, and in China, where the market for our extremity focused products is still small. The table below provides the estimated portion of the various market segments that are addressed by our currently marketed products as well as the estimated compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, for each market segment.

81


Table of Contents


The table also provides an estimate of the total market size, which includes the portion addressable by our products, for each of the market segments.

 
  Estimated addressable market   Estimated total global orthopaedic market(2)  
 
  2009
market size
($ in billions)
  2009-2013
estimated
CAGR
  2009
market size
($ in billions)
 

Extremity Joints

  $ 0.9 (1)   11 %(1) $ 0.9  

Sports Medicine

  $ 1.1 (1)   10 %(1) $ 3.3  

Orthobiologics

  $ 0.7 (1)   11 %(1) $ 3.9  

Trauma

  $ 2.3 (1)   12 %(1) $ 5.2  

Knee Joints

  $ 1.0 (2)   5 %(2) $ 6.8  

Hip Joints

  $ 0.9 (2)   5 %(2) $ 5.7  

Spine

    NA     NA   $ 7.2  
               
 

Total

  $ 7.0     10 % $ 33.0  

(Sum
of numbers may not match total due to rounding) 
(1)
Based on data provided by Millennium Research Group.
(2)
Based on management's experience and industry data. Our hip and knee addressable market is limited to selected international geographies.

              We believe our addressable portion of the market will grow at a faster rate than the overall orthopaedic market due to the introduction of new technologies with improved clinical outcomes, a growing number of extremity specialists, the aging of the general population and the desire for people to remain physically active as they grow older. Overviews of the major orthopaedic markets in which we compete, as well as our targeted participation in those markets, are as follows:

              Extremity Joints:     The extremity joint market includes implantable devices used for the replacement of shoulder, elbow, hand, and foot and ankle joints. We believe this market has been under-served and underdeveloped by major orthopaedic companies, which have generally focused on the much larger hip, knee and spine markets. As a result, the growth of the extremity joint market is still benefiting from market-expanding design and materials technologies and from growth in the number of upper and lower extremity specialists. We believe that we are a leader in both the shoulder and ankle joint replacement portions of this market based upon revenue.

              Sports Medicine:     Sports medicine refers to the repair of soft tissue injuries that often occur when people are engaged in physical activity, but that also result from age-related wear and tear. We believe market growth has been driven by both new technology and the continued acceptance of minimally invasive surgical techniques. The most common sports medicine procedures are anterior cruciate ligament repairs in the knee and rotator cuff repairs in the shoulder. The primary sports medicine products include capital equipment and related disposables as well as bone anchors, which are implantable devices used to attach soft tissue to bone, sutures, or thread for soft tissue, and handheld instruments. We estimate that our products currently address only a portion of the sports medicine market, primarily bone anchors and other products utilized for rotator cuff repairs. The total sports medicine market also includes capital or powered equipment and related disposables, but we do not have any product offerings in these areas.

              Orthobiologics:     Orthobiologics refer to products, both biologic and synthetic, that are utilized to stimulate hard and soft tissue healing following surgery for a wide range of orthopaedic injuries or disorders. We believe market growth is being driven by the application of an expanding biotechnology knowledge base to the development of products that can improve clinical outcomes by inducing tissue healing and regeneration. The primary product categories in the total orthobiologics market are bone

82


Table of Contents


grafting materials, cell therapy systems, including growth factors, and tendon and ligament grafts. We currently only offer tendon and ligament graft products for extremities.

              Trauma:     The trauma market includes devices that are used to treat fractures, joint dislocations, severe arthritis and deformities that result from either acute injuries or chronic wear and tear. The major products in the trauma market include metal plates, screws, pins, wires and external fixation devices used to hold fractured bone fragments together until they heal properly. These devices are also utilized in the treatment of a wide range of non-traumatic surgical procedures, especially in the foot and ankle. As the market has transitioned from external casting performed in the emergency room, to internal fixation performed on a scheduled basis in the operating room, our extremity specialist customers have expanded their role in treating trauma injuries. Our products currently address only a portion of the trauma market, consisting primarily of plating systems, screws and pins for the repair of extremity joint injuries and disorders.

              Knee Joints:     Knee joint replacements are performed for patients who have developed an arthritic condition that compromises the joints' articulating surfaces (articulating surfaces are bone segments connected by a joint). The knee joint replacement system has multiple components including a femoral component, a tibial component and a patella component (knee cap). We currently provide a broad line of knee joint replacement products in selected international geographies. We do not currently address the knee joint market in the United States.

              Hip Joints:     Hip joint replacements are performed for patients who have suffered a femoral fracture or suffer from severe arthritis or other conditions that have led to the degradation of the articular cartilage or bone structure residing between the femoral head and the acetabulum (hip socket). The hip joint replacement system generally includes both femoral and acetabular components. We currently provide a broad line of hip joint replacement products in selected international geographies. We do not currently address the hip joint market in the United States.

Our Product Portfolio

              We offer a broad product line designed to meet the needs of our extremity specialists and their patients. Although the industry traditionally organizes the orthopaedic market based on the mechanical features of the products, we organize our product categories in a way that aligns with the types of surgeons who use them. Therefore, we distinguish upper extremity joints and trauma from lower extremity joints and trauma, as opposed to viewing joint implants and trauma products as distinct product categories. Along these lines, our product offering is as follows:

Product category
  Target addressable geography   Estimated addressable market
size 2009 ($ in billions)(1)
 

Upper extremity joints and trauma

  United States and International   $ 2.0  

Lower extremity joints and trauma

  United States and International   $ 1.2  

Sports medicine and orthobiologics

  United States and International   $ 1.8  

Large joints and other

  Selected International Markets   $ 1.9  
           

Total

      $ 7.0  

(Sum
of numbers may not match total due to rounding) 
(1)
Based on data provided by Millennium Research Group, except for large joints and other. Large joints and other estimated addressable market data is based on management's experience and industry data.

              See Fiscal Year Comparisons contained in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation section of this prospectus for three year revenue history by product category.

83


Table of Contents

Upper Extremity Joints and Trauma

              The upper extremity joints and trauma product category includes joint implants and bone fixation devices for the shoulder, hand, wrist and elbow. Our global revenue from this category for the year ended December 27, 2009, was $125.5 million, or 62% of revenue, which represents growth of 15% over the prior fiscal year.

              Shoulder Joint Replacement and Trauma Implants —We believe we had the #2 market position worldwide for sales of shoulder joint replacement products in 2009 as measured by revenue. We expect the shoulder to continue to be the largest and most important product category for us for the foreseeable future. Our shoulder joint implants are used to treat painful shoulder conditions due to arthritis, irreparable rotator cuff tendon tears, bone disease, fractured humeral heads or failed previous shoulder replacement surgery. Our products are designed for the following:

      Our total joint replacement products have two components—a humeral implant consisting of a metal stem attached to a metal ball, and a plastic implant for the glenoid (shoulder socket). Together, these two components mimic the function of a natural shoulder joint.

      Our hemi joint replacement products replace only the humeral head and allow it to articulate against the native glenoid.

      Our reversed implants are used in arthritic patients lacking rotator cuff function. The components are different from a traditional "total" shoulder in that the humeral implant has the plastic socket and the glenoid has the metal ball. This design has the biomechanical impact of shifting the pivot point of the joint away from the body centerline and giving the deltoid muscles a mechanical advantage to enable the patient to elevate the arm.

      Our resurfacing implants are designed to minimize bone resection to preserve bone, which may benefit more active or younger patients with shoulder arthritis.

      Trauma devices, such as plates, screws and nails, are non-articulating implants used to help stabilize fractures of the humerus.

              We offer a complete range of these shoulder implants as described in the table below:

Shoulder Joint Replacement and Trauma Implants

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

Aequalis Shoulder Joint

  Shoulder joint replacement implant to treat pain or disability due to arthritis, severe trauma and other conditions. The Aequalis system includes versions for traditional resurfacing, reverse, fracture and reverse fracture joint replacement.   1991-2009   United States
and
International

Affiniti Shoulder Joint

  Shoulder joint replacement implant to treat pain or disability due to arthritis, severe trauma and other conditions. The Affiniti system is designed to facilitate a simple, reproducible surgical technique.   2007   United States
and
International

Ascend Shoulder Joint

  Shoulder joint replacement implant to treat pain or disability due to arthritis, severe trauma and other conditions. The Ascend system is a bone-sparing design.   2009   United States

Aequalis Trauma Systems

  Specialty shoulder plates and nails for reconstruction of humeral fractures.   2007-2009   United States
and
International

84


Table of Contents

              Hand, Wrist and Elbow Joint Replacement and Trauma Implants —We offer joint replacement products that are used to treat arthritis in the hand, wrist and elbow. In addition, we offer trauma products including plates, screws and pins, to treat fractures of the hand, wrist and elbow. One of our distinctive product offerings for these smaller, non-load bearing joints are implants made from a biocompatible material called pyrocarbon, which has low joint surface friction and a high resistance to wear. We offer a wide range of pyrocarbon implants internationally and have begun to introduce some of these products into the United States. Our hand, wrist and elbow products are described in the table below:

Hand, Wrist and Elbow Joint Replacement and Trauma Implants

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

CoverLoc Wrist Plate

  Metallic trauma plate used to stabilize wrist fractures as they heal. The CoverLoc technology allows the screws to pull bone fragments to the plate and lock them for stability, while also covering the screw heads to minimize soft tissue irritation.   2006   United States
and
International

Latitude Elbow

 

Elbow joint replacement implant to treat pain or disability due to arthritis, severe trauma and other conditions. The Latitude system provides for anatomic reconstruction of the elbow joint.

 

2000

 

United States
and
International

Pyrocarbon Radial Head

 

Radial head (of the elbow joint) replacement implant made of pyrocarbon and titanium to treat pain or disability due to arthritis, severe trauma, and other conditions.

 

2002

 

International

RHS Radial Head System

 

Radial head (of the elbow joint) replacement implant to treat pain or disability due to arthritis, severe trauma and other conditions. The anatomic bipolar system consists of multiple stem diameters and head sizes to match a wide range of patients.

 

2006

 

United States
and
International

Pyrocarbon Hand and Wrist

 

A range of spacers and joint replacements manufactured from pyrocarbon for arthritic bones to relieve pain and restore function of the hand and wrist joints.

 

1994-2009

 

International
(some thumb implants in the United States)

Intrafocal Pin Plate

 

Internal pin-and-plate fixation system for minimally invasive stabilization of wrist fractures.

 

2005

 

United States
and
International

85


Table of Contents

Lower Extremity Joints and Trauma

              Our global revenue from lower extremity joints and trauma for the year ended December 27, 2009, was $20.4 million, 10% of revenue, which represents growth of 12% over the prior fiscal year.

              Ankle Joint Implants —We believe we held the #1 market position by revenue in the United States in foot and ankle joint replacement systems in 2009. Ankle arthritis is a painful condition that can be treated by fusing the ankle joint with plates or screws or by replacing the joint with an articulating multi-component implant. These joint implants may be mobile bearing, in which the plastic component is free to slide relative to the metal bearing surfaces, or fixed bearing, in which this component is constrained. Precision bearing implants are highly anatomic fixed bearing implants. These products include:

Ankle Joints Implants

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

Salto Talaris Ankle Joint

  Total ankle joint replacement implant to treat pain or disability from severe arthritis. The Salto Talaris is a precision bearing (2-part) implant.   2007   United States

Salto Ankle Joint

 

Total ankle joint replacement implant to treat pain or disability from severe arthritis. The Salto is a mobile bearing (3-part) implant.

 

1997

 

International

              Other Foot and Ankle Joint and Trauma Implants —Our products include joint replacement implants to treat arthritis of the toes and other small bone joints, trauma and bone fusion implants for

86


Table of Contents


the foot and ankle, and other implants to address certain other deformities of the foot. These products include:

Other Foot and Ankle

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

Nexfix Fixation System

  Specialty plates, compression screws and pins with instrumentation designed to facilitate bone and joint fusion procedures of the foot.   2007   United States
and
International

Futura Foot Implants

 

The Futura product line includes forefoot joint replacement implants to treat pain or disability from severe arthritis or other conditions, and flatfoot correction implants.

 

1996-2004

 

United States
and
International

Stayfuse Fusion System

 

A two-part locking implant to fuse joints of the toes.

 

2001

 

United States
and
International

Wave Calcaneal Plate

 

Metallic trauma plate used in calcaneal fractures (heel bone) with a small incision.

 

2009

 

United States

Ankle Fusion Plate

 

Specialty CoverLoc plates to stabilize the ankle joint for fusion procedures.

 

2010

 

United States

Resorbable Fixation System

 

Bioresorbable pins and screws used in trauma and bone fusion to stabilize bone fragments.

 

2007

 

United States
and
Selected
International
Countries

Osteocure

 

Cylindrical and wedge shaped implants with a bioresorbable, porous scaffold to support bony in-growth and to fill defects left by surgery, trauma or disease in the foot.

 

2005

 

United States

Sports Medicine and Orthobiologics

              Our revenue from sports medicine and orthobiologics for the year ended December 27, 2009, was $6.6 million, or 3.3% of overall revenue, which represents growth of 162% over the prior fiscal year. Nearly all of our products in this product category were launched during the first half of 2009 and only in the United States. We have introduced many of these products internationally in 2010.

              Sports Medicine —The sports medicine product category includes products used across several anatomic sites to mechanically repair tissue-to-tissue or tissue-to-bone injuries. Because of its close relationship to shoulder joint replacement, the sports medicine market is of critical strategic importance to us. Rotator cuff repair is the largest sub-segment in the sports medicine market. Other procedures

87


Table of Contents


include shoulder instability treatment, Achilles tendon repair and soft tissue reconstruction of the foot and ankle and several other soft tissue repair procedures. Our current product offering includes:

Sports Medicine

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

Piton Knotless Suture Anchor

  Knotless suture anchor fixation system for securing soft tissue to bone. Used for soft tissue procedures in the upper and lower extremities including rotator cuff and Achilles tendon repair.   2008   United States
and
Selected
International
Countries

ArthroTunneler

 

Single-use device for creating intersecting bone tunnels, which enable anchor-less fixation of tendon to bone in rotator cuff repair.

 

2009

 

United States
and
Selected
International
Countries

Insite Suture Anchors

 

Screw-in suture anchor fixation system for securing soft tissue to bone. Used for soft tissue procedures in the upper and lower extremities including rotator cuff and Achilles tendon repair. Insite implants are available in titanium, high strength polymer and resorbable polymer versions.

 

2008

 

United States
and
Selected
International
Countries

              Orthobiologics —The field of orthobiologics employs tissue engineering and regenerative medicine technologies focused on remodeling and regeneration of tendons, ligaments, bone and cartilage. Biologically or synthetically derived soft tissue grafts and scaffolds are used to treat soft tissue injures and are complementary to many sports medicine applications, including rotator cuff tendon repair and Achilles tendon repair. Hard tissue orthobiologics products are used in many bone fusion or trauma cases where healing potential may be compromised and additional biologic factors are desired to enhance healing, where the surgeon needs additional bone stock and does not want to harvest a bone graft from another surgical site or in cases where the surgeon wishes to use materials that are naturally incorporated by the body over time in contrast to traditional metallic-based products that may require later removal. We recently commercialized our first orthobiologics product through an exclusive collaboration with LifeCell:

Orthobiologics

Product
  Description   Year of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

Conexa

  Orthobiologic reconstructive tissue matrix used in the repair of injured or surgically reconstructed soft tissue such as rotator cuff or Achilles tendons. The graft supports regeneration of soft tissue.   2008   United States
and
Selected
International
Countries

              We have a robust pipeline of orthobiologics products under development and are actively pursuing new product additions. We have in-licensed biologic materials such as Biofiber, an advanced high-strength resorbable polymer fiber produced using recombinant DNA technology as well as our F2A peptide, a synthetic version of the natural human FGF-2 growth factor.

88


Table of Contents

Large Joints and Other

              The large joints and other product category includes hip and knee joint replacement implants and ancillary products. Hip and knee joint replacements are used to treat patients with painful arthritis in these larger joints. Our global revenue from large joints and other products for the year ended December 27, 2009, was $49.0 million, or 24% of overall revenue, which represents growth of 2% over the prior fiscal year.

              We generated nearly all of our revenue from this category outside of the United States. We have continued to innovate in this area so that we can maintain or grow market share in several international markets where the extremity markets have not yet reached a size to permit the type of channel focus that we have in the United States or where extremities specialization is not as prevalent as in the United States. We currently have no plans to actively market our large joint implants in the United States.

Hip Joints

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

Hip stems

  Linea: The Linea anatomic stem is used for total hip replacement procedures. The implant is available in both cemented and cementless versions.   1992   International

  Oceane: The Oceane stem is used for total hip replacement for cemented applications.   1997-2009   International

  Meije Duo: The Meije Duo stem is used for total hip replacement procedures. The stem's taper is engineered to associate with ceramic femoral heads.   2005   International

Hip heads

  Femoral heads are matched with hip stems and cups depending on the surgeon preference. Hip head materials include cobalt chrome, ceramic and high carbon content forged metal-on metal bearings.   1992-2002   International

Hip cups

  Hip cups replace the damaged hip socket and articulate with the hip head implants. The hip cups include polyethylene, ceramic and metal materials in multiple configurations.   2003-2009   International

Pleos Hip Navigation System

  The Pleos Computer-Assisted Surgery hip navigation system allows the surgeon to obtain optimum positioning of the implants.   2004   International

89


Table of Contents

Knee Joints

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

HLS Knee Implants

  Noetos: Knee joint replacement implant used to relieve pain caused by severe arthritis. It is available in cemented or cementless versions, and with fixed or mobile tibial bearings.   2001   International

 

Kneetec: Knee joint replacement implant used to relieve pain caused by severe arthritis with an improved anatomic shape.

 

2010

 

International

 

Uni Evolution Knee: Bone-sparing resurfacing implant that replaces only one side of the knee to relieve pain due to arthritis localized to only one side of the knee

 

1996

 

International

Pleos Knee Navigation System

 

The Pleos Computer-Assisted Surgery knee navigation system allows the surgeon to simulate surgical approaches before actually cutting the femoral bone.

 

2007

 

International

Instruments and Other

Product
  Description   Year(s) of
introduction
  Region
currently
marketed

TBCem Bone Cement

  Bone cement is used to secure implant stems to bone. Four cements are available: standard or low viscosity, either with or without antibiotics.   2009   International

Instruments

 

Custom surgical instruments used to prepare the joint for the implant.

 

Various

 

United States
and
International

Our Technologies

              The orthopaedic industry has produced many innovations in product design over the years. These innovations have typically consisted of evolutions of product design in implant fixation, joint mechanics, and instruments and modifications of existing metal or plastic-based device designs rather than new products based on combinations of new designs and new materials. In contrast, the growth of our target markets has been driven by the development of products that respond to the particular mechanics of small joints and the importance of soft tissue to small joint stability and function. We are committed to the development of new designs utilizing both conventional materials and new tissue-friendly biomaterials that we expect will create new product categories. We believe that we are a leader in researching and incorporating some of these new technologies across multiple product platforms. A few selected examples are listed below:

      Advanced Design Technologies

      Bone sparing implants: Several of our newer implants, such as our Ascend Shoulder, as well as our current implants, such as our Salto Talaris ankle implant, follow a philosophy of bone sparing site preparation to minimize the amount of native tissue that must be removed for

90


Table of Contents

        the implant. We believe this philosophy results in a more anatomic implant that is less traumatic to the patient. By preserving native tissue, we believe surgeons retain more options compared to traditional implants should a revision procedure be required in the future.

      Adjustable locking plates: We have incorporated CoverLoc technology into some of our plating systems, including wrist and ankle plates. CoverLoc technology is based upon high precision machining that places screw holes through metal plates at anatomic angles. Each hole is angled to achieve optimal screw or peg placement aimed at reducing the risk of screw loosening. Furthermore, the technology provides the surgeon the ability to pull bone fragments to the plate and then lock the screws in the desired angle with the cover plate, while providing protection for the surrounding soft tissues from the screw heads.

      Knotless suture locking: Cinch technology is a patented mechanism that is the basis for our knotless suture anchor platform. The Piton suture anchor is the first product to incorporate Cinch technology. Cinch technology eliminates the need for knots while allowing surgeons to independently and sequentially tension each suture, even after inserters are removed. We believe this innovative design makes it easier for surgeons to perform arthroscopic surgery, eliminates knot slippage, and enables a uniform soft tissue repair across the repaired surface.

      Advanced Materials

      Pyrocarbon: This material is gaining acceptance for use in orthopaedics due to its biocompatibility, low joint surface friction and high resistance to wear. Pyrocarbon also has a stiffness similar to bone, making it an ideal material for orthopaedic implants. We offer several joint replacement or joint spacer devices made from pyrocarbon in the hand, wrist and elbow, and have recently announced what we believe to be the first human implant of a pyrocarbon shoulder implant.

      Resorbable polymers: Some of our products utilize resorbable polymers, the benefit of which is that once a soft tissue injury has healed and the implant is no longer necessary, there is no longer a foreign substance residing in the body. Our Biofiber material is a high-strength resorbable polymer that can be processed in many physical configurations including fiber, mesh and film. These materials are biocompatible and non-inflammatory. They degrade by cell-friendly processes into metabolites that already exist in humans, unlike other acidic bioresorbable materials. We also offer high strength next-generation resorbable materials in our Resorbable Fixation System product line of trauma pins and screws. These products benefit from a combination of materials having a long history of surgical use and our supplier's ability to produce a high-strength, reliable, biodegradable implant.

      Orthobiologic Technologies

      Orthobiologic tissue grafts: Our Conexa reconstructive tissue matrix product line was introduced through a partnership with LifeCell. The Conexa material provides a complex three-dimensional biologic architecture to support cellular repopulation and vascular channels that allow for rapid capillary in-growth. Surgeons use this product in procedures to support regeneration of soft tissue, such as rotator cuff and Achilles tendons repairs.

      Synthetic Growth Factors: F2A is an engineered peptide that is a synthetic version of the natural human FGF-2 growth factor. FGF-2 and other naturally occurring growth factors may play key roles in the body's healing and repair processes. Synthetic growth factors may address many of the manufacturing, handling and shelf life challenges that have limited the clinical role of natural growth factors. We have recently conducted pre-clinical testing of a scaffold incorporating F2A that demonstrates tissue regeneration in both small and large animal models. F2A has not yet been approved by the FDA.

91


Table of Contents

Distribution

              We have developed our distribution channels to serve the needs of our customers, primarily extremity specialist surgeons in the United States and a mix of extremity specialist and general orthopaedic surgeons in international markets. In the United States, we have a broad offering of joint replacement and repair, sports and biologic products targeting extremity specialists through a single distribution channel. Internationally, we utilize several distribution approaches depending on individual market requirements. We utilize direct sales organizations in several mature European markets and independent sales agencies for most other international markets. In France, we have two direct sales forces, one handling our upper extremity focused products and one handling our lower extremity portfolio. In emerging international markets such as China and Japan, where extremity markets are still undeveloped, we utilize independent sales agencies that carry both our extremity-focused and our hip and knee portfolios.

      United States

              In the United States, we sell upper extremity joints and trauma, lower extremity joints and trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologics products. We do not actively market hip or knee replacement joints in the United States, although we have FDA clearance for selected large joint products. We sell our products through a single sales channel. Our U.S. sales force consists of a network of approximately 23 independent commission-based sales agencies, which in aggregate utilized over 300 sales representatives as of April 4, 2010. We believe a significant portion of these sales agencies' commission revenue is generated by sales of our products. Our success depends largely upon our ability to motivate these sales agencies and their representatives to sell our products. Additionally, we depend on their sales and service expertise and relationships with the surgeons in the marketplace. Our independent sales agencies are not obligated to renew their contracts with us, may devote insufficient sales efforts to our products or may focus their sales efforts on other products that produce greater commissions for them. A failure to maintain our existing relationships with our independent sales agencies and their representatives could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not control our independent sales agencies and they may not be successful in implementing our marketing plans. We employ four area business directors to support these independent sales agencies and have also recently started a Field Marketing Manager program, to help drive adoption of our newly introduced extremities, sports and orthobiologics products. During the course of the year, we host numerous opportunities for product training throughout the United States.

      International

              We sell our full product portfolio, including upper and lower extremities, sports medicine and orthobiologics and large joints, in most international markets. We believe our full range of hip and knee products enable us to more effectively and efficiently service these markets where procedure or anatomic specialization is not as prevalent as in the United States and where extremities, sports medicine and orthobiologics markets have not yet reached a size to permit the degree of channel focus we have in the United States. Our international distribution system consists of nine direct sales offices and approximately 32 distributors that sell our products in approximately 35 countries. Our largest international market is France, where we have a direct sales force of 26 direct sales representatives. We also have direct sales offices and corporate subsidiaries in Germany, Italy, Spain, Switzerland, The Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Denmark and Australia that employ direct sales employees. Additional European countries, as well as countries in Latin America and Asia, are served by distributors who purchase products directly from us for resale to their local customers, with product ownership generally passing to the distributor upon shipment. As part of our strategy to grow internationally, we have selectively converted from distributors to direct sales representation in certain countries, as we did in the United Kingdom and Denmark in 2009. We intend to focus on expanding

92


Table of Contents

our presence in underserved countries, such as China, where we signed an agreement in 2009 with the Weigao group for the exclusive distribution of our shoulder, hip and knee products for a four-year term. Under this agreement, Weigao committed to a minimum purchase amount of €418,000 for 2010. Purchase quotas and prices for the following years will be set at the end of each year. The agreement may be terminated prior to its expiration in 2014 upon breach by either party, including Weigao's failure to meet the purchase quota.

              Our total revenue in France was $46.3 million in 2009, $43.2 million in 2008 and $37.3 million in 2007. Our total revenue in The Netherlands was $3.6 million in 2009, $3.4 million in 2008 and $2.9 million in 2007.

Research and Development

              We are committed to a strong research and development program and have significantly increased our investment in this area since the acquisition by the Investor Group in 2006. Our research and development expenses were $18.1 million, $20.6 million and $13.3 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of April 4, 2010, we had a research and development staff of 79 people, or 10% of total employees, principally located in Warsaw, Indiana and Montbonnot, France, with additional staff in Grenoble, France, San Diego, California and Boston, Massachusetts.

              We have dedicated internal product development teams focused on continuous innovation and introduction of new products for extremity joint replacements, extremity joint trauma, soft tissue repair and large joint replacement. We also have an active business development team that seeks to in-license development-stage products, which our internal team assists in bringing to market. In collaboration with our internal teams, we work closely with external research and development consultants and a global network of leading surgeon inventors to ensure we have broad access to best-in-class ideas and technology to drive our product development pipeline.

              Our investment in internal and external development programs has driven consistent new product introductions. For example, we introduced 18 new products in 2009 and nine new products in 2008, up from four new products in 2007.

Manufacturing and Supply

              We manufacture substantially all of our products at five sites including Montbonnot, Saint-Ismier and Grenoble, France, and Dunmanway and Macroom, Ireland. Our operations in France have a long history and deep experience with orthopaedic manufacturing and innovation and we have invested in facilities upgrades to both expand capabilities and establish incremental lean cellular manufacturing practices there as well. Our Ireland location has been practicing lean cellular manufacturing concepts for many years with a philosophy focused on continuous operational improvement and optimization. We continually evaluate the potential to in-source products currently purchased from outside vendors to on-site production. We are continuously working on product and process improvement projects to optimize our manufacturing processes and product costs to improve our profitability and cash flow. We believe that our manufacturing facilities and relationships will support our potential capacity needs for the foreseeable future.

              We use a diverse and broad range of raw materials in the manufacturing of our products. We purchase all of our raw materials and select components used in manufacturing our products from external suppliers. In addition, we purchase some supplies from single sources for reasons of proprietary know-how, quality assurance, sole source availability, cost-effectiveness or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements. For example, we rely on one supplier for raw materials and select components in several of our products, including Poco Graphite, Inc., which supplies graphite for pyrocarbon on a purchase order basis, CeramTec Group, which supplies ceramic for ceramic heads for hips, and Heymark Metals Ltd., which supplies CoCr used in certain of our hip, shoulder and elbow

93


Table of Contents


products on a purchase order basis. We believe we are the only vertically integrated manufacturer of pyrocarbon orthopaedic products with production equipment to enable production of larger-sized implants. While we rely on an external supplier to supply us with surgical grade substrate material, we control the remaining pyrocarbon manufacturing process, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage in design for manufacturing and prototyping of this innovative material.

              We work closely with our suppliers to ensure continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and reliability. To date, we have not experienced any significant difficulty in locating and obtaining the materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements.

              Some of our products are provided by suppliers under a private label distribution agreement. Under these agreements, the supplier generally retains the intellectual property and exclusive manufacturing rights. The supplier private labels the products under the Tornier brand for sale in certain fields of use and geographic territories. These agreements may be subject to minimum purchase or sales obligations. Examples of such products are our Conexa products and our NexFix Resorbable Fixation System.

Competition

              The market for orthopaedic devices is highly competitive and subject to rapid and profound technological change. Our currently marketed products are, and any future products we commercialize will be, subject to intense competition. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets include product features and design, reputation and service. One of the key factors to our future success will be our ability to continue to introduce new products and improve existing products and technologies.

              We face competition from large diversified orthopaedic manufacturers, such as DePuy, Zimmer and Stryker, and established mid-sized orthopaedic manufacturers, such as Arthrex, Wright Medical and ArthroCare. Many of the companies developing or marketing competitive orthopaedic products are publicly traded or are divisions of publicly traded companies and may enjoy several competitive advantages, including:

      greater financial and human resources for product development and sales and marketing;

      significantly greater name recognition;

      established relationships with surgeons, hospitals and third-party payors;

      broader product lines and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer greater discounts or incentives to gain a competitive advantage;

      established sales and marketing and distribution networks; and

      more experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, preparing regulatory submissions and obtaining regulatory approval for products.

              We also compete against smaller, entrepreneurial companies with niche product lines. Our competitors may develop and patent processes or products earlier than us, obtain regulatory clearance or approvals for competing products more rapidly than us and develop more effective or less expensive products or technologies that render our technology or products obsolete or non-competitive. We also compete with our competitors in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, as well as in acquiring technologies and technology licenses complementary to our products or advantageous to our business. If our competitors are more successful than us in these matters, our business may be harmed.

94


Table of Contents

Intellectual property

              Patents and other proprietary rights are important to the continued success of our business and as of December 27, 2009, we have filed more than 117 patent applications, with over 305 applications claiming priority to such applications throughout the world and 126 patents issued throughout the world, approximately 85 of which are U.S. patents. Of our issued patents, 60% will expire within the next 10 years and the remaining 40% will expire within the next 20 years. Within the next three years, the following number of U.S. patents held by us are set to expire: one patent in 2011, four patents in 2012 and two patents in 2013. The expiration of these patents is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our business. We currently have 89 pending U.S. patent applications.

              We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information.

              Although we believe our patents are valuable, our knowledge and experience, our creative product development and marketing staff, and our trade secret information with respect to manufacturing processes, materials and product design, have been equally important in maintaining our proprietary product lines. As a condition of employment, we generally require employees to execute a confidentiality agreement relating to proprietary information and assigning patent rights to us. We cannot be assured that our patents will provide competitive advantages for our products, or that our competitors will not challenge or circumvent these rights. In addition, we cannot be assured that the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or foreign patent offices will issue any of our pending patent applications. The USPTO and foreign patent offices may also deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications and patents issuing from the pending patent applications. Any patents issuing from our pending patent applications may not provide us with significant commercial protection. We could incur substantial costs in proceedings before the USPTO or foreign patent offices, including interference or opposition proceedings. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the priority of our inventions. Additionally, the laws of some of the countries in which our products are or may be sold may not protect our products and intellectual property to the same extent as the laws in the United States, or at all.

              While we do not believe that any of our products infringe any valid claims of patents or other proprietary rights held by third parties, we cannot be assured that we do not infringe any patents or other proprietary rights held by third parties. If our products were found to infringe any proprietary right of a third party, we could be required to pay significant damages or license fees to the third party or cease production, marketing and distribution of those products. Litigation may also be necessary to enforce patent rights we hold or to protect trade secrets or techniques we own.

              We also rely on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary technology. We cannot be assured that we can meaningfully protect our rights in our unpatented proprietary technology or that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary products or processes or otherwise gain access to our proprietary technology. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary know-how, in part, with confidentiality agreements with employees and consultants. We cannot be assured, however, that the agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach or that our competitors will not discover or independently develop our trade secrets.

95


Table of Contents

Corporate History

              We were founded in the 1940s by René Tornier in Saint-Ismier, France and are one of the early pioneers of the orthopaedic implant market. We originally manufactured dental surgical products, and diversified into screws and plates for orthopaedic surgery in the 1950s, and entered the joint replacement market with a hip implant in the 1960s. Alain Tornier, René Tornier's son, began to work for us in 1970 and assumed a leadership role in 1976 when René Tornier died. Alain Tornier modernized our manufacturing; organized and expanded commercial operations with a direct sales force in France; introduced a knee implant product line; and established our first international subsidiary in Spain. During the 1990s and early 2000s, Alain Tornier continued to improve upon our growth by introducing new products and expanding into new international markets. In 2006, Alain Tornier sold a majority stake in us to the Investor Group, but retained a minority equity position and became a non-executive director and consultant.

              Since the acquisition by the Investor Group, we have significantly increased our investment in research and development, from $3.0 million in 2006 to $18.1 million in 2009. In addition, we have expanded our product portfolio and ability to serve our target customers through a series of strategic acquisitions, licensing and distribution agreements. Each of these transactions was specifically targeted for its potential to either improve our ability to compete in an existing market or expand our addressable market by broadening our product portfolio into a related area. The entry into the sports medicine market in particular expanded our addressable market to include the core products used by our shoulder surgeon customers, who typically perform both shoulder joint replacement and shoulder sports medicine procedures. In addition, we have been active in licensing new material technologies with longer-term potential to differentiate our product offering. Finally, we expanded geographically in selected international markets.

              See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Material Corporate Transactions" for a discussion of our material corporate transactions.

Government regulation

Regulatory Matters

      FDA Regulation

              Both before and after approval or clearance our products and product candidates are subject to extensive regulation. In the United States, we are regulated by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as well as other regulatory bodies. These regulations govern, among other things, the following activities in which we and our contract manufacturers, contract testing laboratories and suppliers are involved:

      product development;

      product testing;

      product manufacturing;

      product labeling;

      product safety;

      product storage;

      product market clearance or approval;

      product advertising and promotion;

      product import and export; and

      product sales and distribution.

96


Table of Contents

              Failure to comply with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act could result in, among other things, warning letters, civil penalties, delays in approving or refusal to approve a product candidate, product recall, product seizure, interruption of production, operating restrictions, suspension on withdrawal of product approval, injunctions or criminal prosecution.

      FDA Approval or Clearance of Medical Devices

              In the United States, medical devices are subject to varying degrees of regulatory control and are classified in one of three classes depending on risk and the extent of controls the FDA determines are necessary to reasonably ensure their safety and efficacy. These classifications generally require the following:

      Class I:       general controls, such as labeling and adherence to quality system regulations;

      Class II:      general controls, premarket notification (510(k)) and special controls such as performance standards, patient registries and postmarket surveillance; and

      Class III:    general controls and approval of a PMA.

              Most of our new products fall into FDA classifications that require the submission of a Premarket Notification (510(k)) to the FDA. In the 510(k) process, the FDA reviews a premarket notification and determines whether a proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of PMA applications, referred to as a predicate device. In making this determination, the FDA compares the proposed device to the predicate device. If the two devices are comparable in intended use and safety and effectiveness, the device may be cleared for marketing. 510(k) submissions generally include, among other things, a description of the device and its manufacturing, device labeling, medical devices to which the device is substantially equivalent, safety and biocompatibility information and the results of performance testing. In some cases, a 510(k) submission must include data from human clinical studies. Marketing may commence only when the FDA issues a clearance letter finding the proposed device to be substantially equivalent to the predicate. After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any product modification that could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness of the product, or that would constitute a significant change in intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, if the device would no longer be substantially equivalent, would require a PMA. If the FDA determines that the product does not qualify for 510(k) clearance, then the company must submit and the FDA must approve a PMA before marketing can begin.

              Other devices we may develop and market may be classified as Class III for which the FDA has implemented stringent clinical investigation and PMA requirements. The PMA process would require us to provide clinical and laboratory data that establishes that the new medical device is safe and effective. Information about the device and its components, device design, manufacturing and labeling, among other information, must also be included in the PMA. As part of the PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer's facilities for compliance with QSR requirements, which govern testing, control, documentation and other aspects of quality assurance with respect to manufacturing. The FDA will approve the new device for commercial distribution if it determines that the data and information in the PMA constitute valid scientific evidence and that there is reasonable assurance that the device is safe and effective for its intended use(s). The PMA can include post-approval conditions including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution, or requirements to do additional clinical studies post-approval. Even after approval of a PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement is required to authorize certain modifications to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process.

              All of our devices marketed in the United States have been listed, cleared or approved by the FDA. Some low-risk medical devices (including most instruments) do not require FDA review and

97


Table of Contents


approval or clearance prior to commercial distribution, but are subject to FDA regulations and must be listed with the FDA. The FDA has the authority to: halt the distribution of certain medical devices; detain or seize adulterated or misbranded medical devices; or order the repair, replacement of or refund the costs of such devices. There are also requirements of state, local and foreign governments that we must comply with in the manufacture and marketing of our products. For example, some jurisdictions require compliance with the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America's Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals or its equivalent. Laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations may change in the future. We cannot foresee what effect, if any, such changes may have on us.

      Clinical Trials

              One or more clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required to support a 510(k) submission. Clinical studies of unapproved or uncleared medical devices or devices being studied for uses for which they are not approved or cleared (investigational devices) must be conducted in compliance with FDA requirements. If an investigational device could pose a significant risk to patients, the sponsor company must submit an application for an investigational device exemption, or IDE, to the FDA prior to initiation of the clinical study. An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA notifies the company that the investigation may not begin. Clinical studies of investigational devices may not begin until an institutional review board, or IRB, has approved the study.

              During the study, the sponsor must comply with the FDA's IDE requirements including, for example, for investigator selection, trial monitoring, adverse event reporting and recordkeeping. The investigators must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices and comply with reporting and recordkeeping requirements. We, the FDA and the IRB at each institution at which a clinical trial is being conducted may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable risk. During the approval or clearance process, the FDA typically inspects the records relating to the conduct of one or more studies supporting the application.

      Post-market Regulation

              After a device is cleared or approved for marketing, numerous and pervasive regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

      the QSR regulation, which governs, among other things, how manufacturers design, test, manufacture, exercise quality control over and document manufacturing of their products;

      labeling and claims regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for unapproved or "off-label" uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; and

      the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires reporting to the FDA certain adverse experiences associated with use of the product.

              We continue to be subject to inspection by the FDA to determine our compliance with regulatory requirements, as do our suppliers, contract manufacturers and contract testing laboratories.

      International Regulation

              We are subject to regulations and product registration requirements in many foreign countries in which we may sell our products, including in the areas of:

      design, development, manufacturing and testing;

98


Table of Contents

      product standards;

      product safety;

      marketing, sales and distribution;

      packaging and storage requirements;

      labeling requirements;

      content and language of instructions for use;

      clinical trials;

      record keeping procedures;

      advertising and promotion;

      recalls and field corrective actions;

      post-market surveillance, including reporting of deaths or serious injuries and malfunctions that, if they were to recur, could lead to death or serious injury;

      import and export restrictions; and

      tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements.

              The time required to obtain clearance required by foreign countries may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance, and requirements for licensing a product in a foreign country may differ significantly from FDA requirements.

              In many of the foreign countries in which we market our products, we are subject to local regulations affecting, among other things, design and product standards, packaging requirements and labeling requirements. Many of the regulations applicable to our devices and products in these countries are similar to those of the FDA.

              In the EEA, our devices are required to comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directives (Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices, as amended, and Council Directive 90/385/EEC of 20 June 2009 relating to active implantable medical devices, as amended). Compliance with these requirements entitles us to affix the CE conformity mark to our medical devices, without which they cannot be commercialized in the EEA. In order to demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements and obtain the right to affix the CE conformity mark we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low-risk medical devices (Class I), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the Medical Devices Directives, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a Notified Body, which is an organization accredited by a Member State of the EEA to conduct conformity assessments. The Notified Body would typically audit and examine the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of our devices before issuing a certification demonstrating compliance with the essential requirements. Based on this certification we can draw up an EC Declaration of Conformity, which allows us to affix the CE mark to our products.

      U.S. Anti-kickback and False Claims Laws

              In the United States, there are federal and state anti-kickback laws that prohibit the payment or receipt of kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of healthcare products and services. Violations of these laws can lead to civil and criminal penalties, including exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. These laws are

99


Table of Contents

potentially applicable to manufacturers of products regulated by the FDA, such as us, and hospitals, physicians and other potential purchasers of such products.

              In particular, the federal Anti-Kickback Law prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The definition of "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. In addition, the recently enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, collectively, the PPACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal anti-kickback and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claim statutes. The lack of uniform interpretation of the Anti-Kickback Law makes compliance with the law difficult. The penalties for violating the Anti-Kickback Law can be severe. These sanctions include criminal penalties and civil sanctions, including fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.

              Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Law is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements within the healthcare industry, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services issued regulations in July of 1991, which the Department has referred to as "safe harbors." These safe harbor regulations set forth certain provisions which, if met in form and substance, will assure medical device manufacturers, healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback law. Additional safe harbor provisions providing similar protections have been published intermittently since 1991. Our arrangements with physicians, hospitals and other persons or entities who are in a position to refer may not fully meet the stringent criteria specified in the various safe harbors. Although full compliance with these provisions ensures against prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Law, the failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement is illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback law will be pursued. Even though we continuously strive to comply with the requirements of the Anti-Kickback Law, liability under the Anti-Kickback Law may still arise because of the intentions or actions of the parties with whom we do business, including our independent distributors. While we are not aware of any such intentions or actions, we have only limited knowledge regarding the intentions or actions underlying those arrangements. Conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy one of these safe harbor provisions may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities.

              Other provisions of state and federal law provide civil and criminal penalties for presenting, or causing to be presented, to third-party payors for reimbursement, claims that are false or fraudulent, or that are for items or services that were not provided as claimed. Although our business is structured to comply with these and other applicable laws, it is possible that some of our business practices in the future could be subject to scrutiny and challenge by federal or state enforcement officials under these laws. This type of challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

      Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement

              We anticipate that sales volumes and prices of our products will depend in large part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include governmental programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and workers' compensation plans. These third-party payors may deny coverage or reimbursement for a product or

100


Table of Contents

therapy if they determine that the product or therapy was not medically appropriate or necessary. The third-party payors also may place limitations on the types of physicians that can perform specific types of procedures. Also, third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Some third-party payors must also approve coverage for new or innovative devices or therapies before they will reimburse healthcare providers who use the products or therapies. Even though a new product may have been cleared for commercial distribution, we may find limited demand for the device until reimbursement approval has been obtained from governmental and private third-party payors.

              The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, sets coverage and reimbursement policies for the Medicare program in the United States. CMS policies may alter coverage and payment related to our product portfolio in the future. These changes may occur as the result of national coverage determinations issued by CMS or as the result of local coverage determinations by contractors under contract with CMS to review and make coverage and payment decisions. Medicaid programs are funded by both federal and state governments, may vary from state to state and from year to year and will likely play an even larger role in healthcare funding pursuant to the PPACA.

              A key component in ensuring whether the appropriate payment amount is received for physician and other services, including those procedures using our products, is the existence of a Current Procedural Terminology, or CPT, code. To receive payment, health care practitioners must submit claims to insurers using these codes for payment for medical services. CPT codes are assigned, maintained and annually updated by the American Medical Association and its CPT Editorial Board. If the CPT codes that apply to the procedures performed using our products are changed, reimbursement for performances of these procedures may be adversely affected.

              In the United States, some insured individuals enroll in managed care programs, which monitor and often require pre-approval of the services that a member will receive. Some managed care programs pay their providers on a per capita basis, which puts the providers at financial risk for the services provided to their patients by paying these providers a predetermined payment per member per month and, consequently, may limit the willingness of these providers to use our products.

              We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services. All third-party reimbursement programs are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs through prospective reimbursement and capitation programs, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, requiring second opinions prior to major surgery, careful review of bills, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and other preventative services and exploration of more cost- effective methods of delivering healthcare. There can be no assurance that third-party reimbursement and coverage will be available or adequate, or that future legislation, regulation or reimbursement policies of third-party payors will not adversely affect the demand for our products or our ability to sell these products on a profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of third-party payor coverage or reimbursement could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

              In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific product lines and procedures. There can be no assurance that procedures using our products will be considered medically reasonable and necessary for a specific indication, that our products will be considered cost-effective by third-party payors, that an adequate level of reimbursement will be available or that the third-party payors' reimbursement policies will not adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably.

101


Table of Contents

Litigation

              On October 25, 2007, two of our former sales agents filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Illinois, alleging that we had breached their agency agreements and committed fraudulent and negligent misrepresentations. The plaintiffs, Garry Boyd of Boyd Medical, Inc. and Charles Wetherill of Addison Medical, Inc., claimed that we had intentionally set their 2007 quotas too high, in hopes that Messrs. Boyd and Wetherill would not meet the quotas so that we could terminate them for cause and install another distributor in their territories. The complaint also included allegations that we had falsely suggested to the plaintiffs that if they dropped all other product lines, we would fill the void with new product lines. The jury rendered a verdict on July 31, 2009, awarding the plaintiffs a total of $2.6 million in actual damages and $4 million in punitive damages. While the court struck the award of punitive damages on March 31, 2010, it denied our motion to set aside the verdict or order a new trial. We have filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit in respect of the actual damages claims. Plaintiffs have also appealed the court's striking of the punitive damages award, and the appeal has been consolidated with our appeal. Opening briefs were submitted to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit on July 7, 2010.

              We are also involved in litigation and proceedings in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that such litigation or proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position or results of operations.

Facilities

              Our U.S. headquarters are located in a 19,100 square foot facility in Edina, Minnesota, where we conduct our principal executive, sales and marketing and administrative activities. This facility is leased through 2015. Our U.S. distribution and customer service operations are based in an owned 20,000 square foot facility in Stafford, Texas and our research and development operations are based in a 12,200 square foot leased facility in Warsaw, Indiana, with small satellite quality, marketing and research and development offices in Beverly, Massachusetts and San Diego, California

              Our global corporate headquarters are located in Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Outside the United States, our primary manufacturing facilities are in Montbonnot, Saint-Ismier and Grenoble, France; and Dunmanway and Macroom, Ireland. In the 112,000 square foot Montbonnot campus, we conduct manufacturing, sales and marketing, research and development, quality and regulatory assurance, distribution and administrative functions. In our 54,900 square foot Saint-Ismier facility and 15,200 square foot Dunmanway and 84,700 square foot Macroom facilities, we solely conduct manufacturing operations and manufacturing support such as purchasing, engineering and quality assurance functions. Our pyrocarbon manufacturing is performed at our 10,000 square foot facility in Grenoble, France. In addition, we maintain subsidiary sales offices and distribution warehouses in various countries, including France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Denmark, Spain, Switzerland, United Kingdom and Australia. We believe that our facilities are adequate and suitable for their use.

              The value of our long-lived assets in the United States was $16.0 million in 2009, $15.1 million in 2008 and $11.1 million in 2007. The value of our long-lived assets in France was $32.5 million in 2009, $27.2 million in 2008 and $20.3 million in 2007. The value of our long-lived assets in The Netherlands was $0.5 million in 2009, $0.5 million in 2008 and $0.5 million in 2007.

102


Table of Contents

              Below is a summary of our material facilities:

Entity
  City   State/Country   Owned or
Leased
  Occupancy   Square
Footage
  Lease
Expiration
Date
 

Tornier, Inc.

  Stafford   Texas,
United States
  Owned   Offices/Warehouse/Distribution     20,000     N/A  

Tornier, Inc.

 

Warsaw

 

Indiana,
United States

 

Leased

 

Offices/R&D

   
12,200
   
2/28/2015
 

Tornier, Inc.

 

Edina

 

Minnesota,
United States

 

Leased

 

Offices

   
19,100
   
12/31/2015
 

Tornier SAS

 

St Ismier

 

France

 

Leased

 

Offices/Manufacturing/Warehouse/Distribution

   
54,900
   
5/29/2012
 

Tornier SAS

 

Montbonnot

 

France

 

Leased

 

Offices

   
15,100
   
5/29/2012
 

Tornier SAS

 

Montbonnot

 

France

 

Leased

 

Warehouse/Distribution/Offices

   
19,500
   
5/29/2012
 

Tornier SAS

 

Montbonnot

 

France

 

Leased

 

Offices/R&D

   
25,500
   
5/29/2012
 

Tornier SAS

 

Montbonnot

 

France

 

Owned 51%

 

Manufacturing/Offices

   
51,700
   
9/3/2018
 

BioProfile

 

Grenoble

 

France

 

Leased

 

Manufacturing/Offices/R&D

   
9,900
   
7/22/2012
 

Tornier Deutschland GmbH

 

Burscheid

 

Germany

 

Owned

 

Sales Office

   
1,900
   
N/A
 

Tornier Orthopedics Ireland Limited

 

Dunmanway

 

Ireland

 

Owned

 

Manufacturing/Offices

   
15,200
   
N/A
 

Tornier Orthopedics Ireland Limited

 

Macroom

 

Ireland

 

Leased

 

Manufacturing/Offices

   
84,700
   
12/1/2028
 

Tornier B.V.

 

Schiedam

 

The Netherlands

 

Leased

 

Offices

   
720
   
10/31/2010
 

Employees

              As of December 27, 2009, we had approximately 769 employees, including 331 in manufacturing and operations, 79 in research and development and the remaining in sales, marketing and related administrative support. Of our 769 worldwide employees, 157 employees were located in the United States and 612 employees were located outside of the United States, primarily throughout Europe.

Insurance

              We maintain property insurance and general, commercial and product liability policies in amounts we consider adequate and customary for a business of our kind. However, because of the nature of our business, we cannot ensure that we will be able to maintain insurance on a commercially reasonably basis or at all, or that any future claims will not exceed our insurance coverage.

103


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

              Our board of directors consists of eight members. The following table sets forth, as of June 3, 2010, certain information concerning our directors and executive officers:

Name
  Age  
Position
Douglas W. Kohrs     52   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Carmen L. Diersen

 

 

49

 

Global Chief Financial Officer

Robert J. Ball

 

 

38

 

Vice President, Global Research and Development

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr. 

 

 

50

 

Vice President, Global Quality Assurance and Regulatory Affairs

Stéphan Epinette

 

 

39

 

Vice President, International Commercial Operations

Andrew E. Joiner

 

 

49

 

Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Commercial Operations

Jamal D. Rushdy

 

 

39

 

Vice President, Global Business and Corporate Development

James C. Harber

 

 

40

 

Vice President, Distal Extremities Global Business Strategy

James E. Kwan

 

 

51

 

Vice President, Global Supply Chain

Sean D. Carney(2), (3)

 

 

41

 

Chairman, Director

Richard B. Emmitt(1)

 

 

65

 

Director

Kevin C. O'Boyle(1)

 

 

54

 

Director

Alain Tornier(3)

 

 

63

 

Director

Simon Turton, Ph.D. 

 

 

43

 

Director

Richard F. Wallman(1), (3)

 

 

59

 

Director

Elizabeth H. Weatherman(2)

 

 

50

 

Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee. The audit committee will be established upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.

(2)
Member of the compensation committee. The compensation committee will be established upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be established upon the effectiveness of this registration statement.

              The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our directors and executive officers:

               Douglas W. Kohrs was appointed as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director in July 2006. Mr. Kohrs was appointed as a director in connection with the Securityholders' Agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our securities. For more information regarding the Securityholders' Agreement, please refer to the discussion below under "Related Party Transactions."

104


Table of Contents


Mr. Kohrs has 29 years of experience in the medical device industry. Prior to joining us he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc., a publicly held medical device company, from April 1999 until January 2005 and served as Chairman of the American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc. board of directors until May 2006. During the past ten years, Mr. Kohrs has also served on the board of directors of nine different medical device companies. Mr. Kohrs currently serves on the board of ev3, Inc., a publicly held medical device company, and previously served on the board of Kyphon, Inc., also a publicly held medical device company. Prior to joining American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc., Mr. Kohrs was General Manager of Sulzer Spine-Tech Inc., an orthopaedic implant manufacturer of which he was a founding member beginning in August 1991. Mr. Kohrs holds a Master of Business Administration from Northeastern University, a Bachelor of Science in Bioengineering from Texas A&M University and a Bachelor of Arts in Engineering Sciences from Austin College. Mr. Kohrs' prior experience, including as Chief Executive Officer of American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc. at the time of its initial public offering, and his understanding of our business and industry has led our board of directors to the conclusion that he should serve as a director at this time in light of our business and structure.

               Carmen L. Diersen joined us in June 2010 as Global Chief Financial Officer. She has 18 years of experience in the medical device industry, including nine years in spinal orthopaedics. Prior to joining us, she served from September 2006 to June 2010 as the Chief Operating and Financial Officer of Spine Wave, Inc., a privately held developer of advanced materials, techniques, and implant systems for spinal surgery. From March 2004 to September 2006, Ms. Diersen served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc., a publicly held medical device company. Prior to American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc., Ms. Diersen spent 12 years in financial leadership positions at Medtronic, Inc., in the cardiac surgery, cardiac rhythm management and spinal surgery businesses, concluding her career there as the Vice President and General Manager of Musculoskeletal Tissue Services for Medtronic Sofamor Danek. Prior to Medtronic, Inc., she spent 10 years at Honeywell, Inc. Ms. Diersen earned a Master of Business Administration from the Carlson School of Management at the University of Minnesota and a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of North Dakota. She became a Certified Public Accountant in 1983. Ms. Diersen has served on the board of directors of SonoSite, Inc., a publicly held leader in point of care ultrasound systems, since October 2005 and previously served on the board of directors of Memry Corporation, a publicly held medical specialty materials company, from December 2004 through September 2008 when the company was sold and Wright Medical Group, Inc., a publicly held medical device company from December 2009 until June 2010 when she joined us.

               Robert J. Ball joined us in September 2006 as Vice President, Global Research and Development. He has over 11 years of experience in the orthopaedic medical device industry. Prior to joining us he served as Vice President of Research Development of Kinetikos Medical Incorporated, or KMI, a medical device company, beginning in December 2002, and also assumed responsibility for Marketing and Product Development in May 2005, continuing in each capacity until August 2006, when KMI was acquired by Integra LifeSciences Holdings Corporation. Prior to joining KMI, Mr. Ball held positions at DePuy, where he oversaw the development and launch of orthopaedic products in the upper extremity. Prior to joining DePuy, he served in the automotive manufacturing industry with SPX Corporation as Program and Engineering Manager, overseeing construction and tooling of a large scale casting and machining facility. Mr. Ball has Bachelor of Science and Master of Science degrees in mechanical engineering from Kettering University (formerly GMI Engineering and Management Institute) and has over 30 issued and pending patents.

               Ralph E. Barisano, Jr. joined us in April 2007 and leads our quality assurance and regulatory affairs programs as our Vice President, Global Quality Assurance and Regulatory Affairs. He has over 25 years of experience in the medical device industry. Prior to joining us he consulted for Axya, a medical device company, from November 2006 to April 2007, where he directed Quality Assurance and

105


Table of Contents


Regulatory Affairs including during its acquisition by us. Prior to joining Axya, he served as Director of Quality Assurance for Smith & Nephew Endoscopy, a manufacturer of surgical equipment and tools, from January 2002 to November 2006. Mr. Barisano has also held other Quality and Regulatory roles at a number of other medical device companies, including Hologic Systems Inc., C.R. Bard, Inc. and Allergan, Inc. Mr. Barisano earned a Master of Business Administration from the Isenberg School of Management, University of Massachusetts Amherst and a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Technology from the University of Massachusetts, North Dartmouth.

               Stéphan Epinette joined us in December 2008 and leads our international commercial operations (Europe, Asia Pacific, Latin America) and large joints business as Vice President of International Commercial Operations. He has over 17 years of experience in the orthopaedic medical device industry. Prior to joining us, he served in various leadership roles with Stryker Corporation, a medical device and equipment company, in its MedSurg and Orthopaedic divisions in France, the United States and Switzerland from 1993 to December 2008, including as Business Unit Director France from 2005 to 2008. His past functions at Stryker Corporation also included Marketing Director MedSurg EMEA, Assistant to the EMEA President and Director of Business Development & Market Intelligence EMEA. Mr. Epinette earned a Masters Degree in Health Economics from Sciences Politiques, Paris, a Masters Degree in International Business from Paris University XII and a Bachelor of Arts from EBMS Barcelona. He also attended the INSEAD executive course in Finance and in Marketing.

               Andrew E. Joiner joined us in April 2008 and leads our U.S. sales and marketing activities and the global shoulder and sports medicine businesses as our Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Commercial Operations. He has over 19 years of experience in the medical device industry. Prior to joining us, he served as the Vice President and General Manager of Women's Health at American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc. from January 2007 to April 2008, and as the Vice President of Global Marketing at American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc., from 2005 to December 2006. Prior to American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc., Mr. Joiner worked for ten years for United States Surgical Corporation, a surgical tools company, in a variety of sales functions, concluding his career there as Director of Sales for the Southwest Region of the U.S. Mr. Joiner holds a Bachelor of Science in Telecommunications from the University of Georgia.

               Jamal D. Rushdy joined us in February 2007 when we acquired Nexa, a medical device company, and leads our corporate strategic planning and acquisition, licensing and partnership programs and our orthobiologics business, serving as our Vice President, Global Business and Corporate Development since June 2007. He has over 15 years of experience in the orthopaedic medical device industry. At Nexa, he served from January 2006 to May 2007 as the Vice President of Operations and Business Development until its acquisition by us. Prior to Nexa, he served as Director of Marketing and Business Development for dj Orthopedics LLC, a medical device company, where he also served in various leadership roles in finance and operations from June 2001 to January 2006. Mr. Rushdy earned a Master of Business Administration from the University of California, Irvine and a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from the University of California, San Diego.

               James C. Harber joined us in February 2007 following our acquisition of Nexa and leads our distal extremities organization as our Vice President, Distal Extremities Global Business Strategy, which consists of our foot, ankle, hand, wrist, and elbow joints and trauma products. He has over 20 years of experience in the orthopaedic medical device industry. At Nexa, he served as the Vice President of Marketing and Sales from March 2006 until June 2007. Prior to joining Nexa, Mr. Harber held the position of Vice President, Marketing at Hand Innovations LLC, an orthopaedic manufacturer from August 2003 to February 2006. He has also held marketing positions at Wright Medical Group, Inc. and Smith & Nephew plc, which are both medical device companies, and was Vice President of Sales and Marketing at a development stage computer assisted surgery venture. Mr. Harber earned a Bachelor of Science in Marketing from Christian Brothers University.

106


Table of Contents

               James E. Kwan joined us in September 2006 and leads our global supply chain organization as our Vice President, Global Supply Chain. Mr. Kwan has also served as Director of Tornier Orthopaedics Ireland Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, since March 2010. He has over 20 years of experience in the medical device industry. Prior to joining us, he served as the Vice President of Operations for the Cardiac Surgery Division for St. Jude Medical, Inc., a medical technology company, from 2004 to 2006. At St. Jude Medical, Inc., Mr. Kwan also served as the Director of Hybrid Microelectronics operations for the Cardiac Rhythm Management Division and managed the Pyrolytic Carbon Technology operations for the Heart Valve Division. Prior to joining St. Jude Medical, Inc., Mr. Kwan served as a Director of Manufacturing at SciMed Life Systems, an interventional cardiology company, and before that held various technical positions within the Defense Systems Division of Honeywell International, Inc., a diversified technology company. Mr. Kwan received a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from South Dakota School of Mines & Technology and a Master of Business Administration from the University of St. Thomas.

               Sean D. Carney is one of our directors and has served as a director since July 2006. Mr. Carney was appointed as a director in connection with the Securityholders' Agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our securities. Mr. Carney became the Chairman of the Company's board of directors in May 2010. For more information regarding the Securityholders' Agreement, please refer to the discussion below under "Related Party Transactions." Since 1996, Mr. Carney has been employed by Warburg Pincus LLC and has served as a Member and Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC and General Partner of Warburg Pincus & Co. since January 2001. Warburg Pincus LLC and Warburg Pincus & Co. are part of the Warburg Pincus entities collectively referred to elsewhere in this prospectus as Warburg Pincus, our stockholder that owns 62.6% of our ordinary shares as of May 31, 2010. Mr. Carney currently serves on the board of directors of Arch Capital Group Ltd., a publicly held company. He is also a member of the board of directors of Bausch & Lomb Inc. and several other private companies. During the past five years, Mr. Carney previously served on the board of directors of DexCom, Inc., a publicly held medical device company. Mr. Carney received a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School and a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard College. Mr. Carney's substantial experience as an investor and director in medical device companies and his experience evaluating financial results has led our board of directors to the conclusion that he should serve as a director at this time in light of our business and structure.

               Richard B. Emmitt is one of our directors and has served as a director since July 2006. Mr. Emmitt was appointed as a director in connection with the Securityholders' Agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our securities. For more information regarding the Securityholders' Agreement, please refer to the discussion below under "Related Party Transactions." Mr. Emmitt served as a General Partner of The Vertical Group LP, an investment management and venture capital firm focused on the medical device and biotechnology industries, from its inception in 1989 through December 2007. Commencing in January 2008, he has been a Member and Manager of The Vertical Group GP, LLC, which controls The Vertical Group LP. Mr. Emmitt currently serves on the board of directors of American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc. and ev3, Inc., both publicly held companies, as well as several privately held companies. During the past five years, Mr. Emmitt previously served on the board of directors of Wright Medical Group, Inc. and Micro Therapeutics, Inc., both publicly held medical device companies. Mr. Emmitt holds a Master of Business Administration from the Rutgers School of Business and a Bachelor of Arts from Bucknell University. Mr. Emmitt's substantial experience as an advisor to numerous venture-backed growth companies and as an advisor to high-growth companies has led our board of directors to the conclusion that he should serve as a director at this time in light of our business and structure.

               Kevin C. O'Boyle is one of our directors and has served as a director since June 2010. From January 2003 until his retirement in December 2009, Mr. O'Boyle served as the Chief Financial Officer of NuVasive, Inc., a medical device company that completed its initial public offering in May 2004.

107


Table of Contents

Prior to that time, Mr. O'Boyle served in various positions during his six years with ChromaVision Medical Systems, Inc., a publicly held medical device company specializing in the oncology market, including as its Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. O'Boyle also held various positions during his seven years with Albert Fisher North America, Inc., a publicly held international food company, including Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Operations. He currently serves on the board of GenMark Diagnostics, Inc., a privately held molecular diagnostics company. Mr. O'Boyle is a Certified Public Accountant and received a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the Rochester Institute of Technology and successfully completed the Executive Management Program at the University of California Los Angeles, John E. Anderson Graduate Business School. Mr. O'Boyle's executive experience in the healthcare industry, his experience with companies during their transition from a privately held to a public company and his financial and accounting expertise have led our board of directors to the conclusion that Mr. O'Boyle should serve as a director and on our audit committee at this time in light of our business and structure.

               Alain Tornier is one of our directors and has served as a director since May 1976. Mr. Tornier assumed a leadership role in our predecessor entity in 1976, following the death of his father, René Tornier, our founder. He later served as our President and Chief Executive Officer until our acquisition by the Investor Group in September 2006, when he retired. Mr. Tornier holds a Master of Sciences degree from Grenoble University. Mr. Tornier's significant experience in the global orthopaedics industry and deep understanding of our company's history and operations have led our board of directors to the conclusion that he should serve as a director at this time in light of our business and structure.

               Simon Turton, Ph.D. is one of our directors and has served as a director since July 2006. Dr. Turton was appointed as a director in connection with the Securityholders' Agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our securities. For more information regarding the Securityholders' Agreement, please refer to the discussion below under "Related Party Transactions." Dr. Turton heads Warburg Pincus LLC's healthcare investing activities in Europe and was a Principal at Index Ventures, a venture capital firm, in Geneva prior to joining Warburg Pincus in 2003. Warburg Pincus LLC is part of the Warburg Pincus entities collectively referred to elsewhere in this prospectus as Warburg Pincus, our stockholder that owns 62.6% of our ordinary shares as of May 31, 2010. He has 10 years of experience investing in healthcare companies following a ten-year career in the international pharmaceutical industry incorporating research, business development and general management. He is a director of Eurand N.V. and ProStrakan Group plc, both publicly held companies. Dr. Turton has a Master of Business Administration from INSEAD, which he attended as a Sainsbury Management Fellow in the life sciences, and a Ph.D. in pharmacology from the University of London. Dr. Turton's substantial experience as an investor and director in European healthcare companies and experience evaluating financial results have led our board of directors to the conclusion that he should serve as a director at this time in light of our business and structure.

               Richard F. Wallman is one of our directors and has served as a director since December 2008. From 1995 through his retirement in 2003, Mr. Wallman served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Honeywell International, Inc., a diversified technology company, and AlliedSignal, Inc., a diversified technology company (prior to its merger with Honeywell International, Inc.). Prior to joining AlliedSignal, Inc. as Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Wallman served as Controller of International Business Machines Corporation. In addition to serving as one of our directors, he is also a member of the board of directors of Ariba, Inc., Convergys Corporation, Dana Holding Corporation, and Roper Industries, Inc., all publicly held companies. He is also a member of the board of directors of Bausch & Lomb Inc. During the past five years, Mr. Wallman previously served on the board of directors of ExpressJet Holdings Inc. and Avaya Inc., as well as auto suppliers Lear Corporation and Hayes Lemmerz International, Inc., all publicly held companies. Mr. Wallman holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business

108


Table of Contents


with concentrations in finance and accounting and a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from Vanderbilt University. Mr. Wallman's prior public company experience, including as Chief Financial Officer of Honeywell, and his financial experience and expertise, have led our board of directors to the conclusion that he should serve as a director at this time in light of our business and structure.

               Elizabeth H. Weatherman is one of our directors and has served as a director since July 2006. Ms. Weatherman was appointed as a director in connection with the Securityholders' Agreement that we entered into with certain holders of our securities. For more information regarding the Securityholders' Agreement, please refer to the discussion below under "Related Party Transactions." Ms. Weatherman is a General Partner of Warburg Pincus & Co., a Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC and a member of the firm's Executive Management Group. Ms. Weatherman joined Warburg Pincus in 1988 and is currently responsible for the firm's U.S. healthcare investment activities. Warburg Pincus LLC and Warburg Pincus & Co. are part of the Warburg Pincus entities collectively referred to elsewhere in this prospectus as Warburg Pincus, our stockholder that owns 62.6% of our ordinary shares as of May 31, 2010. Ms. Weatherman currently serves on the board of directors of ev3, Inc., a publicly held medical device company. She is also a member of the board of directors of Bausch & Lomb Inc. and several other privately held companies. During the past five years, Ms. Weatherman previously served on the board of directors of American Medical Systems Holdings, Inc., Kyphon, Inc., Micro Therapeutics, Inc., and Wright Medical Group, Inc., all publicly held companies. Ms. Weatherman earned a Master of Business Administration from Stanford Graduate School of Business and a Bachelor of Arts from Mount Holyoke College. Ms. Weatherman's extensive experience as a director of public companies in the medical device industry have led our board of directors to the conclusion that she should serve as a director at this time in light of our business and structure.

Board of Directors

              Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors, seven of whom are non-executive directors. The Chief Executive Officer is the executive director. All of our non-executive directors, except Mr. Tornier, are independent under the independence criteria of NASDAQ; therefore, six of the eight directors are independent. Independence requirements for service on the audit committee is discussed below under "—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee." Mr. Wallman and Mr. O'Boyle are independent under the independence definition in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Because we will comply with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, the Dutch Corporate Governance Code requirement that a majority of our directors be independent will not apply so long as we explain such deviation in our annual report.

              Our amended articles of association provide that the number of members of the board of directors will be determined by the board of directors, provided that at all times the board of directors shall be comprised of at least one executive director and two non-executive directors. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year's annual meeting of shareholders. Alain Tornier, Simon Turton and Elizabeth H. Weatherman will be in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2011 annual meeting of our shareholders. Sean D. Carney, Douglas W. Kohrs and Richard B. Emmitt will be in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2012 annual meeting of our shareholders. Richard F. Wallman and Kevin C. O'Boyle will be in the class of directors whose term expires at the 2013 annual meeting of our shareholders. At each annual meeting of our shareholders, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to serve for three-year terms or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

              The general meeting appoints the members of the board of directors, subject to a binding nomination of the board of directors in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Dutch Civil

109


Table of Contents


Code. The board of directors will make the binding nomination based on a recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. A nominee is deemed appointed unless the general meeting opposes the use of the binding nomination procedure by a resolution passed with the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds majority of the votes cast, which votes also represent more than 50% of our issued share capital. In such case, a new meeting is called to fill the vacancies for which the binding nominations were initially made. Nominees for appointment are presented by the board of directors. These nominations are not binding. The resolution for appointment in such meeting shall require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds majority of the votes cast representing more than 50% of our issued share capital.

              If the board of directors fails to use its right to submit a binding nomination, the general meeting may appoint members of the board of directors with a resolution passed with the affirmative vote of at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, representing more than 50% of our issued share capital. A resolution of the general meeting to suspend a member of the board of directors requires the affirmative vote of an absolute majority of the votes cast. A resolution of the general meeting to suspend or dismiss members of the board of directors, other than pursuant to a proposal by the board of directors, requires a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, representing more than 50% of our issued share capital.

              Pursuant to the Securityholders' Agreement dated July 18, 2006, by and among Tornier B.V., formerly known as TMG B.V., and TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., or TMG, TMG Partners U.S. LLC, Mr. Kohrs, Vertical Fund I, L.P., or VFI, Vertical Fund II, L.P., or VFII, KCH Stockholm AB, or KCH, Mr. Tornier, WP Bermuda and (by subsequent joinder agreements) TMG Partners II LLC, TMG Partners III LLC, Split Rock Partners, L.P., or Split Rock, Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, or STAK, and DVO TH, L.L.C., or DVO TH, as we currently contemplate amending prior to the consummation of the offering, WP Bermuda will be entitled to nominate three of the eight directors to our board of directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares, two of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares and one of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares. In addition, Mr. Kohrs will continue to be entitled to be nominated for election to the board of directors until termination of his employment.

              No family relationships exist among any of our directors, executive officers or key employees.

              Warburg Pincus may own more than 50% of the voting power of our ordinary shares after this offering, and if so, we would be considered a "controlled company" for the purposes of the NASDAQ listing requirements. As such, we would be permitted to opt out of the NASDAQ listing requirements that would otherwise require our board of directors to be comprised of a majority of independent directors. Although we intend to comply with these listing requirements whether or not we are a controlled company, there is no guarantee that we will not take advantage of these exemptions in the future. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

              If a majority of our members of the board of directors will not qualify as independent under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, we shall explain the reason for this in our annual report in accordance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

              Under our amended articles of association, the internal rules for the board of directors and the board committees and Dutch law, the members of the board of directors are collectively responsible for the management, general and financial affairs and policy and strategy of our company.

              The executive director is our Chief Executive Officer, who is primarily responsible for managing our day-to-day affairs as well as other responsibilities that have been delegated to the

110


Table of Contents


executive director in accordance with our amended articles of association and our internal rules for the board of directors. The non-executive directors supervise the Chief Executive Officer and our general affairs and provide general advice to our Chief Executive Officer. In performing their duties, the non-executive directors are guided by the interests of the Company and shall, within the boundaries set by relevant Dutch law, take into account the relevant interests of our stakeholders. The internal affairs of the board of directors are governed by our rules for the board of directors.

              It is expected that all meetings of the board of directors will be held in The Netherlands. Each director has the right to cast one vote and may be represented at a meeting of the board of directors by a fellow director. The board of directors may pass resolutions only if a majority of the directors is present at the meeting. All resolutions must be passed by a majority of the directors present or represented.

              Subject to Dutch law and any director's objection, resolutions may be passed in writing by a majority of the directors in office. Pursuant to the internal rules for our board of directors, a director may not participate in discussions or the decision-making process on a transaction or subject in relation to which he or she has a conflict of interest with us. Resolutions to enter into such transactions must be approved by a majority of our board of directors, excluding such interested director or directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

              As of the effectiveness of this registration statement, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has or will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

              Audit Committee.     Our audit committee will oversee a broad range of issues surrounding our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee will (i) assist our board of directors in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent auditor's qualifications and independence and the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; (ii) assume direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any independent registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of performing any audit, review or attest services and for dealing directly with any such accounting firm; and (iii) provide a medium for consideration of matters relating to any audit issues.

              Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Mr. Wallman (Chair), Mr. Emmitt and Mr. O'Boyle. We believe that the composition of our audit committee will comply with the applicable rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Wallman, Mr. Emmitt and Mr. O'Boyle are each an "audit committee financial expert," as defined in the SEC rules, and satisfy the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. Messrs. Wallman, Emmitt and O'Boyle are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market. Messrs. Wallman and O'Boyle are independent as such term is defined under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

              Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

              Compensation Committee.     Within the scope of the compensation policy adopted by the general meeting, our compensation committee will review and recommend policy relating to compensation for and benefits of our officers and employees, including reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers, evaluating the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and setting compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will

111


Table of Contents


review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. Our compensation committee will have sole discretion concerning the administration of our option plans, including the selection of individuals to receive awards and the time at which awards will be granted.

              Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Carney (Chair) and Ms. Weatherman.

              Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the compensation committee that will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

              Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     The nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee and assist our board of directors in identifying, reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors; evaluate our board of directors and our management; develop, review and recommend corporate governance guidelines and a corporate code of business conduct and ethics; and generally advise our board of directors on corporate governance and related matters.

              Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Carney (Chair), Mr. Tornier and Mr. Wallman.

              Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

              Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

              None of our executive officers have served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

              See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Director Compensation" and "Related Party Transactions—Consulting Arrangement."

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

              Under Dutch law, indemnification provisions may be included in the articles of association. Our amended articles of association that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we shall indemnify any of our directors against all adverse financial effects incurred by such person in connection with any action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably could believe to be in or not opposed to our best interests. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers.

              At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any board of directors, member, officer, employee or agent where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

112


Table of Contents

Dutch Corporate Governance

              Although we intend to list on the NASDAQ Global Market, we are governed by the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, as our registered office is located in The Netherlands. The Dutch Corporate Governance Code requires us to either comply with its Principles and Best Practice Provisions or to disclose and explain any deviation in our annual report filed with the Dutch Chamber of Commerce ( Kamer van Koophandel ), or our Dutch Annual Report. If the general meeting of shareholders explicitly approves a company's corporate governance policy and structure and endorses the explanation for any deviation from the Principles and Best Practice Provisions, such company will be deemed in compliance with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect our shareholders to approve our corporate governance structure and policy and endorse the explanation for deviations from the Principles and Best Practices.

              As our shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market only, we intend to take all steps necessary to remain compliant with the corporate governance rules of the NASDAQ Global Market, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related regulations. As a result, we will not apply a number of the Best Practice Provisions. Pursuant to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, we will disclose each deviation as well as the reasons for it in our Annual Report.

              The following discussion summarizes the most important differences between our expected corporate governance structure following this offering and the Principles and Best Practice Provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code:

              Under the Best Practice Provisions, non-executive directors may not be granted any rights to shares as part of their compensation. In addition, any shares held by a non-executive director must be held as long-term investments. Further, any options that may be granted to members of our board of directors cannot be exercisable for three years and should be conditioned on predetermined performance criteria. Executive directors must retain shares granted to them for at least five years or the duration of their employment. Such grants to executive directors should be similarly conditioned upon performance targets defined in advance.

              In July 2006, we created a stock option plan to help us recruit eligible members for our board of directors in a competitive international environment and to align our long-term interests with those of these directors. We have amended the stock option plan several times since 2006 and its most recent version was approved by our general meeting of shareholders on June 3, 2010. According to its terms, certain members of our board of directors have been granted options that are not tied to predetermined performance criteria as called for by Best Practice Provisions. Some of these options are exercisable within three years of the date they were granted. We believe that these options enable us to attract and retain high caliber directors and thereby create value for our other shareholders.

              Under the Best Practice Provisions, once an option has been granted, its exercise price and conditions may not be modified during its term (subject to limited exceptions). Consistent with market practice, our board of directors has the ability to amend, suspend or terminate the stock option plan and options granted thereunder at any time, provided that no amendment or termination will impair the rights of any person holding options at the time of such amendment or termination. Our board's ability to modify and enhance the stock option plan and the options granted thereunder allows us to maintain a good position in the market for directors and offer an attractive compensation package.

              Under the Best Practice Provisions, the majority of the members of the board of directors shall be non-executive directors and independent within the meaning of Best Practice Provision III.2.2. Our board of directors consists of eight members, of whom one is an executive and seven are non-executives. On our board of directors, two non-executive directors will be independent under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. We have determined that a majority of our directors are independent under the Rules of NASDAQ. Even if they are not independent under Dutch law, the

113


Table of Contents


non-executive directors are obliged to perform their tasks in our best interests. Under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, a non-executive director shall be deemed to be independent if the director is not:

              Under Dutch law and our amended articles of association, our board of directors may make binding nominations of members to be elected to the board of directors. A director who receives a binding nomination will become a director unless the shareholders vote otherwise at a general meeting. Under the Best Practice Provisions, the general meeting of shareholders may, by a simple majority vote, dismiss directors and cancel binding nominations of candidates for the board of directors. We may require a quorum of at least one third of the voting rights outstanding for such a vote. However, in the case of a majority vote in the absence of a one-third quorum, a second meeting will be convened whose vote will be binding, even without a one-third quorum. Our amended articles of association currently provide that the general meeting of shareholders may overrule a binding nomination only by at least a two-thirds majority of votes cast, which votes also represent more than half of the issued share capital. We hold the view that these provisions will enhance the continuity of our management and policies.

114


Table of Contents


COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

              Our "named executive officers" for 2009 consisted of the following individuals:

Compensation Overview and Objectives

              Because we are a private company, compensation decisions with respect to our named executive officers have generally been based on the goal of achieving performance at levels necessary to provide meaningful returns to our shareholders upon an ultimate liquidity event. To that end, in addition to the typical need to attract, motivate and retain talented executives, our compensation programs have been specifically designed to incentivize our named executive officers to achieve short- and long-term performance goals that would enable us to substantially increase our equity value and make us an attractive candidate for either a public offering of our ordinary shares or a sale, and to provide our named executive officers with meaningful compensation upon the occurrence of such an event. Our compensation programs are weighted toward performance-based compensation, including equity-based compensation, such that our named executive officers will see returns primarily based upon the returns achieved by our shareholders.

Determination of Compensation

              For services performed for us and our subsidiaries during 2009, our named executive officers were generally compensated by the operating subsidiary to which such named executive officer primarily provided services. Our board of directors was ultimately responsible for determining our compensation and benefit plans generally, and has established and reviewed all compensatory plans and arrangements with respect to our named executive officers. The board of directors meets not less than annually to specifically review and determine adjustments, if any, to all elements of compensation, including base salary, annual bonus compensation and long-term equity awards, including to evaluate the achievement of performance goals for the prior fiscal year and to set new performance goals for the current fiscal year. The board of directors also meets periodically to discuss compensation-related matters as they arise during the year. In addition, with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers, the board of directors seeks the input and recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews each named executive officer's (other than his own) overall performance and contribution to the Company at the end of each fiscal year and makes recommendations regarding each element of their compensation to Mr. Carney, one of our directors, who then consults informally with our Chief Executive Officer regarding his recommendations and in turn presents his recommendations to our full board of directors for final determinations. Our Chief Executive Officer's compensation is determined based on recommendations made by Mr. Carney to the full board of directors. Our Chief Executive Officer does not participate in any formal discussion with the board of directors regarding his compensation decisions and he recuses himself from meetings when his compensation is discussed.

              The board of directors does not generally rely on formulaic guidelines for determining the mix or levels of cash and equity-based compensation, but rather maintains a flexible compensation program that allows it to adapt components and levels of compensation to motivate and reward individual

115


Table of Contents


executives within the context of our desire to attain certain strategic and financial goals. Subjective factors considered in compensation determinations include an executive's skills and capabilities, contributions as a member of the executive management team, contributions to our overall performance and whether the total compensation potential and structure is sufficient to ensure the retention of an executive when considering the compensation potential that may be available elsewhere.

              In making its determination, the board of directors has not undertaken any formal benchmarking or reviewed any formal surveys of compensation for our competitors, but has instead relied primarily on its members' general knowledge of the competitive market.

Components of Compensation for 2009

              For 2009, the compensation provided to our named executive officers consisted of base salary, annual bonus, long-term equity-based compensation, retirement benefits and other perquisites and benefits, each of which is described in more detail below. We believe that the mix of cash- and equity-based compensation, as well as the relationship of fixed to performance-based compensation, is properly balanced and provides us with an effective means to attract, motivate and retain our named executives, as well as reward them for creation of shareholder value.

Base Salary

              The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive's skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salary amounts are established under each named executive officer's employment agreement, but are subject to upward adjustment by the board of directors based on its consideration of, among other factors, the scope of the executive's responsibilities, individual performance for the prior year, the mix of fixed compensation to overall compensation and consistency with what the board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer consider to be the market standard for compensation paid to similarly-situated executives at other companies. Initially, base salary was determined at the time of a named executive officer's hire, based on the above elements at such time, and such initial amount forms the basis for base salary throughout a named executive officer's tenure with the Company, with adjustments being made by the board of directors as and when appropriate, based on changes in the above elements over time and consistent with our compensation objectives. In 2009, our board of directors established a company-wide guideline that provided for an average salary increase for all employees, other than employees in performance review, of an approximate cost of living adjustment of 3% of 2008 salary, with the actual amount of any employee's raise determined based on 2008 performance. In 2009, Messrs. Kohrs and Ball received 4% raises and Mr. Doty received a 3.5% raise pursuant to these guidelines and based on the board's subjective evaluation of their performance. Mr. Joiner's base salary was increased by 5% in 2009 to reward him for his service based on the board's subjective evaluation of his performance as to the performance factors described above and to bring his base salary in line with what the board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer determined was the market standard for compensation paid to similarly-situated executives at other companies based on their general knowledge of the competitive market.

Annual Bonuses

              Annual bonuses are intended to compensate executives for achieving annual company-wide financial goals and individual performance goals. Target bonus amounts (60% of base salary for Mr. Kohrs, 50% of base salary for Mr. Joiner, 40% of base salary for Mr. Doty, 35% of base salary for Mr. Ball and 30% of base salary for Mr. Epinette) were established under each named executive officer's employment agreement at the time such agreements were entered into, with actual bonuses for a given fiscal year being based upon the achievement of the applicable performance objectives. For more information regarding each named executive officer's target bonus, please refer to the discussion below under "Narrative Disclosure Relating to Summary Compensation Table and Grant of Plan-Based

116


Table of Contents


Awards Table—Employment Agreements." For 2009, the payment of annual bonuses to our named executive officers was based 50% upon achievement of objective performance goals relating to our cash flows, sales, sales over net inventories plus gross instruments, year-end days sales outstanding, or DSO, and Modified EBITDA, and 50% upon the named executive officer's achievement of individual performance goals described below. During 2010, we intend for the payment of annual bonuses to our named executive officers to be based 80% upon the achievement of objective performance goals and 20% upon the named executive officer's achievement of individual performance goals.

              The following table sets forth the financial performance criteria for the 2009 bonus program, which were established by the board of directors on March 26, 2009, the range of possible payouts and the actual payout percentage for named executive officers based on the performance achieved. If performance achieved falls between the threshold, target and maximum levels, actual payout percentages are determined on a sliding scale basis, with payouts starting at 50% of target for minimum performance achievement and capped at 150% of target for maximum achievement. For 2009, the total weighted-average payout percentage applicable to the portion of the 2009 annual bonus tied to objective performance goals was 108%, as detailed in the table below. The board approved payouts at this percentage for the portion of the named executive officers' bonuses tied to objective performance goals.

 
  Weight (% of
2009 bonus
tied to
performance
of this
metric)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Performance targets   Payout percentage    
  Level
of
2009
payout
 
 
  2009
performance
($)
 
Modified metrics(1)
  Threshold   Target   Maximum   Threshold   Target   Maximum  

Modified Sales

    12 % $174.5 million   $205.3 million   $236.1 million     50 %   100 %   150 % $200.9 million     93 %

Modified EBITDA(2)

    12 % $11.5 million   $13.5 million   $15.5 million     50 %   100 %   150 % $12.5 million     76 %

Modified Sales/(Net Inventories + Gross Instruments)(3)

    10 % 1.37   1.61   1.85     50 %   100 %   150 % 1.60     99 %

Modified Cash From Operations(4)

    8 % $(29.7) million   $(25.8) million   $(22.0) million     50 %   100 %   150 % $(21.2) million     150 %

Modified DSO (Year-End)(5)

    8 % 96.6   84.0   71.4     50 %   100 %   150 % 65.7     150 %

(1)
The board of directors determined 2009 bonus amounts after reviewing our unaudited financial statements for the 2009 fiscal year, which are adjusted for changes to the foreign exchange rates and which are subject to discretionary adjustment by our management for items that are unusual and not reflective of normal operations. For purposes of determining 2009 bonus amounts, in addition to the foreign exchange adjustments, the board made additional adjustments discussed in footnotes below. Accordingly, the figures included in the "2009 Performance" column reflect foreign exchange rate and discretionary management adjustments and differ from the figures reported in our audited financial statements.

(2)
"Modified EBITDA" means our earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted as described in footnote (1) to exclude the negative impact of terminating our distribution agreement in the United Kingdom (which resulted in a $0.9 million adjustment), the expenses related to opening sales offices in the United Kingdom and Scandinavia (which resulted in a $0.8 million adjustment), our licensing and manufacturing agreement with T.A.G. Medical Products Corporation Ltd. (which resulted in a $0.2 million adjustment), our exclusivity agreements with distributors (which resulted in a $0.8 million adjustment), and the impact of foreign exchange (which resulted in a $0.2 million adjustment), and to exclude the positive impact of the consolidation of C2M Medical (which resulted in a $0.7 million adjustment) and the difference between budget and actual bonus performance (which resulted in a $0.4 million adjustment).

(3)
"Modified Sales/(Net Inventories + Gross Instruments)" means our annual revenue divided by the annual average of the sum of net inventories and gross instruments before accumulated depreciation. Gross instruments refers to the acquisition cost of the fixed assets. Modified Sales have been adjusted as described in footnote (1) to exclude the positive impact of foreign exchange (which resulted in a $2.0 million adjustment) and to exclude the negative impact of terminating our distribution agreement in the United Kingdom (which resulted in a $1.4 million adjustment).

(4)
"Modified Cash from Operations" means our cash generated by (used in) operations, adjusted as described in footnote (1) to include capital expenditures (which resulted in a $11.1 million adjustment) and instrument expenditures (which resulted in a $13.5 million adjustment).

(5)
"Modified DSO (Year-End)" is a measure of the average number of days elapsed between the time a sale is made and the time revenue is collected for sales made in a given year, adjusted as described in footnote (1) to exclude the positive impact of foreign exchange (which resulted in a $2.0 million adjustment) and to exclude the negative revenue impact of terminating our distribution agreement in the United Kingdom (which resulted in a $1.4 million adjustment).

117


Table of Contents

              Individual performance goals for 2009 were communicated to each of our named executive officers by our Chief Executive Officer (or, in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors) at the beginning of 2009. These individual performance goals were primarily based on the named executive officer's ability to interact with his peers, performance of his direct reports (including the success in recruiting top level talent), development and strengthening of his relationships with our vendors, distributors and customers, and overall contribution to the Company. The portion of the 2009 annual bonus tied to individual performance goals is capped at 100% of target for maximum achievement. For 2009, the board of directors considered Mr. Kohrs' individual performance relative to individual performance goals, and with respect to named executive officers other than Mr. Kohrs, considered Mr. Kohrs' recommendations, which were based on his consideration of the named executive officers' individual performance relative to individual performance goals, and qualitatively determined that Messrs. Kohrs, Joiner, Epinette and Ball achieved 94%, 98%, 99% and 100% of their respective individual performance goals and approved payouts at these percentages for the portion of the named executive officers' bonuses tied to individual performance goals. Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Doty's separation agreement, the portion of Mr. Doty's 2009 annual bonus tied to individual performance goals was paid out at 100% of target.

              For 2009, the payout percentages attributable to objective performance and individual performance each represented 50% of the named executive officers' overall annual bonus, which resulted in payouts at the following aggregate percentages: (i) Mr. Kohrs—101%, (ii) Mr. Doty—104%, (iii) Mr. Joiner—103%, (iv) Mr. Epinette—103.5% and (v) Mr. Ball—104%. Actual 2009 bonus amounts are set forth below in the Summary Compensation Table and were paid in February 2010.

French Incentive Compensation Scheme

              In addition to participating in our annual bonus program, Mr. Epinette participates in an incentive compensation scheme on the same basis as other employees of our French operating subsidiary. This incentive compensation scheme enables our French operating subsidiary to provide its employees with a form of compensation that is efficient with respect to income tax and mandated social contributions in France, insofar as the payments made under the incentive compensation scheme, which receives preferential tax treatment, are exempted from social security contributions. Pursuant to the incentive compensation scheme, employees may receive an annual incentive payment equal to a specified percentage of base salary, up to certain statutory limits. In 2009, employees were eligible to receive up to 16% of base salary, up to a statutory limit of $23,918. For 2009, annual incentive payments were dependent on the achievement of performance goals relating to sales, Modified EBITDA, net value of implants and instruments to target and on-time delivery to market of certain new products. The following table sets forth the 2009 financial performance metrics for the incentive compensation scheme, the range of possible payouts and the actual payout percentage for Mr. Epinette based on the performance achieved. If performance achieved falls between the threshold and target/maximum levels, actual payout percentages are determined on a sliding scale basis, with payouts starting at 0.25% of base salary for minimum performance achievement and capped at 4% of base salary for target/maximum achievement. Mr. Epinette's actual 2009 incentive payment amount, including the amount paid pursuant to the French scheme and the annual bonus program, is set forth below in the Summary Compensation Table and will be paid in July 2010. The actual 2009 amount earned by Mr. Epinette pursuant to the French incentive compensation scheme was $23,918, which was based on 83% overall achievement of target levels, as detailed below, which resulted in an annual

118


Table of Contents


incentive payment equal to 13.25% of base salary. Mr. Epinette's 2009 annual incentive payment was limited to $23,918 pursuant to the statutory cap described above.

 
   
  Performance targets   Payout    
   
 
 
  Weight (% of
payment tied to
performance
of this metric)
   
   
 
Modified metrics(1)
  Threshold   Target/max.
(2)
  Threshold
(% of base
salary)
  Target/max.
(% of base
salary)
  2009
performance
  Level of
2009 payout
 

Modified Sales

    25 % $174.5 million   $205.3 million     0.25 %   4 % $200.9 million     81 %

Modified EBITDA(3)

    25 % $11.5 million   $13.5 million     0.25 %   4 % $12.5 million     50 %

Modified Net Value of Implants and Instruments(4)

    25 % 1.62   1.91     0.25 %   4 % 2.03     100 %

On-time Delivery to Market of New Products(5)

    25 % n/a   n/a     0.80 %   4 % achieved     100 %

(1)
The figures in the "2009 Performance" column reflect certain adjustments to our unaudited financial statements for the 2009 fiscal year, consisting of adjustments for changes to the foreign exchange rates and discretionary adjustments by our management for items that were unusual and not reflective of normal operations and, thus, differ from the figures reported in our audited financial statements. For purposes of determining 2009 bonus amounts, in addition to the adjustments, the board made additional adjustments discussed in the footnotes below.

(2)
Under the French incentive compensation scheme, the maximum possible payout is 16% of base salary, up to a statutory limit of $23,918, which is based on 100% achievement of target levels. Therefore, target and maximum performance and payout amounts are the same for the purposes of the French incentive compensation scheme.

(3)
"Modified EBITDA" means our earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted as described in footnote (1) to exclude the negative impact of terminating our distribution agreement in the United Kingdom (which resulted in a $0.9 million adjustment), the expenses related to opening sales offices in the United Kingdom and Scandinavia (which resulted in a $0.8 million adjustment), our licensing and manufacturing agreement with T.A.G. Medical Products Corporation Ltd. (which resulted in a $0.2 million adjustment), our exclusivity agreements with distributors (which resulted in a $0.8 million adjustment), and the impact of foreign exchange (which resulted in a $0.2 million adjustment), and to exclude the positive impact of the consolidation of C2M Medical (which resulted in a $0.7 million adjustment) and the difference between budget and actual bonus performance (which resulted in a $0.4 million adjustment).

(4)
"Modified Net Value of Implants and Instruments" means sales, divided by the net value of our inventory of raw materials and semi-finished products, including inventory in warehouses and with customers adjusted as described in footnote (1) to exclude the positive impact of foreign exchange on revenue (which resulted in a $2.0 million adjustment) and on the net value of implants and instruments (which resulted in a $3.2 million adjustment) and to exclude the negative impact of terminating our distribution agreement in the United Kingdom (which resulted in a $1.4 million adjustment).

(5)
"On-Time Delivery to Market of New Products" means the timely release of certain new, strategic products by specific dates. The target/maximum payout amount with respect to this metric assumes the timely release of all new products scheduled to be delivered for a given year, whereas the threshold payout amount is determined by dividing 4% (the target/maximum payout for this metric) by the number of new products scheduled to be delivered for a given year.

Long-Term Equity Compensation

              We maintain a stock option plan, in an effort to align the equity ownership of our employees with the long-term interests of our shareholders, under which our named executive officers and other employees are eligible to receive option grants. We believe that options effectively incentivize our employees to maximize Company performance, as the value of awards is directly tied to an appreciation in the value of our shares, and provide an effective retention mechanism as a result of the applicable vesting mechanics of the options.

              In 2009, each of our named executive officers received a grant of options. The number of options granted to each named executive officer (other than Mr. Epinette) was determined by our board of directors, based upon recommendations from Mr. Carney and, other than with respect to his grants, the Chief Executive Officer, based on each executive's position, role and responsibilities, and individual and overall Company performance as determined by the board of directors. In determining the actual number of options awarded to Mr. Kohrs during 2009, the board of directors considered our past grant practices and targeted an ownership rate appropriate for Mr. Kohrs' current equity held and the relative percentage of total equity that his current equity holdings and proposed option grant would represent, and determined that an award to Mr. Kohrs of 200,000 options was consistent with our overall compensation objectives. Those objectives include providing a substantial portion of named executive officer compensation in the form of equity-based compensation and aligning our named

119


Table of Contents


executive officers' interests with those of our shareholders. Historically (and in 2009) the board of directors has determined the actual number of options awarded to our named executive officers during a given fiscal year by assessing targeted long-term ownership levels and the relative percentage of total equity outstanding that each option grant represents. Consistent with past practices, Mr. Epinette was granted 200,000 options in 2009, in connection with the commencement of his employment. Our stock option plan provides that, except as may otherwise be determined by the board of directors, options vest over a four-year period, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% vesting on a pro-rata basis on each quarterly anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date over the three-year period thereafter. Options granted pursuant to the stock option plan will expire no later than the ten-year anniversary of the applicable date of the grant. Generally, upon a termination of employment (other than certain terminations within twelve months following a change in control), option holders will forfeit all unvested options they hold at the time of their termination. Additionally, option holders will forfeit their outstanding options to the extent they, as determined by our board of directors, engage in competitive activities (as defined in the stock option plan) during the course of their employment or during the six-month period following their termination. We believe that granting options subject to a four-year vesting schedule provides us with an effective mechanism to incentivize and to retain our named executive officers and to align their interest with the long-term interests of our shareholders.

              For more information on the stock option plan, see the discussion below under "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grant of Plan-Based Awards Table—Stock Option Plan."

Retirement Benefits

              In 2009, each of our named executive officers had the opportunity to participate in retirement plans maintained by our operating subsidiaries, including our U.S. operating subsidiary's 401(k) plan and, with respect to Mr. Epinette, our French operating subsidiary's government-mandated pension plan and a government-mandated pension plan for managerial staff, or the Retraite Complémentaire, on the same basis as our other employees in 2009. We believe that these plans provide an enhanced opportunity for our named executive officers to plan for and meet their retirement savings needs. Mr. Epinette also participated in our French operating subsidiary's defined contribution pension plan for key employees, or the Retraite Supplémentaire on the same basis as other key employees. In 2009, pursuant to the Retraite Supplémentaire, our French operating subsidiary made contributions equal to 5% of Mr. Epinette's base salary on Mr. Epinette's behalf. The Retraite Supplémentaire is intended to supplement the state pension plans mandated by French labor laws and to provide participants with a form of compensation that is efficient with respect to income tax and mandated social contributions.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

              In 2009, our named executive officers were eligible to receive the same benefits, including life and health benefits, that were available to all employees. We also provided certain additional perquisites to our named executive officers, on a case-by-case basis, including automobile and expatriate allowances. We offer Mr. Ball an expatriate allowance, which consists of, among other things, a housing allowance, an automobile allowance, a goods and services differential and a Medicare tax gross-up on foreign compensation. We believe it is necessary to provide Mr. Ball with such perquisites as an inducement for him to temporarily relocate to France and to make him whole for the additional expenses he incurs as an expatriate. We offer Mr. Epinette an automobile on the same basis as other key employees of our French operating subsidiary pursuant to a company policy, which we believe is needed in light of the competitive market for talent in our industry.

Employment/Severance, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements

              Each of our named executive officers is entitled to receive severance benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of employment, pursuant to the provision of such executive's employment

120


Table of Contents


agreement. Additionally, pursuant to their agreements, each of our named executive officers is entitled to receive certain enhanced severance benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of employment occurring within twelve months of a Change in Control (as such term is defined in the employment agreements). These severance arrangements were initially offered to induce the named executive officers to accept or continue employment with the Company and are primarily intended to retain our named executives, provide consideration to an executive for certain restrictive covenants that apply following a termination of employment and to provide continuity of management in connection with a threatened or actual Change in Control transaction. For more information on our employment agreements and severance arrangements with our named executive officers, see the discussions below under "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grant of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements" and "Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control."

Compensation Decisions Relating to Fiscal Year 2010

Separation Agreement with Michael Doty

              Our U.S. operating subsidiary entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Doty in connection with his termination of employment, which became effective on February 19, 2010, pursuant to which, in exchange for his execution of a general release, Mr. Doty is entitled to the severance payments and benefits payable to him pursuant to his employment agreement in the event of an involuntary termination of employment without cause. The cost of the separation agreement includes $315,667 of base salary and continued coverage on our health plans through February 19, 2011, with the full cost of such coverage, $14,519, being borne by the Company. The exercise period applicable to Mr. Doty's vested, unexercised options was extended to August 19, 2011 pursuant to the agreement. Mr. Doty's severance payments totaling $315,667, less applicable withholding and related taxes, will be made semi-monthly over a period of one year from the date of termination. Mr. Doty is restricted from engaging in competition with us or otherwise interfering with our business until the first anniversary of his termination.

Employment Agreement with Carmen L. Diersen

              On June 21, 2010, in connection with her appointment as our Global Chief Financial Officer, our U.S. operating subsidiary entered into an employment agreement with Carmen L. Diersen. The agreement is substantially the same as the employment agreements in place with our other named executive officers, other than differences in base salary, target annual bonus percentages, and severance. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $325,000, subject to increase but not decrease, an annual target bonus equal to 50% of base salary, and a grant of 450,000 options to purchase our common stock, 25% of which vest on the first anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of which vest on a pro-rata basis on each quarterly anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date over the three-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date. The agreement has a specified term of three years, subject to automatic renewal for one-year terms unless either party provides written notice of their intent not to renew. If Ms. Diersen's employment is terminated without "cause" (as such term is defined in the employment agreement), in addition to any accrued but unpaid salary and benefits through the date of termination, Ms. Diersen will be entitled to base salary and health and welfare benefit continuation for twelve months following termination, and, in the event her employment is terminated without cause due to non-renewal of the employment agreement by Tornier, Inc., Ms. Diersen will also be entitled to a payment equal to her pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination. In the event Ms. Diersen's employment is terminated without cause or by Ms. Diersen for "good reason" (as such term is defined in the employment agreement) within twelve months following a change in control, Ms. Diersen will be entitled to receive accrued but unpaid salary and benefits through the date of termination, a lump-sum payment equal to her base salary plus target bonus for the year of termination, health and welfare benefit continuation for twelve months following termination and accelerated vesting of all unvested options. The agreement also contains covenants intended to protect against the disclosure of confidential information during and following

121


Table of Contents


Ms. Diersen's employment, as well as restrictions on engaging in competition with Tornier, Inc. or otherwise interfering with our business relationships, which extend through the first anniversary of Ms. Diersen's termination of employment for any reason.

Compensation Risk Management

Risk Management

              Our board of directors has reviewed our overall compensation policies and practices to determine whether those policies and practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us and has concluded that they are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us based on the following analysis:

Base Compensation

              Base compensation is a fixed portion of overall compensation that is set based on factors such as the scope of an employee's responsibilities and market practices, and which provides income regardless of our short-term performance. Our board of directors does not believe that base compensation creates an incentive for our employees to take undue risks.

Bonus Programs

              Bonuses are intended to compensate our employees for achieving company-wide financial goals and individual performance goals. We maintain several incentive compensation programs, including our annual bonus program and an incentive compensation scheme for the benefit of employees of our French operating subsidiary, which is maintained in accordance with French labor laws. Our bonus programs are designed to focus employees on achieving annual goals that are important to our success. The fact that bonuses are awarded based on the achievement of company-wide financial goals may encourage some risk-taking behavior, but this risk is mitigated by the fact that awards are based on the achievement of a balanced mix of several broad-based criteria. Additionally, in the case of our annual bonus program, a portion of the annual bonus is awarded based on the achievement of qualitative individual performance goals, and in the case of our French incentive compensation scheme, payments are limited by local law and generally do not represent a significant portion of our employees' total compensation. For these reasons, our board of directors believes that our bonus programs appropriately balance risk and reward, and do not encourage employees to take unnecessary or excessive risks which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Long-Term Equity Compensation

              We award certain employees equity compensation in the form of options in an effort to align the equity ownership of employees with the long-term interests of our shareholders. Our board of directors believes that long-term equity compensation discourages our employees from engaging in unnecessary or excessive risk taking, because the ultimate value of the equity awards, which are subject to four-year vesting schedules, is determined based on the long-term appreciation in value of our shares.

Retirement, Health, and Other Welfare Benefits

              Our employees are eligible to participate in retirement plans maintained by us and by our operating subsidiaries abroad. Our board of directors does not believe that such programs encourage our employees to take unnecessary or excessive risks which could have a material adverse effect on us, because they represent a small portion of overall compensation, are unrelated to our short-term performance, and are generally limited by local laws. Our board of directors does not believe that the health and welfare benefits we provide to our employees create an incentive for our employees to take undue risks, because the value of these benefits is unrelated to our short-term performance.

122


Table of Contents

Severance Benefits

              Our executive officers and our employees are eligible to receive severance payments and benefits upon certain terminations of employment pursuant to their employment agreements, our severance policy, or severance policies maintained by our operating subsidiaries abroad in accordance with local laws, which payments and benefits are limited by the terms of such applicable agreements, policies, and laws. Our board of directors does not believe that our severance policies and practices create an incentive for our employees to take undue risks.

Perquisites and Expatriate Benefits

              We provide our executive officers and certain other employees with perquisites, including automobiles, and expatriate benefits. We offer expatriate benefits as an inducement for employees to relocate and to make such employees whole for the expenses they incur as expatriates. Our board of directors does not believe that the perquisites or expatriate benefits we provide are excessive, or that they encourage employees to take unnecessary or excessive risks.

              After considering the risk implications of each element of our overall compensation program, our board of directors determined that the only components of employee compensation that might pose risks are the annual bonus program and the incentive programs. These programs encourage some level of risk taking by our employees; however, we believe that the risk is well managed and the level of risk acceptable, particularly in light of the balanced mix of fixed and variable elements, and of short- and long-term elements, in our overall compensation program. For these reasons, our board of directors concluded that our overall compensation policies and practices are not likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

Executive Compensation


2009 Summary Compensation Table

              The following table shows compensation of our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and three other executive officers for the fiscal year ending December 27, 2009.

Name and principal position
  Year   Salary ($)   Option
awards
(1)($)
  Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)(2)
  All other
compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 
Douglas W. Kohrs
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
    2009     477,210     478,661     289,189     0     1,245,060  

Michael J. Doty(3)
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2009

 

 

315,667

 

 

119,665

 

 

131,317

 

 

0

 

 

566,649

 

Andrew E. Joiner
Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Commercial Operations

 

 

2009

 

 

304,500

 

 

239,330

 

 

156,818

 

 

0

 

 

700,648

 

Stéphan Epinette(4)
Vice President, International Commercial Operations

 

 

2009

 

 

278,866

 

 

478,661

 

 

109,667

 

 

78,418

(5)

 

945,612

 

Robert J. Ball
Vice President, Global Research and Development

 

 

2009

 

 

245,432

 

 

119,665

 

 

89,337

 

 

129,053

(6)

 

583,487

 

(1)
The amounts shown in the "Option Awards" column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of equity awards granted in 2009, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial

123


Table of Contents

      statements for the year ended December 27, 2009, for a discussion of valuation assumptions for the aggregate grant date fair values.

(2)
Reflects the amount of annual incentive bonuses paid to our named executive officers (other than Mr. Epinette) in respect of 2009 performance, but paid in February 2010. For Mr. Epinette, the amount in this column represents the sum of (i) the annual incentive bonus paid in respect of 2009 performance, but paid in February 2010, and (ii) the bonus payable pursuant to the French incentive compensation scheme in July 2010 in respect of 2009 performance.

(3)
Mr. Doty's tenure as Chief Financial Officer of Tornier, Inc. terminated as of February 19, 2010.

(4)
Mr. Epinette's cash compensation was paid in Euro. The foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3943 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, which reflects an average conversion rate for 2009, was used to calculate Mr. Epinette's base salary and all other compensation amounts, including his bonus payable pursuant to the French incentive compensation scheme. The foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3808 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro was used to calculate his annual incentive bonus, which reflects an average conversion rate for the period between January 25, 2010, and February 19, 2010, which was paid in February 2010.

(5)
Consists of $2,727 in contributions to the French government-mandated pension plan, $32,029 in contributions to our French operating subsidiary's Retraite Complémentaire on Mr. Epinette's behalf, $14,088 in contributions to our French operating subsidiary's Retraite Supplémentaire on Mr. Epinette's behalf and $29,574 related to automobile expenses. The foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3943 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, which reflects an average conversion rate for 2009, was used to calculate Mr. Epinette's all other compensation amounts.

(6)
Consists of expatriate perquisites including a housing allowance of $41,829, a goods and services differential of $33,463, an automobile allowance of $22,261, a Medicare tax gross-up on foreign compensation of $2,354, a family travel allowance of $18,949, and a utilities allowance of $2,873, and $7,325 in contributions to our U.S. operating subsidiary's 401(k) Plan on Mr. Ball's behalf. Mr. Ball's expatriate perquisites were paid in Euro and were converted based on a foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3943 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, which reflects an average conversion rate for 2009.


Grant of Plan-Based Awards

              The following table sets forth summary information regarding all grants of plan-based awards made to our named executive officers for the year ended December 27, 2009.

 
   
   
   
   
  All other
option
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
options
(#)
   
   
 
 
   
  Estimated future payouts under
non-equity incentive plan
awards ($)
   
   
 
 
   
  Exercise or
base price
of option
awards
($/share)(4)
   
 
 
   
  Grant date
fair value
of option
awards(5)
 
Name(1)
  Grant
date
  Threshold
(2)
  Target   Maximum
(3)
 

Douglas W. Kohrs

    3/26/2009     11,453     286,326     357,908              

    5/1/2009                 200,000     5.66     478,661  

Michael J. Doty

   
3/26/2009
   
5,051
   
126,267
   
157,834
   
   
   
 

    5/1/2009                 50,000     5.66     119,665  

Andrew E. Joiner

   
3/26/2009
   
6,090
   
152,250
   
190,313
   
   
   
 

    5/1/2009                 100,000     5.66     239,330  

Stéphan Epinette(6)

   
3/26/2009
   
3,346

(8)
 
83,660
   
104,575
   
   
   
 

    6/25/2009 (7)   697 (9)   23,918     23,918              

    5/1/2009                 200,000     5.66     478,661  

Robert J. Ball

   
3/26/2009
   
3,436
   
85,901
   
107,377
   
   
   
 

    5/1/2009                 50,000     5.66     119,665  

(1)
All of our named executive officers were granted non-equity incentive plan awards pursuant to our 2009 annual bonus scheme, and were granted stock options pursuant to our stock option plan. Mr. Epinette was also granted a non-equity incentive plan award pursuant to our French operating subsidiary's incentive compensation scheme.

(2)
The threshold amount for awards payable under our annual bonus program and our French operating subsidiary's incentive compensation scheme assumes that the threshold level of the lowest weighted financial performance objective has been satisfied.

(3)
Maximum amounts reflect payout of the portion of annual bonus tied to Company financial performance objectives at a rate of 150% of target and the portion of the annual bonus tied to individual performance objectives at a rate of

124


Table of Contents

      100% of target under our annual bonus program. Target and maximum payout amounts are the same for the purposes of the French incentive compensation scheme.

(4)
The exercise price of the options were set at the fair market value of one share of our ordinary shares at the time of the grant, with fair market value being determined by our board of directors in good faith.

(5)
The amounts shown in the "Option Awards" column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of equity awards granted in 2009, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2009 for a discussion of valuation assumptions for the aggregate grant date fair values.

(6)
The foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3943 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, which reflects an average conversion rate for 2009, was used to calculate Mr. Epinette's target and maximum awards in respect of annual bonus and payments under the French incentive compensation scheme.

(7)
The terms of the 2009 French incentive compensation scheme were governed by an agreement entered into by our French operating subsidiary on June 25, 2009, which was subsequently amended on June 25, 2009 (pursuant to which the applicable performance criteria were established), July 24, 2009 (pursuant to which certain details of the performance criteria were clarified), and November 9, 2009 (to provide for a fiscal year end of December 27, 2009, rather than December 31, 2009).

(8)
Awards set forth on this line represent awards granted to Mr. Epinette pursuant to our annual bonus program.

(9)
Awards set forth on this line represent awards granted to Mr. Epinette pursuant to our French operating subsidiary's incentive compensation scheme.

Narrative Disclosure Relating to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Employment Agreements

              Tornier, Inc., our U.S. operating subsidiary, is a party to employment agreements with Messrs. Kohrs, Joiner and Ball, and was party to an employment agreement with Mr. Doty prior to his termination of employment, which agreements are substantially the same other than differences in base salary, target annual bonus percentages and severance. The agreements have specified terms of three years, subject to automatic renewal for one-year terms unless either party provides 60 days' advance notice of their desire not to renew. Under the agreements, each executive is entitled to an enumerated base salary, subject to increase but not decrease, is eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target bonus equal to an enumerated percentage of base salary (60% for Mr. Kohrs, 50% for Mr. Joiner, 40% for Mr. Doty and 35% for Mr. Ball), and is entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans and arrangements that we generally maintain for our senior executives. If an executive's employment is terminated by Tornier, Inc. without "cause" (as such term is defined in the employment agreements), in addition to any accrued but unpaid salary and benefits through the date of termination, the executive will be entitled to base salary and health and welfare benefit continuation for twelve months following termination, and, in the event their employment is terminated without cause due to non-renewal of their employment agreements by Tornier, Inc., the executives will also be entitled to a payment equal to their pro-rata annual bonus for the year of termination. In the event any of Messrs. Kohrs, Doty, Joiner or Ball's employment is terminated without cause or by the executive for "good reason" (as such term is defined in the employment agreements) within twelve months following a change in control, the executives will be entitled to receive accrued but unpaid salary and benefits through the date of termination, a lump-sum payment equal to their base salary plus target bonus for the year of termination, health and welfare benefit continuation for twelve months following termination and accelerated vesting of all unvested options. In addition, Mr. Kohrs' agreement provides that in the event the payments and benefits to which he is entitled pursuant to the agreement become subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, he will be entitled to a "gross-up" payment in order to cover such tax liability. The agreements also contain covenants intended to protect against the disclosure of confidential information during and following an executive's employment, as well as restrictions on engaging in competition with Tornier, Inc. or

125


Table of Contents


otherwise interfering with our business relationships, which extend through the first anniversary of an executive's termination of employment for any reason.

              Tornier SAS, our French operating subsidiary, is also a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Epinette, which does not have a specified term, but which may be terminated by either party in accordance with local law, and which is substantially similar to the employment agreements described above with respect to base salary, annual target bonus (30% of base salary), benefit participation and non-compete obligations. Pursuant to the agreement and French labor laws, Mr. Epinette is entitled to receive certain payments and benefits following a voluntary or involuntary termination of employment, including an amount equal to twelve months' base salary, which is payable as consideration for the restrictive covenants contained in the agreement, a payment equal to Mr. Epinette's French incentive compensation scheme payment for the year of his termination and, in the case of an involuntary termination of employment, a severance payment payable pursuant to French law, the amount of which is determined based on Mr. Epinette's gross monthly salary and years of service with Tornier SAS. If Mr. Epinette is terminated for reasons other than negligence or serious misconduct following a change in control (as such term is defined in the employment agreement), he is entitled to base salary continuation and health and welfare benefit continuation for twelve months following termination of employment, accelerated vesting of all unvested options, as well as a payment equal to Mr. Epinette's annual target bonus and French incentive compensation scheme payment for the year of his termination.

Stock Option Plan

              Effective as of July 18, 2006, we adopted the stock option plan, which is designed to assist in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding eligible employees, directors and consultants, and promoting the creation of long-term value for our stockholders by closely aligning the interests of participants with those of such stockholders, by allowing grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock to such participants.

              Our board of directors administers the stock option plan and is authorized to, among other things, designate participants, grant options, determine the terms and conditions relating to options, including vesting, prescribe option agreements, interpret the stock option plan, establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the stock option plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the stock option plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to our officers or employees, or other committees, subject to applicable law, the authority, subject to such terms as our board of directors determines appropriate, to perform such functions, including but not limited to administrative functions, including the appointment of agents to assist in the administration of the stock option plan. Any action of our board of directors (or its authorized delegates) will be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including participants and their beneficiaries.

              Our stock option plan reserves 15,000,000 shares of our ordinary shares for issuance, subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, share exchange or any other similar corporate transaction or event. For purposes of determining the remaining ordinary shares available for grant under the stock option plan, to the extent that an option expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a delivery to the participant of the full number of ordinary shares to which the option related, the undelivered ordinary shares will again be available for grant. Similarly, ordinary shares withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an option and shares equal to the number surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an option shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the participant and shall be deemed to again be available for options under the stock option plan.

126


Table of Contents

              The board of directors may, in the event of a Corporate Event (as defined in the stock option plan and which, for example includes a change in control of a reorganization of the Company), in its sole discretion, provide for adjustments or substitutions as to the number, price or kind of shares or other consideration subject to outstanding options, or provide for the termination of an option and the payment of a cash amount in exchange for the cancellation of an option. The board of directors has the ability to amend or terminate the stock option plan or options granted thereunder at any time, provided that no amendment or termination will be made that impairs the rights of the holder of any option outstanding on the date of such amendment or termination. The board of directors may also suspend or terminate the stock option plan at any time, and, unless sooner terminated, the stock option plan will terminate on July 18, 2016.

              The terms of the stock option plan restrict a participant's ability to transfer shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options granted thereunder until the expiration of the 180-day period following the occurrence of an initial public offering of our ordinary shares. The stock option plan contains provisions which provide our institutional investors with drag along rights and us with repurchase rights, which rights will terminate upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of our ordinary shares.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

              The following table sets forth summary information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers at December 27, 2009.

Name
  Number of securities
underlying unexercised
options(1) (#)
exercisable
  Number of securities
underlying unexercised
options(1) (#)
unexercisable
  Option
exercise
price ($)
  Option
expiration
date
 

Douglas W. Kohrs

    1,421,875     328,125     4.46     7/18/2016  

    782,782     355,805     4.63     2/26/2017  

    178,126     296,874     5.66     4/24/2018  

        200,000     5.66     2/1/2019  

Michael Doty(4)

   
240,625
   
109,375
   
4.63
   
2/5/2017
 

    56,250     93,750     5.66     4/25/2018  

        50,000     5.66     2/1/2019  

Andrew Joiner

   
93,750
   
156,250
   
5.66
   
4/25/2018
 

        100,000     5.66     2/1/2019  

Stéphan Epinette

   
   
200,000
   
5.66
   
3/26/2019
 

Robert Ball

   
203,125
   
46,875
   
4.46
   
1/12/2017
 

    51,565     23,435     4.63     2/26/2017  

    28,126     46,874     5.66     4/24/2018  

        50,000     5.66     2/1/2019  

(1)
All options were granted under the stock option plan. Our named executive officers did not exercise any outstanding options during 2009.

(2)
25% of the options vest on the first anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of the options vest on a pro-rata basis on each quarterly anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date over the three-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date. The vesting commencement date for each option is generally the date which is ten years earlier than the option expiration date listed on the table. Our named executive officers' unvested options will become fully vested as follows: (i)  Mr. Kohrs —for options expiring on July 18, 2016, 109,375 options vested or will vest on each of January 18, 2010, April 18, 2010, and July 18, 2010, for options expiring on February 26, 2017, 71,161 options vest on each February 26, May 26, August 26 and November 26 through February 26, 2011, for options expiring on April 24, 2018, 29,688 options vest on each April 25, July 23, October 23 and January 23 through April 24, 2012 (29,682 options will vest on April 24, 2012) and for options expiring on February 1, 2019, 50,000 options vested on February 1, 2010, and 12,500 options vest on each May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 occurring thereafter

127


Table of Contents

      through February 1, 2013; (ii)  Mr. Doty —for options expiring on February 5, 2017, 21,875 options vest on each February 5, May 5, August 5 and November 5 through February 5, 2011, for options expiring on April 25, 2018, 9,375 options vest on each April 25, July 23, October 23, and January 23 through April 24, 2012, and for options expiring on February 1, 2019, 12,500 options vested on February 1, 2010, and 3,125 options vest on each May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 occurring thereafter through February 1, 2013; (iii)  Mr. Joiner —for options expiring on April 25, 2018, 15,625 options vest on each April 25, July 23, October 23 and January 23 through April 24, 2012, and for options expiring on February 1, 2019, 25,000 options vested on February 1, 2010, and 6,250 options vest on each May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 occurring thereafter through February 1, 2013; (iv)  Mr. Epinette— for options expiring on March 26, 2019, 50,000 options vested on March 26, 2010, and 12,500 options vest on each June 26, September 26, December 26 and March 26 occurring thereafter through March 26, 2013; and (v)  Mr. Ball —for options expiring on January 12, 2017, 15,625 options vest on each of March 5, 2010, June 5, 2010, and September 5, 2010, for options expiring on February 26, 2017, 4,687 options vest on each February 26, May 26, August 26 and November 26 through February 26, 2011, for options expiring on April 24, 2018, 4,688 options vest on each April 25, July 23, October 23 and January 23 through April 24, 2012 (4,682 options will vest on April 24, 2012), and for options expiring on February 1, 2019, 12,500 options vested on February 1, 2010, and 3,125 options vest on each May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 occurring thereafter through February 1, 2013.

(3)
The exercise price of the options were set at the fair market value of a share of our ordinary shares at the time of the grant, with fair market values being determined by our board of directors in good faith.

(4)
All unvested options held by Mr. Doty as of February 19, 2010 were forfeited in connection with the separation agreement.

128


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon a Termination or Change in Control

              Pursuant to the employment agreements with our named executive officers, upon certain terminations of employment, our named executive officers are entitled to payments of compensation and benefits as described above under "Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grant of Plan-Based Awards Table—Employment Agreements." The table below reflects the amount of compensation and benefits payable to each named executive officer in the event of (i) any termination (including for cause) or resignation, or a voluntary/for cause termination, (ii) an involuntary termination without cause, (iii) an involuntary termination without cause or a resignation for good reason within twelve months following a change in control, or a qualifying change in control termination, (iv) termination by reason of an executive's death and (v) termination by reason of an executive's disability. The amounts shown assume that the applicable triggering event occurred on December 27, 2009, and therefore are estimates of the amounts that would be paid to the named executive officers upon the occurrence of such triggering event.

 
   
  Triggering Events  
Name
  Type of payment   Voluntary/
for cause
termination
($)
  Involuntary
termination
without
cause
($)
  Qualifying
change in
control
termination
($)
  Death
($)
  Disability
($)
 

Douglas W. Kohrs

  Cash Severance(1)         477,210     477,210          

  Benefit Continuation(2)         14,519     14,519          

  Target Bonus(3)             286,326          

  Equity Acceleration(4)             2,932,909            

  Gross-Up             0          

  Total         491,729     3,710,964          

Michael J. Doty(5)

 

Cash Severance(1)

   
   
315,667
   
315,667
   
   
 

  Benefit Continuation(2)         14,519     14,519          

  Target Bonus(3)             126,267          

  Equity Acceleration(4)             578,406          

  Total         330,186     1,034,859          

Andrew E. Joiner

 

Cash Severance(1)

   
   
304,500
   
304,500
   
   
 

  Benefit Continuation(2)         14,519     14,519          

  Target Bonus(3)             152,250          

  Equity Acceleration(4)             471,500          

  Total         319,019     942,769          

Stéphan Epinette(6)

 

Cash Severance

   
278,866

(8)
 
283,562

(9)
 
278,866
   
   
278,866

(8)

  Benefit Continuation             6,626          

  Target Bonus(7)     23,918     23,918     108,447     23,918     23,918  

  Equity Acceleration(4)             368,000          

  Total     302,784     307,480     761,939     23,918     302,784  

Robert J. Ball

 

Cash Severance(1)

   
   
245,432
   
245,432
   
   
 

  Benefit Continuation(2)         14,519     14,519          

  Target Bonus(3)             85,901          

  Equity Acceleration(4)             388,007          

  Total         259,951     733,859          

(1)
Includes the value of salary continuation for twelve months or payment of a lump sum equal to twelve months' salary following the executive's termination, as applicable.

(2)
Includes the value of medical, dental and vision benefit continuation for each executive and his family for twelve months following the executive's termination. With respect to a qualifying change in control termination, Tornier will bear the entire cost of coverage.

129


Table of Contents

(3)
Includes value of full target bonus for the year of the change in control.

(4)
Includes the value of acceleration of all unvested shares that are subject to options, based on a per share price of $7.50, which is the value obtained in our most recent valuation.

(5)
Mr. Doty's tenure as Chief Financial Officer of Tornier, Inc. terminated as of February 19, 2010. In connection with his termination, Mr. Doty became entitled to the severance payments and benefits payable to him in the event of an involuntary termination without cause shown in the above table. For more information regarding the amounts payable to Mr. Doty in connection with this termination, please refer to the discussion above under "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Decisions Relating to Fiscal Year 2010—Separation Agreement with Michael Doty."

(6)
The foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3943 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, which reflects an average conversion rate for 2009, was used to calculate Mr. Epinette's payments and benefits upon termination of employment.

(7)
Includes amounts payable pursuant to the French incentive compensation scheme maintained by Tornier SAS assuming 100% achievement of applicable performance metrics. Pursuant to French law, participants receive their annual incentive payment for the year of their termination of employment for any reason. Upon a qualifying termination following a change in control, Mr. Epinette will also receive his full target annual bonus for the year of the change in control.

(8)
Reflects an amount equal to twelve months' base salary, which is payable as consideration for the restrictive covenants contained in Mr. Epinette's employment agreement (the "Restrictive Covenant Consideration").

(9)
Reflects, in addition to the Restrictive Covenant Consideration, an amount equal to one-fifth of Mr. Epinette's gross monthly salary, multiplied by his number of years of service with Tornier SAS, which is intended to reflect an amount payable pursuant to French law in the event of Mr. Epinette's involuntary termination of employment. Mr. Epinette will receive these benefits following any involuntary termination of employment, except for a termination involving serious or gross misconduct.

130


Table of Contents

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

              With the exception of Mr. Tornier, we did not pay our current directors any compensation for serving on our board of directors during 2009. Mr. Kohrs also did not receive additional compensation for his service as a director. The table below summarizes the compensation received by our non-employee directors for the year ended December 27, 2009.

Director Compensation Table

Name
  Fees earned
or paid
in cash
($)
  All other
compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Sean D. Carney

             

Richard B. Emmitt

             

Alain Tornier

    16,732 (1)   267,706 (2)   284,438  

Simon Turton

             

Richard F. Wallman

             

Elizabeth H. Weatherman

             

(1)
The foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3943 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, which reflects an average conversion rate for 2009, was used to calculate Mr. Tornier's cash compensation. The amount shown reflects meeting fees earned by Mr. Tornier in 2009, as described below.

(2)
The foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3943 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, which reflects an average conversion rate for 2009, was used to calculate Mr. Tornier's cash compensation. The amount shown reflects Mr. Tornier's annual compensation earned under his consulting agreement with us, as described below, pursuant to which he provides certain consulting services.

Narrative Disclosure Relating to Director Compensation Table

Director Compensation

              With the exception of Mr. Tornier, we did not pay our current directors any compensation for serving on our board of directors during 2009. We did, however, reimburse all directors for expenses incurred in connection with their service on the board of directors, including reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with attending board of directors' meetings. In 2009, in addition to receiving reimbursement for travel expenses, Mr. Tornier was eligible to receive meeting fees of €3,000 per meeting attended, and earned €12,000 in total meeting fees in 2009.

Consulting Agreement

              On July 31, 2006 we entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Tornier, pursuant to which, in exchange for his services to us as a consultant, he was entitled to receive a consulting fee of €16,000 per month. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Tornier advised us and our executive officers with respect to investments, new opportunities for growth and general business matters. The agreement, which had a specified term of one year, was subject to automatic renewal for one-year terms unless either party provides three months' advance notice of their desire not to renew and contained covenants intended to protect against the disclosure of confidential information during and following the term of the agreement. On June 4, 2010, we issued 130,900 ordinary shares to KCH, a Swedish entity which is wholly owned by Mr. Tornier, having a value equal to €0.7 million (the total amount owed to Mr. Tornier for past services performed under the terms of the consulting agreement as of April 4, 2010), based on a per-share price of $7.50 (which was equal to our estimate of the fair value of our ordinary shares at that time) and a foreign currency exchange rate of 1.3479 U.S. dollars for 1 Euro, the spot conversion rate on March 31, 2010. Mr. Tornier's consulting agreement was terminated effective as of March 31, 2010.

131


Table of Contents

Option Grant

              On December 8, 2008, our board of directors granted 150,000 stock options to Mr. Wallman pursuant to our stock option plan, with an exercise price of $5.66 per share. The options are subject to the same vesting schedule as those granted to our named executive officers, that is, subject to continued service on the board of directors, 25% of the options vested on the first anniversary of the applicable vesting commencement date, and the remaining 75% of the options will vest on a pro-rata basis on each quarterly anniversary of the vesting commencement date over the three-year period following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

132


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

              The following table sets forth certain information concerning the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of July 4, 2010, by:

              The calculations in the table below assume that there are                                    ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering and that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, and 88,703,258 ordinary shares outstanding as of July 4, 2010.

              Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. The shares that a shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

              Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed shareholder is c/o Tornier N.V., Olivier van Noortstraat 4, 3124 LA Schiedam, The Netherlands.

 
  Ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to completion of this offering   Ordinary shares
beneficially owned
after completion
of this offering
 
 
  number   %   %  

Directors and Executive Officers:

                   

Douglas W. Kohrs(1)

    4,363,488     4.8        

Carmen L. Diersen

               

Robert J. Ball(2)

    360,930     *        

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr.(3)

    128,343     *        

Stéphan Epinette(4)

    67,086     *        

Andrew E. Joiner(5)

    178,125     *        

Jamal D. Rushdy(6)

    174,281     *        

James C. Harber(7)

    147,814     *        

James E. Kwan(8)

    322,403     *        

Michael J. Doty(9)

    370,716     *        

Elizabeth H. Weatherman(10)

    55,475,428     62.5        

Sean D. Carney(11)

    55,475,428     62.5        

Simon Turton, Ph.D.(12)

    55,475,428     62.5        

Alain Tornier(13)

    11,859,268     13.4        

Richard B. Emmitt(14)

    10,149,304     11.4        

Kevin C. O'Boyle

               

Richard F. Wallman(15)

    136,000     *        

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

    78,940,074     89.0        

Principal Shareholders:

                   

Warburg Pincus entities (TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A.)(16)

    55,475,428     62.5        

KCH Stockholm AB(17)

    10,455,877     11.8        

Vertical Group, L.P.(18)

    10,149,304     11.4        

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our stock.

(1)
Includes 1,275,047 ordinary shares and options exercisable for 3,088,441 ordinary shares.

(2)
Includes options exercisable for 360,930 ordinary shares.

133


Table of Contents

(3)
Includes 11,161 ordinary shares and options exercisable for 117,182 ordinary shares.

(4)
Includes 4,586 ordinary shares and options exercisable for 62,500 ordinary shares.

(5)
Includes options exercisable for 178,125 ordinary shares.

(6)
Includes 4,282 ordinary shares and options exercisable for 169,999 ordinary shares.

(7)
Includes 3,129 ordinary shares and options exercisable for 144,685 ordinary shares.

(8)
Includes 1,153 ordinary shares and options exercisable for 321,250 ordinary shares.

(9)
Includes options exercisable for 340,625 shares held by Mr. Doty and 30,091 ordinary shares held by STAK, on behalf of Mr. Doty's wife, Diane M. Doty.

(10)
Includes 55,475,428 shares held by affiliates of Warburg Pincus & Co., or WP. Ms. Weatherman is a Partner of WP and a Managing Director of Warburg Pincus LLC, or WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Ms. Weatherman are included because of her affiliation with the Warburg Pincus entities. Ms. Weatherman disclaims all beneficial ownership in such shares. Ms. Weatherman's address is c/o Warburg Pincus LLC, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(11)
Includes 55,475,428 shares held by affiliates of WP. Mr. Carney is a Partner of WP and a Managing Director of WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Carney are included because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus entities. Mr. Carney disclaims all beneficial ownership in such shares. Mr. Carney's address is c/o Warburg Pincus LLC, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(12)
Includes 55,475,428 shares held by affiliates of WP. Dr. Turton is a Managing Director of WP LLC. All shares indicated as owned by Dr. Turton are included because of his affiliation with the Warburg Pincus entities. Dr. Turton disclaims all beneficial ownership in such shares. Dr. Turton's address is c/o Warburg Pincus LLC, 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(13)
Includes 10,455,877 shares held by KCH Stockholm AB, or KCH, and 1,403,371 shares held by Phil Invest ApS. Mr. Tornier wholly owns both KCH and Phil Invest. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Tornier are included because of his affiliation with these entities.

(14)
Includes 10,149,304 shares held by the Vertical Group, L.P., or The Vertical Group. Mr. Emmitt is a General Partner of The Vertical Group and a Member and Manager of The Vertical Group GP, LLC, which controls The Vertical Group. All shares indicated as owned by Mr. Emmitt are included because of his affiliation with The Vertical Group. Mr. Emmitt disclaims all beneficial ownership in such shares. Mr. Emmitt's address is c/o The Vertical Group, L.P., 25 DeForest Avenue, Summit, New Jersey 07901.

(15)
Includes 126,625 ordinary shares held by STAK on behalf of Mr. Wallman and options exercisable for 9,375 ordinary shares.

(16)
Reflects shares held by TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., or TMG, a Dutch coöperatief. TMG is owned by WP Bermuda, a Bermuda limited partnership, and WP (Bermuda) IX PE One Ltd., or PE One, a Bermuda company. The general partner of WP Bermuda is Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity Ltd., or WPPE, a Bermuda company. Each of WP Bermuda, PE One and WPPE is managed by WP LLC. Charles R. Kaye and Joseph P. Landy are the Managing General Partners of WP, the sole member of WPPE and Managing Members and Co-Presidents of WP LLC and may be deemed to control the Warburg Pincus entities. Each of Mr. Kaye and Mr. Landy disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by Warburg Pincus entities. TMG, WP Bermuda, PE One, WPPE, WP LLC and WP are collectively referred to in this Prospectus as Warburg Pincus. The address of the Warburg Pincus entities is 450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

(17)
KCH, a Swedish entity, is wholly owned by Alain Tornier, a member of our board of directors. The address of KCH is Hamilton Advokatbyrå Karlstad AB, Kungsgatan 2A, Box 606, 651 13 Karlstad, Sweden.

(18)
Includes 10,149,304 shares held by Vertical Fund I, L.P., or VFI, a Delaware limited partnership, and Vertical Fund II, L.P., or VFII, a Delaware limited partnership. The Vertical Group L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, is the sole general partner of each of VFI and VFII, and The Vertical Group GP, LLC controls The Vertical Group L.P. The sole members and managers of The Vertical Group GP, LLC are Messrs. Stephen D. Baksa, Tony M. Chou, Richard B. Emmitt, Yue-Teh Jang, Jack W. Lasersohn and John E. Runnells, and these six individuals share voting and investment power over securities held by The Vertical Group, Mr. Lasersohn along with the other general partners of The Vertical Group, L.P., VFI and VFII. The address of The Vertical Group L.P., the Vertical Group GP, LLC, VFI and VFII is 25 DeForest Avenue, Summit, New Jersey 07901.

              None of our shareholders has informed us that he or she is affiliated with a registered broker-dealer or is in the business of underwriting securities. None of our existing shareholders will have different voting rights from other shareholders after the completion of this offering. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

134


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

              We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions that have occurred this year or during our last three fiscal years to which we were a party or will be a party in which:

              The following persons and entities that participated in the transactions listed in this section were related persons at the time of the transaction:

              KCH Stockholm AB and Alain Tornier.     KCH Stockholm AB, or KCH, holds more than 5% of our outstanding shares. In addition, KCH is wholly owned by Mr. Tornier, a member of our board of directors.

              TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., Elizabeth H. Weatherman, Sean D. Carney and Dr. Simon Turton.     TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., or TMG, holds more than 5% of our outstanding shares. Our directors Ms. Weatherman, Mr. Carney and Dr. Turton are Managing Directors of Warburg Pincus LLC, which manages TMG as well as its parent entities Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., or WP Bermuda, WP (Bermuda) IX PE One Ltd. and Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity Ltd., or WPPE. Furthermore, Ms. Weatherman and Mr. Carney are Partners of Warburg Pincus & Co., the sole member of WPPE.

              Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P. and Richard B. Emmitt.     Vertical Fund I,  L.P., or VFI, and Vertical Fund II, L.P., or VFII, together hold more than 5% of our outstanding shares. In addition, Mr. Emmitt, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of The Vertical Group, L.P., or The Vertical Group, which is the sole general partner of each of VFI and VFII. Mr. Emmitt is also a Member and Manager of The Vertical Group GP, LLC, which controls The Vertical Group.

              Douglas W. Kohrs.     Mr. Kohrs is our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors.

              Richard F. Wallman.     Mr. Wallman is a member of our board of directors.

Private Placements

              On February 29, 2008, we issued warrants and notes in a private placement transaction to related parties. The warrants were immediately exercisable and issued at an exercise price of $5.66 per share as partial consideration for loans in the amounts indicated below. The notes carry a fixed interest rate of 8.0% per annum with interest payments accrued semi-annually and mature on February 28, 2013. The related parties involved in the transaction included:

Related party
  Number of
warrants issued
  Amount of note  

WP Bermuda

    6,633,216   24,700,000  

VFI and VFII

    1,096,226   4,082,000  

KCH

    939,929   3,500,000  

Douglas W. Kohrs

    150,926   562,000  

Diane Doty(1)

    44,580   166,000  

(1)
Wife of Michael Doty, our Chief Financial Officer at the time.

135


Table of Contents

              On April 3, 2009, we issued immediately exercisable warrants in a private placement to related parties at an exercise price of $5.66 per share as partial consideration for loans in the amounts indicated below. The notes carry a fixed interest rate of 8.0% per annum with interest payments accrued semi-annually and mature on March 31, 2014. The related parties involved in the transaction included:

Related party
  Number of
warrants issued
  Amount of note  

WP Bermuda

    2,672,332   11,204,000  

KCH

    572,438   2,400,000  

Richard F. and Amy Wallman(1)

    62,014   260,000  

Douglas W. Kohrs

    61,537   258,000  

(1)
Wife of Mr. Wallman.

              On March 26, 2010, we sold 40,000 shares to Mr. Wallman for $300,000. Mr. Wallman's shares were purchased by Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, or STAK, on behalf of Mr. Wallman. STAK was established as a foundation under Dutch law to hold our ordinary shares on behalf of certain shareholders.

Warrant Exchange

              On May 25, 2010, we completed agreements with 100% of the warrant holders that acquired warrants under the February 29, 2008, and April 3, 2009, private placement agreements listed above. Each warrant holder agreed to exchange their warrants under the February 29, 2008, and April 3, 2009, agreements for Tornier B.V. ordinary shares at an exchange ratio of 0.6133 and 0.6410, respectively. We completed this exchange in order to avoid future variability in our statement of operations from revaluation of the warrants as they were required to be valued at fair value at each reporting period with changes in the fair value reported in current period earnings. In addition, we believed that the number of existing warrants represented potential dilution that may not be desirable to future investors. The exchange ratio used was developed based on the ratio of our estimate of the fair value of each individual warrant to the fair value of each ordinary share. We estimated the fair value of each warrant used in the calculation of the exchange ratio using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Acquisitions and Other Corporate Transactions with Related Parties

              On July 18, 2006, Tornier B.V., formerly known as TMG B.V., entered into a Securityholders' Agreement with TMG, TMG Partners U.S. LLC, Mr. Kohrs, VFI, VFII, KCH, Mr. Tornier, WP Bermuda and (by subsequent joinder agreements) TMG Partners II LLC, TMG Partners III LLC, Split Rock, STAK and DVO TH, or, collectively, the Securityholders. The agreement grants each of the Securityholders a right of first refusal with respect to shares sold by another Securityholder. The Securityholders are further obligated to observe certain limitations on the transfer of their shares, such as tag-along and drag-along rights. These limitations will terminate in the event of an initial public offering approved by our board of directors. In addition, as we currently contemplate amending prior to the consummation of the offering, the agreement will allow WP Bermuda to nominate three of the eight directors to our board of directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares, two of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares and one of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares, and to nominate Mr. Kohrs for election to our board of directors until the termination of his employment. The agreement terminates upon the written consent of all parties to the agreement. Mr. Kohrs serves as Manager of the Board of TMG Partners U.S. LLC, and as Managing Member of TMG Partners II LLC and TMG Partners III LLC.

136


Table of Contents

              On February 9, 2007, we signed an exclusive, worldwide license and supply agreement with Tepha for its poly-4-hydroxybutyrate polymer for a license fee of $110,000, plus an additional $750,000 as consideration for certain research and development. Tepha is further entitled to royalties of up to 5% of sales under these licenses. We paid $30,000 of minimum royalty payments in April of 2010 to Tepha under the terms of this agreement. VFI and VFII own approximately 20% of Tepha's outstanding common and preferred stock. In addition, Mr. Emmitt serves as a director to Tepha.

              On February 27, 2007, we acquired 100% of the stock of Axya in exchange for 5,762,096 of our ordinary shares valued at approximately $4.69 per share for a total value of $27.0 million. Among the selling stockholders in this transaction were TMG which held 49.3% of Axya, VFI which held 38.0% of Axya, VFII which held 11.3% of Axya and Mr. Kohrs who held 1.5% of Axya. Mr. Carney, Mr. Emmitt and Mr. Kohrs were directors of Axya at the time of the acquisition.

              At the time of the Axya acquisition, TMG entered into an agreement with KCH, which held mandatorily convertible zero coupon bonds issued by us at the time of the acquisition by the Investor Group. The bonds had a par value of €29,600,000 and were convertible into ordinary shares at a conversion price of €3.3543. In connection with the Axya transaction, TMG agreed that we would either issue to KCH additional mandatorily convertible zero coupon bonds or decrease the conversion price of the zero coupon bonds held by KCH to increase the number of shares issuable upon conversion, if the performance of Axya did not meet certain thresholds. Axya did not meet the performance thresholds within the prescribed time. On October 1, 2009, the mandatorily convertible zero coupon bonds were converted to ordinary shares pursuant to their terms and we issued 8,824,494 ordinary shares to KCH. Rather than adjust the notes or issue additional notes prior to conversion, we also issued KCH an additional 557,093 ordinary shares in satisfaction of the obligation created by TMG.

              On November 21, 2007, we acquired 100% of the stock of Orthovert, Inc., or Orthovert, a medical device intellectual property holding company, in exchange for 90,000 ordinary shares with an approximate value of $4.63 per share and an additional 210,000 ordinary shares contingent upon product commercialization. At the time, Orthovert was wholly owned by VFI and VFII.

              In 2008, Incumed, Inc., received $127,139 for services provided to us to assist in the development of our Piton products. Incumed provides inventors of medical devices with consulting and engineering services to develop their products. Incumed has not provided any services to us subsequent to 2008. VFI and VFII held a majority of the shares of Incumed and Mr. Emmitt serves on its board of directors.

              On January 22, 2008, we signed an agreement with BioSET to develop, commercialize and distribute products incorporating BioSET's F2A synthetic growth factor technology in the field of orthopaedic and podiatric soft tissue repair. As amended on February 10, 2010, this agreement granted us an option to purchase an exclusive, worldwide license for such products in consideration for a payment of $1 million. We exercised this option on February 10, 2010. Upon FDA approval of certain products, an additional $2.5 million will become due. BioSET is entitled to royalties of up to 6% for sales of products under this agreement. We have not accrued or paid any royalties under the terms of this agreement. VFI and VFII own approximately 15% of BioSET's outstanding shares and Mr. Emmitt serves on its board of directors.

              On March 28, 2008, we entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with LifeCell, a tissue engineering company, which is now a division of Kinetic Concepts, Inc., or KCI. Under the terms of the agreement, we gained certain exclusive rights to distribute LifeCell's xenograft reconstructive tissue matrix for orthopaedic and podiatric soft tissue procedures, which we market under the Conexa brand. LifeCell continues to market a version of this tissue matrix for other applications under the Strattice brand. The agreement obligates us to meet initial market development milestones and ongoing sales targets. VFI and VFII were shareholders of LifeCell prior to its purchase by KCI.

137


Table of Contents

              On July 29, 2008, we formed a real estate holding company (SCI Calyx) together with Mr. Tornier. SCI Calyx is owned 51% by us and 49% by Mr. Tornier. SCI Calyx was initially capitalized by a contribution of capital of €10,000 funded 51% by us and 49% by Mr. Tornier. SCI Calyx then acquired a combined manufacturing and office facility in Grenoble, France, for approximately $6.1 million. The manufacturing and office facility acquired will be used to support the manufacture of certain of our current products and house certain of our operations already located in Grenoble, France. This real estate purchase was funded through mortgage borrowings of $4.1 million and $2.0 million cash borrowed from the two current shareholders of SCI Calyx. The $2.0 million cash borrowed from the SCI Calyx shareholders originally consisted of a $1.0 million note due to Mr. Tornier and a $1.0 million note due to Tornier SAS, which is our wholly owned French operating subsidiary. Both of the notes issued by SCI Calyx bear interest at the three month Euribor rate plus 0.5% and have no stated term. As of December 27, 2009, SCI Calyx had related-party debt outstanding to Mr. Tornier of $1.0 million. The SCI Calyx entity is consolidated by us, and the related real estate and liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheets. On September 3, 2008, Tornier SAS, our French operating subsidiary, entered into a lease agreement with SCI Calyx relating to these facilities. The agreement, which terminates in 2018, provides for an annual rent payment of €440,000, which has subsequently been increased and is currently €675,123 annually. At December 29, 2008, future minimum payments under this lease were €6,516,107 in the aggregate.

              Since 2006, Tornier SAS has entered into various lease agreements with entities affiliated with Mr. Tornier or members of his family. On May 30, 2006, Tornier SAS entered into two lease agreements with Mr. Tornier and his sister, Colette Tornier, relating to our facilities in Saint-Ismier, France. The agreements provide for annual rent payments of €104,393 and €28,500, respectively, which have subsequently been increased and are currently €119,362 and €32,587 annually, respectively. On December 29, 2007, Tornier SAS entered into a lease agreement with Animus SCI, relating to our facilities in Montbonnot Saint Martin, France. The agreement provides for an annual rent payment of €242,545, which has subsequently been increased and is currently €288,756 annually. Animus SCI is wholly owned by Mr. Tornier. On December 29, 2007, Tornier SAS entered into a lease agreement with Cymaise SCI, relating to our facilities in Saint-Ismier, France. The agreement provides for an annual rent payment of €315,865, which has subsequently been increased and is currently €361,158 annually. Cymaise SCI is wholly owned by Mr. Tornier and his sister, Colette Tornier. On February 6, 2008, Tornier SAS entered into a lease agreement with Balux SCI, effective as of May 22, 2006, relating to our facilities in Montbonnot Saint Martin, France. The agreement provides for a quarterly rent payment of €120,000, which has subsequently been increased and is currently €137,207 per quarter. Balux SCI is wholly owned by Mr. Tornier and his sister, Colette Tornier. Each of the agreements will terminate in 2012. At December 29, 2008, future minimum payments under these agreements were €5,402,764 in the aggregate.

              On December 18, 2009, we entered into an agreement with Anova Corporation Ltd., or Anova, a spine surgery technology company, under which Anova purchased certain assets associated with our suture welding technology and licensed related intellectual property for the field of spine surgery for $150,000 in addition to royalties of up to 7% of revenues derived under the license. We have not accrued or received any royalties under the terms of this agreement. An additional $200,000 will become receivable upon Anova's commercialization of a product that they produce. VFI and VFII own approximately 44% of Anova's outstanding shares.

              On June 17, 2008, we entered into an exclusive worldwide licensing agreement with C2M Medical, a medical device development company, under which we assumed the rights to certain intellectual property relating to bone anchor technology including the Cinch system. C2M had acquired the technology from Sapphire Medical, Inc., or Sapphire, in April 2007 for a purchase price of $7.5 million and milestone payments of $12.5 million, which C2M paid in 2008. In addition, we have committed, and are currently paying, to Sapphire quarterly earn-out fees of 25% of U.S. sales related

138


Table of Contents


to Cinch intellectual property for the first three years after launch, an obligation we assumed in the course of our agreement with C2M. The agreement also included an option to acquire C2M Medical. We exercised this option on March 26, 2010, when we purchased 100% of the stock of C2M Medical in exchange for approximately 3.1 million ordinary shares, valued at $7.50 per share at the time. C2M Medical had been founded and was held in part by TMG, VFI, VFII and Mr. Kohrs. In addition, Mr. Carney, Mr. Emmitt and Mr. Kohrs were members of C2M Medical's board of directors. Prior to our exercise of the option C2M Medical was determined to be a variable interest entity in accordance with U.S. GAAP and we consolidated C2M Medical in our financial statements beginning in June of 2008, the date at which we signed an exclusive technology license with C2M Medical.

              The transaction included:

Related party
  Number of
shares issued
  Total consideration
value of shares issued
 

TMG

    1,514,629   $ 11,359,714  

VFI and VFII

    1,514,628   $ 11,359,714  

Douglas W. Kohrs

    46,400   $ 348,000  

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons

              As provided by our audit committee charter, all related party transactions are to be reviewed and pre-approved by our audit committee. A "related party transaction" is defined to include any transaction or series of transactions exceeding $120,000 in which we are a participant and any related person has a material interest. Related persons would include our directors, executive officers (and immediate family members of our directors and executive officers) and persons controlling over five percent of our outstanding ordinary shares. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the audit committee will generally evaluate the transaction in terms of (i) the benefits to us; (ii) the impact on a director's independence in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director is a partner, shareholder or executive officer; (iii) the availability of other sources for comparable products or services; (iv) the terms and conditions of the transaction; and (v) the terms available to unrelated third parties or to employees generally. The audit committee will then document its findings and conclusions in written minutes. In the event a transaction relates to a member of our audit committee, that member will not participate in the audit committee's deliberations.

139


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF ORDINARY SHARES

              The following summary of the material terms of our share capital is qualified in all respects by reference to our amended articles of association, which have been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

              Currently, our authorized share capital consists of 300 million ordinary shares. As of April 4, 2010, there were 77,186,382 ordinary shares outstanding, which were held by 12 shareholders.

              Effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering our amended articles of association, our authorized share capital will consist of                        shares, each with a nominal value of                        . Upon the completion of the offering, there will be                        ordinary shares outstanding. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering—WP Bermuda and its affiliates, our major shareholders, will control approximately        % of our ordinary shares after this offering and this concentration of ownership may deter a change in control or other transaction that is favorable to our shareholders" for more information on the effects of this concentration of ownership.

Form of Ordinary Shares

              Pursuant to our articles of association, which will have effect as of the closing of this offering, our ordinary shares may be held only in registered form. All of our ordinary shares are registered in a register kept by us and on our behalf by our transfer agent. Transfer of registered shares requires a written deed of transfer and the acknowledgement by us. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, our ordinary shares will be freely transferable except as otherwise restricted under U.S. securities laws.

Issuance of Ordinary Shares

              We may issue ordinary shares subject to the maximum prescribed by our authorized share capital contained in our amended articles of association. Our board of directors has the power to issue ordinary shares if and to the extent that the general meeting has designated to the board of directors such authority. A designation of authority to the board of directors to issue ordinary shares remains effective for the period specified by the general meeting and may be up to five years from the date of designation. The general meeting may renew this designation annually. Without this designation, only the general meeting has the power to authorize the issuance of ordinary shares. Our board of directors is authorized to issue ordinary shares until                        , 2015 under the restrictions specified in our amended articles of association.

              In connection with the issuance of ordinary shares, at least the nominal value must be paid for such shares. No obligation other than to pay up to the nominal amount of a share may be imposed upon a shareholder against the shareholder's will, by amendment of the articles of association or otherwise. Subject to Dutch law, payment for shares must be in cash to the extent no other contribution has been agreed and may be made in the currency approved by us.

              Any increase in the number of authorized ordinary shares would require the approval of an amendment to our amended articles of association in order to effect such increase. Such amendment would need to be made by a proposal of the board of directors and adoption by the shareholders at a general meeting by a majority vote.

Preemptive Rights

              Shareholders have a ratable preemptive right to subscribe for ordinary shares that we issue for cash unless the general meeting, or its designee, which in our case is our board of directors, limits or eliminates this right. Our shareholders have no ratable preemptive subscription right with respect to

140


Table of Contents


ordinary shares issued (1) for consideration other than cash, (2) to our employees or the employees of our group of companies or (3) to a party exercising a previously obtained right to acquire shares.

              The right of our shareholders to subscribe for ordinary shares pursuant to this preemptive right may be eliminated or limited by the general meeting. If the general meeting delegates its authority to the board of directors for this purpose, then the board of directors will have the power to limit or eliminate the preemptive rights of holders of ordinary shares. Such a proposal requires the approval of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting where less than half of the issued share capital is represented or a majority of the votes cast at the general meeting where more than half of the share capital is represented. Designations of authority to the board of directors may remain in effect for up to five years and may be renewed for additional periods of up to five years.

              Our board of directors is authorized to limit or eliminate the preemptive rights of holders of ordinary shares until                        , 2015 and our board of directors has eliminated that right with respect to the shares to be sold in this offering.

Repurchases of Our Ordinary Shares

              We may acquire ordinary shares, subject to applicable provisions of Dutch law and of our articles of association, to the extent:

              Our board of directors may repurchase ordinary shares only if our shareholders have authorized the board of directors to do so. Our board of directors is authorized to repurchase the maximum permissible amount of ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market during the 18-month period ending in                        , 2012, the maximum initial term under Dutch law, at prices between an amount equal to the nominal value of the ordinary shares and an amount equal to 110% of the market price of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market (the market price being deemed to be the average of the closing price on each of the five consecutive days of trading preceding the three trading days prior to the date of repurchase). The authorization is not required for the acquisition of our ordinary shares listed on the NASDAQ Global Market for the purpose of transferring the shares to employees under our equity incentive plans.

Capital Reductions; Cancellation

              Upon a proposal of the board of directors, at a general meeting, our shareholders may vote to reduce our issued share capital by canceling shares held by us in treasury or by reducing the nominal value of the shares by amendment to our amended articles of association. In either case, this reduction would be subject to applicable statutory provisions. In order to be approved, a resolution to reduce the capital requires approval of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting if at least half the issued capital is represented at the meeting or at least two-thirds of the votes cast at the meeting if less than half of the issued capital is represented at the meeting.

              A resolution that would result in the reduction of capital requires prior or simultaneous approval of the meeting of each group of holders of shares of the same class whose rights are prejudiced by the reduction. A resolution to reduce capital requires notice to our creditors who have the right to object to the reduction in capital under specified circumstances.

141


Table of Contents

General Meetings of Shareholders

              Each shareholder has a right to attend general meetings, either in person or by proxy, and to exercise voting rights in accordance with the provisions of our articles of association. We must hold at least one general meeting each year. This meeting must be convened at one of three specified locations in The Netherlands (Amsterdam, Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol airport) and Schiedam) within six months after the end of our fiscal year. Our board of directors may convene additional general meetings as often as they deem necessary. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of our issued share capital may request the Dutch courts to order that a general meeting be held. Dutch law does not restrict the rights of holders of ordinary shares who do not reside in The Netherlands from holding or voting their shares.

              We will give notice of each meeting of shareholders by publication on our website and in any other manner that we may be required to follow in order to comply with applicable stock exchange and SEC requirements. We will give notice no later than the fifteenth day prior to the day of the meeting. As deemed necessary by the board of directors, either the notice will include or be accompanied by an agenda identifying the business to be considered at the meeting. Shareholders representing at least 1% of the issued share capital or the equivalent of at least €50 million in aggregate market value have the right to request the inclusion of additional items on the agenda of shareholder meetings, provided that such request is received by us no later than 60 days before the day the relevant shareholder meeting is held. Our board of directors may decide that shareholders are entitled to participate in, to address and to vote in the general meeting by way of an electronic means of communication, in person or by proxy, provided the shareholder may by the electronic means of communication be identified, directly take notice of the discussion in the meeting and participate in the deliberations. Our board of directors may adopt a resolution containing conditions for the use of electronic means of communication in writing. If our board of directors has adopted such regulations, they will be disclosed with the notice of the meeting as provided to shareholders.

Board Seats

              We maintain a single-tiered board of directors comprising both executive directors and non-executive directors. Under Dutch law, the board of directors is responsible for our policy and day-to-day management. The non-executive directors supervise and provide guidance to the executive directors. Each director owes a duty to us to properly perform the duties assigned to him and to act in our corporate interest. Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers.

Voting Rights

              Each share is entitled to one vote. Voting rights may be exercised by shareholders registered in our share register or by a duly appointed proxy of a registered shareholder, which proxy need not be a shareholder. Our amended articles of association do not limit the number of registered shares that may be voted by a single shareholder. Treasury shares, whether owned by us or one of our majority-owned subsidiaries, will not be entitled to vote at general meetings. Resolutions of the general meeting are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast, except as described in the following two paragraphs.

              Matters requiring a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, which votes also represent more than 50% of our issued share capital include, among others:

142


Table of Contents

              Matters requiring a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if less than 50% of our issued share capital is represented include, among others:

Quorum for General Meetings

              Under our amended articles of association, holders of at least one-third of the outstanding shares must be represented at a meeting to constitute a quorum.

Adoption of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management Liability

              Our board of directors must prepare annual accounts within five months after the end of our financial year, unless the shareholders have approved an extension of this period for up to six additional months due to certain special circumstances. The annual accounts must be accompanied by an auditor's certificate, an annual report and certain other mandatory information and must be made available for inspection by our shareholders at our offices within the same period. Under Dutch law, our shareholders must approve the appointment and removal of our independent auditors, as referred to in Article 2:393 Dutch Civil Code, to audit the annual accounts. The annual accounts are adopted by our shareholders at the general meeting and will be prepared in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

              The adoption of the annual accounts by our shareholders does not release the members of our board of directors from liability for acts reflected in those documents. Any such release from liability requires a separate shareholders' resolution.

              Our financial reporting will be subject to the supervision of The Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, or AFM. The AFM will review the content of the financial reports and has the authority to approach us with requests for information in case on the basis of publicly available information it has reasonable doubts as to the integrity of our financial reporting.

Dividends

              Our amended articles of association provide that dividends may in principle only be paid out of profit as shown in the adopted annual accounts. We will have power to make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits only to the extent that our equity exceeds the sum of the paid and called-up portion of the ordinary share capital and the reserves that must be maintained in accordance with provisions of Dutch law or our amended articles of association. The profits must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by law and must then be set off against certain financial losses. We may not make any distribution of profits on ordinary shares that we hold. Our board of directors determines whether and how much of the remaining profit they will reserve and the manner and date of such distribution and notifies shareholders.

143


Table of Contents

              All calculations to determine the amounts available for dividends will be based on our annual accounts, which may be different from our consolidated financial statements, such as those included in this prospectus. Our statutory accounts have to date been prepared and will continue to be prepared under Dutch GAAP and are deposited with the Commercial Register in Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Liquidation Rights

              In the event of a dissolution and liquidation, the assets remaining after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses are to be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to their nominal possession of such shares. All distributions referred to in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of the laws of The Netherlands.

Redemption, Conversion and Sinking Fund Rights

              Holders of ordinary shares have no redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights.

Limitations on Non-residents and Exchange Controls

              There are no limits under the laws of The Netherlands or in our amended articles of association on non-residents of The Netherlands holding or voting our ordinary shares. Currently, there are no exchange controls under the laws of The Netherlands on the conduct of our operations or affecting the remittance of dividends.

Market Abuse

              The Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ), or the FSA, implementing the EU Market Abuse Directive 2003/6/EC and related Commission Directives 2003/124/EC, 2003/125/EC and 2004/72/EC, provides for specific rules that intend to prevent market abuse, such as the prohibitions on insider trading, divulging inside information and tipping, and market manipulation. Non-compliance with these prohibitions may lead to criminal fines, administrative fines, imprisonment or other sanctions. We and our investors are subject to these Dutch market abuse rules. The Dutch prohibition on market manipulation may restrict our ability to buy-back our shares.

              Pursuant to the FSA, we will adopt an internal code of conduct relating to the possession of and transactions by members of our board of directors and employees in the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is (co)determined by the value of the shares, which will be available on our website.

Netherlands Squeeze-Out Proceedings

              Pursuant to Section 2:92a of the Dutch Civil Code, a shareholder who for his own account contributes at least 95% of our issued capital may institute proceedings against our other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to the claimant. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the minority shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure ( Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering ). The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for squeeze out in relation to all minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value to be paid for the shares of the minority shareholders. Once the order to transfer becomes final before the Enterprise Chamber, the person acquiring the shares shall give written notice of the date and place of payment and the price to the holders of the shares to be acquired whose addresses are known to him. Unless the addresses of all of them are known to him, he shall also publish the same in a newspaper with a national circulation.

144


Table of Contents

Choice of Law and Exclusive Jurisdiction

              Our amended articles of association provide that, to the extent allowed by United States securities laws, the rights and obligations among or between us, any of our current or former directors, officers and employees and any current or former shareholder shall be governed exclusively by Dutch law, unless such rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of the capacities above.

              Any lawsuit or other legal proceeding by and between those persons relating to or arising out of their capacities listed above shall be exclusively submitted to the Dutch courts. All of our current and former directors and officers must agree in connection with any such lawsuit or other legal proceeding to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of The Dutch courts, waive objections to such lawsuit or other legal proceeding being brought in such courts, agree that a judgment in any such legal action brought in The Dutch courts is binding upon them and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction, and elect domicile at our offices in Amsterdam, The Netherlands for the service of any document relating to such lawsuit or other legal proceedings.

              For more information on shareholder enforcement of civil liabilities, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—Your rights as a holder of ordinary shares will be governed by Dutch law and will differ from the rights of shareholders under U.S. law."

Securityholders' Agreement

              In July 2006, we entered into a Securityholders' Agreement with certain holders of our securities. Additional holders of our securities have subsequently become parties to the Securityholders' Agreement. In accordance with the Securityholders' Agreement, holders of our securities agreed to certain matters relating to the disposition and voting of such securities. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, certain provisions of the Securityholders' Agreement relating to the transfer of securities will terminate. However, pursuant to the Securityholders' Agreement, as we currently contemplate amending prior to the consummation of the offering, WP Bermuda will be entitled to nominate three of the eight directors to our board of directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding shares, two of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 10% of the outstanding shares and one of the eight directors for so long as Warburg Pincus beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares and Douglas W. Kohrs will continue to be entitled to be nominated for election to our board of directors until termination of his employment in accordance with terms of his employment agreement.

Registration Rights

              We plan to enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of our shareholders and officers, including TMG, VFI, VFII, KCH and Phil Invest ApS and Douglas W. Kohrs, who we refer to as the holders. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, one hundred and eighty days after consummation of the offering, we will agree to (i) use our reasonable best efforts to effect up to three registered offerings of at least $10 million each upon a demand of Warburg Pincus and one registered offering of at least $10 million upon a demand of the Vertical Group, (ii) use our reasonable best efforts to become eligible for use of Form S-3 for registration statements and once we become eligible Warburg Pincus shall have the right to demand an unlimited number of registrations of at least $10 million each on Form S-1 and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of each such registration statement for a period of 120 days or until the distribution of the registrable securities pursuant to the registration statement is complete.

              Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, all holders will also have incidental or "piggyback" registration rights with respect to any registrable shares, subject to certain volume and marketing restrictions imposed by the underwriters of the offering with respect to which the rights are

145


Table of Contents


exercised. These rights do not apply to this offering and this offering is not being effected pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

              We will bear the expenses, including the fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for the holders, in connection with the registration of the registrable securities, except for any underwriting commissions relating to the sale of the registrable securities.

Differences in Corporate Law

              The following comparison between Dutch corporation law, which applies to us, and Delaware corporation law, the law under which many corporations in the United States are incorporated, discusses additional matters not otherwise described in this prospectus.

Corporate governance

              The Netherlands.     In The Netherlands, a listed company typically has a two-tier board structure with a management board comprising the executive directors and a supervisory board comprising the non-executive directors. It is, however, also possible to have a single-tier board, comprising both executive directors and non-executive directors. We have a single-tier board.

              Under Dutch law the board of directors is collectively responsible for the policy and day-to-day management of the company. The non-executive directors will be assigned the task of supervising the executive director and providing him with advice. Each director has a duty towards the company to properly perform the duties assigned to him. Furthermore, each board member has a duty to act in the corporate interest of the company. Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers. The duty to act in the corporate interest of the company also applies in the event of a proposed sale or break-up of the company, whereby the circumstances generally dictate how such duty is to be applied. Any board resolution regarding a significant change in the identity or character of the company requires shareholders' approval.

              Delaware.     The board of directors of a Delaware corporation bears the ultimate responsibility for managing the business and affairs of a corporation. In discharging this function, directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its shareholders. Delaware courts have decided that the directors of a Delaware corporation are required to exercise an informed business judgment in the performance of their duties. An informed business judgment means that the directors have informed themselves of all material information reasonably available to them. Delaware courts have also imposed a heightened standard of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation who take any action designed to defeat a threatened change in control of the corporation. In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the shareholders.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law a director of a listed company is generally appointed for a maximum term of four years. There is no limit to the number of terms a director may serve. Our amended articles of association provide that our directors will be appointed for a maximum term of four years. A director may in principle be removed at any time, with or without cause by the shareholders' meeting.

              Delaware.     The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides for a one-year term for directors, but permits directorships to be divided into up to three classes with up to three-year terms,

146


Table of Contents


with the years for each class expiring in different years, if permitted by the certificate of incorporation, an initial bylaw or a bylaw adopted by the shareholders. A director elected to serve a term on a "classified" board may not be removed by shareholders without cause. There is no limit to the number of terms a director may serve.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law, new members of the board of directors of a company such as ours are appointed by the general meeting. Our amended articles of association provide that such occurs from a binding nomination by the board of directors, in which case the general meeting may override the binding nature of such nomination by a resolution of two-thirds of the votes cast, which votes also represent more than 50% of the issued share capital.

              Delaware.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) unless (a) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the corporation or (b) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of stock is to elect such director, in which case any other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch corporate governance rules, members of the board of directors may not take part in any vote on a subject or transaction in relation to which he or she has a conflict of interest with the company or any discussion on such matter. Our amended articles of association provide that in the event we have a conflict of interest with one or more members of the board of directors, we may still be represented by our sole executive director. However, under Dutch law and our amended articles of association, the general meeting, in the event of a conflict of interest, has the power to at any time designate one or more other persons to represent the company. Our amended articles of association provide that a director shall not take part in any vote on a subject or transaction in relation to which he has a conflict of interest with the company.

              Delaware.     The Delaware General Corporation Law generally permits transactions involving a Delaware corporation and an interested director of that corporation if:

              The Netherlands.     An absent director may issue a proxy for a specific board meeting but only to another director in writing.

              Delaware.     A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director's voting rights as a director.

147


Table of Contents

Shareholder rights

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law, shares have one vote per share, provided such shares have the same par value. Certain exceptions may be provided in the articles of association of a company (which is currently not the case in our articles of association). All shareholder resolutions are taken by an absolute majority of the votes cast, unless the articles of association or Dutch law prescribe otherwise. Dutch law does not provide for cumulative voting.

              If so resolved by the board of directors, shareholders as of the record date for a shareholders' meeting are entitled to vote at that meeting, and the record date established by the board of directors may not be determined earlier than the 30th day before the meeting. There is no specific provision in Dutch law for adjournments.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share of stock, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. In addition, the certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting at all elections of directors of the corporation or at elections held under specified circumstances. Either the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws may specify the number of shares or the amount of other securities that must be represented at a meeting in order to constitute a quorum, but in no event will a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.

              Shareholders as of the record date for the meeting are entitled to vote at the meeting, and the board of directors may fix a record date that is no more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, and if no record date is set then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The determination of the shareholders of record entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, but the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

              The Netherlands.     Pursuant to our articles of association, extraordinary shareholders' meetings will be held as often as the board of directors deems such necessary. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of the issued share capital may request the Dutch Courts to order that a general meeting be held.

              The agenda for a meeting of shareholders must contain such items as the board of directors or the person or persons convening the meeting decide. The agenda shall also include such other items as one or more shareholders, representing at least one-hundredth of the issued share capital or €50 million in listed share price value may request of the board of directors in writing, at least 60 days before the date of the meeting, provided no significant interest of the company dictates otherwise.

              Delaware.     Delaware law does not specifically grant shareholders the right to bring business before an annual or special meeting.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law, shareholders' resolutions may be adopted in writing without holding a meeting of shareholders, provided (a) the articles of association expressly so allow, (b) no bearer shares or depositary receipts are issued, (c) there are no persons entitled to the same rights as holders of depositary receipts, (d) the board of directors has been given the opportunity to

148


Table of Contents

give its advice on the resolution and (e) the resolution is adopted unanimously by all shareholders that are entitled to vote. For a listed company this method of adopting resolutions is therefore not feasible.

              Delaware.     Unless otherwise provided in the corporation's certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of a corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action to be so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

              The Netherlands.     Subject to certain exceptions, Dutch law does not recognize the concept of appraisal or dissenters' rights. See "—Shareholder vote on certain reorganizations."

              Delaware.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides for shareholder appraisal rights, or the right to demand payment in cash of the judicially-determined fair value of the shareholder's shares, in connection with certain mergers and consolidations.

              The Netherlands.     In the event a third party is liable to a Dutch company, only the company itself can bring a civil action against that party. The individual shareholders do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the company. Only in the event that the cause for the liability of a third party to the company also constitutes a tortious act directly against a shareholder does that shareholder have an individual right of action against such third party in its own name. The Dutch Civil Code provides for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively. A foundation or an association whose objective is to protect the rights of a group of persons having similar interests can institute a collective action. The collective action itself cannot result in an order for payment of monetary damages but may only result in a declaratory judgment ( verklaring voor recht ). In order to obtain compensation for damages, the foundation or association and the defendant may reach—often on the basis of such declaratory judgment—a settlement. A Dutch court may declare the settlement agreement binding upon all the injured parties with an opt-out choice for an individual injured party. An individual injured party may also itself institute a civil claim for damages.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself and other similarly situated shareholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under Delaware law have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a suit only if that person was a shareholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit. In addition, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff normally must be a shareholder not only at the time of the transaction that is the subject of the suit, but also throughout the duration of the derivative suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff in court, unless such a demand would be futile.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law, a company such as ours may not subscribe for newly issued shares in its own capital. Such company may, subject to certain restrictions of Dutch law and its articles of association, acquire shares or depositary receipts for shares in its own capital. As a result, we may acquire our own shares either without paying any consideration, or, in the event any consideration must be paid, only if (a) the shareholders' equity less the payment required to make the acquisition is

149


Table of Contents

not less than the sum of called and paid-up capital and any reserve required by Dutch law and our articles of association, (b) we and our subsidiaries would not thereafter hold or hold as a pledgee shares with an aggregate nominal value exceeding 50% of the nominal value of our issued share capital, (c) our amended articles of association permit such acquisition, which currently is the case and (d) the general meeting has authorized the board of directors to do so, which authorization has been granted for the maximum period allowed under Dutch law and our articles of association, that period being 18 months.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares unless the capital of the corporation is impaired or the purchase or redemption would cause an impairment of the capital of the corporation. A Delaware corporation may, however, purchase or redeem out of capital any of its preferred shares or, if no preferred shares are outstanding, any of its own shares if such shares will be retired upon acquisition and the capital of the corporation will be reduced in accordance with specified limitations.

              The Netherlands.     Neither Dutch law nor our articles of association specifically prevent business combinations with interested shareholders. Under Dutch law various protective measures are as such possible and admissible, within the boundaries set by Dutch case law and Dutch law, in particular the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

              Delaware.     In addition to other aspects of Delaware law governing fiduciary duties of directors during a potential takeover, the Delaware General Corporation Law also contains a business combination statute that protects Delaware companies from hostile takeovers and from actions following the takeover by prohibiting some transactions once an acquirer has gained a significant holding in the corporation.

              Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits "business combinations," including mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions by a corporation or a subsidiary with an interested shareholder that beneficially owns 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock, within three years after the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless:

              A Delaware corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203 by a provision contained in the original certificate of incorporation of the corporation or an amendment to the original certificate of incorporation or to the bylaws of the Company, which amendment must be approved by a majority of the shares entitled to vote and may not be further amended by the board of directors of the corporation. Such an amendment is not effective until twelve months following its adoption.

150


Table of Contents

              The Netherlands.     The board of directors provides all information desired by the shareholders' meeting, but not to individual shareholders and unless a significant interest of the company dictates otherwise. Our shareholders' register is available for inspection by the shareholders, although such does not apply to the part of our shareholders' register that is kept in the United States pursuant to U.S. listing requirements.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any shareholder may inspect for any proper purpose the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its shareholders and its other books and records during the corporation's usual hours of business.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law, the general meeting has the authority to suspend or remove members of the board of directors at any time.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (a) unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, shareholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (b) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law, in the event of an issuance of shares, each shareholder will have a pro-rata preemptive right to the number of shares held by such shareholder (with the exception of shares to be issued to employees or shares issued against a contribution other than in cash). Preemptive rights in respect of newly issued shares may be limited or excluded by the general meeting or by the board of directors if designated thereto by the general meeting or by the articles of association for a period not exceeding five years.

              Our amended articles of association conform to Dutch law and authorize the general meeting or the board of directors, if so designated by a resolution of the general meeting or by amended articles of association, to limit or exclude preemptive rights for holders of our shares for a period not exceeding five years. In order for such a resolution to be adopted, a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast in a meeting of shareholders is required, if less than half of the issued share capital is present or represented or a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting where more than half of the share capital is represented. Pursuant to our amended articles of association, the authority to limit or exclude preemptive rights relating to issues of our shares for a period of five years (the maximum period permitted under Dutch law) was delegated to our board of directors until                        , 2015.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, shareholders have no preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issues of stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and except to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.

              The Netherlands.     Dutch law provides that dividends may only be distributed after adoption of the annual accounts by the general meeting from which it appears that such dividend distribution is

151


Table of Contents

allowed. Moreover, dividends may be distributed only to the extent the shareholders' equity exceeds the sum of the amount of issued and paid-up capital and increased by reserves that must be maintained under the law or the articles of association. Interim dividends may be declared as provided in the articles of association and may be distributed to the extent that the shareholders' equity exceeds the amount of the issued and paid-up capital plus required legal reserves as described hereinbefore as apparent from an (interim) financial statement. Interim dividends should be regarded as advances on the final dividend to be declared with respect to the financial year in which the interim dividends have been declared. Should it be determined after adoption of the annual accounts with respect to the relevant financial year that the distribution was not permissible, the Company may reclaim the paid interim dividends as unduly paid. Under Dutch law, the articles of association may prescribe that the board of directors decide what portion of the profits are to be held as reserves. Pursuant to our articles of association, our board of directors may reserve a portion of our annual profits. The portion of our annual profits that remains unreserved will be distributed to our shareholders pro rata to the number of shares held by each shareholder. On the recommendation of our board of directors, the shareholders' meeting may resolve that we make distributions out of our general share premium account or out of any other reserves available for distributions under Dutch law, not being a reserve that must be maintained under Dutch law or pursuant to our articles of association. Dividends may be paid in the form of shares as well as in cash.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a Delaware corporation may pay dividends out of its surplus (the excess of net assets over capital), or in case there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared or the preceding fiscal year (provided that the amount of the capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). In determining the amount of surplus of a Delaware corporation, the assets of the corporation, including stock of subsidiaries owned by the corporation, must be valued at their fair market value as determined by the board of directors, without regard to their historical book value. Dividends may be paid in the form of ordinary shares, property or cash.

              The Netherlands.     Under our amended articles of association, the general meeting may resolve, upon a proposal of the board of directors, that we conclude a legal merger ( juridische fusie ) or a demerger ( splitsing ). In addition, the general meeting must approve resolutions of the board of directors concerning an important change in the identity or character of us or our business, in any event including:

              Under Dutch law, a shareholder who owns at least 95% of the company's issued capital may institute proceedings against the company's other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to that shareholder. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber ( Ondernemingskamer) , which may grant the claim for squeeze out in relation to all minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value of the shares.

152


Table of Contents

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon generally is necessary to approve a merger or consolidation or the sale of substantially all of the assets of a corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision requiring for any corporate action the vote of a larger portion of the stock or of any class or series of stock than would otherwise be required.

              Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no vote of the shareholders of a surviving corporation to a merger is needed; however, unless required by the certificate of incorporation, if (a) the agreement of merger does not amend in any respect the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation, (b) the shares of stock of the surviving corporation are not changed in the merger and (c) the number of ordinary shares of the surviving corporation into which any other shares, securities or obligations to be issued in the merger may be converted does not exceed 20% of the surviving corporation's common shares outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger. In addition, shareholders may not be entitled to vote in certain mergers with other corporations that own 90% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of such corporation, but the shareholders will be entitled to appraisal rights.

              The Netherlands.     Under Dutch law, the shareholders must adopt the compensation policy for the board of directors, which includes the outlines of the compensation of any members of our senior management who also serve on our board of directors.

              Delaware.     Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the shareholders do not generally have the right to approve the compensation policy for the board of directors or the senior management of the corporation, although certain aspects of the compensation policy may be subject to shareholder vote due to the provisions of federal securities and tax law.

Registrar and Transfer Agent

              A register of holders of the ordinary shares will be maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, or AST, in the United States, which will also serve as the transfer agent. The telephone number of AST is (800) 937-5449.

153


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

              Before this offering, no public market existed for our ordinary shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares. Although we have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active market for our ordinary shares.

              Upon completion of this offering, based upon the number of shares outstanding at April 4, 2010, there will be                        ordinary shares outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option. Of these outstanding ordinary shares, the                        ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or future registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales may be made only in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below.

              The remaining                        ordinary shares outstanding after this offering are deemed "restricted securities" under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or another exemption. As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date of availability of sale
  Approximate number
of ordinary shares
 
90 days after the date of this prospectus        
180 days after the date of this prospectus and various times thereafter        

Lock-Up Agreements

              Each of our directors, executive officers and certain of our existing shareholders has agreed, subject to certain exceptions described in "Underwriting", not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares for a period of 180 days after the date this prospectus becomes effective. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares held by our directors, executive officers and certain of our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

              The 180-day restricted period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions will continue to apply until the expiration of the 180-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Rule 144

              Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted ordinary shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act provided that such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during, the 90 days preceding such sale. Sales of our ordinary shares by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the ordinary shares to be sold were held by such person for less than one year.

154


Table of Contents

              Our affiliates that have held restricted ordinary shares for at least six months, or persons deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a proposed sale and that have held restricted ordinary shares for at least six months, may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted ordinary shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

              Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

              In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory share or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we become a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, substantially all ordinary shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Stock Plans

              We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering            ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and                        ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our stock option plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering, but no resale of these registered ordinary shares that are subject to lock-up agreements shall occur until after the expiration of the lock-up periods in such agreements.

Registration Rights

              We plan to enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of our shareholders and officers, including TMG, VFI, VFII, KCH and Phil Invest ApS and Douglas W. Kohrs, who we refer to as the holders. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, one hundred and eighty days after consummation of the offering, we will agree to (i) use our reasonable best efforts to effect up to three registered offerings of at least $10 million each upon a demand of Warburg Pincus and one registered offering of at least $10 million upon a demand of the Vertical Group, (ii) use our reasonable best efforts to become eligible for use of Form S-3 for registration statements and once we become eligible Warburg Pincus shall have the right to demand an unlimited number of registrations of at least $10 million each on Form S-1 and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of each such registration statement for a period of 120 days or until the distribution of the registrable securities pursuant to the registration statement is complete.

              Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, all holders will also have incidental or "piggyback" registration rights with respect to any registrable shares, subject to certain volume and marketing restrictions imposed by the underwriters of the offering with respect to which the rights are exercised. These rights do not apply to this offering and this offering is not being effected pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

              We will bear the expenses, including the fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for the holders, in connection with the registration of the registrable securities, except for any underwriting commissions relating to the sale of the registrable securities.

155


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Material Dutch Tax Consequences

              The information set out below is a general summary of material Dutch tax consequences in connection with the acquisition, ownership and transfer of ordinary shares. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the Dutch tax considerations that may be relevant for a particular holder of ordinary shares. Such holders may be subject to special tax treatment under any applicable law and this summary is not intended to be applicable in respect of all categories of holders of ordinary shares. The summary is based upon the tax laws of The Netherlands as in effect on the date of this prospectus, including official regulations, rulings and decisions of The Netherlands and its taxing and other authorities available in printed form on or before such date and now in effect. These tax laws are subject to change, which could apply retroactively and could affect the continuing validity of this summary. As this is a general summary, we recommend investors and shareholders consult their own tax advisors as to the Dutch or other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and transfer of ordinary shares, including, in particular, the application of their particular situations of the tax considerations discussed below.

              The following summary does not address the tax consequences arising in any jurisdiction other than The Netherlands in connection with the acquisition, ownership and transfer of ordinary shares.

Dividend Withholding Tax

              We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends. If we were to pay dividends currently, the following discussion summarizes the relevant Dutch tax consequences to you. Dividends paid on ordinary shares to a holder of such ordinary shares are generally subject to withholding tax of 15% imposed by The Netherlands. Generally, the dividend withholding tax will not be borne by us, but will be withheld by us from the gross dividends paid on the ordinary shares. The term "dividends" for this purpose includes, but is not limited to:

              A holder of ordinary shares who is, or who is deemed to be, a resident of The Netherlands can generally credit the withholding tax against his Dutch income tax or Dutch corporate income tax liability and is generally entitled to a refund of dividend withholding taxes exceeding his aggregate Dutch income tax or Dutch corporate income tax liability, provided certain conditions are met, unless such holder of ordinary shares is not considered to be the beneficial owner of the dividends.

156


Table of Contents

              A holder of ordinary shares who is the recipient of dividends, or the Recipient, will not be considered the beneficial owner of the dividends for this purpose if:

              With respect to a holder of ordinary shares, who is not and is not deemed to be a resident of The Netherlands for purposes of Dutch taxation and who is considered to be a resident of The Netherlands Antilles or Aruba under the provisions of the Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom of The Netherlands (Belastingregeling voor het Koninkrijk) , or who is considered to be a resident of a country other than The Netherlands under the provisions of a double taxation convention The Netherlands has concluded with such country, the following may apply. Such holder of ordinary shares may, depending on the terms of and subject to compliance with the procedures for claiming benefits under the Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom of The Netherlands or such double taxation convention, be eligible for a full or partial exemption from or a reduction or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax.

              In addition, subject to certain conditions, an exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax will generally apply to dividends distributed to entities that are resident in another EU Member State or in certain, designated countries that are party to the European Economic Area, or EEA, (at present Iceland and Norway) and that hold an interest of at least 5% of the nominal paid-in capital or, in relation to certain jurisdictions, of the voting power of the distributing entity. This exemption of dividend withholding tax is not applicable for cross-border dividend payments to entities that perform a similar function to Dutch fiscal investment institutions ( fiscale beleggingsinstellingen ) or exempt investment institutions ( vrijgestelde beleggingsinstellingen ). Furthermore, certain entities resident in an EU Member State and not subject to tax on their profits in such EU Member State might be entitled to obtain a full refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax provided they would not have been subject to Dutch corporate income tax had they been resident in The Netherlands.

              Dividend distributions to a U.S. holder of ordinary shares (with an interest of less than 10% of the voting rights in us) are subject to 15% dividend withholding tax, which is equal to the rate such U.S. holder may be entitled to under the Convention Between the Kingdom of The Netherlands and the United States for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, executed in Washington on December 18, 1992, as amended from time to time, or The Netherlands-U.S. Convention. As such, there is no need to claim a refund of the excess of the amount withheld over the tax treaty rate.

              On the basis of article 35 of The Netherlands-U.S. Convention, qualifying U.S. pension trusts are under certain conditions entitled to a full exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax. Such qualifying exempt U.S. pension trusts must provide us form IB 96 USA, along with a valid certificate, for the application of relief at source from dividend withholding tax. If we receive the required documentation prior to the relevant dividend payment date, then we may apply such relief at source. If a qualifying exempt U.S. pension trust fails to satisfy these requirements prior to the payment of a dividend, then such qualifying exempt pension trust may claim a refund of Dutch withholding tax by filing form IB 96 USA with the Dutch tax authorities. On the basis of article 36 of The Netherlands-U.S. Convention, qualifying exempt U.S. organizations are under certain conditions entitled to a full exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax. Such qualifying exempt U.S. organizations are not entitled to claim relief at source, and instead must claim a refund of Dutch withholding tax by filing form IB 96 USA with the Dutch tax authorities.

157


Table of Contents

              The concept of Dividend Stripping, described above, may also be applied to determine whether a holder of ordinary shares may be eligible for a full or partial exemption from, reduction or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax, as described in the preceding paragraphs.

              In general, we will be required to remit all amounts withheld as Dutch dividend withholding tax to the Dutch tax authorities. However, in connection with distributions received by us from our foreign subsidiaries, we are allowed, subject to certain conditions, to reduce the amount to be remitted to Dutch tax authorities by the lesser of:

              For purposes of determining the 3% threshold under (i) above, a distribution by us is not taken into account in case the Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld in respect thereof may be fully refunded, unless the recipient of such distribution is a qualifying entity that is not subject to corporate income tax.

              Although this reduction reduces the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that we are required to pay to Dutch tax authorities, it does not reduce the amount of tax that we are required to withhold from dividends.

Taxes on Income and Capital Gains

              The description of taxation set out in this section of this prospectus is not intended for any holder of ordinary shares, who:

              Generally a holder of ordinary shares will have a substantial interest in us, or a Substantial Interest, if he holds, alone or together with his partner (statutorily defined term), whether directly or indirectly, the ownership of, or certain other rights over, shares representing 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares), or rights to acquire shares, whether or not already issued, that represent at any time 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares) or the ownership of certain profit participating certificates that relate to 5% or more of the annual profit or to 5% or more of our liquidation proceeds. A holder of ordinary shares will also have a Substantial Interest in us if one of certain relatives of that holder or of his partner has a Substantial Interest in us.

158


Table of Contents


If a holder of ordinary shares does not have a Substantial Interest, a deemed Substantial Interest will be present if (part of) a Substantial Interest has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, without recognizing taxable gain.

              Residents of The Netherlands—Individuals.     An individual who is resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands, or who opts to be taxed as a resident of The Netherlands for purposes of Dutch taxation, or a Dutch Resident Individual, and who holds ordinary shares is subject to Dutch income tax on income or capital gains derived from the ordinary shares at the progressive rate (up to 52%—rate for 2010) if:

              If conditions (i) and (ii) mentioned above do not apply, any holder of ordinary shares who is a Dutch Resident Individual will be subject to Dutch income tax on a deemed return regardless of the actual income or capital gains benefits derived from the ordinary shares. This deemed return has been fixed at a rate of 4% (rate for 2010) of the average of the individual's yield basis ( rendementsgrondslag ) at the beginning of the calendar year and the individual's yield basis at the end of the calendar year, insofar as this exceeds a certain threshold ( heffingvrij vermogen ). The individual's yield basis is determined as the fair market value of certain qualifying assets held by the Dutch Resident Individual less the fair market value of certain qualifying liabilities, on January 1 and December 31 of the relevant year, divided by two. The deemed return of 4% will be taxed at a rate of 30% (rate for 2010).

              Residents of The Netherlands—Entities.     An entity that is resident or deemed to be resident in The Netherlands, or a Dutch Resident Entity, will generally be subject to Dutch corporate income tax with respect to income and capital gains derived from the ordinary shares. The Dutch corporate income tax rate is 20% for the first €200,000 of taxable income and 25.5% for taxable income exceeding €200,000 (rates for 2010). As of 1 January 2011 the Dutch corporate income tax rate is expected to be 20% for the first €40,000 of taxable income, 23% for the taxable income exceeding €40,000 but not exceeding €200,000 and 25.5% for taxable income exceeding €200,000.

              Non-Residents of The Netherlands.     A person who is not a Dutch Resident Individual or Dutch Resident Entity, a Non-Dutch Resident, who holds ordinary shares is generally not subject to Dutch income or corporate income tax (other than dividend withholding tax described above) on the income and capital gains derived from the ordinary shares, provided that:

159


Table of Contents

Gift, Estate or Inheritance Taxes

              No Dutch gift, estate or inheritance taxes will be levied on the transfer of ordinary shares by way of gift by or on the death of a holder, who is neither a resident nor deemed to be a resident of The Netherlands for the purpose of the relevant provisions, unless:

              For purposes of Dutch gift, estate and inheritance tax, an individual who is of Dutch nationality will be deemed to be a resident of The Netherlands if he has been a resident in The Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or his death. For purposes of Dutch gift tax, an individual will, irrespective of his nationality, be deemed to be resident of The Netherlands if he has been a resident in The Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.

Value Added Tax

              There is no Dutch value added tax payable by a holder of ordinary shares in respect of payments in consideration for the offer of the ordinary shares (other than value added tax payable in respect of services not exempt from Dutch value added tax).

Other Taxes and Duties

              No Dutch registration tax, capital tax, customs duty, stamp duty or any other similar tax or duty other than court fees is payable in The Netherlands by a holder of ordinary shares in connection with the acquisition, ownership and transfer of ordinary shares.

Residence

              A holder of ordinary shares will not become or be deemed to become a resident of The Netherlands solely by reason of holding these ordinary shares.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

              The following summary is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or IRC, The Netherlands-U.S. Convention, existing Treasury Regulations, revenue rulings, administrative interpretations and judicial decisions (all as currently in effect and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect). This summary applies only if you hold your ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the IRC (generally, property held for investment). This

160


Table of Contents


summary does not discuss all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances. For example, certain types of investors, such as:

may be subject to different tax rules not discussed below. In particular, because we are a "controlled foreign corporation," or CFC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ending on December 31, 2010, a U.S. person owning 10% or more of our voting shares directly, indirectly or constructively under applicable attribution rules, may have U.S. federal income tax consequences significantly different from those described below. Such persons should consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our ordinary shares.

              If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a member of such an entity will generally depend on the status of the member and the activities of the entity treated as a partnership. If you are a member of an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holding our ordinary shares, you should consult your tax advisor. Persons considering the purchase of the ordinary shares should consult their tax advisors with regard to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to their particular situations, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state or local jurisdiction or any jurisdictions outside of the United States.

              This discussion applies to you only if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (2) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) organized under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States (or the District of Columbia), (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (4) a trust if both: (A) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (B) one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

              This discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC (as described below).

161


Table of Contents

Taxation of Dividends

              We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends. If we were to pay dividends currently, the following discussion summarizes the relevant U.S. tax consequences to you.

              The gross amount of any distribution, including Dutch withholding tax thereon, with respect to our ordinary shares (other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares) will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to noncorporate holders, in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, will be taxable at a maximum rate of 15%. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of this preferred tax rate under your particular circumstances. An additional 3.8% tax may apply to dividends received by certain U.S. holders of our ordinary shares, including individuals, estates and trusts, during taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

              Subject to the next sentence, dividends paid on ordinary shares will constitute income from sources outside the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction to U.S. corporate shareholders. However, some portion of any dividend received with respect to the ordinary shares may be treated as U.S. source income under the rules regarding "United States-owned foreign corporations." You should consult your tax advisor regarding the source of any dividend received.

              The amount of any distribution paid in Euro will be the U.S. dollar value of the Euro on the date of your receipt of the dividend, determined at the spot rate in effect on such date, regardless of whether you convert the payments into U.S. dollars. Gain or loss, if any, recognized by you on the subsequent sale, conversion or disposition of Euro will be ordinary income or loss, and will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

              Subject to certain conditions and limitations, and subject to the discussion in the next paragraph, tax withheld in The Netherlands at the rate provided for in The Netherlands-U.S. Convention will be treated as a foreign tax that you may elect to deduct in computing your U.S. federal taxable income or credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. Amounts paid in respect of dividends on ordinary shares will be treated as "passive income" for purposes of calculating the amount of the foreign tax credit available to a U.S. shareholder. Foreign tax credits allowable with respect to each category of income cannot exceed the U.S. federal income tax payable on such category of income. Any amount withheld by us and paid over to the Dutch Tax Administration in excess of the rate applicable under The Netherlands-U.S. Convention will not be eligible for credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability. However, you may be able to obtain a refund of such excess amount by filing the appropriate forms with the Dutch Tax Administration requesting such refund and providing the required information.

              Under certain circumstances, we will be allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax imposed on United States shareholders that is paid over to the Dutch Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to us by certain of our non-Dutch subsidiaries. In such event, the Dutch withholding tax imposed on dividends paid to you may not be fully creditable against your United States federal income tax liability. As noted above, we do not currently anticipate paying dividends. If we pay dividends in the future, we will endeavor to provide to you the information that you will need to calculate the amount of your foreign tax credit.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of the Ordinary Shares

              You will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and your tax basis for such ordinary shares. Such gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain if the

162


Table of Contents


ordinary shares were held for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate holders are currently taxed at a rate of 15%. For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, this long-term capital gain rate is scheduled to return to 20%. Any such gain or loss generally would be treated as income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If you receive Euro upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares, gain or loss, if any, recognized on the subsequent sale, conversion or disposition of such Euro will be ordinary income or loss, and will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. An additional 3.8% tax may apply to gains recognized by certain U.S. holders of our ordinary shares, including individuals, estates and trusts, upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares occurring during taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

              A non-U.S. corporation will generally be considered a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income in such taxable year is passive income (the income test) or (ii) the average percentage (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) of the value of its assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50% (the asset test). For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.

              The Company believes that it will not be considered a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for the current year and the Company does not expect to become a PFIC in the foreseeable future. However, since PFIC status depends upon the composition of a company's income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year. If the Company were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which you held an ordinary share, certain adverse consequences could apply. Furthermore, the application of the PFIC asset test in respect of our current taxable year is uncertain because we currently are a CFC and the application of the asset test to a CFC in respect of its taxable year in which it becomes publicly traded after its first quarter is not clear.

              If a CFC is a "publicly traded corporation" for the taxable year, the PFIC asset test is applied based on the value of its assets. Otherwise, the asset test for a CFC is applied based on the adjusted tax bases of its assets as determined for the purposes of computing earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. In both cases, the determination is made on the basis of a quarterly average. It is not clear, however, whether a corporation will be treated as a "publicly traded corporation" in respect of the taxable year in which it becomes a publicly traded corporation after the first quarter. We will be a CFC for our current taxable year ending on December 31, 2010, and we expect to become a publicly traded corporation as a result of the offering sometime this year. As a result, it is not clear how the asset test will apply to us in respect of the current taxable year. However, regardless of whether the asset test must be applied entirely based on the adjusted tax bases or entirely on the value of our assets during the current taxable year (or on a combination of these two methods, based on the number of quarters during which our ordinary shares are publicly traded in the current taxable year), we do not believe that we will be a PFIC in respect of our current taxable year. You should note, however, that the Internal Revenue Service could disagree with our conclusion.

              If the Company is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, gain recognized by you on a sale or other disposition of an ordinary share would be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ordinary share. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before the Company became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income, rather than capital gains. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable year. Further, any distribution in respect of ordinary shares in excess of 125%

163


Table of Contents


of the average of the annual distributions on ordinary shares received by you during the preceding three years or your holding period, whichever if shorter, would be subject to taxation as described above. Certain elections may be available (including a mark-to-market election) to U.S. persons that may mitigate the adverse consequences resulting from PFIC status.

              In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which we pay a dividend or in the prior taxable year, the 15% dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to noncorporate holders would not apply.

              Under newly enacted legislation, unless otherwise provided by the U.S. Treasury, each U.S. holder of shares of a PFIC is required to file an annual report containing such information as the U.S. Treasury may require. Prior to such legislation, a U.S. holder of shares of a PFIC was required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 only for each taxable year in which such shareholder received distributions from the PFIC, recognized gain on a disposition of the PFIC stock, or made a "reportable election." If we are or become a PFIC, you should consult your tax advisor regarding any reporting requirements that may apply to you.

              You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our ordinary shares.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

              Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless (i) you are an exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, you provide us with your correct taxpayer identification number on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 and certify that you are not subject to backup withholding. For taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, new legislation requires U.S. holders who are individuals and who hold interests in foreign financial assets exceeding $50,000 to report our name and address and the information necessary to identify our ordinary shares held in an attachment to such invidual's annual tax return, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions).

              The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

164


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

              Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of ordinary shares set forth opposite its name below.

Name
  Number of ordinary shares  
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated
       
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.         
Piper Jaffray & Co.         
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC        
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC        
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.         
       
                      Total        
       

              Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the ordinary shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these ordinary shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

              We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

              The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the ordinary shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer's certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

              The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the ordinary shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $.            per ordinary share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $.            per ordinary share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

              The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 
  Per
ordinary share
  Without option   With option  
Public offering price                    
Underwriting discount                    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Tornier N.V.                     

165


Table of Contents

              The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $            and are payable by us.

Overallotment Option

              We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to            additional ordinary shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional ordinary shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Shares

              At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to            (    % of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus) for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, sales agencies, dealers, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved ordinary shares, this will reduce the number of ordinary shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved ordinary shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other ordinary shares offered by this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

              We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with ordinary shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

              This lock-up provision applies to ordinary shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with ordinary shares. It also applies to ordinary shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described

166


Table of Contents


above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

              We expect the ordinary shares to be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol "TRNX."

              Before this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

              An active trading market for the ordinary shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the ordinary shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

              The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the ordinary shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

              Until the distribution of the ordinary shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our ordinary shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the ordinary shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

              In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ordinary shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of ordinary shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase ordinary shares through the overallotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the

167


Table of Contents


offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

              The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ordinary shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

              Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

              Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Ordinary Shares

              A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

              Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

              In addition, on April 3, 2009, certain merchant banking funds affiliated with Piper Jaffray & Co., along with various other investors, acquired notes payable and warrants to purchase ordinary shares. On May 25, 2010, all investors holding warrants agreed to exchange their warrants for shares at an exchange ratio of 0.641. The exchange resulted in the issuance of 565,687 ordinary shares to the merchant banking funds affiliated with Piper Jaffray & Co., which represents less than 1% of our total shares outstanding.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

              In relation to each Member State of the EEA which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any ordinary shares may be made at any

168


Table of Contents


time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

provided that no such offer of ordinary shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

              Any person making or intending to make any offer of ordinary shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of ordinary shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of ordinary shares contemplated in this prospectus.

              For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any ordinary shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

              Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any ordinary shares under, the offer of ordinary shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

              In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are "qualified investors" (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to

169


Table of Contents

investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

              This document, as well as any other material relating to the ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The ordinary shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the ordinary shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The ordinary shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the ordinary shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the ordinary shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

              This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial advisor.

170


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

              Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP. The validity of the ordinary shares and other certain legal matters as to the law of The Netherlands will be passed upon for us by Stibbe N.V. Certain legal matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Costa Mesa.


EXPERTS

              The consolidated financial statements, and schedule, of Tornier B.V. at December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 27, 2009, appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

              We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to the ordinary shares being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of that registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. For further information about us and the ordinary shares offered, see the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document to which reference is made are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance where a copy of a contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the copy so filed, each of those statements being qualified in all respects by the reference.

              A copy of the registration statement, the exhibits and schedules thereto and any other document we file may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from this office upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference facilities in Washington, D.C. by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public from the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

              Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to a company with securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act. In accordance therewith, we will file proxy statements and other information with the SEC. All documents filed with the SEC are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.tornier.com. You may access our reports, proxy statements and other information free of charge at this website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on such website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

171


Table of Contents

TORNIER B.V.

              

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010

 
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010

 
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, and for the first quarter ended April 4, 2010

 
F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Tornier B.V.

              We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tornier B.V. and subsidiaries (the Company), as of December 27, 2009, and December 28, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' equity and comprehensive loss for each of the three years in the period ended December 27, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 16b. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

              We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

              In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Tornier B.V. and subsidiaries at December 27, 2009, and December 28, 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 27, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

              As discussed in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes , related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes as of December 29, 2008. Additionally, as discussed in Note 8 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging , and changed its method of accounting for certain instruments not indexed to the Company's own stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

April 9, 2010
Minneapolis, Minnesota

F-2


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 21,348   $ 37,969   $ 38,311  

Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $2,169, 2,667 and $2,410, respectively)

    40,584     40,447     40,424  

Inventories

    75,002     82,716     82,995  

Income taxes receivable

    2,517     2,835     3,447  

Deferred income taxes

    1,971     2,860     3,100  

Prepaid taxes

    9,418     10,356     10,704  

Prepaid expenses

    3,035     3,353     3,482  

Other current assets

    4,601     4,707     4,601  
               
 

Total current assets

    158,476     185,243     187,064  

Instruments, net

    22,319     26,355     25,736  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    28,626     35,076     35,963  

Goodwill

    130,632     136,949     132,342  

Intangible assets, net

    133,474     125,221     117,371  

Deferred income taxes

    415     10,530     12,007  

Other assets

    2,025     813     447  
               
 

Total assets

  $ 475,967   $ 520,187   $ 510,930  
               

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Short-term borrowing and current portion of long-term debt

  $ 27,868   $ 23,299   $ 25,112  

Accounts payable

    19,456     12,925     15,714  

Accrued liabilities

    27,673     35,580     35,156  

Income taxes payable

        351     1,118  

Deferred income taxes

    1,739          
               
 

Total current liabilities

    76,736     72,155     77,100  

Notes payable

    29,080     69,535     70,095  

Mandatorily convertible bonds

    47,845          

Other long-term debt

    24,481     22,889     22,503  

Deferred income taxes

    26,663     21,557     21,130  

Warrant liabilities

        85,215     85,068  

Contingent liabilities

    3,900     3,167     2,743  

Other non-current liabilities

    3,737     2,622     2,799  
               
 

Total liabilities

    212,442     277,140     281,438  

Redeemable non-controlling interest

    23,200     23,259      

Shareholders' equity:

                   

Ordinary Shares, $0.01 par value; authorized 300,000,000; issued and outstanding 62,700,404, 74,000,912 and 77,186,382 at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively

    804     968     1,012  

Additional paid-in capital

    309,550     344,049     368,681  

Accumulated deficit

    (90,696 )   (144,718 )   (154,074 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    20,667     19,489     13,873  
               

Total shareholders' equity

    240,325     219,788     229,492  
               
 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $ 475,967   $ 520,187   $ 510,930  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 
  Year ended   First quarter ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 145,369   $ 177,370   $ 201,462   $ 50,855   $ 61,843  

Cost of goods sold

    49,959     49,085     58,472     14,690     18,365  
                       

Gross profit

    95,410     128,285     142,990     36,165     43,478  

Operating expenses:

                               
 

Sales and marketing

    78,628     103,285     112,017     26,854     33,381  
 

General and administrative

    17,976     21,742     20,790     5,213     6,526  
 

Research and development

    13,305     20,635     18,120     4,725     4,813  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    7,946     11,186     15,173     2,615     2,997  
 

Special charges

            1,864         224  
 

In-process research and development

    15,107                  
                       
 

Total operating expenses

    132,962     156,848     167,964     39,407     47,941  

Operating loss

    (37,552 )   (28,563 )   (24,974 )   (3,242 )   (4,463 )

Other income (expense):

                               
 

Interest expense

    (2,394 )   (11,171 )   (19,667 )   (3,059 )   (5,830 )
 

Foreign currency transaction gain (loss)

    (5,859 )   1,701     3,003     4,063     (2,294 )
 

Other non-operating (expense) income

    (1,966 )   (1,371 )   (28,461 )   (1,900 )   214  
                       

Loss before income taxes

    (47,771 )   (39,404 )   (70,099 )   (4,138 )   (12,373 )

Income tax benefit

    6,580     5,227     14,413     621     2,322  
                       

Consolidated net loss

    (41,191 )   (34,177 )   (55,686 )   (3,517 )   (10,051 )

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

        (1,173 )   (1,067 )   (420 )   (695 )
                       

Net loss attributable to Tornier

    (41,191 )   (33,004 )   (54,619 )   (3,097 )   (9,356 )

Accretion of non-controlling interest

        (3,761 )   (1,127 )   (420 )   (679 )
                       

Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

  $ (41,191 ) $ (36,765 ) $ (55,746 ) $ (3,517 ) $ (10,035 )
                       

Net loss per share:

                               

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.62 ) $ (0.51 ) $ (0.76 ) $ (0.05 ) $ (0.14 )
                       

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding:

                               

Basic and diluted

    66,666     71,791     73,224     72,928     74,293  
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 
  Year ended   First quarter ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                               

Consolidated net loss

  $ (41,191 ) $ (34,177 ) $ (55,686 ) $ (3,517 ) $ (10,051 )

Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net loss to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                               
 

Depreciation and amortization

    15,582     22,331     29,732     5,659     6,809  
 

In-process research and development

    15,107                  
 

Non-cash foreign currency (gain) loss

    5,859     (317 )   (3,898 )   (3,934 )   1,677  
 

Deferred income taxes

    (9,224 )   (5,732 )   (11,807 )   55     (2,143 )
 

Share-based compensation

    2,836     3,672     3,913     682     1,559  
 

Non-cash interest expense and discount amortization

    1,047     9,320     17,202     2,479     5,197  
 

Inventory obsolescence

    5,112     4,340     7,831     1,963     1,724  
 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

            28,027     1,900     (147 )
 

Other non-cash items affecting earnings

        861     2,062     (67 )   285  
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

                               
   

Accounts receivable

    (6,772 )   (5,007 )   425     (2,885 )   (1,438 )
   

Inventories

    984     (24,765 )   (13,851 )   (3,030 )   (5,426 )
   

Accounts payable and accruals

    (2,768 )   794     497     205     5,660  
   

Other current assets and liabilities

    4,472     3,372     (870 )   1,639     (1,196 )
   

Other non-current assets and liabilities

        36     (160 )   329     794  
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (8,956 )   (25,272 )   3,417     1,478     3,304  

Cash flows from investing activities:

                               

Acquisition-related cash payments

    (88,459 )   (12,730 )   (7,656 )       (1,061 )

Consolidation of non-controlling interest

        1,038              

Additions of instruments

    (8,596 )   (12,365 )   (13,465 )   (3,499 )   (2,717 )

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

    (8,342 )   (13,467 )   (11,109 )   (2,290 )   (4,579 )
                       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (105,397 )   (37,524 )   (32,230 )   (5,789 )   (8,357 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

                               

Change in short-term debt

    11,161     (2,122 )   (3,506 )   1,128     3,536  

Repayments of long-term debt

    (3,040 )   (2,869 )   (9,881 )   (3,108 )   (2,609 )

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    12,892     10,198     6,030     2,538     3,364  

Proceeds from issuance of mandatorily convertible bonds

    6,606                  

Proceeds from the issuance of notes payable and warrants

        52,406     49,332          

Issuance of ordinary shares

    94,267     8,874     2,882         541  
                       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    121,886     66,487     44,857     558     4,832  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    1,080     310     577     (186 )   563  
                       

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

    8,613     4,001     16,621     (3,939 )   342  

Cash and cash equivalents:

                               

Beginning of period

    8,734     17,347     21,348     21,348     37,969  
                       

End of period

  $ 17,347   $ 21,348   $ 37,969   $ 17,409   $ 38,311  
                       

Supplemental disclosure:

                               

Income taxes (refunded) paid

  $ 4,748   $ 1,317   $ (2,163 ) $ (2,804 ) $ (277 )
                       

Interest paid

  $ 1,347   $ 1,865   $ 1,854   $ 580   $ 630  
                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Loss

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

 
  Ordinary shares    
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
   
   
 
 
  Additional
paid-in
capital
  Accumulated
deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Balance at December 31, 2006

    35,175   $ 441   $ 158,791   $ 6,967   $ (16,501 ) $ 149,698  
 

Net loss

                    (41,191 )   (41,191 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                20,928         20,928  
 

Other

                (84 )       (84 )
                                     
 

Total comprehensive loss

                        (20,347 )
 

Other issuances of ordinary shares

    331     5     1,680             1,685  
 

Issuance of ordinary shares related to acquisitions

    25,621     336     115,234             115,570  
 

Modification of mandatorily convertible bonds

            427             427  
 

Share-based compensation

            2,843             2,843  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2007

    61,127   $ 782   $ 278,975   $ 27,811   $ (57,692 ) $ 249,876  
 

Net loss

                    (33,004 )   (33,004 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                (7,211 )       (7,211 )
 

Other

                67         67  
                                     
 

Total comprehensive loss

                        (40,148 )
 

Accretion of non-controlling interest

            (3,761 )           (3,761 )
 

Issuance of warrants related to debt

                         
 

Issuance of warrants related to debt financing, net of $7,466 tax

            21,812             21,812  
 

Issuance of ordinary shares related to acquisitions

    910     14     5,138             5,152  
 

Issuance of ordinary shares related to stock option exercise

    26         117             117  
 

Other issuances of ordinary shares

    637     8     3,597             3,605  
 

Share-based compensation

            3,672             3,672  
                           

Balance at December 28, 2008

    62,700   $ 804   $ 309,550   $ 20,667   $ (90,696 ) $ 240,325  
 

Net loss

                    (54,619 )   (54,619 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                (1,032 )       (1,032 )
 

Other

                (146 )       (146 )
                                     
 

Total comprehensive loss

                        (55,797 )
 

Accretion of non-controlling interest

            (1,127 )           (1,127 )
 

Adoption of ASC Topic 740

                    (266 )   (266 )
 

Adoption of ASC Topic 815

            (21,812 )       863     (20,949 )
 

Issuance of ordinary shares related to stock option exercise

    30         135             135  
 

Conversion of mandatorily convertible debt

    10,228     149     50,288             50,437  
 

Other issuances of ordinary shares

    1,043     15     2,731             2,746  
 

Share-based compensation

            4,284             4,284  
                           

Balance at December 27, 2009

    74,001   $ 968   $ 344,049   $ 19,489   $ (144,718 ) $ 219,788  
 

Net loss

                    (9,356 )   (9,356 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                (5,616 )       (5,616 )
                                     
 

Total comprehensive loss

                        (14,972 )
 

Accretion of non-controlling interest

            (679 )           (679 )
 

Issuance of ordinary shares related to acquisition of non-controlling interest

    3,093     41     23,159             23,200  
 

Issuance of ordinary shares to related parties

    40     2     299             301  
 

Issuance of ordinary shares related to stock option exercise

    52     1     239             240  
 

Share-based compensation

            1,614             1,614  
                                   

Balance at April 4, 2010 (Unaudited)

    77,186   $ 1,012   $ 368,681   $ 13,873   $ (154,074 ) $ 229,492  
                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

F-6


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

1. Business Description

              Tornier B.V., or the Company, is a global medical device company focused on surgeons that treat musculoskeletal injuries and disorders of the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, ankle and foot. Tornier refers to these surgeons as extremity specialists. Tornier sells to this extremity specialist customer base a broad line of joint replacement, trauma, sports medicine and orthobiologic products to treat extremity joints. Their motto of "specialists serving specialists" encompasses this focus. In certain international markets, Tornier also offers joint replacement products for the hip and knee. Tornier currently sells over 70 product lines in approximately 35 countries.

              Tornier has a tradition of innovation, intense focus on surgeon education, and commitment to advancement of orthopaedic technology since its founding approximately 70 years ago in France by René Tornier. Tornier's history includes the introduction of the world's first porous orthopaedic hip implant, the application of the Morse taper, which is a reliable means of joining modular orthopaedic implants and, more recently, the introduction of the reversed shoulder implant in the United States. This track record of innovation over the decades stems from our close collaboration with leading orthopaedic surgeons and thought leaders throughout the world.

              The Company was acquired in 2006 by an investor group led by Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., or WP Bermuda, and medical device investors, including The Vertical Group, L.P., or The Vertical Group, and Split Rock Partners, L.P., and Douglas W. Kohrs, Tornier's Chief Executive Officer.

              During 2007, the Company made several acquisitions (see Note 5) that expanded its product offerings within the orthopaedic industry. The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes present the consolidated results of the Company for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008, and December 31, 2007.

              The Company's global headquarters are located in Amsterdam, The Netherlands. The Company's U.S. headquarters are in Edina, Minnesota, and its U.S. sales and distribution operations are in Stafford, Texas. The Company has manufacturing, research and development, sales and distribution and administrative activities in Grenoble, France. The Company also has manufacturing operations in Ireland. The Company has other sales and distribution operations in Australia, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands, Spain, the United Kingdom, Scandinavia and Switzerland. The Company also has other research and development and quality and regulatory functions located in Warsaw, Indiana, and Beverly, Massachusetts.

              In 2009, the Company consolidated its U.S. operations and closed quality and regulatory and sales and marketing functions in San Diego, California and manufacturing operations in Beverly, Massachusetts. See Note 19 for further details.

              In 2008, the Company changed its fiscal reporting periods to 13-week quarters and a 52-week annual period, which ends on the Sunday nearest to and preceding December 31. The 2008 fiscal year began on January 1, 2008 and ended on December 28, 2008. This change did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements as compared to the prior years. During the first quarter of 2010 the Company added a 14 th  week to the quarterly reporting period in order to make up for past annual periods that included only 364 days under the 52-week annual period rather than a full 365 day annual period. As a result, the first quarter of 2010 includes an extra week of operations as compared to the first quarter of 2009.

F-7


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation

              The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly and majority owned subsidiaries. Additionally, the Company has consolidated the assets and liabilities of a variable interest entity (VIE), C2M Medical Inc. (C2M), for which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. In the first quarter of 2010, the Company exercised its option to acquire the outstanding shares of C2M in exchange for Tornier ordinary shares. Upon exercise of the purchase option, a non-controlling interest in C2M no longer existed. The balance of the non-controlling interest was eliminated and the fair value of the shares issued in the acquisition, $23.2 million, was recorded as a component of shareholders' equity. Refer to Note 16 for further details. In consolidation, all material intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

              The accompanying balance sheet as of April 4, 2010, statements of operations and cash flows for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and first quarter ended April 4, 2010, Statement of Shareholders' Equity and Comprehensive Loss and related financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements as of April 4, 2010, and for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and first quarter ended April 4, 2010, are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and first quarter ended April 4, 2010. The results for the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for the year ending January 2, 2011.

Use of Estimates

              The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and include amounts that are based on management's best estimates and judgments. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Translation

              The functional currencies for the Company and all of the Company's wholly owned subsidiaries are their local currencies. The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its international subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using current exchange rates for the consolidated balance sheets and average exchange rates for the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows. Unrealized translation gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders' equity. When a transaction is denominated in a currency other than the subsidiary's functional currency, the Company recognizes a transaction gain or loss in net earnings. Foreign currency transaction gains (losses) included in net earnings were $(6.5) million, $0.9 million and $3.0 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, and $4.1 million and $(2.3) million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009 and first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively. Included

F-8


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


in the $3.0 million of foreign currency transaction gain recognized in 2009 is $3.9 million related to the revaluation of warrants carried as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets, which are denominated in a currency other than Tornier BV's functional currency. The first quarter ended April 4, 2010, also included $5.7 million of foreign currency transaction loss related to the revaluation of the warrants. See Note 8 for further explanation.

Revenue Recognition

              The Company derives its revenue from the sale of medical devices that are used by orthopaedic surgeons who treat diseases and disorders of extremity joints including the shoulder, elbow, wrist, hand, ankle and foot. The Company's revenue is generated from sales to two types of customers: healthcare institutions and distributors. Sales to healthcare institutions represent the majority of the Company's revenue. The Company utilizes a network of independent commission-based sales agencies for sales in the United States and a combination of direct sales organizations, independent sales representatives and distributors for sales outside the United States. Revenue from sales to healthcare institutions is recognized at the time of surgical implantation. The Company generally records revenue from sales to its distributors at the time the product is shipped to the distributor. Distributors, who sell the products to their customers, take title to the products and assume all risks of ownership at time of shipment. The Company's distributors are obligated to pay within specified terms regardless of when, if ever, they sell the products. In certain circumstances, the Company may accept sales returns from distributors and in certain situations in which the right of return exists, the Company estimates a reserve for sales returns and recognizes the reserve as a reduction of revenue. The Company bases its estimate for sales returns on historical sales and product return information including historical experience and trend information. The Company's reserve for sales returns has historically been immaterial. The Company charges its customers for shipping and handling and recognizes these amounts as part of revenue.

Shipping and Handling

              Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling of products are reflected in revenue and are not significant. Costs related to shipping and handling of products are expensed as incurred, are included in sales and marketing expense and were $3.5 million, $3.7 million and $3.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

              Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents is cost, which approximates fair value.

Accounts Receivable

              Accounts receivable consist of trade customer receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses in the collection of accounts receivable. The Company makes estimates regarding the future ability of its customers to make required payments based on historical credit experience, delinquency and expected future trends. The majority of the

F-9


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Company's receivables are from health care institutions, many of which are government-funded. The Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was $2.2 million, $2.7 million and $2.4 million at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively.

              Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. Management attempts to minimize credit risk by reviewing customers' credit history before extending credit and by monitoring credit exposure on a regular basis. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers, historical trends and other information. Collateral or other security is generally not required for accounts receivable. As of December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, there were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

Advertising

              The Company records advertising expenses as a component of sales and marketing expenses in the period in which they are incurred. The Company incurred $2.3 million, $2.6 million and $1.9 million in advertising costs during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively.

Royalties

              The Company pays royalties to individuals and companies that have developed and retain the legal rights to the technology or have assisted the Company in the development of technology or new products. These royalties are based on sales and are reflected as a sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Inventories

              Inventories, net of reserves for obsolete and slow-moving goods, are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis. Inventory is held both within the Company and by third-party distributors on a consignment basis. Inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-process and finished goods. Finished goods inventories are held in the United States, Europe and Australia and consist primarily of implants. Manufactured and assembled instruments that have not been completed and placed in service are also included in the inventory balances and are reclassified as instruments, net in the consolidated balance sheets upon being made available for service.

              Existing inventory was recorded at fair value at the date of the Company's recapitalization (July 18, 2006). The initial increase in inventory from historical book value to fair value was $26.8 million. The fair value of the inventory acquired in the Company's 2007 acquisitions also exceeded historical book value by $1.2 million at the dates of acquisition. Approximately $16.7 million of this additional value was expensed in cost of goods sold during the year ended December 31, 2007. Sales of stepped-up inventory did not impact cost of goods sold in the fiscal years ended December 28, 2008, or December 27, 2009, or in the first quarter ended April 4, 2010.

F-10


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

              Inventory balances consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Raw materials

  $ 7,387   $ 7,384   $ 5,913  

Work-in-process

    7,372     7,773     7,337  

Finished goods

    60,243     67,559     69,745  
               

Total

  $ 75,002   $ 82,716   $ 82,995  
               

              The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on-hand for excess and obsolete inventory and, when circumstances indicate, incurs charges to write down inventories to their net realizable value. The Company's review of inventory for excess and obsolete quantities is based primarily on the estimated forecast of product demand, production requirements and introduction of new products. The Company recognized $5.1 million, $4.3 million and $7.8 million of expense for excess or obsolete inventory in earnings during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 29, 2009, respectively, and $1.9 million and $1.7 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively. Additionally, the Company had $12.4 million and $13.3 million in inventory held on consignment at December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

              Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of ten to 39 years for buildings and improvements and two to eight years for machinery and equipment. The cost of maintenance and repairs is expensed as incurred. The Company reviews property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset are less than the asset's carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment losses were recognized during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, or for the first quarter ended April 4, 2010. See Note 5 for additional detail.

Instruments

              Instruments are handheld devices used by orthopaedic surgeons during joint replacement and other surgical procedures to facilitate the implantation of the Company's products. Instruments are recognized as long-lived assets once they have been placed in service. Instruments that have not been placed in service are carried at cost, net of allowances for excess and obsolete instruments, and are included in inventories on the consolidated balance sheets. The balances of instruments that have not been placed in service as of December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009 and April 4, 2010 were $4.5 million, $4.2 million and $4.7 million, respectively. Once placed in service, instruments are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based

F-11


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


on average estimated useful lives. Estimated useful lives are determined principally in reference to associated product life cycles, and average five years. The Company reviews instruments for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset are less than the asset's carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its fair value. Instruments included in long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Instruments

  $ 33,554   $ 47,376   $ 47,896  

Accumulated depreciation

    (11,235 )   (21,021 )   (22,160 )
               

Instruments, net

  $ 22,319   $ 26,355   $ 25,736  
               

              The Company provides instruments to surgeons for use in surgeries and retains title to the instruments throughout the implantation process. As instruments are used as tools to assist surgeons, depreciation of instruments is recognized as a sales and marketing expense. Instrument depreciation expense was $4.0 million, $6.3 million, and $9.4 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009, respectively, and $1.9 million and $2.4 million during the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively.

Goodwill

              Goodwill is recognized as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to impairment tests. The Company performs impairment tests annually unless circumstances otherwise dictate. Based on the Company's single business approach to decision-making, planning and resource allocation, management has determined that the Company has only one reporting unit for the purpose of evaluating goodwill for impairment. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test as of the first day of the fourth quarter of its fiscal year. Impairment tests are done by comparing the reporting unit's fair value to its carrying amount to determine if there is potential impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill. The fair value of the reporting unit and the implied fair value of goodwill are determined based on widely accepted valuation techniques, primarily the income approach, as appropriate. The calculation of the fair value of the reporting unit involves significant management judgment, including the valuation of the Company's shares. The Company's shares are not traded in an active market, and therefore, this assumption is unobservable. No goodwill impairment losses were recorded during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, or for the first quarter ended April 4, 2010 as the fair value of the reporting unit significantly exceeded its carrying value.

F-12


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Intangible Assets

              Intangible assets with an indefinite life, including certain trademarks and trade names, are not amortized. The useful lives of indefinite-life intangible assets are assessed annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite life. Intangible assets with an indefinite life are tested for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset. The amount of the impairment loss to be recorded would be determined based on the excess of the asset's carrying value over its fair value. No impairment losses were recorded during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, or December 27, 2009, or for the first quarter ended April 4, 2010.

              Intangible assets with a finite life, including developed technology, customer relationships, and patents and licenses, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from ten to 20 years. Intangible assets with a finite life are tested for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated future undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset are less than the asset's carrying amount. An impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its fair value. During the year ended December 27, 2009, an impairment loss of $3.4 million was recognized when developed technology from acquired entities was abandoned and is included in amortization of intangible assets in the consolidated statements of operations.

Derivative Financial Instruments

              All of the Company's derivative instruments are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as either an asset or liability and are measured at fair value. The changes in the derivative's fair value are recognized in current period earnings.

              Changes to the fair value of foreign currency derivative instruments designated as economic hedges resulted in charges of $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, and December 28, 2008. These charges were classified as foreign currency transaction loss on the consolidated statements of operations. Any related derivative assets are recorded as other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no outstanding foreign currency derivative instruments at December 27, 2009, or April 4, 2010.

              The Company also issued warrants in 2008 and 2009 for ordinary shares that are recognized as warrant liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value of these warrants resulted in other non-operating income (expense) of ($28.0) million for the year ended December 27, 2009, and ($1.9) million and $0.1 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively. See Note 8 for further information.

Research and Development

              All research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

F-13


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes

              Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances for deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that some component or all of the benefits of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

              The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 740 related to accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on December 29, 2008. As a result of the implementation of these provisions, the Company recognized a $0.3 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the December 29, 2008 balance of accumulated deficit. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the Company's provision for income taxes. At December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, accrued interest and penalties were immaterial.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

              Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that under U.S. GAAP are included in comprehensive income (loss) but are excluded from net earnings, as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to shareholders' equity. Other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised mainly of foreign currency translation adjustments. These amounts are presented in the consolidated statements of shareholders' equity and comprehensive loss.

              The reconciliation of net loss to comprehensive loss is as follows:

 
  First quarter ended  
 
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
  ($ in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $ (3,097 ) $ (9,356 )
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    (9,877 )   (5,616 )
           

Total Comprehensive Loss

  $ (12,974 )   (14,972 )
           

Share-Based Compensation

              The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments—Revised , which requires share-based compensation cost to be measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards, such as options, on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company's share price, as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables, which include the expected life of the award, the expected share price volatility over the expected life of the awards, expected dividend yield and risk-free interest rate.

F-14


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

              The Company adopted ASC Topic 820, which establishes a framework for measuring fair value and clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework. ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as an exit price, which is the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the Company's principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820 generally requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs reflect the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity. Unobservable inputs reflect the entity's own assumptions based on market data and the entity's judgments about the assumptions that that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are to be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

              In October 2008, the FASB clarified ASC Topic 820 when an active market does not exist, stating that it may be appropriate to use unobservable inputs to determine fair value. The carrying value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximates the fair value of these financial instruments at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are done so on a recurring basis. U.S. GAAP requires fair value measurements to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

      Level 1 —Assets and liabilities with unadjusted, quoted prices listed on active market exchanges.

      Level 2 —Assets and liabilities determined using prices for recently traded assets and liabilities with similar underlying terms, as well as directly or indirectly observable inputs, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

      Level 3 —Assets and liabilities that are not actively traded on a market exchange. This category includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. The prices are determined using significant unobservable inputs or valuation techniques.

              As of December 27, 2009, the Company has warrants that are classified as warrant liabilities that have a fair value of $85.2 million. The fair value of the Company's share price is a significant input into this valuation, which is unobservable in the market. Therefore, these warrants are considered Level 3 instruments. See Note 8 for further information.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

              The Company adopted the FASB's ASC Topic 105 as the single official source of authoritative, non-governmental U.S. GAAP in the United States. On the effective date, all then-existing non-SEC accounting literature and reporting standards were superseded and deemed non-authoritative. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements; however, ASC Topic 105 affected the way that the Company references authoritative guidance in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-15


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

              In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC Topic 805, formerly SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations . ASC Topic 805 establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC Topic 805 is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is during or after fiscal year 2009. Additionally, ASC Topic 805 requires that changes to tax accounting related to acquisitions prior to the effective date of this guidance be recorded in the consolidated statements of operations rather than goodwill. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's current consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

              In December 2007, the FASB also issued ASC Topic 810, formerly SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB 51 . ASC Topic 810 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which are recharacterized as non-controlling interests and classified as a component of equity. ASC Topic 810 required retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. The guidance became effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The impact of adoption changed the presentation of non-controlling interests on the consolidated financial statements but did not have a material effect on the consolidated balance sheets, the consolidated statements of operations or the consolidated statements of cash flows.

              In March 2008, the FASB issued ASC Topic 815, formerly SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, An amendment of SFAS No. 133 . ASC Topic 815 requires increased disclosure of the Company's derivative instruments and hedging activities, including how derivative instruments and hedging activities affect the consolidated statements of operations, balance sheets and cash flows. The guidance was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

              ASC Topic 740 includes certain provisions that clarify the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a company's financial statements by defining the criteria that an individual tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements. These provisions require that the tax effects of a position be recognized only if it is more likely than not to be sustained based solely on the technical merits as of the reporting date. These provisions further require that interest to be paid on the underpayment of taxes should be accrued on the difference between the amount claimed or expected to be claimed on the return and the tax benefit recognized in the financial statements. These provisions also require additional disclosures of unrecognized tax benefits, including a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance. On December 30, 2008, the FASB further delayed the effective date of this guidance for certain non-public enterprises until annual financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC Topic 740 in 2009. As a result of the implementation of these provisions, the Company recognized a $0.3 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefit, which was accounted for as an increase to the December 29, 2008, balance of accumulated deficit. Refer to Note 11 for details regarding the impact of adoption.

F-16


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

              In June 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued ASC Topic 815-40-15, formerly EITF Issue 07-5, Determining Whether an Instrument (or an Embedded Feature) Is Indexed to an Entity's Own Stock . ASC Topic 815-40-15 addresses how an entity should determine if an instrument (or an embedded feature), such as the warrants issued by the Company in 2008 and 2009, is indexed to its own stock. The EITF reached a consensus that establishes a two-step approach to making this assessment. In the first step, an entity evaluates any contingent exercise provisions. In the second step, an entity will evaluate the instruments' settlement provisions. This guidance became effective for fiscal year 2009 for the Company and is accounted for as a change in accounting principle through prospective application, with the cumulative effect of adoption of $(0.9) million being recognized at the beginning of the year as a reduction in accumulated deficit. In addition, adoption of this guidance required that warrants issued by the Company in 2008 be reclassified from equity to a liability. These warrants, as well as warrants issued in 2009, are now carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets as warrant liabilities. Subsequent to adoption, these liabilities are adjusted to fair value through current period earnings. See Note 8 for further discussion.

              ASC Topic 808-10 (issued as EITF Issue 07-1, Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements ) requires participants in a collaborative arrangement (sometimes referred to as a "virtual joint venture") to present the results of activities for which they act as the principal on a gross basis and to report any payments received from (made to) other collaborators based on other applicable GAAP or, in the absence of other applicable GAAP, based on analogy to authoritative literature or a reasonable, rational and consistently applied accounting policy election. This guidance also requires significant disclosures related to collaborative arrangements. The adoption of this standard did not have material impact on the Company's financial statements.

              In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic 855, formerly SFAS No. 165, Subsequent Events , on management's assessment of subsequent events. This guidance clarifies that management must evaluate, as of each reporting period, events or transactions that occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements and the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date. The implementation of ASC Topic 855 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

3. Share-Based Compensation

              Share-based awards are granted under the Company's stock option plan. Under this plan, options to purchase ordinary shares are the only type of share-based compensation awards granted. These options generally have graded vesting periods of four years and expire ten years after the grant date. The options are granted with exercise prices equal to the fair value of the Company's shares on the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these options on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Share-based compensation expense is included in cost of goods sold, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses on the consolidated

F-17


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

3. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


statements of operations. Below is a summary of the allocation of share-based compensation (in thousands):

 
  Year ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
 

Cost of goods sold

  $ 221   $ 341   $ 77  

Sales and marketing

    794     1,034     1,306  

General and administrative

    1,608     2,051     2,250  

Research and development

    213     246     280  
               

Total

  $ 2,836   $ 3,672   $ 3,913  
               

              The Company recognizes the fair value of an award of equity instruments granted in exchange for employee services as a cost of those services.

              The Company estimates the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of estimates, including the expected life of options, expected price volatility, the risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. The Company calculates the expected life of options using the SEC's allowed short-cut method. The expected share price volatility assumption was estimated based upon historical volatility of the ordinary shares of a group of the Company's peers that are publicly traded. The risk-free interest rate was determined using U.S. Treasury rates with terms consistent with the expected life of the options. Expected dividend yield is not considered, as the Company has never paid dividends and has no plans of doing so during the term of the options. The Company estimates forfeitures at the time of grant and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data when available to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures, and records share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. All options are amortized and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over their respective requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. Total compensation cost included in the consolidated statements of operations for employee share-based payment arrangements was $2.5 million, $3.3 million and $3.4 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, and $0.6 million and $1.3 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively. Additionally, $0.4 million and $0.4 million were included in inventory as a capitalized cost as of December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively. Capitalized costs in inventory as of December 28, 2008, was immaterial.

              The weighted-average fair value of the Company's options granted to employees was $2.13, $2.17 and $2.41 per share, in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. There were no options granted during the first quarter ended April 4, 2010. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted-average assumptions:

              As of December 27, 2009, the Company had $7.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted to employees under the stock option plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average service period of 2.2 years. Shares reserved for future compensation grants were $1.6 million and $0.4 million at December 28,

F-18


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

3. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)


2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively. Exercise prices for options outstanding at December 27, 2009, ranged from $4.46 to $6.00.

 
  2007   2008   2009  

Risk-free interest rate

    4.5 %   2.5 %   1.8 %

Expected life in years

    6.0     6.0     6.0  

Expected volatility

    36.8 %   35.1 %   41.8 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

              A summary of the Company's employee stock option activity is as follows:

 
  Shares
(in thousands)
  Weighted-average
exercise price
  Weighted-average
remaining
contractual life
(in years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

    2,599   $ 4.46     9.6  
 

Granted

    2,838     4.78        
 

Exercised

               
 

Forfeited or expired

    (21 )   4.63        
                   

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

    5,416     4.63     8.9  
 

Granted

    1,633     5.66        
 

Exercised

    (26 )   4.48        
 

Forfeited or expired

    (185 )   4.54        
                   

Outstanding at December 28, 2008

    6,838     4.87     8.2  
 

Granted

    1,522     5.65        
 

Exercised

    (30 )   4.50        
 

Forfeited or expired

    (371 )   4.80        
                   

Outstanding at December 27, 2009

    7,959     5.02     7.6  
                   

              During the years ended December 31, 2007, and December 27, 2009, the Company issued 514,000 and 176,500 options, respectively, to non-employees in exchange for consulting services. No options were issued to non-employees during the year ended December 28, 2008. The options issued in 2007 and 2009 had weighted-average exercise prices of $4.78 and $5.63, respectively. Approximately 364,000 of these non-employee options were exercisable at December 27, 2009. None of these options were exercised in 2009. These options have vesting periods of either two or four years and expire ten years after the grant date. The measurement date for options granted to non-employees is often after the grant date, which often requires updates to the estimate of fair value until the services are performed. The weighted-average fair value of each non-employee option granted was $2.54 and $2.53 in 2007 and 2009, respectively. The amount of expense related to non-employee options was $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively. The amount of expense related to non-employee options was $0.1 million and $0.3 million during the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively.

F-19


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

4. Acquisitions

Nexa Orthopedics, Inc.

              On February 27, 2007, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Nexa Orthopedics, Inc. (Nexa), a privately held orthopaedics company, for a cash payment of $72.5 million plus certain transaction costs. Nexa was a California-based company that developed and marketed medical devices for orthopaedic and podiatric surgeons. The acquisition of Nexa increased Tornier's product offerings within the extremities marketplace. The results of operations for Nexa are included in the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the period since February 27, 2007. During 2007, Nexa was merged into the Company's existing U.S. operations.

              The purchase agreement also provided for additional payments to be made in cash upon the completion of certain milestones. In 2009, a payment of $0.3 million was made in accordance with the contract. The purchase price of $73.3 million includes $72.5 million cash paid at closing, $0.3 million for milestone payments from Nexa's previous acquisitions and transaction costs of $0.5 million. The purchase price has been allocated based on the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows (in thousands):

Current assets, excluding inventory

        $ 2,428  

Inventories

          2,948  

Acquired in-process research and development

          12,300  

Instruments

          951  

Fixed assets

          1,284  

Identifiable intangible assets:

             
 

Developed technology

  $ 10,500        
 

Customer relationships

    14,700        
 

Tradename

    300        
             

Total identifiable intangible assets

          25,500  

Other assets

          387  

Goodwill (non-deductible)

          34,722  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

          (4,871 )

Capital leases

          (277 )

Deferred tax liabilities, net

          (1,886 )

Other liabilities

          (173 )
             

        $ 73,313  
             

F-20


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

              In connection with the acquisition of Nexa, the Company completed a valuation of the intangible assets acquired. The value assigned to purchased in-process research and development (IPR&D) was $12.3 million. Accordingly, these amounts were expensed in the period immediately following consummation of the acquisition of Nexa. The allocation of the $12.3 million charge consisted of $4.8 million related to Pyrocarbon Radial Head and $7.5 million related to a new shoulder product. The value was determined by estimating the costs to develop the IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting cash flows from such projects and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. The discount rate utilized in discounting the net cash flows from IPR&D was 15% for Nexa products. This discount rate reflects uncertainties surrounding the successful development of the IPR&D.

              In 2009, the Company made an additional milestone payment of $0.3 million related to Nexa's previous acquisitions, which was recognized as additional goodwill.

Axya Medical, Inc.

              On February 27, 2007, the Company acquired Axya Medical, Inc. (Axya), a privately held sports medicine company, by issuing approximately 5.8 million ordinary shares of the Company in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Axya. All previous shareholders of Axya were shareholders of the Company at the time of acquisition. Axya was a Massachusetts-based company that developed knotless fixation systems for shoulder surgeons. The acquisition of Axya further integrated the Company's extremity products into the sports medicine market. The results of operations for Axya are included in the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the period since February 27, 2007. During 2007, Axya was merged into the Company's existing U.S. operations.

              Because this transaction was between entities with common shareholders, the determination of the purchase price and allocation thereof was accounted for at partial carry-over basis. The ownership interest in Axya held by the Company's controlling shareholder is recorded at historical basis, and the remaining interests were recognized at fair value because no individual shareholder controlled Axya at the time of the acquisition.

              The result of this accounting treatment is a purchase price of approximately $22.7 million based on a $9.2 million historical carryover value assigned to shares issued to the Company's controlling shareholder, $13.4 million for the Company's ordinary shares issued to other owners of Axya at a fair value of $4.69 per share and transaction costs of $0.1 million. The fair value of the Company's ordinary shares was based on the price of ordinary shares sold in contemporaneous sales of the Company's ordinary shares to existing shareholders in order to raise working capital.

F-21


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

              The purchase price has been allocated based on a combination of historical cost and the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows (in thousands):

Current assets, excluding inventory

        $ 761  

Inventories

          1,128  

Acquired IPR&D

          2,807  

Fixed assets

          324  

Identifiable intangible assets:

             
 

Developed technology

  $ 8,639        
 

Customer relationships

    807        
 

Non-compete agreement

    487        
 

Trade name

    59        
             

Total identifiable intangible assets

          9,992  

Other assets

          24  

Goodwill (non-deductible)

          8,700  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

          (1,066 )
             

        $ 22,670  
             

              In connection with the acquisition of Axya, the Company completed a valuation of the intangible assets acquired. The value assigned to purchased IPR&D was $2.8 million of the purchase price for Axya. Accordingly, these amounts were expensed in the period immediately following consummation of the acquisition. The allocation of the $2.8 million charge consisted of $1.6 million related to thermal welder technology, $0.8 million related to mesh technology and $0.4 million related to suture passer technology. The value was determined by estimating the costs to develop the IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimating the resulting cash flows from such projects and discounting the net cash flows back to their present value. The discount rate utilized in discounting the net cash flows from IPR&D was 22% for Axya products. This discount rate reflects uncertainties surrounding the successful development of the IPR&D.

DVO Extremity Solutions, LLC

              On March 20, 2007, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of DVO Extremity Solutions, LLC (DVO), a privately held orthopaedics company based in Warsaw, Indiana, for a cash payment of $11.6 million plus certain transaction costs. DVO's main products were the DVO Volar Plate, a fixed-angle plate used to repair distal radius fractures, and the MIfx Dorsal IM Plate, used in dorsally displaced unstable distal radius fractures. The acquisition of the assets of DVO continued to expand the Company's orthopaedic extremity product offering. The results of operations for DVO are included in the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the period from March 20, 2007, to December 31, 2007. During 2007, DVO was merged into the Company's existing U.S. operations.

              The purchase agreement also provided for additional contingent payments to be made to the former DVO shareholders equal to two times the revenue generated from acquired DVO product offerings during a stipulated 12-month period. The purchase agreement also allowed the former DVO shareholders the option to purchase ordinary shares of the Company with the cash received from these

F-22


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

4. Acquisitions (Continued)


contingent payments at a price equal to the fair value of the Company's ordinary shares at the date of the respective contingent payment. In 2008, the first contingent payment of $9.1 million was made in accordance with the contract. In 2009, the second contingent payment of $3.5 million was made. The payments were made in cash, and the additional purchase price was recorded as an increase to goodwill. Subsequent to the payment of the contingent consideration, the previous owners of DVO purchased 168,437 and 910,206 ordinary shares of the Company at $5.66 per share in 2009 and 2008, respectively. There are no remaining future contingent payments.

              The initial purchase price of $11.8 million includes $11.6 million paid at closing and transaction costs of $0.2 million and has been allocated based on the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows (in thousands):

Current assets, excluding inventory

        $ 202  

Inventories

          4,103  

Instruments

          326  

Fixed assets

          186  

Identifiable intangible assets:

             
 

Developed technology

  $ 3,100        
 

Customer relationships

    900        
 

Tradename

    500        
             

Total identifiable intangible assets

          4,500  

Other assets

          14  

Goodwill (non-deductible)

          3,224  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

          (782 )
             

        $ 11,773  
             

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

              Property, plant and equipment balances are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Land

  $ 2,283   $ 2,337   $ 2,210  

Building and improvements

    7,965     10,630     9,998  

Machinery and equipment

    16,475     19,604     20,295  

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

    12,915     16,092     15,874  

Software

    3,187     4,035     3,910  

Construction in progress

        3,079     4,515  
               

    42,825     55,777     56,802  

Accumulated depreciation

    (14,199 )   (20,701 )   (20,839 )
               

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 28,626   $ 35,076   $ 35,963  
               

F-23


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

5. Property, Plant and Equipment (Continued)

              In 2009, the Company leased a new manufacturing facility in Ireland. In conjunction with moving into the leased building, the Company made approximately $2.4 million in leasehold improvements that are included in fixed assets as of December 27, 2009.

              Depreciation expense recorded on property, plant and equipment was $3.8 million, $5.3 million and $5.7 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively, and $1.4 million and $1.5 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009 and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively.

              During the fiscal year ended December 27, 2009, the Company's majority-owned subsidiary, SCI Calyx, acquired a combined manufacturing and office facility in Grenoble, France, for approximately $6.1 million. See Note 17 for additional detail.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

              The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 127,820  
 

Contingent payment on acquisition

    9,051  
 

Reversal of acquired valuation allowance

    (2,411 )
 

Other

    195  
 

Foreign currency translation

    (4,023 )
       

Balance at December 28, 2008

    130,632  
 

Contingent payment on acquisition

    3,836  
 

Goodwill from acquisitions

    171  
 

Other

    76  
 

Foreign currency translation

    2,234  
       

Balance at December 27, 2009

    136,949  
 

Contingent payment on acquisition

    636  
 

Foreign currency translation

    (5,243 )
       

Balance at April 4, 2010 (Unaudited)

  $ 132,342  
       

              The goodwill balance at December 27, 2009, contains $15.1 million of goodwill that qualifies for future tax deductions.

F-24


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

              The components of identifiable intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Gross value   Accumulated
amortization
  Net value  

Balances at December 28, 2008

                   

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

                   
 

Developed technology

  $ 77,636   $ (9,692 ) $ 67,944  
 

Customer relationships

    64,024     (10,495 )   53,529  
 

Other

    2,387     (776 )   1,611  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

                   
 

Tradename

    10,390         10,390  
               

Total

  $ 154,437   $ (20,963 ) $ 133,474  
               

 

 
  Gross value   Accumulated
amortization
  Net value  

Balances at December 27, 2009

                   

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

                   
 

Developed technology

  $ 79,252   $ (19,134 ) $ 60,118  
 

Customer relationships

    65,360     (15,017 )   50,343  
 

Licenses

    3,780     (470 )   3,310  
 

Other

    2,172     (1,404 )   768  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

                   
 

Tradename

    10,682         10,682  
               

Total

  $ 161,246   $ (36,025 ) $ 125,221  
               

 

 
  Gross value   Accumulated
amortization
  Net value  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Balances at April 4, 2010

                   

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

                   
 

Developed technology

  $ 76,735   $ (19,960 ) $ 56,775  
 

Customer relationships

    62,198     (15,312 )   46,886  
 

Licenses

    3,780     (787 )   2,993  
 

Other

    2,137     (1,412 )   725  

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

                   
 

Tradename

    9,992         9,992  
               

Total

  $ 154,842   $ (37,471 ) $ 117,371  
               

              All finite-lived intangible assets have been assigned an estimated useful life and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the number of years that approximates the assets' respective useful lives

F-25


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (Continued)


(ranging from 10 to 20 years). The weighted-average amortization periods, by major intangible asset class, are as follows:

 
  Weighted-average
amortization period
(in years)
 

Developed technology

    13  

Customer relationships

    15  

Licenses

    6  

              Total amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets was $7.9 million, $11.2 million and $15.2 million during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, and $2.6 million and $3.0 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively. Amortization expense is recorded as amortization of intangible assets in the consolidated statements of operations. Estimated annual amortization expense for fiscal years ending 2010 through 2014 is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Amortization expense  

2010

  $ 11,019  

2011

    10,459  

2012

    10,333  

2013

    10,321  

2014

    10,279  

7. Accrued Liabilities

              Accrued liabilities at December 27, 2009, December 28, 2008, and April 4, 2010, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued payroll

  $ 10,260   $ 15,578   $ 12,628  

VAT and other non income taxes

    2,890     2,997     3,807  

Accrued royalties

    4,448     5,620     6,247  

Other accrued liabilities

    10,075     11,385     12,474  
               

  $ 27,673   $ 35,580   $ 35,156  
               

8. Notes Payable and Warrants to Issue Ordinary Shares

              In April 2009, the Company issued notes payable in the amount of €37 million (approximately $49.3 million) to a group of investors that included existing shareholders, new investors and management of the Company. The notes carry a fixed interest rate of 8.0% with interest payments accrued in kind semi-annually. The notes mature in March 2014.

F-26


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

8. Notes Payable and Warrants to Issue Ordinary Shares (Continued)

              These notes payable have a cross default clause in which any event of default under the terms of the Company's other debt arrangements also are defined as an event of default under the terms of these notes payable. In 2009, there were no events of default. Additionally, $0.2 million of debt issuance costs related to this issuance have been capitalized and are included in other non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheet and are being recognized as additional interest expense over the term of the notes.

              In connection with the note agreement, the Company also issued a total of 8.8 million warrants, which are currently exercisable and expire in March 2019, to purchase ordinary shares at an exercise price of $5.66 per share. These warrants have a strike price in U.S. dollars; however, the functional currency of the parent company issuing the notes is the Euro. As a result, GAAP requires that these warrants be classified as liabilities on the balance sheet and recorded at fair value. The fair value of the warrants at the date of issuance was $3.29 per warrant, or $29.1 million, and was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, which takes into account various assumptions such as share price volatility, risk free interest rate and expected term. Share price volatility is determined based on the volatility of various peers of the Company. The fair value of the warrants as of December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, was approximately $4.83 and $4.81 respectively per warrant. The Company recorded a $13.5 million loss in other non-operating expense, net related to the change in the fair value of the warrants in 2009. The Company recorded a $0.2 million gain in other non-operating expense, net related to the change in the fair value of the warrants during the first quarter ended April 4, 2010. The Company recorded a $2.7 million foreign currency transaction gain in 2009, and a $2.8 million foreign currency transaction loss during the first quarter ended April 4, 2010. These gains (losses) are related to the change in the exchange rates, and are recorded in foreign currency transaction gain (loss) in the consolidated statements of operations. A summary of the assumptions used to determine the fair value on the date of grant, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010 is as follows:

 
  Date of grant   December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Fair value of underlying stock

  $ 5.66   $ 7.50   $ 7.50  

Volatility

    44.34 %   44.43 %   43.00 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.78 %   3.55 %   4.10 %

Expected term (in years)

    10     9     9  

Dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %

              The Company recorded the warrants as liabilities with an offsetting debt discount recorded as a reduction of the carrying value of the notes. The debt discount will be amortized as additional interest expense over the life of the notes. GAAP requires that the allocation of proceeds be allocated first to the fair value of the warrant liability with the residual allocated to the outstanding debt. The debt discount was $21.7 million (net of tax of $7.4 million) on the issuance date. The Company recorded $4.6 million and $1.5 million of additional interest expense related to the amortization of discount during the year ended December 27, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively. The Company also recognized $3.1 million and $1.2 million of non-cash interest expense related to the stated 8% interest rate on the notes during the year ended December 27, 2009, and the first quarter

F-27


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

8. Notes Payable and Warrants to Issue Ordinary Shares (Continued)


ended April 4, 2010, respectively. Together with the stated interest and amortization of debt discount, the effective interest rate recognized related to the notes payable was approximately 19.7%.

              In February 2008, the Company issued notes payable in the amount of €34.5 million (approximately $52.4 million) to a group of investors that included existing shareholders and management of the Company. The notes carry a fixed interest rate of 8.0% with interest payments accrued in-kind. The notes mature on February 28, 2013. These notes payable also have a cross default clause in which any event of default under the terms of the Company's other debt arrangements also are defined as an event of default under the terms of these notes payable.

              Also, in connection with the 2008 note agreement, the Company issued a total of 9.3 million warrants, which are currently exercisable and expire on February 28, 2018, to purchase ordinary shares at a price of $5.66 per share. At issuance, the Company accounted for the warrants separately from the debt and allocated the proceeds received to the debt and the warrants based on their relative fair values. As a result, the warrants were valued at $21.8 million (net of tax of $7.5 million) as an increase to equity with an offsetting discount of $29.3 million recorded as a reduction of the carrying value of the notes.

              Upon the Company's adoption of ASC Topic 815 on December 29, 2008, the Company determined that the warrants no longer qualified to be recognized as equity under ASC Topic 815 as they were determined to not be indexed to the Company's stock as prescribed by ASC Topic 815 due to the fact that the warrants are denominated in a currency other than their functional currency. On December 29, 2008, the warrants, upon adoption of ASC Topic 815, were reclassified from equity to warrant liability at the then fair value of $28.1 million and marked to market through the consolidated statement of operations subsequent to that date. The value of the warrants decreased by $1.2 million ($0.9 million net of tax) from the warrants issuance date to the adoption date of ASC Topic 815 on December 29, 2008. As of December 29, 2008, the cumulative effect of adopting ASC Topic 815 was recognized as a reduction to additional paid-in capital of $21.8 million ($29.3 million net of tax of $7.5 million) to reclassify the warrants from equity to warrant liability and a decrease in accumulated deficit of $0.9 million recognized as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle to reflect the change in the value of the warrants between their issuance date and December 29, 2008.

              For the year ended December 27, 2009, the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, the Company recognized a loss on the change in fair value of the warrant liability of $14.5 million, $1.9 million and $0.0 million, respectively, in non-operating expense, net related to the warrants issued in 2008. Additionally, the Company recognized $1.2 million and $1.4 million of foreign currency transaction gains on the warrant liability for the year ended December 27, 2009, and the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, respectively. The Company recognized a $2.8 million foreign currency transaction loss during the first quarter ended April 4, 2010. Under ASC Topic 815, the warrants will be carried at fair value and adjusted at each reporting period to fair

F-28


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

8. Notes Payable and Warrants to Issue Ordinary Shares (Continued)


value through current period earnings. As of December 27, 2009, the warrant liability had a fair value of $42.6 million. The impact of adoption is as follows:

 
  Balance prior to
adoption
  Impact of
adoption
  Balance after
adoption
 

Warrant liabilities

  $   $ (28,119 ) $ (28,119 )

Non-current deferred tax assets

        7,170     7,170  

Additional paid-in capital

    (313,311 )   21,812     (291,499 )

Accumulated deficit

    94,473     (863 )   93,610  

              The fair value was determined using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model. The following table summarizes the assumptions used to determine fair value on the date of grant, the date of adoption of ASC Topic 815, as of December 27, 2009, and as of April 4, 2010:

 
  Date of grant   December 29,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Fair value of underlying stock

  $ 5.66   $ 5.66   $ 7.50   $ 7.50  

Volatility

    39.38 %   42.35 %   43.46 %   43.00 %

Risk-free interest rate

    3.53 %   2.46 %   3.55 %   4.10 %

Expected term (in years)

    10     9     8     8  

Dividend yield

    0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

              The Company is amortizing the value of the debt discount as additional interest expense over the term of the notes. The Company recorded $4.7 million, $5.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million of additional interest expense related to the amortization of discount during 2008, 2009, the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively. The Company also recognized $3.4 million, $4.2 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million of interest expense in 2008, 2009, the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively, related to the stated 8% interest rate on the notes. Together with the stated interest and amortization of debt discount, the effective interest rate recognized related to the notes payable was approximately 19.9%.

              Changes in the carrying value of warrants for are as follows:

Warrant value at December 28, 2008

  $ 29,277  
 

Impact of adoption of ASC Topic 815—fair value adjustment

    (1,159 )
 

Issuance of 2009 warrants at fair value

    29,070  
 

Change in fair value during the year

    28,027  
       

Warrant value at December 27, 2009

  $ 85,215  
       
 

Change in fair value during the period

    (147 )
       

Warrant value at April 4, 2010 (Unaudited)

  $ 85,068  
       

F-29


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

8. Notes Payable and Warrants to Issue Ordinary Shares (Continued)

              Notes payable outstanding are as follows:

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Gross notes payable

  $ 51,575   $ 113,793   $ 108,728  

Discount to notes payable

    (22,495 )   (44,258 )   (38,633 )
               

Net notes payable

  $ 29,080   $ 69,535   $ 70,095  
               

              The fair value of the Company's Notes Payable as of December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, was approximately $26.1 million and $63.7 million, respectively. The fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow analysis, calculated using management's best estimates of the key assumptions, primarily the discount rate. As a result of various factors, including the Company's financial position, the assumptions used are unobservable in the market place.

9. Other Long-Term Debt

              The Company's European subsidiaries have established unsecured lines of credit totaling $19.7 million, $15.3 million, and $16.6 million at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively. Available borrowings under these lines were $3.5 million, $7.2 million and $5.1 million at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively. Borrowings under these lines have variable interest rates based on the Euro Overnight Index Average plus 0.3% to 1.3% or a three-month Euro plus 1% to 3%.

              The Company's U.S.-based subsidiary has established a $6.0 million secured line of credit at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009 and April 4, 2010. This line of credit expires in July 2010 and is callable by the bank at any time. Also, the line is secured by working capital and equipment. Available borrowings under the line were $3.6 million, $6.0 million and $4.8 million at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively. Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at a 30-day LIBOR plus 2.25%, with a floor interest rate of 6.5%. This line contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. As of December 27, 2009, the Company's U.S. subsidiary was subject to a covenant to maintain no less than $39.0 million of tangible net worth. As of December 27, 2009, the Company was also subject to a covenant to maintain a maximum debt to tangible net worth ratio of 1.50. The covenants relate to the U.S. subsidiary's ratios only. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 27, 2009 and April 4, 2010.

              The Company has long-term notes payable secured by the Company's U.S. subsidiary's office building in Stafford, Texas, working capital and equipment. These notes had an outstanding amount of $3.5 million, $2.6 million and $2.3 million at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively. These notes accrue interest based on a fixed rate of 6.70% or a variable rate based on LIBOR plus 2.25%.

F-30


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

9. Other Long-Term Debt (Continued)

              The Company and its subsidiaries have other long-term secured and unsecured notes totaling $29.2 million, $27.3 million and $25.8 million at December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively, with initial maturities ranging from three to ten years. A portion of these notes have fixed interest rates that range from 3.7% to 6.2%. The remaining notes carry a variable interest rate based on LIBOR, plus 0.5% to 1.2%, or a three-month Euro, plus 0.3% to 1.5%.

              One of the Company's 51%-owned and consolidated subsidiaries borrowed $1.0 million from a member of the Supervisory Board who is also a 49% owner of the consolidated subsidiary. This loan was used to partially fund the purchase of real estate in Grenoble, France, to be used as a future manufacturing facility. Interest on the debt is variable based on three-month Euro plus 0.5%. The non-controlling interest in this subsidiary is deemed immaterial.

              A summary of debt is as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Lines of credit

  $ 18,650   $ 15,271   $ 17,785  

Mortgages

    5,585     7,438     6,884  

Other term debt

    27,162     22,464     21,208  

Shareholder debt

    952     1,015     1,738  
               

Total debt

    52,349     46,188     47,615  

Less current portion

    (27,868 )   (23,299 )   (25,112 )
               

Long-term debt

  $ 24,481   $ 22,889   $ 22,503  
               

              Aggregate maturities of long-term debt for the next five years are as follows (in thousands):

2010

  $ 23,299  

2011

    6,288  

2012

    5,755  

2013

    3,863  

2014

    1,969  

Thereafter

    5,014  

              The Company was also party to certain mandatorily convertible debt agreements allowing for conversion into 10.2 million ordinary shares at a conversion price of $4.90 as of July 18, 2009. These instruments were in their legal form debt, and therefore, were recognized as liabilities in the amount of $47.8 million within the consolidated balance sheet. The agreements contained a beneficial conversion feature as the fixed conversion price of the bonds was less than the fair value of the ordinary shares on the issuance date. The beneficial conversion feature was accreted through interest expense and resulted in additional interest expense of $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively. The agreement had no payment terms, did not accrue interest, and, in no circumstances other than liquidation, required the Company to cash settle in part or in full.

F-31


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

9. Other Long-Term Debt (Continued)

              Additionally, in 2007, the Company purchased Axya (as described in Note 4). At the time of the acquisition, the Company's majority shareholder entered into an agreement with another shareholder of the Company to either issue additional mandatorily convertible zero coupon bonds or decrease the conversion price of the zero coupon bonds, in which additional shares would be obtained upon conversion, if the performance of Axya did not meet certain thresholds. The arrangement represented a modification to the conversion terms of the mandatorily convertible bonds, as under either settlement scenario, the result is that the holder could receive more shares than originally entitled upon mandatory conversion. The Company estimated the fair value of the modification and determined that the modification did not constitute an extinguishment of the debt, but rather is recorded as an increase to equity with an offsetting amount recorded as a discount to the carrying value of the mandatorily convertible bonds. This discount is accreted to the bonds' par value over the remaining term of the bonds as interest expense. The fair value of the modification was determined to be $0.6 million at the date of modification. The Company recognized $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million in additional interest expense in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, as a result of this modification.

              All of the outstanding mandatorily convertible debt agreements were converted in accordance with the terms of the agreements during 2009.

10. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans

              The Company's French subsidiary is required by French government regulations to provide certain lump-sum retirement benefits that qualify as a defined benefit. The French regulations do not require funding of this liability in advance and as a result there are no plan assets associated with this defined-benefit plan. The Company has a liability of $1.1 million and $1.5 million recorded at December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively. The related periodic benefit expense was immaterial in all periods presented.

11. Income Taxes

              The components of earnings (loss) before taxes for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  2007   2008   2009  

United States loss

  $ (37,467 ) $ (24,174 ) $ (18,444 )

Rest of the world loss

    (10,304 )   (15,230 )   (51,655 )
               

Loss before taxes

  $ (47,771 ) $ (39,404 ) $ (70,099 )
               

F-32


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

              The income tax benefit (provision) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008 and December 27, 2009 consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  2007   2008   2009  

Current benefit (provision):

                   
 

United States

  $ (889 ) $   $ 2,884  
 

Rest of the world

    (1,755 )   (196 )   553  

Deferred benefit

    9,224     5,423     10,976  
               

Total benefit for income taxes

  $ 6,580   $ 5,227   $ 14,413  
               

              A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company's effective tax rate for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, is as follows:

 
  2007   2008   2009  

Income tax provision at U.S. statutory rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %   34.0 %

Change in valuation allowance

    (19.8 )   (22.9 )   (6.8 )

Non-deductible purchased in-process R&D

    (11.0 )        

Non-taxed interest income on participating loan

    6.8     1.0     0.2  

Change in tax law

    6.6          

State and local taxes

    1.7     2.2     0.1  

R&D credits

        1.3     1.0  

Non-deductible interest expense

        (1.6 )   (1.4 )

Additional tax on intercompany transfers

    (4.0 )        

Impact of foreign income tax rates

    (0.6 )   (0.2 )   (5.1 )

Non-deductible expenses

            (0.3 )

Other

    0.1     (0.5 )   (1.1 )
               

Total

    13.8 %   13.3 %   20.6 %
               

              Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company has established valuation allowances for deferred tax assets when the amount of expected future taxable income is not likely to support the use of the deduction or credit.

              During 2008, the Company reversed $2.9 million of previously recognized valuation allowance related to accumulated net operating losses of one of its French subsidiaries. Of the $2.9 million, $2.4 million was recorded as a reduction of goodwill as it related to valuation allowances recorded as a part of one of the Company's 2007 acquisitions. The Company has $17.4 million and $22.8 million of valuation allowance recorded at December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively. If any amounts reverse, the reversals would be recognized in the income tax provision in the period of reversal. The Company recognized $9.3 million, $9.1 million and $4.8 million of the valuation allowance as a tax expense during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively.

F-33


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

              The components of deferred taxes for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2008 and December 27 consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  2008   2009  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 17,382   $ 19,937  
 

Warrant liabilities

        21,730  
 

Intangible assets

    6,661     6,303  
 

Transaction costs

    2,071     955  
 

Exchange rate changes

    1,386     1,235  
 

Stock options

    2,603     4,072  
 

Accruals and other provisions

    6,742     7,914  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    36,845     62,146  

Less: valuation allowance

    (17,400 )   (22,816 )
           

Total deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

    19,445     39,330  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
 

Intangible assets

    (36,675 )   (34,040 )
 

Debt discount

    (5,691 )   (11,286 )
 

Depreciation

    (2,182 )   (2,022 )
 

Other

    (913 )   (149 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (45,461 )   (47,497 )
           

Total net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (26,016 ) $ (8,167 )
           

              Net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $32 million and $22 million at December 27, 2009, are available to reduce future taxable earnings of the Company's consolidated U.S. subsidiaries and certain European subsidiaries, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards include $17.9 million with no expiration date; the remaining carryforwards have expiration dates between 2010 and 2029.

              The Company has experienced historical losses; however, it has recognized a $14.4 million tax benefit in the current year. In France, the Company recognized a $3.2 million benefit as there is sufficient future taxable income from existing temporary differences to avoid the need for a valuation allowance. In the United States, the Company recognized a $2.8 million benefit related to a one-time tax law change allowing existing losses to be carried back to years in which the Company had taxable income. In The Netherlands, the Company recognized a $9.2 million benefit related to the reversal of the deferred tax liabilities related to the debt discount on the notes payable issued in 2008 and 2009.

              During 2006, the Company's French subsidiary had its 1997 through 1999 tax years settled by the taxing authorities, and additional taxes in the amount of $6.6 million were assessed and were paid during 2007. Also, the Company's French subsidiary had its 2004, 2005 and 2006 tax years audited. However, in conjunction with the acquisition of the Predecessor Companies, the Company entered into an indemnification agreement with the former shareholders of the Predecessor Companies under which the former shareholders indemnified the Company for certain damages resulting from actions of the Predecessor Companies prior to the acquisition date. As a result, the Predecessor Companies' former

F-34


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)


shareholders are liable for any tax liabilities of the Company for tax years prior to the acquisition of the Company in 2006.

              The Company has recorded a long-term liability of approximately $1.3 million and $0.3 million at December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively, which represents the Company's best estimate of the potential additional tax liability related to certain tax positions from unclosed tax years in certain of its subsidiaries. Because these tax years primarily relate to periods covered by the Company's indemnification agreement with the former shareholders of the Predecessor Companies, there is also a long-term receivable recorded for the majority of this amount with the portion related to the period from July 18, 2006, to December 31, 2006, recorded as additional tax expense. To the extent that the results of any future tax audits differ from the Company's estimate, changes to tax uncertainties outside the measurement period will be reported as adjustments to income tax expense.

              The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the tax rate was $2.7 million at December 27, 2009. Management believes that it is reasonably possible the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease between zero and $0.3 million due to the resolution of certain issues resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations in foreign jurisdictions within the 12 months subsequent to December 27, 2009. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various U.S. state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007. There are currently no examinations in progress in any jurisdiction.

              A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 29, 2008

  $ 3,240  
 

Increase for tax positions from adoption of new standard

    1,056  
 

Increase for tax positions in prior years

     
 

Decrease for tax positions in prior years

    (1,355 )
 

Settlements

     
 

Increase for tax positions in current years

     
 

Foreign currency translation

    47  
       

Gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 27, 2009

  $ 2,988  
       

              There was no material adjustments to the balances of unrecognized tax benefits during the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, or the first quarter ended April 4, 2010.

12. Capital Stock and Earnings Per Share

              The Company had 62.7 million, 74.0 million and 77.2 million ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2008, Decembers 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively.

              The dividend rights of the mandatorily convertible debt and ordinary shares are identical. In addition, the shares issuable under the convertible debt agreement have been included as outstanding

F-35


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

12. Capital Stock and Earnings Per Share (Continued)


ordinary shares for the purpose of computing basic earnings per share in accordance with GAAP in all years presented.

              The Company had 5.9 million, 7.2 million, 8.5 million and 8.3 million options outstanding at December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009 and April 4, 2010, respectively. Also outstanding are 9.3 million, 18.1 million and 18.1 million warrants to purchase ordinary shares as of December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively. All warrants were issued in 2008 and 2009 in relation to long-term debt financing agreements (see Note 8). Outstanding options and warrants representing 5.9 million, 16.5 million, 26.6 million and 26.4 million shares are not included in diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010, respectively, because the Company recorded a net loss in all periods and, therefore, including these instruments would be anti-dilutive.

13. Segment and Geographic Data

              The Company has one reportable segment, orthopaedic products, which includes the design, manufacture and marketing of reconstructive joint devices and other related products. The Company's geographic regions consist of the United States and Europe and other areas, which are referred to as International. Long-lived assets are those assets located in each region. Revenue attributed to each region are based on the location in which the products were sold.

              Revenue by geographic region are as follows (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
  First quarter ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  Year ended
December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net sales by geographic region:

                               
 

United States

  $ 73,701   $ 92,730   $ 114,206   $ 28,809   $ 34,182  
 

France

    37,300     43,206     46,331     12,029     14,688  
 

Other International

    34,368     41,434     40,925     10,017     12,973  
                       

Total

  $ 145,369   $ 177,370   $ 201,462   $ 50,855   $ 61,843  
                       

              Net sales by product category are as follows (in thousands):

 
   
   
   
  First quarter ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  Year ended
December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  March 29,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net sales by product type:

                               
 

Upper extremity joints and trauma

  $ 87,724   $ 108,829   $ 125,454   $ 31,540   $ 36,647  
 

Lower extremity joints and trauma

    13,729     18,167     20,417     5,171     6,256  
 

Sports medicine and orthobiologics

    2,082     2,513     6,593     1,142     3,441  
 

Large joints and other

    41,834     47,861     48,999     13,002     15,499  
                       

Total

  $ 145,369   $ 177,370   $ 201,462   $ 50,855   $ 61,843  
                       

F-36


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

13. Segment and Geographic Data (Continued)

              Long-lived tangible assets, including instruments, property, plant and equipment, as of December 28, 2008, December 27, 2009, and April 4, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Long-lived assets:

                   
 

United States

  $ 15,080   $ 16,013   $ 15,384  
 

France

    27,213     32,510     33,384  
 

Other International

    8,652     12,908     12,931  
               

Total

  $ 50,945   $ 61,431   $ 61,699  
               

14. Leases

              Future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases in effect as of December 27, 2009, are as follows (in thousands):

2010

  $ 3,954  

2011

    4,037  

2012

    2,584  

2013

    1,561  

2014

    1,537  

Thereafter

    4,485  
       

Total

  $ 18,158  
       

              Total rent expense was $3.4 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively.

              Future lease payments under capital leases are as follows (in thousands):

2010

  $ 494  

2011

    455  

2012

    450  

2013

    215  

2014

    26  

Thereafter

     
       

Total minimum lease payments

    1,640  

Less amount representing interest

    (157 )
       

Present value of minimum lease payments

    1,483  

Current portion

    (423 )
       

Long-term portion

  $ 1,060  
       

F-37


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

14. Leases (Continued)

              Fixed assets that are recorded as capital lease assets consist of machinery and equipment, and have a carrying value of $1.5 million ($1.7 million gross value, less $0.2 million accumulated depreciation) at December 28, 2008, $1.8 million ($2.2 million gross value, less $0.4 million accumulated depreciation) at December 27, 2009. Amortization of capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense in the consolidated financial statements.

15. Indemnification Receivable

              In conjunction with the acquisition of the Predecessor Companies, the Company entered into an indemnification agreement with the former shareholders of the Predecessor Companies, under which the former shareholders are required to indemnify the Company for damages resulting from certain contingent liabilities that may have existed at the time of the acquisition of the Predecessor Companies. The Company has also recorded a long-term receivable of $1.3 million and $0.2 million as of December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively. There are also related liabilities recorded as long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets as discussed further in Note 11.

16. Non-Controlling Interests

              The Company currently markets the Piton Knotless Anchor, or Piton, an arthroscopic technology for rotator cuff repair. The Piton Knotless Anchor was based on technology developed by Sapphire Medical, Inc., or Sapphire. In April 2007, C2M acquired all the assets related to the Piton technology from Sapphire. C2M was a company founded and owned by certain current shareholders of the Company. The Company had no equity ownership interest in C2M.

              Under the terms of the purchase agreement between C2M and Sapphire, C2M paid Sapphire $7.5 million upon execution of the transaction. C2M also agreed to pay Sapphire a $5 million milestone payment upon completion of 75 surgeries using the Piton and a separate $7.5 million milestone payment once the Piton was commercially launched to the sales force. These milestones were paid by C2M during 2008. Additionally, C2M agreed to pay Sapphire an earnout equal to 25% of Piton sales for the first three years after launch.

              In January of 2008, the Company began negotiating a licensing agreement with C2M for use of its Piton technology to launch as an anchor product in the Company's newly developed sports medicine product portfolio. In June of 2008, the Company executed an exclusive worldwide license agreement with C2M for use of the Piton technology. The terms of the agreement called for the Company to assume the remaining obligation of C2M under their purchase agreement with Sapphire related to future earnout payments equal to 25% of Piton sales for the three-year period after product launch. C2M had the right to terminate the license agreement at any time after 18 months from the execution of the license. The terms of the license also included an option purchase agreement (the "Option Agreement") that allowed the Company to purchase 100% of the common stock of C2M once cumulative Piton sales reach $5 million or C2M terminates the license (the "Call Option"). Additionally, the license included a clause, whereby C2M could require the Company to purchase 100% of C2M's common stock if sales of the Piton anchor products exceed $5 million (the "Put Option"). Under both the Call Option and the Put Option, the purchase price of C2M would be equal to the paid-in capital of C2M and is required to be paid in the Company's ordinary shares. The paid-in capital of C2M as of both December 2008 and 2009 was approximately $23.2 million, which consisted of the

F-38


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

16. Non-Controlling Interests (Continued)


purchase price paid to Sapphire for the Piton technology, including milestones paid, and an additional amount of capital to fund development activities.

              The Company determined that C2M was a variable interest entity ("VIE") as of June 2008. The Option Agreement allows for Tornier to purchase C2M at a fixed price regardless of the actual performance of the Piton products. As a result, C2M does not have the right to receive expected residual returns that would instead be enjoyed by the Company. The Company is considered the primary beneficiary of C2M because it has the obligation to absorb the majority of the expected losses and the right to absorb the majority of the expected returns. As a result, the Company is required to consolidate C2M. This conclusion was reached due to the existence of the Put Option and Call Option to acquire C2M at a price that was fixed upon entry into the license agreement. Accordingly, the financial position and results of operations of C2M have been included in the consolidated financial statements from the date of execution of the license agreement. The liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating C2M consist primarily of the fair value of the obligations C2M had under its purchase agreement with Sapphire. As of December 28, 2008, December 29, 2009, and April 4, 2010 the only material liability recognized relates to the estimated remaining earnout payments due under the original Sapphire purchase agreement. The Company is required to make these earnout payments on behalf of C2M in accordance with the license agreement. The assets of C2M consist of only cash used to fund ongoing operations and the Piton technology intangible asset.

              Pursuant to authoritative guidance, the equity interests in C2M not owned by the Company were reported as non-controlling interests on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company. Losses incurred by C2M were charged to the Company and to the non-controlling interest holders based on their ownership percentage. Prior to the acquisition of the non-controlling interest by the Company, the non-controlling interest holders held 100% of the equity interests in C2M, and, therefore, none of the results of operations were allocated to the Company. Therefore the non-controlling interest was accounted for on the consolidated financial statements as a contingently redeemable non-controlling interest that was initially recorded at fair value and classified as mezzanine equity.

              However, pursuant to authoritative guidance, if the fair value of the contingently redeemable non-controlling interest is less than the current redemption value, and it is probable that the contingency related to the put option will be met, then the carrying value of the contingently redeemable non-controlling interest must be adjusted to its redemption value through a charge directly to equity. The Company has recognized $3.8 million, $1.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.7 million in accretion charges in 2008, 2009, the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively, to reflect the contingently redeemable non-controlling interest at its current redemption value as it is probable the $5 million sales contingency included in the put option will be met.

              In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company recorded the identifiable assets, liabilities and non-controlling interests in the VIE at their fair value upon initial consolidation. The C2M entity did not constitute a business at the time of consolidation and as a result the consolidation of C2M's related assets and liabilities were accounted for as the acquisition of an asset in accordance with applicable authoritative guidance. The primary asset consolidated consisted of the developed technology intangible asset underlying our Piton products. The fair value of this intangible asset was determined as of the date of consolidation based on the Company's consideration of a valuation

F-39


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

16. Non-Controlling Interests (Continued)


performed using a discounted cash flow assessment together with consideration of historical transactions. The Company recognized $1.2 million, $1.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.7 million in net losses in 2008, 2009, the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, respectively, as a result of the consolidation of C2M. These net losses consist primarily of intangible asset amortization and, as such, the results of consolidation of C2M did not have a significant impact on the consolidated cash flows of the Company. Total assets and liabilities of C2M are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 28,
2008
  December 27,
2009
  April 4,
2010
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Current assets

  $ 812   $ 697   $ 88  

Intangible asset, net

    22,169     20,236     19,752  

Deferred tax asset

    415     621     535  

Current liabilities

    57     16      

Contingent liabilities

    3,900     3,167     2,743  

Non-controlling interests

    23,200     23,259      

              The intangible asset, net consists of developed technology. In the first quarter of 2010, the Company exercised its option to acquire the outstanding shares of C2M in exchange for Tornier ordinary shares. The transaction represents the acquisition of a non-controlling interest and as a result was accounted for as an equity transaction in accordance with ASC 810-10. Upon exercise of the purchase option, a non-controlling interest in C2M no longer existed. The balance of the non-controlling interest was eliminated and the fair value of the shares issued in the acquisition, $23.2 million, was recorded as a component of shareholders' equity.

17. Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions

              During 2009, the Company issued 557,093 shares pursuant to an agreement with a current shareholder based on the performance of an entity acquired in 2007 (see Note 9).

              The Company leases approximately 55,000 square feet of manufacturing facilities and approximately 52,000 square feet of office space located in Grenoble, France, with a shareholder and current member of the Board of Directors. Annual lease payments to the member of the Board of Directors amounted to $1.3 million, $1.6 million and $1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2007, December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively.

              During 2008, the Company formed a real estate holding company (SCI Calyx) together with a shareholder and current member of the Board of Directors. SCI Calyx is owned 51% by the Company and 49% by the shareholder and member of the Board of Directors. SCI Calyx was initially capitalized by a contribution of capital of €10,000 funded 51% by the Company and 49% by the shareholder and member of the Board of Directors. SCI Calyx then acquired a combined manufacturing and office facility in Grenoble, France, for approximately $6.1 million. This real estate purchase was funded through mortgage borrowings of $4.1 million and $2.0 million cash borrowed from the two current shareholders of SCI Calyx. As of December 27, 2009, SCI Calyx had related-party debt outstanding to the shareholder and member of the Board of Directors of $1.0 million. The SCI Calyx entity is

F-40


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

17. Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions (Continued)


consolidated by Tornier, and the related real estate and liabilities are included in the consolidated balance sheets.

              A current member of the Board of Directors and shareholder is also party to a consulting agreement with the Company to provide various consulting services to the Company's management. Amounts owed to this member of the Board of Directors under this agreement were $0.7 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 28, 2008, and December 27, 2009, respectively.

18. Other Non-Operating Expense

              During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized $2.0 million of non-operating expense related to value-added tax expenses incurred, associated with the transfer of certain acquisition-related expenses between legal entities to obtain future income tax deductibility.

              During the year ended December 28, 2008, the Company recognized $1.4 million of non-operating expense related to the disposal of certain non-operating assets acquired in its Axya acquisition.

              During the year ended December 27, 2009, the Company recognized approximately $28.0 million of loss related to fair value adjustments of the warrant liability.

              During the first quarter ended March 29, 2009, and the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, the Company recognized approximately $1.9 million of non-operating expense and $0.1 million of non-operating income related to the fair value adjustments of the warrant liability.

19. Special Charges

              During the year ended December 27, 2009, the Company consolidated its U.S. operations and closed quality and regulatory sales and marketing functions in San Diego, California and manufacturing operations in Beverly, Massachusetts. Additionally, the Company opened sales offices in Scandinavia and the United Kingdom in 2009. The Company incurred $1.9 million in costs related to the consolidation and launching of the sales sites. The operating costs for Scandinavia and the United Kingdom are included in sales and marketing expense. Included in the $1.9 million of special charges are expenses incurred related to severance, lease termination, and moving costs related to consolidation of the Company's U.S. operations, as well as expenses for travel, consulting and legal costs incurred to launch the sales sites. All expenses were paid in 2009.

              During the first quarter ended April 4, 2010, the Company recorded $0.2 million in special charges related to commissions paid in the United Kingdom related to the termination of the relationship with a former distributor and expenses related to the Company's consolidation of its U.S. operations.

20. Litigation

              On October 25, 2007, two of our former distributors filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Illinois, alleging that we had breached their agency agreements and committed fraudulent and negligent misrepresentations. The plaintiffs, Garry Boyd of Boyd Medical, Inc., and Charles Wetherill of Addison Medical, Inc. claimed that we had intentionally set

F-41


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited with respect to the quarters ended March 29, 2009 and April 4, 2010)

20. Litigation (Continued)


their 2007 quotas too high, in hopes that Boyd and Wetherill would not meet the quotas so that we could terminate them for cause and install another distributor in their territories. The complaint also included allegations that we had falsely suggested to the plaintiffs that if they dropped all other product lines, we would fill the void with new product lines. The jury rendered a verdict on July 31, 2009, awarding the plaintiffs a total of $2.6 million in actual damages and $4 million in punitive damages. While the court struck the award of punitive damages on March 31, 2010, it denied our motion to set aside the verdict or order a new trial. We have filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit in respect of the remaining actual damages.

              The Company has considered the facts of the case and related case law and, based on this information, we believe that the verdict rendered on July 31, 2009 was inappropriate given the related facts and supporting legal arguments. The Company has been successful in striking the jury awarded punitive damages through a motion filed with the original court. The Company has filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit in respect of the remaining actual damages. Based on the arguments made in our appeal, the Company believes a loss is not probable and reasonably estimable at the date these financial statements were completed. The Company has determined that a loss is reasonably possible, and management estimates the range of loss to be between zero and $6.6 million, the amount of the initial jury verdict. The Company believes it has a strong defense against these claims and is vigorously contesting these allegations. As of December 27, 2009 and April 4, 2010, no accrual was recorded relating to this case.

              In addition to the item noted above, the Company is subject to various other legal proceedings, product liability claims and other matters which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of liability, if any, with respect to these matters, will not materially affect the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position.

21. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

              In May 2010 we completed agreements with 100% of the warrant holders that acquired warrants under the February 2008 and April 2009 note payable and warrant issuances discussed in Note 8. Each warrant holder agreed to exchange their warrants under the February 2008 and April 2009 agreements in exchange for ordinary shares of the Company at an exchange ratio of 0.6133 and 0.6410 respectively. This transaction effectively settled the warrant liability of $85.1 million included in the consolidated balance sheet at April 4, 2010.

              The Company was party to a consulting agreement with Mr. Tornier, pursuant to which, in exchange for his services to the Company as a consultant, his services as a member of the Board of Directors, he is entitled to receive a consulting fee of €16,000 per month. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Tornier advised the Company and its executive officers with respect to investments, new opportunities for Company growth and general business matters. The agreement, which had a specified term of one year, was subject to automatic renewal for one-year terms unless either party provides three months' advance notice of their desire not to renew and contained covenants intended to protect against the disclosure of confidential information during and following the term of the agreement. On June 4, 2010, the Company issued 130,900 ordinary shares to KCH Stockholm, a Swedish entity which is wholly owned by Mr. Tornier, to settle the full amount due under the agreement of approximately €0.7 million. Mr. Tornier's consulting agreement was terminated effective as of March 31, 2010.

F-42


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

               Until                        , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

              The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Tornier B.V. in connection with the sale of ordinary shares being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ application fee.

Item
  Amount to
be paid
 
SEC Registration Fee   $ 14,617†  
FINRA Filing Fee   $ 21,000†  
NASDAQ Fee   $ 25,000†  
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses     *  
Legal Fees and Expenses     *  
Accounting Fees and Expenses     *  
Printing Expenses     *  
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees     *  
Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance Premium     *  
Miscellaneous     *  
  Total     *  

*
To be completed by amendment.

Previously paid.

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

              Under Dutch law, indemnification provisions may be included in the articles of association and accordingly our amended articles of association that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we shall indemnify any of our directors against all adverse financial effects incurred by such person in connection with any action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that reasonably could be believed to be in or not opposed to our best interests. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

              During the past three years, we have issued the following securities (including options to acquire our ordinary shares). We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. The proceeds from each transaction were used for general business purposes.

II-1


Table of Contents


Options to Purchase Ordinary Shares

Date of grant  
Grantee
  Amount   Price  

4/10/2007-10/1/2007

 

Certain employees

    269,750   $ 4.63  

10/12/2007

 

Certain non-employees

    50,000   $ 6.00  

10/17/2007

 

Certain employees

    25,000   4.25  

12/28/2007

 

Certain Employees

    64,000   $ 6.00  

12/28/2007

 

Mark Lazarus

    15,000   $ 6.00  

4/24/2008-8/1/2009

 

Certain employees

    3,004,750   $ 5.66  

12/8/2008

 

Richard F. Wallman

    150,000   $ 5.66  

1/7/2009-5/1/2009

 

Certain non-employees

    176,500   $ 5.66  

6/3/2010

 

Kevin O'Boyle

    150,000   $ 7.50  

6/3/2010-6/21/2010

 

Certain employees

    2,121,392   $ 7.50  

6/3/2010

 

Certain non-employees

    25,000   $ 7.50  


Debt Financing (Warrants)

Date of sale
or issuance
 
Purchaser
  Number of
warrants
  Loan
amount
  Exercise
price
 

2/29/2008

 

Robert Anderson

    20,678 (1) 77,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr. 

    6,982 (1) 26,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Diane Doty

    44,580 (1) 166,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

James C. Harber

    5,102 (1) 19,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Jean-Marc Idier

    2,686 (1) 10,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

KCH Stockholm AB

    939,929 (1) 3,500,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Douglas W. Kohrs

    150,926 (1) 562,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

James E. Kwan

    1,880 (1) 7,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Rod Mayer

    44,580 (1) 166,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Jamal D. Rushdy

    6,982 (1) 26,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

    311,251 (1) 1,159,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P. 

    846,742 (1) 3,153,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P. 

    249,484 (1) 929,000   $ 5.66  

2/29/2008

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P. 

    6,633,216 (1) 24,700,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr. 

    10,733 (2) 45,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Diane Doty

    4,293 (2) 18,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Stéphan Epinette

    7,155 (2) 30,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

KCH Stockholm AB

    572,438 (2) 2,400,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Douglas W. Kohrs

    61,537 (2) 258,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V. 

    4,412,544 (2) 18,500,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Kevin Ohashi

    13,118 (2) 55,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

PJC Capital LLC

    794,258 (2) 3,330,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

    88,251 (2) 370,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

    126,413 (2) 530,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Amy and Richard F. Wallman

    62,014 (2) 260,000   $ 5.66  

4/3/2009

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P. 

    2,672,332 (2) 11,204,000   $ 5.66  

(1)
Represents warrants issued on February 29, 2008 as consideration for a loan to the Company in the amount specified above pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, dated February 29, 2008 by and among the Company, Warburg Pincus, Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., Mr. Douglas W. Kohrs, Split Rock Partners, LP ("Split Rock"), KCH Stockholm AB ("KCH"),

II-2


Table of Contents

      Rod Mayer, Diane Doty, Robert Anderson, Ralph Barisano, Jamal Rushdy, James C. Harber, Jean-Marc Idier and James Kwan.

(2)
Represents warrants issued on April 3, 2009 as consideration for a loan to the Company in the amount specified above pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, dated April 3, 2009 by and among the Company, Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V., Warburg Pincus, PJC Capital LLC, PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC, KCH, Split Rock, Amy and Richard F. Wallman, Douglas W. Kohrs, Kevin Ohashi, Ralph Barisano Jr., Stéphan Epinette and Diane Doty.


Ordinary Shares

Date of sale
or issuance
 
Purchaser
  Number
of shares
  Price
per share
  Price total  

9/24/2007

 

TMG Partners II LLC

    140,339   3.5628   500,000  

11/22/2007

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P. 

    35,876   3.5628   127,819  

11/22/2007

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P. 

    54,124   3.5628   192,833  

12/13/2007

 

TMG Partners II LLC

    148,190   3.5628   527,972  

1/16/2008

 

TMG Partners II LLC

    42,102   3.5628   150,000  

8/25/2008

 

DVO TH, LLC

    910,206   $ 5.66   $ 5,151,767  

10/27/2008

 

TMG Partners III LLC

    636,878   $ 5.66   $ 3,604,731  

9/10/2009

 

TMG Partners III LLC

    316,779   $ 5.66   $ 1,792,969  

9/10/2009

 

DVO TH, LLC

    168,437   $ 5.66   $ 953,353  

9/11/2009

 

Phil Invest ApS

    1,402,391   3.5628   5,000,000  

10/1/2009

 

KCH Stockholm AB

    8,824,494 (1) 3.3543   29,600,000  

10/1/2009

 

KCH Stockholm AB

    557,093   0.01   5,571  

3/26/2010

 

Richard F. Wallman

    40,000 (2) $ 7.50   $ 300,000  

3/26/2010

 

Fred Dinger

    17,676 (3) $ 7.50   $ 132,570  

3/26/2010

 

Douglas W. Kohrs

    46,400   $ 7.50   $ 348,000  

3/26/2010

 

TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. 

    1,514,629   $ 7.50   $ 11,359,713  

3/26/2010

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P. 

    1,200,344   $ 7.50   $ 9,002,583  

3/26/2010

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P. 

    314,284   $ 7.50   $ 2,357,131  

5/25/2010

 

Douglas W. Kohrs

    132,007 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr. 

    11,161 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Stéphan Epinette

    4,586 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Jamal D. Rushdy

    4,282 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

James C. Harber

    3,129 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

James E. Kwan

    1,153 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Amy and Richard F. Wallman

    39,750 (2),(4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P. and Vertical Fund II, L.P. 

    672,314 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P. 

    5,781,115 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V. 

    2,828,440 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

KCH Stockholm AB

    943,390 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Jean-Marc Idier

    1,647 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

    271,920 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Rod Mayer

    27,340 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Diane Doty

    30,091 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Robert Anderson

    12,681 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

Kevin Ohashi

    8,408 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

PJC Capital LLC

    509,119 (4)   N/A     N/A  

5/25/2010

 

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

    56,568 (4)   N/A     N/A  

6/4/2010

 

KCH Stockholm AB

    130,900 (5)   N/A     N/A  

(1)
Issued as part of a debt to equity conversion.

II-3


Table of Contents

(2)
Purchased on behalf of Mr. Wallman by Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier ("STAK"). STAK was established as a foundation under Dutch law to allow the Company's option holders to exercise their options without obtaining legal title in any of the Company's ordinary shares. Upon exercise of an option, STAK acquires the respective ordinary shares in exchange for depository receipts issued to the option holder, who is entitled only to the economic benefits in Tornier's shares.

(3)
Purchased by STAK.

(4)
Represents ordinary shares of the Company issued in exchange for warrants originally issued under the February 29, 2008 and April 3, 2009 warrant agreements at an exchange ratio of 0.6133 for warrants issued February 29, 2008 and 0.6410 for warrants issued April 3, 2009.

(5)
Issued to KCH as an assignment of fees owed to Mr. Tornier in the amount of $981,751, pursuant to the termination of his consulting agreement. Mr. Tornier assigned fees owed by Tornier to KCH, which elected to receive them in the form of 130,900 of our ordinary shares.


Exercise of Options to Purchase Ordinary Shares

              All options to purchase ordinary shares indicated below were exercised by STAK on behalf of the indicated option holder.

Date  
Option holder
  Shares
issued
  Strike
price
  Exercise
amount
 

4/17/2008

 

Mike Kaufman

    9,375   $ 4.46   $ 41,848  

7/9/2008

 

Jim Hook

    13,000   $ 4.46   $ 58,029  

8/12/2008

 

Keith Boudreau

    1,200   $ 4.63   $ 5,556  

9/5/2008

 

Joshua Kitzerow

    625   $ 4.63   $ 2,894  

10/15/2008

 

Sarah Fisbeck

    2,000   $ 4.46   $ 8,928  

5/20/2009

 

Greg Sherburn

    28,125   $ 4.46   $ 125,544  

5/14/2009

 

Sarah Hook

    1,405   $ 4.46   $ 6,272  

7/27/2009

 

Jordan Myers

    784   $ 4.63   $ 3,630  

3/26/2010

 

Tanya Fernandez Brice

    2,188   $ 6.00   $ 13,128  

3/26/2010

 

Michael N. Campbell

    1,875   $ 4.63   $ 8,681  

3/26/2010

 

Rexford Carrow

    16,250   $ 4.46   $ 72,537  

3/26/2010

 

Jason Kirsch

    5,625   $ 4.46   $ 25,109  

3/26/2010

 

Elaine Mattheus

    6,094   $ 4.46   $ 27,202  

3/26/2010

 

Leo Reubelt

    2,500   $ 4.63   $ 11,575  

3/26/2010

 

David Vancellette

    5,160   $ 4.63   $ 23,891  

3/26/2010

 

John Yannone

    4,320   $ 4.63   $ 20,002  

3/29/2010

 

Michael Phipps

    1,875   $ 4.63   $ 8,681  

3/29/2010

 

Peter Verrillo

    6,250   $ 4.63   $ 28,938  

5/25/2010

 

Richard F. Wallman

    46,875   $ 5.66   $ 265,313  

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a)
Exhibits

Exhibit
number
  Description of document
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

 

3.1

 

Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect.***

 

3.2

 

Form of Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective prior to the completion of this offering.*

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description of document
  3.3   Form of Amended Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective upon the completion of this offering.*

 

4.1

 

Registrant's Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares.*

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, by and among the investors on Schedule I thereto, the persons listed on Schedule II thereto and Tornier B.V.*(1)

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Stibbe N.V. regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered.*

 

10.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2006, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Douglas W. Kohrs.***

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement, dated June 21, 2010, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Carmen L. Diersen.**

 

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2007, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Michael Doty.***

 

10.4

 

Employment Agreement, dated April 28, 2008, by and between Tornier Inc. and Andrew Joiner.***

 

10.5

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 29, 2008, by and between Tornier, SAS and Stéphan Epinette.***

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 5, 2006, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Robert Ball.***

 

10.7

 

Separation Agreement, dated February 19, 2010, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Michael Doty.***

 

10.8

 

Letter Agreement, dated December 8, 2008, by and between Tornier B.V. and Richard Wallman.***

 

10.9

 

Tornier B.V. Stock Option Plan.***

 

10.10

 

Form of Option Agreement under the TMG B.V. Stock Option Plan for Directors and Officers.***

 

10.11

 

Retraite Supplémentaire maintained by Tornier SAS.***

 

10.12

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 5, 2007, by and between DVO Acquisition, Inc. and Tornier B.V.**

 

10.13

 

Merger Agreement, dated January 22, 2007, by and among Nexa Orthopedics, Inc., Tornier US Holdings, Inc. and Nexa Acquisition, Inc.**

 

10.14

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 27, 2007, by and among Tornier US Holdings, Inc., Axya Acquisition II, Inc. and Axya Holdings, Inc.**

 

10.15

 

Contribution Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and between Tornier B.V., Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, Fred B. Dinger III and Douglas W. Kohrs.**

 

10.16

 

Warrant Agreement, dated February 29, 2008, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.17

 

EUR 34,500,000 Loan Note Instrument, dated February 29, 2008, issued by Tornier B.V. in favor of the lenders thereto.**

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description of document
  10.18   Warrant Agreement, dated April 3, 2009, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.19

 

EUR 37,000,000 Loan Note Instrument, dated April 3, 2009, issued by Tornier B.V. in favor of the lenders thereto.**

 

10.20

 

Warrant Exchange Agreement (2008), dated May 25, 2010, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.21

 

Warrant Exchange Agreement (2009), dated May 25, 2010, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.22

 

Commercial leases (two), dated May 30, 2006, by and between Alain Tornier and Colette Tornier and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.23

 

Commercial lease, dated December 29, 2007, by and between Animus SCI and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.24

 

Commercial lease, dated February 6, 2008, by and between Balux SCI and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.25

 

Commercial lease, dated April, 2008, by and between Cymaise SCI and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.26

 

Commercial lease, dated July, 2008, by and between SCI Calyx and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.27

 

Commercial lease, dated December 23, 2008, by and between Seamus Geaney and Tornier Orthopedics Ireland Limited.**

 

10.28

 

Securityholders' Agreement, dated July 18, 2006, by and among the parties listed on Schedule I thereto, KCH Stockholm AB, Alain Tornier, Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., TMG B.V. (predecessor to Tornier B.V.).*

 

10.29

 

Joinder Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, by and between Tornier B.V. and DVO—Extremity Solutions, LLC. *

 

10.30

 

Joinder Agreement, dated September 24, 2007, by and between Tornier B.V. and TMG Partners II LLC.*

 

10.31

 

Joinder Agreement, dated October 27, 2008, by and between Tornier B.V. and TMG Partners III LLC.*

 

10.32

 

Joinder Agreement, dated May 11, 2009, by and between Tornier B.V. and Split Rock Partners, L.P. *

 

10.33

 

Joinder Agreement, dated May 11, 2009, by and between Tornier B.V. and Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier. *

 

10.34

 

Joinder Agreement, dated May 25, 2010, by and between Tornier B.V. and Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V. *

 

10.35

 

Quality Assurance Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, by and between CeramTec AG and Tornier SA.*

 

10.36

 

Articles of Association of SCI Calyx.*

 

10.37

 

Amendment to the Securityholders' Agreement, by and among the securityholders on Schedule I thereto and Tornier B.V.*(2)

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.***

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.**

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description of document
  23.2   Consent of Stibbe N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).***

(1)
We expect to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement shortly after the filing of this Registration Statement.

(2)
We expect to amend the Securityholders' Agreement shortly after the filing of this Registration Statement.

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Filed herewith.

***
Incorporated by reference from exhibit of same number to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 8, 2010.
(b)
Financial Statement Schedules

              The consolidated financial statement schedule (Schedule II) of the Company and its subsidiaries has been submitted as a separate section of this report following the signature page. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

              Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

              The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

              (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

              (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-7


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to its registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Edina, MN, on July 15, 2010.

    TORNIER B.V.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DOUGLAS W. KOHRS

Name: Douglas W. Kohrs
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

              Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Douglas W. Kohrs and Sean D. Carney as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the "Shares"), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

              Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ DOUGLAS W. KOHRS

Name: Douglas W. Kohrs
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   July 15, 2010

/s/ CARMEN L. DIERSEN

Name: Carmen L. Diersen

 

Global Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

July 15, 2010

*

Name: Sean D. Carney

 

Director

 

July 15, 2010

II-8


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
*

Name: Richard B. Emmitt
  Director   July 15, 2010

*

Name: Kevin C. O'Boyle

 

Director

 

July 15, 2010

*

Name: Alain Tornier

 

Director

 

July 15, 2010

*

Name: Simon Turton

 

Director

 

July 15, 2010

*

Name: Richard F. Wallman

 

Director

 

July 15, 2010

*

Name: Elizabeth H. Weatherman

 

Director

 

July 15, 2010

 


*By

 

/s/

 


Douglas W. Kohrs, authorized under a Power of Attorney filed with Form S-1 (File No. 333-167370), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2010.

II-9


Table of Contents


SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

              Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Tornier B.V. has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Edina, MN on July 15, 2010.

    Authorized Representative

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DOUGLAS W. KOHRS

Name: Douglas W. Kohrs
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer

II-10


Table of Contents


SCHEDULE II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Tornier B.V. and Subsidiaries

 
   
  Additions   Deductions    
 
Description
  Balance at
beginning
of period
  Charged to
costs &
expenses
  Describe(a)   Describe(b)   Balance at
end
of period
 

DEDUCTED FROM ASSET ACCOUNTS

                               

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts (in millions):

                               

Year ended December 27, 2009

  $ (2,169 ) $ (601 ) $ 153   $ (50 ) $ (2,667 )
                       

Year ended December 28, 2008

  $ (1,879 ) $ (434 ) $ 119   $ 25   $ (2,169 )
                       

Year ended December 31, 2007

  $ (609 ) $ (1,224 ) $ 10   $ (56 ) $ (1,879 )
                       

(a)
Uncollectible amounts written off, net of recoveries.

(b)
Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates.

II-11


Table of Contents


TORNIER B.V.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
number
  Description of document
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

 

3.1

 

Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect.***

 

3.2

 

Form of Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective prior to the completion of this offering.*

 

3.3

 

Form of Amended Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective upon the completion of this offering.*

 

4.1

 

Registrant's Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares.*

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, by and among the investors on Schedule I thereto, the persons listed on Schedule II thereto and Tornier B.V.*(1)

 

5.1

 

Opinion of Stibbe N.V. regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered.*

 

10.1

 

Employment Agreement, dated July 18, 2006, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Douglas W. Kohrs.***

 

10.2

 

Employment Agreement, dated June 21, 2010, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Carmen L. Diersen.**

 

10.3

 

Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2007, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Michael Doty.***

 

10.4

 

Employment Agreement, dated April 28, 2008, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Andrew Joiner.***

 

10.5

 

Employment Agreement, dated August 29, 2008, by and between Tornier, SAS and Stéphan Epinette.***

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 5, 2006, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Robert Ball.***

 

10.7

 

Separation Agreement, dated February 19, 2010, by and between Tornier, Inc. and Michael Doty.***

 

10.8

 

Letter Agreement, dated December 8, 2008, by and between Tornier B.V. and Richard Wallman.***

 

10.9

 

Tornier B.V. Stock Option Plan.***

 

10.10

 

Form of Option Agreement under the TMG B.V. Stock Option Plan for Directors and Officers.***

 

10.11

 

Retraite Supplémentaire maintained by Tornier SAS.***

 

10.12

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 5, 2007, by and between DVO Acquisition, Inc. and Tornier B.V.**

 

10.13

 

Merger Agreement, dated January 22, 2007, by and among Nexa Orthopedics, Inc., Tornier US Holdings, Inc. and Nexa Acquisition, Inc.**

 

10.14

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 27, 2007, by and among Tornier US Holdings, Inc., Axya Acquisition II, Inc. and Axya Holdings, Inc.**

Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description of document
  10.15   Contribution Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and between Tornier B.V., Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, Fred B. Dinger III and Douglas W. Kohrs.**

 

10.16

 

Warrant Agreement, dated February 29, 2008, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.17

 

EUR 34,500,000 Loan Note Instrument, dated February 29, 2008, issued by Tornier B.V. in favor of the lenders thereto.**

 

10.18

 

Warrant Agreement, dated April 3, 2009, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.19

 

EUR 37,000,000 Loan Note Instrument, dated April 3, 2009, issued by Tornier B.V. in favor of the lenders thereto.**

 

10.20

 

Warrant Exchange Agreement (2008), dated May 25, 2010, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.21

 

Warrant Exchange Agreement (2009), dated May 25, 2010, by and among Tornier B.V. and the former warrantholders party thereto.**

 

10.22

 

Commercial leases (two), dated May 30, 2006, by and between Alain Tornier and Colette Tornier and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.23

 

Commercial lease, dated December 29, 2007, by and between Animus SCI and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.24

 

Commercial lease, dated February 6, 2008, by and between Balux SCI and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.25

 

Commercial lease, dated April, 2008, by and between Cymaise SCI and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.26

 

Commercial lease, dated July, 2008, by and between SCI Calyx and Tornier SAS.*

 

10.27

 

Commercial lease, dated December 23, 2008, by and between Seamus Geaney and Tornier Orthopedics Ireland Limited.**

 

10.28

 

Securityholders' Agreement, dated July 18, 2006, by and among the parties listed on Schedule I thereto, KCH Stockholm AB, Alain Tornier, Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., TMG B.V. (predecessor to Tornier B.V.).*

 

10.29

 

Joinder Agreement, dated March 30, 2007, by and between Tornier B.V. and DVO—Extremity Solutions, LLC. *

 

10.30

 

Joinder Agreement, dated September 24, 2007, by and between Tornier B.V. and TMG Partners II LLC.*

 

10.31

 

Joinder Agreement, dated October 27, 2008, by and between Tornier B.V. and TMG Partners III LLC.*

 

10.32

 

Joinder Agreement, dated May 11, 2009, by and between Tornier B.V. and Split Rock Partners, L.P. *

 

10.33

 

Joinder Agreement, dated May 11, 2009, by and between Tornier B.V. and Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier. *

 

10.34

 

Joinder Agreement, dated May 25, 2010, by and between Tornier B.V. and Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V. *

 

10.35

 

Quality Assurance Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, by and between CeramTec AG and Tornier SA.*

 

10.36

 

Articles of Association of SCI Calyx.*

Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description of document
  10.37   Amendment to the Securityholders' Agreement, by and among the securityholders on Schedule I thereto and Tornier B.V.*(2)

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.***

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.**

 

23.2

 

Consent of Stibbe N.V. (included in Exhibit 5.1).*

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).***

(1)
We expect to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement shortly after the filing of this Registration Statement.

(2)
We expect to amend the Securityholders' Agreement shortly after the filing of this Registration Statement.

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Filed herewith.

***
Incorporated by reference from exhibit of same number to Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed July 8, 2010.



Exhibit 10.02

 

Carmen L. Diersen

 

Tornier Employment Agreement

 



 

TORNIER, INC.

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of June 21, 2010, between Tornier, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Carmen Diersen (the “ Global CFO; Global Chief Financial Officer ”).

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that the future growth, profitability and success of the Company’s business will be substantially and materially enhanced by the employment of the Executive by the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and the Executive has indicated her willingness to provide her services to the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, on the basis of the foregoing premises and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.  Employment .  The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.  The Executive shall serve as the Global Chief Financial Officer, and in such capacity, shall report directly to the President and Chief Executive Officer and shall have such duties as are typically performed by the Global Chief Financial Officer of a corporation.  The Executive shall take the office of Global Chief Financial Officer effective June 21, 2010.  The principal location of the Executive’s employment shall be at the Company’s principal executive office located in Minnesota, although the Executive understands and agrees that she may be required to travel from time to time for Company business reasons.

 

Section 2.  Term .  Unless terminated pursuant to Section 6 hereof, the Executive’s employment hereunder shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue during the period ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Initial Term ”).  Thereafter, the Executive’s employment term shall extend automatically for consecutive periods of one year unless either party shall provide notice of termination not less than sixty (60) days prior to an anniversary date of this Agreement.  The Initial Term, together with any extension pursuant to this Section 2, is referred to herein as the “ Employment Term .”  The Employment Term shall terminate upon any termination of the Executive’s employment pursuant to Section 6.

 

Section 3.  Compensation .  During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation and benefits:

 

(a)  Salary .  As compensation for the performance of the Executive’s services hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Executive a base salary (the “ Salary ”) of $325,000 per year (which is not subject to a cap or a maximum) with increases, if any, as may be approved by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board.  The Salary shall be

 



 

payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company as the same shall exist from time to time.  In no event shall the Salary be decreased during the Employment Term,

 

(b)  Bonus .  During the Employment Term, in addition to Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in such bonus plans as may be adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors for other officers of the Company (the “ Bonus ”) for each such calendar year ending during the Employment Period; provided that, unless the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board determines otherwise, the Executive must be employed on the last day of such calendar year in order to receive the Bonus attributable thereto.  The bonus of the Global Chief Financial Officer shall be initially targeted at 50% of her base salary at 100% achievement.  The Executive’s entitlement to the Bonus for any particular calendar year shall be based on the attainment of performance objectives established by the President and CEO or the Compensation Committee of the Board in any such bonus plan.  In no event shall the bonus target be decreased during the employment term.

 

(c)  Benefits .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, in addition to the Salary and Bonus, if any, the Executive shall be entitled during the Employment Term to participate in health, insurance, retirement, disability, and other benefit programs provided to other officers of the Company on terms no less favorable than those available to the other officers of the Company.  The Executive shall also be entitled to the same number of vacation days, holidays, sick days and other benefits as are generally allowed to other senior executives of the Company in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time.  The Global Chief Financial Officer shall be initially entitled to 5 weeks of accrued vacation for immediate use under this Agreement.

 

(d)  Stock Options .  The Executive shall be granted stock options (the “ Option ”) to acquire 450,000 of the shares of Common Stock of TMG B.V., a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Parent Corporation ”) at a price equal to Fair Market Value in effect on the Price Date.  All of the terms and conditions relating to the Option, including the vesting and expiration dates, are set forth in the Stock Option Agreements executed by the Parent Corporation and the Executive (the “ Stock Option Agreements ”).

 

Section 4.  Exclusivity .  During the Employment Term, the Executive shall devote her full time to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, shall faithfully serve the Company and its subsidiaries, shall in all respects conform to and comply with the lawful and reasonable directions and instructions given to her by the President and CEO in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall use her best efforts to promote and serve the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and shall not engage in any other business activity, whether or not such activity shall be engaged in for pecuniary profit, except that the Executive may (i) participate in the activities of professional trade organizations related to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) participate in the activities on non profit organizations (iii) engage in personal investing activities and (iv) serve on the board of directors of not more than two (2) other companies whose businesses are not in competition with the business interests of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, provided that the activities set forth in these clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), either singly or in the aggregate, do not interfere in any material respect with the services to be provided by the Executive hereunder.

 

2



 

Section 5.  Reimbursement for Expenses .  During the Employment Term, the Executive is authorized to incur reasonable expenses in the discharge of the services to be performed hereunder, including expenses for travel, entertainment, lodging and similar items in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy, as the same may be modified by the Company from time to time.  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all such proper expenses upon presentation by the Executive of itemized accounts of such expenditures in accordance with the financial policy of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

 

Section 6.  Termination and Default .

 

(a)  Death .  The Executive’s employment shall automatically terminate upon her death and upon such event, the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive the amounts specified in Section 6(e) below.

 

(b)  Disability .  If the Executive is unable to perform the duties required of her under this Agreement because of illness, incapacity, or physical or mental disability, the Employment Term shall continue and the Company shall pay all compensation required to be paid to the Executive hereunder, unless the Executive is disabled such that the Executive would be entitled to receive disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or if no such plan exists, the Executive is unable to perform the duties required of her under this Agreement for an aggregate of 180 days (whether or not consecutive) during any 12-month period during the term of this Agreement, in which event the Executive’s employment shall terminate.

 

(c)  Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, with or without Cause.  In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 6(c) for Cause (as defined below), the Company shall deliver to the Executive written notice setting forth the basis for such termination, which notice shall specifically set forth the nature of the Cause which is the reason for such termination.  Termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder shall be effective upon delivery of such notice of termination.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean:  (i) the Executive’s failure (except where due to a disability contemplated by subsection (b) hereof), neglect or refusal to perform her duties hereunder which failure, neglect or refusal shall not have been corrected by the Executive within 30 days of receipt by the Executive of written notice from the Company of such failure, neglect or refusal, which notice shall specifically set forth the nature of said failure, neglect or refusal, (ii) any willful or intentional act of the Executive that has the effect of injuring the reputation or business of the Company or its affiliates in any material respect; (iii) any continued or repeated absence from the Company, unless such absence is (A) approved or excused by the Board of Directors or (B) is the result of the Executive’s illness, disability or incapacity (in which event the provisions of Section 6(b) hereof shall control); (iv) use of illegal drugs by the Executive or repeated drunkenness; (v) conviction of the Executive for the commission of a felony; or (vi) the commission by the Executive of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Company.

 

(d)  Resignation .  The Executive shall have the right to terminate her employment at any time by giving notice of her resignation.

 

3



 

(e)  Payments .  In the event that the Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive all amounts and benefits accrued but unpaid hereunder through the date of termination in respect of Salary or unreimbursed expenses, including accrued and unused vacation.  In addition, in the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, whether during or upon expiration of the then current term of this Agreement, in addition to the amounts specified in the foregoing sentence, (i) the Executive shall continue to receive the Salary (less any applicable withholding or similar taxes) at the rate in effect hereunder on the date of such termination periodically, in accordance with the Company’s prevailing payroll practices, for a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such termination (the “ Severance Term ”) and (ii) to the extent permissible under the Company’s health and welfare plans, the Executive shall continue to receive any health and welfare benefits provided to her as of the date of such termination in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof during the Severance Term, on the same basis and at the same cost as during the Employment Term.  Further, in the event the Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause by reason of the Company having notified the Executive that this Agreement will not be extended pursuant to Section 2, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a pro-rated amount of the Bonus in a lump sum based on the Executive’s period of employment during the calendar year in which such termination occurs (less any applicable withholding or similar taxes).  Following the end of the Severance Term, the Executive shall be entitled to elect health care continuation coverage permitted under Section 601 through 608 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), as if her employment had then terminated.  In the event the Executive accepts other full time employment or engages in her own business prior to the last date of the Severance Term, the Executive shall forthwith notify the Company and the Company shall be entitled to set off from amounts and benefits due the Executive under this Section 6(e) (other than in respect of the Bonus) the amounts paid to and benefits received by the Executive in respect of such other employment or business activity.  Amounts owed by the Company in respect of the Salary, Bonus or reimbursement for expenses under the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall, except as otherwise set forth in this Section 6(e), be paid promptly upon any termination.  The payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive as set forth in this Section 6(e) in the event the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause:  (i) shall be lieu of any and all benefits otherwise provided under any severance pay policy, plan or program maintained from time to time by the Company for its employees, and (ii) shall not be paid to the extent that Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control under circumstances entitling the Executive to the benefits described in Section 6(f).

 

(f)  Change in Control Benefit .  In the event that the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, as defined below, during the 12-month period immediately following a Change in Control, as defined below, whether during or upon expiration of the then current term of this Agreement:  (i) the Company shall pay to the Executive all amounts and benefits accrued but unpaid hereunder through the date of termination in respect of Salary or unreimbursed expenses, including accrued and unused vacation (less any applicable withholding or similar taxes), (ii) all unvested shares that are subject to the Options shall become immediately vested and exercisable as set forth in the Stock Option Agreements, (iii) the Company shall pay to Executive a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of her Salary at the rate in effect hereunder on the date of such termination, plus her full target Bonus for the year in which the Change in Control occurs (less any applicable withholding or similar taxes), and (iv) to the extent permissible under the Company’s health and

 

4



 

welfare plans, the Executive shall continue to receive, at the Company’s cost, any health and welfare benefits provided to her as of the date of such termination for the 12-month period following her termination of employment.  Following the end of the 12-month period described in clause (iv) of the preceding sentence, the Executive shall be entitled to elect health care continuation coverage permitted under Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA as if her employment with the Company then terminated.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean:

 

(i)  The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) (a “ Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Parent Corporation, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such common stock (the “ Outstanding Parent Corporation Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Parent Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Parent Corporation Voting Securities ”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control:  (x) any acquisition by the Parent Corporation or any “affiliate” of the Parent Corporation, within the meaning of 17 C.F.R. § 230.405 (an “ Affiliate ”), (y) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Parent Corporation or any Affiliate of the Parent Corporation, (z) any acquisition by any corporation or business entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (ii) of this Section 6(f) (persons and entities described in clauses (x), (y) and (z) being referred to herein as “ Permitted Holders ”); or

 

(ii)  The consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Parent Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Parent Corporation Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Parent Corporation or all or substantially all of the Parent Corporation’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Parent Corporation Common Stock and Outstanding Parent Corporation Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (B) no Person (excluding any Permitted Holder) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to

 

5



 

acquire such common stock, or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the incumbent Board of Directors of the Parent Corporation at the time of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(iii)  Approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation; or

 

(iv)  The sale of at least 80% of the assets of the Parent Corporation to an unrelated party, or completion of a transaction having a similar effect; or

 

(v)  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without the Executive’s prior written consent, (i) a substantial diminution in the Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities as in effect prior to the Change in Control, (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base Salary or Bonus as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased, (iii) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under employee benefit plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or her family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions, taxes and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under such benefit plans in which the Executive (and/or her family or dependents) was participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control, or (iv) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based at any office or location that is more than fifty (50) miles further from the office or location thereof immediately preceding a Change in Control; provided , however , Good Reason shall not include any of the circumstances or events described herein unless the Executive has first provided written notice of such circumstance or event and the Company has not corrected such circumstance or event within thirty (30) days of receipt by the Company of such written notice from the Executive.

 

(g)  Survival of Operative Sections .  Upon any termination of the Executive’s employment, the provisions of Sections 6(e), 6(f), and 7 through 18 of this Agreement shall survive to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions thereof.

 

Section 7.  Secrecy and Non-Competition .

 

(a)  No Competing Employment .  The Executive acknowledges that the agreements and covenants contained in this Section 7 are essential to protect the value of the Company’s, or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’, business and assets and by her current employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, the Executive has obtained and will obtain such knowledge, contacts, know-how, training and experience and there is a substantial probability that such knowledge, know-how, contacts, training and experience could be used to the substantial advantage of a competitor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and to the Company’s, or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’, substantial detriment.  Therefore, the Executive agrees that for the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the first anniversary of the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder (such period

 

6



 

is hereinafter referred to as the “ Restricted Period ”) with respect to any State in which the Company is engaged in business during the Employment Term, the Executive shall not participate or engage, directly or indirectly, for herself or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, partnership, corporation or other entity, whether as an employee, agent, officer, director, partner or joint venturer, in any business activities if such activity consists of any activity undertaken or expressly contemplated to be undertaken by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or by the Executive at any time during the last three (3) years of the Employment Term.  The foregoing restrictions contained in this Section 7(a) shall not prevent the Executive from accepting employment with a large diversified organization with separate and distinct divisions that do not compete, directly or indirectly, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, so long as prior to accepting such employment the Company receives separate written assurances from the prospective employer and from the Executive, satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that the Executive will not render any services, directly or indirectly, to any division or business unit that competes, directly or indirectly, with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.  During the Restricted Period, the Executive will inform any new employer, prior to accepting employment, of the existence of this Agreement and provide such employer with a copy of this Agreement.

 

(b)  Nondisclosure of Confidential Information .  The Executive, except in connection with her employment hereunder, shall not disclose to any person or entity or use, either during the Employment Term or at any time thereafter, any information not in the public domain or generally known in the industry that the Company any of its subsidiaries or affiliates treats as confidential or proprietary, in any form, acquired by the Executive while employed by the Company or any predecessor to the Company’s business or, if acquired following the Employment Term, such information which, to the Executive’s knowledge, has been acquired, directly or indirectly, from any person or entity owing a duty of confidentiality to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, relating to the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, including but not limited to information regarding customers, vendors, suppliers, trade secrets, training programs, manuals or materials, technical information, contracts, systems, procedures, mailing lists, know-how, trade names, improvements, price lists, financial or other data (including the revenues, costs or profits associated with any of the Company’s, or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’, products or services), business plans, code books, invoices and other financial statements, computer programs, software systems, databases, discs and printouts, plans (business, technical or otherwise), customer and industry lists, correspondence, internal reports, personnel files, sales and advertising material, telephone numbers, names, addresses or any other compilation of information, written or unwritten, which is or was used in the business of the Company or any subsidiaries or affiliates thereof.  The Executive agrees and acknowledges that all of such information, in any form, and copies and extracts thereof, are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and upon termination of her employment with the Company, the Executive shall return to the Company any of its subsidiaries or affiliates the originals and all copies of any such information provided to or acquired by the Executive in connection with the performance of her duties for the Company, and shall return to the Company any of its subsidiaries or affiliates all files, correspondence and/or other communications received, maintained and/or originated by the Executive during the course of her employment.

 

7



 

(c)  No Interference .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, whether for her own account or for the account of any other individual, partnership, firm, corporation or other business organization (other than the Company), directly or indirectly solicit, endeavor to entice away from the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or otherwise directly interfere with the relationship of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates with any person who, to the knowledge of the Executive, is employed by or otherwise engaged to perform services for the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates (including, but not limited to, any independent sales representatives or organizations) or who is, or was within the then most recent twelve-month period, a customer or client of the Company, its predecessors or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.  The placement of any general classified or “help wanted” advertisements and/or general solicitations to the public at large shall not constitute a violation of this Section 7(c) unless the Executive’s name is contained in such advertisements or solicitations.

 

(d)  Inventions, etc.   The Executive hereby sells, transfers and assigns to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or to any person or entity designated by the Company all of the entire right, title and interest of the Executive in and to all inventions, ideas, disclosures and improvements, whether patented or unpatented, and copyrightable material, made or conceived by the Executive, solely or jointly, during her employment by the Company which relate to methods, apparatus, designs, products, processes or devices, sold, leased, used or under consideration or development by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or which otherwise relate to or pertain to the business, functions or operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or which arise from the efforts of the Executive during the course of her employment for the Company.  The Executive shall communicate promptly and disclose to the Company, in such form as the Company requests, all information, details and data pertaining to the aforementioned inventions, ideas, disclosures and improvements; and the Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company such formal transfers and assignments and such other papers and documents as may be necessary or required of the Executive to permit the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any person or entity designated by the Company to file and prosecute the patent applications and, as to copyrightable material, to obtain copyright thereof.  Any invention relating to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and disclosed by the Executive within one year following the termination of her employment with the Company shall be deemed to fall within the provisions of this paragraph unless proved to have been first conceived and made following such termination.  The foregoing requirements of this Section 7(d) shall not apply to any invention for which no equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information of the Company was used and which was developed entirely on the Executive’s own time, and (i) which does not relate directly to the Company’s, or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’, business or to the Company’s, or any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’, actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, or (ii) which does not result from any work the Executive performed for the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Section 8.  Injunctive Relief .  Without intending to limit the remedies available to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Executive acknowledges that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Section 7 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and

 

8



 

that, in the event of such a breach or threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled to obtain a temporary restraining order and/or a preliminary or permanent injunction, without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or injury as a result of such breach or threatened breach of Section 7 hereof, restraining the Executive from engaging in activities prohibited by Section 7 hereof or such other relief as may be required specifically to enforce any of the covenants in Section 7 hereof.

 

Section 9.  Representations and Warranties of the Executive .  The Executive represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(a)  This Agreement, upon execution and delivery by the Executive, will be duly executed and delivered by the Executive and (assuming due execution and delivery hereof by the Company) will be the valid and binding obligation of the Executive enforceable against the Executive in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby nor the performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and conditions by the Executive (i) requires the approval or consent of any governmental body or of any other person or (ii) conflicts with or results in any breach or violation of, or constitutes (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) a default under, any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, permit or governmental regulation applicable to the Executive.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive is not a party to any non-competition, non-solicitation, no hire or similar agreement that restricts in any way the Executive’s ability to engage in any business or to solicit or hire the employees of any person.

 

The representations and warranties of the Executive contained in this Section 9 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 10.  Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company represents and warrants to the Executive as follows:

 

(a)  This Agreement, upon execution and delivery by the Company, will be duly executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming due execution and delivery hereof by the Executive) will be the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby nor the performance of this Agreement in accordance with its terms and conditions by the Company (i) requires the approval or consent of any governmental body or of any other person or (ii) conflicts with or results in any breach or violation of, or constitutes (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) a default under, any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, permit or governmental regulation applicable to the Company.

 

9



 

The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Section 10 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 11.  Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, but not limited to, the Executive’s heirs and the personal representatives of the Executive’s estate; provided , however , that neither party shall assign or delegate any of the obligations created under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the unrestricted right to assign this Agreement and to delegate all or any part of its obligations hereunder to any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, but in such event such assignee shall expressly assume all obligations of the Company hereunder and the Company shall remain fully liable for the performance of all of such obligations in the manner prescribed in this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon any person or entity not a party to this Agreement, or the legal representatives of such person or entity, any rights or remedies of any nature or kind whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 12.  Waiver and Amendments .  Any waiver, alteration, amendment or modification of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by the parties hereto; provided , however , that any such waiver, alteration, amendment or modification is consented to on the Company’s behalf by the Board of Directors.  No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

 

Section 13.  Severability and Governing Law .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the covenants set forth in Section 7 hereof are reasonable and valid in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects.  If any of such covenants or such other provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid or unenforceable by a final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction (a) the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall be unimpaired and (b) the invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be deemed replaced by a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED ENTIRELY WITHIN SUCH STATE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT RELATING TO THE OPTION UNDER SECTION 3(d) HEREOF SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

Section 14.  Notices .

 

(a)  All communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or mailed by overnight courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid:

 

10



 

(i)  If to the Executive, at such other address as the Executive may have furnished the Company in writing, and

 

(ii)  If to the Company, at Minnesota Headquarters, marked for the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, or at such other address as it may have furnished in writing to the Executive.

 

(b)  Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given:  if delivered by hand, on the date of such delivery; if mailed by courier, on the first business day following the date of such mailing; and if mailed by registered or certified mail, on the third business day after the date of such mailing.

 

Section 15.  Section Headings .  The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof, affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or of any term or provision hereof.

 

Section 16.  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto regarding the employment of the Executive.  This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

Section 17.  Severability .  In the event that any part or parts of this Agreement shall be held illegal or unenforceable by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction, such determination shall not effect the remaining provisions of this Agreement which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Section 18.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

TORNIER, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Doug Kohrs

 

 

Name: Doug Kohrs

 

 

Title: President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CARMEN DIERSEN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Carmen Diersen

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Relating to the Acquisition of

 

Substantially All Assets of

 

DVO — EXTREMITY SOLUTIONS, LLC

 

by

 

DVO ACQUISITION, INC.

 

and

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

dated as of March 5, 2007

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

1.1

DEFINED TERMS

1

1.2

CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN TERMS AND PHRASES

11

1.3

MUTUAL NEGOTIATION

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE II  PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN LIABILITIES

11

 

 

2.1

PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS

11

2.2

EXCLUDED ASSETS

13

2.3

ASSUMED LIABILITIES

13

2.4

RETAINED LIABILITIES

14

2.5

UNASSIGNABLE CONTRACTS

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE III  PURCHASE PRICE AND CLOSING

15

 

 

3.1

TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE

15

3.2

INITIAL PURCHASE PRICE, CLOSING PAYMENTS AND SHARE DELIVERY

15

3.3

NET WORTH ADJUSTMENT

16

3.4

DEFERRED PURCHASE PRICE

17

3.5

TAXES

19

3.6

BULK SALES COMPLIANCE

19

3.7

CLOSING

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

20

 

 

4.1

ORGANIZATION OF SELLER

20

4.2

AUTHORITY; APPROVAL BY OWNERS

20

4.3

NO CONFLICTS

21

4.4

GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS, APPROVALS, AND FILINGS

21

4.5

CAPITALIZATION

21

4.6

SUBSIDIARIES

22

4.7

BOOKS AND RECORDS

22

4.8

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22

4.9

ABSENCE OF CHANGES

22

4.10

NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES

24

4.11

ASSETS

24

4.12

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

24

4.13

REAL PROPERTY

26

4.14

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

26

4.15

LITIGATION; DISPUTES

29

4.16

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

29

4.17

CONTRACTS

29

4.18

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

31

4.19

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

31

4.20

INSURANCE

31

4.21

TAX MATTERS

32

4.22

LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS

32

4.23

PERMITS

33

 

ii



 

4.24

MATERIAL CUSTOMERS

33

4.25

BROKERS

34

4.26

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

34

4.27

POWERS OF ATTORNEY

34

4.28

REGULATORY MATTERS

34

4.29

PRODUCT WARRANTY; PRODUCT LIABILITY

35

4.30

ACCREDITED INVESTOR STATUS

35

4.31

FULL DISCLOSURE

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE V  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND BUYER

35

 

 

5.1

ORGANIZATION

35

5.2

AUTHORITY

35

5.3

NO CONFLICTS

36

5.4

GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS, APPROVALS, AND FILINGS

36

5.5

CAPITALIZATION

36

5.6

PARENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

37

5.7

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

37

5.8

BROKERS

37

5.9

THE SHARES

37

5.10

FULL DISCLOSURE

37

5.11

LITIGATION; DISPUTES

38

5.12

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

38

5.13

REGULATORY MATTERS

38

5.14

PRODUCT LIABILITY

39

5.15

MATERIAL CUSTOMERS

39

5.16

TAX MATTERS

39

5.17

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

39

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI  PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

40

 

 

6.1

ACCESS AND INVESTIGATION

40

6.2

INTERIM OPERATIONS

40

6.3

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

41

6.4

NOTIFICATION

42

6.5

BEST EFFORTS

42

6.6

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

42

6.7

NO SHOPPING

43

6.8

MUTUAL CONFIDENTIALITY

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII  ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

44

 

 

7.1

FURTHER ASSURANCES

44

7.2

EMPLOYEES — GENERALLY

44

7.3

DAMAGE TO ASSETS

45

7.4

POST-CLOSING TAX MATTERS

45

7.5

GUARANTY

47

7.6

MAINTENANCE OF ORGANIZATION; CESSATION OF BUSINESS

47

7.7

SALES EFFORTS

47

7.8

JOINT PRESS RELEASE

48

 

iii



 

7.9

INFORMATION RIGHTS

48

7.10

SHARE DELIVERY OBLIGATIONS

48

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII  CLOSING CONDITIONS OF PARENT AND BUYER

48

 

 

8.1

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF SELLER

48

8.2

NO MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT

49

8.3

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

49

8.4

ABSENCE OF LITIGATION

49

8.5

THIRD-PARTY CONSENTS

49

8.6

CLOSING DELIVERIES OF SELLER -

49

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX  SELLER’S CLOSING CONDITIONS

50

 

 

9.1

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND COVENANTS OF PARENT AND BUYER

50

9.2

OFFICERS’ CERTIFICATE

50

9.3

ABSENCE OF LITIGATION

50

9.4

CLOSING DELIVERIES OF PARENT AND BUYER

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE X  TERMINATION

51

 

 

10.1

TERMINATION

51

10.2

EFFECTS OF TERMINATION

51

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI  INDEMNIFICATION

51

 

 

11.1

SURVIVAL

51

11.2

INDEMNIFICATION

52

11.3

INDEMNIFICATION PROCEDURES

53

11.4

REMEDIES

55

11.5

TAX TREATMENT OF INDEMNITY PAYMENTS

55

11.6

RIGHT TO OFFSET

55

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII  MISCELLANEOUS

55

 

 

12.1

NOTICES

55

12.2

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

56

12.3

WAIVER

56

12.4

AMENDMENT

57

12.5

NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES

57

12.6

NO ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT

57

12.7

HEADINGS

57

12.8

SEVERABILITY

57

12.9

GOVERNING LAW

57

12.10

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND FORUM SELECTION

57

12.11

EXPENSE

58

12.12

SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

58

12.13

COUNTERPARTS

58

12.14

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

58

 

iv



 

Schedules and Exhibits

 

Schedules

 

1.1(a)       DVO Products

1.1(b)       Key Trademarks

1.1(c)       Historical Accounting Principles

2.1(a)       Real Property Leases

2.1(b)       Fixed Assets

2.1(c)       Assigned Contracts

2.1(d)       Permits

2.1(i)        Domain Names, Databases, Telephone Numbers, E-Mail Addresses

2.2(g)       Certain Excluded Assets, Rights, and Properties

5.1            Tornier Organizational Structure

8.5            Required Third-Party Consents

 

Exhibits

 

A              Form of Seller Investment Letter

B              Form of Joinder Agreement

C              Form of Member Investment Letter

D              Form of Bill of Sale and Assumption Agreement

 

v



 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Asset Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of March 5, 2007 among:

 

(a)            DVO - EXTREMITY SOLUTIONS, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (“ Seller ”);

 

(b)            TORNIER B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Parent ”); and

 

(c)            DVO Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Buyer ”).

 

Recitals

 

Buyer desires to acquire substantially all of the assets and assume certain liabilities of Seller, and Seller desires to transfer such assets and assign such liabilities to Buyer, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

Agreement

 

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1           Defined Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated below:

 

Actions or Proceedings ” means any actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations, Orders, inquiries, investigations, hearings, assessments with respect to fines or penalties, or litigation (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or informal) commenced, brought, conducted, or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Authority.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, a Person directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such Person, including any officer, director, or executive employee of such Person.   For these purposes, “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” means this Asset Purchase Agreement and any amendment hereto.

 

Allocation Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a).

 

Arbitrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(d).

 

Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 



 

Assigned Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

 

Assumed Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Best Efforts ” means the efforts that a prudent Person desiring to achieve a particular result would use in order to ensure that such result is achieved as expeditiously as possible; provided, however, no party shall have any obligation to incur any material expense in order to use its Best Efforts.

 

Bill of Sale and Assumption Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6(b).

 

Books and Records ” of any Person means all data, files, documents, instruments, papers, books, computer files (including files stored on a computer’s hard drive or on other storage media), electronic files, and records in any other medium relating to the business, clients, customers, vendors, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of such Person.

 

Bridge Notes ” means the promissory note of Seller dated January 24, 2007 payable to Tippman Industrial Products and the promissory note of Seller dated January 24, 2007 payable to Micropulse, Inc.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than Saturday, Sunday, or any day on which banks located in the State of Minnesota or Indiana are authorized or obligated to close.

 

Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

Buyer Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a).

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date and prior to the end of the Secondary Revenue Period, of any of the following events ( provided that no Change of Control shall occur so long as the Institutional Investors beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”)), a majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of all classes and series of capital stock of Parent entitled to vote in the general election of directors of Parent (the “ Voting Stock ”), or more than 50% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock (or comparable voting equity interests) of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from a Business Combination described in paragraph (c) or such entity’s direct or indirect parent):

 

(a)            a majority of the directors of Parent shall be persons other than persons serving as directors of Parent as of the date hereof or whose election or appointment was approved by such persons;

 

(b)            50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock is acquired or beneficially owned by any person, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13d(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than (i) an entity in connection with a Business Combination in which clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (c) apply or (ii) a licensed broker/dealer or licensed underwriter who purchases Voting Stock pursuant to an underwritten public offering solely for the purpose of resale to the public;

 

2



 

(c)            the consummation of a merger or consolidation of Parent with or into another entity, a sale or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of Parent’s consolidated assets, or a similar business combination (each, a “ Business Combination ”), in each case unless, immediately following such Business Combination:

 

(i)             all or substantially all of the beneficial owners of Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock (or comparable voting equity interests) of the surviving or acquiring entity resulting from such Business Combination (including such beneficial ownership of an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns Parent or all or substantially all of Parent’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries), in substantially the same proportions (as compared to the other beneficial owners of Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination) as their beneficial ownership of Voting Stock immediately prior to such Business Combination; and

 

(ii)            no person, entity, or group beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock (or comparable equity interests) of the surviving or acquiring entity (other than a direct or indirect parent entity of the surviving or acquiring entity, that, after giving effect to the Business Combination, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding voting stock, or comparable equity interests, of the surviving or acquiring entity); or

 

(d)            approval by Parent’s shareholders of a definitive agreement or plan to liquidate or dissolve Parent.

 

Chase Note ” means the promissory note of Seller dated September 18, 2006 payable to Chase Bank.

 

Class A Holders ” means the members of Seller holding Class A Units.

 

Class A Units ” means the units of Class “A” Capital of Seller.

 

Class B Holders ” means the members of Seller holding Class B Units.

 

Class B Units ” means the units of Class “B” Capital of Seller.

 

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

 

Closing Cash Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i).

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

 

Closing Date Assets ” means the current assets of Seller, including accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid expenses, and the fixed assets of Seller comprised of cases and instrument sets as of the Closing Date, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Closing Date Assets shall not include any Excluded Assets.

 

3



 

Closing Date Liabilities ” means the total book liabilities of Seller as of the Closing Date, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Closing Date Liabilities shall not include any Excluded Liabilities (other than the amount of the Closing Debt Repayment, which shall be included in Closing Date Liabilities).

 

Closing Debt Repayment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii).

 

COBRA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b).

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Common Share ” means a share of common stock, par value €0.01 per share, of Parent.

 

Damages ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(a).

 

Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedule delivered by Seller concurrently herewith setting forth the exceptions to Seller’s representations and warranties contained in Article IV and certain other information called for by this Agreement.

 

DVO Products ” means the products, systems and instrumentation listed on Schedule 1.1(a) hereto, together with any modifications or next-generation versions of such products, systems and instrumentation.

 

Employee ” means any employee of Seller or any member of Seller actively involved in Seller’s business.

 

Employee Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14(j).

 

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any plan established, arranged, or maintained by Seller or a controlled group member or to which Seller or a controlled group member contributes or has contributed, under which any current or former Employee (or any dependant or beneficiary thereof) is covered, is eligible for coverage, or has benefit or compensation rights.  A “plan” for this purpose includes any bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation, pension or superannuation, profit sharing, retirement, stock purchase, stock option, restricted stock, stock ownership, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, group registered retirement savings plan (RRSP), registered pension plan (RPP), employee or deferred profit sharing plan (EPSP or DPSP), leave of absence, layoff, vacation, day or dependent care, counseling, legal services, cafeteria, life, health, hospitalization, accident, disability, workers’ compensation or other insurance, severance, separation, or other employee benefit plan, scheme, practice, policy, or arrangement of any kind, whether written or oral, including any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, and including any arrangement that is part of an employment agreement with any current or former Employee, but not including any plan or program that is sponsored by or operated by a Governmental Authority (such as Social Security in the United States).  A “deferred compensation” plan for this purpose includes any plan that provides for deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (or a plan that would provide for deferred compensation but for the application of the grandfathered exception or the short-term deferral exception of Section 409A of the Code).  A “controlled

 

4



 

group member” for this purpose is any business entity that is required to be aggregated and treated as one employer with Seller under Section 414(b), (c), or (m) of the Code.

 

Employee List ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a).

 

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, pledge, assessment, security interest, deed of trust, lease, mechanic’s, materialmen’s, judgment, or other lien, adverse claim, levy, charge, license, or other encumbrance of any kind, or any conditional-sale or title-retention agreement or other agreement to give any of the foregoing in the future.

 

Enforcement Limitations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).

 

Environment ” means any surface water, ground water, drinking water supply, land surface, subsurface strata, or ambient air, and any indoor workplace.

 

Environmental Laws ” means all national, state, local, and foreign laws, codes, regulations, common law, requirements, directives, Orders, and administrative or judicial interpretations thereof in the form existing as of the date hereof or the Closing Date (as applicable) relating to pollution, the protection of human health or the Environment, or the emission, discharge, disposal, release, or threatened release of Materials in or into the Environment, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. ), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. App. § 1801 et seq. ), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. ), the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq. ), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq. ), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq. ), and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. § 136 et seq. ), and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

Environmental Notice ” means any written notice by any Person alleging potential liability (including potential liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, governmental costs, harm, or damages to person, property, or natural resources, or other fines or penalties) arising out of, based on, or resulting from (a) the emission, discharge, disposal, release, or threatened release in or into the Environment of any Material or (b) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any applicable Environmental Law.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Excluded Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

 

Fair Value ” means the fair market value of a Common Share as of a given date, as determined by an investment banking firm of national reputation engaged by Buyer and reasonably acceptable to Seller.

 

Final Month End Assets ” means the current assets of Seller, including accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid expenses, and the fixed assets of Seller comprised of cases and

 

5


 

instrument sets as of February 28, 2007, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Final Month End Assets shall not include any Excluded Assets.

 

Final Month End Liabilities ” means the total book liabilities of Seller as of February 28, 2007, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Final Month End Liabilities shall not include any Excluded Liabilities (other than the amount of the Closing Debt Repayment, which shall be included in Final Month End Liabilities).

 

Final Month End Net Worth ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i).

 

Financial Statements ” means (a) the unaudited balance sheets of Seller as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flows of Seller for the fiscal years then ended and (b) the unaudited balance sheet of Seller as of January 31, 2007 and the related unaudited statements of income and cash flows of Seller for the one-month period then ended.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, commission, official, or other instrumentality of the United States or other country or any state, county, city, or other political subdivision.

 

Hired Employee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b).

 

Initial Common Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c)(ii).

 

Initial Revenue Period ” means the 12-month period commencing the second full month following the Closing Date.

 

Institutional Investors ” means the “Institutional Investors” listed on Schedule I to the Parent Stockholder Agreement as of the date hereof, together with their respective Affiliates.

 

Intellectual Property ” means any of the following:

 

(a)            inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, all invention disclosures, records of invention, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions, reexaminations, and international and foreign counterparts thereof;

 

(b)            trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, brands, product and service names, logos, other identifications used or intended for use in commerce, other indications of source, endorsement, or sponsorship, and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof, including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith;

 

6



 

(c)            moral rights, copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith;

 

(d)            trade secrets and confidential business information, product specifications, data, know-how, formulas, compositions, processes, designs, sketches, photographs, graphs, drawings, samples, concepts, and ideas, past, current and planned research and development, current and planned research and distribution methodologies and processes, client and customer lists, current and anticipated client and customer requirements, price lists, market studies, business plans, however and whether or not documented;

 

(e)            proprietary computer software (including object code and source code) and all associated documentation (including development documentation, maintenance documentation, and end-user documentation) and other proprietary rights and copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium);

 

(f)             database technologies, systems, structures, and architectures (and related processes, formulas, compositions, improvements, devices, know-how, inventions, discoveries, concepts, ideas, designs, methods, and information) and any other related information, however documented;

 

(g)            all personnel-training techniques and materials;

 

(h)            all notes, analyses, compilations, studies, summaries, and other material prepared by or for a Person containing or based, in whole or in part, on any information included in the foregoing, however documented;

 

(i)             all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor;

 

(j)             databases and data collections and all rights therein;

 

(k)            any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing or any proprietary or intellectual property rights anywhere in the world; and

 

(1)            domain names, uniform resource locators (URLs), whether common law, statutory or otherwise, domestic and foreign, and all registrations, registration applications and rights related to the foregoing.

 

Key Trademarks ” means the marks listed on Schedule 1.1(b) , together with all stylized or logo versions thereof currently used by Seller.

 

Knowledge ” means, with respect to (i) Seller, the actual knowledge of Rod K. Mayer, Jeff M. Ondrla, Donald E. Running, Brian G. Emerick, or Brian More, and (ii) Parent, the actual knowledge of Doug Kohrs or Rob Ball, in either case without any obligation to conduct any further review or inquiry.

 

Leased Real Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13(b).

 

7



 

Liabilities ” means any liability, debt, or obligation of any kind or nature (whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, and due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

 

Licensed Intellectual Property ” means all Intellectual Property that Seller uses or has the right to use pursuant to a license, agreement, obligation or other commitment from any Person.

 

M&A Qualified Beneficiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(b).

 

Material ” means pollutants, contaminants, or chemical, industrial, hazardous, or toxic materials or wastes, including petroleum and its byproducts, asbestos, and any material or substance that is defined as a “hazardous waste,” “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “industrial waste,” “solid waste,” “contaminant,” “pollutant,” “toxic waste,” or “toxic substance” under any Environmental Law.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect, whether individually or in the aggregate, on (a) the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, assets, properties, or Liabilities of a party and its subsidiaries (if any), taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of a party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , however , that none of the following (individually or in the aggregate) shall be deemed to constitute, or shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any such effect resulting from or relating to general economic, industry, or securities or financial market conditions that do not have a disproportionate impact upon the party and its subsidiaries (if any); (ii) any such effect resulting from or relating to the taking of any action required by this Agreement; and (iii) any such effect arising in connection with acts of war, terrorist or military actions, or any material worsening of the foregoing that does not have a disproportionate impact upon the party and its subsidiaries (if any).

 

Material Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.17(a).

 

Member Investment Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(b).

 

Notice of Disagreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(c).

 

Order ” means any writ, judgment, decree, injunction, ruling, arbitration award, or similar order of any Governmental Authority (whether preliminary or final).

 

Ordinary Course of Business ” means an action of Seller that is consistent with the past practices of Seller and is taken in the ordinary course of Seller’s operations.

 

Owned Intellectual Property ” means all Intellectual Property (a) created, conceived or developed by Employees of Seller who have assigned or have an obligation to assign all rights to Seller; or (b) to which Seller has acquired, by purchase, assignment or other transfer, the unconditional, unrestricted, exclusive right to control or prevent any and all use of such Intellectual Property by others, without the consent or approval of or payment to any Person.

 

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

8



 

Parent Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited balance sheet of Tornier SAS as of December 31, 2005 and the related audited statements of income and cash flows of Tornier SAS for the fiscal year then ended.

 

Parent Unaudited Financial Statements ” means the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Parent as of October 31, 2006 and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Parent for the period then ended.

 

Parent Stockholder Agreement ” means the TMG B.V. Securityholders’ Agreement dated as of July 18, 2006.

 

Permits ” means all licenses, permits, certificates of authority, authorizations, approvals, registrations, and similar consents granted or issued by any Governmental Authority.

 

Permitted Encumbrance ” means:

 

(a)            any Encumbrance for Taxes not yet due or delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP;

 

(b)            liens securing indebtedness disclosed in the Financial Statements, which indebtedness does not constitute an Assumed Liability, and which liens will be released at or prior to the Closing;

 

(c)            the title of the lessor under any Real Property Lease disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule or under any personal-property lease disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule or the non-disclosure of which does not constitute a misrepresentation under this Agreement; and

 

(d)            any minor imperfection of title or similar Encumbrance on tangible property that, individually or together with other such Encumbrances, does not materially impair the value of the property subject to the Encumbrance, the use of that property or the ability of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, proprietorship, other business organization, trust, union, association, or Governmental Authority.

 

Real Property Leases ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Revenues ” means accrued worldwide gross revenues (determined in accordance with GAAP and Seller’s historical accounting principles, as described on Schedule 1.1(c) ) resulting from sales of DVO Products that are sold by Parent, Buyer, or any of their Affiliates, representatives, licensees, agents, distributors, partners, joint-venturers, or any other third-party pursuant to a contractual relationship with any such party, less credits or allowances granted upon claims, rejections, or returns.  The sale of a unit of a DVO Product shall only be included once in the calculation of Revenues (for example, Buyer’s sale of a unit of a DVO Product to its

 

9



 

distributor shall be included in the calculation, but the distributor’s sale of the same unit to an end user shall not be).

 

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secondary Revenue Period ” means the 12-month period following the last day of the Initial Revenue Period.

 

Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the introduction to this Agreement.

 

Seller Investment Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).

 

Share Repurchase Election ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(h)(ii).

 

Subsequent Common Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(h)(iv).

 

Tax ” means:

 

(a)            any federal, state, local, or foreign income, alternative, or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, value added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, Iicense, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental, or windfall profit tax, custom, duty, or other tax, governmental fee, or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount imposed by any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax (domestic or foreign);

 

(b)            any Liability for payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary, or other group for any taxable period; and

 

(c)            any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) or (b) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, report, information return, schedule, or other document (including any related or supporting information) required to be filed with any Governmental Authority with respect to Taxes or any claim for refund.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Bill of Sale and Assumption Agreement and all other agreements, documents, instruments, and certificates contemplated by this Agreement to be executed by Parent, Buyer, or Seller pursuant hereto and any amendments thereto.

 

Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b).

 

Unaudited Balance Sheet ” means Seller’s unaudited balance sheet as of January 31, 2007 included in the Financial Statements.

 

10



 

1.2           Construction of Certain Terms and Phrases.  In this Agreement, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

 

(a)            words of any gender include each other gender;

 

(b)            words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively;

 

(c)            the terms “Article” or “Section” refer to the specified Article or Section of this Agreement;

 

(d)            “including” (or any variation thereof) means “including without limitation”;

 

(e)            a reference to a number of days refers to calendar days unless otherwise specified;

 

(f)             all accounting terms used, but not expressly defined, have the meanings given to them under GAAP;

 

(g)            all dollar amounts are expressed in United States funds;

 

(h)            the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder,” and similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, or subsection of this Agreement;

 

(i)             all references to statutes or regulations are deemed to refer to those statutes and regulations as amended from time to time up to the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date (as applicable); and

 

(j)             when calculating the period of time before which, within which, or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating such period shall be excluded, and, if the last day of such period is not a Business Day, then the period in question shall end on the next Business Day.

 

1.3           Mutual Negotiation .  The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, if an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, it is the intent of the parties that this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties and that no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN LIABILITIES

 

2.1           Purchase and Sale of Assets.   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller shall sell, grant, convey, assign, transfer, and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall (and Parent shall cause Buyer to) purchase from Seller, free and clear of any

 

11



 

Encumbrance or adverse claim of any kind whatsoever (other than Permitted Encumbrances), all of Seller’s right, title, and interest in and to all of Seller’s properties and assets listed in clauses (a) through (n) of this Section 2.1 and all of Seller’s other properties and assets (the “ Assets ”), excluding the Excluded Assets, which Excluded Assets shall not constitute Assets.

 

(a)            The real property leases listed on Schedule 2.1(a)  and all interests of Seller therein, including real estate fixtures, leasehold improvements, security and other deposits, common-area-maintenance refunds, adjustments, and other amounts now or hereafter payable to Seller under or in respect of such leases (the “ Real Property Leases ”).

 

(b)            All furniture, furnishings, equipment, hardware, motor vehicles, and other similar fixed assets, including those listed on Schedule 2.1(b) .

 

(c)            All contracts, agreements, purchase orders, and statements of work with customers, all license agreements, vendor contracts, capital leases, and all other contracts and agreements, in each case including those listed on Schedule 2.1(c) , to the extent assignable (the “ Assigned Contracts ”).

 

(d)            All Permits issued to or held by Seller, including those listed on Schedule 2.1(d) , to the extent transferable.

 

(e)            All Books and Records of Seller, provided that Seller may retain copies of the originals of such Books and Records to the extent necessary for Seller to perform its obligations hereunder, under applicable laws, under its organizational documents, or to any third parties.

 

(f)             All prepaid expenses, deposits, and deferred items of Seller.

 

(g)            All accounts, accounts receivable, notes, and notes receivable of Seller, including (i) those that are not evidenced by instruments or invoices, whether or not they have been earned by performance or have been written off or reserved against as a bad debt or doubtful account, and (ii) all documents of title representing any of the foregoing and all right, title, security, and guaranties in favor of Seller with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

(h)            All prepayments by customers.

 

(i)             All domain names, web site content, databases, telephone numbers, and e-mail addresses, including those listed on Schedule 2.1(i) .

 

(j)             All inventories of finished products, cases, instrument sets, tooling, work in process, raw materials, spare parts, and all other materials and supplies.

 

(k)            All of the Owned Intellectual Property and all of Seller’s rights in the Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

(l)             All joint venture equity interests.

 

12



 

(m)           All claims of Seller against third parties relating to the Assets, whether or not asserted before the Closing Date, including all claims with respect to warranties and guaranties of vendors.

 

(n)            Seller’s company name, goodwill and going-concern value.

 

2.2           Excluded Assets .   Notwithstanding Section 2.1, the Assets do not include the following (the “ Excluded Assets ”):

 

(a)            cash, cash equivalents, bank accounts, and marketable securities;

 

(b)            reimbursements owed to Seller for sales, use, value added, research and experimentation credits, and similar Taxes that have been paid by the Seller and Tax refunds, in each case to the extent relating to periods before the Closing Date;

 

(c)            any contract or agreement not disclosed in Section 4.14 or 4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule if such non-disclosure constitutes a misrepresentation under Section 4.14 or 4.17, unless Buyer shall give written notice to Seller that it deems such contract or agreement to constitute an Asset;

 

(d)            any agreement or contract creating indebtedness of Seller for borrowed money or for purchase money indebtedness for the acquisition by Seller of any business, or guarantying or securing any such indebtedness of others;

 

(e)            all personnel records related to any Hired Employee that Seller is not legally permitted to transfer to Buyer or of any employee or former employee of Seller not to be employed by Buyer;

 

(f)             Seller’s organizational documents, qualifications to conduct business as a foreign organization, arrangements with registered agents relating to foreign qualifications, taxpayer and other identification numbers, general ledgers, tax returns, seals, minute books, unit transfer books, and similar documents of Seller relating to the organization, maintenance, and existence of Seller as an entity;

 

(g)            any other assets, rights, and properties set forth on Schedule 2.2(g) ; and

 

(h)            all rights of Seller under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents.

 

2.3           Assumed Liabilities .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Buyer shall assume the following Liabilities of Seller (the “ Assumed Liabilities ”):

 

(a)            Liabilities and obligations under the Assigned Contracts, but only to the extent that such Liabilities and obligations:

 

(i)             arise on or after the Closing Date;

 

(ii)            do not arise from or relate to any breach by Seller of any obligations under any provision of any of the Assigned Contracts; and

 

13



 

(iii)           do not arise from or relate to any event, circumstance, or condition occurring or existing before the Closing Date that, with notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute or result in a breach of any obligations under any provision of any Assigned Contract.

 

(b)            All third-party accounts payable to the extent incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

2.4           Retained Liabilities .  Other than the Assumed Liabilities, Buyer shall not assume, or be deemed to have assumed or guaranteed, or otherwise be responsible for, any Liability, obligation, or claim of any nature of Seller, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, known or unknown, or whether arising out of acts or occurrences before, on, or after the date hereof (collectively, the “ Excluded Liabilities ”).

 

2.5           Unassignable Contracts .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in this Agreement, if:

 

(a)            the assignment of any contract that would otherwise be an Assigned Contract without the approval, consent, or waiver of another party thereto would violate, conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, or constitute a default or event of default under (or an event that with due notice, lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default or event of default under), the terms of the contract or result in the creation of any Encumbrance (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) on any Asset or enable another party to the contract to terminate the contract or agreement or impose a penalty or additional payment obligations or accelerate any obligation of Seller or Buyer under the contract; and

 

(b)            all reasonably necessary approvals, consents, and waivers of all parties to the contract have not been obtained on or before the Closing Date in order to avoid the consequences set forth in Section 2.5(a);

 

then Buyer shall not be obligated to assume the contract (and if Buyer does not assume the contract, the contract shall not be included in the Assigned Contracts or the Assets at the Closing); provided that Buyer may, at its sole discretion, elect, by written notice to Seller, to assume the obligations and liabilities of Seller under the contract (to the extent the same would constitute Assumed Liabilities had such contract been included in the Assigned Contracts at the Closing) (but not the contract itself), in which event:

 

(i)             such obligations and liabilities (but not the contract itself) shall be included in the Assumed Liabilities, the claims, rights, and benefits of Seller arising under the contract or resulting therefrom (but not the contract itself) shall be included in the Assigned Contracts and transferred to Buyer hereunder, and any payments or other benefits received by Seller therefrom after the Closing shall immediately be transferred by Seller to Buyer; and

 

(ii)            after the Closing, Seller shall use all reasonable efforts to assist Buyer in attempting to obtain the necessary approvals, consents, and waivers and shall promptly execute all documents necessary to complete the transfer of the

 

14



 

contract to Buyer if such approvals, consents, and waivers are obtained (whereupon such contract shall be included in the Assigned Contracts).

 

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE PRICE AND CLOSING

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in reliance upon the representations, warranties, and covenants of Seller set forth in this Agreement, and in consideration for the purchase and sale of the Assets at Closing, Buyer shall assume the Assumed Liabilities and pay Seller the Total Purchase Price as set forth in this Article III.

 

3.1           Total Purchase Price .   The total purchase price for the Assets (the “ Total Purchase Price ”) shall be the Initial Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3) plus the Deferred Purchase Price.

 

3.2           Initial Purchase Price, Closing Payments and Share Delivery .

 

(a)            The Initial Purchase Price for the Assets shall be composed of the following:

 

(i)             $8.5 million in cash plus or minus an amount equal to 90% of the difference between the Final Month End Assets and the Final Month End Liabilities (the “ Final Month End Net Worth ”) (collectively, the “ Closing Cash Payment ”); and

 

(ii)            an amount in cash equal to the outstanding principal of and interest on the Bridge Notes and the Chase Note as of the Closing Date (the “ Closing Debt Repayment ”).

 

(b)            At Closing, Buyer shall:

 

(i)             deliver the Closing Cash Payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in writing by Seller two Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and

 

(ii)            deliver the Closing Debt Payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts designated in writing by the holders of the Bridge Notes and the Chase Note two Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)            Within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date:

 

(i)             Seller shall deliver to Parent an amount in cash not to exceed $5.5 million, an investment letter, duly executed by Seller, in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Seller Investment Letter ”), and a joinder agreement to the Parent Stockholder Agreement, duly executed by Seller, in the form of Exhibit B (the “ Joinder Agreement ”); and

 

15


 

(ii)            Within 10 Business Days after the date on which it receives the executed Seller Investment Letter, Parent shall deliver a deed of issuance executed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands evidencing the number of Common Shares equal to the Euro equivalent of the amount delivered under Section 3.2(c)(i) (determined by reference to the applicable exchange rate as of the date Parent receives the Seller Investment Letter and the accompanying cash payment contemplated under Section 3.2(c)(i), as reported in The Wall Street Journal ) divided by €3.5628, rounded to the nearest whole share (the “ Initial Common Shares ”).

 

3.3           Net Worth Adjustment .

 

(a)            Following the Closing, the cash portion of the Initial Purchase Price shall be adjusted as provided in this Section 3.3 to reflect the difference between (i) the Closing Date Assets and the Closing Date Liabilities (the “ Closing Date Net Worth ”) and (ii) the Final Month End Net Worth.

 

(b)            Within 30 days following the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a statement setting forth the Closing Date Net Worth (the “ Closing Net Worth Statement ”).

 

(c)            The Closing Net Worth Statement shall become final and binding upon the parties on the 30th day following receipt thereof by Seller unless Seller gives a written notice of its disagreement (a “ Notice of Disagreement ”) to Buyer before that date.  The Notice of Disagreement must set forth in reasonable detail the nature of any disagreement with the Closing Net Worth Statement.  If a valid Notice of Disagreement is received by Buyer in a timely manner, then the Closing Net Worth Statement (as finally determined in accordance with clause (i) or (ii) below) shall become final and binding upon the parties on the earlier of (i) the date Buyer and Seller resolve in writing any differences they have with respect to all matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement or (ii) the date any disputed matters are finally resolved in writing by the Arbitrator.

 

(d)            During the 30-day period following the delivery of a Notice of Disagreement, Seller and Buyer shall seek in good faith to resolve in writing any differences that they may have with respect to any matter specified in the Notice of Disagreement.  If, at the end of such 30-day period, Seller and Buyer have not reached agreement on all such matters, then the matters that remain in dispute shall be promptly submitted to an independent public accounting firm mutually selected by Buyer and Seller in writing (the “ Arbitrator ”) for review and resolution.  The procedures for the arbitration shall be determined by the Arbitrator.  The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Arbitrator to render a decision resolving the matters in dispute within 30 days following completion of the submissions to the Arbitrator.

 

(e)            Buyer and Seller shall each pay one half of the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator.  Each party shall pay its own expenses incurred with respect to any submission to the Arbitrator.

 

16



 

(f)             Buyer shall give Seller (and its accountants, attorneys, and authorized representatives) reasonable access during regular business hours to the properties, books, records, and personnel of Buyer relating to the Assets solely for purposes of preparing, reviewing, and resolving any disputes relating to the Closing Net Worth Statement, but only if Seller enters into a customary confidentiality agreement with respect thereto.

 

(g)            If the Closing Date Net Worth reduced by the Final Month End Net Worth is a positive number, then Buyer shall, within two Business Days of the determination thereof, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, pay to Seller an amount in cash equal to the excess of the Closing Date Net Worth over the Final Month End Net Worth.

 

(h)            If the Closing Date Net Worth reduced by the Final Month End Net Worth is a negative number, then Seller shall, within two Business Days of the determination thereof, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, pay to Buyer an amount in cash equal to the excess of the Final Month End Net Worth over the Closing Date Net Worth.

 

3.4           Deferred Purchase Price .   Any amounts due and owing by Buyer to Seller pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall be the “ Deferred Purchase Price .”  The Deferred Purchase Price shall be payable in two installments as follows:

 

(a)            On or before the end of the second full month following the Initial Revenue Period, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to two times the Revenues generated during the Initial Revenue Period (the “ Initial Revenue Payment ”).

 

(b)            On or before the end of the second full month following the Secondary Revenue Period, Buyer shall pay to Seller an amount equal to the excess of (i) the Revenues generated during the Secondary Revenue Period over (ii) the Revenues generated during the Initial Revenue Period (the “ Secondary Revenue Payment ” and, together with the Initial Revenue Payments, the “ Revenue Payments ”).

 

(c)            On or before the end of the second full month following the Initial Revenue Period or the Secondary Revenue Period, as applicable, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a calculation of the applicable Revenue Payment, certified by an officer of Buyer (a “ Revenue Payment Statement ”).

 

(d)            A Revenue Payment Statement shall become final and binding upon the parties on the 30th day following receipt thereof by Seller unless Seller gives a Notice of Disagreement to Buyer before that date.  The Notice of Disagreement must set forth in reasonable detail the nature of any disagreement with the Revenue Payment Statement.  If a valid Notice of Disagreement is received by Buyer in a timely manner, then the Revenue Payment Statement (as finally determined in accordance with clause (i) or (ii) below) shall become final and binding upon the parties on the earlier of (i) the date Buyer and Seller resolve in writing any differences they have with respect to all matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement or (ii) the date any disputed matters are finally resolved in writing by the Arbitrator.

 

(e)            During the 30-day period following the delivery of a Notice of Disagreement, Buyer and Seller shall seek in good faith to resolve in writing any

 

17



 

differences that they may have with respect to any matter specified in the Notice of Disagreement.  If, at the end of such 30-day period, Buyer and Seller have not reached agreement on all such matters, then the matters that remain in dispute shall be promptly submitted to the Arbitrator for review and resolution.  The procedures for the arbitration shall be determined by the Arbitrator.  The parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Arbitrator to render a decision resolving the matters in dispute within 30 days following completion of the submissions to the Arbitrator.

 

(f)             Buyer and Seller shall each pay one half of the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator.  Each party shall pay its own expenses incurred with respect to any submission to the Arbitrator.

 

(g)            Buyer shall give Seller (and its accountants, attorneys, and authorized representatives) reasonable access during business hours to the properties, books, records, and personnel of Buyer relating to the Assets solely for purposes of preparing, reviewing, and resolving any disputes relating to a Revenue Payment Statement, but only if Seller enters into a customary confidentiality agreement with respect thereto.

 

(h)            The Revenue Payments shall be payable as follows:

 

(i)             Following the fatal determination of the amount of each of the Initial Revenue Payment and the Secondary Revenue Payment, Buyer shall provide Seller with the report of the investment banking firm engaged to determine Fair Value as of the last day of the Initial Revenue Period and Secondary Revenue Period, as applicable.  Buyer shall use its Best Efforts to engage such investment banking firm a sufficient time in advance so that the events contemplated by this Section 3.4(h) are not materially delayed.

 

(ii)            Within five Business Days after the delivery of such report, Seller shall give Buyer a written notice (a “ Share Purchase Election ”) stating the amount of the applicable Revenue Payment (if any) that it will use to purchase Common Shares (as to a Revenue Payment, the “ Share Portion ”), and also designating the account into which such Revenue Payment is to be deposited.

 

(iii)           Within five Business Days after receipt of a Share Purchase Election, Buyer shall pay the full amount of the applicable Revenue Payment as specified in the Share Purchase Election by wire transfer of immediately available funds into the account designated by Seller for such purpose in the Share Purchase Election.

 

(iv)           Within 10 Business Days after receipt of a Share Purchase Election, Parent shall issue to Seller the number of Common Shares equal to (A) the applicable Share Portion divided by (B) the Fair Value as of the date of the final determination of the Initial Revenue Payment or the Secondary Revenue Payment, as applicable, rounded to the nearest whole share (such quotient, with respect to each Share Purchase Election, the “ Subsequent Common Shares ”) in exchange for a cash payment from Seller equal to the applicable Share Portion.

 

18



 

(v)            In the event of a Change of Control, Seller shall be offered the opportunity to receive any future Initial Revenue Payment or Secondary Revenue Payment in cash, in voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity in a Business Combination giving rise to the Change of Control (or such entity’s direct or indirect parent), or both in the same proportions as received by Parent or its shareholders.

 

(i)             Buyer shall not be obligated to issue any Common Shares pursuant to Section 3.4(h) unless and until Seller executes and delivers to Buyer a Seller Investment Letter.  For the avoidance of doubt, Seller must execute and deliver a Seller Investment Letter for each Revenue Payment for which it elects to receive any portion of the payment in Common Shares.

 

3.5           Taxes .

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (i) Seller shall be responsible for and pay all Taxes levied and imposed upon, or in connection with, the Assets before the Closing Date; (ii) Buyer shall be responsible for and pay all Taxes levied or imposed upon, or in connection with, the Assets on or after the Closing Date; and (iii) Seller and members of Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, will each be responsible for their own income and franchise taxes, if any, arising from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)            Seller shall be responsible for all transfer, sales, use, value added, and other similar Taxes, if any, arising out of, and all registration or recording fees, if any, applicable to, the transfer of the Assets to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement (“ Transfer Taxes ”).

 

(c)            Real and personal ad valorem property Taxes shall be allocated on the basis of the assessment dates relating to such Taxes, with the Seller responsible for (i) all such Taxes attributable to assessment dates that occur in years prior to the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs, and (ii) a portion of such Taxes attributable to assessment dates that occur in the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs equal to the amount of such Taxes for the entire assessment year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in such assessment year prior to the closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire assessment year.  Buyer shall be responsible for (i) the remaining portion of real and personal ad valorem property Taxes attributable to assessment dates that occur in the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs, and (ii) for such Taxes attributable to assessment dates that occur in years subsequent to the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs.

 

3.6           Bulk Sales Compliance .   Buyer hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, compliance by Seller with the provisions of all laws based on the Uniform Commercial Code relating to bulk transfers in connection with the sale of the Assets.  Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless Buyer from and against all Liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of noncompliance with such bulk-transfer laws and any Liabilities of Buyer under the Tax laws of any state or country imposed on Buyer for Seller’s pre-Closing Taxes or as a result of succeeding to Seller as the owner of the Assets.

 

19



 

3.7           Closing .   The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Assets and the other transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Faegre & Benson LLP, 2200 Wells Fargo Center, 90 South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 at 9:00 a.m. (Central Time) on or before the second Business Day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions in Articles VIII and IX, or at such other time, date, or place as the parties mutually agree.  The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to as the “ Closing Date .” The Closing shall be deemed to have occurred at 12:01 a.m. (Central Time) on the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Seller represents and warrants to Buyer, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, as follows:

 

4.1           Organization of Seller .  Seller is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Indiana.  Seller is duly qualified or authorized to conduct business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where such qualification or authorization is required because of the ownership of the Assets or the operation of its business as currently conducted, except for any jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified, authorized, or in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller.  Seller has full power and authority to carry on its business as currently conducted and to own and use the Assets, except where the failure to have such power and authority would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller.  Seller has provided to Buyer correct and complete copies of its operating agreement (or other organizational documents), as amended to date.

 

4.2           Authority; Approval by Owners .

 

(a)            Seller has all necessary organizational power and authority and has taken all actions necessary to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is or will become a party, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The board of directors and the requisite members of Seller have authorized Seller to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is or will become a party, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder in accordance with the operating agreement of Seller and all applicable laws.  This Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which Seller is or will become a party have been or will be duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller and constitute or will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with their terms except as limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other similar laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies, regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity (collectively, “ Enforcement Limitations ”).

 

(b)            The required approval of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents to which Seller is or will become a party, and the transactions contemplated hereby and

 

20



 

thereby by the members of Seller is (i) the approval of the board of directors of Seller, (ii) the approval of at the Class A Holders and the Class B Holders, acting as a single voting group, holding at least 60% of the aggregate of the Class A Units and Class B Units.

 

(c)            No additional proceedings on the part of Seller or its members are necessary to authorize this Agreement or the Transaction Documents to which Seller is or will become a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

4.3           No Conflicts .   The execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which Seller is or will become a party do not, and the performance by Seller of its obligations under this Agreement, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will become a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not:

 

(a)            conflict with or violate the operating agreement (or other organizational documents) of Seller;

 

(b)            conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of, any provision of any law, Order, Permit, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to Seller or the Assets;

 

(c)            conflict with, result (with or without notice or the lapse of time, or both) in a violation or breach of, or default under (or give rise to right of termination, cancellation, or acceleration under), require any notice to, or consent of, any Person under, or impose any penalty or additional payment obligations under, any note, bond, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, license, contract, agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which Seller or Assets may be bound; or

 

(d)            result in an imposition or creation of any Encumbrance on any Asset.

 

4.4           Governmental Consents, Approvals, and Filings .   No consent, approval, or action of, filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority on the part of Seller is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents to which Seller is or will become a party, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

4.5           Capitalization .

 

(a)            Section 4.5(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list as of the date hereof of the holders of the ownership interests in Seller, which are all of the ownership interests in Seller authorized and outstanding as of the date hereof.

 

(b)            There are no existing options, warrants, calls, rights, or other contracts or arrangements of any character to which Seller is a party requiring, and there are no securities of Seller outstanding that upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance of any ownership interest in Seller or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase any ownership interest in Seller.  Neither Seller nor any other Person is a party to any voting trust or

 

21



 

other contract or arrangement with respect to the voting, redemption, sale, transfer, or other disposition of the ownership interests in Seller.

 

4.6           Subsidiaries .   Seller does not have any subsidiaries, nor does Seller directly or indirectly own outstanding securities or other equity interests in any entity or organization.

 

4.7           Books and Records .   The Books and Records of Seller are accurate and adequate for the operation of the business of Seller after Closing consistent with the historical operations of the business of Seller prior to Closing.

 

4.8           Financial Statements .   Seller has previously made available to Buyer the Financial Statements.  The Financial Statements: (a) were prepared in accordance with the Books and Records of Seller, (b) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Seller as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby, and (c) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis with the past practices of Seller throughout the periods involved.

 

4.9           Absence of Changes .   Since December 31, 2006, Seller has operated in the Ordinary Course of Business, and there has not been any adverse change or any event or development that has had a Material Adverse Effect on Seller.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since December 31, 2006, Seller has not:

 

(a)            entered into any transaction except in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(b)            sold, leased, transferred, or assigned any material assets, tangible or intangible (other than sales of inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business);

 

(c)            entered into any agreement, contract, lease, or license (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases, and licenses) involving more than $10,000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate;

 

(d)            entered into any agreement or arrangement with any Affiliate;

 

(e)            accelerated, terminated, modified, or cancelled any agreement, contract, lease, or license (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases, and licenses) involving more than $10,000 individually or in the aggregate;

 

(f)             granted any Encumbrance of any kind (other than a Permitted Encumbrance) upon any of the Assets;

 

(g)            made any capital expenditure (or series of related capital expenditures) involving more than $50,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate;

 

(h)            delayed or postponed the payment of accounts payable or other liabilities outside the Ordinary Course of Business, or otherwise changed in any material respect the practices of Seller with respect to the manner and timing of payment of accounts payable or the collection of accounts receivable;

 

22



 

(i)             canceled, compromised, waived, or released any right or claim (or series of related rights and claims) involving more than $5,000 individually or $10,000 in the aggregate;

 

(j)             granted any license, sublicense, or waiver of, or any covenant not to sue based on, any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property, other than licenses or sublicenses granted under contracts and agreements with customers in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(k)            experienced any material damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance);

 

(l)             entered into any employment contract or collective bargaining agreement, written or oral, or any other legally enforceable oral or written employment-related promise, except for such employment contracts as may be terminable at will by Seller upon not more than 30 days’ notice without cost or other obligation, or modified the terms of any such existing contract or agreement;

 

(m)           granted any increase in the base compensation or changed any other material term of employment of any of its employees;

 

(n)            made any Tax election or settled or compromised any federal, state, local, or foreign income Tax liability;

 

(o)            paid, discharged, or satisfied any claims, liabilities, or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent, or otherwise) outside of the Ordinary Course of Business involving more than $10,000 individually or in the aggregate;

 

(p)            revalued any of the Assets;

 

(q)            returned any deposits or received requests to return any deposits in connection with, or any cancellation or threatened cancellation of, any contract;

 

(r)             changed any accounting methods or principles;

 

(s)            substantially changed its number of employees;

 

(t)             adopted any Employee Benefit Plan, or adopted any amendment to any Employee Benefit Plan, other than an amendment that was required to maintain the qualified status of an Employee Benefit Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code (if applicable); or

 

(u)            agreed to do any of the things described in the preceding clauses (a) through (t) (other than agreements with Parent or Buyer regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

23



 

4.10         No Undisclosed Liabilities .   Seller has no Liabilities, other than:

 

(a)            Liabilities disclosed on the Unaudited Balance Sheet;

 

(b)            Liabilities incurred after the date of the Unaudited Balance Sheet in the Ordinary Course of Business (none of which results from, arises out of, or relates to any breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, or violation of law, and none of which has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on Seller);

 

(c)            Liabilities under Assigned Contracts that constitute Assumed Liabilities; and

 

(d)            the Excluded Liabilities, which are being retained by Seller.

 

4.11         Assets .

 

(a)            Section 4.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate Schedule identifying and specifying the location of all fixed assets of material value constituting Assets, including furniture, furnishings, equipment, hardware, motor vehicles, and other similar fixed assets.  Seller has good and marketable title to, or, if a leasehold interest is disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule (or is not required to be disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule to avoid a misrepresentation hereunder), a valid leasehold interest in, all of the Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances.  The Assets constitute all property of any nature used in, related to, necessary for, or arising from the operation of Seller’s business as currently conducted (other than the Excluded Assets), and the Assigned Contracts are the only contracts and agreements used in, related to, necessary for, or arising from Seller’s business.  All tangible personal property included in the Assets is in good operating condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and all such tangible personal property is in the possession of Seller.

 

(b)            Seller’s inventory consists of raw materials and supplies, manufactured and purchased parts, goods in process, and finished goods, all of which is salable, none of which is obsolete, damaged, or defective, and all but $50,000 of which is not slow moving.

 

4.12         Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a)            Section 4.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true, complete and current list of all Employee Benefit Plans.  Seller has made available to Buyer:

 

(i)             a copy of the current version of each Employee Benefit Plan;

 

(ii)            the current summary plan description for each Employee Benefit Plan for which a summary plan description is required, including any summaries of material modifications thereto;

 

(iii)           each trust agreement, insurance policy, or other instrument associated with an Employee Benefit Plan or relating to the funding of an Employee Benefit Plan;

 

24



 

(iv)           copies of the most recent determination letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code; and

 

(v)            if the Employee Benefit Plan is required to file an annual report (e.g., Form 5500 Series) with any Governmental Authority, copies of the annual reports for the three most recent plan years including all accompanying schedules.

 

(b)            Seller has never maintained or made any contributions to or been required to make any contributions to any Employee Benefit Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 302 of ERISA, or Section 412 of the Code.

 

(c)            Seller has never maintained or made any contributions to or been required to make any contributions to any Employee Benefit Plan for Employees in any country other than the United States.

 

(d)            Seller is not bound by any collective bargaining or labor agreement, or any individual employment contract or agreement, to maintain any Employee Benefit Plan.

 

(e)            No Employee Benefit Plan that is a welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) provides benefits to any former employee of Seller or beneficiaries or dependents thereof, except as required under Section 4980B of the Code.

 

(f)             Each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a current favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service recognizing its tax-favored status, and to the Knowledge of Seller nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, that could adversely affect such Employee Benefit Plan’s qualified status.

 

(g)            All contributions (including all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions, if any) that are due have been made within the time period required by ERISA and the Code to each Employee Benefit Plan.

 

(h)            Each Employee Benefit Plan has been maintained, operated and administered in accordance with its terms and all applicable laws.  There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) that has occurred involving any Employee Benefit Plan.  Since January 1, 2005, each Employee Benefit Plan that is subject to Section 409A of the Code and each grant, award, or deferral of compensation thereunder has been operated in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and applicable guidance thereunder based on a good faith reasonable interpretation of Section 409A of the Code such that no taxes could be imposed under Section 409A of the Code on any service provider to Seller or any of its Affiliates.

 

(i)             There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened claims by or on behalf of any Employee Benefit Plan, by any participant or beneficiary covered under any Employee Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits), or otherwise involving any Employee Benefit Plan.  There are no inquiries or proceedings pending or,

 

25


 

to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, or any other Governmental Authority.

 

(j)             Section 4.12(j) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all obligations that Seller will have to make severance, deferred compensation, or other payments to employees or former employees, and all obligations that Seller or any controlled group member will have to fund or further fund any deferred compensation arrangement that has previously been unfunded or only partially funded, that arise as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(k)            Section 4.12(k) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of the M&A Qualified Beneficiaries as of date of this Agreement, and Seller shall supplement such list to be complete and accurate as of the Closing Date.

 

4.13         Real Property .

 

(a)            Seller does not own nor has it ever owned any real property.  Except for the Real Property Leases, there are no leases, subleases, or other agreements under which Seller uses, occupies, or has the right to use or occupy, now or in the future, any real property.

 

(b)            Section 4.13 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate description of the land, buildings, and other improvements covered by the Real Property Leases (the “ Leased Real Property ”).

 

(c)            Seller has made available to Buyer a correct and complete copy of each Real Property Lease and any amendments, subordinations, estoppels, or other documents relating thereto.

 

(d)            To Seller’s Knowledge, the use and occupancy by Seller of the Leased Real Property is in compliance in with all applicable laws, statutes, Orders, ordinances, and regulations, without reliance on any variance or other special limitation or conditional or special use permit.

 

4.14         Intellectual Property .

 

(a)            Section 4.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true, complete, and current list of all Owned Intellectual Property and all Licensed Intellectual Property.  Seller owns all right, title, and interest in and to each item of Owned Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Encumbrance (other than Permitted Encumbrances), and without an obligation to pay any royalties, license fees or other amounts to any Person.  Seller’s ownership of or license to the items listed or required to be listed in Section 4.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule has been properly recorded (including (i) within the time periods set forth in the applicable laws, rules, or regulations that are required or recommended for achieving the maximum available benefit to the assignee/licensee and (ii) for all copyrights, in the manner required to give constructive notice under 17 U.S.C. § 205(c)) at the relevant patent, copyright, trademark, or other authority in all applicable jurisdictions).  The Owned Intellectual Property and the Licensed Intellectual Property

 

26



 

constitute all of the Intellectual Property used by Seller in connection with its business as currently conducted.

 

(b)            Section 4.14(b) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all proceedings or actions before any court, tribunal (including the United States Patent and Trademark Office or equivalent authority anywhere in the world), arbitrator, mediator, or other dispute-resolving entity related to any Owned Intellectual Property or, to Seller’s Knowledge, any Licensed Intellectual Property. No Owned Intellectual Property or product or service of Seller, or, to Seller’s Knowledge, any Licensed Intellectual Property, is subject to any proceeding (excluding ex parte proceedings before examiners (i.e., not appeals) involving applications and rulemaking and similar administrative proceedings broadly applicable to similar intellectual property) or outstanding decree, order, judgment, agreement, or stipulation restricting in any manner the use, transfer, or licensing thereof by Seller, or that may affect the validity, use, or enforceability of the Owned Intellectual Property or the Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

(c)            Each item of Owned Intellectual Property is, and to Seller’s Knowledge, each item of Licensed Intellectual Property exclusively licensed to Seller is, valid, enforceable, and subsisting.  For each item of Intellectual Property listed or required to be listed in Section 4.14(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, all necessary registration, prosecution, maintenance, and renewal fees due and payable within 60 days following the Closing Date have or will have been made, and all necessary documents and certificates in connection therewith have or will have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark, or other authority in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Intellectual Property.

 

(d)            Except as set forth in Section 4.14(d) of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) Seller has the exclusive and protectable right, throughout the United States, to use each Key Trademark in connection with its business and to prevent all other Persons from using any confusingly similar marks (except for uses permitted in accordance with trademark licenses disclosed in Section 4.14(e) of the Disclosure Schedule), and (ii) to the Knowledge of Seller there are no limitations, defects or other circumstances or threats, pending or reasonably foreseeable, that could reasonably be expected to cause the invalidity, unenforceability or other loss of any Key Trademarks.

 

(e)            To the extent that any work, invention, data, information, or material has been developed or created by a third party for Seller, Seller has a written contract with the third party with respect thereto, and Seller thereby has obtained, throughout the world, ownership of, and is the exclusive owner of, or has a valid license to use pursuant to a contract disclosed in Section 4.14(e) of the Disclosure Schedule, all Intellectual Property in such work, material, data, information, or invention by such contract, by operation of law, or by valid assignment.

 

(f)             Section 4.14(f) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all contracts, licenses, covenants not to sue, and agreements to which Seller is a party that are currently in effect (i) with respect to Intellectual Property licensed or offered to any third party or (ii) pursuant to which a third party has licensed or transferred any Intellectual Property to

 

27



 

Seller other than non-negotiated licenses of off-the-shelf commercially available software.  The contracts, licenses, covenants not to sue, and agreements listed in Section 4.14(f) of the Disclosure Schedule are in full force and effect.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will neither violate nor result in the breach, modification, cancellation, termination, or suspension of those contracts, licenses, covenants not to sue, and agreements.  Seller is in compliance with, and has not breached any term of, any of those contracts, licenses, covenants not to sue, and agreements and, to the Knowledge of Seller, all other parties to those contracts, licenses, covenants not to sue, and agreements are in compliance with, and have not breached any term of, those contracts, licenses, covenants not to sue, and agreements.  Following the Closing, Buyer will be permitted to exercise all of Seller’s rights under the contracts, licenses, covenants not to sue, and agreements listed in Section 4.14(f) of the Disclosure Schedule to the same extent that Seller would have been able had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred and without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties, or payments that Seller would otherwise be required to pay.

 

(g)            Section 4.14(g) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all contracts, licenses, and agreements between Seller and any third party wherein or whereby Seller has agreed to, or assumed, any obligation or duty to warrant, indemnify, hold harmless, or otherwise assume or incur any obligation or liability with respect to the infringement, misappropriation, or other violation by Seller or such third party of the Intellectual Property of any third party.

 

(h)            The operation of Seller’s business as currently conducted does not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any third party or constitute unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction.  Since January 1, 2000, there have been no allegations, claims, or threats pertaining to any of the foregoing, any communications from any other Person asserting any of the foregoing, any communications from any other Person inviting license discussions regarding any of the foregoing, or any exposure assessments or opinions performed by or provided to Seller regarding any of the foregoing, that have made against or that have involved Seller, or to the Knowledge of Seller that have made against or that have involved any client or customer of Seller, related to any product or service provided by Seller.

 

(i)             To the Knowledge of Seller, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any Owned Intellectual Property or any of Seller’s exclusive rights to any Licensed Intellectual Property.  Seller has not made any allegations, claims, or threats against any Person alleging infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of any Owned Intellectual Property or any of Seller’s exclusive rights to any Licensed Intellectual Property.  Seller has complied with the notice and marking requirements for the Intellectual Property necessary and sufficient for Seller to obtain the benefit of all available statutory remedies against third parties.

 

(j)             Seller has taken reasonable steps to protect its rights in its confidential information and trade secrets included in the Owned Intellectual Property or the Licensed

 

28



 

Intellectual Property and any trade secrets or confidential information of third parties provided to Seller.  Without limiting the foregoing, Seller has and enforces a policy requiring each partner, employee, and contractor with access to any Owned Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property to execute a proprietary information/confidentiality/assignment of inventions contracts in Seller’s standard form, which form has been made available to Buyer (“ Employee Agreements ”), and all current and former Employees and contractors of Seller have executed such a contract without exception or modification.  Seller has vigorously enforced all Employee Agreements.  No Seller nor any employee or consultant of Seller has caused any of Seller’s trade secrets or confidential information included in the Owned Intellectual Property or the Licensed Intellectual Property to become part of the public knowledge or literature, nor has Seller or any of the partners, employees, or consultants of Seller permitted any such trade secrets or confidential information to be used, divulged or appropriated for the benefit of Persons to the material detriment of Seller.  Seller’s records include sufficient documentation of the know-how and trade secrets, such as manufacturing and engineering plans, blueprints, designs, process instructions, formulae, quality assurance protocols and procedures and the like, to enable persons who are reasonably skilled and proficient in the relevant subject matter to continue the same in the ordinary course of business without unreasonable delay, expense, or reliance on the memory of any individual.

 

(k)            Seller does not use any proprietary computer software developed by or for Seller in its business as currently conducted.

 

4.15         Litigation; Disputes .   There are no Actions or Proceedings pending or to the Knowledge of Seller threatened, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no claims have been asserted against or with respect to (a) Seller or the Assets, (b) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, (c) any Employee relating to or arising out of the Employee’s work for or employment by Seller, or (d) the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.16         Compliance with Law .   Seller is in material compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, Orders, ordinances, and regulations, whether federal, state, local, or foreign.  Seller has not received notice to the effect that Seller is not in material compliance with any of such laws, statutes, Orders, ordinances, or regulations.  Seller is not in default with respect to any Order, and there are no unsatisfied judgments against Seller.

 

4.17         Contracts .

 

(a)            Section 4.17 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the following contracts and agreements (whether written or oral) to which, as of the date hereof, Seller is a party or to which any of the Assets is subject (“ Material Contracts ”):

 

(i)             agreement for the sale or license of, or grant of any third-party interest in, any Assets by Seller;

 

(ii)            non-competition agreement;

 

29



 

(iii)           agreement containing any provisions requiring Seller to indemnify or act as guarantor for any other person or to reimburse any maker of a letter of credit or banker’s acceptance;

 

(iv)           note, debenture, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, security agreement, purchase money agreement, conditional sales contract, capital lease or other instrument evidencing or securing indebtedness or any sale-leaseback arrangement pertaining to any Real Property or to equipment that is a part of the Assets;

 

(v)            joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(vi)                            Real Estate Lease or agreement granting any Person any lease, sublease, or other interest, legal or equitable, in the Leased Real Property;

 

(vii)         agreement with any director, officer, manager, or Affiliate;

 

(viii)                      agreement with any supplier for the purchase of inventory, supplies, or products (excluding any purchase order entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business on an order-by-order basis, unless the amount thereof exceeds $25,000);

 

(ix)                              agreement, purchase order, or statement of work for the sale or license of products or services to any customer, excluding any purchase order or statement of work entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business on an order-by-order basis, unless the amount thereof exceeds $50,000;

 

(x)                                 leases of tangible personal property involving expenditures in excess of $25,000 per year or $100,000 over the term of the lease;

 

(xi)                          agreement for capital expenditures the unpaid obligations of Seller under which exceed $50,000 per agreement or $100,000 in the aggregate for all such agreements;

 

(xii)                           contract for advertising, promotional services, or web site design or hosting;

 

(xiii)                        agreement to pay or receive any royalty or license fee or to license (either as licensor or licensee) any Intellectual Property, except for licenses by Seller from another Person of commercially available off-the-shelf software entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(xiv)                       employment, severance, or change-of-control agreement or any agreement otherwise providing for the payment of any cash or other compensation or benefits upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

30



 

(xv)          agreement pursuant to which Seller purchases consulting services or engages any independent contractor;

 

(xvi)         agreement containing any form of most-favored pricing provision;

 

(xvii)        agreement for the acquisition or disposition of a business; and

 

(xviii)       agreement that was not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

(b)            Seller has made available to Buyer true and complete copies of each Material Contract (or, to the extent that a Material Contract is oral, an accurate description of the terms thereof).  Each Material Contract is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms (as limited by the Enforcement Limitations), of each party thereto.  Seller has performed in all material respects all of its required obligations under, and is not in material violation or breach of or default under, either or without with the lapse of time, giving or notice, or both, the Material Contract.  No other party to any Material Contract is in violation or breach of or default under, either or without with the lapse of time, giving of notice, or both, the Material Contract, as the case may be.  Seller has received no prepayments under any Material Contract for services that have not been fully performed or goods that have not been supplied.

 

4.18         Environmental Matters .   Seller operates (and has always operated) in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, and Seller has no material unpaid liability under any Environmental Laws.  Neither the closing of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement nor the acquisition of the Assets by Buyer will result in the imposition of any material liability on Buyer pursuant to any Environmental Law.  To the Knowledge of Seller, there are no past or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events, or incidents arising from the operation, ownership, or use of any property currently or formerly owned, operated, or used by Seller (including the release, emission, discharge, or disposal of any Material into the Environment) that would reasonably be expected to (a) result in the incurrence of costs under any Environmental Law or (b) form the basis of any Environmental Notice against or with respect to Seller, any Assets, or any Person whose liability for any Environmental Notice may have been retained or assumed by, or could be imputed or attributed to, Seller or any Assets.  Seller has made available to Buyer true and complete copies of any environmental reports in its possession or control related to the operation of its business or the condition of any of the Leased Real Property.

 

4.19         Accounts Receivable .   The accounts receivable (and all other receivables) shown on the Unaudited Balance Sheet and all receivables acquired or generated since the date of the Unaudited Balance Sheet are bona fide receivables and represent amounts due with respect to actual, arm’s-length transactions entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, and are legal, valid, and binding obligations of the obligors.

 

4.20         Insurance .   Seller has in force property and casualty insurance on all Leased Real Property to the extent Seller is obligated to maintain such insurance under the Real Property

 

31



 

Leases and on all tangible personal property constituting Assets and on the operation of its business, as set forth and summarized in Section 4.20 of the Disclosure Schedule.  All required premiums have been paid with respect to such policies.

 

4.21         Tax Matters .

 

(a)            Seller has, or will have, timely filed with the appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign taxing authorities all Tax Returns required to be filed before the Closing Date.  Such Tax Returns are, or will be, true and complete in all material respects.  Seller has paid in full, or has made provision in the Unaudited Balance Sheet for, all Taxes that are due or claimed to be due by any Governmental Authority.  The reserves for such Taxes reflected in the Unaudited Balance Sheet are sufficient for payment in full of all unpaid Taxes (whether or not currently disputed) through the date thereof.  Seller has incurred no liability for Taxes other than in the Ordinary Course of Business since the date of the Unaudited Balance Sheet.  There are no liens for Taxes upon the Assets.

 

(b)            No claim has ever been made, orally or in writing, by any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where Seller does not file Tax Returns that it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

 

(c)            Seller has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any partner, employee, independent contractor, creditor, or other third party.

 

(d)            Section 4.21(d) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all federal, state, local, and foreign Tax Returns filed with respect to Seller for taxable periods ended on or after December 31, 2004, indicating those Tax Returns that have been audited or that currently are the subject of an audit, action, or proceeding.  Seller has made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of all Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies filed, or assessed against and agreed to, by Seller since December 31, 2004.

 

4.22         Labor and Employment Relations .

 

(a)            No Employee has expressed any intention not to become an employee of Buyer if offered such employment.  Seller has not encouraged any Employee not to work for Buyer or disparaged Buyer to any Employee.

 

(b)            Seller is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement with any labor organization, group, or association covering any of it employees.  To the Knowledge of Seller, no union representation elections relating to Seller’s employees have been scheduled by any Governmental Authority, no organizational effort is being made with respect to any of such employees, and there is no investigation of Seller’s employment policies or practices by any Governmental Authority pending or threatened.  Seller is not currently involved in, or since January 1, 2005 has been involved in, labor negotiations with any unit or group seeking to become the bargaining unit for any employees.  Seller is not experiencing, nor or since January 1, 2005 has experienced, any

 

32



 

work stoppages and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no work stoppage has been threatened or is planned.

 

(c)            Seller has complied in all material respects with all applicable laws relating to the employment of labor, including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective bargaining, discrimination against race, color, national origin, religious creed, physical or mental disability, sex, age, ancestry, medical condition, marital status, or sexual orientation, and the withholding and payment of social security and other Taxes.  There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened charges of unfair labor practices or of employment discrimination, wrongful retaliation, or any other wrongful action with respect to any aspect of employment of any person employed or formerly employed by Seller.

 

(d)            No Employee of Seller is subject to a non-competition restriction limiting such Employee’s ability to be employed by Buyer in the same capacity as such Employee is currently employed by Seller.

 

(e)            Seller has not engaged in any workforce reduction or other action related to any Employee that has resulted or could result in liability under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988 or under any comparable law or regulation of a state or a foreign jurisdiction, and Seller has not issued any notice that any such action is to occur in the future.

 

4.23         Permits .   Section 4.23 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of all Permits used in, related to, or necessary for Seller’s business or the ownership or operation of the Assets.  All such Permits are currently effective and valid and have been validly issued.  No additional Permits are necessary to enable Seller to conduct its business in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, statutes, Orders, and regulations.  Neither the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement nor the mere passage of time will have any effect on the continued validity or sufficiency of such Permits, nor will any additional Permits be required by virtue of the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement to enable Buyer to conduct the business of Seller after the Closing as currently conducted.  There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, Action or Proceeding by any Governmental Authority that could adversely affect the Permits.

 

4.24         Material Customers .   Section 4.24 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of Seller’s top 20 customers from May 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006 (based on revenues for such period).  Except in connection with the completion of the project or the work under the applicable arrangement, no such customer has:

 

(a)            canceled or otherwise terminated, or to the Knowledge of Seller threatened, verbally or in writing, to cancel or otherwise terminate, its relationship with Seller; or

 

(b)            since May 1, 2006:

 

(i)             decreased materially, or threatened to decrease or limit materially, its purchase of Seller’s products;

 

33



 

(ii)            notified Seller of any material change in its arrangements with Seller; or

 

(iii)           notified Seller that it intends to cease purchasing or significantly reduce its level of business with Seller.

 

4.25         Brokers .   Buyer will have no obligation to pay any of the fee of any broker, finder, investment banker, or financial adviser in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby by reason of any action taken by or on behalf of Seller.

 

4.26         Transactions with Affiliates .   Except as disclosed in Section 4.26 of the Disclosure Schedule, and except with respect to any amounts to be repaid or contracts and agreements to be terminated at the Closing:

 

(a)            Seller has no liabilities for indebtedness for borrowed money owing to any of its members or any officer or Affiliate; and

 

(b)            no member of Seller and no consultant, Employee, or Affiliate of Seller now has, or on the Closing Date will have, any liability for any indebtedness for borrowed money owing to any member of Seller.

 

4.27         Powers of Attorney .   Seller has not granted any power of attorney to any Person for any reason.

 

4.28         Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)            There have been no notices, citations, warnings, or decisions by any Governmental Authority that any product produced, manufactured, or marketed at any time by Seller (collectively, the “ Products ”) is defective or fails to meet any applicable standards promulgated by such Governmental Authority.  Seller is in compliance with the laws, regulations, policies, procedures, and specifications applicable to it with respect to the design, manufacture, labeling, testing, and inspection of the Products, and the operation of manufacturing facilities, promulgated by any Governmental Authority that has jurisdiction over the design, manufacture, labeling, testing, and inspection of the Products and the operation of Seller’s manufacturing facilities.  There have been no recalls, field notifications, or seizures ordered or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened by any Governmental Authority with respect to any of the Products, and Seller has not independently engaged in such recalls or field notifications.

 

(b)            Seller has obtained, in all countries where Seller has marketed the Products, all applicable Permits required to be obtained by it by Governmental Authorities in such countries regulating the safety, effectiveness, and market clearance of the Products.

 

(c)            Neither Seller nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any of its Employees or representatives, has engaged in any activities that are prohibited under federal Medicare and Medicaid statutes or equivalent state statutes or regulations, including knowingly and willfully soliciting or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or

 

34



 

rebate), directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, or offering to pay such remuneration (i) in return for referring an individual to a Person for the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of any item or service for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicare or Medicaid or (ii) in return for purchasing, leasing, or ordering or arranging for or recommending purchasing, leasing, or ordering any good, facility, service, or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part by Medicare or Medicaid.

 

4.29         Product Warranty; Product Liability .

 

(a)            Each Product has been in conformity with all applicable contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and Seller has no liability (and to the Knowledge of Seller no claim has been threatened alleging any such liability) for replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith.  Section 4.29(a) of the Disclosure Schedule includes copies of Seller’s standard terms and conditions of sale or lease (containing applicable guaranty, warranty, and indemnity provisions).  No Product is subject to any guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions of sale or lease set forth in Section 4.29(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, except as imposed by law.

 

(b)            Seller has no liability and there is no pending claim (and to the Knowledge of Seller no claim has been threatened alleging any such liability) arising out of any injury to the individual or property as a result of the ownership, possession, or use of any Product.

 

4.30         Accredited Investor Status .   To Seller’s Knowledge, all members of Seller are Accredited Investors, as such term is defined in rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

4.31         Full Disclosure .   No statements by Seller contained in this Agreement, in the Disclosure Schedule, or in any Transaction Document to which Seller is or will become a party contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, when taken as a whole, not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND BUYER

 

Parent and Buyer jointly and severally represent and warrant to Seller as follows:

 

5.1           Organization .   Each of Parent and Buyer is an organization duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  Parent’s prior legal name was “TMG B.V.,” which was subsequently changed to “Tornier B.V.” The organizational structure of Parent and its material subsidiaries as of the date hereof is as set forth in Schedule 5.1.  The Articles of Association of Parent and the Certificate of Incorporation of Buyer previously provided to Seller are in full force and effect and have not be amended or rescinded in any respect.  Buyer has no by-laws in effect as of the date hereof.

 

5.2           Authority .   Each of Parent and Buyer has all necessary organizational power and authority and has taken all actions necessary to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction

 

35


 

Documents to which it is or will become a party, to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  No other proceedings on the part of Parent, Buyer, or any of their stockholders or members are necessary to authorize this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which Parent or.  Buyer is or will become a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.  This Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which Parent or Buyer is or will become a party have been or will be duly and validly executed and delivered by whichever of Parent and Buyer is or is contemplated hereunder to be a party thereto, and constitutes or will constitute a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Parent and Buyer, as the case may be, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their terms except as limited by the Enforcement Limitations.

 

5.3           No Conflicts .   The execution and delivery by Parent and Buyer of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which Parent or Buyer is or will become a party, do not, and the performance by Parent and Buyer of their obligations under this Agreement and such Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not:

 

(a)            conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Buyer or the organizational documents of Parent;

 

(b)            conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of, any provision of any law, Order, Permit, statute, rule, or regulation applicable to Parent or Buyer; or

 

(c)            conflict with, result (with or without notice or the lapse of time, or both) in a violation or breach of, or default under (or give rise to right of termination, cancellation, or acceleration under), require any notice to, or consent of, any Person under, or impose any penalty or additional payment obligations under, any note, bond, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, license, contract, agreement, lease or other instrument or obligation to which Parent or Buyer or any of their material assets may be bound; or

 

(d)            trigger (with or without notice or the lapse of time, or both) rights or obligations on the part of any Person with respect to any debt or equity of Parent.

 

5.4           Governmental Consents, Approvals, and Filings .   No consent, approval, or action of, filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority on the part of Parent or Buyer is required in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement or the Transaction Documents to which Parent or Buyer is or will become a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

5.5           Capitalization .

 

(a)            The authorized capital stock of Parent consists of 90,000,000 Common Shares.  As of the close of business on March 1, 2007, (i) 59,546,401 Common Shares were issued and outstanding, (ii) 10,227,885 Common Shares were subject to issuance upon conversion of a convertible note, and (iii) options to purchase an aggregate of 3,448,000 Common Shares were issued and outstanding.  All outstanding Common Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable, and free of preemptive rights.

 

36



 

(b)            As of the close of business on March 1, 2007, except as described in Section 5.5(a), there are no existing options, warrants, calls, rights, or other contracts or arrangements of any character to which Parent is a party requiring, and there are no securities of Parent outstanding that upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance of any ownership interest in Parent or other securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, any ownership interest in Parent.  Except for the Parent Stockholder Agreement and the Articles of Association of Parent, there will be at the Closing no restrictions applicable to the transfer of Common Shares by Seller or its members other than those set forth in the Joinder Agreement (including the form of adherence agreement attached thereto) to be signed and delivered by Seller prior to issuance of the Initial Common Shares and other than those imposed by applicable law.

 

(c)            As of the date hereof, Parent is not in discussions with respect to any acquisition transaction in which Parent or any of its Affiliates would issue any equity securities.

 

5.6           Parent Financial Statements .

 

(a)            Parent has previously made available to Seller the Parent Audited Financial Statements and the Parent Unaudited Financial Statements.

 

(b)            The Parent Unaudited Financial Statements were prepared in good faith in accordance with the Books and Records of Parent and its subsidiaries, but are subject to year-end audit adjustments.

 

5 .7            Compliance with Law .   Parent and its subsidiaries are in material compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, Orders, ordinances, and regulations, whether federal, state, local, or foreign.  Neither Parent nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice to the effect that any of them is not in material compliance with any of such laws, statutes, Orders, ordinances, or regulations.  Neither Parent nor any of its subsidiaries is in default with respect to any Order, and there are no unsatisfied judgments against Parent or any of its subsidiaries.

 

5.8           Brokers .   Neither Parent nor Buyer has retained any broker, finder, investment banker, or financial adviser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.  Seller will have no obligation to pay any of the fee of any broker, finder, investment banker, or financial adviser in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby by reason of any action taken by or on behalf of Parent or Buyer.

 

5.9           The Shares .   When issued to Seller, the Initial Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.  When issued to Seller pursuant to Section 3.4, any Common Shares issued in exchange for cash in connection with a Share Purchase Election will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

5.10         Full Disclosure .   No statements by Parent or Buyer contained in this Agreement or in any Transaction Document to which either of them is or will become a party contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the

 

37



 

statements contained herein or therein, when taken as a whole, not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.

 

5.11         Litigation; Disputes .   There are no Actions or Proceedings pending or to the Knowledge of Parent threatened, and, to the Knowledge of Parent, no claims have been asserted against or with respect to (a) Parent or Buyer, (b) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, or (c) the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that, in the case of clause (a) of this Section 5.11, would, if decided adversely to Parent or Buyer, have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Buyer.

 

5.12         Intellectual Property .   No Intellectual Property or product or service of Parent, or, to Parent’s Knowledge, any Intellectual Property licensed to or by Parent, is subject to any proceeding (excluding ex parte proceedings before examiners ( i.e ., not appeals) involving applications and rulemaking and similar administrative proceedings broadly applicable to similar intellectual property) or outstanding decree, order, judgment, agreement, or stipulation restricting in any manner the use, transfer, or licensing thereof by Parent, or that may affect the validity, use, or enforceability of the such Intellectual Property or such licensed Intellectual Property, the aggregate effect of which would have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.  The operation of Parent’s business as currently conducted does not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property rights of any third party or constitute unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction, the aggregate effect of which would have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.  To the Knowledge of Parent, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property of Parent or any of Parent’s exclusive rights to any such licensed Intellectual Property, the aggregate effect of which would have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.

 

5.13         Regulatory Matters .

 

(a)            There have been no notices, citations, warnings, or decisions by any Governmental Authority that any product produced, manufactured, or marketed at any time by Parent (collectively, the “ Parent Products ”) is defective or fails to meet any applicable standards promulgated by such Governmental Authority which, if true, would have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.  Parent is in compliance with the laws, regulations, policies, procedures, and specifications applicable to it with respect to the design, manufacture, labeling, testing, and inspection of the Products, and the operation of manufacturing facilities, promulgated by any Governmental Authority that has jurisdiction over the design, manufacture, labeling, testing, and inspection of the Parent Products and the operation of Parent’s manufacturing facilities, the non-compliance with which would in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.  There have been no recalls, field notifications, or seizures ordered or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened by any Governmental Authority with respect to any of the Parent Products, and Parent has not independently engaged in such recalls or field notifications, the aggregate effect of which would have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.

 

(b)            Parent has obtained, in all countries where Parent has marketed the Parent Products, all applicable Permits required to be obtained by it by Governmental Authorities in such countries regulating the safety, effectiveness, and market clearance of

 

38



 

the Parent Products, where the failure to obtain such Permits would in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.

 

5.14         Product Liability .   Parent has no liability and there is no pending claim (and to the Knowledge of Parent no claim has been threatened alleging any such liability) arising out of any injury to the individual or property as a result of the ownership, possession, or use of any Parent Product, the aggregate effect of which would have a Material Adverse Effect upon Parent.

 

5.15         Material Customers .   None of the largest ten customers of Parent (determined on the basis of the actual 2006 revenue) has (except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent):

 

(a)            canceled or otherwise terminated, or to the Knowledge of Parent threatened, verbally or in writing, to cancel or otherwise terminate, its relationship with Parent; or

 

(b)            since January 1, 2006:

 

(i)             decreased materially, or threatened to decrease or limit materially, its purchase of Parent’s products;

 

(ii)            notified Parent of any material change in its arrangements with Parent; or

 

(iii)           notified Parent that it intends to cease purchasing or significantly reduce its level of business with Parent.

 

5.16         Tax Matters .

 

(a)            Parent and Buyer are associations taxable as corporations under the Code.

 

(b)            Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent:

 

(i)             Parent has, or will have, timely filed with the appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign taxing authorities all Tax Returns required to be filed before the Closing Date;

 

(ii)            such Tax Returns are, or will be, true and complete; and

 

(iii)           Parent has paid in full, or has made provision in the Parent Unaudited Financial Statements for, all Taxes that are due or claimed to be due by any Governmental Authority.

 

5.17         Material Contracts .

 

(a)            Neither Parent nor any Affiliate has entered into any agreement or understanding pursuant to which any Person will receive any material payment, other

 

39



 

than the issuance of Common Shares on the same basis generally available to all shareholders of Parent, in connection with any public offering of Parent.

 

(b)            Except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent:

 

(i)             each contract to which Parent is a party is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding agreement, enforceable in accordance with its terms (as limited by the Enforcement Limitations), of each party thereto;

 

(ii)            Parent has performed all of its required obligations under, and is not in violation or breach of or default under, either or without with the lapse of time, giving or notice, or both, any contract to which Parent is a party; and

 

(iii)           to the Knowledge of Parent, no other party to any contract to which Parent is a party is in violation or breach of or default under, either with or without the lapse of time, giving of notice, or both, of such contract.

 

ARTICLE VI
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

 

6.1           Access and Investigation .   From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Seller, upon reasonable advance notice received from Buyer, shall:

 

(a)          afford Buyer and its employees, attorneys, accountants, consultants, and financial advisers (the “ Buyer Representatives ”) full and free access, during regular business hours and subject to restrictions under applicable law, to the personnel, properties, contracts, and Books and Records of Seller, such rights of access to be exercised in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with Seller’s operations and with Buyer Representatives using their reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Seller’s business;

 

(b)         furnish the Buyer Representatives with copies of all such contracts, Books and Records, and other existing documents and data as they may reasonably request;

 

(c)          furnish the Buyer Representatives with such additional financial, operating, and other relevant data and information as they may reasonably request; and

 

(d)         otherwise cooperate and assist, to the extent reasonably requested by Buyer, with Buyer’s investigation of the properties, assets, and financial condition of Seller.

 

6.2           Interim Operations .   Without the prior written consent of Parent, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Seller shall:

 

(a)            conduct its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

40



 

(b)            use reasonable efforts to keep available the services of Seller’s Employees and agents and maintain its relations and good will with suppliers, customers, landlords, creditors, Employees, agents, and others having business relationships with Seller;

 

(c)            confer with Parent before implementing operational decisions of a material nature;

 

(d)            otherwise report periodically to Parent concerning the status of business, operations, and finances;

 

(e)            make no material changes in management personnel, except upon the death, disability, or voluntary departure of existing management personnel;

 

(f)             subject to ordinary wear and tear, maintain the Assets in a state of repair and condition that is consistent with past practices;

 

(g)            to the extent within its control, keep in full force and effect, without amendment, all material rights relating to its business;

 

(h)            comply in all material respects with all contractual obligations;

 

(i)             continue in full force and effect the insurance coverage under the policies described in Section 4.20 of the Disclosure Schedule or substantially equivalent policies; and

 

(j)             maintain all Books and Records in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

6.3           Negative Covenants .   Except as otherwise expressly permitted herein, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing, Seller may not, without the prior written consent of Parent:

 

(a)            take any affirmative action, or fail to take any reasonable action within its control, as a result of which any of the changes or events listed in Section 4.9 would be likely to occur;

 

(b)            declare, set aside, make, or pay any dividend or other distribution in respect of any securities of Seller (other than any tax distributions made in respect of any period prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the terms of the operating agreement of Seller and consistent with past practices), or repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire any ownership interests in, Seller;

 

(c)            make any modification to any Assigned Contract or Permit, except in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(d)            enter into any compromise or settlement of any Action or Proceeding; or

 

(e)            enter into or consummate any merger or consolidation agreement with any Person or any agreement to acquire any Person or any securities thereof.

 

41



 

6.4           Notification .   From the date of this Agreement until the Closing:

 

(a)            Seller shall promptly notify Parent in writing if it becomes aware of (i) any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a breach of any of Seller’s representations and warranties or (ii) the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any fact or condition that would or be reasonably likely to (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a breach of any such representation or warranty had that representation or warranty been made as of the time of the occurrence of, or Seller’s discovery of, such fact or condition.

 

(b)            Seller shall promptly notify Parent of the occurrence of any breach of any covenant of Seller hereunder or of the occurrence of any event that may make the satisfaction of the conditions in Article VIII impossible or unlikely.

 

(c)            Seller shall inform Parent of contracts entered into with customers after the date hereof and of the termination of contracts with customers.

 

(d)            Parent shall promptly notify Seller in writing if it becomes aware of (i) any fact or condition that causes or constitutes a breach of any of Buyer’s or Parent’s representations and warranties or (ii) the occurrence after the date of this Agreement of any fact or condition that would or be reasonably likely to (except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) cause or constitute a breach of any such representation or warranty had that representation or warranty been made as of the time of the occurrence of, or Parent’s discovery of, such fact or condition.

 

(e)            Parent shall promptly notify Seller of the occurrence of any breach of any covenant of Parent or Buyer hereunder or of the occurrence of any event that may make the satisfaction of the conditions in Article IX impossible or unlikely.

 

(f)             Parent shall inform Seller of transactions or contracts entered into which affect the ownership or transfer of the Parent’s Common Shares after the date hereof.

 

6.5           Best Efforts .

 

(a)            Each party shall use its Best Efforts to cause the conditions in Articles VIII and IX to be satisfied, including using Best Efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable (subject to any applicable laws) to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)            No party shall take any action after the date of this Agreement to materially delay the obtaining of, or result in not obtaining, any permission, approval, or consent from any Governmental Authority necessary to be obtained before the Closing.

 

6.6           Employee Benefit Plans .

 

(a)            Seller shall remain solely responsible for all liabilities with respect to the Employee Benefit Plans.  Buyer shall not assume or be deemed to have assumed any Employee Benefit Plan, nor shall Buyer have any obligations under, or assume any

 

42



 

liabilities with respect to, any Employee Benefit Plans, except as provided under Section 6.6(b).  Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, Buyer shall not assume any of the following:

 

(i)             any obligation or liability to pay any severance, compensation, deferred compensation, unused vacation or sick pay (whether in such form or in the form of paid time off or extended illness bank plans), or other amounts to any person who is not a Hired Employee, whether such payments became due and payable prior to Closing or as a result of a termination of employment that occurs in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, or any other obligation or liability to any former Employee or beneficiary of a former Employee, except as provided under Section 6.6(b);

 

(ii)            any obligation or liability for long-term disability payments to any Employee or former Employee of Seller who does not actively work for Buyer after Closing; or

 

(iii)           any obligation or liability to make any severance, compensation, deferred compensation, or other payments to any Employee (even if he or she is a Hired Employee), or to fund or further fund any deferred compensation arrangement that has previously been unfunded or only partially funded, that is triggered by and arises as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)            To the extent that any group health plan (as defined in Section 5000(b)(1) of the Code) of Seller is subject to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”), Buyer agrees to make COBRA continuation coverage available to “ M&A Qualified Beneficiaries ” with respect to the asset sale (as described in Treasury Regulation Section 54.4980B-9 Q&A-4(a)) whose qualifying event occurs as a result of the Closing, beginning on the Closing Date.  Buyer shall not be liable for any COBRA obligations to M&A Qualified Beneficiaries attributable to periods occurring prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c)            Nothing in this Section 6.6 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to make any Employee (or any dependent or beneficiary thereof) a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

6.7           No Shopping .   Seller shall not, and Seller shall use its Best Efforts to cause its members, employees, representatives, advisers, and agents, officers and directors to not, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit, or initiate inquiries or proposals from, or provide any confidential information to, or participate in any discussions or negotiations with, or enter into any agreement with, any Person (other than Parent, Buyer, and their Affiliates, representatives, and agents) in connection with any exchange, offer, merger, consolidation, sale of material assets, sale of securities, acquisition of beneficial ownership of, or the right to vote securities, liquidation, dissolution, or similar transaction involving Seller or the ownership interests of Seller before the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 10.1.

 

43



 

6.8           Mutual Confidentiality .  The parties shall ensure that, prior to Closing:

 

(a)            the parties and their representatives keep strictly confidential the existence and terms of this Agreement;

 

(b)            neither party nor any of its representatives issues or disseminates any press release or other publicity or otherwise makes any disclosure of any nature to any other Person regarding any of the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent that any party is required by law to make any such disclosure regarding such transactions; and

 

(c)            if any party is required by law to make any disclosure regarding such transactions, the party anticipating disclosure advises the other party, as promptly as practicable before making such disclosure, of the nature and content of the intended disclosure.

 

ARTICLE VII
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

7.1           Further Assurances .

 

(a)            If at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each party will take such further action (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents) as the other party reasonably may request, at the sole cost and expense of the requesting party (unless the requesting party is entitled to indemnification therefor under Article XI).

 

(b)            Seller shall cooperate with Buyer in Buyer’s efforts to ensure that Intellectual Property that is conceived, created, developed, first fixed in a tangible medium, made, first used, or first reduced to practice by any person listed on the Employee List, any consultant, or any other third party under agreement with Seller, in each case within one year after the Closing Date, that (i) relates directly to Seller’s business on the Closing Date or (ii) is based on or derived from Owned Intellectual Property, shall be conveyed to Buyer.

 

7.2           Employees — Generally .

 

(a)            Seller shall deliver to Buyer a list (the “ Employee List ”) identifying all Employees of Seller as of the date of this Agreement, specifying with respect to each such person, the person’s:

 

(i)             date of hire;

 

(ii)            status as full-time or part-time, or on disability or other leave of absence specified on the Employee List;

 

(iii)           current salary or hourly rate of compensation; and

 

44



 

(iv)           accrued but unused vacation, holiday, and sick pay (whether in the form of paid time off, extended illness bank plans, or some other form).

 

(b)            Before the Closing Date, Buyer will offer employment to each Employee of Seller who is employed by Seller immediately prior to the Closing (other than any such Employee jointly identified by Seller and Parent as not to be so employed), with such employment to be effective immediately following, and contingent upon the occurrence of, the Closing.  Such offers of employment shall provide for benefits on a basis consistent with the Parent’s other domestic full-time employees (and, with respect to medical benefits, shall provide coverage without the imposition of pre-existing condition, actively-at-work, or other “gaps” in coverage, to the extent permitted under the plans of Buyer and its domestic Affiliates), and shall otherwise be on such terms as Buyer may determine in its sole discretion.  Seller will not seek to induce any Employee to reject any offer of employment from Buyer.  The Employees who accept such offers of employment from Buyer (the “ Hired Employees ”) shall become employees of Buyer immediately following the Closing and shall cease to be employees of Seller.

 

(c)            Nothing in this Section 7.2 obligates Buyer to continue the employment of any Hired Employee for any specific period of time following the Closing or prevents Buyer from reducing the salary, wages and benefits, or modifying the duties or working conditions, of any Hired Employee following the Closing.

 

(d)            Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts, before and after the Closing, to provide such information as Buyer may reasonably request for purposes of fulfilling its obligations under this Section 7.2.

 

(e)            If, following the Closing Date, Seller is obligated to pay severance benefits to the individual named in Section 4.22(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, Buyer shall, within five Business Days following a written demand from Seller, pay Seller an amount equal to the lesser of (i) one-half of such severance benefits or (ii) $50,000.

 

7.3           Damage to Assets .   To the extent Seller has in force any policies of property and casualty insurance insuring any of the Assets or Leased Real Property, any proceeds of insurance payable in respect of any event that occurs from and after the date of this Agreement and before the Closing shall be received by Seller in trust for Buyer and, to the extent the damage to the Assets or Leased Real Property to which the proceeds pertain has not been repaired or restored before the Closing, shall be paid over to Buyer at the Closing, or, if no proceeds have been received before the Closing, Seller shall assign any of its claims thereto to Buyer at the Closing.  In addition to paying over or assigning to Buyer proceeds of any policy of property and casualty insurance as provided above, Seller shall pay to Buyer at the Closing any related deductible amount provided under any such policy of insurance.  Nothing in this Section 7.3 limits the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2.

 

7.4           Post-Closing Tax Matters .

 

(a)            Tax Allocation of Purchase Price .  As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 30 days following the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to

 

45


 

Seller a statement allocating the Initial Purchase Price and Assumed Liabilities among the Assets (the “ Allocation Statement ”).  The Allocation Statement will be consistent with the provisions of Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  Within 30 days after Seller’s receipt of the Allocation Statement, Seller shall indicate its concurrence therewith, or propose to Buyer any changes to the Allocation Statement.  Seller’s failure to notify Buyer of any objection to the Allocation Statement within 30 days after receipt thereof shall constitute Seller’s concurrence therewith.  Seller and Buyer shall negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes regarding the Allocation Statement.  If Seller and Buyer are unable to resolve any disputes regarding the Allocation Statement within 30 days of Buyer’s receipt of such changes, then the dispute shall be submitted to a mutually acceptable independent accounting firm for resolution as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days.  The independent accounting firm shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the written submissions of the parties and not by independent investigation, only the specific items under dispute by the parties.  The independent accounting firm shall deliver to Seller and Buyer, as promptly as practicable, but in any case no later than 30 days, a determination of the allocation.  This determination will be binding on the parties and, subject to the following sentence, all Tax Returns filed by Parent, Buyer, Seller, the members of Seller, and each of their Affiliates shall be prepared consistently with such allocation, and neither of them shall take a position on any Tax Return or other form or statement contrary to such allocation (unless required to do so by a Governmental Authority).  Upon each subsequent adjustment of the Initial Purchase Price after the Closing Date to reflect (i) the difference between the Closing Date Net Worth and the Final Month End Net Worth, if any, (ii) the Initial Revenue Payment, and (iii) the Secondary Revenue Payment, Buyer and Seller will each revise their IRS Forms 8594 in accordance with the above procedure.  Each of the parties agrees to notify the other if the IRS or any other Governmental Authority proposes a reallocation of amounts allocated pursuant to this Section 7.4(a).

 

(b)            Cooperation .  Parent and Seller shall, and shall cause their respective subsidiaries (if any) and Affiliates to, cooperate with respect to Tax matters.  Parent and Seller shall provide one another with such information as is reasonably requested in order to enable the requesting party to complete and file all Tax Returns that it may be required to file with respect to the ownership or operation of the Assets, or to respond to audits, inquiries, or other proceedings by any Governmental Authority and otherwise to satisfy Tax requirements.  Such cooperation shall include promptly forwarding copies of appropriate notices, forms, or other communications received from or sent to any Governmental Authority and promptly providing reasonably requested copies of all relevant Tax Returns together with accompanying schedules and related work papers, documents relating to rulings, audits, or other determinations by any Governmental Authority and records concerning the ownership and tax basis of property, in each case only to the extent such materials relate to the ownership or operation of the Assets.

 

(c)            Filing Responsibility .  Seller shall prepare and file (i) all Tax Returns with respect to Taxes relating to the ownership or operation of the Assets prior to the Closing Date and (ii) all Tax Returns in respect of any Transfer Taxes owing as a result of the transfer of the Assets as contemplated hereby.  Parent shall file or cause to be filed all

 

46



 

Tax Returns attributable to the ownership or operation of Assets on or after the Closing Date.  Buyer and Seller shall discharge all Tax liabilities shown on Tax Returns based on the assumption and allocation of Tax liabilities provided in this Agreement without regard to the party that has prepared the Tax Return, and the party responsible for payment of any amount of Taxes shown due on a Return shall pay such unpaid amount to the party filing the Tax Return no later than one Business Day prior to the filing of such Tax Return.

 

(d)                                  Refunds .

 

(i)             Seller shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of or against any Taxes relating to the ownership or operation of the Assets prior to the Closing Date (plus any interest received with respect thereto), and Parent shall file, or cause to be filed, any claims for such refund or credits reasonably requested by Seller.

 

(ii)            Except to the extent set forth in Section 7.4(d)(i), Buyer shall be entitled to any refunds or credits of Taxes relating to the ownership or operation of the Assets on or after the Closing Date (plus any interest received with respect thereto).

 

(iii)           Buyer shall promptly forward to Seller or reimburse Seller for any refund of credits due Seller (pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.4(d)) after receipt thereof, and Seller shall promptly forward to Buyer or reimburse Buyer for any refunds or credits due Buyer (pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.4(d)) after receipt thereof.

 

7.5           Guaranty .   Parent irrevocably guarantees each and every representation, warranty, covenant, agreement and obligation of Buyer and the full and timely performance of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

7.6           Maintenance of Organization; Cessation of Business .   Following the Closing, Seller shall:

 

(a)            maintain its organizational existence until the later of (i) the third anniversary of the Closing Date or (ii) the date as of which any then-outstanding claims for indemnification under Section 11.2(a) are resolved;

 

(b)            cease to carry on its business and engage in only those activities that are necessary to exercise its rights and to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and

 

(c)            promptly change its company name to one that is not similar to its current name and that does not imply a continuation of its business.

 

7.7           Sales Efforts .   From the Closing Date through the Secondary Revenue Period, Buyer and Parent shall use their Best Efforts to market and sell the DVO Products.

 

47



 

7.8           Joint Press Release .   Seller, Buyer and Parent shall develop and release a mutually and reasonably satisfactory press release regarding the acquisition of Seller.

 

7.9           Information Rights .   From and after the Closing Date, Parent shall provide Seller with Parent’s periodic financial statements and other information concerning Parent that Parent distributes to its other shareholders generally.  Parent shall provide such financial statements and other information to Seller at the same time they are distributed to its other shareholders generally.

 

7.10         Share Delivery Obligations .   Following the Closing:

 

(a)            Parent shall issue the Initial Common Shares in accordance with Section 3.2(c), provided that Parent shall not be obligated to issue the Initial Common Shares unless and until Seller provides it with a duly executed Seller Investment Letter and Joinder Agreement;

 

(b)            Seller shall not transfer the Initial Common Shares or any Common Shares that it may acquire pursuant to a Share Purchase Election to any Person other than such Persons who are members of Seller on the Closing Date (“ Permitted Transferees ”), nor shall it attempt to transfer any such shares unless and until it has delivered or caused to be delivered to Parent from each Permitted Transferee (i) an investment letter, duly executed and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Member Investment Letter ”), and (ii) a duly executed adherence agreement, the form of which is attached to the Parent Stockholder Agreement; and

 

(c)            Parent shall take commercially reasonable efforts to book transfers to Permitted Transferees within seven Business Days of receiving a Member Investment Letter duly executed by a Permitted Transferee, provided that Parent shall be under no obligation to book any transfer of the Initial Common Shares or any Common Shares that Seller may acquire pursuant to a Share Purchase Election to any Person other than a Permitted Transferee for whom a duly executed Member Investment Letter and an adherence agreement has been provided to Parent.

 

ARTICLE VIII
CLOSING CONDITIONS OF PARENT AND BUYER

 

The obligation of Parent and Buyer to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Parent in writing), on or before the Closing Date, of all of the following conditions:

 

8.1           Representations, Warranties, and Covenants of Seller .  The representations and warranties of Seller contained herein shall be true in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date (except for those representations that speak as of an earlier date, which shall be true as of such date), provided that, solely for purposes of this Section 8.1, any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be read as if that qualifier was not present, and Seller shall have, in all material respects, performed and complied with all of its agreements and covenants contained herein to be performed on or before the Closing Date.

 

48



 

8.2           No Material Adverse Effect .   Seller shall not have, since the date of this Agreement, suffered any business interruption, damage, or destruction of its properties or assets, or any other incident, occurrence, event, or change in circumstances that has had or could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Seller.

 

8.3           Officers’ Certificate .   Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of Seller, dated the Closing Date, confirming the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2.

 

8.4           Absence of Litigation .   No action or proceeding shall have been instituted before any Governmental Authority by any Person to restrain or prohibit, or to obtain damages in respect of, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No Order of any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall be in effect that restricts or prohibits the acquisition of the Assets by Buyer.

 

8.5           Third-Party Consents .   Seller shall have delivered to Buyer copies of the third-party consents listed on Schedule 8.5 .

 

8.6           Closing Deliveries of Seller .   At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer the following:

 

(a)            possession of the Assets;

 

(b)            a bill of sale and assignment and assumption agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (the “ Bill of Sale and Assumption Agreement ”), duly executed by Seller;

 

(c)            assignments of the Owned Intellectual Property, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to counsel for Buyer, duly executed by Seller and notarized;

 

(d)            a docket sheet containing all deadlines arising within three months following the Closing Date covering any actions with respect to the registration, prosecution, maintenance, or renewal of Owned Intellectual Property (and Licensed Intellectual Property for which Seller has the right and/or obligation to handle registration, prosecution, maintenance, or renewal);

 

(e)            an estoppel certificate by the landlord of each parcel of Leased Real Property, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to counsel for Buyer, duly executed by such landlord;

 

(f)             assignments of each of the Leased Real Property Leases, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to counsel for Buyer, duly executed by Seller and, if required in order to complete the assignment, by the landlord of each such Real Property Lease;

 

(g)            a certificate of the Secretary of Seller, certifying as of the Closing Date (i) a true and complete copy of the organizational documents of Seller, and (ii) a true and complete copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Seller and the resolutions of

 

49



 

the members of Seller, in each case authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which Seller is or will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

 

(h)            a certificate of existence of Seller issued by the Indiana Secretary of State as of a recent date; and

 

(i)             UCC-3 Termination Statements and any other instruments reasonably required to release all Encumbrances on the Assets, including those Encumbrances related to the Bridge Notes and the Chase Note.

 

ARTICLE IX
SELLER’S CLOSING CONDITIONS

 

The obligation of Seller to effect the Closing is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Seller in writing), on or before the Closing Date, of all of the following conditions:

 

9.1           Representations, Warranties, and Covenants of Parent and Buyer .   The representations and warranties of Parent and Buyer contained herein shall be true in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date (except for those representations that speak as of an earlier date, which shall be true as of such date), provided that, solely for purposes of this Section 9.1, any representation or warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be read as if that qualifier was not present, and Parent and Buyer shall have, in all material respects, performed and complied with all of their agreements and covenants contained herein to be performed on or before the Closing Date.

 

9.2           Officers’ Certificate .   Parent and Buyer shall have delivered to Seller a certificate of an authorized officer of Parent, dated the Closing Date, confirming the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 9.1.

 

9.3           Absence of Litigation .   No action or proceeding shall have been instituted before any Governmental Authority by any Person to restrain or prohibit, or to obtain damages in respect of, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No Order of any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall be in effect that restricts or prohibits the acquisition of the Assets by Buyer.

 

9.4           Closing Deliveries of Parent and Buyer .  At the Closing, Parent and Buyer shall deliver to Seller the following:

 

(a)            payment of the Closing Cash Payment by wire transfer in immediately available funds to one or more accounts designated by Seller at least two Business Days before the Closing Date;

 

(b)            a certificate of the Secretary of Buyer, certifying as of the Closing Date (i) a true and complete copy of the organizational documents of Buyer, and (ii) a true and complete copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Buyer authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents

 

50



 

to which Buyer is or will be a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

 

(c)            a certificate of good standing for Buyer issued by such entity’s jurisdiction of organization as of a recent date; and

 

(d)            the Bill of Sale and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by Buyer.

 

ARTICLE X
TERMINATION

 

10.1         Termination .   This Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Closing as follows:

 

(a)            by the mutual written consent of Parent and Seller;

 

(b)            by Parent if there has been a material breach of a representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement by Seller, unless such breach is cured within 10 days after notice thereof is given to Seller;

 

(c)            by Seller if there has been a material breach of a representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement by Parent or Buyer, unless such breach is cured within 10 days after notice thereof is given to Parent;

 

(d)            by Parent or Seller if the Closing has not occurred by June 2, 2007; provided that no party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.1(d) if the party’s (or its co-party’s) failure to fulfill any of its obligations under this Agreement shall have been the reason that the Closing shall not have occurred on or before that date; or

 

(e)            by Parent or Seller if there shall be any law or regulation that makes consummation of the acquisition of the Assets or any other material component of the transactions contemplated hereby illegal or otherwise prohibited or if any Order enjoining Parent, Buyer, or Seller from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby is entered and such Order becomes final and nonappealable.

 

10.2         Effects of Termination .   If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 10.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no effect with no liability on the part of any party, except (a) as set forth in Section 11.11, and (b) that nothing shall relieve any party for liability for any material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION

 

11.1         Survival .   The representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements of the parties contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate, document, or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall survive the

 

51



 

execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing hereunder until the conclusion of the Secondary Revenue Period, except for (i) those in Sections 4.2, 4.11(a) (second sentence only), 4.14, 4.18, 4.21 and 4.25, each of which shall survive the Closing indefinitely (subject to any applicable statute of limitations), and (ii) those in Sections 4.3 and 4.22, which shall survive the Closing for a period of three years.

 

11.2         Indemnification .

 

(a)            Seller shall defend, and hold harmless Parent, Buyer, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from and against all costs, losses (including diminution in value), Liabilities, damages, lawsuits, deficiencies, claims and expenses, including interest, penalties, costs of mitigation, lost profits and other losses resulting from any shutdown or curtailment of operations, attorneys’ fees, and all amounts paid in investigation, defense, or settlement of any of the foregoing (collectively, “ Damages ”), incurred in connection with, arising out of, resulting from, or incident to:

 

(i)             any inaccuracy in, or breach of, any representation or warranty made by Seller in or pursuant to this Agreement, or in the other documents delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement;

 

(ii)            any breach of any covenant or agreement of Seller contained herein;

 

(iii)           any Liability of Seller that is not an Assumed Liability (including any such Liability of Seller that becomes a liability of Buyer under any common-law doctrine of de-facto merger or any doctrine of successor liability or as a result of any failure of the parties in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby to comply fully with any applicable bulk transfer laws or Tax laws relating to obligations of buyers of assets in bulk transfers); or

 

(iv)           except for Assumed Liabilities, the operation of Seller’s business or the ownership of the Assets before the Closing Date to the extent not covered by any matter for which Seller is obligated to indemnify Buyer or Parent under Section 11.2(a)(i) .

 

(b)            Parent and Buyer shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Seller and its officers, employees, agents, successors, and assigns from and against all Damages incurred in connection with, arising out of, resulting from, or incident to:

 

(i)             any inaccuracy in, or breach of, any representation or warranty made by Parent or Buyer in or pursuant to this Agreement, or in the other documents delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement;

 

(ii)            any breach of any covenant or agreement of Parent or Buyer contained herein;

 

52



 

(iii)           any Assumed Liability; or

 

(iv)           the ownership of the Assets on or after the Closing Date, except Damages for which Parent and Buyer are entitled to be indemnified by Seller under Section 11.2(a) or would be so entitled to be so indemnified but for Section 11.2(c), 11.2(d), or 11.2(f).

 

(c)            Seller shall have no liability under Section 11.2(a)(i) (other than for any inaccuracy in, or breach of, any representation or warranty set forth in Section 4.2, 4.11(a) (second sentence only), 4.14, 4.18, 4.21, or 4.25, for which indemnification shall be available on a first-dollar basis) until the aggregate of all Damages arising out of all matters set forth in Section 11.2(a)(i) exceeds $100,000, and then only to the extent of the excess.  Further, Seller shall have no liability for any Damages after all amounts paid by Seller with respect to claims under Section 11.2(a)(i) exceed $7 million or, in the case of any inaccuracy in, or breach of, any representation or warranty set forth in Section 4.14, the lesser of $15 million or the Total Purchase Price (the “ Indemnification Cap ”).

 

(d)            Parent and Buyer shall have no liability under Section 11.2(b)(i) until the aggregate of all Damages arising out of all matters set forth in Section 11.2(b)(i) exceeds $100,000, and then only to the extent of the excess.

 

(e)            For purposes of calculating the dollar thresholds in Sections 11.2(c) and (d), all qualifications as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect contained in the representations and warranties of Seller, Parent, or Buyer, as the case may be, shall be ignored.

 

(f)             No claim for indemnity may be made pursuant to Section 11.2(a)(i) or 11.2(b)(i), unless notice thereof shall have been given to the party from which indemnity is sought on or before the expiration of the applicable survival period set forth in Section 11.1

 

11.3         Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)            If any Action or Proceeding is filed or initiated against a party for which it is entitled to the benefit of indemnity hereunder, written notice thereof shall be given to the other party as promptly as practicable (and in any event within ten days after the service of the citation or summons); provided , however , that the failure of a party to give timely notice to the other shall not affect its rights to indemnification hereunder except to the extent that the other demonstrates actual damage caused by such failure.

 

(b)            After such notice, if the indemnifying party acknowledges in writing to the indemnified party that the indemnifying party is obligated under the terms of its indemnity hereunder in connection with the Action or Proceeding, then the indemnifying party will be entitled, if it so elects, to take control of the defense and investigation of the Action or Proceeding and to employ and engage attorneys of its own choice to handle and defend the same (such attorneys to be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party), at the indemnifying party’s cost, risk, and expense (unless (i) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of the Action or Proceeding within 15 days after receipt of

 

53



 

notice thereof or thereafter to diligently pursue such defense or (ii) the named parties to the Action or Proceeding include both of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, and the indemnified party and its counsel determine in good faith that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party and that joint representation would be inappropriate), and to compromise or settle the Action or Proceeding (which compromise or settlement may be made only with the written consent of the indemnified party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).  The indemnified party may withhold such consent if the compromise or settlement would adversely affect the conduct of its business or requires less than an unconditional release to be obtained.

 

(c)            If (i) the indemnifying party fails to assume the defense of the Action or Proceeding within 15 days after receipt of notice thereof or thereafter to diligently pursue such defense, or (ii) the named parties to the Action or Proceeding include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and the indemnified party and its counsel determine in good faith that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party and that joint representation would be inappropriate, then the indemnified party against which the Action or Proceeding has been filed or initiated will (upon delivering notice to that effect to the indemnifying party) have the right to undertake, at the indemnifying party’s cost and expense, the defense, compromise, or settlement of the Action or Proceeding on behalf of and for the account and risk of the indemnifying party; provided , however , that the Action or Proceeding shall not be compromised or settled without the written consent of the indemnifying party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(d)            If the indemnifying party assumes the defense of the Action or Proceeding, then the indemnifying party will keep the indemnified party reasonably informed of the progress of any the defense, compromise, or settlement thereof and will consult with, when appropriate, and consider any reasonable advice from, the indemnified party of any such defense, compromise, or settlement.

 

(e)            The indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any Action or Proceeding effected pursuant to and in accordance with this Section 11.3 and for any final judgment (subject to any right of appeal), and the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified party from and against any Damages by reason of such settlement or judgment.

 

(f)             Regardless of whether the indemnifying party or the indemnified party takes up the defense, the indemnifying party will pay reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the defense, compromise, or settlement for any Action or Proceeding under this Section 11.3.

 

(g)            The indemnified party shall cooperate in all reasonable respects with the indemnifying party and its attorneys in the investigation, trial, and defense of the Action or Proceeding and any appeal arising therefrom; provided , however , that the indemnified

 

54



 

party may, at its own cost, participate in the investigation, trial, and defense of the Action or Proceeding and any appeal arising therefrom.

 

(h)            A claim for indemnification for any matter not involving an Action or Proceeding may be asserted by notice to the party from whom indemnification is sought.

 

11.4         Remedies .   Except with respect to: (a) fraud, willful misrepresentation and/or willful misconduct and (b) breaches of any covenant set forth in this Agreement (for each of which the parties shall have the right to seek any other remedy in law or equity, including an action for breach of contract, in lieu of or in addition to any remedies provided in this Article XI), the indemnification remedies and other remedies provided in this Article XI shall be the exclusive remedy of the parties from and after the Closing for resolving disputes under this Agreement.

 

11.5         Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments .   The parties shall treat any indemnity payment made pursuant to this Article XI as an adjustment to the cash portion of the Total Purchase Price for all federal, state, local, and foreign Tax purposes (unless otherwise required by a Governmental Authority).

 

11.6         Right to Offset .   Subject to the Indemnification Cap, Parent and Buyer may offset any amounts to which either of them may be entitled under this Article XI against any Revenue Payment or other amounts otherwise payable by either of them under this Agreement, whether payable in cash or Common Shares.  Neither the exercise of, nor the failure to exercise, such right of offset shall constitute an election of remedies or limit Parent or Buyer in any manner in the enforcement of any other remedies that may be available to either of them hereby.  If any amount to which Parent or Buyer claims that it is entitled under this Article XI is disputed by Seller at the time a Revenue Payment or other amount is payable to Seller, then Parent or Buyer shall withhold an amount equal to such disputed amount and shall make the remainder of such payment to Seller when due.  Following the resolution of the dispute, the withheld amount shall be retained by Parent and/or promptly disbursed to Seller, as appropriate.

 

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1         Notices .   All notices, requests, and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally against written receipt or by facsimile transmission with answer back confirmation or mailed (postage prepaid by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested) or by overnight courier to the parties at the following addresses or facsimile numbers:

 

If to Seller, to:

 

DVO - Extremity Solutions, LLC
720 East Winona Avenue
Warsaw, IN 46580
Fax: 574-268-0861
Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

55


 

with copies to:

 

Barrett & McNagny LLP
215 East Berry Street
Fort Wayne, IN 46802
Fax: 260-423-8920
Attn: John Barce

 

If to Buyer, to:

 

Tornier B.V.
7716 Golden Triangle Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344
Fax: 952-930-6503
Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

with copies to:

 

Faegre & Benson LLP
90 South Seventh Street, Suite 2200
Minneapolis, MN 55401
Fax: 612-766-1600
Ann: Steven Kennedy

 

All such notices, requests, and other communications will (a) if delivered personally to the address as provided in this Section 12.1, be deemed given upon delivery, (b) if delivered by facsimile transmission to the facsimile number as provided in this Section 12.1, be deemed given upon receipt, (c) if delivered by mail in the manner described above to the address as provided in this Section 12.1, be deemed given three Business Days after mailing, or (d) if delivered by courier service to the address as provided in this Section 12.1, be deemed given one Business Day after deposit with the courier (in each case regardless of whether such notice, request, or other communication is received by any other Person to whom a copy of such notice, request, or other communication is to be delivered pursuant to this Section).  Any party from time to time may change its address, facsimile number, or other information for the purpose of notices to that party by giving notice specifying the change to the other parties.

 

12.2                         Entire Agreement .   This Agreement (and all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto and all other documents delivered in connection herewith) supersedes all prior discussions and agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement among the parties with respect thereto.

 

12.3                         Waiver .   Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of the party waiving the term or condition.  No waiver by any party of any term or condition of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a waiver of the same or any other term or condition of this Agreement on any future occasion.  All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded, will be cumulative and not alternative.

 

56



 

12.4                         Amendment .   This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, or modified only by a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of each party.

 

12.5                         No Third-Party Beneficiaries .   The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party and its respective successors or permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person, other than any Person entitled to indemnity under Article Xl.

 

12.6                         No Assignment; Binding Effect .   Neither this Agreement nor any right, interest, or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempt to do so will be void ( provided that Parent or Buyer may assign to any of its direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries any of its rights and interests under this Agreement, but no such assignment shall relieve Parent or Buyer from its obligations under this Agreement).  This Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

12.7                         Headings .   The headings used in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

 

12.8                         Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under any present or future law, and if the rights or obligations of any party under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby:

 

(a)           the provision will be fully severable;

 

(b)           this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if the provision had never been a part hereof;

 

(c)           the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the provision or by its severance herefrom; and

 

(d)           in lieu of the provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid, and enforceable provision as similar in terms to the illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and mutually acceptable to the parties.

 

12.9                         Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota applicable to contracts executed and performed in that state, without giving effect to conflicts-of-laws principles.

 

12.10                  Consent to Jurisdiction and Forum Selection .   All actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement may be initiated and tried in the state and federal courts located in Kosciusko County in the State of Indiana.  This choice of venue is intended by the parties to be non-exclusive and permissive in nature.  Each party hereby waives any right it may have to assert the doctrine of forum non conveniens or similar doctrine or to object to venue with respect to any proceeding brought in accordance with this Section 12.10 and stipulates that the state and federal courts located in Kosciusko County in the State of Indiana shall have in personam jurisdiction and venue over each of them for the purposes of litigating any dispute,

 

57



 

controversy, or proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement.  Each party hereby authorizes and accepts service of process sufficient for personal jurisdiction in any action against it as contemplated by this Section 12.10 by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to its address for the giving of notices as set forth in this Agreement, or in any other manner set forth in Section 12.1 of this Agreement for the giving of notice.  Any final judgment rendered against a party in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive as to the subject of such final judgment and may be enforced in other jurisdictions in any manner provided by law.

 

12.11                  Expense .   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party shall bear its own expenses and costs incurred in the preparation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

12.12                  Specific Performance .   Seller hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Assets are special and unique and that money damages payable to Buyer may be impossible to ascertain and an inadequate remedy in respect of a breach or non-performance of this Agreement by Seller.  Buyer and Parent hereby acknowledge and agree that the Common Shares to be acquired by Seller pursuant to Article III are special and unique and that money damages payable by Buyer or Parent may be impossible to ascertain and an inadequate remedy in respect of a breach or non-performance of this Agreement by Buyer or Parent.  Accordingly, it is mutually agreed that, in addition to any other remedies available to the parties under this Agreement or at law or in equity, each party shall have, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the right to require specific performance of this Agreement by the other party and to enforce this Agreement by injunctive or other equitable relief.

 

12.13                  Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by facsimile), each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.14                  Disclosure Schedule .   Matters reflected in the Disclosure Schedule are not necessarily limited to matters required by this Agreement to be reflected therein.  Such additional matters are set forth for informational purposes and do not necessarily include other matters of a similar nature that are not required to be reflected therein.  Matters disclosed pursuant to any Section of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed with respect to all Sections of the Disclosure Schedule to the extent this Agreement requires such disclosure and to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to such Section of the Disclosure Schedule.  Nothing in the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed adequate to disclose any matter, including an exception to a representation or warranty or covenant made herein, however, unless the Disclosure Schedule identifies the matter in a manner reasonably sufficient to inform Parent and Buyer of the nature of the matter.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

58



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties hereto as of the date first written above.

 

 

DVO — EXTREMITY SOLUTIONS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rod K. Mayer

 

 

 

 

Its:

President and CEO

 

 

 

DVO ACQUISITION, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

 

 

Its:

President and CEO

 

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

 

 

Its:

President and CEO

 

 

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 


 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

of

 

DVO — EXTREMITY SOLUTIONS, LLC, as Seller

 

pursuant to the

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

among

 

SELLER,

 

DVO ACQUISITION, INC., as BUYER

 

and

 

TORNIER B.V., as PARENT

 

 

Dated effective as of March 5, 2007

 



 

Exhibit A

 

[FORM OF SELLER INVESTMENT LETTER]

 

                                        , 200  

 

Tornier B.V.
7716 Golden Triangle Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Dear Sir:

 

This letter (this “ Seller Investment Letter ”) is being delivered by the undersigned, DVO Extremity Solutions, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (“ Seller ”), in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 5, 2007, among DVO, Tornier B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Parent ”) and DVO

 

Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Buyer has acquired substantially all of the assets of Seller in exchange for cash consideration.  Subsequent to the Closing Date and following each of the Initial Revenue Period and the Secondary Revenue Period, Seller has the option to purchase a number of shares of the common stock, par value EUR 0.01 per share, of Parent (“ Common Shares ”) in exchange for cash, and Seller desires to exercise this option in accordance with the Purchase Agreement.  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the delivery of this Seller Investment Letter is a condition to Parent’s obligation to issue the Common Shares.

 

Seller hereby certifies that Seller is an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) based on the criteria checked below:

 

o                                     (1)            A bank, savings and loan association or similar institution, as defined in the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

 

o                                     (2)            A broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

o                                     (3)            An insurance company as defined in the Securities Act.

 

o                                     (4)            An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ ’40 Act ”).

 

o                                     (5)            A business development company as defined in the ‘40 Act.

 

o                                     (6)            A private business development company as defined in the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

 



 

o                                     (7)            A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958.

 

o                                     (8)            An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of U.S. $5,000,000.

 

o                                     (9)            A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000.

 

o                                     (10)          An employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in such Act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment advisor, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000, or if a self-directed plan, the investment decisions are made solely by persons that are accredited investors.

 

o                                     (11)          A trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a “sophisticated” person as defined in the Securities Act.

 

o                                     (12)          An entity in which all of the equity owners are “accredited investors” as defined in the Securities Act.

 

Seller does hereby further certify as follows:

 

(1)            Seller has been advised that the Common Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, and are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in reliance on exemptions from registration which depend, in part, on Seller’s investment intention; and, accordingly, the truth and accuracy of the representations set forth in this Seller Investment Letter will be relied upon by Parent to establish such exemptions.

 

(2)            Seller is acquiring the Common Shares for investment for Seller’s own account.  Seller agrees not to dispose of any Common Shares in any manner that would violate the Securities Act or any applicable rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.  Seller acknowledges that Parent is not required to recognize any transfer of the Common Shares if, in the opinion of counsel to Parent, such transfer would result in a violation of any federal or state law regarding the offer and sale of securities.

 

(3)            Seller has been advised that the Common Shares are restricted securities and must be held by Seller indefinitely unless (i) the disposition of the Common Shares has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, (ii) a sale of such

 

2



 

Common Shares is made in conformity with the limitations of Rule 144 or Rule 145 under the Securities Act, as applicable, or (iii) Parent shall have received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to Parent to the effect that some other exemption from registration is available with respect to such disposition.

 

(4)            Seller further agrees that the certificate or certificates representing such Common Shares, may bear, to the extent practicable, an appropriate legend restricting the transfer of such Common Shares under the Securities Act and that stop-transfer instructions may be filed with respect to such shares with the transfer agent for the Common Shares.  It is understood and agreed that the legend shall be removed by delivery of substitute certificates without such legend if Seller shall have delivered to Parent an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, to the effect that such legend is not required for purposes of the Securities Act or that the sale of Common Shares is in conformity with the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 145, as applicable, promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(5)            Seller’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters is such that Seller is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of any investment decision involved in the making of such agreement.  Seller’s commitment to investments that are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to his or her net worth, and an investment in the Common Shares will not cause such commitment to become excessive.  Seller has adequate means of providing for its investment in the Common Shares, and can withstand a complete loss of such investment in the Common Shares.  Seller also acknowledges that Seller has received or that Parent has made available to Seller all information necessary to make any such investment decision, including the information provided pursuant to Section 7.9 of the Purchase Agreement.  Seller has carefully reviewed such information and been given the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, representatives of Parent with respect to such information prior to the making of any investment decision.

 

(6)            Seller is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act and Seller has checked the applicable box providing the basis for such accredited investor status as set forth above.  The information presented in above and statements made by Seller and any additional information supplied by Seller at Parent’s request relating to Seller’s income, net worth, investment experience or other matters, are complete and accurate as of this date or any future date upon which such information will be supplied, and may be relied upon by Parent in determining whether to issue the Common Shares to Seller.

 

(7)            Seller agrees to indemnify and hold Parent harmless from any liability, loss or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) if Seller, alone or with others, defaults in any of the foregoing representations or warranties.

 

(8)            Seller understands that no federal or state agency has made any finding or determination as to the fairness for investment, nor any recommendation or endorsement, of the Common Shares.

 

3



 

(9)            Seller has carefully read this Seller Investment Letter and has discussed the limitations upon Seller’s ability to dispose of Common Shares with Seller’s counsel, to the extent Seller has felt necessary.

 

(10)          Execution and delivery of this Seller Investment Letter by Seller have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and this Seller Investment Letter has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative of Seller.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

4


 

Exhibit B

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of this    day of                               , 2007, is entered into by and among Tornier B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of the Netherlands, with corporate seat in Amsterdam (the “ Company ”), and DVO — Extremity Solutions, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (“ Stockholder ”).

 

WHEREAS, DVO Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“ Buyer ”), purchased substantially all the assets of Stockholder pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2007, by and among the Company, Buyer and Stockholder (the “ APA ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the APA, Stockholder has the option, which it now desires to exercise, to purchase “Initial Common Shares” (as defined in the APA), and Stockholder has the opportunity and may desire to purchase, at its option and pursuant to the terms of the APA, “Subsequent Common Shares” (as defined in the APA) at certain future dates (the Initial Common Shares together with the Subsequent Common Shares, the “ Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the APA, it is a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue the Initial Common Shares and the Subsequent Common Shares that Stockholder enter into and be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, Stockholder desires to enter into and be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Joinder to Securityholders Agreement .  Stockholder agrees to observe and to be bound by all the terms and conditions of that certain Securityholders Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2006, by and among the Investors (as defined therein) and the Company (the “ Securityholders Agreement ”) with the intent and effect that Stockholder shall (with effect from the date on which the Initial Common Shares was issued to Stockholder) be deemed to be a party to the Securityholders Agreement, with the benefit of, but subject to, all the terms and conditions thereof (except that Stockholder shall be permitted to Transfer any Securities to one or more members of Stockholder who is a member of Stockholder on the Closing Date (as defined in the APA), provided (a) such transfer is a distribution in accordance with the operating agreement, as amended, of Stockholder, (b) such transfers are made in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Securityholders Agreement, (c) such members agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and (d) any such members execute an adherence agreement, the form of which is attached to the Securityholders Agreement, making them party to the Securityholders Agreement).  Stockholder further agrees and acknowledges that it will be deemed to be a “Co-Investor” and the Stock shall be deemed to be “Securities” for the purposes of the Securityholders Agreement.  For the purpose of delivery of notices under the Securityholders Agreement and for service of process, the address of Stockholder is set forth on

 



 

Schedule A to this Agreement.  Except as expressly modified by this Agreement, all of the terms, covenants, agreements, conditions and other provisions of the Securityholders Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

2.              Market Stand-off ”.  Stockholder agrees, if requested by the Company and an underwriter of equity securities of the Company, not to lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the Stock, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock, during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the securities laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction. If requested by the underwriters, Stockholder shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Stock subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of said 180-day period.  The provisions of this Section 2 shall be binding upon any transferee who acquires any of the Stock and concurrently with any transfer of Stock, the transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Section 2.

 

3.              Governing Law and Jurisdiction .  Except for Section 2, which shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and the persons subject hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the Netherlands, without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

4.              Certain Defined Terms .  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Securityholders Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Joinder Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

DVO — EXTREMITY SOLUTIONS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Rod Mayer

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[signature page to DVO Joinder Agreement]

 



 

Exhibit C

 

[FORM OF MEMBER INVESTMENT LETTER]

 

                                        , 200  

 

Tornier B.V.
7716 Golden Triangle Drive
Eden Prairie, MN 55344
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Dear Sir:

 

This letter (this “ Member Investment Letter ”) is being delivered by the undersigned member (“ Member ”) of DVO — Extremity Solutions, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (“ Seller ”), in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 5, 2007, among DVO, Tornier B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Parent ”) and DVO Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Buyer has acquired substantially all of the assets of Seller in exchange for cash consideration.  Subsequent to the Closing Date, Parent issued to Seller a number of shares of its common stock, par value EUR 0.01 per share, of Parent (“ Common Shares ”) in exchange for cash.  Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Seller agreed to transfer the Common Shares only to certain Permitted Transferees who have executed and delivered this Member Investment Letter to Buyer.  Member is delivering this letter in satisfaction of such condition.

 

Member hereby certifies that Member is an accredited investor under Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) based on the criteria checked below.

 

A.                                    Member is an individual (a natural person), and the following criteria (indicated by a check), if any, apply:

 

o                                     (1)            Individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income (with such Member’s spouse) in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year.

 

o                                     (2)            Individual net worth, or joint net worth (with Member’s spouse) in excess of $1,000,000.

 

o                                     (3)            A director or executive officer of Parent.

 



 

B.                                      Member is a legal entity (other than a natural person), and the following criteria (indicated by a check), if any, apply:

 

o                                     (1)            A bank, savings and loan association or similar institution, as defined in the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

 

o                                     (2)            A broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

o                                     (3)            An insurance company as defined in the Securities Act.

 

o                                     (4)            An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ ‘40 Act ”).

 

o                                     (5)            A business development company as defined in the ‘40 Act.

 

o                                     (6)            A private business development company as defined in the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

 

o                                     (7)            A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958.

 

o                                     (8)            An organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of U.S. $5,000,000.

 

o                                     (9)            A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000.

 

o                                     (10)          An employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in such Act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment advisor, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000, or if a self-directed plan, the investment decisions are made solely by persons that are accredited investors.

 

o                                     (11)          A trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a “sophisticated” person as defined in the Securities Act.

 

o                                     (12)          An entity in which all of the equity owners are “accredited investors” as defined in the Securities Act.

 

3



 

Member does hereby further certify as follows:

 

(1)            Member has been advised that the Common Shares which Member may receive as a distribution or transfer from Seller, have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, and are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in reliance on exemptions from registration which depend, in part, on Member’s investment intention; and, accordingly, the truth and accuracy of the representations set forth in this Member Investment Letter will be relied upon by Parent to establish such exemptions.

 

(2)           Member is acquiring the Common Shares for investment for Member’s own account.  Member agrees not to dispose of any Common Shares in any manner that would violate the Securities Act or any applicable rule or regulation promulgated thereunder.  Member acknowledges that Parent is not required to recognize any transfer of the Common Shares if, in the opinion of counsel to Parent, such transfer would result in a violation of any federal or state law regarding the offer and sale of securities.

 

(3)            Member has been advised that the Common Shares are restricted securities and must be held by Member indefinitely unless (i) the disposition of the Common Shares has been registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, (ii) a sale of such Common Shares is made in conformity with the limitations of Rule 144 or Rule 145 under the Securities Act, as applicable, or (iii) Parent shall have received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to Parent to the effect that some other exemption from registration is available with respect to such disposition.

 

(4)            Member further agrees that the certificate or certificates representing such Common Shares, may bear, to the extent practicable, an appropriate legend restricting the transfer of such Common Shares under the Securities Act and that stop-transfer instructions may be filed with respect to such shares with the transfer agent for the Common Shares.  It is understood and agreed that the legend shall be removed by delivery of substitute certificates without such legend if Member shall have delivered to Parent an opinion of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent, to the effect that such legend is not required for purposes of the Securities Act or that the sale of Common Shares is in conformity with the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 145, as applicable, promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(5)            Member’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters is such that Member is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of any investment decision involved in the making of such agreement.  Member’s commitment to investments that are not readily marketable is not disproportionate to his or her net worth, and an investment in the Common Shares will not cause such commitment to become excessive.  Member has adequate means of providing for his or her investment in the Common Shares, and can withstand a complete loss

 

4



 

of such investment in the Common Shares.  Member also acknowledges that Member has received or that Parent has made available to Member all information necessary to make any such investment decision, including the information provided pursuant to Section 7.9 of the Purchase Agreement.  Member has carefully reviewed such information and been given the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, representatives of Parent with respect to such information prior to the making of any investment decision.

 

(6)            Member is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act and Member has checked the applicable box providing the basis for such accredited investor status as set forth above.  The information presented in above and statements made by Member and any additional information supplied by Member at Parent’s request relating to Member’s income, net worth, investment experience or other matters, are complete and accurate as of this date or any future date upon which such information will be supplied, and may be relied upon by Parent in determining whether to permit the transfer of Common Shares from Seller to Member.

 

(7)            Member has attained the age of majority (as established in his or her state of domicile), and in any event, is under no disability with respect to entering into a contractual relationship with Parent and in executing this Member Investment Letter.

 

(8)            Member agrees to indemnify and hold Parent harmless from any liability, loss or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) if Member, alone or with others, defaults in any of the foregoing representations or warranties.

 

(9)            Member understands that no federal or state agency has made any finding or determination as to the fairness for investment, nor any recommendation or endorsement, of the Common Shares.

 

(10)          Member has carefully read this Member Investment Letter and has discussed the limitations upon Member’s ability to dispose of Common Shares with Member’s counsel, to the extent Member has felt necessary.

 

(11)          For any Member that is not a natural person, execution and delivery of this Member Investment Letter by Member has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and this Member Investment Letter has been duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized representative of Member.

 

Member further agrees to enter into an adherence agreement, the form of which is attached to that certain Securityholders Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2006, by and among the Investors (as defined therein) and Parent (the “ Securityholders Agreement ”) with the intent and effect that Member shall undertake to observe and be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Securityholders Agreement.

 

Member further agrees, if requested by Parent and an underwriter of equity securities of the Parent, not to lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to

 

5



 

purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the Common Shares, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares, during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of Parent filed under the Securities Act, or the securities laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction.  If requested by the underwriters, Member shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect.  Parent may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Common Shares subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of said 180-day period.  The provisions of this paragraph shall be binding upon any transferee who acquires any of the Common Shares and concurrently with any transfer of the Common Shares, the transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph.  Member agrees that this paragraph shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

6



 

Exhibit D

 

[FORM OF BILL OF SALE AND ASSUMPTION ASSIGNMENT]

 

BILL OF SALE, ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

DVO — Extremity Solutions, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (“ Seller ”), hereby sells, conveys, transfers and assigns to DVO Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”) and wholly owned indirect subsidiary Tornier B.V., a private company with limited liability organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ Parent ”), and Buyer hereby purchases, acquires and accepts from Seller, Seller’s entire right, title and interest in and to the Assets, as defined in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of March , 2007 among Seller, Buyer and Parent (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), to have and to hold forever, to Buyer, its successors and assigns.

 

Seller hereby transfers to Buyer, and Buyer hereby assumes and agrees to pay, perform and discharge when due, the Assumed Liabilities but does not assume or have any responsibility or liability for any Excluded Liabilities.

 

This Bill of Sale, Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is delivered pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and is subject in all respects to the terms of the Purchase Agreement.  All capitalized terms used in this Agreement, but not defined in this Agreement, shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller, Buyer and Parent have executed this instrument this              day of                     , 2007.

 

 

DVO — EXTREMITY SOLUTIONS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Its

 

 

 

 

DVO ACQUISITION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Its

 

 

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Its

 

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

MERGER AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

NEXA ORTHOPEDICS, INC.,

 

TORNIER US HOLDINGS, INC.

 

AND

 

NEXA ACQUISITION, INC.

 

Dated as of January 22, 2007

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

2

 

1.1

The Merger

2

 

1.2

The Closing

2

 

1.3

Effective Time

2

 

1.4

Effect of the Merger

2

 

1.5

Effect on Capital Stock

2

 

1.6

Surrender of Securities; Funding of Payments; Stock Transfer Books

4

 

1.7

Certificate of Incorporation of Surviving Corporation

6

 

1.8

Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation

6

 

1.9

Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation

6

 

1.10

Payment of NEXA Indebtedness

6

 

1.11

Restricted Stock

7

 

1.12

Additional Actions

7

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NEXA

7

 

2.1

Corporate Organization and Authorization

7

 

2.2

NEXA Capital Stock

8

 

2.3

NEXA Subsidiaries

9

 

2.4

Organization, Existence and Good Standing of NEXA Subsidiaries

9

 

2.5

Noncontravention; Consents

10

 

2.6

Financial Statements

10

 

2.7

No Material Adverse Changes; Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities

11

 

2.8

Legal Proceedings

11

 

2.9

Contracts, etc.

11

 

2.10

Subsequent Events

13

 

2.11

Inventories

15

 

2.12

Taxes

15

 

2.13

Commissions and Fees

16

 

2.14

Employee Benefit Plans; Employment Matters

16

 

2.15

Compliance with Laws in General

18

 

2.16

Intellectual Property

18

 

2.17

Insurance

21

 

2.18

Properties

21

 

2.19

Environmental Matters

22

 

2.20

Vote Required

23

 

2.21

Regulatory; FDA

24

 

2.22

Sufficiency and Title - NEXA Assets

26

 

2.23

Customers and Suppliers

26

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARY AND ACQUIROR

27

 

3.1

Organization, Existence and Capital Stock

27

 

3.2

Authorization of Agreement

27

 



 

 

3.3

Non-Contravention; Consents

28

 

3.4

Commissions and Fees

29

 

3.5

No Subsidiaries

29

 

3.6

No Prior Activities

29

 

3.7

Financing

29

 

3.8

Legal Proceedings

29

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

29

 

4.1

Preservation of Business

29

 

4.2

Acquisition Proposals; No Solicitation

31

 

4.3

Stockholder Notices

31

 

4.4

Exemption from State Takeover Laws

32

 

4.5

Access to Information; Confidentiality

32

 

4.6

Regulatory Compliance

32

 

4.7

Accounting Methods

32

 

4.8

No Hire; Non-Solicitation

32

 

4.9

Public Disclosures

33

 

4.10

Indemnification of Directors and Officers; Insurance

33

 

4.11

Representations and Warranties Insurance

33

 

4.12

Reasonable Efforts

34

 

4.13

Resignation of NEXA Directors

34

 

4.14

Notice of Subsequent Events

34

 

4.15

Employment; Employee Welfare

34

 

4.16

Guarantee of Acquisition Subsidiary’s Obligations

35

 

4.17

Form 5471

35

 

4.18

Accrued Bonuses

36

 

4.19

Employee Notes Receivable

36

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING; CLOSING DELIVERABLES

36

 

5.1

Mutual Conditions

36

 

5.2

Conditions to Obligations of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary

36

 

5.3

Conditions to Obligations of NEXA

38

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

38

 

6.1

Termination

38

 

6.2

Effect of Termination

39

 

6.3

Procedure for Termination

40

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

40

 

7.1

Expenses

40

 

7.2

Amendment

40

 

7.3

Extension; Waiver

40

 

7.4

Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties

41

 

7.5

Notices

41

 

7.6

Governing Law; Venue

42

 

7.7

Certain Definitions

42

 

ii



 

 

7.8

Captions

44

 

7.9

Integration of Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits

44

 

7.10

Entire Agreement; Assignment

44

 

7.11

Enforcement of the Agreement

44

 

7.12

Validity

44

 

7.13

Counterparts

44

 

7.14

No Rule of Construction

44

 

7.15

Parties in Interest

45

 

7.16

Performance By Acquisition Subsidiary

45

 

iii



 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.5

 

Indebtedness

Schedule 2.2

 

NEXA Capital Stock

Schedule 2.3

 

NEXA Subsidiaries

Schedule 2.4

 

Organization, Existence and Good Standing of NEXA Subsidiaries

Schedule 2.5(a)

 

Noncontravention; Consents

Schedule 2.6

 

Financial Statements

Schedule 2.7

 

No Material Adverse Changes; No Indebtedness

Schedule 2.8

 

Legal Proceedings

Schedule 2.9

 

Contracts

Schedule 2.10

 

Subsequent Events

Schedule 2.11

 

Inventories

Schedule 2.12

 

Tax Returns

Schedule 2.14(a)

 

Employee Benefit Plans; Employment Matters

Schedule 2.15

 

Compliance with Laws in General

Schedule 2.16(a) - (h)

 

Intellectual Property

Schedule 2.17

 

Insurance

Schedule 2.18

 

Properties

Schedule 2.19(a) and (b)

 

Environmental Matters

Schedule 2.21

 

FDA and Regulatory

Schedule 2.23

 

Customers and Suppliers

Schedule 4.1

 

Preservation of Business

Schedule 4.15

 

Employment; Employee Welfare

Schedule 5.2(i)

 

Required Consents

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

 

Certificate of Merger

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Amendment to Nichols Employment Agreement

 

iv



 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (the “Agreement”), made and entered into as of the 22 nd  day of January, 2007, by and among TORNIER US HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ACQUIROR”), NEXA ACQUISITION, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Acquisition Subsidiary”), and NEXA ORTHOPEDICS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“NEXA”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of each of ACQUIROR and NEXA has determined that a business combination between ACQUIROR and NEXA is in the best interests of their respective companies and stockholders;

 

WHEREAS , the respective Boards of Directors of ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary and NEXA believe that a merger of Acquisition Subsidiary with and into NEXA (the “Merger”), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, whereby each share of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) and Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined) of NEXA (collectively, the “NEXA Shares”), except Dissenting Shares (as hereinafter defined), will be converted into the right to receive the Per Preferred Share Price or the Per Common Share Price (each as hereinafter defined) is in the best interests of their respective companies;

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of NEXA has unanimously determined that the Merger is fair to, and in the best interests of, NEXA and its stockholders, has approved and adopted this Agreement, has approved the Merger and other transactions contemplated hereby, and has recommended approval and adoption of this Agreement by the stockholders of NEXA;

 

WHEREAS , HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P. (“HealthpointCapital”), as a holder of Series A Preferred Stock and Class A Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) of NEXA, has executed a written consent (the “Written Consent”) for the purpose of consenting to and approving this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary has approved and adopted this Agreement, including, in the case of ACQUIROR, as the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary, and the other transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

WHEREAS , each of ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary and NEXA desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the Merger and also to prescribe various conditions to the Merger.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 



 

ARTICLE I

 

THE MERGER

 

1.1          The Merger .  Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), Acquisition Subsidiary shall be merged with and into NEXA at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.3).  From and after the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Acquisition Subsidiary shall cease and NEXA shall continue as the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”) under the name “Nexa Orthopedics, Inc.” and shall succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of Acquisition Subsidiary and NEXA in accordance with the DGCL.

 

1.2          The Closing .  The closing of the Merger (the “Closing”) will take place at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time at the offices of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, N.Y.  10019, on the third business day after all the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby as set forth in Article V have been satisfied or waived, or on such other mutually agreeable later date as soon as practicable after the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby as set forth in Article V (the “Closing Date”).

 

1.3          Effective Time .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date the parties shall file a certificate of merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate of Merger”) executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL and shall make all other filings or recordings required under the DGCL as soon as practicable on or after the Closing Date.  The Merger shall become effective at such time as the Certificate of Merger is duly filed with the Delaware Secretary of State, or at such other time as Acquisition Subsidiary and NEXA shall agree should be specified in the Certificate of Merger (the “Effective Time”).

 

1.4          Effect of the Merger .  From and after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall possess all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises and be subject to all of the restrictions, debts, liabilities, disabilities, obligations and duties of NEXA and Acquisition Subsidiary, and the Merger shall otherwise have the effects set forth in Section 259 of the DGCL.

 

1.5          Effect on Capital Stock .  As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of the ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary, NEXA, the Surviving Corporation, any holder of NEXA Shares or any holder of any shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, of Acquisition Subsidiary (the “Acquisition Subsidiary Stock”):

 

(a)           Acquisition Subsidiary Common Stock .  Each share of Acquisition Subsidiary Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Surviving Corporation (the “Surviving Corporation Stock”).

 

(b)           Cancellation of Treasury Stock .  Each NEXA Share that is owned by NEXA or by any NEXA Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) shall automatically be

 

2



 

canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and no cash or other consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

 

(c)            Conversion of NEXA Shares .   Each issued and outstanding NEXA Share (other than shares to be canceled in accordance with Section 1.5(b) and Dissenting Shares (as defined below)) shall be canceled, extinguished and converted into and become a right to receive the applicable cash amount per NEXA Share, as described in subsections (ii) and (iii) below, without interest thereon.

 

(i)            Merger Consideration; Net Merger Consideration .  “Merger Consideration” shall mean Seventy-Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($72,500,000).  “Net Merger Consideration” shall mean the Merger Consideration less (A) the sum of the amount of (1) the Indebtedness of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries set forth in Schedule 1.5(c)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule (provided that the amounts of such Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 1.5(c)  shall be adjusted to account for increases and decreases in such amounts from November 30, 2006 until the Closing Date), (2) any Distributor Change in Control Payments, (3) any NEXA Fees and Expenses and (4) any Related Party Fees plus (B) the sum (the “Additional Sum”) of the amount of (1) Restricted Cash and (2) any cash on hand of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall the consideration payable by ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary or the Surviving Corporation in connection with the Merger (including, without limitation, any amounts paid pursuant to Section 1.10 of this Agreement) exceed the Merger Consideration plus the Additional Sum on the Closing Date.

 

(ii)           Preferred Stock .  Subject to Section 1.6(i) , each share of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 1.5(b)  and Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into and become the right to receive out of the Net Merger Consideration, without interest, $1,000 (the “Per Preferred Share Price”).

 

(iii)          Common Stock .  Subject to Section 1.6(i) , each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 1.5(b)  and Dissenting Shares) shall be converted into and become the right to receive, without interest, an amount equal to the Net Merger Consideration minus all amounts payable under Section 1.5(c)(ii)  divided by the number of all of the shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “Per Common Share Price”).

 

(iv)          Delivery of Estimated Closing Balance Sheet; Closing Certificate .  Not more than five (5) days and not less than three (3) days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, NEXA shall deliver (1) a consolidated balance sheet of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries estimated as of the Closing Date, prepared in a manner consistent in all material respects with the NEXA Balance Sheet (as defined herein) and certified by NEXA’s Chief Financial Officer (the “Estimated

 

3



 

Closing Balance Sheet”) and (2) a statement, duly executed and certified by NEXA’s Chief Financial Officer, which shall set forth the amount of each of (A) the Net Merger Consideration, (B) the Indebtedness of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries set forth in Schedule 1.5(c)  (as adjusted pursuant to Section 1.5(c)(i) above and estimated as of the anticipated Closing Date), (C) the amount of any Distributor Change in Control Payments, (D) the Per Preferred Share Price, (E) the Per Common Share Price, (F) the estimated NEXA Fees and Expenses and (G) the estimated Related Party Fees (the “Closing Certificate”).

 

(d)           Dissenting Shares .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, NEXA Shares outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time held by a holder (if any) who is entitled to demand, and who properly demands, appraisal for such NEXA Shares in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL (“Dissenting Shares”) shall not be converted into a right to receive the Per Preferred Share Price or the Per Common Share Price, as applicable pursuant to Section 1.5(c)  unless such holder withdraws, fails to perfect or otherwise loses such holder’s right to appraisal, if any.  Such stockholders shall be entitled to receive payment of the appraised value of such NEXA Shares held by them in accordance with the provisions of such Section 262 of the DGCL.  If, after the Effective Time of the Merger, such holder withdraws, fails to perfect or loses any such right to appraisal, each such NEXA Share shall be treated as if it had been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the Per Preferred Share Price or the Per Common Share Price, as applicable pursuant to Section 1.5(c) .  NEXA shall give ACQUIROR (i) prompt notice of any demands for appraisal of NEXA Shares received by NEXA and (ii) the opportunity to participate in and direct all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demands.  NEXA shall not, without the prior written consent of ACQUIROR, make any payment with respect to, or settle, offer to settle or otherwise negotiate, any such demands.

 

1.6          Surrender of Securities; Funding of Payments; Stock Transfer Books.

 

(a)           Paying Agent .  Pursuant to a Paying Agent Services Agreement to be entered into among NEXA, the ACQUIROR and a paying agent mutually acceptable to the parties hereto (“Paying Agent”), at the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation or ACQUIROR shall remit to the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Net Merger Consideration (including the applicable portion of the Net Merger Consideration for all Dissenting Shares); which shall be the aggregate consideration necessary to pay the amounts owed to the holders of the NEXA Shares pursuant to Sections 1.5(c)(ii) and (iii) (the “Payment Fund”).  The Payment Fund shall be held and managed by the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Paying Agent Services Agreement for the purpose of paying the Per Preferred Share Price or the Per Common Share Price to the holders of NEXA Shares, as applicable.  The fees and expenses of the Paying Agent shall be paid by ACQUIROR.

 

(b)           Payment to Registered Holders .  ACQUIROR agrees that, as soon as practicable after the Effective Time and in no event later than five business days thereafter, the Surviving Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Paying Agent to distribute to holders of record of the NEXA Shares (as of the

 

4



 

Effective Time) payment out of the Payment Fund the Per Preferred Share Price or the Per Common Share Price, as applicable, multiplied by the number of Preferred Shares or Common Shares, as applicable, held by such holders of records, less any amounts required to be withheld pursuant to Section 1.6(i) .  In no event shall the holders of any NEXA Shares be entitled to receive interest on any of the funds to be received by such holder.

 

(c)           Payment to Non-Registered Holders .  If any portion of the Net Merger Consideration is to be paid to a person other than the person who is the holder of record of the NEXA Shares, it shall be a condition to such payment that the person requesting such payment shall have paid any transfer and other Taxes required by reason of such payment in a name other than that of the holder of record of the NEXA Shares or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation and the Paying Agent that such Tax either has been paid or is not payable.

 

(d)           Stock Transfer Books Closed .  At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of NEXA shall be closed and there shall not be any further registration of transfers of NEXA Shares thereafter on the records of NEXA.

 

(e)           Permitted Investment of Payment Fund .  To the extent not immediately required for payment on surrendered NEXA Shares, amounts in the Payment Fund shall be invested by the Paying Agent, as directed by the Surviving Corporation (as long as such directions do not impair the rights of holders of NEXA Shares), in direct obligations of the United States of America, obligations for which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged to provide for the payment of principal and interest, commercial paper rated of the highest investment quality by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, or certificates of deposit issued by a commercial bank having at least $5 billion in assets, and any net earnings with respect thereto shall be paid to the Surviving Corporation as and when requested by the Surviving Corporation.

 

(f)            No Dividends .  After the Effective Time, no dividends, interest or other distributions shall be paid to the holder of any NEXA Shares.

 

(g)           No Further Rights .  After the Effective Time, holders of NEXA Shares shall cease to have any rights as stockholders of NEXA, except the right to receive the Per Preferred Share Price or the Per Common Share Price, as applicable, as provided herein or under the DGCL.  No interest shall be paid on any Merger Consideration payable to former holders of NEXA Shares.

 

(h)           Termination of Payment Fund .  Promptly following the six-month anniversary date of the Effective Date, the Paying Agent shall return to the Surviving Corporation all of the remaining Payment Fund, and the Exchange Agent’s duties shall terminate.  Thereafter, each holder of NEXA Shares may surrender the same to the Surviving Corporation and upon such surrender (subject to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws) shall receive the applicable Per Preferred Share Price or Per Common Share Price, as applicable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the

 

5


 

Paying Agent nor any party hereto shall be liable to any former holder of NEXA Shares for any amount delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

 

(i)             Withholding Rights .   Each of the Surviving Corporation and ACQUIROR shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to any such holder pursuant to this Article I such amounts as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under any provision of federal, state, local or foreign Tax law.  If the Surviving Corporation or ACQUIROR, as the case may be, so withholds amounts, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to such holder of NEXA Shares in respect of which the Surviving Corporation or ACQUIROR, as the case may be, made such deduction and withholding.

 

1.7           Certificate of Incorporation of Surviving Corporation .  At the Effective Time, the Certificate of Incorporation of NEXA shall be amended to read in its entirety as set forth on Schedule A to the Certificate of Merger.  The Certificate of Incorporation of NEXA, as so amended shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation from and after the Effective Time and, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.10, until thereafter amended as provided by law.

 

1.8           Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation .   Subject to Section 4.10, the Bylaws of Acquisition Subsidiary shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation from and after the Effective Time and until thereafter altered, amended or repealed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.

 

1.9           Directors and Officers of the Surviving Corporation .   The directors of Acquisition Subsidiary immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.  The officers of NEXA immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

 

1.10         Payment of NEXA Indebtedness .

 

(a)            Concurrently with the Closing, NEXA shall pay, or shall direct ACQUIROR to pay on NEXA’s behalf, (i) any and all change in control payments or bonuses owed to distributors of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary that are or will become payable as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (“Distributor Change in Control Payments”), (ii) any NEXA Fees and Expenses and (iii) any and all Related Party Fees.  Any such payments made pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall decrease, on a dollar for dollar basis, the Merger Consideration.

 

(b)            “Indebtedness” of any person or entity shall mean (i) all accrued interest, principal and other amounts payable for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services other

 

6



 

than trade accounts arising in the ordinary course of business, (iii) all reimbursement obligations with respect to surety bonds, letters of credit (to the extent not collateralized with cash or cash equivalents), bankers’ acceptances and similar instruments (in each case, whether or not matured), (iv) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses and (v) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (iv)  above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Encumbrance upon or in property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such person or entity, even though such person or entity has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness.  “Encumbrance” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, charge, claim, community property interest, condition, equitable interest, lien, option, pledge, security interest, right of first refusal, or restriction of any kind, including any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise of any other attribute of ownership or encumbrance of any kind.

 

1.11         Restricted Stock .   NEXA shall take all actions necessary and required to provide that all shares of capital stock of NEXA that are subject to vesting or repurchase rights, including any such shares held by Cecile Real and Michel Hassler, shall vest immediately prior to the Effective Time, and shall otherwise be treated as NEXA Shares for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

1.12         Additional Actions .

 

If, at any time after the Effective Date, the Surviving Corporation shall consider or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, assurances or any other actions or things are necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm of record or otherwise in the Surviving Corporation its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, properties or assets of Acquisition Subsidiary or NEXA or otherwise to carry out this Agreement, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of Acquisition Subsidiary or NEXA, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and to take and do, in the name and on behalf of Acquisition Subsidiary or NEXA, all such other actions and things as may be necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or confirm any and all right, title and interest in, to and under such rights, properties or assets in the Surviving Corporation or otherwise to carry out this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF NEXA

 

NEXA represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

2.1           Corporate Organization and Authorization .

 

(a)            NEXA is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  NEXA has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each instrument

 

7



 

required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement by NEXA and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing and the consummation by NEXA of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action (including all necessary board and stockholder approvals), and no other corporate proceedings on the part of NEXA are necessary to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (other than, with respect to the Merger, the filing and recordation of the Certificate of Merger as required by the DGCL).  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by NEXA and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of NEXA enforceable against NEXA in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)            (i)             NEXA has all necessary corporate power and all requisite governmental authorizations, certificates, licenses, consents and approvals required to own its properties and assets and carry on its business as presently conducted, except where the failure to possess such authorizations, certificates, licenses, consents and approvals would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA (as defined below).  NEXA is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the character of the property owned or leased by it or the nature of the activities conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing (either in one jurisdiction or in the aggregate) would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA (as defined below).

 

(ii)            For purposes of this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean with respect to NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries any fact, event, change, circumstance or effect that is or would reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the business, financial condition, operations, results of operations or assets of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries , taken as a whole, other than any fact, event, change, circumstance or effect relating to the economy or securities markets of the United States or any other region in general, except to the extent that the applicable person or entity is disproportionately affected relative to similarly situated persons or entities.

 

(c)            True, complete and correct copies of NEXA’s Bylaws, as amended, and Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, (collectively, the “NEXA Organizational Documents”) have been provided to ACQUIROR prior to the date of this Agreement.  The consideration to be received by the holders of the NEXA Shares pursuant to Section 1.5 of this Agreement is in accordance with and consistent with the NEXA Organizational Documents.

 

2.2           NEXA Capital Stock .  The total number of shares of stock which NEXA has authority to issue is 650,100, of which 500,100 are common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), and 150,000 of which are preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).  500,000 shares of such Common Stock are designated as “Class A Common Stock”, and 100 shares of such Common Stock are designated as “Class B Common

 

8



 

Stock”.  60,000 shares of such Preferred Stock are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock” and 1,000 shares of such Preferred Stock are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock”.  408,876 shares of Common Stock, of which 408,776 are Class A Common Stock and 100 are Class B Common Stock (such shares of which are convertible into 21,515 shares of Class A Common Stock), and 28,041 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 27,266 are Series A Preferred Stock and 775 are Series B Preferred Stock, are currently issued and outstanding and are duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable.  The NEXA Shares are all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the NEXA.  Schedule 2.2 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule sets forth the names of the beneficial and record owners of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock and the number and class of shares held by each such owner. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA does not have any (i) outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations the holders of which have the right to vote with the NEXA stockholders of any matter or (ii) any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any shares of capital stock.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule,  there are no options, warrants, calls, preemptive rights, or similar rights granted by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary or any other agreements to which NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary is a party providing for the issuance, redemption, repurchase or sale of any additional securities which would remain in effect after the Effective Time.  None of the NEXA Shares have been offered, issued, sold or delivered by NEXA in violation of any applicable federal or state securities laws.  There are no accrued but unpaid dividends or distributions in respect of any of the NEXA Shares.  None of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock has been issued in violation of, or is subject to, any preemptive or subscription rights.  Except for this Agreement, NEXA is not a party to, and does not otherwise have any knowledge of the current existence of, any stockholder agreement, voting trust agreement or any other similar contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment, plan or understanding restricting or otherwise relating to the voting, dividend, ownership or transfer rights of any shares of capital stock of NEXA.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, none of the NEXA Shares have been or are currently certificated as permitted by Section 158 of the DGCL.

 

2.3           NEXA Subsidiaries Schedule 2.3 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of (a) all subsidiaries of NEXA (individually, an “NEXA Subsidiary”, and collectively, the “NEXA Subsidiaries”), the number of issued and outstanding shares of each NEXA Subsidiary (and the names of the holders thereof) and their states of incorporation and (b) the name of each other person or entity (other than the NEXA Subsidiaries) in which NEXA has, or pursuant to any agreement has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, any equity interest or investment.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each NEXA Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned of record and beneficially, directly or indirectly, by NEXA or another NEXA Subsidiary, free and clear of any Encumbrances.  There are no outstanding options, warrants, agreements, conversion rights, preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any issued or unissued shares of capital stock of any NEXA Subsidiary.

 

2.4           Organization, Existence and Good Standing of NEXA Subsidiaries .  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.4 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, each NEXA Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective state of incorporation and has all necessary corporate power and all requisite governmental authorizations, certificates, licenses, consents and approvals to own its properties

 

9



 

and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted, except where the failure to be so organized, existing or in good standing, or to have such power, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.

 

2.5           Noncontravention; Consents.

 

(a)            Neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or will:

 

(i)             violate, breach, conflict with, or constitute a default under, the NEXA Organizational Documents or the organizational documents of any NEXA Subsidiary;

 

(ii)            result in the creation of any Encumbrance on any assets of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)           assuming that all consents, approvals, orders or authorizations contemplated by subsection (b) below have been obtained and all filings described therein have been made, (A) violate any statute or law or any rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or governmental authority to which NEXA, any NEXA subsidiary or any of their respective assets or properties is subject, which violation would have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA or (B) except as disclosed on Schedule 2.5(a) of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, acceleration or modification of, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease or other agreement, instrument or obligation to which NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of their respective assets or properties is bound, which default, breach or other action would have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.

 

(b)            Except for (i) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), (ii) the merger control notification pursuant to the German Act against Restraints of Competition and (iii) the filing and recordation of a Certificate of Merger as required by the DGCL, there is no other consent, approval, order or authorization of, or filing with, or any permit from, or any notice to, any court, arbitral tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental, regulatory or administrative authority required to be obtained by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary in connection with the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby the failure of which to obtain would have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.

 

2.6           Financial Statements.

 

(a)            (i) The consolidated audited financial statements of NEXA (including any footnotes thereto) dated December 31, 2005 and for the twelve month period then ended and (ii) the consolidated unaudited financial statements of NEXA (including any footnotes thereto) dated November 30, 2006 and for the eleven month

 

10



 

period then ended, in each case as previously provided to ACQUIROR and attached hereto as Schedule 2.6(a) of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, (A) have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of NEXA, (B) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (“GAAP”), (C) except as may be otherwise indicated therein and fairly and accurately present the consolidated financial position of NEXA and NEXA Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows of NEXA and NEXA Subsidiaries for the periods then ended, except that any unaudited financial statements contained therein are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments; (D) are complete, correct and in accordance with the books of account and records of NEXA, (E) can be legitimately reconciled with the financial statements and the financial records maintained and the accounting methods applied by NEXA for federal income Tax purposes and (F) reflect accurately all costs and expenses of NEXA.  The consolidated balance sheet of NEXA at November 30, 2006 is herein sometimes referred to as the “NEXA Balance Sheet.”

 

2.7           No Material Adverse Changes; Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)            Since December 31, 2005, except as set forth on Schedule 2.7 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, there has been no change, event, loss or occurrence in the business of NEXA (including the incurrence of any liability of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise) that, taken together with other events and occurrence with respect to such business would have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.  On the Closing Date, NEXA shall have a Current Ratio equal to or greater than 1.0.

 

(b)            Except as set forth on Schedule 2.7 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, neither NEXA nor any of the NEXA Subsidiaries has any Indebtedness or is subject to any liability (including unasserted claims), whether known or unknown, absolute, contingent, accrued or otherwise, which is not shown or which is in excess of amounts shown or reserved for on the NEXA Balance Sheet, other than Indebtedness or liabilities set forth on the NEXA Balance Sheet and incurred after the date of the NEXA Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice which are not, individually and in the aggregate, material.

 

2.8           Legal Proceedings .  There are no pending or, to NEXA’s knowledge, threatened litigations, governmental investigations or other proceedings against NEXA, any NEXA Subsidiary or their respective directors, officers or Affiliates or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.9           Contracts, etc.

 

(a)            Schedule 2.9 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of the following contracts, agreements and arrangements and, if such contract, agreement or arrangement is not in writing, a summary description of such contracts, agreements and arrangements to which NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary is a party or to which its assets are subject (collectively, “NEXA Contracts”):

 

11



 

(i)             any credit agreement, loan agreement, letter of credit, repurchase agreement, mortgage, security agreement, guarantee, pledge agreement, trust indenture, promissory note and other document or arrangement relating to Indebtedness, the borrowing of money or for lines of credit;

 

(ii)            any employment, severance or consulting agreement which (A) provides for a bonus or commission payment; (B) cannot be terminated on less than sixty (60) days’ notice without payment by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary; or (C) cannot be terminated without any severance or similar payment by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary;

 

(iii)           any agreement or other arrangement for the sale or purchase of any assets, property or rights, other than in the ordinary course of business, or for the grant of any options or preferential rights to purchase any assets, property or rights;

 

(iv)           any document granting any power of attorney with respect to the affairs of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary;

 

(v)            any suretyship contract, performance bond, working capital maintenance or other form of guaranty agreement;

 

(vi)           any contract or commitment limiting or restraining NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary from engaging or competing in any lines of business or with any person, firm, or corporation (including any agreements granting exclusive rights to a third party);

 

(vii)          any partnership or joint venture agreement to which NEXA or any NEXA stockholder is a party;

 

(viii)         any stockholder agreement or agreement relating to the issuance of any securities of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary or the granting of any registrations rights with respect thereto;

 

(ix)            any license agreement requiring payments by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary of more than $50,000 in any year or with a remaining term of more than five years;

 

(x)             any agreement requiring payments by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary of more than $250,000 in any year which is not terminable by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary without penalty on less than sixty (60) days’ notice;

 

(xi)            any agreement by and between NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any director, officer, stockholder, employee or Affiliate of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary, or any family member or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, on the other hand;

 

12



 

(xii)           any agreement that requires a payment to be made by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, any change of control or severance payments to directors, officers, stockholders, employees, customers, suppliers, distributors or Affiliates of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary;

 

(xiii)          any agreement that requires NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary to make royalty payments to any third party or Affiliate of NEXA (including any directors, officers, stockholders, employees, customers, suppliers, distributors or Affiliates of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary);

 

(xiv)         any agreement or plan that has resulted or would result, independently or in the aggregate, in the payments of any “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); and

 

(xv)          any other material agreement not made in the ordinary course of business of NEXA or a NEXA Subsidiary.

 

(b)            Each NEXA Contract is valid, binding and enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms, and in full force and effect on the date hereof.  Each of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary has performed all obligations required to be performed by it to date under, and is not in default or delinquent in performance in connection with any NEXA Contract, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, except for such failures to perform, delinquencies or defaults as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.  To the knowledge of NEXA, no other party to any NEXA Contract is in default in respect thereof, and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, except for such defaults as would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.  NEXA has delivered or made available to ACQUIROR or its representatives true and complete originals or copies of all NEXA Contracts.

 

2.10         Subsequent Events .  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, since December 31, 2005, NEXA has conducted its business in the ordinary course of business and in conformity with past practice and has not, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)            Discharged or satisfied any material Encumbrance, or paid or satisfied any material Indebtedness or liability (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) other than (i) Indebtedness or liabilities shown or reflected on the NEXA Balance Sheet or (ii) liabilities incurred since the date of the NEXA Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b)            Increased or established any reserve for Taxes or any other liability on its books or otherwise provided therefor, except as may have been required due to income or operations of NEXA since the date of the NEXA Balance Sheet.

 

13



 

(c)            Mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any Encumbrance any of the assets, tangible or intangible, which assets are material to the consolidated business or financial condition of NEXA.

 

(d)            Sold or transferred any of the assets material to the consolidated business of NEXA (including, without limitation, any patents, trademarks or copyrights or any patent, trademark or copyright applications), canceled any material debts or claims or waived any material rights, except in the ordinary course of business.

 

(e)            Except for this Agreement and any other agreement executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, entered into any material transaction other than in the ordinary course of business or permitted under this Agreement.

 

(f)             Issued any stock, bonds or any other debt or equity securities (including any options or warrants to purchase any such stock, bond or other debt or equity security), except as disclosed on Schedule 2.2 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule.

 

(g)            Incurred any material Indebtedness, obligation or liability (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

(h)            Failed to discharge or satisfy any liability or Encumbrance or pay or satisfy any Indebtedness, obligation or liability (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), other than liabilities being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided and liabilities or Encumbrances arising in the ordinary course of business that do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with the use, operation, enjoyment or marketability of any of NEXA’s assets, properties or rights.

 

(i)             Made or changed any Tax election, changed an annual accounting period, adopted or changed any Tax accounting method, filed any amended Tax return, entered into any closing agreement, settled any Tax claim or assessment relating to NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary, or consented to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment.

 

(j)             Granted any increase in the compensation or benefits of its employees other than increases in accordance with past practice in an amount not exceeding 105% of the compensation paid to such employee in 2005 or entered into any new, or amended any existing, employment or severance agreement or arrangement with any of them.

 

(k)            Made any capital expenditure in excess of $25,000, or additions to property, plant and equipment used in its operations other than ordinary repairs and maintenance.

 

(l)             Laid off any of its employees or incurred any obligation or liability for the payment of severance benefits.

 

14



 

(m)           Declared, paid, or set aside for payment any actual, constructive or deemed dividend or other distribution in respect of shares of its capital stock or other securities (including the NEXA Shares), or redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, any shares of its capital stock or other securities (including the NEXA Shares), or agreed to do so.

 

(n)            Amended, entered into or terminated any NEXA Contract.

 

(o)            Acquired or purchased any assets or the stock of any other person or entity, in each case that are material to the consolidated business of NEXA, or merged with or into any other person or entity.

 

(p)            Adopted any amendments to the NEXA Organizational Documents  or the organizational documents of any NEXA Subsidiary

 

(q)            Made any material change to its internal control over financial reporting, or identified or became aware of any fraud or any significant deficiency or material weakness in internal control over financial reporting.

 

(r)             Settled, released or forgiven any claim or litigation or waived any right thereto.

 

(s)            Paid any management fees or advisory fees to any stockholder or Affiliate of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any Related Party Fees).

 

(t)             Entered into any agreement or made any commitment to do any of the foregoing.

 

2.11         Inventories .  All inventories reflected on the NEXA Balance Sheet were as of the date thereof, and those existing at the Effective Time, are (and will be) carried at amounts which reflect valuations pursuant to NEXA’s normal inventory valuation policy of stating inventory at standard cost which approximates a first-in-first out basis, all in accordance with GAAP.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.11 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, since the date of the NEXA Balance Sheet, no inventory items have been acquired, purchased, sold or disposed of except through purchases or sales in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice.

 

2.12         Taxes .  NEXA and each NEXA Subsidiary has filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by it or requests for extensions to file such Tax Returns or reports have been timely filed and granted and have not expired, except to the extent that such failures to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.  The information contained in such Tax Returns is true, complete and accurate.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.12 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA and each NEXA Subsidiary has fully and timely paid all Taxes required to be paid and has made adequate provision for any Taxes that are not yet due and payable on its most recent financial statements.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.12 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, neither NEXA nor any NEXA Subsidiary has been notified that any Tax Returns of NEXA are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service or any state, local or non-U.S.

 

15


 

Tax agency.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.12 , no agreements, consents or waivers have been made by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary for the extension of time or the waiver of the statute of limitations for the assessment or payment of any federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax agency.  There are no outstanding deficiencies or assessments asserted or proposed against NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary that have not been finally settled or paid in full.  NEXA is not, nor has it ever been, a United States real property holding company, as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.  No claim has been made by any tax authority in a jurisdiction where NEXA or a NEXA Subsidiary does not currently file Tax Returns that NEXA or such NEXA Subsidiary is subject to Tax by such jurisdiction, nor is any such assertion threatened.  Neither NEXA nor any NEXA subsidiary has engaged in any reportable transaction within the meaning of Sections 6111 and 6112 of the Code.  The conversion of the Convertible Bridge Notes did not result, and is not expected to result, in any taxable income.

 

2.13        Commissions and Fees .  There are no valid claims against NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary for brokerage commissions, financial advisor fees or finder’s or similar fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.14        Employee Benefit Plans; Employment Matters.

 

(a)           Schedule 2.14(a)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule lists all bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation, pension, profit sharing, retirement, stock purchase, stock option, stock ownership, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, cafeteria, life, health, accident, disability, welfare or other insurance, severance, separation or other benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement of any kind, including any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), currently established, sponsored, or maintained by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary or to which NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary contributes or is required to contribute or with respect to which NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary has any current or potential liability or obligation (each a “Plan” and collectively the “Plans”).

 

(b)           With respect to each Plan:  (i) if intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code, such Plan has received a determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service stating that it so qualifies and that its trust is exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code, and nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that could reasonably be expected to result in the loss of such qualification or exempt status; (ii) such Plan has been funded, administered and operated in all material respects in accordance with its terms and applicable law (including ERISA and the Code, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder); (iii) to the knowledge of NEXA, no fiduciary has any liability for breach of fiduciary duty or any other failure to act or comply in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of any such Plan; (iv) no disputes are pending, or, to the knowledge of NEXA, threatened by any governmental agency or authority or by any participant or beneficiary against any Plan, the assets of any trust under any Plan or the Plan sponsor or the Plan administrator, or against any fiduciary of any of any Plan with respect to the design or operation of such Plan, other than routine claims for benefits thereunder; (v) to the knowledge of NEXA, no non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA) has

 

16



 

occurred that gives rise to or might reasonably be expected to give rise to material liability on the part of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiaries; and (vi) all contributions required to be made by or under any Plan (or trust or fund established thereunder or in connection therewith) or any related collective bargaining agreement as of the date hereof (taking into account any extensions of time for the making of such contributions) have been made in full or properly accrued.

 

(c)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14(c)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any NEXA Subsidiary maintains, sponsors, contributes to, or has any current or potential liability or obligation under or with respect to: (i) any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA; (ii) any “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA); (iii) any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” as defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA; or (iv) any “multiple employer plan” within the meaning of Section 210 of ERISA or Section 413(c) of the Code.

 

(d)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.14(d)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will, either by itself or by virtue of a subsequent event:  (A) result in any payment becoming due to any current employee or former employee of NEXA, (B) increase any benefits otherwise payable under any of the Plans, (C) result in any payment that will not be deductible under Section 280G of the Code or the payment of any “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code or (D) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any benefits provided under any of the Plans.

 

(e)           Neither NEXA nor any NEXA Subsidiary is a party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement and there are no labor or collective bargaining agreements which pertain to, or cover, employees of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary.  No employees of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary are represented by any labor organization, and no labor organization or group of employees has made a pending demand for recognition or certification.  There are no representation or certification proceedings presently pending or, to the knowledge of NEXA, threatened to be brought or filed with the National Labor Relations Board or any other labor relations tribunal or authority.  There are no strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, lockouts, material arbitrations or material grievances or other material labor disputes pending or, to the knowledge of NEXA, threatened against or involving NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary, and there are no unfair labor practice charges, grievances or complaints pending or threatened in writing by or on behalf of any employee or group of employees.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.14(e)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, there are no complaints, charges or claims against the NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of NEXA, threatened to be brought or filed with any public or governmental authority, arbitrator or court based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment of, or termination of employment by, NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary of any individual.  NEXA and each NEXA Subsidiary (i) have complied in all material respects with all applicable federal, state, and local legal requirements relating to its employees, arising from statutes relating to wages, hours, collective bargaining,

 

17



 

unemployment insurance, worker’s compensation, equal employment opportunity, age and disability discrimination and the payment and withholding of Taxes, and (ii) have complied with all applicable federal, state and local legal requirements relating to its employees arising from statutes relating to immigration and I-9 compliance.

 

2.15        Compliance with Laws in General .  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.15 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries hold all clearances, permits, licenses, variances, exemptions, orders, registrations and approvals of all governmental entities which are required for the operation of the business of NEXA and its NEXA Subsidiaries (collectively, the “NEXA Permits”), except where the failure to have any such NEXA Permits would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.  Each NEXA Permit was duly obtained and is valid and in full force and effect, and is not subject to any pending proceeding to revoke, cancel, suspend or declare such NEXA Permit.  NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of the NEXA Permits and all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, except where the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.

 

2.16        Intellectual Property.

 

(a)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(a)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA owns all legally enforceable right, title and interest to all Owned Intellectual Property free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances and other restrictions, without an obligation to pay any royalties, license fees or other amounts to any other person or entity.  NEXA has not received and NEXA does not have any knowledge of any notice, claim or allegation from any person or entity questioning the right of NEXA to use, possess, transfer, convey, or otherwise dispose of any Intellectual Property (other than the Licensed Intellectual Property) or questioning the right of NEXA to use any Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

(b)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(b)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, each employee, agent, consultant and contractor, who has contributed to or participated in the conception, creation or development of the Owned Intellectual Property on behalf of NEXA has executed a valid written assignment in favor of NEXA as assignee, that has caused the conveyance to NEXA, all right, title, and interest in, and to all tangible and intangible property, throughout the world, arising from such individual’s or entity’s work, or is under an obligation to assign all such right, title and interest.

 

(c)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(c)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA does not have any knowledge of any unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation, by any third party (including any employee or former employee of NEXA) of any Owned Intellectual Property, or of any Licensed Intellectual Property.  No claims have been made by NEXA for any unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or violation of any rights with respect to any third party Intellectual Property.  To the knowledge of NEXA, there are no such claims that NEXA may have the right (or a reasonable basis) to make or assert against any third party for any unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement, dilution,

 

18



 

misappropriation or violation of any Owned Intellectual Property or Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

(d)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(d)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA has not received any notices, claims, proceedings, actions, suits, hearings, or complaints that NEXA is or may be infringing, diluting, misappropriating, or otherwise violating the Intellectual Property of any third party.  NEXA has not received any communications from any third party containing any express or implied allegation that NEXA is or may be infringing, diluting, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any of such third party’s Intellectual Property.  NEXA is not currently evaluating any Intellectual Property of any third party (and excepts as set forth in Schedule 2.16(d) , has not conducted any such evaluations in the past five years) to determine whether a license thereof is necessary or desirable, or whether such Intellectual Property may otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA’s business.  To the knowledge of NEXA, NEXA’s use of the Intellectual Property does not violate, dilute, interfere with, or infringe upon the rights of any third party.  Use of Intellectual Property by NEXA has not, and after the Closing will not constitute a breach of any agreement, obligation, promise or commitment by which NEXA is bound.

 

(e)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(e)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, and to the knowledge of NEXA, NEXA has all rights in Intellectual Property necessary to conduct the business as it is currently conducted and such rights will not be adversely affected as a result of or in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Closing or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereby..

 

(f)            Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(f)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA has taken all actions that a reasonably prudent person in NEXA business would take to maintain know-how and trade secrets as confidential and proprietary, and to protect against the loss, theft or unauthorized use of such know-how and trade secrets.  To the knowledge of NEXA, any such know-how and trade secrets are not in the public domain and have not been divulged or appropriated to the detriment of NEXA.  NEXA’s records include sufficient documentation of the know-how and trade secrets, including without limitation, manufacturing and engineering plans, blueprints, designs, process instructions, formulae, customers, suppliers, product plans, marketing plans, quality assurance protocols and procedures, to enable persons who are reasonably skilled and proficient in the relevant subject matter to continue the same in the ordinary course of business without unreasonable delay, expense, or reliance on the memory of any individual.

 

(g)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(g)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA has not (i) granted any licenses or other rights, and NEXA has no obligation to grant any licenses or other rights, with respect to any Owned Intellectual Property or (ii) entered into any covenant not to compete or contract limiting or purporting to limit the ability of NEXA to exploit fully any Intellectual Property necessary in the conduct of the business or to transact business in any market or geographical area or with any person.  With respect to Third Party Licenses, (i) to the

 

19



 

Knowledge of NEXA, NEXA is not in breach or default with respect thereto and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default or permit termination, modification or acceleration thereunder; (ii) NEXA has not received any communications, containing any express or implied allegation, that NEXA is in breach or default with respect thereto; and (iii) NEXA has not repudiated any provision thereof.  NEXA has no agreement to indemnify any individual or entity against any charge of infringement of any Intellectual Property, other than indemnification provisions normal and usual for NEXA’s industry contained in purchase orders or license agreements arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(h)           Except as set forth in Schedule 2.16(h)  of NEXA Disclosure Schedule, there is no interference, opposition, cancellation, reexamination or other contest, proceeding, action, suit, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, demand, notice, claim, or dispute with respect to the Owned Intellectual Property. To the knowledge of NEXA, all statements and representations made by NEXA in any pending Owned Intellectual Property applications, filings or registrations were true in all material respects as of the time they were made.  No registered copyright, registered or unregistered trademark or service mark, or patent used in the business (other than in circumstances where NEXA has intentionally allowed registered copyright, registered or unregistered trademark or service mark, or patent not material to the business to lapse, expire, become abandoned or be canceled) has lapsed or is being allowed to lapse, expired or been abandoned, invalidated, or canceled, in whole or in part, or is subject to any injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling or charge or is subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of NEXA, threatened oppositions, cancellations, interferences or other proceedings before the United State Patent and Trademark Office, the Trademark Trials and Appeals Board, the United States Copyright Office or in any other registration authority in any country.

 

(i)            For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Intellectual Property” means (i)  all classes or types of patents, design patents, utility patents, including, without limitation, originals, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, reexaminations, or reissues, patent applications and invention disclosures for these classes or types of patent rights (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) in all countries of the world (collectively “patents”); (ii)  copyrights in both published works and unpublished works, registrations and applications for copyright and associated moral rights (collectively “copyrights”); (iii) service marks, trademarks, trade names, brands, product and service names, logos, other identifications used or intended for use in commerce, and other indications of source, endorsement, or sponsorship, whether in connection with products or services, together with all goodwill related to any of the foregoing (collectively “trademarks”); (iv) software; (v) all factual knowledge and information that gives to one the ability to produce or market something that one otherwise would not have known how to produce or market with the same accuracy or precision (collectively “know-how”); (vi) any information that generally facilitates the production, manufacturing, marketing, or sale of products or services, increases revenues, or provides an advantage over the competition,

 

20



 

and is not generally known, whether or not protectable by patent or copyright, arising under the laws of the United States or any other state, country or jurisdiction (collectively “trade secrets”); (vii) rights in mask works (as described in 17 U.S.C. §901 et seq.); and (viii) domain names, uniform resource locators (URLs), whether common law, statutory or otherwise, domestic and foreign, and all registrations, registration applications, rights related to the foregoing.

 

“Licensed Intellectual Property” shall mean Intellectual Property that NEXA uses or has the right to use pursuant to Third Party Licenses.

 

“Non-Owned Intellectual Property” shall mean (i) Licensed Intellectual Property; and (ii) Intellectual Property that is publicly available for use without restriction or obligation of any kind to any other person or entity.

 

“Owned Intellectual Property” shall mean Intellectual Property (i) created, conceived, or developed by employees of NEXA who have assigned or have an obligation to assign all rights to NEXA; or (ii) to which NEXA has acquired, by purchase, assignment or other transfer, the unconditional, unrestricted, exclusive right to control or prevent any and all use of such Intellectual Property by others, without the consent or approval of or payment to, any other person.

 

“Third Party Licenses” shall mean all licenses, agreements, obligations or other commitments under which a person has granted NEXA a right to use any Intellectual Property in connection with NEXA’s business, but retains one or more rights to use such Intellectual Property.

 

2.17        Insurance Schedule 2.17 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of all insurance policies and programs (other than welfare benefit insurance policies and programs), including self-insurance programs, maintained by NEXA.  NEXA has furnished a true, complete and accurate copy of all such policies and programs to ACQUIROR or its representatives.  All such policies and programs are in full force and effect, underwritten by financially sound and reputable insurers and sufficient for all applicable requirements of law and will not in any way be affected by or terminated or lapsed by reason of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  There is no claim by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary pending under any of such policies or programs as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or programs.

 

2.18        Properties .  Neither NEXA nor any NEXA Subsidiary owns any real property.  Schedule 2.18 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule sets forth by location all real property that is held under lease, sub-lease, license or other occupancy agreement by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary together with a true and complete list of the applicable lease, sublease, license or other occupancy agreements (the “Leases”).  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.18 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries have good title, free and clear of all Encumbrances to all their owned tangible properties and tangible assets except for (i) Encumbrances for current Taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) assets disposed of since the date of the NEXA Balance Sheet in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Encumbrances imposed by

 

21



 

law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not yet due to carriers, warehousemen, laborers and materialmen, (iv) Encumbrances in respect of pledges or deposits under workers’ compensation laws, and (v) Encumbrances which do not affect marketability of title or the use being made of such properties or immaterial title defects.  The Leases are in full force and effect, and NEXA or a NEXA Subsidiary, as applicable, holds a valid existing leasehold interest under each of the Leases on the terms set forth in such Leases.  NEXA has delivered to ACQUIROR complete and accurate copies of each of the Leases, and none of the Leases has been modified in any material respect, except to the extent such modifications are disclosed by the copies delivered to ACQUIROR and identified on Schedule 2.18 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule.  Neither NEXA nor any NEXA Subsidiary subleases, as sublandlord to any third party, any of the real property it holds under the Leases, nor have any of the Leases been assigned, pledged or mortgaged by NEXA or by any NEXA Subsidiary to any third parties.

 

The real property lease between NEXA and Sorrento Business & Science Center LLC, dated May 2, 2005, as amended, was terminated effective January 10, 2007 and NEXA has vacated and surrendered possession of the premises demised thereby.  There do not exist any remaining obligations between the parties to such real property lease.

 

2.19        Environmental Matters.

 

(a)           Except as set forth on Schedule 2.19(a)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, neither NEXA nor any NEXA Subsidiary (i) has received written notice of any person, including but not limited to, a governmental entity, alleging that NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary is in violation of any applicable material Environmental Law or otherwise may be liable under any applicable Environmental Law, including but not limited to, liability in connection with a Cleanup (as hereinafter defined), which violation or liability is unresolved or which would have a Material Adverse Effect to NEXA, (ii) knows of any event or circumstance that exists which (A) may constitute or result in a violation by NEXA of, or the failure on the part of NEXA to comply with such Environmental Laws, or (B) may give rise to any obligation on the part of NEXA to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of any Cleanup which, in the case of clauses (A) or (B), would have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.

 

(b)           Except as set forth on Schedule 2.19(b)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of NEXA, there have been no releases, spills or discharges of Regulated Materials (as hereinafter defined) on or underneath any location which is owned, leased or otherwise operated by NEXA (“Properties”), which release, spills or discharges would have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.  There are no pending or, to the knowledge of NEXA, threatened, claims, liens, encumbrances or other restrictions of any nature, resulting from Environmental Laws, with respect to or affecting any of the Properties.

 

(c)           For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Cleanup” means all actions required to:  (a) clean up, remove, treat or remediate Regulated Materials; (ii) prevent the release of Regulated Materials so that

 

22



 

they do not migrate, endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the environment; (iii) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care; (iv) respond to any government or private party requests for information or documents in any way relating to cleanup, removal, treatment or remediation or potential cleanup, removal, treatment or remediation of Regulated Materials in the environment; or (v) any legal or administrative proceeding related to items (i) through (iv) including, but not limited to, actions brought by third parties to recover costs incurred with respect to Cleanup.

 

“Environmental Laws” shall mean all federal, state, local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations related to the protection of the environment, natural resources, or the handling, use, recycling, generation, treatment, storage, transportation or disposal of Regulated Materials.

 

“Regulated Materials” shall mean any pollutants, contaminants, toxic, hazardous or extremely hazardous substances, materials, wastes, constituents, compounds, chemicals, natural or man-made elements or forces that are regulated by, or may now or in the future form the basis of liability under, any Environmental Laws.

 

2.20        Vote Required .  (a)  The affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, and the unanimous approval of all shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, are the only votes of the holders of any class or series of NEXA capital stock necessary to approve this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)           The Board of Directors of NEXA has by the requisite vote of all directors (i) determined that (A) the Merger is advisable and fair and in the best interests of NEXA and its stockholders, (B) the Per Preferred Share Price is fair and in the best interests of the holders of the Preferred Stock, and (C) the Per Common Share Price is fair and in the best interests of the holders of the Common Stock and (ii) approved this Agreement and the Merger in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

 

(c)           The Written Consent was executed in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL, and pursuant to the Written Consent, this Agreement and the Merger have been duly authorized and approved by the stockholders of NEXA in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL.

 

(d)           As of the date hereof, no stockholders of NEXA have exercised any applicable rights of appraisal under the DGCL with respect to the Merger or delivered notice to NEXA of any intention to exercise such rights.

 

(e)           The documents, materials and notices (collectively, the “Disclosure Materials”) prepared or to be prepared by NEXA pursuant to the DGCL or otherwise in connection with notifying the stockholders of NEXA of this Agreement and the Merger or otherwise relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement comply or, when prepared by NEXA and distributed to the stockholders of NEXA, will comply with the DGCL and the NEXA Organizational Documents and will not, at the

 

23



 

time of distribution of the Disclosure Materials or at the Effective Time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

2.21        Regulatory; FDA .

 

(a)           NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries are conducting and have conducted their business and operations in material compliance with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FD&C Act”), 21 U.S.C. §301 et. seq., and all applicable regulations promulgated by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) (collectively, “FDA Law and Regulation”).

 

(b)           Except as set forth on Schedule 2.21(b)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, neither NEXA nor any of the NEXA Subsidiaries has received any notice or communication from the FDA alleging noncompliance with any applicable FDA Law and Regulation.  NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries are not subject to any enforcement, regulatory or administrative proceedings by the FDA and, to the knowledge of NEXA, no such proceedings have been threatened.  There is no civil, criminal or administrative action, suit, demand, claim, complaint, hearing, investigation, demand letter, warning letter, proceeding or request for information pending against NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries, and, to NEXA’s knowledge, NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries have no liability (whether actual or contingent) for failure to comply with any FDA Law and Regulation.  There is no act, omission, event, or circumstance of which NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries have knowledge that would reasonably be expected to give rise to or lead to any such action, suit, demand, claim, complaint, hearing, investigation, notice, demand letter, warning letter, proceeding or request for information or any such liability.  There has not been any violation of any FDA Law and Regulation by NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries in their product development efforts, submissions, record keeping and reports to FDA that could reasonably be expected to require or lead to investigation, corrective action or enforcement, regulatory or administrative action that would result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of NEXA, there are no civil or criminal proceedings relating to NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries or any NEXA or NEXA Subsidiary employee which involve a matter within or related to the FDA’s jurisdiction.

 

(c)           To the knowledge of NEXA, no officer, employee or agent of NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries has:  made any untrue statement of material fact or fraudulent statement to the FDA or any other Governmental Entity; failed to disclose a material fact required to be disclosed to the FDA or any other Governmental Entity; or committed an act, made a statement, or failed to make a statement that would reasonably be expected to provide the basis for the FDA or any other Governmental Entity to invoke its policy respecting “Fraud, Untrue Statements of Material Facts, Bribery, and Illegal Gratuities,” as set forth in 56 Fed.Reg. 46191 (September 10, 1991).  To the knowledge of NEXA, no officer, employee or agent of NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries, has been convicted of any crime or engaged in any conduct for which debarment is mandated or permitted by 21 U.S.C. § 335a.  To the knowledge of NEXA, no officer, employee or agent of NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries, has been convicted of any crime or engaged

 

24



 

in any conduct for which such person or entity could be excluded from participating in the federal health care programs under Section 1128 of the Social Security Act or any similar law or regulation.

 

(d)           During the period of six calendar years immediately preceding the date hereof, NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries have not introduced into commercial distribution any products manufactured by or on behalf of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries or distributed any products on behalf of another manufacturer (collectively the “FDA Products”) which were upon their shipment by NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries adulterated or misbranded in violation of 21 U.S.C. § 331.

 

(e)           Schedule 2.21(e)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all registrations, clearances or approvals issued under the FD&C Act (“FD&C Permits”) and held exclusively by NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries.  Such listed FD&C Permits are the only FD&C Permits that are required for NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries to conduct their business in the United States as presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted.  Each such FD&C Permit is in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of NEXA, no suspension, revocation, cancellation or withdrawal of such FD&C Permit is threatened and there is no basis for believing that such FD&C Permit will not be renewable upon expiration or will be suspended, revoked, cancelled or withdrawn.  Each such FD&C Permit will continue in full force and effect immediately following the Effective Time.

 

(f)            Each FDA Product in current commercial distribution in the United States as an FDA regulated medical device is either a Class I or Class II medical device as defined under 21 U.S.C. §360c(a)(1)(A), (B) and applicable rules and regulations thereunder and was first marketed under, and is covered by, a premarket notification owned and held exclusively by NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries (or the manufacturer for whom NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries distributes the FDA Product) and in compliance with 21 U.S.C. §360(k) and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder, or is exempt from such premarket notification in accordance with 21 U.S.C. §360(l) or (m) and applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(g)           Except as set forth on Schedule 2.21(b)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule and except for noncompliance that would not have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(i)            NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries and, to NEXA’s knowledge, their respective contract manufacturers are, and have been for the past 6 calendar years, in compliance with, and each FDA Product regulated as a medical device in current commercial distribution is designed, manufactured, prepared, assembled, packaged, labeled, stored, installed, serviced, and processed in compliance with, the Quality System Regulation set forth in 21 C.F.R. Part 820.

 

(ii)           NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries are in material compliance with the written procedures, record-keeping and FDA reporting

 

25


 

requirements for Medical Device Reporting set forth in 21 C.F.R. Part 803 and Reports of Corrections and Removals set forth in 21 C.F.R. Part 806.

 

(h)                                  Those NEXA facilities which, prior to February 23, 2005, were owned and operated under the name of Futura BioMedical, LLC, and its records relating to the FDA Products were inspected from January 27, 2003 through January 28, 2003 and from April 18, 2005 through April 19, 2005 by the FDA, and a Form FDA 483 Notice of Inspectional Observations was issued at the conclusion of each of these inspections.  Since April 19, 2005, the FDA has not inspected such premises or records.

 

(i)                                      All FDA Products are and have been labeled, promoted, and advertised in accordance with their 510(k) clearance or within the scope of their exemption from 510(k) clearance.

 

(j)                                      NEXA’s and the NEXA Subsidiaries’ facilities are registered with the FDA and each FDA Product is listed with the FDA under the applicable FDA registration and listing regulations for medical devices.

 

(k)                                   NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries have neither conducted any clinical studies in the United States nor sponsored the conduct of any clinical research in the United States.

 

2.22                         Sufficiency and Title - NEXA Assets

 

(a)                                   The assets, properties and rights of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries constitute all of the assets and rights which are used in the operation of the businesses of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries and which are necessary or required for the conduct of such businesses as currently conducted.  There are no material assets, properties, rights or interests of any kind or nature that NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary has been using, holding or operating in its businesses that will not be used, held or owned by NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary immediately following the Closing.  No director, officer, stockholder, employee or Affiliate of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary has any rights in or to any of the assets, properties and rights of NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries have good and marketable title, free and clear of any Encumbrances (other than Encumbrances arising in the ordinary course of business that do not, individually or in the aggregate, interfere with the use, operation, enjoyment or marketability of any of such assets, properties or rights), to, or a valid leasehold interest under enforceable leases in, all of the assets, properties and rights of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries.

 

2.23                         Customers and Suppliers.   Schedule 2.23 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of November 30, 2006, a complete and correct list of: (a) all customers whose purchases from NEXA exceeded 5% of the consolidated net sales of NEXA in 2006; and (b) the ten (10) largest suppliers to NEXA during 2006.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.23 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, none of such customers, suppliers, distributors or

 

26



 

representatives has or, to the knowledge of NEXA, intends to terminate or change significantly its relationship with NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ACQUISITION SUBSIDIARY AND ACQUIROR

 

Each of Acquisition Subsidiary and ACQUIROR, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to NEXA, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

3.1                                Organization, Existence and Capital Stock.

 

(a)                                   ACQUIROR is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of Delaware.  ACQUIROR has all necessary corporate power to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted except as would not have a material adverse effect on ACQUIROR’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  ACQUIROR is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the character of the property owned, leased or operated or the nature of the business transacted by it makes qualification necessary except as would not have a material adverse effect on ACQUIROR’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                  Acquisition Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all necessary corporate power to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted except as would not have a material adverse effect on Acquisition Subsidiary’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Acquisition Subsidiary’s authorized capital consists of 1,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and registered in the name of ACQUIROR and are fully paid and nonassessable.  As of the date hereof, there are not any outstanding or authorized subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights, commitments or any other agreements of any character obligating Acquisition Subsidiary to issue any additional shares of capital stock of Acquisition Subsidiary or any other securities convertible into or evidencing the right to subscribe for any such shares.

 

3.2                                Authorization of Agreement .  Each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by it at the Closing, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery by each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary of this Agreement and each instrument required hereby to be executed and delivered by ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary at the Closing and the performance of their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly and validly authorized by the Board of Directors of each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary and by ACQUIROR as the sole stockholder of Acquisition Subsidiary.  Except for filing of the Certificate of Merger, no

 

27



 

other corporate proceedings on the part of ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary are necessary to authorize the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by NEXA, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary, enforceable against each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary in accordance with its terms, in each case except that the enforcement thereof may be limited by (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally and (B) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

3.3                                Non-Contravention; Consents.

 

(a)                                   Neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or will:

 

(i)                                      violate, breach, conflict with, or constitute a default under, the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or Bylaws, as amended, of ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary; or

 

(ii)                                   assuming that all consents, approvals, orders or authorizations contemplated by subsection (b) below have been obtained and all filings described therein have been made, (A) violate any statute or law or any rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or governmental authority to which ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or properties are subject or (B) except as disclosed on Schedule 3.3 of the ACQUIROR Disclosure Schedule, result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, acceleration or modification of, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease or other agreement, instrument or obligation to which ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary is a party or by which they or any of their respective assets or properties may be bound, which default, breach or other action would have a material adverse effect on ACQUIROR’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                                  Except for (i) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), (ii) the merger control notification pursuant to the German Act against Restraints of Competition and (iii) the filing and recordation of a Certificate of Merger as required by the DGCL, there is no other consent, approval, order or authorization of, or filing with, or any permit from, or any notice to, any court, arbitral tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental, regulatory or administrative authority required to be obtained by ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary in connection with the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the failure of which to obtain would have a material adverse effect on ACQUIROR’s or Acquisition Subsidiary’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

28



 

3.4                                Commissions and Fees .  There are no claims for brokerage commissions, investment bankers’ fees or finder’s fees against ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.5                                No Subsidiaries .  Acquisition Subsidiary does not own stock in, and does not control directly or indirectly, any other corporation, association or business organization.  Acquisition Subsidiary is not a party to any joint venture or partnership.

 

3.6                                No Prior Activities .  Other than the obligations created under this Agreement, Acquisition Subsidiary has neither incurred any obligation or liability nor engaged in any business activities of any type or kind whatsoever, and is not obligated under any contracts, claims, leases, liabilities (contingent or otherwise), loans or otherwise.

 

3.7                                Financing .  ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary either (a) have cash and/or cash equivalents available in an amount sufficient to fully fund the consummation of this Agreement or (b) have received binding written commitments from Tornier B.V. to irrevocably provide funds necessary to consummate this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, and to pay related fees and expenses, and will make such funds available to Acquisition Subsidiary.  ACQUIROR has provided NEXA with true and complete copies of all commitments and agreements from third parties to provide such financing to ACQUIROR or to Acquisition Subsidiary.

 

3.8                                Legal Proceedings .  As of the date this Agreement, neither ACQUIROR nor Acquisition Subsidiary has any knowledge of any pending or threatened litigation, governmental investigation or other proceeding against either ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

4.1                                Preservation of Business .  Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 4.1 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Effective Time, NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries shall in all material respects conduct its operations according to its ordinary and usual course of business and consistent in all material respects with past practice and NEXA shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact in all material respects the business organization of NEXA, keep available the services of its current officers, and preserve in all material respects the goodwill of those having advantageous business relationships with it and the NEXA Subsidiaries.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except as contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth on Schedule 4.1 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule prior to the Effective Time, neither NEXA nor any of the NEXA Subsidiaries, as the case may be, will, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ACQUIROR:

 

(a)                                   make any material change in the conduct of the businesses of NEXA or the NEXA Subsidiaries or enter into any transaction other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

29



 

(b)                                  issue, sell, pledge or encumber or authorize or propose the issuance, sale, pledge or Encumbrance of, additional shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into any such shares, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire any such shares or other convertible securities;

 

(c)                                   split, combine, subdivide, reclassify or redeem, or purchase or otherwise acquire, or propose to do any of the foregoing with respect to, any of its outstanding securities or alter in any way its outstanding securities or corporate structure or make any change in outstanding shares of capital stock or its corporate structure or the capitalization of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary;

 

(d)                                  declare, set aside, reserve for or pay any actual, constructive or deemed dividend or distribution on the NEXA Shares;

 

(e)                                   subject to the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors of NEXA, purchase or otherwise acquire, sell or otherwise dispose of or encumber (or enter into any agreement to so purchase or otherwise acquire, sell or otherwise dispose of or encumber, lease, sublease or license) material properties or material assets except in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                     adopt any amendments to the NEXA Organizational Documents or the organizational documents of any NEXA Subsidiary;

 

(g)                                  (i) increase the compensation of any of its directors, officers or key employees, except pursuant to the terms of agreements or plans currently in effect; (ii) pay or agree to pay any pension, retirement allowance, bonus, severance or change in control payment, or other employee benefit not required by any existing plan, agreement or arrangement to any director, officers or key employee; (iii) commit itself (other than pursuant to any collective bargaining agreement) to any additional pension, profit-sharing, bonus, extra compensation, incentive, deferred compensation, stock purchaser, stock option, stock appreciation right, group insurance, severance pay, retirement or other employee benefit plan, agreement or arrangement, or to any employment or consulting agreement with or for the benefit of any director, officer or key employee, whether past or present; or (iv) except as required by applicable law or as reported on Schedule 4.1(f)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, amend any such plan, agreement or arrangement; or

 

(h)                                  except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice (i) incur any Indebtedness or repay or discharge any Indebtedness existing as of the date of this Agreement, (ii) issue any debt securities or assume, guarantee or endorse the obligations of any other person; (iii) make any material loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other person or entity; (iv) pledge or otherwise encumber shares of capital stock of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiaries, or (v) mortgage or pledge any of its assets, tangible or intangible, or create or suffer to exist any Encumbrance thereupon;

 

(i)                                      fail to keep in full force and effect insurance comparable in amount and scope to coverage existing as of the date of this Agreement;

 

30



 

(j)                                      take or agree to take any action that would be required to be disclosed on Schedule 2.10 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule if such action had been taken on or prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(k)                                   accelerate or delay collection of notes or accounts receivable in advance of or beyond their regular due dates or the dates when the same would have been collected in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or write off as uncollectible any of their accounts receivable or any portion thereof not reflected in the NEXA Balance Sheet;

 

(l)                                      accelerate or delay payment of any account payable or other liability of NEXA beyond or in advance of its due date or the date when such liability would have been paid in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; or

 

(m)                                commit to do any of the following.

 

4.2                                Acquisition Proposals; No Solicitation .  From the date hereof until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, NEXA shall not, and will direct each officer, director, representative and agent of NEXA not to, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit, participate in or initiate discussions or negotiations with or provide any information to any corporation, partnership, person or other entity or group (other than ACQUIROR or an Affiliate or an associate of ACQUIROR) concerning any offers or proposals for any merger, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of, or tender offer for NEXA Shares or similar transactions involving NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiaries.

 

4.3                                Stockholder Notices.

 

(a)                                   In accordance with and in satisfaction of the requirements of Section 262 of the DGCL, NEXA covenants and agrees to cause a written notice to be delivered on the date hereof to each stockholder of NEXA who did not execute the Written Consent and to deliver any additional notice or other information to the stockholders of NEXA as may be required by the DGCL.  NEXA shall cause to be delivered to each holder of NEXA Shares all notices relating to this Agreement and the Merger required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(b)                                  NEXA agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all stockholders of NEXA (other than those who have previously executed the Written Consent) approve and adopt this Agreement and the Merger by executing and joining the Written Consent.  NEXA shall provide the stockholders of NEXA with the Disclosure Materials as shall be required by applicable law.

 

(c)                                   NEXA shall submit to ACQUIROR the form of any written notice and other Disclosure Materials to be transmitted to stockholders pursuant to subsections (a)  and (b)  prior to delivery thereof to the stockholders and shall not transmit to its stockholders any such notice or Disclosure Material to which ACQUIROR reasonably objects.

 

31



 

4.4                                Exemption from State Takeover Laws .  NEXA shall take all commercially reasonable steps necessary to exempt NEXA and the Merger from the requirements of any state takeover statute or other similar state law which would prevent or impede the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, by action of NEXA’s Board of Directors or otherwise.

 

4.5                                Access to Information; Confidentiality.

 

(a)                                   Subject to applicable law and the agreements set forth in Section 4.5(b) , between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, NEXA will (i) give ACQUIROR and its authorized representatives reasonable access, during regular business hours upon reasonable written notice, to all of its facilities, books and records and key employees, (ii) permit ACQUIROR to make such reasonable inspections of such facilities, book and records, and (iii) cause its directors, officers, key employees, advisors and representatives and those of the NEXA Subsidiaries to furnish ACQUIROR with access to any and all financial and operating data and other information with respect to the business and assets of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries as ACQUIROR may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(b)                                  Any and all information obtained by ACQUIROR shall be subject to the provisions of the confidentiality agreement among ACQUIROR, Warburg Pincus LLC, The Vertical Group and NEXA dated September 11, 2006 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”), which agreement remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and affirmed by the parties hereto.

 

4.6                                Regulatory Compliance .  If required under the HSR Act and the German Act against Restraints of Competition, ACQUIROR and NEXA shall promptly (but in no event later than 10 days after the date hereof) make their respective filings thereunder with respect to the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby, and each of ACQUIROR and NEXA shall bear their own expense with respect to such filings.  If so required, ACQUIROR and NEXA shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to promptly make any additional submissions under the HSR Act and the German Act against Restraints of Competition and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary to obtain approval for consummation of the Merger thereunder.

 

4.7                                Accounting Methods .  NEXA shall not change its methods of accounting in effect at its most recent fiscal year end, except as required by changes in generally accepted accounting principles as concurred by its independent accountants.

 

4.8                                No Hire; Non-Solicitation.   In the event of the termination of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 6.1(d) or 6.1(e)), neither ACQUIROR nor Tornier, B.V., nor any of their respective Affiliates, shall, directly or indirectly, for its own account or jointly with another, or for or on behalf of any entity, as principal, stockholder, agent or otherwise, for a period of 12 months after the date of such termination, hire, retain the services of or solicit for employment or similar services any Key Executive.  ACQUIROR shall be liable for any breach of this Section 4.8 by ACQUIROR or Tornier B.V., or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

32



 

4.9                                Public Disclosures .  Prior to the Effective Time, ACQUIROR and NEXA will consult with each other before issuing any press release or otherwise making any public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public statement prior to such consultation and receipt of the prior written consent of the other party.  The parties shall issue a joint press release, mutually acceptable to ACQUIROR and NEXA, promptly upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.10                         Indemnification of Directors and Officers; Insurance.

 

(a)                                   Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, until the six year anniversary date of the Effective Date, the ACQUIROR and the Surviving Corporation agree that all rights to indemnification or exculpation now existing in favor of each present and former employee (including any employee who serves or served in a fiduciary capacity of any Plans), agent, director or officer of NEXA and NEXA Subsidiaries (the “Indemnified Parties”) as provided in the respective charters or by-laws or otherwise in effect as of the date hereof shall survive the Effective Date.

 

(b)                                  For a period of six years after the Effective Time, the ACQUIROR shall cause the Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Corporation shall cause to be maintained in effect the current policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by NEXA (or policies of at least the same coverage and amounts containing terms and conditions which are no less advantageous) with respect to claims arising from facts or events which occurred before the Effective Time; provided , however , that the Surviving Corporation shall not be obligated to make annual premium payments for such insurance to the extent that such premiums exceed an amount equal to 200% of the annual premiums paid as of the date hereof by NEXA for such insurance and if such premiums exceed such amount the Surviving Corporation shall purchase insurance policies in amounts and with coverage as reasonably can be purchased for such amount.  Without limiting the foregoing, the ACQUIROR and the Surviving Corporation shall advance expenses incurred with respect to the foregoing, as they are incurred, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

 

(c)                                   In the event ACQUIROR or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of ACQUIROR assume the obligations set forth in this Section 4.9 .

 

(d)                                  The provisions of this Section 4.9 are intended to be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Indemnified Party and his or her heirs and representatives.

 

4.11                         Representations and Warranties Insurance .  If requested by ACQUIROR, NEXA shall cooperate with ACQUIROR, at ACQUIROR’s expense, in obtaining

 

33



 

an insurance policy covering any breaches of the representations and warranties of ACQUIROR set forth in this Agreement.

 

4.12                         Reasonable Efforts .  Each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all necessary or appropriate action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations or otherwise to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement including, without limitation, the execution of any additional instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and seeking to lift or reverse any legal restraint imposed on the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  In case at any time after the Effective Time any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the proper officers and directors of each party hereto shall take all such necessary action.

 

4.13                         Resignation of NEXA Directors .  On or prior to the Closing Date, NEXA shall deliver to ACQUIROR evidence satisfactory to ACQUIROR of the resignation of the Directors of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries, such resignations to be effective at the Effective Time.

 

4.14                         Notice of Subsequent Events .  Each party hereto shall notify the other parties of any changes, additions or events which would cause any material change in or material addition to any Disclosure Schedule delivered by the notifying party under this Agreement, promptly after the occurrence of the same.

 

4.15                         Employment; Employee Welfare.

 

(a)                                   During the period ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, ACQUIROR will provide, or cause to be provided, to each NEXA Employee a base salary or hourly wage rate, and a total annual compensation opportunity (other than with to any special cash bonus arrangements), which is comparable in the aggregate to such employee’s base salary or hourly wage rate and total annual compensation opportunity immediately before the Closing Date; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed as a guaranty of employment for any NEXA Employee (provided that, if a NEXA Employee’s employment is terminated within such one-year period, such NEXA Employee shall be provided with severance benefits that are no less favorable, in the aggregate, to the NEXA Employee than the severance benefits that would have been provided to such NEXA Employee under any Plan providing severance benefits had his or her employment been terminated prior to the Closing Date, the material terms of such Plan are set forth on Schedule 4.15 of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule).  For purposes of this Agreement, “NEXA Employee” means any person who is an active employee of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiaries at the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  During the period ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the ACQUIROR will provide, or cause the Surviving Corporation or a subsidiary of ACQUIROR to provide, to each NEXA Employee the opportunity to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and policies which provide benefits that are

 

34



 

substantially comparable in the aggregate to the benefits provided to such employee under the Plans (other than any equity-based Plan).

 

(c)                                   ACQUIROR will grant, or cause the Surviving Corporation or a subsidiary of ACQUIROR to grant, full credit to each NEXA Employee for his or her employment with NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary prior to the Closing Date for purposes of satisfying any service requirement with respect to participation, vesting and benefit accrual in any employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements maintained for the benefit of NEXA Employees or other similarly situated employees of ACQUIROR from and after the Effective Time by ACQUIROR, the Surviving Corporation or a subsidiary of ACQUIROR, as applicable (each, an “ACQUIROR Plan”) to the same extent recognized by NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries under the corresponding Plan (if any) prior to the Effective Time.  In addition, with respect to each ACQUIROR Plan that is a “welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), ACQUIROR shall cause or shall cause the Surviving Corporation or a subsidiary of ACQUIROR, as applicable, to (i) cause there to be waived any pre-existing condition, exclusions, actively at work requirements, insuitability requirements or other eligibility limitations and (ii) give effect, in determining any deductible, co-insurance, and maximum out-of-pocket limitations, to claims incurred and amounts paid by, and amounts reimbursed to, NEXA Employees and their dependents under corresponding Plans.

 

(d)                                  From and after the Effective Time, ACQUIROR and the Surviving Corporation shall assume and honor in accordance with their terms all existing employment and severance agreements and arrangements set forth on Schedule 4.14(d)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule.

 

(e)                                   Nothing contained herein, express or implied: (i) shall be construed to establish, amend, or modify any benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, (ii) shall alter or limit the ability of NEXA, the NEXA Subsidiaries, ACQUIROR, the Surviving Corporation, or any of their respective Affiliates to amend, modify or terminate any benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement at any time assumed, established, sponsored or maintained by any of them, (ii) is intended to confer upon any current or former employee any right to employment or continued employment for any period of time by reason of this Agreement, or any right to a particular term or condition of employment, or (iii) is intended to confer upon any person (including employees, retirees, or dependents or beneficiaries of employees or retirees) any right as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

4.16                         Guarantee of Acquisition Subsidiary’s Obligations .  Tornier B.V. hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to NEXA the due and timely performance and observance by Acquisition Subsidiary of all of its representations, warranties, covenants and obligations under this Agreement.

 

4.17                         Form 5471.   On or prior to the Closing Date, NEXA shall file or cause to be filed all Forms 8594 and Form 5471 for NEXA’s 2005 taxable year (and any related

 

35


 

documents including, without limitation, Schedule O) with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and all other appropriate Tax authorities.

 

4.18         Accrued Bonuses.   On or prior to the Closing Date, NEXA shall pay any and all unpaid employee bonuses that have accrued up to and including the Closing Date (the “Accrued Bonuses”).

 

4.19         Employee Notes Receivable.   On or prior to the Closing Date, NEXA shall have collected the full amounts owed (including any accrued interest) on the Employee Notes Receivable.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING; CLOSING DELIVERABLES

 

5.1           Mutual Conditions .  The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions (any of which may be waived in writing by ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary and NEXA):

 

(a)            No statute, rule, regulation judgment, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by the government (or any governmental agency) of the United States or any state, municipality or other political subdivision thereof that shall prohibit, restrain, enjoin or restrict the consummation of the Merger or otherwise make it or any other transaction contemplated hereby illegal.

 

(b)            Any waiting period (and any extension thereof) or any approvals applicable to the consummation of the Merger under the HSR Act and the German Act against Restraints of Competition shall have expired or been terminated.

 

5.2           Conditions to Obligations of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary .  The obligations of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary):

 

(a)            Each of the covenants and agreements of NEXA to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the terms hereof shall have been performed in all material respects.

 

(b)            The representations and warranties of NEXA and Acquisition Subsidiary set forth in Article II hereof shall, when taken as a whole, be true and correct in all material respects when made on the date hereof and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Time as if made as of the Effective Time, except for representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which, when taken as a whole, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

 

36



 

(c)            NEXA shall have delivered to the ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary a certificate of its Chairman or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that each of the conditions specified in clauses (a), (b), (h), (j), (k), (l) and (o)  of this Section 5.2 has been satisfied.

 

(d)            NEXA shall have delivered to the ACQUIROR the Estimated Closing Balance Sheet and the Closing Certificate as contemplated by Section 1.5(c)(iv) .

 

(e)            During the period from the date hereof to the Closing Date, there shall not have been any change in the business, financial condition, operations, results of operations or assets of NEXA that has had or would have a Material Adverse Effect on NEXA.

 

(f)             There shall have been delivered to ACQUIROR releases by Paul Nichols and Robert De Vaere of all claims against NEXA (except for compensation and expenses payable to such officers and directors) for all acts and omissions up to and including the Closing Date, such releases in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ACQUIROR.

 

(g)            NEXA shall have delivered evidence of the resignations of the directors contemplated by Section 4.12, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ACQUIROR.

 

(h)            NEXA shall have delivered evidence of repayment of all Indebtedness, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ACQUIROR.

 

(i)             NEXA shall have delivered all of the consents, approvals and authorizations set forth on Schedule 5.2(i)  of the NEXA Disclosure Schedule, duly executed by the applicable governmental entities and third parties, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ACQUIROR.

 

(j)             NEXA shall have terminated that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2005, by and among HPX, Inc. and the other signatories thereto, and provided ACQUIROR with evidence of such termination in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ACQUIROR.

 

(k)            NEXA have terminated, or caused the termination of, any agreement by and between NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any director, officer, stockholder, employee or Affiliate of NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary, or any family member or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, on the other hand, and provided ACQUIROR with evidence of such terminations in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ACQUIROR.

 

(l)             Each share of Class B Common Stock shall have been converted in Class A Common Stock.

 

37



 

(m)           The Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2004, by and between NEXA and Paul Nichols shall have been amended pursuant to the Amendment, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

(n)            NEXA shall have delivered to ACQUIROR an affidavit dated as of the Closing Date, made under penalty of perjury and in form and substance required under the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code, stating that NEXA is not, nor has it been within five years of the date of the affidavit, a “United States real property holding corporation” as defined in Section 897 of the Code.

 

(o)            NEXA shall have paid all of the Accrued Bonuses, and provided ACQUIROR with evidence of such payment in form and substance reasonably acceptable to ACQUIROR.

 

5.3           Conditions to Obligations of NEXA .  The obligations of NEXA to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions (any of which may be waived by NEXA):

 

(a)            Each of the covenants and agreements of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the terms hereof shall have been performed in all material respects.

 

(b)            The representations and warranties of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary set forth in Article III hereof shall, when taken as a whole, be true and correct in all material respects when made on the date hereof and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Time as if made as of the Effective Time, except for representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which, when taken as a whole, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

 

(c)            Each of ACQUIROR and Acquisition Subsidiary shall have delivered to NEXA a certificate of its Chairman, President or Chief Financial Officer to the effect that each of the conditions specified in and clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section 5.3 have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

TERMINATION

 

6.1           Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at any time (notwithstanding approval thereof by the holders of NEXA Shares (except as otherwise set forth in this Section 6.1 )) prior to the Effective Time:

 

(a)            by mutual written consent of the parties duly authorized by the Boards of Directors of NEXA and ACQUIROR;

 

(b)            by ACQUIROR or NEXA if the Effective Time shall not have occurred on or before April 2, 2007 (provided that the right to terminate this Agreement

 

38



 

under this Section 6.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligations under this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Effective Time to occur on or before such date);

 

(c)            by ACQUIROR or NEXA if any United States federal or state government, governmental agency or authority or court shall have issued an order, decree or ruling, or taken any other action, permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger (which the party seeking to terminate this Agreement shall have used its best efforts to have lifted or reversed) and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and non-appealable;

 

(d)            by ACQUIROR if NEXA shall have failed to comply with any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that the Closing condition set forth in Section 5.2(a)  would not be satisfied; provided , however , that if such failure or failures are capable of being cured prior to the Effective Time, such failure, or failures shall not have been cured within fifteen (15) days of delivery to NEXA of written notice of such failure or failures;

 

(e)            by ACQUIROR if there exists a breach or breaches of any representation or warranty of NEXA contained in this Agreement such that the Closing condition set forth in Section 5.2(b)  would not be satisfied; provided , however , that if such breach or breaches are capable of being cured prior to the Effective Time, such breach or breaches shall not have been cured within fifteen (15) days of delivery to NEXA of written notice of such breach or breaches;

 

(f)             by NEXA if ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary shall have failed to comply with any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement such that the closing condition set forth in Section 5.3(a)  would not be satisfied; provided , however , that if such failure or failures are capable of being cured prior to the Effective Time, such failure, or failures shall not have been cured within fifteen (15) days of delivery to the ACQUIROR of written notice of such failure or failures; and

 

(g)            by NEXA if there exists a breach or breaches of any representation or warranty of the ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary contained in this Agreement such that the Closing condition set forth in Section 5.3(b) would not be satisfied; provided , however , that if such breach or breaches are capable of being cured prior to the Effective Time, such breach or breaches shall not be cured within fifteen (15) days of delivery to ACQUIROR of written notice of such breach or breaches.

 

6.2           Effect of Termination .  In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Article VI , this Agreement, except for the provisions of Section 4.5 (confidentiality), Section 7.1 (fees and expenses), this Section 6.2 and Article VII , shall forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any party or its Affiliates, directors, officers or stockholders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, nothing in this Agreement (including this Section 6.2 and Section 7.4 (non-survival of representations and warranties) shall relieve any party to this Agreement of liability for breach of this Agreement on or prior to the date of termination.

 

39



 

6.3           Procedure for Termination .  In the event of termination and abandonment of the Merger by the ACQUIROR or NEXA pursuant to this Article VI, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1           Expenses .  Subject to Section 6.2 , all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses.  ACQUIROR acknowledges and agrees that NEXA has disclosed that it is obligated and will become further obligated for legal and accounting fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., its counsel) incurred by it in connection with the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby (“NEXA Fees and Expenses”).  It is understood and agreed that certain NEXA Fees and Expenses may have been paid by NEXA prior to the execution of this Agreement, and ACQUIROR agrees to refrain from taking any action which would prevent or delay the payment of NEXA Fees and Expenses by NEXA prior the Closing Date.  NEXA agrees that all NEXA Fees and Expenses shall be paid by NEXA prior to the Effective Time or shall be deducted from the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 1.5(c) .  Except as contemplated by Section 1.5(c) , none of ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary or the Surviving Corporation shall be liable or responsible for the payment of (a) any NEXA Fees and Expenses or (b) any fees or expenses paid or payable to any of the NEXA stockholders, directors or officers or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, partners or other Affiliates or any family member or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any fees or expenses paid or payable to HealthpointCapital or any of its Affiliates or any brokerage commissions, financial advisor fees or finder’s or similar fees (“Related Party Fees”).  Any and all NEXA Fees and Expenses and Related Party Fees shall be the sole obligation of the NEXA stockholders.  If any NEXA Fees and Expenses or Related Party Fees are paid by ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary, the Surviving Corporation, NEXA or any NEXA Subsidiary on or prior to the Closing Date, such Related Party Fees shall decrease, dollar for dollar, the Merger Consideration.

 

7.2           Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by the parties at any time before or after any required approval of matters presented in connection with the Merger by the holders of NEXA Shares; provided , however , that after any such approval, there shall be made no amendment that pursuant to Section 251(d) of the DGCL requires further approval by such stockholders without the further approval of such stockholders.  This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties.

 

7.3           Extension; Waiver .  At any time prior to the Effective Time of the Merger, the parties may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement or (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained in this Agreement.  Any agreement on the part of a party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.  The failure of any party to this

 

40



 

Agreement to assert any of its rights under this Agreement or otherwise shall not constitute a waiver of such rights.  No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

7.4           Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties .  None of the representations and warranties in this Agreement or in any instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Effective Time or, subject to Section 6.2 , the termination of this Agreement.

 

7.5           Notices .  Any communications required or desired to be given hereunder shall be deemed to have been properly given if sent in writing by hand delivery or by facsimile and overnight courier to the parties hereto at the following addresses, or at such other address as either party may advise the other in writing from time to time:

 

If to ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary:

 

Tornier B.V.

Fred. Roeskestraat 123

1076 EE Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Facsimile:  (952) 426-7601

Att’n:  Douglas Kohrs

 

with a copy to:

 

Warburg Pincus LLC

466 Lexington Avenue, 11th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Facsimile:  (212) 716-5040

Att’n:  Sean Carney

 

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY  10019

Facsimile:  (212) 728-9222

Att’n:  Steven J. Gartner, Esq.

 

If to NEXA:

 

NEXA Orthopedics, Inc.

11035 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA  92121

Facsimile:  (858) 866-0661

Att’n:  Paul Nichols, President

 

41



 

with copies to:

 

HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P.

505 Park Avenue, 12th Floor

New York, NY  10022

Facsimile:  (212) 935-6878

Att’n:      Mortimer Berkowitz III, Managing Director

John J. Chopack, Jr., Director

 

Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris

   Glovsky and Popeo, P.C.

666 Third Avenue

New York, N.Y.  10017

Facsimile:  (212) 983-3115

Att’n:  James M. McKnight, Esq.

 

All such communications shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of hand delivery or on the next business day following the deposit of such communications with the overnight courier.

 

7.6           Governing Law; Venue .  This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without giving effect to any conflicts-of-law principles.  All actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be heard and determined exclusively in any State of Delaware or federal court.

 

7.7           Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)            Affiliate ” means “affiliate” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(b)            “Current Ratio” means, as of any date, current assets of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries (excluding cash) on such date divided by current liabilities of NEXA and the NEXA Subsidiaries (excluding any type of Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 1.5(c) ) on such date, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

(c)            Environmental Laws ” means any federal, state or local statute, regulation, rule or ordinance, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, regulating the use, generation, handling, storage, transportation, discharge, emission, spillage or other release of Hazardous Materials or relating to the protection of the environment.

 

(d)            “Employee Notes Receivable” means the promissory notes made to NEXA by the holders of shares of restricted stock of NEXA in payment of the purchase price thereof.

 

42



 

(e)            “Governmental Entity” means any government, governmental, statutory, regulatory or administrative authority, agency, body or commission or any court, tribunal or judicial body, whether federal, state, local or foreign.

 

(f)             Hazardous Materials ” means any material which has been determined by any applicable governmental authority to be harmful to the health or safety of human or animal life or vegetation, regardless of whether such material is found on or below the surface of the ground, in any surface or underground water, airborne in ambient air or in the air inside any structure built or located upon or below the surface of the ground or in building materials or in improvements of any structures, or in any personal property located or used in any such structure, including, but not limited to, all hazardous substances, imminently hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, toxic substances, infectious wastes, pollutants and contaminants from time to time defined, listed, identified, designated or classified as such under any Environmental Laws (as defined in Section 7.9) regardless of the quantity of any such material.

 

(g)            Including ”.  The word “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific terms or matters as provided immediately following the word “including” or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation”, “but not limited to”, or words of similar import) is used with reference to the word “including” or the similar items or matters, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of the general statement, term or matter.

 

(h)            “Key Executives” means Paul K. Nichols, Jr., Robert De Vaere, Jamal Rushdy, Chris Harber, Michel Hassler, Louise Focht and Cecile Real.

 

(i)             Knowledge ”.  “To the knowledge”, “to the best knowledge, information and belief”, or any similar phrase shall be deemed to refer to the conscious awareness (or such conscious awareness that such persons should have obtained after reasonably prudent inquiry) of Paul K. Nichols, Jr., Robert De Vaere or Jamal Rushdy of the fact referred to.

 

(j)             “Restricted Cash” means the certificate of deposit issued by Silicon Valley Bank in the amount of $88,228, which serves as collateral security for NEXA’s performance under the 11035 Roselle Street lease.

 

(k)            Taxes ” means all federal, state, local or foreign taxes, including, without limitation, income, gross income, gross receipts, production, excise, employment, sales, use, transfer, ad valorem, profits, license, capital stock, franchise, severance, stamp, withholding, Social Security, employment, unemployment, disability, worker’s compensation, payroll, utility, windfall profit, custom duties, personal property, real property, registration, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated and other taxes, governmental fees or like charges of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalties or additions thereto, whether disputed or not; and “Tax” shall mean any one of them.

 

43



 

(l)             Tax Return ” means any report, return, information return, filing, claim for refund or other information, including any schedules or attachments thereto, and any amendments to any of the foregoing required to be supplied to a taxing authority in connection with Taxes.

 

7.8           Captions.   The captions or headings in this Agreement are made for convenience and general reference only and shall not be construed to describe, define or limit the scope or intent of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7.9           Integration of Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits .  All Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement are integral parts of this Agreement as if fully set forth herein.

 

7.10         Entire Agreement; Assignment .  This Agreement, together with the Exhibits and Disclosure Schedules hereto, constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, other than the Confidentiality Agreement, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no party hereto shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any such attempted assignment without such prior written consent shall be void and of no force and effect; provided, however, that the Surviving Corporation and ACQUIROR may assign any of their respective rights, duties or obligations to any person or entity that acquires all of the stock or all or substantially all of the assets of the Surviving Corporation or ACQUIROR after the Closing Date without such prior written consent.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

7.11         Enforcement of the Agreement .  The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties and other persons entitled to enforce this Agreement pursuant to this Section 7.11 shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement in any federal or state court located in Delaware (as to which the parties hereby irrevocably agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purposes of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

7.12         Validity .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby, and to such end, the provisions of this Agreement are agreed to be severable.

 

7.13         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall, together, constitute and be one and the same instrument.

 

7.14         No Rule of Construction .  The parties acknowledge that this Agreement was initially prepared by NEXA, and that all parties have read and negotiated the language used

 

44



 

in this Agreement.  The parties agree that, because all parties participated in negotiating and drafting this Agreement, no rule of construction shall apply to this Agreement which construes ambiguous language in favor of or against any party by reason of that party’s role in drafting this Agreement.

 

7.15         Parties in Interest.   Except as contemplated by Section 4.9(d) of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any person or entity other than parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to relieve or discharge the obligations or liability of any third persons or entity to NEXA, ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary.  No provision of this Agreement shall give any third parties any right of subrogation or action over or against NEXA, ACQUIROR or Acquisition Subsidiary.

 

7.16         Performance By Acquisition Subsidiary.   ACQUIROR hereby agrees to cause Acquisition Subsidiary to comply with and perform its obligations hereunder and to cause Acquisition Subsidiary to consummate the Merger as contemplated herein.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

45



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , ACQUIROR, Acquisition Subsidiary and NEXA have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers, and have caused their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

NEXA ORTHOPEDICS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul K. Nichols, Jr.

 

 

Name:

Paul K. Nichols, Jr.

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

TORNIER US HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sean D. Carney

 

 

Name:

Sean D. Carney

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

NEXA ACQUISITION, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sean D. Carney

 

 

Name:

Sean D. Carney

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

by and among

 

TORNIER US HOLDINGS, INC. ,

 

AXYA ACQUISITION II, INC.

 

and

 

AXYA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

Dated as of February 27, 2007

 



 

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of February 27, 2007 (this “Agreement” ), is among Tornier US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent” ), Axya Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent ( “Merger Sub” ) and Axya Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ).  Certain terms used in this Agreement are used as defined in Section 6.10.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of the Company and Merger Sub have adopted, approved and declared advisable, and the Board of Directors of Parent, the sole shareholder of the Company and Parent as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub, have approved, this Agreement and the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), on the terms and subject to the conditions provided for in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with the Merger and also to prescribe various conditions to the Merger.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Parent, Merger Sub and the Company hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.

 

THE MERGER

 

Section 1.1             The Merger.   Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL” ), at the Effective Time, the Company shall be merged with and into the Merger Sub, and the separate corporate existence of the Merger Sub shall thereupon cease, and the Company shall be the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “Surviving Corporation” ).

 

Section 1.2             Closing.  The closing of the Merger (the “Closing” ) shall be deemed to take place at 10:00 a.m. (New York, New York Time) on a date hereof (the “Closing Date” ). The Closing will be held at the offices of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, unless another place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto.

 

Section 1.3             Effective Time.   Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, as soon as practicable on the Closing Date the parties shall file a certificate of merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ), executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the DGCL (the “Certificate of Merger” ). The Merger shall become effective upon the filing of the Certificate of Merger or at such later time as is agreed to by the parties hereto and specified in the Certificate of Merger (the time at which the Merger becomes effective is herein referred to as the “Effective Time” ).

 

Section 1.4             Effects of the Merger.  The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

 



 

Section 1.5             Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(a)   The certificate of incorporation of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall amended to be in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Certificate of Merger and, as so amended, such certificate of incorporation shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided therein or by applicable law.

 

(b)   The bylaws of the Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided therein or by applicable law.

 

Section 1.6             Directors of the Surviving Corporation.  Parent and the Company shall take all necessary actions to cause (a) all of the directors of the Company to resign as of the Effective Date and (b) the directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time to be the directors of the Surviving Corporation immediately following the Effective Time, until the earlier of their resignation or removal or until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, as the case may be.

 

Section 1.7             Officers of the Surviving Corporation.  The officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation until their respective successors are duly appointed and qualified or their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II.

 

EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON THE CAPITAL STOCK OF THE CONSTITUENT CORPORATIONS

 

Section 2.1             Effect on Capital Stock.  At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Company Common Stock ”) or any shares of capital stock of Merger Sub:

 

(a)   Capital Stock of Merger Sub. Each issued and outstanding share of capital stock of Merger Sub shall be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

 

(b)   Cancellation of Treasury Stock and Parent-Owned Stock.  Any shares of Company Common Stock that are owned by the Company as treasury stock, and any shares of Company Common Stock owned by Parent or Merger Sub, shall be automatically canceled and shall cease to exist and no consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor.

 

(c)   Conversion of Company Common Stock . Each issued and outstanding share of Company Common Stock (other than Dissenting Shares, and shares to be canceled in accordance with Section 2.1(b)) shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Common Stock Merger Consideration, without interest.  As of the Effective Time, all such shares of Company Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and shall cease to exist, and each holder of shares of Company Common Stock shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Per Share Common Stock Merger Consideration to be paid in consideration therefor without interest.

 

(d)   Transfer Books; No Further Ownership Rights in Company Stock.  All consideration paid upon the surrender of the shares of Company Common Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been paid in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of

 

2



 

Company Common Stock.  At the close of business on the day on which the Effective Time occurs, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation of the shares of Company Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

(e)   No Liability. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation shall be liable to any Person for any amount properly paid or delivered to a public official pursuant to any applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law.

 

(f)    Dissenting Shares . Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.1 to the contrary, any shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Person who has not voted in favor of the Merger or consented thereto in writing and who has properly complied with all of the relevant provisions of Section 262 of the DGCL (the “ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Common Stock Merger Consideration unless such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or otherwise loses its rights to appraisal or it is determined that such holder does not have appraisal rights in accordance with the DGCL.  If, after the Effective Time, such holder fails to perfect or withdraws or loses its right to appraisal, or if it is determined that such holder does not have appraisal rights, such shares shall be treated as if they had been converted as of the Effective Time into the right to receive the Per Share Common Stock Merger Consideration.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.1, if the Merger is rescinded or abandoned, then the right of any stockholder to be paid the fair value of such stockholder’s Dissenting Shares pursuant to Section 262 of the DGCL will cease.  The Company shall give Parent prompt notice of any demands received by the Company for appraisal of shares, and Parent shall have the right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands except as required by applicable law. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Parent, make any payment with respect to, or settle or offer to settle, any such demands, unless and to the extent required to do so under applicable law.

 

Section 2.2             Company Options.   At the Closing, each holder of a Company Option (an “ Optionholder ”) shall be entitled to receive, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in exchange for the cancellation of each Company Option held by such Optionholder (whether or not then exercisable) an amount (without interest and net of applicable taxes required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable laws) (the “ Option Consideration ”) equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per each share of Company Common Stock subject to such Company Option from (ii) the Per Share Common Stock Merger Consideration.  In the event that the exercise price of any Company Option is equal to or greater than the Per Share Common Stock Merger Consideration for such Company Option, such Company Option shall be cancelled and have no further force or effect, in which case the Option Consideration with respect to such Company Option shall be deemed to equal zero.  Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall take such action as shall be required:

 

(i)            to effectuate the cancellation, as of the Closing, of the Company Stock Plan and of all Company Options outstanding immediately prior to the Closing (without regard to the exercise price of such Company Options); and

 

(ii)           to cause each outstanding Company Option to represent as of the Closing solely the right to receive, in accordance with this Section 2.2, a lump sum cash payment in the amount of the Option Consideration, if any, with respect to such Company Option and to no longer represent the right to purchase shares of Company Common Stock or any other equity security of the Company or any other Person or any other consideration.

 

3



 

Section 2.3             Withholding Taxes.  Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable to a holder of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or under any provision of state, local or foreign tax law.  To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company represents and warrants to Parent that, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule delivered to Parent in the date hereof (which Disclosure Schedule makes explicit reference to the particular representation or warranty as to which exception is taken, which in each case shall constitute the sole representation and warranty as to which such exception shall apply) (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”):

 

Section 3.1             Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power.

 

(a)   The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good corporate standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good corporate standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the character of the properties owned or leased by it requires such licensing or qualification except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

(b)   Except for Axya Medical, Inc., the Company has no subsidiaries, and the Company does not:  (i) own of record or beneficially, directly or indirectly:  (1) any shares of capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock of any other corporation; or (2) any participating interest in any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise; or (ii) control, directly or indirectly, any other entity.

 

Section 3.2             Authorization of Agreements, No Conflicts Etc .  The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and by the shareholders of the Company and do not:  (i) violate any provision of any law, any order of any court or other agency of government, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Charter ”), or the By-laws of the Company, as amended (the “ By-laws ”), or any provision of any indenture, mortgage, agreement, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or other instrument, arrangement, or understanding to which the Company or any of its properties or assets is bound (collectively, the “ Key Agreements and Instruments ”); (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any such Key Agreements and Instruments; (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge, restriction, claim or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Company; (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate any provision of any Key Agreements and Instruments; or (v) require any permit, authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by, or notice or declaration to, or filing with, any court or administrative or governmental body or agency, pursuant to the Charter or By-laws of the Company or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject.

 

4



 

Section 3.3             Validity.   This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 3.4             Governmental Approvals.   Except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the DGCL, no consents or approvals of, or filings, declarations or registrations with, any Governmental Authority are necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than such other consents, approvals, filings, declarations or registrations that, if not obtained, made or given, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Section 3.5             Authorized Capital Stock.   The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of:  (a) 50,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.  On the date hereof the stockholders of record and holders of subscriptions, warrants, options, including Company Options, convertible securities, and other rights (contingent or other) to purchase or otherwise acquire equity securities of the Company, and the number of shares of stock and the number of such subscriptions, warrants, options, including Company Options, convertible securities, and other such rights held by each, are as set forth on Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule.  Except as set forth on Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule:  (i) no person owns of record or is known to the Company to own beneficially any share of capital stock of the Company; (ii) no subscription, warrant, option, convertible security, or other right (contingent or other) to purchase or otherwise acquire equity securities of the Company is authorized or outstanding; and (iii) there is no commitment by the Company to issue shares, subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities, or other such rights or to distribute to holders of any of its equity securities any evidence of indebtedness or any asset.  Except as set forth on Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Company has no obligation (contingent or other) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT AND MERGER SUB

 

Parent and Merger Sub jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Company:

 

Section 4.1             Organization, Standing and Corporate Power.  Each of Parent and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated.

 

Section 4.2             Authority; Noncontravention.

 

(a)   Each of Parent and Merger Sub has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement, and the consummation by Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, have been duly authorized and approved by their respective Boards of Directors and Parent as the sole shareholder of Merger Sub and no other corporate action on the part of Parent and Merger Sub is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by Parent and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and Merger Sub and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Company, constitutes

 

5


 

a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of Parent and Merger Sub, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Merger Sub, nor the consummation by Parent or Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, nor compliance by Parent or Merger Sub with any of the terms or provisions hereof, will (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Parent or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Merger Sub or (ii)  violate any law, judgment, writ or injunction of any Governmental Authority applicable to Parent or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, or (iii) violate, conflict with, result in the loss of any benefit under, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under, accelerate the performance required by, or result in the creation of any lien upon any of the respective properties or assets of, Parent or Merger Sub or any of their respective subsidiaries under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any contract or other agreement to which Parent, Merger Sub or any of their respective subsidiaries is a party, or by which they or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound or affected for such violations, conflicts, losses, defaults, terminations, cancellations, accelerations or liens as, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair the ability of Parent or Merger Sub to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (a “Parent Material Adverse Effect” ).

 

Section 4.3             Governmental Approvals.   Except for the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the DGCL, no consents or approvals of, or filings, declarations or registrations with, any Governmental Authority are necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent and Merger Sub or the consummation by Parent and Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than such other consents, approvals, filings, declarations or registrations that, if not obtained, made or given, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.4             Ownership and Operations of Merger Sub.   Parent owns beneficially and indirectly of record all of the outstanding capital stock of Merger Sub. Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has engaged in no other business activities and has conducted its operations only as contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE V.

 

COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

Section 5.1             Further Action; Reasonable Best Efforts . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary, proper and advisable under applicable laws to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2             Indemnification and Insurance .

 

(a)   From and after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall indemnify the individuals who at or prior to the Effective Time were directors or officers of the Company (collectively, the “Indemnitees” ) with respect to all acts or omissions by them in their capacities as such at any time prior to the Effective Time, to the fullest extent permitted by (A) the Charter and Bylaws as in effect on the date of this Agreement and (B) applicable law; provided, however, that the Surviving Corporation shall not be required to indemnify any Indemnitee for such Indemnitee’s criminal conduct or fraud.

 

6



 

(b)   In the event that Parent or the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or a majority of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Parent or the Surviving Corporation shall succeed to the obligations set forth in this Section 5.2.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 6.1             Survival of Representations and Warranties.   The representations, warranties and agreements in this Agreement shall survive the Closing.

 

Section 6.2             Assignment.   This Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 6.3             Counterparts; Facsimile; Electronic Transmission.   This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement) and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 6.4             Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.  This Agreement and the Disclosure Schedule (a) constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and (b) except for the provisions of Section 5.2, are not intended to and shall not confer upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

Section 6.5             Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

(a)   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within that State, except to the extent the DGCL is applicable hereto.

 

(b)   Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 6.6             Consent to Jurisdiction.  All actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be heard and determined in the Delaware Court of Chancery or, if subject matter jurisdiction in the such court is not available, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts (and, in the case of appeals, appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such action or proceeding and irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding. The consent to jurisdiction set forth in this

 

7



 

paragraph shall not constitute general consent to service of process in the State of Delaware and shall have no effect for any purpose except as provided in this paragraph and shall not be deemed to confer rights on any Person other than the parties hereto. The parties hereto agree that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by applicable law.

 

Section 6.7             Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally, facsimiled (which is confirmed) or sent by overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) to the parties at the following addresses:

 

If to the Company:

 

Axya Holdings, Inc.

100 Cummings Center, Suite 444C

Beverly, MA 01915

Attention:  Paul V. Fenton

Facsimile:  (978) 232-9998

 

with a copy to:

 

Choate, Hall & Stewart LLP

Two International Place

100-150 Oliver Street

Boston, MA 02110

Attention:  Lawrence H. Gennari

Facsimile:  (617) 248-4000

 

c/o Warburg Pincus LLC

466 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Sean D. Carney

Facsimile:  (212) 716-5040

 

If to Parent or Merger Sub:

 

Tornier US Holdings, Inc.

7716 Golden Triangle Drive

Eden Prairie, MN 55344

Attn: Douglas Kohrs

Facsimile: (952) 995-7446

 

with a copy to:

 

c/o Warburg Pincus LLC

466 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Sean D. Carney

Facsimile:  (212) 716-5040

 

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

 

8



 

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Steven J. Gartner, Esq.

Facsimile:  (212) 728-9222

 

or such other address or facsimile number as such party may hereafter specify by like notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 P.M. in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.

 

Section 6.8             Severability.   If any term or other provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

Section 6.9             Remedies .  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any and all remedies expressly conferred upon a party to this Agreement will be cumulative with, and not exclusive of, any other remedy contained in this Agreement, at law or in equity.  The exercise by a party to this Agreement of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise by it of any other remedy.

 

Section 6.10           Definitions.

 

(a)   As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings ascribed thereto below:

 

 “Business day” shall mean a day except a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which the SEC or banks in the City of New York are authorized or required by law to be closed.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Common Stock Merger Consideration ” means an amount equal to $27,000,000 plus the aggregate of the exercise prices of in-the-money Company Options issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing, assuming the acceleration of all otherwise unvested Company Options at such time.

 

“Company Options” shall mean any Option issued under a Company Stock Plan.

 

“Company Stock Plan” shall mean the Axya Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.

 

“Fully Diluted Shares” shall mean the total number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing on a fully diluted basis (excluding any out-of-the-money Company Options).

 

9



 

“Options” shall mean options, warrants and other rights to acquire shares of Company Common Stock.

 

“Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, an association, a trust or any other entity, including a Governmental Authority.

 

“Per Share Common Stock Merger Consideration” means an amount in cash equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Common Stock Merger Consideration by the Fully Diluted Shares.

 

Section 6.11           Waiver of Jury Trial .  Each party acknowledges and agrees that any controversy which may arise under this Agreement is likely to involve complicated and difficult issues and, therefore, each such party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Each party to this Agreement certifies and acknowledges that (a) no representative of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not seek to enforce the foregoing waiver in the event of a proceeding, (b) such party has considered the implications of this waiver, (c) such party makes this waiver voluntarily, and (d) such party has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 6.11.

 

Section 6.12           Interpretation .

 

(a)   When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, a Section or Exhibit, such reference shall be to an Article of, a Section of, or an Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein or in any agreement or instrument that is referred to herein means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

 

(b)   The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

TORNIER US HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

Name:

Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AXYA ACQUISITION II, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

Name:

Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AXYA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Paul V. Fenton, Jr.

 

 

Name:

Paul V. Fenton, Jr.

 

 

Title:

President/CEO

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

TORNIER B.V.,

 

VERTICAL FUND I, L.P.,
VERTICAL FUND II, L.P.,
TMG HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.,
STICHTING ADMINISTRATIEKANTOOR TORNIER,
FRED B. DINGER III
AND
DOUGLAS W. KOHRS

 

DATED AS OF MARCH 26, 2010

 

1



 

Table of Contents

 

Section 1.

 

Definitions

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.

 

Contribution

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.

 

Representations and Warranties

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.

 

Contributors’ Representations and Warranties Concerning the Company

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.

 

Pre-Closing Covenants

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.

 

Post-Closing Covenants

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.

 

Conditions to Obligation to Close and Deliveries at Closing

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.

 

Remedies for Breaches of This Agreement

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.

 

Tax Matters

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.

 

Termination

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.

 

Miscellaneous

 

24

 

Schedules

 

Schedule 2(a)                         Contributors Information, C2M Shares Owned by Contributors and Tornier Shares to Be Acquired by Contributors

Schedule 3(a)                         Disclosures Regarding Contributors’ Representations and Warranties

Schedule 3(b)                        Disclosures Regarding Tornier’s Representations and Warranties

Schedule 4                                       Disclosures Regarding Contributors’ Representations and Warranties Concerning the Company

 

2



 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This Contribution Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into this 26 th  day of March, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Tornier B.V., (“ Tornier ”), Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier (“ STAK ”), Vertical Fund I, L.P. (“ Vertical I ”), Vertical Fund II, L.P. (“ Vertical II ”), TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. (“ TMG ”), Fred B. Dinger, III (“ Dinger ”) and Douglas W. Kohrs (“ Kohrs ”; and Vertical I, Vertical II, TMG, Dinger and Kohrs are each referred to as a “ Contributor ” and collectively as “ Contributors ”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.             Each of Vertical I, Vertical II, TMG and Kohrs currently own certain ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each, in Tornier.

 

B.             Tornier and Contributors have agreed that each of Vertical I, Vertical II, TMG and Kohrs will acquire the number of additional ordinary shares, and Dinger will acquire the number of depositary receipts of ordinary shares, with a par value of EUR 0.01 each, in Tornier, as more specifically set forth below.

 

C.             Contributors own all the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 in C2M Medical, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and desire to use such shares to pay up the additional ordinary shares in Tornier.

 

D.             Tornier desires to accept the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 in C2M as contribution for its shares according to the terms and conditions set forth below.

 

AGREEMENTS:

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, Tornier and Contributors agree as follows:

 

Section 1.               Definitions .

 

Adverse Consequences ” means all actions, suits, proceedings, hearings, investigations, charges, complaints, claims, demands, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, damages, penalties, fines, costs, amounts paid in settlements, Liabilities, obligations, Taxes, liens, losses, expenses and fees, including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.

 

Affiliate ” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified.

 

C2M Shares ” means all of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, which shares are listed in the attached Schedule 2(a) .

 

Claiming Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) below.

 

3



 

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) below.

 

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) below

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals above.

 

Confidential Information ” means any information concerning the businesses and affairs of the Company that is not already generally available to the public.

 

Contributor Material Adverse Change ” means any change that would be materially adverse to the business, assets, financial condition, operating results or operations of Company, or that would affect the ability of Contributors to timely consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Contributors ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Deadline ” means June 15, 2010.

 

Dinger ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Effective Date ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Requirements ” shall mean, as amended and as now and hereafter in effect, all federal, state, local, and non-U.S. statutes, regulations, ordinances, and other provisions having the force or effect of law, all judicial and administrative orders and determinations, all contractual obligations, and all common law concerning public health and safety, worker health and safety, pollution, or protection of the environment, including all those relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened release, control, or cleanup of any hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, chemical substances or mixtures, pesticides, pollutants, contaminants, toxic chemicals, petroleum products or byproducts, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, noise, or radiation.

 

“Expense Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(k) below.

 

Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(g) below.

 

Indemnification Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(f)(ii).

 

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) below.

 

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world: (a) all ideas, concepts, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisional, revisions, extensions, counterparts, and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service

 

4



 

marks, trade dress, logos, slogans, trade names, corporate names, Internet domain names, and rights in telephone numbers, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights, and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all mask works and all applications, registrations, and renewals in connection therewith, (e) all trade secrets and confidential business information (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, technical data, designs, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals), (f) all computer software (including source code, executable code, data, databases, and related documentation) and computer/engineering models, (g) all advertising and promotional materials, (h) all other proprietary rights, and (i) all copies and tangible embodiments thereof (in whatever form or medium).

 

Kohrs ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Liability ” means any liability or obligation of whatever kind or nature (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge, or other security interest.

 

Most Recent Balance Sheet ” means the balance sheet contained within the Most Recent Financial Statements.

 

Most Recent Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(g) below.

 

Most Recent Fiscal Month End ” means February 28, 2010.

 

Most Recent Fiscal Year End ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(g) below.

 

Ordinary Course of Business ” means the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity and frequency).

 

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, any other business entity, or a governmental entity (or any department, agency, or political subdivision thereof).

 

STAK ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, shares, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind

 

5



 

whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify, defend or hold harmless, or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

Third-Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) below.

 

TMG ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Tornier ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Tornier, Inc. ” means Tornier, Inc., a Delaware corporation.  Tornier, Inc. is a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Tornier.

 

Tornier IP License ” means that certain Intellectual Property License Agreement dated June 17, 2008, between the Company and Tornier, Inc.

 

Tornier Material Adverse Change ” means any change that would be materially adverse to the business, assets, financial condition, operating results or operations of Tornier, or to the ability of Tornier to consummate timely the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Tornier Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

 

Vertical I ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Vertical II ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Section 2.                Contribution .

 

(a)                Basic Transaction .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

 

(i)         Tornier agrees to issue to each Contributor at Closing, the number of ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each, as indicated in the attached Schedule 2(a)  (collectively, the “ Tornier Shares ”), provided however, that Dinger directs Tornier to issue the number of shares issuable to him, as indicated next to his name in Schedule 2(a)  to STAK in exchange for allotment of depositary receipts of those shares to Dinger.  In order to meet their respective obligations to pay-up the Tornier Shares, Contributors will transfer to Tornier at Closing, the C2M Shares having a value of no less than the nominal value of Tornier Shares (the “ Contribution ”), as more specifically set forth in Tornier’s Management Board’s description of the Contribution.  Tornier will have no obligation to pay back any part of the Contribution; and

 

(ii)        STAK agrees to allot depositary receipts of the Tornier Shares it acquires pursuant to this Agreement to Dinger upon receipt of such shares, which depositary receipts have the same nomination and nominal value as the Tornier Shares it acquires and which

 

6



 

allotment (i) is governed by STAK’s prevailing trust conditions and (ii) occurs without Tornier’s cooperation.

 

(b)               Closing .  The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on March 26, 2010, or at such other date as Tornier and Contributor may mutually agree (the “ Closing Date ”), at a time and place as Tornier and Contributor may mutually agree.

 

Section 3.                Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)                Contributors’ Representations and Warranties .  Each Contributor, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to Tornier for the benefit of Tornier, Inc. that, except as specifically set forth in Schedule 3(a)  attached hereto, the statements contained in this Section 3(a) are true, correct and complete as of the Effective Date and shall continue to be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date.

 

(i)             Authorization of Transaction .  Each Contributor has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of its/his obligations hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of Contributors, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions.  Contributors need not give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(ii)            Non-contravention . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (A) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which Contributors individually or collectively, are subject, (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which Contributors individually or collectively are a party or by which Contributors individually or collectively are bound or to which any of Contributors’ assets are subject, or (C) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the C2M Shares.

 

(iii)           Brokers’ Fees .  Contributors have no Liability to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(iv)           C2M Shares .  Contributors hold of record and own beneficially the number of C2M Shares set forth in Schedule 2(a)  attached hereto, which represent such percentage of the issued and outstanding C2M Shares as stated on Schedule 2(a) , and all of which collectively represent all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company, free and clear of any restrictions on transfer, Taxes, Liens, options, warrants, purchase rights, contracts, commitments, equities, claims, and demands.  Contributors individually or collectively are not a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment (other than this Agreement) that could require Contributors to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any shares of

 

7



 

Company.  Contributors individually or collectively are not a party to any voting trust, proxy, or other agreement or understanding with respect to the voting of any shares of Company.

 

(v)            Litigation .  There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or litigation pending or threatened in writing against Contributors which (a) challenges or seeks to enjoin, alter, or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (b) would constitute a Contributor Material Adverse Change.

 

(b)            Tornier’s Representations and Warranties .  Tornier represents and warrants to Contributors that except as set forth in Schedule 3(b) attached hereto, the statements contained in this Section 3(b)  are correct and complete as of the Effective Date and shall continue to be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date.

 

(i)             Organization of Tornier .  Tornier is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

(ii)            Authorization of Transaction .  Tornier has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder.  This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of Tornier, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions.  Tornier needs not give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by Tornier.

 

(iii)           Tornier Capitalization .  As of the Effective Date, Tornier’s current issued and outstanding share capital consists of 74,210,912 ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each, and its authorized share capital consists of 300,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each.

 

(iv)           Tornier Financial Statements .  Tornier has delivered to Contributors unaudited balance sheets, and cash flow as of and for the fiscal year that ended December 31, 2009, which are subject to normal year-end adjustments.

 

(v)           Non-contravention .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (A) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which Tornier is subject or any provision of its charter, bylaws, or other governing documents, (B) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which Tornier is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, or (C) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to Tornier Shares.

 

(vi)          Brokers’ Fees .  Tornier has no Liability to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which any Contributor could become liable or obligated.

 

8


 

(vii)                            Litigation .  There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or litigation pending or threatened in writing against Tornier which (a) challenges or seeks to enjoin, alter or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) would constitute a Tornier Material Adverse Change.

 

Section 4.                                             Contributors’ Representations and Warranties Concerning the Company .  Each of the Contributors, severally and not jointly, represent and warrant to Tornier for the benefit of Tornier, Inc. that, except as set forth in Schedule 4 attached hereto, each statement contained in this Section 4 is true, correct and complete as of the Effective Date and shall continue to be true, correct and complete as of the Closing Date.

 

(a)                                   Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power .  Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Company is duly authorized to conduct business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where qualification is required, except where the failure to be so qualified would not result in a Contributor Material Adverse Change.  Company has full corporate power and authority all licenses, permits, and authorizations necessary to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it, except where the failure to obtain such license, permit or authorization would not result in a Contributor Material Adverse Change.  Company is not in default under or in violation of any provision of its certificate of incorporation, bylaws, or any other corporate document to which it is a party, except where such default would not result in a Contributor Material Adverse Change.

 

(b)                                  Capitalization .  The entire authorized capital stock of Company consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, US $0.00001 par value per share of which no shares have been issued, and 40,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value US $0.0001, of which 23,200,000 are issued and outstanding.  No shares of capital stock of the Company are held in the Company’s treasury.  All of the C2M Shares have been duly authorized, are validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable.  No equity interest in the Company was issued in violation of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any pre-emptive (or other similar right) of any Person.  There are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights or other contracts or  commitments that could require the Company to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding any of its capital stock. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect to the Company. There are no voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of the capital stock of the Company.

 

(c)                                   Non-contravention .  Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which Company is subject or any provision of its charter or bylaws or (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject (or result in the imposition of any Lien upon any of its assets).  Company does not need

 

9



 

to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent, or approval of any government or governmental agency in order for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated.

 

(d)                                  Brokers’ Fees .  Company has no Liability to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Title to Assets .  Company has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the properties and assets used by it, located on its premises, shown on the Most Recent Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof, free and clear of all Liens.

 

(f)                                     No Subsidiaries .  Company has no subsidiaries and does not own or have any right to acquire, directly or indirectly, any outstanding shares of, or other equity interests in, any Person.

 

(g)                                  Statements .  Attached as Section (g) of Schedule 4 are the following financial statements (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”):  (i) unaudited balance sheets, and cash flow as of and for the fiscal year that ended December 31, 2009 (the “ Most Recent Fiscal Year End ”) for the Company; and (ii) unaudited balance sheets, and cash flow as of and for the months that ended February 28, 2010 (collectively, the “ Most Recent Financial Statements ”) for the Company.  Subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of notes, the Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of Company as of the date thereof.

 

(h)                                  Events Subsequent to Most Recent Fiscal Month End .  Since the Most Recent Fiscal Month End, there has not been any Contributor Material Adverse Change.

 

(i)                                      No Actions . Except for the bonus payments described in Section (i) of Schedule 4 attached hereto, since the Most Recent Fiscal Month End:

 

(i)                                      Company has not sold, leased, transferred, or assigned any of its assets, tangible or intangible, other than for a fair consideration in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(ii)                                   Company has not entered into any agreement, contract, lease, or license (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases, and licenses) involving more than $10,000;

 

(iii)                                no party (including Company) has accelerated, terminated, modified, or cancelled any agreement, contract, lease, or license (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases, and licenses) involving more than $10,000 to which Company is a party or by which it is bound;

 

(iv)                               no Liens have been imposed on any of Company’s tangible or intangible assets;

 

(v)                                  Company has not made any capital expenditure (or series of related capital expenditures) either involving more than $10,000;

 

10



 

(vi)                               Company has not made any capital investment in, any loan to, or any acquisition of the securities or assets of, any other Person (or series of related capital investments, loans, and acquisitions);

 

(vii)                            Company has not issued any note, bond, or other debt security or created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed any indebtedness for borrowed money or capitalized lease obligation;

 

(viii)                         Company has not delayed or postponed the payment of accounts payable and other Liabilities outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(ix)                                 Company has not cancelled, compromised, waived, or released any right or claim (or series of related rights and claims) either involving more than $10,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(x)                                    Company has not transferred, assigned, or granted any license or sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property;

 

(xi)                                 there has been no change made or authorized in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Company;

 

(xii)                              Company has not issued, sold, or otherwise disposed of any of its shares, or granted any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion, exchange, or exercise) any of its shares;

 

(xiii)                           Company has not declared, set aside, or paid any dividend or made any distribution with respect to its shares (whether in cash or in kind) or redeemed, purchased, or otherwise acquired any of its shares;

 

(xiv)                          Company has not experienced any damage, destruction, or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to its property;

 

(xv)                             Company has not entered into any transaction with any of its directors or officers outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(xvi)                          Company has not entered into or terminated any employment contract or collective bargaining agreement, written or oral;

 

(xvii)                       Company has not granted any increase in the base compensation of any of its directors or officers;

 

(xviii)                    Company has not adopted, amended, modified, or terminated any bonus, profit sharing, incentive, severance, or other plan, contract, or commitment for the benefit of any of its directors or officers;

 

(xix)                            Company has not made or pledged to make any charitable or other capital contribution;

 

11



 

(xx)                               there has not been any other occurrence, event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction outside the Ordinary Course of Business involving Company;

 

(xxi)                            Company has not discharged a material Liability or Lien;

 

(xxii)                         Company has not made any loans or advances of money;

 

(xxiii)                      Company has not, except as required or necessary in the Ordinary Course of Business, disclosed any Confidential Information; and

 

(xxiv)                     Company has not committed to do any of the foregoing.

 

(j)                                      Undisclosed Liabilities .  Except as disclosed in the Most Recent Financial Statements, Company has no Liabilities, and Contributors have no knowledge of any basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand against it giving rise to any Liability.

 

(k)                                   Legal Compliance and Licenses .  Company has complied with all applicable laws (including rules, regulations, codes, plans, injunctions, judgments, orders, decrees, rulings, and charges thereunder) of federal, state, local, and non-U.S. governments (and all agencies thereof).  No action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, demand, or notice has been filed or commenced against the Company alleging any failure to so comply. Section (k) of Schedule 4 contains a complete list of all governmental licenses possessed by the Company, permits, franchises, rights and privileges, if any, necessary for or material to the present conduct of the Company (collectively, the “ Licenses ”).  All Licenses are in full force and effect.  There are no pending or, to the actual knowledge of Contributors, threatened claims or proceedings challenging the validity of or seeking to revoke or discontinue, any of the Licenses.

 

(l)                                      Tax Matters .

 

(i)                                      Company has timely filed (or obtained an extension for filing) all Tax Returns that it was required to file under applicable laws and regulations.  All Tax Returns were correct and complete in all respects and were prepared and filed in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.  All Taxes due and owing by Company (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid.  Company is not currently the beneficiary of, or has an application pending for, any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return.  No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where Company does not file Tax Returns that Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.  There are no Liens for Taxes upon any of the assets of Company.

 

(ii)                                   Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, shareholder, or other third party.

 

(iii)                                No federal, state, local or non-U.S. tax audits or administrative or judicial Tax proceedings are pending or being conducted with respect to Company.  Company has not received from any federal, state, local or non-U.S. taxing authority any (A) notice indicating an intent to open an audit or other review, (B) request for information related to Tax

 

12



 

matters, or (C) notice of deficiency or proposed adjustment for any amount of Tax proposed, asserted, or assessed by any taxing authority against Company.

 

(iv)                               Company has not waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency.

 

(v)                                  The C2M Shares do not constitute “United States real property interests” within the meaning of section 897(c)(1) of the Code.

 

(m)                                Real Property .  Company does not own or lease any real property.

 

(n)                                  Intellectual Property .

 

(i)                                      Company owns and possesses or has the right to use pursuant to a transferable, valid and enforceable written license, sublicense, agreement or permission all know-how and trade secrets used in the operation of its business.  Each item of know-how and trade secret owned or used by Company will be owned or available for use by Tornier on identical terms and conditions immediately subsequent to the Closing.

 

(ii)                                   Section (n) of Schedule 4 identifies each patent and trademark registration that has been, or before the Closing will have been, assigned to Company with respect to any of its Intellectual Property, identifies each pending patent application and trademark application that has been, or before the Closing will have been, assigned to Company, and identifies each material license, sublicense, agreement, or other permission that Company has granted to any third party with respect to any of its Intellectual Property (together with any exceptions).  Section (n) of Schedule 4 also identifies each material unregistered trademark, service mark, trade name, corporate name or Internet domain name, computer software item (other than commercially available off-the-shelf software purchased or licensed for less than a total cost of $1,000 in the aggregate) and material unregistered copyright used by Company in connection with its business.  With respect to each item of Intellectual Property owned by the Company required to be identified in Section (n) of Schedule 4 :

 

(A)                               as of the Closing Date, Company owns and possesses all right, title, and interest in and to the item, free and clear of any Lien, license (other than the Tornier IP License), or other restriction or limitation regarding use or disclosure;

 

(B)                                 the item is not subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge;

 

(C)                                 other than proceedings in respect to the prosecution of patent applications, no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand is pending or threatened that challenges the legality, validity, enforceability, use, or ownership of the item; and

 

(D)                                Company has not agreed to indemnify, defend or hold harmless any Person for or against any interference, infringement, misappropriation, or other conflict with respect to the item.

 

13



 

(iii)                                Company has received no notice alleging that, and Contributors have no knowledge that, any of the items of Intellectual Property set forth on Section (n) of Schedule 4 or any products or methods of making them disclosed in such Intellectual Property interferes with, infringes upon or misappropriates, or otherwise is in conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of third parties or that any third party has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise come into conflict with any of the items of Intellectual Property set forth on Section (n) of Schedule 4 or any of Company’s products or methods of making them.

 

(o)                                  Tangible Assets .  Company does not have any tangible assets.

 

(p)                                  Contracts .  Section (p) of Schedule 4 lists all material contracts and other agreements and arrangements to which Company is a party, and each of such contract, agreement  or arrangement:  (A) is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect; (B) will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (C) the Company and, to the knowledge of Contributors, the other parties thereto are not in breach or default, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time would constitute a breach or default, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, under the agreement, except where any such breach or default would not result in a Contributor Material Adverse Change; and (D) no party has repudiated any provision of the agreement.

 

(q)                                  Notes and Accounts Receivable .  All notes and accounts receivable of Company are reflected properly on its books and records.

 

(r)                                     Powers of Attorney .  There are no outstanding powers of attorney executed on behalf of Company.

 

(s)                                   Insurance .  Section (s) of Schedule 4 sets forth a complete list of all policies of insurance of any kind or nature covering the Company or any of its properties or assets, including fire, theft, and other casualty and liability insurance.  All such policies are in full force and effect, and the Company is not in default of any material provision thereof.  To Contributors’ actual knowledge, no insurance policy limits, aggregates or maximums have been reached or exceeded.

 

(t)                                     Litigation .  The Company is not (i) subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge or (ii) a party, or to its knowledge or the knowledge of Contributors, threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, or investigation of, in, or before (or that could come before) any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. jurisdiction or before (or that could come before) any arbitrator.

 

(u)                                  Products .  Company has not sold, leased, distributed, or given away any products.

 

(v)                                  Employees .  As of the Closing Date, the Company does not have any employees.  There is no employment-related charge, complaint, grievance, investigation, inquiry or obligation of any kind, pending or threatened in any forum, relating to an alleged violation or breach by Company of any law, regulation or contract.  There are no written or unwritten employment contracts or severance agreements with any employees of Company.  Company has not implemented any plant closing or layoff of employees that could implicate the Worker Adjustment and Retraining

 

14



 

Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar non-U.S., state, or local law, regulation, or ordinance.

 

(w)                                Guaranties .  Company is not a guarantor or otherwise is liable for any Liability of any other Person.

 

(x)                                    Environmental, Health, and Safety Matters .  Company has at all times complied and is in compliance with all Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements, except where any failure to so comply would not result in a Contributor Material Adverse Change.

 

(y)                                  Customers and Suppliers .

 

(i)                                      Company has no customers.

 

(ii)                                   Since the date of the Most Recent Balance Sheet, no supplier of Company has indicated in writing that it shall stop, or decrease the rate of, supplying materials, products or services to Company.

 

(z)                                    Disclosure .  No representation, warranty or other statement of Contributors contained in this Agreement or the Schedules contains an untrue statement of material fact or, to the actual knowledge of Contributors, omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make such representation, warranty or other statement, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, not misleading.  To the actual knowledge of Contributors, they have not withheld from Tornier any documents or other information in their possession that, taken as a whole with all other documents and information in Contributors’ possession, would lead a reasonable person in Tornier’s position to conclude that any such representation, warranty or other statement is untrue in any material respect.

 

Section 5.                                             Pre-Closing Covenants .   The Parties covenant as follows:

 

(a)                                   General . Each of the Parties will use reasonable efforts to take all actions and to do all things necessary, proper or advisable in order to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including satisfaction of the Closing conditions set forth in Section 7 below).

 

(b)                                  Notices and Consents .  Contributors will cause Company to give all notices to third parties, and will cause Company to obtain all third-party consents, authorizations, and approvals as necessary or required in connection with the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.  All such notices, consents, authorizations and approvals are listed in Section (b) of the attached Schedule 4.

 

(c)                                   Operation of Business .  Contributors will not cause or permit Company to engage in any practice, take any action, or enter into any transaction outside the Ordinary Course of Business.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Contributors will not cause or permit Company to (i) declare, set aside, or pay any dividend or make any distribution with respect to its shares or redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire any of its shares, or (ii) otherwise engage in any practice, take any action, or enter into any transaction of the sort described in Section 4(h) above.

 

15



 

(d)                                  Preservation of Business .  Contributors will cause Company to keep its business and properties substantially intact, including its present operations, working conditions, insurance policies, and relationships with lessors, licensors, suppliers.

 

(e)                                   Notice of Developments .  Each of Contributor and Tornier will give prompt written notice to the other of any material adverse development causing a breach of any of its representations and warranties in this Agreement.  No disclosure by any party to this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5(e), however, shall be deemed to amend or supplement the Schedules or to prevent or cure any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of covenant.

 

(f)                                     Tax Matters .  Without the prior written consent of Tornier, Company will not, and Contributors shall not permit the Company to, make or change any election, change an annual accounting period, adopt or change any accounting method, file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any Tax claim or assessment relating to Company, surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment relating to Company, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any Tax Return or the payment of any Tax, if such election, adoption, change, amendment, agreement, settlement, surrender, consent or other action would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability of Company for any period ending after the Closing Date or decreasing any Tax attribute of Company existing on the Closing Date.

 

Section 6.                                             Post-Closing Covenants .  The Parties covenant as follows with respect to the period following the Closing:

 

(a)                                   General .

 

(i)                                      If at any time after the Closing any further actions are necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement will take such further actions (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents) as any other party to this Agreement may reasonably request, all at the sole cost and expense of the requesting party (unless the requesting party is entitled to indemnification therefore under Section 8 below).

 

(ii)                                   From and after the Closing, Tornier will be entitled to possession of all documents, books, records (including Tax records), agreements, and financial data of any sort relating to Company.

 

(b)                                  Litigation Support .  If, and for so long as, any party to this Agreement actively is contesting or defending against any third party, any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand in connection with (i) any transaction contemplated under this Agreement or (ii) any fact, situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, plan, occurrence, event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction on or prior to the Closing Date involving Company, each of the other Parties will cooperate with it in the contest or defense, make available his, her, or its personnel, and provide such testimony and access to his, her, or its books and records as shall be necessary in connection with the contest or defense, all at the sole cost and expense of the contesting or defending party (unless the contesting or defending party is entitled to indemnification therefore under Section 8 below).

 

16



 

(c)                                   Transition .  Contributors will not take any action that is designed or intended to have the effect of discouraging any lessor, licensor, supplier, or other business associate of Company from maintaining the same business relationships with Company after the Closing as it maintained with Company prior to the Closing.  Contributors will refer all customer inquiries relating to the business of Company to Tornier from and after the Closing.  At Tornier’s sole cost and expense, Contributors will cooperate and use their reasonable efforts to change any identifying or contact information on record with any supplier, government agency, business associate, or other third party promptly upon Tornier’s request.

 

(d)                                  Confidentiality .  Contributors will refrain from using any of the Confidential Information except in connection with this Agreement and deliver promptly to Tornier or destroy all tangible embodiments (and all copies) of the Confidential Information that are in its, his or her possession.  If any Contributor is requested or required pursuant to written or oral question or request for information or documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand, or similar process to disclose any Confidential Information, such Contributor will notify Tornier promptly of the request or requirement so that Tornier may seek an appropriate protective order.  If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, any Contributor is, on the advice of counsel, compelled to disclose any Confidential Information, such Contributor may disclose the Confidential Information.  The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any Confidential Information that is (a) generally available to the public immediately prior to the time of disclosure unless that Confidential Information is so available due to the actions of Contributors; (b) properly and legally was or becomes available to Contributors on a non-confidential basis independently and without restriction by third parties who have no obligation of confidentiality with respect to such information; or (c) independently developed by Contributors without reference to Confidential Information.

 

Section 7.                                             Conditions to Obligation to Close and Deliveries at Closing .

 

(a)                                   Conditions to Tornier’s Obligation . Tornier’s obligation to consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions, at or prior to, the Closing, unless Tornier waives any such condition in writing prior to the Closing:

 

(i)                                      the representations and warranties of Contributors set forth in Section3(a) and Section 4 above shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date;

 

(ii)                                   Contributors shall have performed and complied with all of their covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing;

 

(iii)                                Contributors shall have procured all of the third-party consents specified in Section 5(b) above;

 

(iv)                               no action, suit, or proceeding shall be pending or threatened before (or that could come before) any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. jurisdiction or before (or that could come before) any arbitrator wherein an unfavorable injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge would (A) prevent

 

17



 

consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (B) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, (C) adversely affect the right of Tornier to own the C2M Shares and to control Company, or (D) adversely affect the right of Company to own its assets and to operate its business (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge shall be in effect); and

 

(v)                                  all actions to be taken by Contributors in connection with consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and all certificates, opinions, instruments, and other documents required to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Tornier and Tornier shall have received all the documents, instruments and certificates set forth in Section 7(c).

 

(b)                                  Conditions to Contributors’ Obligations .  The obligations of Contributors to consummate the transactions to be performed by them in connection with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions at, or prior to, the Closing, unless Contributors waive in writing prior to the Closing any such condition:

 

(i)                                      the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3(b) above shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing Date;

 

(ii)                                   Tornier shall have performed and complied with all of its covenants hereunder in all material respects through the Closing;

 

(iii)                                no action, suit, or proceeding shall be pending or threatened before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. jurisdiction or before any arbitrator wherein an unfavorable injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge would (A) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (B) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation (and no such injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge shall be in effect); and

 

(vi)                               all actions to be taken by Tornier in connection with consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and all certificates, opinions, instruments, and other documents required to effect the transactions contemplated hereby will be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Contributors and Contributors shall have received all the documents, instruments and certificates set forth in Section 7(d).

 

(c)                                   Contributors’ Deliveries   Contributors shall deliver to Tornier at the Closing:

 

(i)                                      Original stock certificates representing all of the C2M Shares, accompanied by duly executed stock powers transferring the C2M Shares to Tornier;

 

(ii)                                   the resignations, effective as of the Closing, of each director and officer of Company;

 

(iii)                                original certificate of incorporation of Company;

 

18


 

(iv)           copies of the certificate of good standing of Company issued on or within thirty days before the Closing Date by the Secretary of State (or comparable officer) of the jurisdiction of organization;

 

(v)            the original minute books (containing the records of meetings of the shareholders, the board of directors, and any committees of the board of the directors), the bylaws, the stock certificate books, and the stock record books for Company;

 

(vi)           a certificate of the secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Tornier certifying that (A) there are no amendments to the certificate of incorporation of the Company, or the bylaws (or other governing documents) of the Company other than as evidenced in the original minute book provided to Tornier; (B) the minute book, the stock certificates, and the stock record books for Company provided to Tornier are correct and complete; (C) the copies of all Licenses delivered to Tornier are true and correct; and (D) each of the conditions specified above in Section 7(a) are satisfied in all respects.

 

(d)            Tornier’s Deliveries .  Tornier shall deliver to Contributors at the Closing:

 

(i)             Deed of Issue of the Tornier Shares to Vertical I, Vertical II, TMG and Kohrs pursuant to Schedule 2(a)  attached hereto; and

 

(ii)            Deed of Issue of the Tornier Shares to STAK against allotment of depositary receipts of shares to Dinger pursuant to Schedule 2(a)  attached hereto.

 

Section 8.                Remedies for Breaches of This Agreement .

 

(a)            Survival of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of the Parties hereto contained in this Agreement and any certificate or other document provided hereunder or thereunder shall survive in full force and effect until the first anniversary of the Closing Date and shall thereupon terminate; provided , however , that the representations and warranties of the Parties hereto contained Sections 3(a)(ii) [Non-contravention], 3(a)(iv) [C2M Shares], 4(b) [Capitalization], 4(c) [Non-contravention] and 4(l) [Tax Matters] shall survive in full force and effect until the end of the applicable statute of limitations, and shall thereupon terminate.  The covenants and agreements which by their terms do not contemplate performance after the Closing shall terminate as of, and not survive, the Closing.  The covenants and agreements which by their terms contemplate performance after the Closing and expire upon a date certain shall survive until such date certain, and those which do not expire upon a date certain shall survive the Closing in accordance with their terms until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

 

(b)            Indemnification Provisions for Tornier’s Benefit .  Subject to the limitations set forth herein, following the Closing, Contributors shall severally (in proportion to the number of C2M Shares being contributed by each Contributor), and not jointly, indemnify and defend Tornier, Inc. against, and shall hold Tornier, Inc. harmless from, any Adverse Consequences resulting from, arising out of, or incurred by Tornier, Tornier, Inc., or any other Tornier Affiliate in connection with:

 

19



 

(i)             Any breach of any representation or warranty made by any Contributor herein (including any inaccuracy in any related Schedule);

 

(ii)            Any breach or nonperformance of any covenant or agreement of any Contributor pursuant hereto; or

 

(iii)           fraud, intentional misrepresentation or willful breach by any Contributor.

 

(c)            Indemnification Provisions for Contributors’ Benefit .  Subject to the limitations set forth herein, following the Closing, Tornier shall indemnify and defend Contributors against, and shall hold Contributors harmless from, any Adverse Consequences resulting from, arising out of, or incurred by Contributors in connection with:

 

(i)             any breach of any representation or warranty by Tornier set forth in this Agreement;

 

(ii)            any covenant of Tornier contained in this Agreement; or

 

(iii)           any fraud, intentional misrepresentation or willful breach by Tornier.

 

(d)            Matters Involving Third Parties .

 

(i)             A party entitled to indemnification hereunder (the “ Claiming Party ”) will give the party obligated to provide such indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) prompt notice of any claim of a third party (a “ Third-Party Claim ”) as to which the Claiming Party has the right to demand indemnification hereunder (the “ Initial Claim Notice ”).  The failure to promptly give such Initial Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability hereunder, unless the Indemnifying Party was prejudiced thereby.

 

(ii)            Promptly after receiving such Initial Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party will assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim at its own expense and may settle such Third-Party Claim, but will not, without the written consent of the Claiming Party, agree to (i) any injunctive relief affecting the Claiming Party or any of its Affiliates or (ii) any settlement that would adversely affect the business or operations of the Claiming Party or any of its Affiliates.

 

(iii)           The Claiming Party will have the right to engage their/its own legal counsel (and other professional advisers) in connection with the defense of such Third-Party Claim, at the Claiming Party’s expense.  The Indemnifying Party will keep the Claiming Party fully informed of all matters material to such defense and Third-Party Claim at all stages thereof, whether or not the Claiming Party is represented by separate legal counsel.

 

(iv)           If the Indemnifying Party does not commence a defense within 30 days following receipt of such Initial Claim Notice (or such shorter period, if any, during which a

 

20



 

defense must be commenced for the preservation of rights), the Claiming Party may, at its option, settle or defend such Third-Party Claim at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.

 

(v)            If a judgment or order in favor of such third party is rendered against the Claiming Party or such Third-Party Claim is settled resulting in losses on the part of the Claiming Party, then the amount of such losses incurred by the Claiming Party will be paid by the Indemnifying Party.

 

(vi)           Each of the Contributors, STAK and Tornier will, and will cause its Affiliates to, promptly make available to the other party (and its legal counsel and other professional advisers with a reasonable need to know) all books and records of such party relating to such defense of such Third-Party Claim, subject to reasonable confidentiality requirements.  Each of Contributor, STAK and Tornier will render to the other parties such assistance as such other parties may reasonably request to ensure the proper and adequate defense of such Third-Party Claim.

 

(vii)          In conducting any defense or dealing with any Third-Party Claim hereunder, each party will use commercially reasonable efforts to protect and preserve the reputation and goodwill associated with each other party.

 

(e)            Additional Notices .  In addition to, and not in limitation of Section 8(d), a Claiming Party will give prompt notice to an Indemnifying Party of each claim for indemnification hereunder for which such Claiming Party proposes to demand indemnification (whether or not involving a third party), specifying the amount and nature of such claim (to the extent known).  The failure to promptly give such notice to the Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability hereunder, unless the Indemnifying Party was prejudiced thereby.

 

(f)             Limitations on Indemnification .

 

(i)             The cumulative indemnification obligations of either Contributors (collectively) or Tornier under this Section 8 shall not exceed U.S. $5 million.  For the avoidance of doubt, this limitation shall not apply to indemnification for Taxes governed by Section 9 of this Agreement or to indemnification for breach of Tax warranties.

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, neither Contributors (collectively) nor Tornier will have any indemnification obligations under this Section 8 unless and until the aggregate losses of, respectively, Tornier or Contributors (collectively) exceeds $20,000 (the “ Indemnification Threshold ”); provided however , that if such losses exceeds the Indemnification Threshold, then Contributors (collectively) or Tornier, respectively, will be obligated to indemnify respectively, Tornier or Contributors (collectively) for all such losses, including those losses equal to or less than the Indemnification Threshold.

 

(iii)           Any amount s payable under this Section 8 by the Indemnifying Party shall be reduced (A) by any amounts recoverable by the Claiming Party under insurance policies or from any other Person and (B) by any Tax benefit of the Claiming Party  arising from the incurrence or payment of any such indemnified amount.

 

21



 

(iv)           No party hereto shall be obligated to indemnify, defend or hold harmless, any other Person with respect to (A) any item disclosed in the Schedules or (B) any covenant or condition waived by the other party on, or prior to, the Closing.  Each party hereto agrees that, for so long as such party has any right of indemnification under Section 8, it shall not, and shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that their Affiliates do not, voluntarily or by discretionary action (including conducting any invasive sampling or testing), accelerate the timing, or increase the cost of any obligation of any other party under this Section 8, except to the extent that such action is taken (x) for a reasonable legitimate purpose or (y) in response to a discovery by such party.

 

(v)            No party hereto shall be obligated to indemnify, defend or hold harmless, any other Person with respect to any covenant or condition waived by the other party on or prior to the Closing.

 

Section 9.                Tax Matters .  The following provisions shall govern the allocation of responsibility as between Tornier and Contributors for certain tax matters following the Closing Date:

 

(a)            Tax Indemnification .  Contributors shall severally (in proportion to the number of C2M Shares being contributed by each Contributor), and not jointly, indemnify Company, Tornier and each Tornier Affiliate and hold them harmless from and against, any loss, claim, liability, expense, or other damage attributable to (i) all Taxes (or the non-payment thereof) of Company due or accrued during all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and the portion through the end of the Closing Date for any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date; (ii) all Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which Company is or was a member immediately prior to the Closing Date; and (iii) any and all Taxes of any person (other than Company) imposed on Company as a transferee or successor, by contract or pursuant to any law, rule, or regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing.

 

(b)            Responsibility for Filing Tax Returns .  Tornier shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns for Company starting with the taxable year 2010.  Contributors shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns for the Company for the taxable year 2009 and all other prior years.

 

(c)            Cooperation on Tax Matters .

 

(i)             Tornier, Company and Contributors shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party or parties, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 9 and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information that are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding.  Company and Contributors shall retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to Company relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Tornier or Contributors, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority.

 

22



 

(ii)            Upon request, Tornier and Contributors will use their reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any governmental authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

 

(d)            Certain Taxes and Fees .  All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such Taxes, and all conveyance fees, recording charges and other fees and charges (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be paid by Tornier when due, and Tornier will, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all Taxes, fees and charges, and, if required by applicable law, Contributors will join in the execution of any Tax Returns and other documentation.

 

(e)            Limitations on Indemnification .  The cumulative indemnification obligations of Contributors under this Section 9, which are separate from and in addition to the indemnification obligations of Contributors under Section 8 of this Agreement, shall not exceed U.S. $5 million.  For the avoidance of doubt, this limitation shall apply only to indemnification for Taxes governed by Section 9 and to indemnification for breach of Tax warranties.

 

Section 10.              Termination .

 

(a)            Termination of Agreement . The Parties may terminate this Agreement as provided below:

 

(i)             Tornier and Contributors may terminate this Agreement by mutual written consent at any time prior to the Closing;

 

(ii)            Tornier may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Contributors at any time prior to the Closing (A) if Contributors have breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement in any material respect, Tornier has notified Contributors of the breach, and the breach has continued without cure for a period of ten days after the notice of breach, or (B) if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Deadline, because of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 7(a) hereof; and

 

(iii)           Contributors may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Tornier at any time prior to the Closing, (A) if Tornier has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement in any material respect, Contributors have notified Tornier of the breach, and the breach has continued without cure for a period of ten days after the notice of breach or (B) if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the Deadline by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 7(b) hereof (unless the failure results primarily from any Contributor breaching any representation, warranty, or covenant contained in this Agreement).

 

(b)            Effect of Termination .  If any of the Contributors, Tornier, or STAK terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10(a) above, all rights and obligations of the parties to this Agreement shall terminate without any Liability of any of the parties to this

 

23



 

Agreement to any of the other parties (except for any Liability of any party for breach) of the obligations of each party with respect to Confidential Information.

 

Section 11.              Miscellaneous .

 

(a)            Public Announcements .  Tornier may make any public announcements relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement at any time at its sole discretion.  Company and Contributors will not make any public announcements concerning any of the matters set forth in this Agreement without the prior written consent of Tornier, which consent may be withheld at Tornier’s sole discretion.

 

(b)            No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

(c)            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements and representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

(d)            Succession and Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  No party to this Agreement may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

(e)            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and may be delivered by facsimile or any other electronic means of communication, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(f)             Headings .  The Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(g)            Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, and shall only be deemed duly given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), (iii) one business day after being sent to the recipient by facsimile transmission, or (iv) four business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

 

If to Contributors:

 

To the respective addresses set forth in Schedule 2(b) .

 

 

 

 

 

If to Tornier:

 

Tornier, Inc.

 

 

 

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

7701 France Avenue South, Suite 600

 

 

 

Edina, MN 55435

 

24



 

 

Copy to (not constituting notice):

Faegre & Benson LLP

 

 

Attn:  Steven C. Kennedy

 

 

2200 Wells Fargo Center

 

 

90 South 7 th  Street

 

 

Minneapolis, MN  55402

 

 

(612) 766-1600 (facsimile)

 

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

(h)            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, U.S.A., without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.  Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the federal and state courts located in Delaware, which shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and settle any and all matters involving the Parties.

 

(i)             Amendments and Waivers .  No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by both Parties. No waiver by a party of any provision of this Agreement or any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the party making the waiver nor shall such waiver be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant.

 

(j)             Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law, and if the rights or obligations of any party hereto under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such provision had never comprised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by such provision or its severance herefrom and (d) in lieu of such provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such provision as may be possible.

 

(k)            Expenses .  Tornier and Contributors shall each bear their own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Contributors breach the restrictions of Section 5(f) above, in addition to all other remedies available to Tornier, Contributors shall pay all fees and expenses incurred by Tornier relating to this Agreement and the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, financial advisors and accountants (the “ Expenses Payment ”).  Contributors acknowledge and agree that payment of the Expenses Payment under the circumstances is fair and reasonable.

 

25



 

(l)             Construction .  The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.  Any reference to any federal, state, local, or non-U.S. statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.  The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.  The Parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein shall have independent significance.  If a party has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty, or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that the party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(m)           Incorporation of Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules .  The Exhibits, Annexes and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

(n)            Common Interest .  Both Parties acknowledge that TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., and Douglas W. Kohrs are shareholders of both the Company and Tornier.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

26


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

TORNIER:

 

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eric Liu

 

By:

Eric Liu

 

Title:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STAK:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Guido Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

Title:

Director A

 

 

 

 

 

STICHTING ADMINISTRATIEKANTOOR TORNIER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sean Carney

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tim Curt

 

Title:

Tim Curt, Director

 

[continued]

 

[Signature Page to Contribution Agreement]

 



 

 

CONTRIBUTORS:

 

 

 

 

VERTICAL FUND I, L.P.

 

By:

THE VERTICAL GROUP, L.P.

 

 

General Partner

 

By:

THE VERTICAL GROUP GPHC, LLC

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John E. Runnells III

 

 

 

 

Name:

John E. Runnells III

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

VERTICAL FUND II, L.P.

 

By:

THE VERTICAL GROUP, L.P.

 

 

General Partner

 

By:

THE VERTICAL GROUP GPHC, LLC

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John E. Runnells III

 

 

 

 

Name:

John E. Runnells III

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

TMG HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ T. Curt

 

Title:

Manager A  T. Curt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Guido Nieuwenhuizen

 

Title:

Manager A  Guido Nieuwenhuizen

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

DOUGLAS W. KOHRS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Fred B. Dinger, III

 

FRED B. DINGER, III

 

[Signature Page to Contribution Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

 

DATED 29 FEBRUARY 2008

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

as the Issuer

 

 


 

WARRANT AGREEMENT

 


 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Headings

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

ISSUE OF WARRANTS

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

ADJUSTMENTS

 

4

 

 

5.1.

Adjustment for stock splits, dividends and combinations

 

4

 

 

5.2.

Adjustment for rights issues

 

5

 

 

5.3.

Adjustment for Equity Shares issue

 

6

 

 

5.4.

Notice of adjustment and certain transactions

 

6

 

 

5.5.

Determination

 

7

 

 

5.6.

Adjustment in number of shares

 

7

 

 

5.7.

Undertaking to issue additional Warrant Shares

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

8

 

 

8.1.

Winding up of the Issuer

 

8

 

 

8.2.

Fractional interests

 

8

 

 

8.3.

Notices

 

8

 

 

8.4.

Expenses

 

10

 

 

8.5.

Entire agreement

 

10

 

 

8.6.

Amendment

 

11

 

 

8.7.

Partial invalidity

 

11

 

 

8.8.

Copies

 

11

 

 

8.9.

Governing law

 

11

 

 

8.10.

Jurisdiction

 

11

 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF DEED OF ISSUE

 

SCHEDULE 2 — FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

 

SCHEDULE 3 - WARRANT REGISTER

 

SCHEDULE 4 - FORM OF TRANSFER INSTRUMENT

 

i



 

THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT is made on 29 February 2008

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  Tornier B.V., a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Issuer ”);

 

(2)                                  Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., a company organised under the laws of Bermuda (“ WP ”); and

 

(3)                                  Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., Mr. Douglas Kohrs, Split Rock Partners, LP, KCH Stockholm AB, Mr. Rod Mayer, Ms. Diane Doty, Mr. Robert Anderson, Mr. Ralph Barisano, Mr. Jamal Rushdy, Mr. James Christopher Harber, Mr. Jean-Marc Idier and Mr. Jim Kwan.

 

The parties to this Warrant Agreement are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”. The parties listed under (2) to (3) above are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Original Warrantholders ” and individually as an “ Original Warrantholder ”.

 

RECITALS :

 

(1)                                  TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. (The Netherlands), TMG Partners U.S., LLC, Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., TMG Partners II LLC, DVO TH, LLC and Mr. Douglas Kohrs (the “ Shareholders ”) hold all of the issued shares in the Issuer.

 

(2)                                  The Issuer has issued EUR 34,500,000 aggregate nominal amount of promissory notes due 28 February 2013 under an instrument dated 29 February 2008 (the “ Instrument ”).

 

(3)                                  The Issuer’s current issued and outstanding share capital consists of 61,337,120 ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each and the Issuer’s authorised share capital consists of 300,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each.

 

(4)                                  In consideration of the Lenders (as defined in the Instrument) granting a loan to the Issuer under the Instrument, the Issuer has agreed to issue a number of warrants giving the right to acquire 9,265,018 ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer with a par value of EUR 0.01 each.

 

(5)                                  In accordance with clause 4.1 of the articles of association of the Issuer, the Board has on 28 February 2008 resolved to grant a right to acquire 9,265,018 ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer with a par value of EUR 0.01 each subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement (the “ Resolution ”) and the board of supervisory directors of the Issuer has approved the Resolution.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1



 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.                              In this Warrant Agreement the following definitions have the following meaning:

 

Board ” means the board of managing directors of the Issuer;

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in the Netherlands;

 

Deed of Issue ” a notarial deed of issue of Shares pursuant to which such number of Shares are issued as corresponds the number of Warrants that is exercised by a Warrantholder substantially in the form as attached hereto as Schedule 1 ;

 

Equity Shares ” means all issued shares and shares which are outstanding at any time in the capital of the Issuer, for the avoidance of doubt, specifically including the Shares;

 

Exercise Notice ” means an exercise notice in relation to one or more Warrants in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2 ;

 

Exercise Price ” means the exercise price of the Warrants being an amount of USD 5.66 per ordinary share in the capital of the Issuer (subject to any adjustments made pursuant to clause 5 of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Instrument ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Issuer ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Original Warrantholder ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Resolution ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Share ” means an ordinary share with a par value of EUR 0.01, in the capital of the Issuer;

 

Shareholders ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Transfer Instrument ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 3.1;

 

Warrantholder ” means a person that holds one or more Warrants and is entered into the Register as the holder of such Warrants (including any transferee who acquires any Warrants in accordance with clause 3 of this Warrant Agreement);

 

Warrantholder Majority ” means the Original Warrantholders who hold a majority of the Warrants calculated solely as of the date of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Warrant Period ” means the period starting on the date hereof and ending on 28 February 2018;

 

Warrant ” the right to acquire a Warrant Share against delivery of an Exercise Notice and payment of the Exercise Price;

 

Warrant Shares ” means the Shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants;

 

WP ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Warrant Agreement.

 

1.2.                              In this Warrant Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

2



 

1.2.1.                               the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the neuter and vice versa;

 

1.2.2.                               references to a person shall include a reference to any individual, Issuer, association, partnership or joint venture;

 

1.2.3.                               unless the context requires otherwise, words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

1.2.4.                               the headings are for identification only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Warrant Agreement.

 

2.                                      ISSUE OF WARRANTS

 

2.1.                              In consideration of the Lenders (as defined in the Instrument) providing a loan to the Issuer in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Instrument and further in accordance with the Resolution, the Issuer hereby grants the Warrants to the Original Warrantholders giving the right to acquire an initial aggregate of 9,265,018 Shares.

 

2.2.                              Each Warrantholder shall have the number of Warrants set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3 hereto (the “ Warrant Register ”) and the Issuer shall update Schedule 3 from time to time to reflect any Exercises and any transfers of the Warrants. The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder of a Warrant as the absolute owner thereof (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone), for all purposes, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary (except to the extent Warrants may have been transferred in accordance with clause 3).

 

3.                                      TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES

 

3.1.                              A Warrantholder may transfer the Warrants held by it or any part thereof to a Shareholder by a transfer in writing substantially in the form set forth in Schedule 4 attached hereto (a “ Transfer Instrument ”), provided, however, that no Warrantholder may transfer any Warrants without the prior written consent of the Board and the Warrantholder Majority and unless, upon receipt of the necessary consents, the transferee agrees in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Warrantholder Majority) to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such transferee was an initial signatory hereto.

 

3.2.                              The Issuer shall from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrants in the Warrant Register upon delivery of a validly executed Transfer Instrument to the Issuer.

 

4.                                      EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

 

4.1.                              Subject to the terms of this Warrant Agreement, each Warrantholder shall have the right, which may be exercised until the end of the Warrant Period, to receive, upon payment of the Exercise Price to or for the account of the Issuer, from the Issuer the number of fully paid Warrant Shares, which the Warrantholder may at the time be entitled to receive on exercise of such Warrants. Each Warrant not exercised prior to the end of the Warrant Period shall become null and void and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Warrant Agreement shall cease as of such time.

 

4.2.                              A Warrant is validly exercised upon:

 

4.2.1.                               payment of the Exercise Price to or for the account of the Issuer; and

 

3



 

4.2.2.                               delivery of a properly executed Exercise Notice to the Issuer.

 

4.3.                              The Issuer hereby in advance consents to the payment of the Exercise Price in a currency other than Euro, in accordance with section 2:191a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

4.4.                              The Issuer is obliged to procure the execution of the relevant Deed of Issue within seven Business Days after receipt of an Exercise Notice and payment of the Exercise Price.

 

4.5.                              The Issuer is obliged and permitted to act on behalf of a Warrantholder in relation to the execution of a Deed of Issue, if such Warrantholder has granted the Issuer a power of attorney in the Exercise Notice authorising the Issuer to act on behalf of it in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue.

 

4.6.                              The Issuer hereby grants an irrevocable power of attorney with full right of substitution to each Warrantholder to act on behalf of the Issuer in relation to the execution of a Deed of Issue, to the extent such Warrantholder has sent the Issuer an Exercise Notice and the Issuer has failed to perform its obligations pursuant to clause 4.4 and 4.5 (this power of attorney can also be exercised and is valid even if there is a conflict or possible conflict of interest within the meaning of section 68 of book 3 of the Dutch Civil Code ( Selbsteintritt )). The Issuer is obliged to grant a further power of attorney authorising a Warrantholder to act on behalf of the Issuer in relation to the execution of a Deed of Issue, to the extent such Warrantholder has sent the Issuer an Exercise Notice and requires the Issuer to grant it such further power of attorney.

 

5.                                      ADJUSTMENTS

 

5.1.                              Adjustment for stock splits, dividends and combinations

 

If the Issuer:

 

5.1.1.                               pays a dividend in Equity Shares or makes a distribution in Equity Shares on the then outstanding Equity Shares;

 

5.1.2.                               subdivides its outstanding Equity Shares into a greater number of Equity Shares;

 

5.1.3.                               combines its outstanding Equity Shares into a smaller number of Equity Shares;

 

5.1.4.                               makes a distribution to the holders of its then outstanding Equity Shares in shares of its share capital other than Equity Shares;

 

5.1.5.                               repurchases ( inkopen ) outstanding Equity Shares; or

 

5.1.6.                               issues any shares in its share capital in connection with a recapitalisation or reclassification of its then outstanding Equity Shares,

 

then the number of Shares to be acquired upon exercise of a Warrant shall be proportionally adjusted so that each Warrantholder will receive, upon exercise, the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which it would have owned immediately following such action if such Warrantholder had exercised its Warrant in full immediately prior to such action. Upon such adjustment of the number of Shares to be acquired upon exercise of a Warrant, the Exercise Price shall be equitable and proportionally adjusted so that the aggregate consideration payable by such Warrantholder upon exercise of its Warrant remains the same.

 

4



 

An adjustment made pursuant to this clause 5.1 shall become effective immediately after the payment or distribution in the case of a dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination, repurchase, recapitalisation or reclassification.

 

If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this clause 5.1 and 5.6, a Warrantholder upon exercise may receive shares of two or more classes or series of shares in the capital of the Issuer, the Board shall determine the allocation of the applicable adjusted Exercise Price between the classes or series of shares. After such allocation, the exercise privilege and the Exercise Price of each class or series of shares shall thereafter be subject to further adjustment on terms comparable to those applicable to Equity Shares in this clause 5.

 

Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

5.2.                              Adjustment for rights issues

 

If the Issuer distributes any rights, options or warrants to the holders of its Equity Shares to acquire or purchase Equity Shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Equity Shares at a price per share (or with an initial conversion, exchange or exercise price) less than the then current Exercise Price, the then current Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

E’  =  E  x

  O + N x P
            E       

 

 

 

O + N

 

where:

 

E’ = the adjusted Exercise Price.

 

E = the Exercise Price.

 

O = the number of Equity Shares outstanding immediately prior to the applicable dilutive issuance.

 

N = the number of additional Equity Shares issued (or deemed to be issued) in the dilutive issuance.

 

P = the conversion, exchange or exercise price per share of the additional Equity Shares issued (or deemed to be issued) in the dilutive issuance.

 

The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the rights, options or warrants.  If at the end of the period during which such rights, options or warrants are exercisable, not all rights, options or warrants shall have been exercised, the Exercise Price shall be immediately readjusted to what it would have been if “N” in the above formula had been the number of shares actually issued.

 

5



 

5.3.                              Adjustment for Equity Shares issue

 

If the Issuer issues Equity Shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Equity Shares for a consideration per share less than the then current Exercise Price, the then current Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:

 

E’  =  E  x

  O + N x P
            E       

 

 

 

  O + N

 

where:

 

E’ = the adjusted Exercise Price.

 

E = the then current Exercise Price.

 

N = the number of additional Equity Shares issued (or deemed to be issued) in the dilutive issuance.

 

O = the number of Equity Shares outstanding immediately prior to the applicable dilutive issuance.

 

P = the consideration price per share received for the issuance of such additional shares.

 

The adjustments shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

 

This clause 5.3 does not apply to:

 

5.3.1.                               any of the transactions described in clauses 5.1 or 5.2;

 

5.3.2.                               the exercise of Warrants, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible or exchangeable for Equity Shares;

 

5.3.3.                               Equity Shares issued to the Issuer’s employees, consultants or directors under bona fide benefit plans validly adopted by the Board, if such Equity Shares would otherwise be covered by this clause 5.3;

 

5.3.4.                               Equity Shares issuable upon the exercise of rights or warrants issued to the holders of Equity Shares; or

 

5.3.5.                               Equity Shares issued to shareholders of any person which merges with or into the Issuer, provided that the applicable merger has been approved by the Board.

 

5.4.                              Notice of adjustment and certain transactions

 

If:

 

5.4.1.                               the Issuer takes any action that would require an adjustment to the Exercise Price

 

6



 

pursuant to clauses 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 or otherwise;

 

5.4.2.                               the Issuer is liquidated, dissolved or merged; or

 

5.4.3.                               the Exercise Price is adjusted,

 

the Issuer shall notify the Warrantholders in accordance with clause 8.3, stating all relevant details of the notified event and stating the envisaged date of the notified event. The Issuer shall send the notice at least 15 Business Days prior to such envisaged date.

 

5.5.                              Determination

 

Any determination that the Issuer must make pursuant to clauses 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 shall be made in good faith and shall bear in mind the interest of the Warrantholders. Any such determination shall only become conclusive and binding on the Warrantholders if and to the extent the Warrantholder Majority has agreed to the determination in writing.

 

5.6.                              Adjustment in number of shares

 

In the event of any adjustment made pursuant to clauses 5.2 or 5.3, the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon the Exercise of any Warrant shall be increased or decreased, as applicable, so that it is equal to the number of Warrant Shares in effect immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a quotient, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

 

5.7.                              Undertaking to issue additional Warrant Shares

 

If and to the extent that as a result of one or more adjustments to the number of Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with this clause 5, the Resolution does not authorise the issuance of a sufficient number of Shares to settle the exercise of all Warrants, the Issuer shall procure (i) that the Board shall adopt an additional resolution to authorise the issuance of such number of Shares as required as a result of such adjustments and (ii) that the board of supervisory directors approves such additional resolution.

 

6.                                      NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT

 

6.1.                              If any event shall occur as to which the provisions of clause 5 are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would adversely affect the rights represented by the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of clause 5, then, in each such case, the Board may agree with the Warrantholder Majority to make such adjustments to the Warrants, the Exercise Price and/or the number of Warrant Shares to be obtained upon exercise of the Warrants on a basis consistent with the essential intent and principles established in clause 5, necessary to preserve, without dilution, the rights, represented by the Warrants. Upon reaching such agreement, the Issuer will promptly make the agreed adjustments.

 

6.2.                              The Issuer will not, by amendment of its articles of association or through any merger, demerger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of the Warrants or this Warrant Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of the Warrants against dilution or

 

7



 

other impairment.

 

7.                                      COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

 

7.1.                              The Issuer undertakes that during the Warrant Period (except with the prior written consent of the Warrantholders):

 

7.1.1.                               it will at all times keep available for issue sufficient authorised share capital to satisfy in full the exercise of all the unexercised Warrants;

 

7.1.2.                               it will not modify the rights attached to any Shares in any way which could reasonably be expected to affect adversely the rights of the Warrantholders; and

 

7.1.3.                               it will not amend its articles of association in any way which would prevent any Warrantholder from exercising its Warrants.

 

8.                                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

8.1.                              Winding up of the Issuer

 

If, prior to the end of the Warrant Period, an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for winding up the Issuer, each Warrantholder who pays the Exercise Price, will (at its election, in lieu of payments which would otherwise have been due to it in respect of its Warrant Shares) be treated as if, immediately before the date of such order or resolution, all the Warrants had been exercised in full and shall be entitled to receive out of the assets which would otherwise be available in the liquidation such sum (if any) as it would have received had it been the holder of the Shares to which it would have become entitled by virtue of such exercise. For the purposes of this clause 8.1, the Warrantholders will be regarded as creditors within the meaning of section 23b of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

 

8.2.                              Fractional interests

 

The Issuer shall not be required to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the exercise of Warrants. If more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares purchasable on exercise of the Warrants so presented. If any fraction of a Warrant Share would, except for the provisions of this clause 8.2, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrants (or specified portion thereof), the Issuer shall pay to the Warrantholder an amount in cash equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

8.3.                              Notices

 

All notices, consents, waivers and other communications under this Warrant Agreement must be in writing in English and delivered by hand or sent by registered mail, express courier, fax or e-mail to the appropriate addresses and fax numbers set out below, or to such addresses and facsimile numbers as a Party may notify to the other Parties from time to time. A notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, registered mail or express courier or at the time of successful transmission, if delivered by fax or e-mail.

 

To the Issuer:

 

8



 

Name: Tornier B.V.

Primary address: Fred. Roeskestraat 123, 1076 EE Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Phone: +31-20-577-1177

Fax number: +31-20-577-1188

Attention: Guido Nieuwenhuizen

 

Secondary address: 3601 West 76th Street, Suite 200, Edina, MN 55435

United States of America

Phone: +1-952-426-7676

Fax number: +1-952-995-7446

E-mail: dkohrs@tornierhq.com

Attention: Douglas Kohrs

 

To WP:

 

Name: Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

Address: 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY, 10017

Phone: +1-212-878-6200

Fax number: +1-212-716-5040

E-mail: scarney@warburgpincus.com

Attention: Sean Carney

 

To Lenders:

 

Name: Vertical Fund I, L.P.

Address: 25 Deforest Avenue, Summit, NJ 07901 , United States of America

Phone: +1-908-277-3737

Email: remmitt@vertical-group.com

Attention: Dick Emmitt

 

Name: Vertical Fund II, L.P.

Address: 25 Deforest Avenue, Summit, NJ 07901, United States of America

Phone: +1-908-277-3737

Email: remmitt@vertical-group.com

Attention: Dick Emmitt

 

Name: Split Rock Partners, LP

Address: 10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550, Minneapolis, MN 55344, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-995-7492

Email: steve@splitrock.com

Attention: Steve Schwen

 

Name: KCH Stockholm AB

Address: Postfach 157 — Bahnhof Park 4, CH-6341 BAAR, Switzerland
Phone: +41-41-76-82-121
Email: afs@databaar.ch
Attention: Hans Jórin, AFS Atlas Finanz Services AG

 

Name: Douglas Kohrs

Address: 7444 Shannon Drive, Edina, MN 55439, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-941-8515

Email: Dkohrs@tornierhq.com

 

9



 

Name: Rod Mayer

Address: 2607 Wildwood Lane, Winona, IN 46590, United States of America

Phone: +1-574-253-1594

E-mail: Rmayer@tornier.com

 

Name: Diane Doty

Address: 27860 Brynmawr Place, Shorewood, MN 55331, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-401-3660

Email: Mdoty1@msn.com

 

Robert Anderson

Address: 1960 Bechelli Lane, Redding, CA 96002, United States of America

Phone: +1-530-221-0673

E-mail: rcaredding@aol.com

 

Ralph Barisano

Address: 29 Chicory Road, Westford, MA 01886, United States of America

Phone: +1-978-392-0954

E-mail: Rbarisanojr@comcast.net; Rbarisano@tornierhq.com

 

Jamal Rushdy

Address: 17151 Acorn Ridge, Eden Prairie, MN 55347, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-303-4382

E-mail: jrushdy@tornierhq.com

 

James Christopher Harber

Address: 12819 Briarcrest Place, San Diego, CA 92130, United States of America

Phone: +1-954-993-0646

Email: Charber@tornier.com

 

Jean-Marc Idier

Address: Chem Pinardes, 38330 Saint Nazaire Les Eymes, France

Phone: +33 04 76 52 79 12

E-mail: jean-marc.idier@tornier.fr

 

Jim Kwan

Address: 2 W. Bay Lane, North Oaks, MN 55127, United States of America

Phone: +1-651-486-2934

Email: Kwanj01@comcast.net; Jkwan@tornierhq.com

 

8.4.                              Expenses

 

The Issuer shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with this Warrant Agreement, the Warrants and the exercise and execution thereof, to the extent the Issuer would have been obliged to do so, if it had borrowed from a third party.

 

8.5.                              Entire agreement

 

This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the Warrants. This Warrant Agreement supersedes and terminates any earlier agreements, either verbally or in writing, between the Parties and no Party shall have any right or remedy against any other Party arising out of or in connection with any such earlier agreements unless stated otherwise in this Warrant Agreement.

 

10


 

8.6.           Amendment

 

This Warrant Agreement may only be amended by mutual agreement in writing between the Issuer and the Warrantholder Majority.

 

8.7.           Partial invalidity

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Warrant Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Warrant Agreement. Any such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced or be deemed to be replaced by a provision that is considered to be valid and enforceable. The interpretation of the replacing provisions shall be as close as possible to the intent of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

8.8.           Copies

 

The Issuer shall keep copies of this Warrant Agreement and any notices given or received hereunder available for inspection by the Warrantholders during normal business hours at its principal office.

 

8.9.           Governing law

 

This Warrant Agreement is governed by the laws of the Netherlands.

 

8.10.         Jurisdiction

 

The competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Warrant Agreement without prejudice to the right of appeal and that of appeal to the Supreme Court.

 

11



 

EXECUTED ON 29 FEBRUARY 2008 ,

 

Tornier B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

/s/ Eric Liu

By:     G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:     Eric Liu

 

 

 

Title: Managing Director A

 

Title: Managing Director A

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L . P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Sean D. Carney

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John E. Runnells

 

 

By:     John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

 

Title: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John E. Runnells

 

 

By:     John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

 

Title: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas Kohrs

 

 

Mr. Douglas Kohrs

 

 

 

12



 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Split Rock Partners Management, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

By: Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

 

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rod Mayer

 

 

Mr. Rod Mayer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Diane Doty

 

 

Ms. Diane Doty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Anderson

 

 

Mr. Robert Anderson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ralph Barisano

 

 

Mr. Ralph Barisano

 

 

 

13



 

 

 

 

Mr. Jamal Rushdy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James Christopher Harber

 

 

Mr. James Christopher Harber

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jean-Marc Idier

 

 

Mr. Jean-Marc Idier

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jim Kwan

 

 

Mr. Jim Kwan

 

 

 

14



 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF DEED OF ISSUE

 

ISSUE OF SHARES SB/6005911/*.UVE

 

Tornier b.v. date

 

Today,

 

, appeared before me,

 

Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist , civil-law notary in Amsterdam:

 

acting as holder of a power of attorney of:

 

the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Tornier B.V. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123, filed at the Trade Register under number 34250781 and with number B.V. 1383148 (the ‘ Company ’);

 

the [ Warrant holder ] [ details of warrant holder ]

 

Powers of attorney

 

./.              The powers of attorney are evidenced by two (2) private deeds.

 

The appearing person declared:

 

Warrant Agreement

 

./.              The Company has entered into a warrant agreement on [*] 2008 (the ‘ Agreement ’), with the Original Warrant Holders, as defined in the Agreement, among other things with respect to rights to acquire [*] ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01), a copy of which Agreement will be attached to this deed.

 

Resolution to grant rights to acquire shares

 

On [*] 2008 the Management Board of the Company, authorised to do so in accordance with the provisions of the articles of association of the Company, resolved to grant a right to [ Warrant holder ] to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01), at par, under the obligation to make the payment as provided hereinafter, pursuant to the Agreement (the ‘ Resolution ’).

 

Article 6 of the articles of association of the Company provides that upon the grant of a right to shares the shareholders will not have a pre-emption right.

 

./.              Which resolutions are evidenced by minutes of the Management Board Meeting, a copy of which will be attached to this deed.

 

./.              In accordance with article 4 paragraph 1 of the articles of association of the Company, the Supervisory Board granted its approval to the Resolution in its meeting held on [*] 2008, a copy of the minutes of this meeting will be attached to this deed.

 

15



 

Exercise of warrant

 

./.              In accordance with the Agreement, the [ Warrant holder ] has validly exercised his warrant to acquire [*] shares in the capital of the Company (the ‘ Shares ’), by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company in accordance with clause 4 of the Agreement, and having paid the exercise price as described in the Agreement, a copy of which notice will be attached to this deed.

 

Method of payment

 

[ Warrant holder ] is to pay up on the Shares in a foreign currency, being [*]

 

Consent payment in a foreign currency

 

The Management Board of the Company, has approved in its meeting referred to above, the payment on the Shares in a foreign currency, as referred to in article 2:191a paragraph 2 Dutch Civil Code.

 

Issue of Shares

 

To implement the Resolution and the Agreement, and the exercise of the warrant by the [ Warrant holder ], the Company herewith issues the Shares to [ Warrant Holder ] under the obligation to pay up the Shares in the method referred above.

 

The Shares will be numbered [*] to [*] inclusive.

 

[ Warrant Holder ] herewith accepts the Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

Payment

 

The total amount to be paid on the Shares is [USD 5.66 x # of shares].

 

The Company confirms that the amount of [*] has been paid in cash.

 

A bank has made a statement concerning payment in a foreign currency as referred to in article 2:203a paragraph 2 Dutch Civil Code, stating that the amount paid in a foreign currency can be freely converted into [*], so that the payment in the foreign currency at least equals the required amount to be paid up on the Shares, being an amount of [*] (the ‘ Bank statement ’).

 

To the extent the amount paid exceeds the amount of [*] the surplus will be considered to be share premium ( agio ).

 

Costs, taxes

 

The costs of this deed and the execution thereof will be for the account of the Company.

 

The Company is not a body as referred to in article 4 Act on the taxes on legal transactions ( Wet op belastingen van rechtsverkeer ), as a result whereof no taxes on legal transactions are due as a consequence of the present issue.

 

Shareholders’ register

 

The Company declared to make the appropriate entry in the shareholders’ register concerning this issue.

 

16



 

Attached documents

 

./.              Furthermore, to this deed will be attached:

 

the powers of attorney;

 

a copy of the Agreement;

 

the Bank statement;

 

a copy of the minutes of the meeting of the Management Board, evidencing the decisions indicated in this deed;

 

a copy of the minutes of the meeting of the Supervisory Board, evidencing the decisions indicated in this deed;

 

This deed was executed today in Amsterdam.

 

The substance of this deed was stated and explained to the appearing person.

 

The appearing person declared not to require a full reading of the deed, to have taken note of the contents of this deed and to consent to it.

 

Subsequently, this deed was read out in a limited form, and immediately thereafter signed by the appearing person and myself, civil-law notary, at

 

17



 

SCHEDULE 2 — FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

To:

Tornier B.V.

 

Fred. Roeskestraat 123

 

1076 EE Amsterdam

 

The Netherlands

 

Dear Sirs,

 

We refer to a warrant agreement dated 29 February 2008 between, inter alios , yourselves and [insert name Warrantholder] (the “ Warrant Agreement ”).

 

Capitalised terms shall be used herein as such terms are defined in the Warrant Agreement, unless defined otherwise herein.

 

We hold [insert number] Warrants, which gives us the right to acquire [insert number] of Shares.

 

We hereby notify you that we wish to exercise our Warrants / [insert number] of our Warrant.

 

In accordance with clause 4.3 of the Warrant Agreement you are obliged within seven Business Days after receipt of this Exercise Notice to procure the execution of the Deed of Issue providing for the issue of such number of Shares that correspond with the number of Warrants exercised pursuant to this Exercise Notice.

 

[We hereby authorise you to represent us in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue] [In accordance with clause 4.6 of the Warrant Agreement, we reserve the right to represent you in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue, notwithstanding your obligation under clause of the Warrant agreement to grant further power of attorney authorising us to represent you in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue.]

 

Please notify us within two Business Days when the Deed of Issue will be executed and which notary will execute the Deed of Issue.

 

Sincerely,

 

[name]

 

18



 

SCHEDULE 3 - WARRANT REGISTER

 

 

 

Warrantholders

 

Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

 

6,633,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P.

 

846,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P.

 

249,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

150,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

311,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

939,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Rod Mayer

 

44,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Diane Doty

 

44,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Robert Anderson

 

20,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Ralph Barisano

 

6,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Jamal Rushdy

 

6,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

James Christopher Harber

 

5,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Jean-Marc Idier

 

2,686

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Jim Kwan

 

1,880

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

9,265,018

 

 

19



 

SCHEDULE 4 - FORM OF TRANSFER INSTRUMENT

 

TRANSFER INSTRUMENT

 

[date]

 

[ · ] the “ Transferee

 

[ · ] the “ Transferor

 

The Transferor is the holder of [ · ] Warrants under a warrant agreement dated 29 February 2008 between, inter alios , [insert name Warrantholder] and Tornier B.V. (the “ Warrant Agreement ”).

 

Capitalised terms shall be used herein as such terms are defined in the Warrant Agreement, unless defined otherwise herein.

 

The Transferee confirms and represents that (i) it is a Shareholder, (ii) the Warrantholder Majority has given its written consent to the transfer of Warrants pursuant to this Transfer Instrument and (iii) it  is bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agreement as from the moment of transfer of Warrants pursuant to this Transfer Instrument, in accordance with clause 3.1.

 

The Transferor hereby transfers [ · ] of its Warrants to the Transferee in accordance with clause 3 of the Warrant Agreement and the Transferee hereby accepts such Warrants from the Transferor.

 

The Issuer acknowledges the transfer of Warrants pursuant to this Transfer Instrument and undertakes to reflect such transfer in the Warrant Register as soon as reasonable possible.

 

 

 

 

[ · ] the Transferor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ · ] the Transferee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tornier B.V. the Issuer (for acknowledgment purposes)

 

 

20




Exhibit 10.17

 

 

DATED 29 FEBRUARY 2008

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

as the Issuer

 

 


 

EUR 34,500,000 LOAN NOTE
INSTRUMENT

 


 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Headings

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

ISSUE OF NOTES

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

INTEREST

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

EARLY REPAYMENT

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

ENTITLEMENT TO CERTIFICATE AND NOTE REGISTER

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

TRANSFER OF NOTES

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

RANKING

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

NO LISTING

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5

 

 

10.1.

Binding obligations

 

5

 

 

10.2.

Non-conflict with other obligations

 

5

 

 

10.3.

Power and authority

 

6

 

 

10.4.

Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

6

 

 

10.5.

Governing law and enforcement

 

6

 

 

10.6.

No filing or stamp taxes

 

6

 

 

10.7.

No default

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

6

 

 

11.1.

Notices

 

6

 

 

11.2.

Expenses

 

8

 

 

11.3.

Entire agreement

 

9

 

 

11.4.

Amendment

 

9

 

 

11.5.

Partial invalidity

 

9

 

 

11.6.

Copies

 

9

 

 

11.7.

Governing law

 

9

 

 

11.8.

Jurisdiction

 

9

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF CERTIFICATE

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 — REGISTER

 

 

 

i



 

THIS INSTRUMENT is made on 29 February 2008 by:

 

(1)                                   Tornier B.V., a Issuer incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (the “ Issuer ”); and

 

(2)                                   Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P., Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., Mr. Douglas Kohrs, Split Rock Partners, LP, KCH Stockholm AB, Mr. Rod Mayer, Ms. Diane Doty, Mr. Robert Anderson, Mr. Ralph Barisano, Mr. Jamal Rushdy, Mr. James Christopher Harber, Mr. Jean-Marc Idier and Mr. Jim Kwan (the “ Lenders ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

(3)                                   TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. (The Netherlands), TMG Partners U.S., LLC, Vertical Fund I L.P., Vertical Fund II L.P. TMG Partners II LLC, DVO TH, LLC and Mr. Douglas Kohrs (the “ Shareholders ”) hold all of the issued shares in the Issuer.

 

(4)                                   The Issuer has authorised the creation and issue of EUR 34,500,000 promissory notes due 28 February 2013 (the “ Notes ”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.                               In this Instrument the following definitions have the following meaning:

 

Board ” means the board of managing directors of the Issuer;

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in The Netherlands;

 

Certificate ” means a Note certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 ;

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 5.1;

 

Lenders ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Instrument;

 

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of 28 February 2013 and the date of any acceleration by the Required Noteholders pursuant to clause 5.2;

 

Noteholder ” means a person that holds one or more Notes and is entered into the Register as the holder of such Notes;

 

Notes ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital (2) above;

 

Register ” means the Notes register referred to in clause 6;

 

Required Noteholders ” means the Noteholders holding Notes in an aggregate principal amount in excess of 50 percent of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Notes;

 

Shareholders ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in recital (1) above;

 

Tax ” means all forms of local and national taxes, duties, levies, social security contributions or other imposts or withholdings imposed by or payable to any Tax Authority whether direct or

 

1



 

indirect, chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to the Issuer or to any other person and irrespective of any such taxes, duties, levies, social security contributions or other imposts or withholdings being recoverable from any other person and including penalties, additions, interest, costs and expenses and any payment obligation by way of reimbursement, recharge, indemnity or damages relating to such taxes, duties, levies, social security contributions or other imposts or withholdings;

 

Tax Authority ” means any local or national authority in or outside The Netherlands having the power to impose or collect Tax;

 

WP ” means Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P. and certain of its affiliates.

 

1.2.                              In this Instrument, unless otherwise specified:

 

1.2.1.                               the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the neuter and vice versa;

 

1.2.2.                               references to a person shall include a reference to any individual, Issuer, association, partnership or joint venture;

 

1.2.3.                               unless the context requires otherwise, words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

1.2.4.                               the headings are for identification only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Instrument.

 

2.                                      ISSUE OF NOTES

 

2.1.                              The Issuer hereby issues the Notes to the Lenders and the Lenders hereby accept the issue of the Notes, subject to the terms and conditions of this Instrument.

 

2.2.                              The Issuer shall apply all proceeds from the Notes exclusively towards the development and operation of the Issuer or its direct or indirect subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, the proceeds from the Notes shall not be used to (i) repurchase or pay any dividends on any of the Issuer’s or of its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ existing outstanding share capital or (ii) repay any of the Issuer’s or of its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ existing indebtedness.

 

3.                                      INTEREST

 

3.1.                              Until the Notes are redeemed, paid-in-kind interest (compounded) will accrue on the principal amount of the Notes (including any interest accrued up to the date on which such principal amount is determined) from time to time outstanding at the rate of 8.0 per cent. per annum, payable on 30 June and on 31 December of each year. Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, and so long as an Event of Default is continuing, upon written notice from the Required Lenders, paid-in-kind interest (compounded) will accrue on the principal amount of the Notes (including any interest accrued up to the date on which such principal amount is determined) from time to time outstanding at the rate of 10.0 per cent. per annum, payable on 30 June and on 31 December of each year.

 

3.2.                              The first payment of interest shall be made on 30 June 2008 and shall be of an amount calculated on the basis of the number of days lapsed in the period between the date of issue of the Notes and 30 June 2008 (on a basis of 365 calendar days).

 

3.3.                              If any day on which interest hereunder is due to be paid is not a Business Day, it shall be

 

2



 

postponed to the next day which is a Business Day.

 

3.4.                              Any principal, interest or other moneys payable on or in respect of any Notes by the Issuer shall be paid by bank transfer to the Noteholder’s bank account as specified in writing to the Issuer from time to time by the relevant Noteholder in Euros and in immediately available funds.  All payments hereunder shall be made to the Noteholders pro rata in accordance with their percentage ownership of the principal amount of all outstanding Notes. Any Noteholder who receives more than his pro rata share of any payment made hereunder shall pay over such portion of the amount received to the other Noteholders, pro rata, so that all Noteholders have received their pro rata share of such payment.

 

4.                                      EARLY REPAYMENT

 

4.1.                              At any time on or after the date of issue of the Notes, the Issuer shall be entitled to repay the whole or any part of the Notes to the Noteholders, ratably as provided in clause 3.4 of which such Noteholders are the registered holder, such Notes to be repaid at par together with interest accrued in respect thereof to the date of repayment. The Issuer shall send a notice stating that it intends to repay the whole or any part of the Notes to each Noteholder at least 15 Business Days prior to the date of repayment.

 

4.2.                              Save to the extent previously purchased by the Issuer or repaid, Notes shall be repaid at par together with accrued interest thereon as to the whole principal amount of the Notes on the Maturity Date.

 

4.3.                              On any repayment of the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof each relevant Noteholder shall be bound to deliver to the Issuer the relevant Certificate. If any Certificate so to be delivered to the Issuer includes any Notes not redeemable upon the expiration of any such notice a new Certificate for the balance of the Notes not redeemable on that occasion shall be issued to the Noteholder.

 

5.                                      EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

5.1.                              Each of the following events or circumstances is an Event of Default:

 

5.1.1.                               if the Issuer fails to pay any principal which ought to be paid in accordance with this Instrument on the date due;

 

5.1.2.                               any representation or warranty contained herein shall prove to be false when made in any material respect;

 

5.1.3.                               the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries shall default under any indebtedness for borrowed money or other indebtedness evidenced by notes, bonds or debentures (collectively, “ Indebtedness ”) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of EUR 1,000,000 or more or in the payment of any guarantee obligation in respect of such Indebtedness in an amount of EUR 1,000,000 or more, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or guarantee obligation was created the effect of which default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such guarantee obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such guarantee obligation to become payable or any such Indebtedness shall remain unpaid at its stated maturity;

 

3



 

5.1.4.                               if an order is made or an effective resolution passed for winding up the Issuer other than a winding-up for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction approved in writing by the Required Noteholders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

5.1.5.                               if any holder of security granted by the Issuer (a “ Security Holder ”) takes possession of or an administrative receiver, receiver or administrator is appointed in respect of the Issuer or the whole or a substantial part of its property or assets;

 

5.1.6.                               if the Issuer makes a proposal to its creditors for a suspension of payment ( surceance van betaling );

 

5.1.7.                               if the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries seeks protection (voluntarily or involuntarily) under any insolvency or bankruptcy laws; and

 

5.1.8.                               if the Issuer does not comply with any other provision of this Instrument and such default is not remedied within 15 calendar days of written notice from the Required Noteholders of such default.

 

5.2.                              On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Required Noteholders may declare that all or part of the Notes, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under this Instrument be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable.

 

5.3.                              Notwithstanding any other provision of this Instrument, no individual Noteholder shall have the right to sue or otherwise take any enforcement action with respect to this Instrument or the Notes. Only the Required Noteholders may, collectively, act to enforce this Instrument or any Note.

 

6.                                      ENTITLEMENT TO CERTIFICATE AND NOTE REGISTER

 

6.1.                              Every Noteholder will be entitled to a Certificate stating the amount of the Notes held by him being EUR 1,000 Notes or a multiple thereof and every such Certificate shall refer to this Instrument constituting the Notes. Every Certificate shall bear a denoting number.

 

6.2.                              A Register of the Notes will be kept by the Issuer as attached as Schedule 2 hereto and there shall be entered in such register:

 

6.2.1.                               the names and addresses of the holder(s) for the time being of the Notes;

 

6.2.2.                               the amount of the Notes held by every registered holder;

 

6.2.3.                               the date at which the name of every such registered holder is entered in respect of the Notes standing in his name;

 

6.2.4.                               the serial number of each Certificate issued and the date of the issue thereof; and

 

6.2.5.                               particulars of all transfers of Notes.

 

6.3.                              Notwithstanding the maintenance of the Register by the Issuer, failure by the Issuer to accurately maintain the Register shall not affect the liability of the Issuer to any Noteholder.

 

4



 

6.4.                              Any change of address on the part of any Noteholder shall forthwith be notified to the Issuer and thereupon the Register shall be amended accordingly. Failure to provide such notice shall not affect the liability of the Issuer to any Noteholder. The Noteholders or any of them may during normal office hours inspect the Register and upon request the Issuer shall provide a Noteholder with a copy of the Register.

 

6.5.                              No more than one holder shall be registered in respect of any Note.

 

7.                                      TRANSFER OF NOTES

 

7.1.                              Every Noteholder will be entitled to transfer the Notes held by it or any part thereof to a Shareholder by a transfer in writing. Every such transfer must be signed by the transferor(s), the transferee and (for acknowledgment purposes) the Issuer. Where a Noteholder transfers part only of the Notes comprised in a Certificate the old Certificate shall be cancelled and a new Certificate for the balance of such Notes issued without charge.

 

7.2.                              Every transfer of Notes must be left at the registered office of the Issuer for the time being for registration accompanied by the Certificate of the Notes to be transferred and such other evidence (if any) as the Board may reasonably require to prove the title of the transferor or his right to transfer the Notes. No transfer of Notes will be registered in respect of which any notice of repayment or redemption has been given in accordance with clause 4.1 or in the 30 calendar day period prior to the Maturity Date.

 

8.                                      RANKING

 

8.1.                              The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes are subordinated to all existing indebtedness of the Issuer and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

8.2.                              The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes rank prior to existing Shares and trade receivables payable by the Issuer to its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

9.                                      NO LISTING

 

The Notes shall not be offered to the public for subscription or purchase and shall not be capable of being dealt in on any stock exchange in The Netherlands or elsewhere and no application shall be made to any stock exchange for permission to deal in or for an official or other quotation for the Notes.

 

10.                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Issuer makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 10 to each Lender on the date of this Instrument.

 

10.1.                        Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Instrument are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

10.2.                        Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Instrument do not and will not conflict with:

 

5



 

10.2.1.                         any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

10.2.2.                         its constitutional documents; or

 

10.2.3.                         any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

10.3.                        Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Instrument and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

10.4.                        Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

10.4.1.                         to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Instrument; and

 

10.4.2.                         to make the Instrument admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

10.5.                        Governing law and enforcement

 

10.5.1.                         The choice of Dutch law as the governing law of this Instrument will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

10.5.2.                         Any judgment obtained in The Netherlands in relation to this Instrument will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

10.6.                        No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the law of The Netherlands it is not necessary that this Instrument be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to this Instrument or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

10.7.                        No default

 

10.7.1.                         No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the transactions contemplated by this Instrument.

 

10.7.2.                         No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject.

 

11.                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

11.1.                        Notices

 

All notices, consents, waivers and other communications under this Instrument must be in writing in English and delivered by hand or sent by registered mail, express courier, fax or

 

6


 

 

e-mail to the appropriate addresses and fax numbers set out below, or to such addresses and facsimile numbers as a Party may notify to the other Parties from time to time. A notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, registered mail or express courier or at the time of successful transmission, if delivered by fax or e-mail.

 

To the Issuer:

 

Name: Tornier B.V.

Primary address: Fred. Roeskestraat 123, 1076 EE Amsterdam, the Netherlands
Phone: +31-20-577-1177
Fax number: +31-20-577-1188
Attention: Guido Nieuwenhuizen

 

Secondary address: 3601 West 76 th  Street, Suite 200, Edina, MN 55435
United States of America
Phone: +1-952-426-7676
Fax number: +1-952-995-7446
E-mail: dkohrs@tornierhq.com
Attention: Douglas Kohrs

 

To WP:

 

Name: Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

Address: 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY, 10017

Fax number: +1-212-716-5040

Phone: +1-212-878-6200
E-mail: scarney@warburgpincus.com

Attention: Sean Carney

 

To Lenders:

 

Name: Vertical Fund I, L.P.

Address: 25 Deforest Avenue, Summit, NJ 07901 , United States of America

Phone: +1-908-277-3737

Email: remmitt@vertical-group.com

Attention: Dick Emmitt

 

Name: Vertical Fund II, L.P.

Address: 25 Deforest Avenue, Summit, NJ 07901, United States of America

Phone: +1-908-277-3737

Email: remmitt@vertical-group.com

Attention: Dick Emmitt

 

Name: Split Rock Partners

Address: 10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550, Minneapolis, MN 55344, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-995-7492

Email: steve@splitrock.com

Attention: Steve Schwen

 

Name: KCH Stockholm AB
Address: Postfach 157 — Bahnhof Park 4, CH-6341 BAAR, Switzerland
Phone: +41-41-76-82-121

 

7



 

Email: afs@databaar.ch
Attention: Hans Jörin, AFS Atlas Finanz Services AG

 

Name: Douglas Kohrs

Address: 7444 Shannon Drive, Edina, MN 55439, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-941-8515

Email: Dkohrs@tornierhq.com

 

Name: Rod Mayer

Address: 2607 Wildwood Lane, Winona, IN 46590, United States of America

Phone: +1-574-253-1594

E-mail: Rmayer@tornier.com

 

Name: Diane Doty

Address: 27860 Brynmawr Place, Shorewood, MN 55331, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-401-3660

Email: Mdoty1@msn.com

 

Robert Anderson

Address: 1960 Bechelli Lane, Redding, CA 96002, United States of America

Phone: +1-530-221-0673

E-mail: rcaredding@aol.com

 

Ralph Barisano

Address: 29 Chicory Road, Westford, MA 01886, United States of America

Phone: +1-978-392-0954

E-mail: Rbarisanojr@comcast.net; Rbarisano@tornierhq.com

 

Jamal Rushdy

Address: 17151 Acorn Ridge, Eden Prairie, MN 55347, United States of America

Phone: +1-952-303-4382

E-mail: jrushdy@tornierhq.com

 

James Christopher Harber

Address: 12819 Briarcrest Place, San Diego, CA 92130, United States of America

Phone: +1-954-993-0646

Email: Charber@tornier.com

 

Jean-Marc Idier

Address: Chem Pinardes, 38330 Saint Nazaire Les Eymes, France

Phone: +33 04 76 52 79 12

E-mail: jean-marc.idier@tornier.fr

 

Jim Kwan

Address: 2 W. Bay Lane, North Oaks, MN 55127, United States of America

Phone: +1-651-486-2934

Email: Kwanj01@comcast.net; Jkwan@tornierhq.com

 

11.2.                        Expenses

 

The Issuer shall pay all costs and expenses in connection with the entry into, administration or, and enforcement of this Instrument and the Notes issued hereunder, including the costs of counsel to the Noteholders and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, to the extent the Issuer would have been obliged to do so, if it had borrowed from a third party.

 

8



 

11.3.                        Entire agreement

 

This Instrument constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the issue of the Notes. This Instrument supersedes and terminates any earlier agreements, either verbally or in writing, between the Parties and no Party shall have any right or remedy against any other Party arising out of or in connection with any such earlier agreements unless stated otherwise in this Instrument.

 

11.4.                        Amendment

 

This Instrument may only be amended, and the provisions hereof may only be waived or otherwise modified, in a writing signed by the Required Noteholders and the Issuer; provided, that no such amendment, waiver or modification shall reduce the principal of, or interest on, any Note or postpone or extend any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest, any Note, in each case without the written consent of the Noteholder of such Note, or amend the definition of “Required Noteholders” without the written consent of all Noteholders.

 

11.5.                        Partial invalidity

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Instrument shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Instrument. Any such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced or be deemed to be replaced by a provision that is considered to be valid and enforceable. The interpretation of the replacing provisions shall be as close as possible to the intent of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

11.6.                        Copies

 

The Issuer shall keep copies of this Instrument and any notices given or received hereunder available for inspection by the Noteholders during normal business hours at its principal office.

 

11.7.                        Governing law

 

This Instrument is governed by the laws of the Netherlands.

 

11.8.                        Jurisdiction

 

The competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Instrument without prejudice to the right of appeal and that of appeal to the Supreme Court.

 

9



 

EXECUTED ON 29 February 2008 ,

 

Tornier B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

/s/  Eric Liu

 

 

 

 

 

By:

G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

Eric Liu

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director A

 

Title:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Sean D. Carney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

The Vertical Group, L.P.,

 

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

The Vertical Group, L.P.,

 

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

10



 

/s/  Douglas Kohrs

 

 

 

Mr. Douglas Kohrs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Split Rock Partners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Split Rock Partners Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Steven L. P. Schwen

 

 

 

By:

Steven L. P. Schwen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Knut Solvana

 

/s/  Carl-Henry Salomonsson

By:

Knut Solvana

 

By:

Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Rod Mayer

 

 

 

Mr. Rod Mayer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Diane Doty

 

 

 

Ms. Diane Doty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Robert Anderson

 

 

 

Mr. Robert Anderson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Ralph Barisano

 

 

 

Mr. Ralph Barisano

 

 

 

 

11



 

/s/  Jamal Rushdy

 

 

 

Mr. Jamal Rushdy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  James Christopher Harber

 

 

 

Mr. James Christopher Harber

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Jean-Marc Idier

 

 

 

Mr. Jean-Marc Idier

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Jim Kwan

 

 

 

Mr. Jim Kwan

 

 

 

 

12



 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF CERTIFICATE

 

Tornier B.V. (the “ Issuer ”)

 

Notes 2008

 

Certificate No.                                                                                    Amount of Notes: EUR

 

Issue of EUR                                                                                                                Notes (in units of EUR [ · ] each) created by a resolution of the board of directors of the Company adopted on [ · ] 2008.

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ……………………… is the registered holder of EUR                           of the above Notes (represented by units of EUR [ · ] each) fully paid. The holders of the above Notes are and will be entitled pari passu and rateably to the benefit of and are and will be subject to the provisions contained in an instrument entered into by the Issues and dated 29 February 2008 (the “ Instrument ”).

 

Words and expressions defined in the Instrument shall bear the same meaning in this Certificate.

 

Interest is payable on the Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Instrument.

 

[For managers:]

 

[The holder of these Notes shall offer the Notes to the Issuer for repayment and the Issuer shall repay those Notes, if its employment or management relation with the Issuer or the Issuer’s group terminates.]

 

[The holder of these Notes will not transfer these Notes to anyone other than a person that has an employment or management relation with the Issuer or the Issuer’s group.]

 

[For other Lenders:]

 

[The holder of these Notes will not transfer these Notes, unless the number of Notes to be transferred constitute a minimum aggregate amount of EUR 50,000.]

 

DATED

 

2008

 

Tornier B.V.

 

13



 

SCHEDULE 2 — REGISTER

 

Nr.

 

Lenders

 

Loan Amount

 

Register Date

 

Issue Date

 

1

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

 

24,700,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

2

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P.

 

3,153,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

3

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P.

 

929,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

4

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

562,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

5

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

1,159,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

6

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

3,500,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

7

 

Rod Mayer

 

166,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

8

 

Diane Doty

 

166,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

9

 

Robert Anderson

 

77,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

10

 

Ralph Barisano

 

26,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

11

 

Jamal Rushdy

 

26,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

12

 

James Christopher Harber

 

19,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

13

 

Jean-Marc Idier

 

10,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

14

 

Jim Kwan

 

7,000

 

29 Feb 2008

 

29 Feb 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

34,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

14


 



Exhibit 10.18

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

DATED 3 April 2009

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

as the Issuer

 


 

WARRANT AGREEMENT

 


 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Headings

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

ISSUE OF WARRANTS

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

ADJUSTMENTS

 

4

 

 

5.1.

Adjustment for stock splits, dividends and combinations

 

4

 

 

5.2.

Adjustment for rights issues

 

5

 

 

5.3.

Adjustment for Equity Shares issue

 

6

 

 

5.4.

Notice of adjustment and certain transactions

 

7

 

 

5.5.

Determination

 

7

 

 

5.6.

Adjustment in number of shares

 

7

 

 

5.7.

Undertaking to issue additional Warrant Shares

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

8

 

 

8.1.

Winding up of the Issuer

 

8

 

 

8.2.

Fractional interests

 

8

 

 

8.3.

Notices

 

9

 

 

8.4.

Expenses

 

11

 

 

8.5.

Entire agreement

 

11

 

 

8.6.

Amendment

 

11

 

 

8.7.

Partial invalidity

 

11

 

 

8.8.

Copies

 

11

 

 

8.9.

Governing law

 

11

 

 

8.10.

Jurisdiction

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF DEED OF ISSUE

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 — FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 - WARRANT REGISTER

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4 - FORM OF TRANSFER INSTRUMENT

 

 

 

i



 

THIS WARRANT AGREEMENT is made on 3 April 2009

 

BETWEEN :

 

(1)                                  Tornier B.V., a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Issuer ”); and

 

(2)                                  Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V., Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P. (“ WP ”), PJC Capital LLC, PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC, KCH Stockholm AB, Split Rock Partners, LP, Amy and Richard Wallman, Douglas Kohrs, Kevin Ohashi, Ralph Barisano Jr., Stephan Epinette and Diane Doty.

 

The parties to this Warrant Agreement are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party ”. The parties listed under (2) above are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Original Warrantholders ” and each individually as an “ Original Warrantholder ”.

 

RECITALS :

 

(1)                                  TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. (The Netherlands), TMG Partners U.S., LLC, Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., TMG Partners II LLC, TMG Partners III LLC, DVO TH, LLC, Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, Tornier B.V. and Mr. Douglas Kohrs (the “ Shareholders ”) hold all of the issued shares in the Issuer.

 

(2)                                  The Issuer’s current issued and outstanding share capital consists of 62,910,404 ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each and the Issuer’s authorised share capital consists of 300,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of EUR 0.01 each.

 

(3)                                  On 29 February 2008, the Issuer issued a number of warrants giving the right to acquire 9,265,018 ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer with a par value of EUR 0.01 each to a number of lenders in consideration of such lenders granting a loan to the Issuer pursuant to a promissory notes instrument dated 29 February 2008.

 

(4)                                  The Issuer has issued a further EUR 37,000,000 aggregate nominal amount of promissory notes due 31 March 2014 under an instrument dated 3 April 2009 (the “ Instrument ”).

 

(5)                                  In consideration of the Lenders (as defined in the Instrument) granting a loan to the Issuer under the Instrument, the Issuer has agreed to issue a number of warrants to the Lenders giving the Lenders the right to acquire 8,825,086 ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer with a par value of EUR 0.01 each.

 

(6)                                  In accordance with clause 4.1 of the articles of association of the Issuer, the Board has on 26 March 2009 resolved to grant a right to acquire 8,825,086 ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer with a par value of EUR 0.01 each subject to the terms and conditions of this Warrant Agreement (the “ Resolution ”) and the board of supervisory directors of the Issuer has approved the Resolution.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.                              In this Warrant Agreement the following definitions have the following meaning:

 

1



 

Board ” means the board of managing directors of the Issuer;

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in the Netherlands;

 

Deed of Issue ” a notarial deed of issue of Shares pursuant to which such number of Shares are issued as corresponds the number of Warrants that is exercised by a Warrantholder substantially in the form as attached hereto as Schedule 1 ;

 

Equity Shares ” means all issued shares and shares which are outstanding at any time in the capital of the Issuer, for the avoidance of doubt, specifically including the Shares;

 

Exercise Notice ” means an exercise notice in relation to one or more Warrants in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2 ;

 

Exercise Price ” means the exercise price of the Warrants being an amount of USD 5.66 per ordinary share in the capital of the Issuer (subject to any adjustments made pursuant to clause 5 of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Instrument ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Issuer ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Joinder Agreement ” means a joinder agreement (in the form provided by the Issuer) pursuant to which the counterparty or counterparties to the Issuer executing such joinder agreement agrees or agree, as the case may be, to observe and to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Securityholders Agreement;

 

Original Warrantholder ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Register ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 2.2;

 

Resolution ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Securityholders Agreement ” means the securityholders agreement between, inter alios , the Issuer and the Issuer’s shareholders dated 18 July 2006 (as amended from time to time);

 

Share ” means an ordinary share with a par value of EUR 0.01, in the capital of the Issuer;

 

Shareholders ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the recitals of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Transfer Instrument ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 3.1;

 

Warrantholder ” means a person that holds one or more Warrants and is entered into the Register as the holder of such Warrants (including any transferee who acquires any Warrants in accordance with clause 3 of this Warrant Agreement);

 

Warrantholder Majority ” means the Original Warrantholders who hold at least 50 per cent. of the Warrants under this Warrant Agreement calculated solely as of the date of this Warrant Agreement;

 

Warrant Period ” means the period starting on the date hereof and ending on 31 March 2019;

 

2



 

Warrant ” the right to acquire a Warrant Share against delivery of an Exercise Notice and payment of the Exercise Price;

 

Warrant Shares ” means the Shares issuable on exercise of the Warrants;

 

WP ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Instrument.

 

1.2.                              In this Warrant Agreement, unless otherwise specified:

 

1.2.1.                               the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the neuter and vice versa;

 

1.2.2.                               references to a person shall include a reference to any individual, Issuer, association, partnership or joint venture;

 

1.2.3.                               unless the context requires otherwise, words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

1.2.4.                               the headings are for identification only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Warrant Agreement.

 

2.                                      ISSUE OF WARRANTS

 

2.1.                              In consideration of the Lenders (as defined in the Instrument) providing a loan to the Issuer in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Instrument and further in accordance with the Resolution, the Issuer hereby grants the Warrants to the Original Warrantholders giving the right to acquire an initial aggregate of 8,825,086 Shares.

 

2.2.                              Each Warrantholder shall have the number of Warrants set forth opposite its name on Schedule 3 hereto (the “ Warrant Register ”) and the Issuer shall update Schedule 3 from time to time to reflect any Exercises and any transfers of the Warrants. The Issuer may deem and treat the registered holder of a Warrant as the absolute owner thereof (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone), for all purposes, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary (except to the extent Warrants may have been transferred in accordance with clause 3).

 

3.                                      TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES

 

3.1.                              A Warrantholder may transfer the Warrants held by it or any part thereof to a Shareholder by a transfer in writing substantially in the form set forth in Schedule 4 attached hereto (a “ Transfer Instrument ”), provided, however, that no Warrantholder may transfer any Warrants without the prior written consent of the Board and the Warrantholder Majority and unless, upon receipt of the necessary consents, the transferee agrees in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Warrantholder Majority) to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such transferee was an initial signatory hereto.

 

3.2.                              The Issuer shall from time to time register the transfer of any outstanding Warrants in the Warrant Register upon delivery of a validly executed Transfer Instrument to the Issuer.

 

4.                                      EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

 

4.1.                              Subject to the terms of this Warrant Agreement, each Warrantholder shall have the right, which may be exercised until the end of the Warrant Period, to receive, upon payment of the Exercise Price to or for the account of the Issuer, from the Issuer the number of fully

 

3



 

paid Warrant Shares, which the Warrantholder may at the time be entitled to receive on exercise of such Warrants. Each Warrant not exercised prior to the end of the Warrant Period shall become null and void and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Warrant Agreement shall cease as of such time.

 

4.2.                              A Warrant is validly exercised upon:

 

4.2.1.                     payment of the Exercise Price to or for the account of the Issuer; and

 

4.2.2.                     delivery to the Issuer of a properly executed (i) Exercise Notice and (ii) Joinder Agreement.

 

4.3.                              The Issuer hereby in advance consents to the payment of the Exercise Price in a currency other than Euro, in accordance with section 2:191a of the Dutch Civil Code.

 

4.4.                              The Issuer is obliged to procure the execution of the relevant Deed of Issue within seven Business Days after receipt of an Exercise Notice and payment of the Exercise Price.

 

4.5.                              The Issuer is obliged and permitted to act on behalf of a Warrantholder in relation to the execution of a Deed of Issue, if such Warrantholder has granted the Issuer a power of attorney in the Exercise Notice authorising the Issuer to act on behalf of it in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue.

 

4.6.                              The Issuer hereby grants an irrevocable power of attorney with full right of substitution to each Warrantholder to act on behalf of the Issuer in relation to the execution of a Deed of Issue, to the extent such Warrantholder has sent the Issuer an Exercise Notice and the Issuer has failed to perform its obligations pursuant to clause 4.4 and 4.5 (this power of attorney can also be exercised and is valid even if there is a conflict or possible conflict of interest within the meaning of section 68 of book 3 of the Dutch Civil Code ( Selbsteintritt )). The Issuer is obliged to grant a further power of attorney authorising a Warrantholder to act on behalf of the Issuer in relation to the execution of a Deed of Issue, to the extent such Warrantholder has sent the Issuer an Exercise Notice and requires the Issuer to grant it such further power of attorney.

 

5.                                      ADJUSTMENTS

 

5.1.                              Adjustment for stock splits, dividends and combinations

 

If the Issuer:

 

5.1.1.                     pays a dividend in Equity Shares or makes a distribution in Equity Shares on the then outstanding Equity Shares;

 

5.1.2.                     subdivides its outstanding Equity Shares into a greater number of Equity Shares;

 

5.1.3.                     combines its outstanding Equity Shares into a smaller number of Equity Shares;

 

5.1.4.                     makes a distribution to the holders of its then outstanding Equity Shares in shares of its share capital other than Equity Shares;

 

5.1.5.                     repurchases ( inkopen ) outstanding Equity Shares; or

 

5.1.6.                     issues any shares in its share capital in connection with a recapitalisation or

 

4



 

reclassification of its then outstanding Equity Shares,

 

then the number of Shares to be acquired upon exercise of a Warrant shall be proportionally adjusted so that each Warrantholder will receive, upon exercise, the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which it would have owned immediately following such action if such Warrantholder had exercised its Warrant in full immediately prior to such action. Upon such adjustment of the number of Shares to be acquired upon exercise of a Warrant, the Exercise Price shall be equitable and proportionally adjusted so that the aggregate consideration payable by such Warrantholder upon exercise of its Warrant remains the same.

 

An adjustment made pursuant to this clause 5.1 shall become effective immediately after the payment or distribution in the case of a dividend or distribution and immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination, repurchase, recapitalisation or reclassification.

 

If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this clause 5.1 and 5.6, a Warrantholder upon exercise may receive shares of two or more classes or series of shares in the capital of the Issuer, the Board shall determine the allocation of the applicable adjusted Exercise Price between the classes or series of shares. After such allocation, the exercise privilege and the Exercise Price of each class or series of shares shall thereafter be subject to further adjustment on terms comparable to those applicable to Equity Shares in this clause 5.

 

Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

 

5.2.                              Adjustment for rights issues

 

If the Issuer distributes any rights, options or warrants to the holders of its Equity Shares to acquire or purchase Equity Shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Equity Shares at a price per share (or with an initial conversion, exchange or exercise price) less than the then current Exercise Price, the then current Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the following formula:

 

E’  =  E  x

  O +  N x P

             E      

 

 

 

 

 

    O + N

 

 

where:

 

E’ = the adjusted Exercise Price.

 

E  = the Exercise Price.

 

O  = the number of Equity Shares outstanding immediately prior to the applicable dilutive issuance.

 

N  = the number of additional Equity Shares issued (or deemed to be issued) in the dilutive issuance.

 

5



 

P  = the conversion, exchange or exercise price per share of the additional Equity Shares issued (or deemed to be issued) in the dilutive issuance.

 

The adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the rights, options or warrants.  If at the end of the period during which such rights, options or warrants are exercisable, not all rights, options or warrants shall have been exercised, the Exercise Price shall be immediately readjusted to what it would have been if “N” in the above formula had been the number of shares actually issued.

 

5.3.                              Adjustment for Equity Shares issue

 

If the Issuer issues Equity Shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, Equity Shares for a consideration per share less than the then current Exercise Price, the then current Exercise Price shall be adjusted in accordance with the formula:

 

E’  =  E  x

  O +  N x P

             E      

 

 

 

 

 

    O + N

 

 

where:

 

E’ = the adjusted Exercise Price.

 

E  = the then current Exercise Price.

 

N = the number of additional Equity Shares issued (or deemed to be issued) in the dilutive issuance.

 

O  = the number of Equity Shares outstanding immediately prior to the applicable dilutive issuance.

 

P  = the consideration price per share received for the issuance of such additional shares.

 

The adjustments shall be made successively whenever any such issuance is made, and shall become effective immediately after such issuance.

 

This clause 5.3 does not apply to:

 

5.3.1.                     any of the transactions described in clauses 5.1 or 5.2;

 

5.3.2.                     the exercise of Warrants, or the conversion or exchange of other securities convertible or exchangeable for Equity Shares;

 

5.3.3.                     Equity Shares issued to the Issuer’s employees, consultants or directors under bona fide benefit plans validly adopted by the Board, if such Equity Shares would otherwise be covered by this clause 5.3;

 

6



 

5.3.4.                     Equity Shares issuable upon the exercise of rights or warrants issued to the holders of Equity Shares; or

 

5.3.5.                     Equity Shares issued to shareholders of any person which merges with or into the Issuer, provided that the applicable merger has been approved by the Board.

 

5.4.                              Notice of adjustment and certain transactions

 

If:

 

5.4.1.                     the Issuer takes any action that would require an adjustment to the Exercise Price pursuant to clauses 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 or otherwise;

 

5.4.2.                     the Issuer is liquidated, dissolved or merged; or

 

5.4.3.                     the Exercise Price is adjusted,

 

the Issuer shall notify the Warrantholders in accordance with clause 8.3, stating all relevant details of the notified event and stating the envisaged date of the notified event. The Issuer shall send the notice at least 15 Business Days prior to such envisaged date.

 

5.5.                              Determination

 

Any determination that the Issuer must make pursuant to clauses 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 shall be made in good faith and shall bear in mind the interest of the Warrantholders. Any such determination shall only become conclusive and binding on the Warrantholders if and to the extent the Warrantholder Majority has agreed to the determination in writing.

 

5.6.                              Adjustment in number of shares

 

In the event of any adjustment made pursuant to clauses 5.2 or 5.3, the number of Warrant Shares issuable upon the Exercise of any Warrant shall be increased or decreased, as applicable, so that it is equal to the number of Warrant Shares in effect immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a quotient, the numerator of which is the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which is the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

 

5.7.                              Undertaking to issue additional Warrant Shares

 

If and to the extent that as a result of one or more adjustments to the number of Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants in accordance with this clause 5, the Resolution does not authorise the issuance of a sufficient number of Shares to settle the exercise of all Warrants, the Issuer shall procure (i) that the Board shall adopt an additional resolution to authorise the issuance of such number of Shares as required as a result of such adjustments and (ii) that the board of supervisory directors approves such additional resolution.

 

6.                                      NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT

 

6.1.                              If any event shall occur as to which the provisions of clause 5 are not strictly applicable but the failure to make any adjustment would adversely affect the rights represented by the Warrants in accordance with the essential intent and principles of clause 5, then, in each such case, the Board may agree with the Warrantholder Majority to make such adjustments to the Warrants, the Exercise Price and/or the number of Warrant Shares to be obtained

 

7



 

upon exercise of the Warrants on a basis consistent with the essential intent and principles established in clause 5, necessary to preserve, without dilution, the rights, represented by the Warrants. Upon reaching such agreement, the Issuer will promptly make the agreed adjustments.

 

6.2.                              The Issuer will not, by amendment of its articles of association or through any merger, demerger, reorganization, transfer of assets, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of the Warrants or this Warrant Agreement, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of the Warrants against dilution or other impairment.

 

7.                                      COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

 

7.1.                              The Issuer undertakes that during the Warrant Period (except with the prior written consent of the Warrantholders):

 

7.1.1.                     it will at all times keep available for issue sufficient authorised share capital to satisfy in full the exercise of all the unexercised Warrants;

 

7.1.2.                     it will not modify the rights attached to any Shares in any way which could reasonably be expected to affect adversely the rights of the Warrantholders; and

 

7.1.3.                     it will not amend its articles of association in any way which would prevent any Warrantholder from exercising its Warrants.

 

8.                                      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

8.1.                              Winding up of the Issuer

 

If, prior to the end of the Warrant Period, an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for winding up the Issuer, each Warrantholder who pays the Exercise Price, will (at its election, in lieu of payments which would otherwise have been due to it in respect of its Warrant Shares) be treated as if, immediately before the date of such order or resolution, all the Warrants had been exercised in full and shall be entitled to receive out of the assets which would otherwise be available in the liquidation such sum (if any) as it would have received had it been the holder of the Shares to which it would have become entitled by virtue of such exercise. For the purposes of this clause 8.1, the Warrantholders will be regarded as creditors within the meaning of section 23b of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

 

8.2.                              Fractional interests

 

The Issuer shall not be required to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the exercise of Warrants. If more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the same time by the same holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares purchasable on exercise of the Warrants so presented. If any fraction of a Warrant Share would, except for the provisions of this clause 8.2, be issuable on the exercise of any Warrants (or specified portion thereof), the Issuer shall pay to the Warrantholder an amount in cash equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

 

8


 

 

8.3.                              Notices

 

All notices, consents, waivers and other communications under this Warrant Agreement must be in writing in English and delivered by hand or sent by registered mail, express courier, fax or e-mail to the appropriate addresses and fax numbers set out below, or to such addresses and facsimile numbers as a Party may notify to the other Parties from time to time. A notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, registered mail or express courier or at the time of successful transmission, if delivered by fax or e-mail.

 

To the Issuer:

 

Name: Tornier B.V.

Address: Fred. Roeskestraat 123, 1076 EE Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Fax number: +31-20-577-1188

Phone: +31-20-577-1177

Attention: Guido Nieuwenhuizen

 

with a copy to:

 

Address: 3601 West 76 th  Street, Suite 200, Edina, MN 55435, USA

Fax number: +1-952-995-7446

Phone: +1-952-426-7676

E-mail: dkohrs@tornierhq.com

Attention: Douglas Kohrs

 

To WP:

 

Name: Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.
Address: 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017, USA
Phone: +1-212-878-6200
Fax number: +1-212-716-5040
E-mail: scarney@warburgpincus.com
Attention: Sean Carney

 

To the Warrantholders:

 

Name: Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.
Address: Endepolsdomein 5, Maastricht, NL-6229 GW, the Netherlands
Attention: VP & General Manager

 

With a copy to:

 

Name: Medtronic International Trading Sarl

Address:

Route du Molliau 31, Case Postale,

 

CH-1131 Tolochenaz, Switzerland

Attention: VP Legal International West

 

With a copy to:

 

Name: Medtronic Inc.
Medtronic World Headquarters Corporate

9



 

Address: 710 Medtronic Parkway, MN-55432-5604, USA
Attention: VP Corporate & Securities

 

Name: PJC Capital LLC
Address: 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, MN 55402, USA
Phone: +1-612-303-6306
Fax: +1-612-303-1068
E-mail: robert.p.rinek@pjc.com
Attention: Robert P. Rinek

 

Name: PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC
Address: 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, MN 55402, USA
Phone: +1-612-303-6306
Fax: +1-612-303-1068
E-mail: robert.p.rinek@pjc.com
Attention: Robert P. Rinek

 

Name: Split Rock Partners, LP
Address: 10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550, Minneapolis, MN 55344, USA
Phone: +1-952-995-7492
Email: steve@splitrock.com
Attention: Steve Schwen

 

Name: KCH Stockholm AB
Address: Hamilton Advokatbyrå Karlstad AB, Kungsgatan 2 A, Box 606, 651 13 Karlstad, Sweden
Phone: +46-5421-2535
Email: carl-henry.salomonsson@hamilton.se
Attention: Mr. Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

Name: Douglas Kohrs
Address: 7444 Shannon Drive, Edina, MN 55439, USA
Phone: +1-952-941-8515
Email: dkohrs@tornier.com

 

Name: Diane Doty
Address: 27860 Brynmawr Place, Shorewood, MN  55331, USA
Phone: +1-952-401-3660
Email: mdoty1@msn.com

 

Name: Stephan Epinette
Address: 372 Chemin du Robiat, 69250 Poleymieux au mont d’or, France
Phone: +33-6-27-66-15-02
E-mail: stephan.epinette@tornier.fr

 

Name: Ralph Barisano Jr.
Address: 29 Chicory Rd, Westford, MA 01886, USA
Phone: +1-978-392-0954
E-mail: rbarisano@tornier.com

 

Name: Amy and Richard Wallman
Address: 124 Deer Estates Lane, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 32082, USA

10



 

Phone: +1-904-543-1754
E-mail: rfwallman@aol.com

 

Name: Kevin Ohashi
Address: 60 Orchard Street, Jamaica Plain, MA 02130, USA
Phone: +1-650-796-1515
E-mail: kohashi@vertical-group.com

 

8.4.                              Expenses

 

The Issuer shall pay all notarial costs and expenses associated with the exercise of the Warrants.

 

8.5.                              Entire agreement

 

8.5.1.                               This Warrant Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the Warrants. This Warrant Agreement supersedes and terminates any earlier agreements, either verbally or in writing, between the Parties and no Party shall have any right or remedy against any other Party arising out of or in connection with any such earlier agreements unless stated otherwise in this Warrant Agreement.

 

8.5.2.                               The Parties agree that this Warrant Agreement sets forth the sole rights and obligations of the Original Warrantholders in relation to the Warrants, and that the Original Warrantholders’ activities under this Warrant Agreement do not constitute any factual corporation or any other contractual legal partnership among the Original Warrantholders.

 

8.6.                              Amendment

 

This Warrant Agreement may only be amended by mutual agreement in writing between the Issuer and the Warrantholder Majority.

 

8.7.                              Partial invalidity

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Warrant Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Warrant Agreement. Any such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced or be deemed to be replaced by a provision that is considered to be valid and enforceable. The interpretation of the replacing provisions shall be as close as possible to the intent of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

8.8.                              Copies

 

The Issuer shall keep copies of this Warrant Agreement and any notices given or received hereunder available for inspection by the Warrantholders during normal business hours at its principal office.

 

8.9.                              Governing law

 

This Warrant Agreement is governed by the laws of the Netherlands.

 

11



 

8.10.                        Jurisdiction

 

The competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Warrant Agreement without prejudice to the right of appeal and that of appeal to the Supreme Court.

 

12



 

EXECUTED ON 3 April 2009 ,

 

Tornier B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Guido F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

/s/ Eric C. Liu

By:

Mr. G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

Eric C. Liu

Title:

Managing Director A

 

Title:

Managing Director A

 

 

Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.

 

/s/ F.W. Lindemans

 

By:

F.W. Lindemans

Title:

V.P. and G.M.

 

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

 

By: Warburg Pincus (Bermuda)
Private Equity Ltd., its General Partner

 

/s/ Sean D. Carney

 

By:

Sean D. Carney

Title:

Authorised Signatory

 

 

PJC Capital LLC

 

/s/ Robert P. Rinek

 

By:

Robert P. Rinek

Title:

Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer

 

13



 

EXECUTED ON 3 APRIL 2009,

 

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

 

/s/ Robert P. Rinek

 

By:

Robert P. Rinek

 

Title:

Co-CEO

 

 

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

/s/ Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

By:

Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

By: Split Rock Partners Management, LLC, its General Partner

 

/s/ Steven L.P. Schwen

 

By:

Steven L.P. Schwen

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Amy Wallman

 

Richard Wallman

 

 

 

/s/ A. Wallman

 

/s/ R. Wallman

Mrs. A. Wallman

 

Mr. R. Wallman

 

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas Kohrs

 

 

 

14



 

Kevin Ohashi

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Ohashi

 

 

 

 

Ralph Barisano Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ralph Barisano Jr.

 

 

 

 

Stephan Epinette

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephan Epinette

 

 

 

 

Diane Doty

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Diane Doty

 

 

 

15



 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF DEED OF ISSUE

 

ISSUE OF SHARES [ · ]

 

Tornier b.v. date

 

Today,

 

, appeared before me,

 

Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist , civil-law notary in Amsterdam:

 

acting as holder of a power of attorney of:

 

the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Tornier B.V. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123, filed at the Trade Register under number 34250781 and with number B.V. 1383148 (the ‘ Company ’);

 

the [ Warrant holder ] [ details of warrant holder ]

 

Powers of attorney

 

./.                                       The powers of attorney are evidenced by two (2) private deeds.

 

The appearing person declared:

 

Warrant Agreement

 

./.                                       The Company has entered into a warrant agreement on 3 April 2009 (the ‘ Agreement ’), with the Original Warrant Holders, as defined in the Agreement, among other things with respect to rights to acquire 8,825,086 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01), a copy of which Agreement will be attached to this deed.

 

Resolution to grant rights to acquire shares

 

On 26 March 2009 the Management Board of the Company, authorised to do so in accordance with the provisions of the articles of association of the Company, resolved to grant a right to [ Warrant holder ] to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01), at par, under the obligation to make the payment as provided hereinafter, pursuant to the Agreement (the ‘ Resolution ’).

 

Article 6 of the articles of association of the Company provides that upon the grant of a right to shares the shareholders will not have a pre-emption right.

 

./.                                       Which resolutions are evidenced by minutes of the Management Board Meeting, a copy of which will be attached to this deed.

 

./.                                       In accordance with article 4 paragraph 1 of the articles of association of the Company, the Supervisory Board granted its approval to the Resolution in its meeting held on 26 March 2009, a copy of the minutes of this meeting will be attached to this deed.

 

16



 

Exercise of warrant

 

./.                                       In accordance with the Agreement, the [ Warrant holder ] has validly exercised his warrant to acquire [*] shares in the capital of the Company (the ‘ Shares ’), by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company in accordance with clause 4 of the Agreement, and having paid the exercise price as described in the Agreement, a copy of which notice will be attached to this deed.

 

Method of payment

 

[ Warrant holder ] is to pay up on the Shares in a foreign currency, being [*]

 

Consent payment in a foreign currency

 

The Management Board of the Company, has approved in its meeting referred to above, the payment on the Shares in a foreign currency, as referred to in article 2:191a paragraph 2 Dutch Civil Code.

 

Issue of Shares

 

To implement the Resolution and the Agreement, and the exercise of the warrant by the [ Warrant holder ], the Company herewith issues the Shares to [ Warrant Holder ] under the obligation to pay up the Shares in the method referred above.

 

The Shares will be numbered [*] to [*] inclusive.

 

[ Warrant Holder ] herewith accepts the Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

Payment

 

The total amount to be paid on the Shares is [USD [ · ] x # of shares].

 

The Company confirms that the amount of [*] has been paid in cash.

 

A bank has made a statement concerning payment in a foreign currency as referred to in article 2:203a paragraph 2 Dutch Civil Code, stating that the amount paid in a foreign currency can be freely converted into [*], so that the payment in the foreign currency at least equals the required amount to be paid up on the Shares, being an amount of [*] (the ‘ Bank statement ’).

 

To the extent the amount paid exceeds the amount of [*] the surplus will be considered to be share premium ( agio ).

 

Costs, taxes

 

The costs of this deed and the execution thereof will be for the account of the Company.

 

The Company is not a body as referred to in article 4 Act on the taxes on legal transactions ( Wet op belastingen van rechtsverkeer ), as a result whereof no taxes on legal transactions are due as a consequence of the present issue.

 

Shareholders’ register

 

The Company declared to make the appropriate entry in the shareholders’ register concerning this issue.

 

17



 

Attached documents

 

./.                                       Furthermore, to this deed will be attached:

 

the powers of attorney;

 

a copy of the Agreement;

 

the Bank statement;

 

a copy of the minutes of the meeting of the Management Board, evidencing the decisions indicated in this deed;

 

a copy of the minutes of the meeting of the Supervisory Board, evidencing the decisions indicated in this deed;

 

This deed was executed today in Amsterdam.

 

The substance of this deed was stated and explained to the appearing person.

 

The appearing person declared not to require a full reading of the deed, to have taken note of the contents of this deed and to consent to it.

 

Subsequently, this deed was read out in a limited form, and immediately thereafter signed by the appearing person and myself, civil-law notary, at

 

18



 

SCHEDULE 2 — FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

 

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

To:

Tornier B.V.

 

Fred. Roeskestraat 123

 

1076 EE Amsterdam

 

The Netherlands

 

 

Dear Sirs,

 

We refer to a warrant agreement dated [ · ] 2009 between, inter alios , yourselves and [insert name Warrantholder] (the “ Warrant Agreement ”).

 

Capitalised terms shall be used herein as such terms are defined in the Warrant Agreement, unless defined otherwise herein.

 

We hold [insert number] Warrants, which gives us the right to acquire [insert number] of Shares.

 

We hereby notify you that we wish to exercise our Warrants / [insert number] of our Warrant.

 

In accordance with clause 4.3 of the Warrant Agreement you are obliged within seven Business Days after receipt of this Exercise Notice to procure the execution of the Deed of Issue providing for the issue of such number of Shares that correspond with the number of Warrants exercised pursuant to this Exercise Notice.

 

[We hereby authorise you to represent us in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue] [In accordance with clause 4.6 of the Warrant Agreement, we reserve the right to represent you in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue, notwithstanding your obligation under clause 4.6 of the Warrant agreement to grant further power of attorney authorising us to represent you in relation to the execution of the Deed of Issue.]

 

Please notify us within two Business Days when the Deed of Issue will be executed and which notary will execute the Deed of Issue.

 

Sincerely,

 

[name]

 

19



 

SCHEDULE 3 - WARRANT REGISTER

 

 

 

Warrantholders

 

Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.

 

4,412,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

 

2,672,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

PJC Capital LLC

 

794,258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

 

88,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

572,438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

126,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Amy and Richard Wallman

 

62,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

61,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Kevin Ohashi

 

13,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Ralph Barisano Jr.

 

10,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Stephan Epinette

 

7,155

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Diane Doty

 

4,293

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

8,825,086

 

 

20



 

SCHEDULE 4 - FORM OF TRANSFER INSTRUMENT

 

TRANSFER INSTRUMENT

 

[date]

 

[ · ] the “ Transferee ”; and

 

[ · ] the “ Transferor ”.

 

The Transferor is the holder of [ · ] Warrants under a warrant agreement dated [ · ] 2009 between, inter alios , [insert name Warrantholder] and Tornier B.V. (the “ Warrant Agreement ”).

 

Capitalised terms shall be used herein as such terms are defined in the Warrant Agreement, unless defined otherwise herein.

 

The Transferee confirms and represents that (i) it is a Shareholder, (ii) the Warrantholder Majority has given its written consent to the transfer of Warrants pursuant to this Transfer Instrument and (iii) it is bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Warrant Agreement as from the moment of transfer of Warrants pursuant to this Transfer Instrument, in accordance with clause 3.1.

 

The Transferor hereby transfers [ · ] of its Warrants to the Transferee in accordance with clause 3 of the Warrant Agreement and the Transferee hereby accepts such Warrants from the Transferor.

 

The Issuer acknowledges the transfer of Warrants pursuant to this Transfer Instrument and undertakes to reflect such transfer in the Warrant Register as soon as reasonable possible.

 

 

 

 

[ · ] the Transferor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ · ] the Transferee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tornier B.V. the Issuer (for acknowledgment purposes)

 

 

21




Exhibit 10.19

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

DATED 3 April 2009

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

as the Issuer

 

 


 

EUR 37,000,000 LOAN NOTE

INSTRUMENT

 


 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause

 

Headings

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

ISSUE OF NOTES

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

INTEREST

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

4.

 

EARLY REPAYMENT

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

5.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

6.

 

ENTITLEMENT TO CERTIFICATE AND NOTE REGISTER

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

7.

 

TRANSFER OF NOTES

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

8.

 

RANKING

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

9.

 

NO LISTING

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

10.

 

MEDTRONIC RIGHTS

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

11.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

6

 

 

11.1.

Binding obligations

 

6

 

 

11.2.

Non-conflict with other obligations

 

7

 

 

11.3.

Power and authority

 

7

 

 

11.4.

Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

7

 

 

11.5.

Governing law and enforcement

 

7

 

 

11.6.

No filing or stamp taxes

 

7

 

 

11.7.

No default

 

7

 

 

11.8.

No off-label promotion of products

 

8

 

 

11.9.

Trade compliance

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

12.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

9

 

 

12.1.

Notices

 

9

 

 

12.2.

Entire agreement

 

11

 

 

12.5.

Amendment

 

11

 

 

12.6.

Partial invalidity

 

12

 

 

12.7.

Copies

 

12

 

 

12.8.

Governing law

 

12

 

 

12.9.

Jurisdiction

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF CERTIFICATE

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 — REGISTER

 

 

 

i



 

THIS INSTRUMENT is made on 3 April 2009 by:

 

(1)                                   Tornier B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (the “ Issuer ”); and

 

(2)                                   Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V., Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P. (“ WP ”), PJC Capital LLC, PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC, KCH Stockholm AB, Split Rock Partners, LP, Amy and Richard Wallman, Douglas Kohrs, Kevin Ohashi, Ralph Barisano Jr., Stephan Epinette and Diane Doty (together the “ Lenders ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

(1)                                   TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. (The Netherlands), TMG Partners U.S., LLC, Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P. TMG Partners II LLC, TMG Partners III LLC, DVO TH, LLC, Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, Tornier B.V. and Mr. Douglas Kohrs (the “ Shareholders ”) hold all of the issued shares in the Issuer.

 

(2)                                   The Issuer has authorised the creation and issue of EUR 37,000,000 promissory notes due 31 March 2014 (the “ Notes ”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

1.1.                               In this Instrument the following definitions have the following meaning:

 

Board ” means the board of managing directors of the Issuer;

 

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in the Netherlands;

 

Certificate ” means a Note certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 ;

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 5.1;

 

Indebtedness ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 5.1.3;

 

Lenders ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Instrument;

 

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of 31 March 2014 and the date of any acceleration by the Required Noteholders pursuant to clause 5.2;

 

Medtronic ” means Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V. or any of its affiliates;

 

Noteholder ” means a person that holds one or more Notes and is entered into the Register as the holder of such Notes;

 

Notes ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Instrument;

 

2008 Notes ” means the EUR 34,500,000 promissory notes due 28 February 2013 issued pursuant to the loan note instrument dated 29 February 2008;

 

1



 

Register ” means the Notes register referred to in clause 6;

 

Required Noteholders ” means the Noteholders holding Notes in an aggregate principal amount of at least 50 per cent. of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Notes;

 

Securityholder ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 5.1.5;

 

Shareholders ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Instrument;

 

Supervisory Board ” means the board of supervisory directors of the Issuer;

 

Tax ” means all forms of local and national taxes, duties, levies, social security contributions or other imposts or withholdings imposed by or payable to any Tax Authority whether direct or indirect, chargeable or attributable directly or primarily to the Issuer or to any other person and irrespective of any such taxes, duties, levies, social security contributions or other imposts or withholdings being recoverable from any other person and including penalties, additions, interest, costs and expenses and any payment obligation by way of reimbursement, recharge, indemnity or damages relating to such taxes, duties, levies, social security contributions or other imposts or withholdings;

 

Tax Authority ” means any local or national authority in or outside the Netherlands having the power to impose or collect Tax;

 

WP ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the opening of this Instrument.

 

1.2.                               In this Instrument, unless otherwise specified:

 

1.2.1.                                the masculine gender shall include the feminine and the neuter and vice versa;

 

1.2.2.                                references to a person shall include a reference to any individual, Issuer, association, partnership or joint venture;

 

1.2.3.                                unless the context requires otherwise, words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

1.2.4.                                the headings are for identification only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Instrument;

 

1.2.5.                                references to the “awareness” of the Issuer or “to the best of Issuer’s knowledge” or any similar statement, shall mean the actual knowledge of Douglas Kohrs or Mike Doty assuming reasonable inquiry into the relevant subject matter and/or the relevant documentation.

 

2.                                       ISSUE OF NOTES

 

2.1.                               The Issuer hereby issues the Notes to the Lenders and the Lenders hereby accept the issue of the Notes, subject to the terms and conditions of this Instrument.

 

2.2.                               The Issuer shall apply all proceeds from the Notes exclusively towards the development and operation of the Issuer or its direct or indirect subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, the proceeds from the Notes shall not be used to (i) repurchase or pay any dividends on any of the Issuer’s or of its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ existing outstanding share capital or (ii) repay any of the Issuer’s or of its direct or indirect subsidiaries’ existing indebtedness.

 

2



 

3.                                       INTEREST

 

3.1.                               Until the Notes are redeemed, paid-in-kind interest (compounded) will accrue on the principal amount of the Notes (including any interest accrued up to the date on which such principal amount is determined) from time to time outstanding at the rate of 8.0 per cent. per annum, payable on 30 June and on 31 December of each year. Interest will compound on an annual basis, but be paid in two equal instalments on 30 June and 31 December of each year, except for the first year, where there will be a partial payment on 30 June. Since the interest is paid in kind, payment means that the Issuer will accrue additional principal due to the Lenders on its balance sheet on these dates. Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, and so long as an Event of Default is continuing, upon written notice from the Required Lenders, paid-in-kind interest (compounded) will accrue on the principal amount of the Notes (including any interest accrued up to the date on which such principal amount is determined) from time to time outstanding at the rate of 10.0 per cent. per annum, payable on 30 June and on 31 December of each year.

 

3.2.                               The first payment of interest shall be made on 30 June 2009 and shall be for an amount calculated on the basis of the number of days lapsed in the period between the date of issue of the Notes and 30 June 2009 (on a basis of a year of 365 calendar days).

 

3.3.                               If any day on which interest hereunder is due to be paid is not a Business Day, payment of interest shall be postponed to the next day which is a Business Day.

 

3.4.                               Any principal, interest or other moneys payable on or in respect of any Notes by the Issuer shall be paid by bank transfer to the Noteholder’s bank account as specified in writing to the Issuer from time to time by the relevant Noteholder in Euros and in immediately available funds. All payments hereunder shall be made to the Noteholders pro rata in accordance with their percentage ownership of the principal amount of all outstanding Notes. Any Noteholder who receives more than his pro rata share of any payment made hereunder shall pay over such portion of the amount received to the other Noteholders, pro rata, so that all Noteholders have received their pro rata share of such payment.

 

4.                                       EARLY REPAYMENT

 

4.1.                               At any time on or after the date of issue of the Notes, the Issuer shall be entitled to repay the whole or any part of the Notes to the Noteholders, ratably as provided in clause 3.4 of which such Noteholders are the registered holder, such Notes to be repaid at par together with interest accrued in respect thereof to the date of repayment. The Issuer shall send a notice stating that it intends to repay the whole or any part of the Notes to each Noteholder at least 15 Business Days prior to the date of repayment.

 

4.2.                               Save to the extent previously purchased by the Issuer or repaid, Notes shall be repaid at par together with accrued interest thereon as to the whole principal amount of the Notes on the Maturity Date.

 

4.3.                               On any repayment of the Notes in accordance with the provisions hereof each relevant Noteholder shall be bound to deliver to the Issuer the relevant Certificate. If any Certificate so to be delivered to the Issuer includes any Notes not redeemable upon the expiration of any such notice a new Certificate for the balance of the Notes not redeemable on that occasion shall be issued to the Noteholder.

 

3



 

5.                                       EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

5.1.                               Each of the following events or circumstances is an Event of Default:

 

5.1.1.                                if the Issuer fails to pay any principal which ought to be paid in accordance with this Instrument on the date due;

 

5.1.2.                                any representation or warranty contained herein shall prove to be false when made in any material respect;

 

5.1.3.                                the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries shall default under any indebtedness for borrowed money or other indebtedness evidenced by notes (including the 2008 Notes), bonds or debentures (collectively, “ Indebtedness ”) in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of EUR 1,000,000 or more or in the payment of any guarantee obligation in respect of such Indebtedness in an amount of EUR 1,000,000 or more, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or guarantee obligation was created the effect of which default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such guarantee obligation (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or such guarantee obligation to become payable or any such Indebtedness shall remain unpaid at its stated maturity;

 

5.1.4.                                if an order is made or an effective resolution passed for winding up the Issuer other than a winding-up for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction approved in writing by the Required Noteholders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

5.1.5.                                if any holder of security granted by the Issuer (a “ Security Holder ”) takes possession of or an administrative receiver, receiver or administrator is appointed in respect of the Issuer or the whole or a substantial part of its property or assets;

 

5.1.6.                                if the Issuer makes a proposal to its creditors for a suspension of payment ( surceance van betaling );

 

5.1.7.                                if the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries seeks protection (voluntarily or involuntarily) under any insolvency or bankruptcy laws; and

 

5.1.8.                                if the Issuer does not comply with any other provision of this Instrument and such default is not remedied within 15 calendar days of written notice from the Required Noteholders of such default.

 

5.2.                               On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Required Noteholders may declare that all or part of the Notes, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under this Instrument be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable.

 

5.3.                               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Instrument, no individual Noteholder shall have the right to sue or otherwise take any enforcement action with respect to this Instrument or the Notes. Only the Required Noteholders may, collectively, act to enforce this Instrument or any Note.

 

4



 

6.                                       ENTITLEMENT TO CERTIFICATE AND NOTE REGISTER

 

6.1.                               Every Noteholder will be entitled to a Certificate stating the amount of the Notes held by him being EUR 1,000 Notes or a multiple thereof and every such Certificate shall refer to this Instrument constituting the Notes. Every Certificate shall bear a denoting number.

 

6.2.                               A Register of the Notes will be kept by the Issuer as attached as Schedule 2 hereto and there shall be entered in such register:

 

6.2.1.                                the names and addresses of the holder(s) for the time being of the Notes;

 

6.2.2.                                the amount of the Notes held by every registered holder;

 

6.2.3.                                the date at which the name of every such registered holder is entered in respect of the Notes standing in his name;

 

6.2.4.                                the serial number of each Certificate issued and the date of the issue thereof; and

 

6.2.5.                                particulars of all transfers of Notes.

 

6.3.                               Notwithstanding the maintenance of the Register by the Issuer, failure by the Issuer to accurately maintain the Register shall not affect the liability of the Issuer to any Noteholder.

 

6.4.                               Any change of address on the part of any Noteholder shall forthwith be notified to the Issuer and thereupon the Register shall be amended accordingly. Failure to provide such notice shall not affect the liability of the Issuer to any Noteholder. The Noteholders or any of them may during normal office hours inspect the Register and upon request the Issuer shall provide a Noteholder with a copy of the Register.

 

6.5.                               No more than one holder shall be registered in respect of any Note.

 

7.                                       TRANSFER OF NOTES

 

7.1.                               Every Noteholder will be entitled to transfer the Notes held by it or any part thereof to a Shareholder by a transfer in writing. Every such transfer must be signed by the transferor(s), the transferee and (for acknowledgment purposes) the Issuer. Where a Noteholder transfers part only of the Notes comprised in a Certificate the old Certificate shall be cancelled and a new Certificate for the balance of such Notes issued without charge.

 

7.2.                               Every transfer of Notes must be left at the registered office of the Issuer for the time being for registration accompanied by the Certificate of the Notes to be transferred and such other evidence (if any) as the Board may reasonably require to prove the title of the transferor or his right to transfer the Notes. No transfer of Notes will be registered in respect of which any notice of repayment or redemption has been given in accordance with clause 4.1 or in the 30 calendar day period prior to the Maturity Date.

 

8.                                       RANKING

 

8.1.                               The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes are subordinated to all existing indebtedness of the Issuer and its direct and indirect subsidiaries to financial institutions, except for the 2008 Notes. The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes are subordinated to all future indebtedness of the Issuer and its direct and indirect subsidiaries to banking institutions (except for the 2008 Notes) up to an amount of USD 15,000,000 (in addition to the current

 

5



 

existing indebtedness of the Issuer and its direct and indirect subsidiaries owed to banking institutions as referred to in Clause 11.10). The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes will only be subordinated to future indebtedness of the Issuer and its direct and indirect subsidiaries to banking institutions in excess of an amount of USD 15,000,000 if and to the extent that the Required Noteholders have given their written consent to such subordination.

 

8.2.                               The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes rank pari passu with the 2008 Notes.

 

8.3.                               The obligations of the Issuer under the Notes rank prior to existing Shares and trade receivables payable by the Issuer to its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

 

9.                                       NO LISTING

 

The Notes shall not be offered to the public for subscription or purchase and shall not be capable of being dealt in on any stock exchange in the Netherlands or elsewhere and no application shall be made to any stock exchange for permission to deal in or for an official or other quotation for the Notes.

 

10.                                MEDTRONIC RIGHTS

 

For so long as a principal balance under the Notes of at least EUR 5,000,000 remains due and owing to Medtronic by the Issuer, Medtronic shall be entitled to appoint one individual to serve as a non-voting advisory board observer on the Supervisory Board. Also, such Supervisory Board observer shall receive and be included in all written communication relating to Supervisory Board meetings. The Issuer shall have the right to exclude Medtronic’s Supervisory Board observer from participating in any Supervisory Board meetings or receiving any written communications relating to the Issuer’s proprietary information, trade secrets or any of its intellectual property, or privileged communications. Prior to the Issuer allowing such Supervisory Board observer to participate in any Supervisory Board meetings or receive any information relating to Supervisory Board meetings, Medtronic shall cause such Supervisory Board observer to execute a ‘non-disclosure and confidentiality agreement’ in the form provided by the Issuer. In addition, Medtronic and the Issuer agree that such Supervisory Board observer shall be present solely for the purpose of observation and shall have no right to vote on any matters that are presented to the Supervisory Board for a vote. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other document executed in connection herewith, the provisions of this Clause 10 may not be amended, waived or modified without the prior written consent of Medtronic and the Issuer.

 

11.                                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Issuer makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 11 to each Lender on the date of this Instrument.

 

11.1.                         Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Instrument are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

6



 

11.2.                         Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Instrument do not and will not conflict with:

 

11.2.1.                          any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

11.2.2.                          its constitutional documents; or

 

11.2.3.                          any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

11.3.                         Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, this Instrument and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

11.4.                         Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

11.4.1.                          to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Instrument; and

 

11.4.2.                          to make the Instrument admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

11.5.                         Governing law and enforcement

 

11.5.1.                          The choice of Dutch law as the governing law of this Instrument will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

11.5.2.                          Any judgment obtained in the Netherlands in relation to this Instrument will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

11.6.                         No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the law of the Netherlands it is not necessary that this Instrument be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to this Instrument or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

11.7.                         No default

 

11.7.1.                          No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the transactions contemplated by this Instrument.

 

11.7.2.                          No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or to which its assets are subject.

 

7



 

11.8.                         No off-label promotion of products

 

As far as the Issuer is aware, neither the Issuer nor any director or indirect subsidiary of the Issuer promotes, or has knowledge of any promotion of, use of any product manufactured or sold by the Issuer or such direct or indirect subsidiary, for any indication other than the indication for which such product has been approved by governmental authorities.

 

11.9.                         Trade compliance

 

11.9.1.                          As far as the Issuer is aware, the Issuer and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (for purposes of this Clause 11.9, the “ Issuer Group ”), and the officers, directors, consultants and agents (or any person acting on their behalf) of any of the foregoing, have not, directly or indirectly, in connection with the business of any of them, knowingly made any Payment to any Government Official in obtaining, retaining or directing business or to obtain special concessions or to pay for favourable treatment for business secured or for special concessions already obtained.

 

11.9.2.                          As far as the Issuer is aware, no member of the Issuer Group has conducted or initiated any internal investigation or made a voluntary disclosure to any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to any alleged act or omission under any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws.

 

11.9.3.                          As far as the Issuer is aware, there is no governmental investigation, inquiry or other, similar action, whether pending, continuing or concluded, that relates to or involves any member of the Issuer Group or the shareholders of any such member in relation to the operation of the Issuer Group.

 

11.9.4.                          As far as the Issuer is aware, no Payments to government officials have been knowingly made, directly or indirectly through a third party, by the Issuer Group or any of their respective owners, directors, officers, directors, employees, agents or immediate family members, in connection with the business of the Issuer or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

11.9.5.                          To the best of the Issuer’s knowledge, the Issuer Group has disclosed to the Lenders the identities, titles and status of all Government Officials who posses an ownership or beneficial interest in any member of the Issuer Group or who serve as officers, directors, employees, consultants, representatives, agents or affiliates of the Issuer Group. All such Government Officials hold their interest or role in the Issuer Group in accordance with all national and foreign laws applicable to the conduct of the business of the Issuer Group and they have disclosed their interest or role in the Issuer Group to the appropriate authorities. To the extent required by applicable law, each such person has met all requirements and conditions under Dutch law to continue holding their interest or role in the Issuer Group.

 

11.9.6.                          For purposes of this Clause 11.9, the following definitions apply:

 

(a)                                   Payment ” means money or anything of value or promises of anything of value, including any favour, gift, offer, fee, sample, travel expenses, entertainment, service, equipment, loan, debt forgiveness, donation, grant or other payment or support in cash or in kind, however characterized, provided that “Payment” shall not include (i) any payment of reasonable and bona fide expenditures, such as travel and lodging expenses, that are directly related to the promotion, demonstration or explanation of the

 

8


 

 

products or services, or the execution or performance of a contract with a governmental entity, or (ii) any conduct that is expressly permitted under the written laws and regulations of the recipient’s country;

 

(b)                                  Government Official ” means (i) any officer or employee of Governmental Entity, (ii) any person acting for or on behalf of a Governmental Entity, (iii) any political party or official thereof, or (iv) any other person or entity who acts at the suggestion, request, direction, or for the benefit of any of the above-described persons or entities;

 

(c)                                   Governmental Entity ” means any (i) nation, region, state, commonwealth, province territory, country, municipality, village, district or other jurisdiction of any nature, (ii) federal, state, local , municipal, foreign or other government, (iii) department, agency or instrumentality of a government, (iv) any state-owned, state-controlled, or state-operated entity or enterprise, (iv) governmental or quasi-governmental authority of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, division, commission, organization, unit, or body and any court or other tribunal), (v) public international organization (such as the World Bank, United Nations, World Trade Organization, etc.), (vi) body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature.

 

11.10.                   As of the date hereof, total current existing indebtedness of the Issuer and its direct and indirect subsidiaries owed to banking institutions is approximately USD 51,975,000.

 

12.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1.                         Notices

 

All notices, consents, waivers and other communications under this Instrument must be in writing in English and delivered by hand or sent by registered mail, express courier, fax or e-mail to the appropriate addresses and fax numbers set out below, or to such addresses and facsimile numbers as a Party may notify to the other Parties from time to time. A notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, registered mail or express courier or at the time of successful transmission, if delivered by fax or e-mail.

 

To the Issuer:

 

Name: Tornier B.V.
Address: Fred.
Roeskestraat 123, 1076 EE Amsterdam, the Netherlands
Fax number: +31-20-577-1188
Phone: +31-20-577-1177
Attention: Guido Nieuwenhuizen

 

with a copy to:

 

Address: 3601 West 76 th  Street, Suite 200, Edina, MN 55435, USA
Fax number: +1-952-995-7446
Phone: +1-952-426-7676
E-mail: dkohrs@tornier.com
Attention: Douglas Kohrs

 

9



 

To WP:

 

Name: Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.
Address: 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY, 10017, USA
Phone: +1-212-878-6200
Fax number: +1-212-716-5040
E-mail: scarney@warburgpincus.com
Attention: Sean Carney

 

To the Lenders:

 

Name: Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.
Address: Endepolsdomein 5, Maastricht, NL-6229 GW, the Netherlands
Attention: VP & General Manager

 

With a copy to:

 

Name: Medtronic International Trading Sarl
Address: Route du Molliau 31, Case Postale, CH-1131 Tolochenaz, Switzerland
Attention: VP Legal International West

 

With a Copy to:

 

Name: Medtronic Inc.
Medtronic World Headquarters Corporate
Address: 710 Medtronic Parkway, MN-55432-5604, USA
Attention: VP Corporate & Securities

 

Name: PJC Capital LLC
Address: 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, MN 55402, USA
Phone: +1-612-303-6306
Fax: +1-612-303-1068
E-mail: robert.p.rinek@pjc.com
Attention: Robert P. Rinek

 

Name: PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC
Address: 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, MN 55402, USA
Phone: +1-612-303-6306
Fax: +1-612-303-1068
E-mail: robert.p.rinek@pjc.com
Attention: Robert P. Rinek

 

Name: Split Rock Partners, LP
Address: 10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550, Minneapolis, MN 55344, USA
Phone: +1-952-995-7492
Email: steve@splitrock.com
Attention: Steve Schwen

 

Name: KCH Stockholm AB
Address: Hamilton Advokatbyrå Karlstad AB, Kungsgatan 2 A, Box 606, 651 13 Karlstad, Sweden
Phone: +46-5421-2535

 

10



 

Email: carl-henry.salomonsson@hamilton.se
Attention: Mr. Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

Name: Douglas Kohrs
Address: 7444 Shannon Drive, Edina, MN 55439, USA
Phone: +1-952-941-8515
Email: dkohrs@tornier.com

 

Name: Diane Doty
Address: 27860 Brynmawr Place, Shorewood, MN 55331, USA
Phone: +1-952-401-3660
Email: mdoty1@msn.com

 

Name: Stephan Epinette
Address: 372 Chemin du Robiat, 69250 Poleymieux au mont d’or, France
Phone: +33-6-27-66-15-02
E-mail: stephan.epinette@tornier.fr

 

Name: Ralph Barisano Jr.
Address: 29 Chicory Rd, Westford, MA 01886, USA
Phone: +1-978-392-0954
E-mail: rbarisano@tornier.com

 

Name: Amy and Richard Wallman
Address: 124 Deer Estates Lane, Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 32082, USA
Phone: +1-904-543-1754
E-mail: rfwallman@aol.com

 

Name: Kevin Ohashi
Address: 60 Orchard Street, Jamaica Plain, MA 02130, USA
Phone: +1-650-796-1515
E-mail: kohashi@vertical-group.com

 

12.2.                         Entire agreement

 

12.3.                         This Instrument constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the issue of the Notes. This Instrument supersedes and terminates any earlier agreements, either verbally or in writing, between the Parties and no Party shall have any right or remedy against any other Party arising out of or in connection with any such earlier agreements unless stated otherwise in this Instrument.

 

12.4.                         The Parties agree that this Instrument sets forth the sole rights and obligations of the Lenders in relation to the Notes, and that the Lenders’ activities under this Instrument do not constitute any factual corporation or any other contractual legal partnership among the Lenders.

 

12.5.                         Amendment

 

This Instrument may only be amended, and the provisions hereof may only be waived or otherwise modified, in a writing signed by the Required Noteholders and the Issuer; provided, that no such amendment, waiver or modification shall reduce the principal of, or interest on, any Note or postpone or extend any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest, any Note, in each case without the written consent of the Noteholder of such

 

11



 

Note, or amend the definition of “Required Noteholders” without the written consent of all Noteholders.

 

12.6.                         Partial invalidity

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Instrument shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Instrument. Any such invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced or be deemed to be replaced by a provision that is considered to be valid and enforceable. The interpretation of the replacing provisions shall be as close as possible to the intent of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

12.7.                         Copies

 

The Issuer shall keep copies of this Instrument and any notices given or received hereunder available for inspection by the Noteholders during normal business hours at its principal office.

 

12.8.                         Governing law

 

This Instrument is governed by the laws of the Netherlands.

 

12.9.                         Jurisdiction

 

The competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Instrument without prejudice to the right of appeal and that of appeal to the Supreme Court.

 

12



 

EXECUTED ON 3 APRIL 2009 ,

 

Tornier B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

/s/ Eric C. Liu

 

 

 

By:

Mr. G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

Eric C. Liu

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director A

 

Title:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ F.W. Lindemans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

F.W. Lindemans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP and GM

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Warburg Pincus (Bermuda)

 

 

 

Private Equity Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sean D. Carney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Sean D. Carney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorised Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PJC Capital LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert P. Rinek

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Robert P. Rinek

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Co-President and Co-Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

13



 

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert P. Rinek

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Robert P. Rinek

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Co-CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: Split Rock Partners Management, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amy Wallman

 

Richard Wallman

 

 

 

/s/ Amy Wallman

 

/s/ Richard Wallman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas Kohrs

 

 

 

 

14



 

Kevin Ohashi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Ohashi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ralph Barisano Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ralph Barisano Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephan Epinette

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephan Epinette

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diane Doty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Diane Doty

 

 

 

 

15



 

SCHEDULE 1 — FORM OF CERTIFICATE

 

Tornier B.V. (the “ Issuer ”)

 

Notes 2009

 

Certificate No.                                                                                      Amount of Notes: EUR

 

Issue of EUR                                                                                                                    Notes (in units of EUR [ · ] each) created by a resolution of the board of directors of the Company adopted on [ · ] 2009.

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ……………………… is the registered holder of EUR                              of the above Notes (represented by units of EUR [ · ] each) fully paid. The holders of the above Notes are and will be entitled pari passu and rateably to the benefit of and are and will be subject to the provisions contained in an instrument entered into by the Issuer and dated [ · ] 2009 (the “ Instrument ”).

 

Words and expressions defined in the Instrument shall bear the same meaning in this Certificate.

 

Interest is payable on the Notes in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Instrument.

 

[For managers:]

 

[The holder of these Notes shall offer the Notes to the Issuer for repayment and the Issuer shall repay those Notes, if its employment or management relation with the Issuer or the Issuer’s group terminates.]

 

[The holder of these Notes will not transfer these Notes to anyone other than a person that has an employment or management relation with the Issuer or the Issuer’s group.]

 

[For other Lenders:]

 

[The holder of these Notes will not transfer these Notes, unless the Notes to be transferred constitute a minimum aggregate amount of EUR 50,000.]

 

DATED

 

2009

 

Tornier B.V.

 

16



 

SCHEDULE 2 — REGISTER

 

Nr.

 

Lenders

 

Loan Amount

 

Register Date

 

Issue Date

1

 

Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.

 

18,500,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

2

 

Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P.

 

11,204,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

3

 

PJC Capital LLC

 

3,330,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

4

 

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

 

370,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

5

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

2,400,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

6

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

530,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

7

 

Amy and Richard Wallman

 

260,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

8

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

258,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

9

 

Kevin Ohashi

 

55,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

10

 

Ralph Barisano Jr.

 

45,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

11

 

Stephan Epinette

 

30,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

12

 

Diane Doty

 

18,000

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

31 Mar. 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

37,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

17


 



Exhibit 10.20

 

WARRANT EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

(2008)

 

by and among the

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDERS

 

and

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

Dated as of May 25, 2010

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page No.

 

 

 

Section 1

Definitions

1

 

 

 

Section 2

Exchange of Rights and Warrants for Exchange Shares

3

 

 

 

Section 3

STAK Depositary Receipts

3

 

 

 

Section 4

Warrant Agreement and Warrantholder Majority

3

 

 

 

Section 5

Tax Consequences

4

 

 

 

Section 6

Closing Documents and Deliveries

4

 

 

 

Section 7

Representations and Warranties of Each Exchange Warrantholder

5

 

 

 

Section 8

Representations and Warranties of the Issuer

7

 

 

 

Section 9

Representation and Warranties of STAK

8

 

 

 

Section 10

Limitations on Transfer

9

 

 

 

Section 11

Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements

9

 

 

 

Section 12

Miscellaneous

9

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Warrantholders

 

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Deed of Issue

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

Deed of Transfer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

Form of Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney

 

 

 

 

Exhibit D

Form of Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration

 

 



 

WARRANT EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

(2008)

 

This WARRANT EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of this 25th day of May, 2010, by and among Tornier B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijikheid ) organized under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam (the “ Issuer ”), the warrantholder parties hereto that have executed a signature page to this Agreement (such warrantholders, collectively, the “ Exchanging Warrantholders ”), Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, a foundation organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ STAK ”), and Warburg Pincus (Bermuda) Private Equity IX, L.P. (“ Warburg Pincus ” in its capacity as the Warrantholder Majority).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Warrants to the Warrantholders pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.

 

B.                                      WHEREAS, all the Exchanging Warrantholders desire to contribute and transfer all of their Rights and Warrants to the Issuer in exchange for the number of Issuer Shares calculated in accordance with this Agreement (collectively, the “ Exchange Shares ”), and the Issuer desires to accept such contribution and issue the Exchange Shares to the Exchanging Warrantholders.

 

C.                                      WHEREAS, the board of managing directors of the Issuer has approved, and the Warrantholder Majority hereby approves, the contemplated transfer of each Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants to the Issuer.

 

D.                                     WHEREAS, Warburg Pincus transferred its Warrants under the Warrant Agreement to TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., but retained the Warrantholder Majority Rights and remains the Warrantholder Majority under the Warrant Agreement.

 

E.                                       WHEREAS, each Exchanging Warrantholder, other than TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., Vertical Fund I, L.P., Vertical Fund II, L.P., KCH Stockholm AB, Split Rock Partners, L.P. and Douglas Kohrs (the “ Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders ”), will immediately deposit their Exchange Shares in STAK.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Definitions .

 

Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(f) of this Agreement.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Applicable Securities Laws ” means collectively, the Act, any U.S. state securities laws or any non-U.S. securities laws.

 



 

Execution Version

 

Closing Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney, each Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration, the Issuer Power of Attorney, the STAK Power of Attorney, the Contribution Description, the Deed of Issue and the Deed of Transfer.

 

Contribution Description ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

Deed of Issue ” means a notarial deed of issue of Exchange Shares to the Exchanging Warrantholders, in the form as attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

Deed of Transfer ” means a notarial deed of transfer of the Exchange Shares to STAK in exchange for depositary receipts, in the form as attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Depositary Receipts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

Dutch Notary ” means a Dutch civil law notary holding office with Stibbe N.V.

 

Exchange Ratio ” means 0.6133 .

 

Exchange Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Recital B of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Transactions ” means the transactions set forth in Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

 

Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration ” has the meaning set forth in the Section 6(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

Exchanging Warrantholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Issuer Power of Attorney ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

Issuer Share ” means a share in the share capital of the Issuer, each with a nominal value of €0.01.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, line, encumbrance, charge, restriction, claim or other security interest.

 

Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders ” has the meaning set forth in Recital E of this Agreement.

 

Rights and Warrants ” means, with respect to each Warrantholder, all of such Warrantholder’s rights under the Warrant Agreement, including the Warrants granted to such Warrantholder, which collectively have a value at least equal to the nominal value of all of the Exchange Shares issued to the Warrantholders; provided , however , that if the Exchanging Warrantholder is the Warrantholder Majority, then such Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants do not include the Warrantholder Majority Rights.

 

Securityholders’ Agreement ” means that certain Securityholders’ Agreement dated as of July 18, 2006, by and among the Investors (as defined therein) and the Company (as defined therein), as amended.

 

2



 

STAK Deposit Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

STAK Power of Attorney ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

STAK ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Warburg Pincus ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Warrant Agreement ” means that certain Warrant Agreement dated February 29, 2008, by and between the Issuer and the Warrantholders.

 

Warrantholder Majority Rights ” means those rights expressly and exclusively granted to the Warrantholder Majority in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrantholder Majority ” means the Warrantholder Majority as defined in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrantholders ” means each Warrantholder (as defined in the Warrant Agreement), all as identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

 

Warrants ” means the Warrants as defined in the Warrant Agreement.

 

2.                                        Exchange of Rights and Warrants for Exchange Shares .

 

(a)                                   Contribution and transfer .  In reliance on the representations and warranties of the Issuer set forth in this Agreement, and subject to all of the terms and conditions herein, each Exchanging Warrantholder that is a party to the Warrant Agreement hereby irrevocably contributes, assigns and otherwise transfers to the Issuer all of such Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants and the Issuer hereby accepts and assumes the Rights and Warrants and will immediately issue to each such Exchanging Warrantholder the number of Exchange Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the number of Warrants held by such Exchanging Warrantholder rounded down to the nearest whole number, and no fractional shares shall be issued there thereon (collectively, the “ Exchange Transactions ”).  The number of Exchange Shares to be issued to each Exchanging Warrantholder is set forth on Schedule 1 attached here.

 

(b)                                  Acknowledgement .  The Issuer acknowledges the transfer of Warrants under the Exchange Transactions pursuant to this Agreement and undertakes to promptly record such transfer in the Issuer’s warrant register.

 

3.                                        STAK Depositary Receipts .  Immediately following the Exchange Transactions, each Exchanging Warrantholder, other than the Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders, will transfer their Exchange Shares to STAK to be held for the benefit of such Exchanging Warrantholder, and STAK will issue corresponding depositary receipts to each such Exchanging Warrantholder (the “ Depositary Receipts ”), which Depositary Receipts will have the same nomination and nominal value as the Exchange Shares transferred by each such Exchanging Warrantholder to STAK, and which Depositary Receipts will be governed by STAK’s prevailing trust conditions (the “ STAK Deposit Transactions ”).

 

4.                                        Warrant Agreement and Warrantholder Majority .  Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder Majority hereby consents to the transfer of each Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants to the Issuer under this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, the consent of the Warrantholder Majority will be deemed to have been given immediately prior to the Exchange

 

3



 

Transactions.  The Warrantholder Majority and the Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that immediately following the Exchange Transactions, the Warrant Agreement will remain in full force and effect with respect to those Warrantholders, if any, who do not execute this Agreement or otherwise exercise such Warrantholder’s Warrants.  Consequently, Warburg Pincus will continue to constitute the Warrantholder Majority and retain all of the Warrantholder Majority Rights.  To the extent necessary, this Section 4 is deemed to be an amendment of the Warrant Agreement to this effect.

 

5.                                        Tax Consequences .  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the U.S. and Dutch tax consequences of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions and the STAK Deposit Transactions, may vary depending upon the current percentage of ownership in Issuer of each Exchanging Warrantholder and any other facts, circumstances and considerations relevant for tax purposes, specific to each Exchanging Warrantholder.  Each Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that it will determine and be responsible for its own U.S., Dutch and other tax consequences.  Each of the Issuer and STAK hereby disclaim any responsibility for, and shall not be liable or obligated in any way for the U.S., Dutch or other tax consequences applicable to any Exchanging Warrantholder arising from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions and the STAK Deposit Transactions.

 

6.                                        Closing Documents and Deliveries .

 

(a)                                   Exchanging Warrantholder Deliveries .  Upon execution of this Agreement, each Exchanging Warrantholder will deliver to the Issuer and STAK the following with respect to such Exchanging Warrantholder:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement, duly executed by the Exchanging Warrantholder;

 

(ii)                                   a power of attorney, duly executed by the Exchanging Warrantholder, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney ”), authorizing the Dutch Notary to execute the Deed of Issue in respect of the Exchange Transaction and to execute the Deed of Transfer in respect of the STAK Deposit Transaction, if applicable, in each case with respect to the Exchanging Warrantholder; and

 

(iii)                                an authority declaration for each non-individual Exchanging Warrantholder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration ”), certifying that the individual signatory for the Exchanging Warrantholder is authorized to execute the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney on behalf of the Exchanging Warrantholder.

 

(b)                                  Issuer Deliveries .  Upon execution of this Agreement, the Issuer will deliver to the Exchanging Warrantholders and STAK:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement, duly executed by the Issuer;

 

(ii)                                   a power of attorney, duly executed by the Issuer, authorizing the Dutch Notary to execute the Deed of Issue in respect of the Exchange Transaction and to execute the Deed of Transfer in respect of the STAK Deposit Transactions, where applicable, (the “ Issuer Power of Attorney ”); and

 

(iii)                                a description of the contribution of Rights and Warrants being exchanged for the Exchange Shares (the “ Contribution Description ”).

 

4



 

(c)                                   STAK Deliveries .  Upon execution of this Agreement, STAK will deliver to the Exchanging Warrantholders and the Issuer:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement, duly executed by STAK; and

 

(ii)                                   a power of attorney, duly executed by STAK, authorizing the Dutch Notary to execute the Deed of Transfer in respect of the STAK Deposit Transactions (the “ STAK Power of Attorney ”).

 

7.                                        Representations and Warranties of Each Exchanging Warrantholder .  Each Exchanging Warrantholder, individually and not for the other Exchanging Warrantholders, hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and STAK (where applicable) as of the date hereof, understanding that the Issuer’s agreement to issue the Exchange Shares to such Exchanging Warrantholder and STAK’s agreement to issue the Depositary Receipts (where applicable) is predicated in part on these representations and warranties:

 

(a)                                   Title to Warrants .  Each Exchanging Warrantholder is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s Warrants, free and clear of any Liens other than those imposed by any Applicable Securities Laws.

 

(b)                                  Authority; Organization; Good Standing .

 

(i)                                      If the Exchanging Warrantholder is an individual, such Exchanging Warrantholder has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney and to perform the Exchanging Warrantholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

(ii)                                   If the Exchanging Warrantholder is a corporate entity, such Exchanging Warrantholder (A) is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its incorporation, formation or organization, (B) has full corporate, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney and to perform the Exchanging Warrantholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (C) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated hereby has been duly authorized by the Exchanging Warrantholder.

 

(iii)                                This Agreement and each of the Closing Documents required to be executed by the Exchanging Warrantholder has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Exchanging Warrantholder and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Exchanging Warrantholder, enforceable against the Exchanging Warrantholder in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of general application affecting creditors and general principles of equity.

 

(c)                                   Non-Contravention .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which the Exchanging Warrantholder is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration

 

5



 

of, create in any person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which the Exchanging Warrantholder is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, or (iii) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the Rights and Warrants being contributed by the Exchanging Warrantholder.  The Exchanging Warrantholder does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions and the STAK Deposit Transactions.

 

(d)                                  Domicile .  The Exchanging Warrantholder’s principal domicile is the state in the United States, or the country, in each case as set forth below the Exchanging Warrantholders’s name on its signature page to this Agreement, and the offer and acceptance regarding the Exchanging Warrantholders’s Exchange Shares occurred in that state or country.

 

(e)                                   Information .  The Exchanging Warrantholder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Exchanging Warrantholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment to be made by the Exchanging Warrantholder hereunder.  The Exchanging Warrantholder has received and reviewed the disclosure documents provided to the Exchanging Warrantholder by the Issuer, and understands and has taken cognizance of all the risk factors related to the investment in the Exchange Shares acquired by the Exchanging Warrantholder.

 

(f)                                     No Registration .  The Exchanging Warrantholder understands that (i) the Exchange Shares have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), or other applicable state or foreign securities laws, and (ii) no federal, state or foreign agency has made any finding or determination as to the fairness for investment, nor any recommendation or endorsement of the Exchange Shares.

 

(g)                                  Restrictions on Resale .  The Exchanging Warrantholder is fully informed and aware of the circumstances under which the Exchange Shares must be held and the restrictions upon the resale of the Exchange Shares under the Act and applicable state and foreign securities laws.  The Exchanging Warrantholder understands that the Exchanging Warrantholder must bear the economic risk of this investment in the Exchange Shares for an indefinite period of time because (i) the Exchange Shares have not been registered under the Act and cannot be sold unless they are registered under the Act and any other applicable securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available, and (ii) the availability of an exemption may depend on factors over which the Exchanging Warrantholder has no control.  The Exchanging Warrantholder understands that unless so registered or exempt from registration the Exchange Shares may be required to be held for an indefinite period and that the reliance of the Issuer and others upon the exemptions from registration referred to herein is predicated in part upon this representation and warranty.

 

(h)                                  Registration or Offering of Issuer’s Securities .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that Issuer shall have no obligation to register the Exchange Shares or otherwise conduct any offering of Issuer’s equity securities.

 

(i)                                      Due Diligence .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Exchanging Warrantholder has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, officers of the Issuer concerning the Issuer and its proposed business operations, and (ii) the Exchanging Warrantholder has had full access to the Issuer’s books and records to the extent requested and has had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the directors,

 

6



 

managers and officers of the Issuer, and that to the extent asked, all such questions have been answered to the Exchanging Warrantholder’s full satisfaction and the Exchanging Warrantholder takes full responsibility for evaluating the adequacy of the answers received.

 

(j)                                      Non-reliance; Investment Risk .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that: (i) except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, no representations or warranties have been made to the Exchanging Warrantholder by the Issuer, any manager, member, director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Issuer, or any other person with respect to the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares; (ii) except for (a) this Agreement, (b) the Warrant Agreement, and (c) the Securityholders’ Agreement (but only if the Exchanging Warrantholder is a party thereto), there are no agreements, contracts, understandings or commitments between the Exchanging Warrantholder on the one hand and the Issuer, any manager, member, director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Issuer on the other hand, with respect to the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares; (iii) in entering into this transaction, the Exchanging Warrantholder is not relying upon any information, other than that contained in this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the results of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s own independent investigation; (iv) the Exchanging Warrantholder’s financial situation is such that the Exchanging Warrantholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Exchange Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Exchanging Warrantholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares; (v) the Exchange Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment therein; and (vi) the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares is subject to dilution by the issuance of additional Issuer Shares or other equity securities by the Issuer, and the Exchanging Warrantholder is not entitled to any preemptive, tag-along, information or other minority investor rights with respect to the Exchange Shares, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement or as otherwise provided under applicable law.

 

(k)                                   Opportunity to Seek Advice .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges that Faegre & Benson LLP and Stibbe N.V., each legal counsel to the Issuer, do not represent the Exchanging Warrantholder in connection with this Agreement and the Closing Documents, and the Exchanging Warrantholder has not relied to any extent on Faegre & Benson LLP or Stibbe N.V. in deciding to enter this Agreement or any other agreement.  The Exchanging Warrantholder has consulted with, or had ample opportunity to consult with, the Exchanging Warrantholder’s own legal, financial, accounting and tax counsel concerning the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Closing Documents.  The Exchanging Warrantholder has carefully reviewed this Agreement and the Closing Documents and understands them.

 

(l)                                      Dutch Notary .  The Exchanging Warrantholder is aware that the Dutch Notary is a civil law notary holding office with Stibbe N.V., a law firm acting as legal advisor to the Issuer. With reference to the provisions of the Code of Conduct ( Verordening Beroeps- en Gedragsregels ) of the Royal Notarial Regulatory Body ( Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie ) the Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that Stibbe N.V. may assist and act on behalf of the Issuer in connection with this Agreement including any disputes arising in relation to this Agreement.

 

8.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Issuer .  The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Exchanging Warrantholders and to STAK, as of the date hereof:

 

7



 

(a)                                   Organization .  The Issuer is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

(b)                                  Authority; Organization; Good Standing .  The Issuer has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Issuer Power of Attorney, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated hereby has been duly authorized by the Issuer.  This Agreement and each of the Closing Documents required to be executed by the Issuer has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of general application affecting creditors and general principles of equity.

 

(c)                                   Non-Contravention .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which the Issuer is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which the Issuer is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, or (iii) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the Exchange Shares issued hereunder.  The Issuer does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions.

 

9.                                        Representations and Warranties of STAK .  STAK hereby represents and warrants to the Exchanging Warrantholders (other than the Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders), and to the Issuer as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                   Organization .  STAK is a foundation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

(b)                                  Authority .  STAK has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the STAK Power of Attorney, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated hereby has been duly authorized by STAK.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by STAK and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of STAK, enforceable against STAK in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of general application affecting creditors and general principles of equity.

 

(c)                                   Non-Contravention .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which STAK is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which STAK is bound or to which

 

8


 

any of its assets are subject, or (iii) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the Depositary Receipts issued hereunder.  STAK does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions.

 

10.                                  Limitations on Transfer .  Each Exchanging Warrantholder agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of its Exchange Shares (or corresponding Depositary Receipts) unless the board of managing directors of the Issuer approves such transfer and (i) a registration statement relating thereto has been duly filed and becomes effective under the Act and all applicable state or foreign securities laws, or (ii) such sale, assignment, transfer, offer, pledge or other disposition is exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act and such laws (as evidenced by an opinion of counsel for the Exchanging Warrantholder reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Issuer) and, in the case of a transaction pursuant to this clause (ii), the Issuer will not, as a result of such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, exchange or other disposition, be required to register its securities under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

11.                                  Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements .  Each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement herein will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of Exchange Shares (or corresponding Depositary Receipts) contemplated hereby and remain in full force and effect until all liability hereunder relating thereto is barred by all applicable statutes of limitation.  Each party hereto will indemnify and hold harmless each other party hereto from any liability, loss or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) if such party has breached any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement hereunder.

 

12.                                  Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                   Other Agreements; Further Assurances .  Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that upon execution of this Agreement, such party shall execute and deliver each other Closing Document required to be delivered hereunder by such party, or any other document reasonably necessary in the sole judgment of the Issuer to accomplish the transactions contemplated hereunder.  By execution of this Agreement, each Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges that it has reviewed and understands the effect of this Agreement, including the transactions contemplated hereunder, and the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney and, if applicable, the Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration, and that the Exchanging Warrantholder’s execution and delivery of these documents is a condition precedent to (i) the obligations of the Issuer to issue the Exchanging Warrantholder’s Exchange Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) the obligations of STAK to issue the Exchanging Warrantholder’s Depositary Receipts pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Assignment; Binding Effect .  Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder will be assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred (by operation of law or otherwise) by any Exchanging Warrantholder without the prior written consent of the Issuer (which consent may be withheld in the Issuer’s sole discretion).  This Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties hereto.  Any purported assignment, delegation or other transfer not permitted by this section is void.

 

(c)                                   Complete Agreement; Amendments; Non-Waiver .  The Closing Documents, the Warrant Agreement and, if applicable, the Securityholders’ Agreement, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter herein and except for the

 

9



 

Warrant Agreement and, where applicable, the Securityholders’ Agreement, this Agreement supersedes any prior representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and understandings of the parties regarding such subject matter.  No supplement, modification or amendment hereof will be binding unless expressed as such and executed in writing by each party.  No waiver of any term hereof will be binding unless expressed as such in a document executed by the party making such waiver.  No waiver of any term hereof will be a waiver of any other term hereof, whether or not similar, nor will any such waiver be a continuing waiver beyond its stated terms.  Failure to enforce strict compliance with any term hereof will not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any existing or any subsequent failure to comply.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Netherlands without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(e)                                   Counterparts; Several Obligations .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  To the extent that any Warrantholder does not execute this Agreement, this Agreement shall nonetheless be effective as a binding Agreement between the Issuer, on the one hand, and each Exchanging Warrantholder that executes this Agreement, on the other hand.  The obligations of each Exchanging Warrantholder under this Agreement are individual and several, not joint.

 

(f)                                     Headings .  The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Interpretation; Severability .  The terms of this Agreement will, where possible, be interpreted and enforced so as to sustain their legality and enforceability, read as if they cover only the specific situation to which they are being applied and enforced to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law.  If any term of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, then all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect, and such term automatically will be amended so that it is valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, but as close to the parties’ original intent as possible.

 

(h)                                  No Right of Employment or Continued Employment .  Neither the issuance of the Exchange Shares nor anything contained in this Agreement shall give any individual Exchanging Warrantholder any right to employment or continued employment, as applicable, by the Issuer or any parent or subsidiary of the Issuer or to prohibit or restrict the Issuer or any parent or subsidiary of the Issuer from terminating the Exchanging Warrantholder’s employment (if applicable) at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, notwithstanding the effect any such action may have on such Exchanging Warrantholder the Closing Documents or any Exchange Shares or Depositary Receipts issued under this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Jurisdiction .  The competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Agreement without prejudice to the right of appeal and that of appeal to the Supreme Court

 

(j)                                      Parties in Interest; No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Agreement (whether express or implied) will or is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any person, except the Exchanging Warrantholders, the Issuer, STAK and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

10



 

(k)                                   Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, and shall only be deemed duly given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), (iii) one business day after being sent to the recipient by facsimile transmission, or (iv) four business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

if to the Issuer

 

Tornier B.V.,

 

 

Fred Roeskestraat 123

 

 

1076EE Amsterdam

 

 

The Netherlands

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy (not constituting notice)

 

Tornier, Inc.

7701 France Avenue South, Suite 600

 

 

Edina, MN 55435

 

 

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Facsimile: (952) 426-7601

 

 

 

with a copy (not constituting notice)

 

Faegre & Benson LLP

2200 Wells Fargo Center

 

 

90 South Seventh Street

 

 

Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

 

Attn: Steven C. Kennedy

 

 

Facsimile: (612) 766-1600

 

 

 

if to STAK

 

Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier

 

 

Fred Roeskestraat 123

 

 

1076EE Amsterdam

 

 

The Netherlands

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

if to an Exchanging Warrantholder

 

At the address set forth on the Exchanging Warrantholder’s signature page to this Agreement

 

(l)                                      Expenses .  Each party shall each bear its own costs and expenses (including legal, tax, financial and accounting advisor fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(m)                                Construction .  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by all the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.  Any reference to any U.S. federal, state, local, or non-U.S. statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.  The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.  The Parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein shall have independent significance.  If a party has breached any representation, warranty, or

 

11



 

covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty, or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that the party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

(n)                                  Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules .  The Exhibits and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

* * *

 

[ signatures follow ]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

ISSUER:

 

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

 

/s/ Guido F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

Guido F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

Its:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald Arendsen

 

By:

Ronald Arendsen

 

Its:

Managing Director B

 

 

 

 

 

STAK:

 

 

 

STICHTING ADMINISTRATIEKANTOOR TORNIER

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

By:

Douglas W. Kohrs

 

Its:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy J. Curt

 

By:

Timothy J. Curt

 

Its:

Managing Director

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

WARRANTHOLDER MAJORITY:

 

 

 

WARBURG PINCUS (BERMUDA) PRIVATE EQUITY IX, L.P.

 

By: Warburg Pincus IX, LLC, its General Partner

 

By: Warburg Pincus Partners, LLC, its Sole Member

 

By: Warburg Pincus & Co., its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Sean D. Carney

 

By: Sean D. Carney

 

Title: Partner

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/  Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

 

Name:

/s/  Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Minnesota, USA

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of residence ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

 

7444 Shannon Dr.

 

 

Edina, MN 55439

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

952-426-7601

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

KCH Stockholm AB

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/  Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

 

 

Name:

Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Title:

Solicitor

 

 

[ please print your title ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Sweden

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

 

Box 606, 65113

 

 

Karlstad, Sweden

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

By:

Split Rock Partners Management, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/  Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

 

Name:

Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

[ please print your title ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Minnesota

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

10400 Viking Drive

 

Suite 550

 

Eden Prairie, MN 55347

 

Facsimile: 952-995-7475

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/  Diane M. Doty

 

 

 

Name:

Diane M. Doty

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Minnesota

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

27860 Brynmawr Place

 

Shorewood, MN 55331

 

U.S.A.

 

Facsimile: None

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

Same address

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: Michael J. Doty

 

Facsimile: None

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/  Ralph E. Barisano, Jr.

 

 

 

Name:

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr.

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

Domicile:

Massachusetts

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

29 Chicory Rd

 

Westford, MA 01886

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

Vertical Fund I, L.P.

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

By:

The Vertical Group, L.P. .

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

The Vertical Group GPHC, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

Name:

John E. Runnells

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Delaware. U.S.A.

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

25 DeForest Ave.

 

Summit, N.J. 07901 USA

 

 

 

Facsimile: 908-273-9434

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

Vertical Fund II, L.P.

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

 

 

By:

The Vertical Group, L.P. .

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

The Vertical Group GPHC, LLC

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ John E. Runnells

 

 

 

 

Name:

John E. Runnells

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

28 DeForest Ave.

 

Summit, N.J. 07901 USA

 

 

 

Facsimile: 908-273-9434

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Rod K. Mayer

 

 

 

 

Name:

Rod K. Mayer

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Indiana

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

Rod K. Mayer

 

2607 Wildwood Lane

 

Winona Lake, Indiana 46590

 

Facsimile: 260-625-5128

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

Rod K. Mayer C/O DelPalma Orthopedics LLC

 

5865 E. State Raso 14

 

Columbia City, Indiana 46725

 

Attn: Rod K. Mayer

 

Facsimile: 260-625-5128

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Robert C. Anderson

 

 

 

 

Name:

Robert C. Anderson

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

Domicile:

California, USA

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

1960 Bechelli Ln

 

Redding, CA 96002

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jamal D. Rushdy

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jamal D. Rushdy

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:

Minnesota, USA

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

17151 Acorn Ridge

 

Eden Prairie, MN 55347

 

 

 

Facsimile:

n/a

 

 

(jrushdyctornier.com)

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ James C. Harber

 

 

 

 

Name:

James C. Harber

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

Domicile:

Minnesota, USA

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

4980 Brighton Blvd.

 

Mound, MN 55364

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jean Narc Idier

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jean Narc Idier

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

Domicile:

France

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

300 chemin de Ribotiere

 

38330 St Ismier

 

 

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

James E. Kwan

 

 

 

 

Name:

James E. Kwan

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

Domicile:

Minnesota

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

2 North Bay Lane

 

North Oaks, MN 55127

 

USA

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

7701 France Ave. S

 

Suite 600

 

Edina, MN 55435 USA

 

Attn: J. Kwan

 

Facsimile: 952-426-7601

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

TMG HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Sean D. Carney

 

By:

Sean D. Carney

 

Its:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  Guido F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

Guido F.X.M Nieuwenhuizen

 

Its:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

Domicile: The Netherlands

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

1076 EE Amsterdan

 

Fred. Roeskestraat 123-I

 

The Netherlands

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

2008 WARRANTHOLDERS

 

Name

 

Warrants

 

Exchange
Shares (*)

 

TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. ( formerly held by Warburg Pincus )

 

6,633,216

 

4,068,151

 

Vertical Fund I, L.P.

 

846,742

 

519,306

 

Vertical Fund II, L.P.

 

249,484

 

153,008

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

150,926

 

92,562

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

311,251

 

190,890

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

939,929

 

576,458

 

Rod Mayer

 

44,580

 

27,340

 

Diane Doty

 

44,580

 

27,340

 

Robert Anderson

 

20,678

 

12,681

 

Ralph Barisano

 

6,982

 

4,282

 

Jamal Rushdy

 

6,982

 

4,282

 

James Christopher Harber

 

5,102

 

3,129

 

Jean-Marc Idier

 

2,686

 

1,647

 

Jim Kwan

 

1,880

 

1,153

 

Total

 

9,265,018

 

5,682,229

 

 


(*) Exchange Shares = Warrants x Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number

 

* * *

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEED OF ISSUE

 

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

BPB/6007622/10175683.uve

TORNIER B.V.

 

13-05-2010

 

 

2

 

Today,

 

, appeared before me,

 

Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam:

 

in the present matter acting as holder of a power of attorney of:

 

1.                    the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Tornier B.V. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123, filed at the Trade Register under number 34250781 and with number B.V. 1383148
(the ‘ Issuer ’);

 

2.                    the cooperative ( cooperatie ) , TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123, filed at the Trade Register under number 34252061

(‘ TMG ’);

 

3.                    the limited partnership formed and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, Vertical Fund I, L.P. , having its address at NJ 0790125, DeForest Avenue, Summit, United States of America and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 2186686

(‘ Vertical I ’);

 

4.                    the limited partnership formed and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America, Vertical Fund II, L.P. , having its address at NJ 07901, 25 DeForest Avenue, Summit, United States of America and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 3459840

(‘ Vertical II ’);

 



 

Execution Version

 

5.                    the company incorporated and existing under the laws of Sweden (aktiebolag ) KCH Stockholm AB , having its address at Hamilton Advokatbyrå Karlstad AB, Kungsgatan 2 A, Box 606, 651 13 Karlstad, Sweden, and filed at the Swedish Companies Registration Office under number 556702-1885

(‘ KCH ’);

 

6.                    the limited partnership formed and existing under the laws of Delaware, United States of America, Split Rock Partners, L.P. having its address at MN 55344 Minneapolis, United States of America, 10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550 and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 3813224

(‘ Split Rock ’);

 

7.                    Douglas William Kohrs , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Kohrs ’);

 

8.                    Rod Mayer , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Mayer ’);

 

9.                    Robert Anderson , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Anderson ’);

 

10.              Ralph Barisano Jr ., residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Barisano ’)

 

11.              Jamal Rushdy , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Rushdy ’);

 

12.              James Christopher Harber , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Harber ’);

 

13.              Jean-Marc Idier , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Idier ’);

 

14.              Jim Kwan , residing at MN 55127, North Oaks, United States of America, 2 W. Bay Lane, born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

 



 

(‘ Kwan ’);

 

15.              Diane Doty , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Doty ’);

 

(TMG, Vertical I, Vertical II, KCH, Kohrs, Mayer, Anderson, Barisano, Rushdy, Harber, Idier, Kwan and Doty are hereinafter jointly referred to as the ‘ Warrantholders ’).

 

Powers of attorney

 

The powers of attorney are evidenced by fifteen (15) private deeds.

 

The appearing person declared:

 

Whereas

 

(a)               The Issuer entered into that certain warrant agreement, dated the twenty-ninth of February two thousand and eight (the ‘ Warrant Agreement ’) with the Warrantholders with respect to rights to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer (the ‘ Warrants ’), each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01).

 

(b)              On the [ ] of May two thousand and ten the Issuer entered into a warrant exchange agreement (the ‘ Warrant Exchange Agreement ’) with the Warrantholders pursuant to which each of the Warrantholders contributes and transfers the Warrants in exchange for shares in the share capital of the Issuer, calculated in accordance with the Warrant Exchange Agreement.

 

(c)               Resolution to issue shares

 

On the [  ] two thousand and ten the board of managing directors of the Issuer, authorised to do so in accordance with the provisions of the articles of association of the Issuer resolved among other things:

 

(i)                                      to issue such number of shares in the capital of the Issuer, each with a nominal value of one cent (EUR 0.01), at par to the Warrantholders calculated in accordance with the Warrant Exchange Agreement and under the obligation to fulfil the payment obligation in kind as further described below; and furthermore;

 

(ii)                                   to appoint one of its members, Guido Fransicus Xaverius Maria Nieuwenhuizen, born in Amsterdam on the twenty-third of August nineteen hundred and sixty-three, to determine the exact number of shares in the capital of the Issuer to be issued to each of the Warrantholders,

 

a copy of which resolution will be attached to this deed.

 

(d)              on the [*] two thousand and ten, the supervisory board approved, in accordance with article 4 paragraph 1 of the articles of association of the Issuer, the aforementioned resolutions of the management board of the Issuer , a copy of which resolution will be attached to this deed.

 



 

(e)               Pursuant to the power of attorney granted to him, Guido Nieuwenhuizen, aforementioned, acting in his capacity of holder of power of attorney, determined and resolved on [*] two thousand and ten to issue to the Warrantholders a total of five million six hundred eighty-two thousand two hundred twenty-nine (5,682,229) shares in the capital of the Issuers, each with a nominal value of one cent (EUR 0.01) (the ‘ Exchange Shares ’) (the resolution of the management board of the Issuer to issue shares and the written resolution of G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen hereinafter together to be referred to as the ‘ Resolution ’).

 

A copy of the aforementioned resolution of G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen will be attached to this deed.

 

(f)                 Method of payment

 

The Exchange Shares are to be paid up other than in cash, as further described below.

 

The Warrantholders and the Issuer have agreed that to enable the Warrantholders to fulfil their obligation to pay-up the Exchange Shares, the Warrantholders contributed nine million two hundred sixty-five thousand eighteen (9,265,018) Warrants.

 

(g)              Pre-emption right

 

Article 6 of the articles of association of the Issuer provides that upon issue of shares the shareholders will not have pre-emption rights to the shares issued.

 

It is hereby agreed and confirmed as follows

 

Issue of Exchange Shares

 

Article 1.

 

To implement the Resolution and the Warrant Exchange Agreement, the Issuer herewith issues the Exchange Shares to the Warrantholders under the obligation to pay up on the Exchange Shares in the method mentioned above, as follows:

 

·                   four million sixty-eight thousand one hundred fifty-one (4,068,151) shares to TMG (the ‘ TMG Shares ’).

TMG herewith accepts the TMG Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   five hundred nineteen thousand three hundred six (519,306) shares to Vertical I (the ‘ Vertical I Shares ’).

Vertical I herewith accepts the Vertical I Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   one hundred fifty-three thousand eight (153,008) shares to Vertical II (the ‘ Vertical II Shares ’).

Vertical II herewith accepts the Vertical II Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   five hundred seventy-six thousand four hundred fifty-eight (576,458) shares to KCH (the ‘ KCH Shares ’).

 



 

KCH herewith accepts the KCH Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   one hundred ninety thousand eight hundred ninety (190,890) shares to Split Rock (the ‘ Split Rock Shares ’).

Split Rock herewith accepts the Split Rock Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   ninety-two thousand five hundred sixty-two (92,562) shares to Kohrs (the ‘ Kohrs Shares ’).

Kohrs herewith accepts the Kohrs Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   twenty-seven thousand three hundred forty (27,340) shares to Mayer (the ‘ Mayer Shares ’)

Mayer herewith accepts the Mayer Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   twelve thousand six hundred eighty-one (12,681) shares to Anderson (the ‘ Anderson Shares ’).

Anderson herewith accepts the Anderson Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   four thousand two hundred eighty-two (4,282) shares to Barisano (the ‘ Barisano Shares ’).

Barisano herewith accepts the Barisano Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   four thousand two hundred eighty-two (4,282) shares to Rushdy (the ‘ Rushdy Shares ’).

Rushdy herewith accepts the Rushdy Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   three thousand one hundred twenty-nine (3,129) shares to Harber (the ‘ Harber Shares ’).

Harber herewith accepts the Harber Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   one thousand six hundred forty-seven (1,647) shares to Idier (the ‘ Idier Shares ’).

Idier herewith accepts the Idier Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   one thousand one hundred fifty-three (1,153) shares to Kwan (the ‘ Kwan Shares ’).

Kwan herewith accepts the Kwan Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·                   twenty-seven thousand three hundred forty (27,340) shares to Doty (the ‘ Doty Shares ’).

Doty herewith accepts the Doty Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

Payment

 

Article 2.

 

·                   To fulfil its payment obligation TMG transferred and contributed to the Issuer six million six hundred thirty-three thousand two hundred sixteen (6,633,216) Warrants (the ‘ TMG Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil its payment obligation Vertical I transfers transferred and contributed to the Issuer eight hundred forty-six thousand seven hundred forty-two (846,742) Warrants (the ‘ Vertical I Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil its payment obligation Vertical II transferred and contributed to the Issuer two hundred forty-nine thousand four hundred eighty-four (249,484) Warrants (the ‘ Vertical II Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil its payment obligation KCH transferred and contributed to the Issuer nine hundred thirty-

 



 

nine thousand nine hundred twenty-nine (939,929) Warrants (the ‘ KCH Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil its payment obligation Split Rock transferred and contributed to the Issuer three hundred eleven thousand two hundred fifty-one (311,251) Warrants (the ‘ Split Rock Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Kohrs transferred and contributed to the Issuer one hundred fifty thousand nine hundred twenty-six (150,926) Warrants (the ‘ Kohrs Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Mayer transferred and contributed to the Issuer forty-four thousand five hundred eighty (44,580) Warrants (the ‘ Mayer Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Anderson transferred and contributed to the Issuer twenty thousand six hundred seventy-eight (20,678) Warrants (the ‘ Anderson Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Barisano transferred and contributed to the Issuer six thousand nine hundred eighty-two (6,982) Warrants) Warrants (the ‘ Barisano Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Rushdy transferred and contributed to the Issuer six thousand nine hundred eighty-two (6,982) Warrants (the ‘ Rushy Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Harber transferred and contributed to the Issuer five thousand one hundred two (5,102) Warrants (the ‘ Harber Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Idier transferred and contributed to the Issuer two thousand six hundred eighty-six (2,686) Warrants (the ‘ Idier Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil his payment obligation Kwan transferred and contributed to the Issuer one thousand eight hundred eighty (1,880) Warrants (the ‘ Kwan Contribution ’).

 

·                   To fulfil her payment obligation Doty transferred and contributed to the Issuer forty-four thousand five hundred eighty (44,580) Warrants (the ‘ Doty Contribution ’).

 

(the TMG Contribution, the Vertical I Contribution, the Vertical II Contribution, the KCH Contribution, the Split Rock Contribution, the Kohrs Contribution, the Mayer Contribution, the Anderson Contribution, the Barisano Contribution, the Rushdy Contribution, the Harber Contribution, the Idier Contribution, the Kwan Contribution and the Doty Contribution hereinafter jointly to be referred to as the ‘ Contribution ’).

 

The Contribution is described in more detail in the description of what is to be contributed according to article 2:204b paragraph 1 Dutch Civil Code, attached to this deed (the ‘ Description ’).

 

The Description relates to the condition of the Contribution per [*] two thousand and ten.

 

The Description is signed by all members of the board of managing directors of the Issuer.

 

An expert as defined in article 2:393 Dutch Civil Code has issued an opinion on the Description, as referred to in article 2:204b paragraph 2 Dutch Civil Code, stating that the value of the Contribution at least equals the amount of the payment obligation as referred to in the statement, being an amount of [*], which the Contribution needs to satisfy (the ‘ Auditor’s opinion ’).

 



 

To the extent the value of the Contribution exceeds the par value of the Exchange Shares, the surplus will be considered to be share premium ( agio ).

 

To the extent the actual value of the Contribution exceeds the value of the Contribution mentioned in the Description, the surplus will be considered share premium ( agio ).

 

Insofar further formalities need to be met to transfer the Contribution, the Warrantholders and the Issuer will undertake all necessary actions without delay to complete the transfer of the Contribution.

 

Approval of the transfer and acknowledgement

 

Article 3.

 

The board of managing directors of the Issuer and the Warrantholder Majority (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) have approved the transfer of the Warrants in accordance with clause 3.1 of the Warrant Agreement.

 

The Issuer hereby acknowledges the transfer of the Warrants.

 

Shareholders’ register

 

Article 4.

 

The Issuer declared to make the appropriate entry in the shareholders’ register concerning this issue.

 

Attached documents

 

Article 5.

 

Furthermore, to this deed will be attached:

 

·                       the powers of attorney in connection with this deed;

 

·                       the copy of the Warrant Exchange Agreement;

 

·                       the Resolution;

 

·                       the resolution of the supervisory board;

 

·                       the Description; and

 

·                       the Auditors’ opinion.

 

This deed was executed today in Amsterdam.

 

The substance of this deed was stated and explained to the appearing person.

 

The appearing person declared not to require a full reading of the deed, to have taken note of the contents of this deed and to consent to it.

 

Subsequently, this deed was read out in a limited form, and immediately thereafter signed by the appearing person and myself, civil-law notary, at

 

* * *

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

DEED OF TRANSFER

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

BPB/6007622/10175705.uve

AND ISSUE OF DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS ( CERTIFICATEN )

 

13-05-2010

TORNIER B.V.

 

1

 

Today,

 

, appeared before me,

 

Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam:

 

in the present matter acting as holder of a written power of attorney of:

 

in the present matter acting as holder of a written power of attorney of:

 

16.              Rod Mayer , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Mayer ’);

 

17.              Robert Anderson , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Anderson ’);

 

18.              Ralph Barisano Jr ., residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Barisano ’)

 

19.              Jamal Rushdy , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Rushdy ’);

 

20.              James Christopher Harber , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Harber ’);

 

21.              Jean-Marc Idier , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

 



Execution Version

 

(‘ Idier ’);

 

22.              Jim Kwan , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Kwan ’);

 

23.              Diane Doty , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Doty ’)

(Mayer, Anderson, Barisano, Rushdy, Harber, Idier, Kwan and Doty are hereinafter jointly referred to as the ‘ Transferors ’);

 

24.              the foundation ( stichting ) Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123 and filed in the Trade Register under number 34298214

(the ‘ Foundation ’);

 

25.              the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid Tornier B.V. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123, filed at the Trade Register under number 34250781 and with number B.V. 1383148

(the ‘ Company ’).

 

Powers of attorney

 

The powers of attorney are evidenced by nine (9) private deeds, which will be attached to this deed.

 

The appearing person declared:

 

Whereas

 

(h)              On the [ ] of May two thousand and ten the Company entered into a warrant exchange agreement (the ‘ Warrant Exchange Agreement ’) with the Transferors pursuant to which the Transferors contributed and transferred warrants to the Company in exchange for shares in the share capital of the Company. Pursuant to the Warrant Exchange Agreement, the Transferors agreed to transfer these shares to the Foundation against the issue of corresponding depositary receipts.

 

(i)                  The Transferors acquired eighty-one thousand eight hundred fifty-four (81,854) shares in the Company, each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01) (the “ Shares ”) by issue by deed executed on the date of this deed before Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam, as follows

 

·                        twenty-seven thousand three hundred forty (27,340) shares by Mayer;

 

·                        twelve thousand six hundred eighty-one (12,681) shares by Anderson;

 

·                        four thousand two hundred eighty-two (4,282) shares by Barisano;

 

·                        four thousand two hundred eighty-two (4,282) shares by Rushdy;

 



 

·                        three thousand one hundred twenty-nine (3,129) shares by Harber;

 

·                        one thousand six hundred forty-seven (1,647) shares by Idier;

 

·                        one thousand one hundred fifty-three (1,153) shares by Kwan;

 

·                        twenty-seven thousand three hundred forty (27,340) shares by Doty.

 

It is hereby agreed and confirmed as follows

 

Transfer of shares for which depositary receipts ( certificaten ) are to be issued

 

Article 6.

 

Pursuant to the Warrant Exchange Agreement the Transferors hereby transfer to the Foundation and the Foundation accepts the Shares of the Transferors, in exchange for assignment of depositary receipts by the Foundation, of which depositary receipts the classification, the numbers and the nominal value are identical to those of the Shares.

 

Assignment of depositary receipts ( certificaten )

 

Article 7.

 

Hereby the Foundation assigns depositary receipts as follows:

 

twenty-seven thousand three hundred forty (27,340) depositary receipts to Mayer;

 

(j)                  twelve thousand six hundred eighty-one (12,681) depositary receipts to Anderson;

 

(k)               four thousand two hundred eighty-two (4,282) depositary receipts to Barisano;

 

(l)                  four thousand two hundred eighty-two (4,282) depositary receipts to Rushdy;

 

(m)            three thousand one hundred twenty-nine (3,129) depositary receipts to Harber;

 

(n)              one thousand six hundred forty-seven (1,647) depositary receipts to Idier;

 

(o)              one thousand one hundred fifty-three (1,153) depositary receipts to Kwan;

 

(p)              twenty-seven thousand three hundred forty (27,340) depositary receipts to Doty;

 

The Transferors hereby accept the depositary receipts for the Shares described above.

 

Trust Conditions

 

Article 8.

 

The current assignment of depositary receipts for the Shares occurs under the terms and conditions as laid down in the notarial deed establishing the trust conditions executed on [*] before Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam, a copy of which is attached to this deed.

 

The Transferors declare that they have received a copy of the prevailing trust conditions of the Foundation and that they have taken note of the contents thereof and that they consent thereto.

 

The Foundation and the Transferors acknowledge that the trust conditions constitute an integral part of the agreement concerning the issue of depositary receipts.

 


 

The Transferors acknowledges that the assignment of the depositary receipts has been done without the concurrence of the Company and hereby waive any right conferred to them by law in the event that it should be established nonetheless that such took place with the Company’s concurrence.

 

Provision restricting the free transferability of shares

 

Article 9.

 

The board of managing directors of the Company has resolved on the [*] two thousand and ten outside a formal meeting to grant its approval required by articles of association for the present transfer.

 

Acknowledgement

 

Article 10.

 

The Company declared that it acknowledges the transfer of the Shares and that it will make the appropriate entry in the shareholders’ register.

 

Register of the holders of depositary receipts ( certificaathoudersregister )

 

Article 11.

 

The Foundation declared that it will make an appropriate entry of the issue of depositary receipts for shares in the register of the Holders of depositary receipts.

 

Attached documents

 

Article 12.

 

Furthermore, to this deed will be attached:

 

·        the powers of attorney in connection with this deed;

 

·        the copy of the Warrant Exchange Agreement;

 

·        the Management Board resolution evidencing the decisions indicated in this deed;

 

This deed was executed today in Amsterdam.

 

The substance of this deed was stated and explained to the appearing person.

 

The appearing person declared not to require a full reading of the deed, to have taken note of the contents of this deed and to consent to it.

 

Subsequently, this deed was read out in a limited form, and immediately thereafter signed by the appearing person and myself, civil-law notary, at

 

* * *

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Power of Attorney

 

May,      2010

 

THE UNDERSIGNED:

 

[For Non-individual Warrantholders]

 

a company incorporated and existing under the laws of                                       , having its registered address at                                                                                              , which is validly being represented by:

 

first name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

surname:

 

 

 

 

 

date of birth:

 

 

 

(day, month and year)

 

 

 

 

place of birth:

 

 

 

(city, state/province, country)

 

 

 

 

[For Individual Warrantholders]

 

 

 

 

first name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

surname:

 

 

 

 

 

date of birth:

 

 

 

(day, month and year)

 

 

 

 

place of birth:

 

 

 

(city, state/province, country)

 

 

 

 

married/not married (please strike out which is not applicable)

 

 

 

 

passport with number:

 

 

 

 

 

nationality:

 

 

 

[For All Warrantholders]

 

WHEREAS:

 

The undersigned wishes to contribute and transfer all of its Rights and Warrants (as defined in the Warrant Exchange Agreement) to Tornier B.V. a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, having its

 



 

Execution Version

 

corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands (the “ Issuer ”) in exchange for a number of shares in the Issuer (the “ Exchange Shares ”) calculated in accordance with the warrant exchange agreement (the “ Warrant Exchange Agreement ”) entered into by the undersigned, the Issuer, and the Stichting Adminstratiekantoor Tornier, a foundation organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ STAK ”).

 

[For Warrantholders who will transfer their shares to STAK]

 

Immediately after the undersigned acquires the Exchange Shares, it wishes to transfer the Exchange Shares to the STAK against the issue of corresponding depositary receipts for those Exchange Shares.

 

[For all Warrantholders except as indicated]

 

DECLARES:

 

to grant a power of attorney to each civil-law notary, prospective civil-law notary and notarial paralegal, of Stibbe N.V. in Amsterdam to:

 

(A)           cooperate on behalf of the undersigned to execute the notarial deed of issue of the Exchange Shares, in accordance with the form attached to the Warrant Exchange Agreement as Exhibit A;

 

(B)           [For Warrantholders who will transfer their shares to STAK] cooperate on behalf of the undersigned to execute the notarial deed of transfer of the Exchange Shares to the STAK in exchange for the same number of corresponding depositary receipts in accordance with the form attached to the Warrant Exchange Agreement as Exhibit B;

 

(C)           to undertake all other acts the holder of this power of attorney deems necessary in relation with the present issue [and transfer] [ for Warrantholders who will transfer their shares to STAK ] of the Exchange Shares,

 

[For all Warrantholders]

 

CONDITIONS:

 

(q)            The holder of this power of attorney is authorised to grant this power of attorney to another person.

 

(r)             The undersigned shall not make any claim against the holder of the power of attorney in respect of any act that is done by the holder of the power of attorney in such capacity under and according to this power of attorney.

 

(s)            The undersigned shall indemnify and hold the holder of the power of attorney harmless against any claims, actions or proceedings made against the holder of the power of attorney and against any damages, costs and expenses that the holder of the power of attorney may suffer or incur as a result of or in connection with any act that is done by the holder of the power of attorney in such capacity and under and according to this power of attorney.

 

(t)             The undersigned declares that this power of attorney also applies in situations where the holder of the power of attorney also acts as a counterparty of the undersigned or as a representative of a counterparty of the undersigned ( Selbsteintritt ).

 



 

(u)            This power of attorney is being granted and being irrevocable for a period of six months from the date hereof after which time it shall cease to exist.

 

(v)            This power of attorney is being governed by and to be construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

This power of attorney has been signed on the date first above written.

 

[For Individual Warrantholders]

 

[[For Non-individual Warrantholders]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

(print name)

 

(print name)

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Please have this power of attorney legalized or, for U.S. domiciled Warrantholders, notarized by a notary public as follows:

 

STATE OF

 

)

 

 

) ss.

COUNTY OF

 

)

 

[For Individual Warrantholders] within and for this state and county above

 

On this          day of                             , 2010, before me, a Notary Public within and for this state and county above, personally appeared                                              [ name ], to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing Power of Attorney and acknowledged that he executed the same at his free act and deed and did dispose on oath before me that he is of the age of majority.

 

[For Non-individual Warrantholders]

 

On this          day of                             , 2010, before me, a Notary Public within and for this state and county above appeared                                                    [ name ], to me personally known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that he is the                                                                        [ title ] of                                                                          [ company name ], a                                      [ state or country ]                                                                        [ corporate entity ] (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing Power of Attorney was signed on behalf of the Company, by authority of its                                              [ Board of Directors etc. ] and said                                                      [ title ] acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of the Company.

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my official seal in the County and State aforesaid, and the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

My Commission Expires:

 

* * *

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER AUTHORITY DECLARATION

 

[Letterhead]

 

[May         , 2010]

 

Stibbe N.V.
Stibbetoren
Strawinskylaan 2001
1077 ZZ  Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Attn: Paul Quist, Civil Law Notary

 

Re:           Issuance of shares by Tornier B.V.

 

Dear Mr. Quist:

 

I am an attorney admitted to practice under the laws of [the state of               , United States of America].  In connection with the issue of shares by the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Tornier B.V., I hereby confirm that:

 

1.              [Name of entity Exchanging Warrantholder], having its address at [address, city, state, zip code, United States of America] (the “Company”), is a [corporation/limited liability company/limited partnership] duly organized and validly existing under the laws of [the state of               , United States of America]; and

 

2.              the Power of Attorney, of which a photocopy is attached hereto, has been signed by [name of signing officer of the Company], the Company’s [title], who is duly authorized to sign such Power of Attorney on behalf of the Company.

 

 

Sincerely

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Attorney]

 

* * *




Exhibit 10.21

 

WARRANT EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

(2009)

 

by and among the

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDERS

 

and

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

Dated as of May 25, 2010

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page No.

 

 

 

 

Section 1

 

Definitions

1

 

 

 

 

Section 2

 

Exchange of Rights and Warrants for Exchange Shares

3

 

 

 

 

Section 3

 

STAK Depositary Receipts

3

 

 

 

 

Section 4

 

Warrant Agreement and Warrantholder Majority

3

 

 

 

 

Section 5

 

Tax Consequences

4

 

 

 

 

Section 6

 

Closing Documents and Deliveries

4

 

 

 

 

Section 7

 

Representations and Warranties of Each Exchange Warrantholder

5

 

 

 

 

Section 8

 

Representations and Warranties of the Issuer

7

 

 

 

 

Section 9

 

Representation and Warranties of STAK

8

 

 

 

 

Section 10

 

Limitations on Transfer

9

 

 

 

 

Section 11

 

Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements

9

 

 

 

 

Section 12

 

Miscellaneous

9

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1

 

Warrantholders

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

 

Deed of Issue

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Deed of Transfer

 

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney

 

 

 

Exhibit D

 

Form of Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration

 



 

WARRANT EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
(2009)

 

This WARRANT EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of this 25th day of May, 2010, by and among Tornier B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijikheid ) organized under the laws of the Netherlands with corporate seat in Amsterdam (the “ Issuer ”), the warrantholder parties hereto that have executed a signature page to this Agreement (such warrantholders, collectively, the “ Exchanging Warrantholders ”), Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier, a foundation organized under the law of the Netherlands (“ STAK ”), and Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V. (“ Medtronic ” in its capacity as the Warrantholder Majority).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    WHEREAS, the Issuer issued the Warrants to the Warrantholders pursuant to the Warrant Agreement.

 

B.                                      WHEREAS, all the Exchanging Warrantholders desire to contribute and transfer all of their Rights and Warrants to the Issuer in exchange for the number of Issuer Shares calculated in accordance with this Agreement (collectively, the “ Exchange Shares ”), and the Issuer desires to accept such contribution and issue the Exchange Shares to the Exchanging Warrantholders.

 

C.                                      WHEREAS, the board of managing directors of the Issuer has approved, and the Warrantholder Majority hereby approves, the contemplated transfer of each Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants to the Issuer.

 

D.                                     WHEREAS, each Exchanging Warrantholder, other than Medtronic, TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A., KCH Stockholm AB, Split Rock Partners, L.P., and Douglas Kohrs (the “ Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders ”), will immediately deposit their Exchange Shares in STAK.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Definitions .

 

Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(f) of this Agreement.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Applicable Securities Laws ” means collectively, the Act, any U.S. state securities laws or any non-U.S. securities laws.

 

Closing Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney, each Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration, the Issuer Power of Attorney, the STAK Power of Attorney, the Contribution Description, the Deed of Issue and the Deed of Transfer.

 

Contribution Description ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b)(iii) of this Agreement.

 



 

Execution Version

 

Deed of Issue ” means a notarial deed of issue of Exchange Shares to the Exchanging Warrantholders, in the form as attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

Deed of Transfer ” means a notarial deed of transfer of the Exchange Shares to STAK in exchange for depositary receipts, in the form as attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Depositary Receipts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

Dutch Notary ” means a Dutch civil law notary holding office with Stibbe N.V.

 

Exchange Ratio ” means 0.6410 .

 

Exchange Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Recital B of this Agreement.

 

Exchange Transactions ” means the transactions set forth in Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

 

Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration ” has the meaning set forth in the Section 6(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

 

Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

Exchanging Warrantholders ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Issuer Power of Attorney ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

Issuer Share ” means a share in the share capital of the Issuer, each with a nominal value of €0.01.

 

Issuer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, line, encumbrance, charge, restriction, claim or other security interest.

 

Medtronic ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders ” has the meaning set forth in Recital D of this Agreement.

 

Rights and Warrants ” means, with respect to each Warrantholder, all of such Warrantholder’s rights under the Warrant Agreement, including the Warrants granted to such Warrantholder, which collectively have a value at least equal to the nominal value of all of the Exchange Shares issued to the Warrantholders; provided , however , that if the Exchanging Warrantholder is the Warrantholder Majority, then such Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants do not include the Warrantholder Majority Rights.

 

Securityholders’ Agreement ” means that certain Securityholders’ Agreement dated as of July 18, 2006, by and among the Investors (as defined therein) and the Company (as defined therein), as amended.

 

STAK Deposit Transactions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

STAK Power of Attorney ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c)(ii) of this Agreement.

 

2



 

STAK ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Warburg Pincus ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Warrant Agreement ” means that certain Warrant Agreement dated April 3, 2009, by and between the Issuer and the Warrantholders.

 

Warrantholder Majority Rights ” means those rights expressly and exclusively granted to the Warrantholder Majority in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrantholder Majority ” means the Warrantholder Majority as defined in the Warrant Agreement.

 

Warrantholders ” means each Warrantholder (as defined in the Warrant Agreement), all as identified on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

 

Warrants ” means the Warrants as defined in the Warrant Agreement.

 

2.                                        Exchange of Rights and Warrants for Exchange Shares .

 

(a)                                   Contribution and transfer .  In reliance on the representations and warranties of the Issuer set forth in this Agreement, and subject to all of the terms and conditions herein, each Exchanging Warrantholder that is a party to the Warrant Agreement hereby irrevocably contributes, assigns and otherwise transfers to the Issuer all of such Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants and the Issuer hereby accepts and assumes the Rights and Warrants and will immediately issue to each such Exchanging Warrantholder the number of Exchange Shares equal to the Exchange Ratio multiplied by the number of Warrants held by such Exchanging Warrantholder rounded down to the nearest whole number, and no fractional shares shall be issued there thereon (collectively, the “ Exchange Transactions ”).  The number of Exchange Shares to be issued to each Exchanging Warrantholder is set forth on Schedule 1 attached here.

 

(b)                                  Acknowledgement .  The Issuer acknowledges the transfer of Warrants under the Exchange Transactions pursuant to this Agreement and undertakes to promptly record such transfer in the Issuer’s warrant register.

 

3.                                        STAK Depositary Receipts .  Immediately following the Exchange Transactions, each Exchanging Warrantholder, other than the Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders, will transfer their Exchange Shares to STAK to be held for the benefit of such Exchanging Warrantholder, and STAK will issue corresponding depositary receipts to each such Exchanging Warrantholder (the “ Depositary Receipts ”), which Depositary Receipts will have the same nomination and nominal value as the Exchange Shares transferred by each such Exchanging Warrantholder to STAK, and which Depositary Receipts will be governed by STAK’s prevailing trust conditions (the “ STAK Deposit Transactions ”).

 

4.                                        Warrant Agreement and Warrantholder Majority .  Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the Warrantholder Majority hereby consents to the transfer of each Exchanging Warrantholder’s Rights and Warrants to the Issuer under this Agreement.  For purposes of this Agreement, the consent of the Warrantholder Majority will be deemed to have been given immediately prior to the Exchange Transactions.  The Warrantholder Majority and the Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that immediately following the Exchange Transactions, the Warrant Agreement will remain in full force and effect with respect to those Warrantholders, if any, who do not execute this Agreement or otherwise exercise such Warrantholder’s Warrants.  Consequently, Medtronic will continue to constitute the

 

3



 

Warrantholder Majority and retain all of the Warrantholder Majority Rights.  To the extent necessary, this Section 4 is deemed to be an amendment of the Warrant Agreement to this effect.

 

5.                                        Tax Consequences .  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the U.S. and Dutch tax consequences of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions and the STAK Deposit Transactions, may vary depending upon the current percentage of ownership in Issuer of each Exchanging Warrantholder and any other facts, circumstances and considerations relevant for tax purposes, specific to each Exchanging Warrantholder.  Each Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that it will determine and be responsible for its own U.S., Dutch and other tax consequences.  Each of the Issuer and STAK hereby disclaim any responsibility for, and shall not be liable or obligated in any way for the U.S., Dutch or other tax consequences applicable to any Exchanging Warrantholder arising from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions and the STAK Deposit Transactions.

 

6.                                        Closing Documents and Deliveries .

 

(a)                                   Exchanging Warrantholder Deliveries .  Upon execution of this Agreement, each Exchanging Warrantholder will deliver to the Issuer and STAK the following with respect to such Exchanging Warrantholder:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement, duly executed by the Exchanging Warrantholder;

 

(ii)                                   a power of attorney, duly executed by the Exchanging Warrantholder, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney ”), authorizing the Dutch Notary to execute the Deed of Issue in respect of the Exchange Transaction and to execute the Deed of Transfer in respect of the STAK Deposit Transaction, if applicable, in each case with respect to the Exchanging Warrantholder; and

 

(iii)                                an authority declaration for each non-individual Exchanging Warrantholder in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “ Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration ”), certifying that the individual signatory for the Exchanging Warrantholder is authorized to execute the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney on behalf of the Exchanging Warrantholder.

 

(b)                                  Issuer Deliveries .  Upon execution of this Agreement, the Issuer will deliver to the Exchanging Warrantholders and STAK:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement, duly executed by the Issuer;

 

(ii)                                   a power of attorney, duly executed by the Issuer, authorizing the Dutch Notary to execute the Deed of Issue in respect of the Exchange Transaction and to execute the Deed of Transfer in respect of the STAK Deposit Transactions, where applicable, (the “ Issuer Power of Attorney ”); and

 

(iii)                                a description of the contribution of Rights and Warrants being exchanged for the Exchange Shares (the “ Contribution Description ”).

 

(c)                                   STAK Deliveries .  Upon execution of this Agreement, STAK will deliver to the Exchanging Warrantholders and the Issuer:

 

4



 

(i)                                      this Agreement, duly executed by STAK; and

 

(ii)                                   a power of attorney, duly executed by STAK, authorizing the Dutch Notary to execute the Deed of Transfer in respect of the STAK Deposit Transactions (the “ STAK Power of Attorney ”).

 

7.                                        Representations and Warranties of Each Exchanging Warrantholder .  Each Exchanging Warrantholder, individually and not for the other Exchanging Warrantholders, hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and STAK (where applicable) as of the date hereof, understanding that the Issuer’s agreement to issue the Exchange Shares to such Exchanging Warrantholder and STAK’s agreement to issue the Depositary Receipts (where applicable) is predicated in part on these representations and warranties:

 

(a)                                   Title to Warrants .  Each Exchanging Warrantholder is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s Warrants, free and clear of any Liens other than those imposed by any Applicable Securities Laws.

 

(b)                                  Authority; Organization; Good Standing .

 

(i)                                      If the Exchanging Warrantholder is an individual, such Exchanging Warrantholder has full legal capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney and to perform the Exchanging Warrantholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

(ii)                                   If the Exchanging Warrantholder is a corporate entity, such Exchanging Warrantholder (A) is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its incorporation, formation or organization, (B) has full corporate, partnership or limited liability company, as applicable, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney and to perform the Exchanging Warrantholder’s obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (C) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated hereby has been duly authorized by the Exchanging Warrantholder.

 

(iii)                                This Agreement and each of the Closing Documents required to be executed by the Exchanging Warrantholder has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Exchanging Warrantholder and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Exchanging Warrantholder, enforceable against the Exchanging Warrantholder in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of general application affecting creditors and general principles of equity.

 

(c)                                   Non-Contravention .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which the Exchanging Warrantholder is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which the Exchanging Warrantholder is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, or (iii) result in the

 

5



 

imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the Rights and Warrants being contributed by the Exchanging Warrantholder.  The Exchanging Warrantholder does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions and the STAK Deposit Transactions.

 

(d)                                  Domicile .  The Exchanging Warrantholder’s principal domicile is the state in the United States, or the country, in each case as set forth below the Exchanging Warrantholders’s name on its signature page to this Agreement, and the offer and acceptance regarding the Exchanging Warrantholders’s Exchange Shares occurred in that state or country.

 

(e)                                   Information .  The Exchanging Warrantholder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the Exchanging Warrantholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment to be made by the Exchanging Warrantholder hereunder.  The Exchanging Warrantholder has received and reviewed the disclosure documents provided to the Exchanging Warrantholder by the Issuer, and understands and has taken cognizance of all the risk factors related to the investment in the Exchange Shares acquired by the Exchanging Warrantholder.

 

(f)                                     No Registration .  The Exchanging Warrantholder understands that (i) the Exchange Shares have not been registered under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), or other applicable state or foreign securities laws, and (ii) no federal, state or foreign agency has made any finding or determination as to the fairness for investment, nor any recommendation or endorsement of the Exchange Shares.

 

(g)                                  Restrictions on Resale .  The Exchanging Warrantholder is fully informed and aware of the circumstances under which the Exchange Shares must be held and the restrictions upon the resale of the Exchange Shares under the Act and applicable state and foreign securities laws.  The Exchanging Warrantholder understands that the Exchanging Warrantholder must bear the economic risk of this investment in the Exchange Shares for an indefinite period of time because (i) the Exchange Shares have not been registered under the Act and cannot be sold unless they are registered under the Act and any other applicable securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available, and (ii) the availability of an exemption may depend on factors over which the Exchanging Warrantholder has no control.  The Exchanging Warrantholder understands that unless so registered or exempt from registration the Exchange Shares may be required to be held for an indefinite period and that the reliance of the Issuer and others upon the exemptions from registration referred to herein is predicated in part upon this representation and warranty.

 

(h)                                  Registration or Offering of Issuer’s Securities .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that Issuer shall have no obligation to register the Exchange Shares or otherwise conduct any offering of Issuer’s equity securities.

 

(i)                                      Due Diligence .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Exchanging Warrantholder has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, officers of the Issuer concerning the Issuer and its proposed business operations, and (ii) the Exchanging Warrantholder has had full access to the Issuer’s books and records to the extent requested and has had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the directors, managers and officers of the Issuer, and that to the extent asked, all such questions have been answered to the Exchanging Warrantholder’s full satisfaction and the Exchanging Warrantholder takes full responsibility for evaluating the adequacy of the answers received.

 

6



 

(j)                                      Non-reliance; Investment Risk .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that: (i) except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, no representations or warranties have been made to the Exchanging Warrantholder by the Issuer, any manager, member, director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Issuer, or any other person with respect to the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares; (ii) except for (a) this Agreement, (b) the Warrant Agreement, and (c) the Securityholders’ Agreement (but only if the Exchanging Warrantholder is a party thereto), there are no agreements, contracts, understandings or commitments between the Exchanging Warrantholder on the one hand and the Issuer, any manager, member, director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Issuer on the other hand, with respect to the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares; (iii) in entering into this transaction, the Exchanging Warrantholder is not relying upon any information, other than that contained in this Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the results of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s own independent investigation; (iv) the Exchanging Warrantholder’s financial situation is such that the Exchanging Warrantholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Exchange Shares for an indefinite period of time, has adequate means for providing for the Exchanging Warrantholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, and can afford to suffer a complete loss of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares; (v) the Exchange Shares are a speculative investment which involves a high degree of risk of loss of the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment therein; and (vi) the Exchanging Warrantholder’s investment in the Exchange Shares is subject to dilution by the issuance of additional Issuer Shares or other equity securities by the Issuer, and the Exchanging Warrantholder is not entitled to any preemptive, tag-along, information or other minority investor rights with respect to the Exchange Shares, other than as expressly set forth in this Agreement or as otherwise provided under applicable law.

 

(k)                                   Opportunity to Seek Advice .  The Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges that Faegre & Benson LLP and Stibbe N.V., each legal counsel to the Issuer, do not represent the Exchanging Warrantholder in connection with this Agreement and the Closing Documents, and the Exchanging Warrantholder has not relied to any extent on Faegre & Benson LLP or Stibbe N.V. in deciding to enter this Agreement or any other agreement.  The Exchanging Warrantholder has consulted with, or had ample opportunity to consult with, the Exchanging Warrantholder’s own legal, financial, accounting and tax counsel concerning the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Closing Documents.  The Exchanging Warrantholder has carefully reviewed this Agreement and the Closing Documents and understands them.

 

(l)                                      Dutch Notary .  The Exchanging Warrantholder is aware that the Dutch Notary is a civil law notary holding office with Stibbe N.V., a law firm acting as legal advisor to the Issuer. With reference to the provisions of the Code of Conduct ( Verordening Beroeps- en Gedragsregels ) of the Royal Notarial Regulatory Body ( Koninklijke Notariële Beroepsorganisatie ) the Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges and agrees that Stibbe N.V. may assist and act on behalf of the Issuer in connection with this Agreement including any disputes arising in relation to this Agreement.

 

8.                                        Representations and Warranties of the Issuer .  The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Exchanging Warrantholders and to STAK, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                   Organization .  The Issuer is a company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

(b)                                  Authority; Organization; Good Standing .  The Issuer has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Issuer Power of Attorney, and to

 

7



 

perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated hereby has been duly authorized by the Issuer.  This Agreement and each of the Closing Documents required to be executed by the Issuer has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of general application affecting creditors and general principles of equity.

 

(c)                                   Non-Contravention .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which the Issuer is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which the Issuer is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, or (iii) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the Exchange Shares issued hereunder.    The Issuer does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions.

 

9.                                        Representations and Warranties of STAK .  STAK hereby represents and warrants to the Exchanging Warrantholders (other than the Non-STAK Exchanging Warrantholders), and to the Issuer as of the date hereof:

 

(a)                                   Organization .  STAK is a foundation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Netherlands.

 

(b)                                  Authority .  STAK has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the STAK Power of Attorney, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated hereby has been duly authorized by STAK.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by STAK and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of STAK, enforceable against STAK in accordance with its terms, subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar law of general application affecting creditors and general principles of equity.

 

(c)                                   Non-Contravention .  Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate any constitution, statute, regulation, rule, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, charge, or other restriction of any government, governmental agency, or court to which STAK is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any agreement, contract, lease, license, instrument, or other arrangement to which STAK is bound or to which any of its assets are subject, or (iii) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the Depositary Receipts issued hereunder.  STAK does not need to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any authorization, consent or approval of any government or governmental agency in order to consummate the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including the Exchange Transactions.

 

8


 

10.                                  Limitations on Transfer .  Each Exchanging Warrantholder agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of its Exchange Shares (or corresponding Depositary Receipts) unless the board of managing directors of the Issuer approves such transfer and (i) a registration statement relating thereto has been duly filed and becomes effective under the Act and all applicable state or foreign securities laws, or (ii) such sale, assignment, transfer, offer, pledge or other disposition is exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act and such laws (as evidenced by an opinion of counsel for the Exchanging Warrantholder reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Issuer) and, in the case of a transaction pursuant to this clause (ii), the Issuer will not, as a result of such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, exchange or other disposition, be required to register its securities under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

11.                                  Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements .  Each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement herein will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of Exchange Shares (or corresponding Depositary Receipts) contemplated hereby and remain in full force and effect until all liability hereunder relating thereto is barred by all applicable statutes of limitation.  Each party hereto will indemnify and hold harmless each other party hereto from any liability, loss or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) if such party has breached any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement hereunder.

 

12.                                  Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                   Other Agreements; Further Assurances .  Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that upon execution of this Agreement, such party shall execute and deliver each other Closing Document required to be delivered hereunder by such party, or any other document reasonably necessary in the sole judgment of the Issuer to accomplish the transactions contemplated hereunder.  By execution of this Agreement, each Exchanging Warrantholder acknowledges that it has reviewed and understands the effect of this Agreement, including the transactions contemplated hereunder, and the Exchanging Warrantholder Power of Attorney and, if applicable, the Exchanging Warrantholder Authority Declaration, and that the Exchanging Warrantholder’s execution and delivery of these documents is a condition precedent to (i) the obligations of the Issuer to issue the Exchanging Warrantholder’s Exchange Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) the obligations of STAK to issue the Exchanging Warrantholder’s Depositary Receipts pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Assignment; Binding Effect .  Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder will be assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred (by operation of law or otherwise) by any Exchanging Warrantholder without the prior written consent of the Issuer (which consent may be withheld in the Issuer’s sole discretion).  This Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties hereto.  Any purported assignment, delegation or other transfer not permitted by this section is void.

 

(c)                                   Complete Agreement; Amendments; Non-Waiver .  The Closing Documents, the Warrant Agreement and, if applicable, the Securityholders’ Agreement, constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter herein and except for the Warrant Agreement and, where applicable, the Securityholders’ Agreement, this Agreement supersedes any prior representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and understandings of the parties regarding such subject matter.  No supplement, modification or amendment hereof will be binding unless expressed as such and executed in writing by each party.  No waiver of any term hereof will be binding unless expressed as such in a document executed by the party making such waiver.  No waiver of any term hereof will be a waiver of any other term hereof, whether or

 

9



 

not similar, nor will any such waiver be a continuing waiver beyond its stated terms.  Failure to enforce strict compliance with any term hereof will not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any existing or any subsequent failure to comply.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the Netherlands without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(e)                                   Counterparts; Several Obligations .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  To the extent that any Warrantholder does not execute this Agreement, this Agreement shall nonetheless be effective as a binding Agreement between the Issuer, on the one hand, and each Exchanging Warrantholder that executes this Agreement, on the other hand.  The obligations of each Exchanging Warrantholder under this Agreement are individual and several, not joint.

 

(f)                                     Headings .  The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Interpretation; Severability .  The terms of this Agreement will, where possible, be interpreted and enforced so as to sustain their legality and enforceability, read as if they cover only the specific situation to which they are being applied and enforced to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law.  If any term of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, then all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect, and such term automatically will be amended so that it is valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, but as close to the parties’ original intent as possible.

 

(h)                                  No Right of Employment or Continued Employment .  Neither the issuance of the Exchange Shares nor anything contained in this Agreement shall give any individual Exchanging Warrantholder any right to employment or continued employment, as applicable, by the Issuer or any parent or subsidiary of the Issuer or to prohibit or restrict the Issuer or any parent or subsidiary of the Issuer from terminating the Exchanging Warrantholder’s employment (if applicable) at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, notwithstanding the effect any such action may have on such Exchanging Warrantholder the Closing Documents or any Exchange Shares or Depositary Receipts issued under this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Jurisdiction .  The competent court in Amsterdam, the Netherlands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Agreement without prejudice to the right of appeal and that of appeal to the Supreme Court

 

(j)                                      Parties in Interest; No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  Nothing in this Agreement (whether express or implied) will or is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any person, except the Exchanging Warrantholders, the Issuer, STAK and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

(k)                                   Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, and shall only be deemed duly given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), (iii) one business day after being sent to the recipient by facsimile transmission, or (iv) four business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified

 

10



 

or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

if to the Issuer

 

Tornier B.V.,

 

 

Fred Roeskestraat 123

 

 

1076EE Amsterdam

 

 

The Netherlands

 

 

Attn:                                           

 

 

Facsimile:                                          

 

 

 

with a copy (not constituting notice)

 

Tornier, Inc.
7701 France Avenue South, Suite 600

 

 

Edina, MN  55435

 

 

Attn:  Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Facsimile: (952) 426-7601

 

 

 

with a copy (not constituting notice)

 

Faegre & Benson LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center

 

 

90 South Seventh Street

 

 

Minneapolis, MN  55402

 

 

Attn:  Steven C. Kennedy

 

 

Facsimile:  (612) 766-1600

 

 

 

if to STAK

 

Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier

 

 

Fred Roeskestraat 123

 

 

1076EE Amsterdam

 

 

The Netherlands

 

 

Attn:                                           

 

 

Facsimile:                                          

 

 

 

if to an Exchanging Warrantholder

 

At the address set forth on the Exchanging Warrantholder’s signature page to this Agreement

 

 

(l)                                      Expenses .  Each party shall each bear its own costs and expenses (including legal, tax, financial and accounting advisor fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(m)                                Construction .  The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by all the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.  Any reference to any U.S. federal, state, local, or non-U.S. statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.  The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.  The Parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein shall have independent significance.  If a party has breached any representation, warranty, or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty, or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) that the party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

 

11



 

(n)                                  Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules .  The Exhibits and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

* * *

 

[ signatures follow ]

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

ISSUER:

 

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Guido F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

Guido F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen

 

Its:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald Arendsen

 

By:

Ronald Arendsen

 

Its:

Managing Director B

 

 

 

 

 

STAK:

 

 

 

STICHTING ADMINISTRATIEKANTOOR TORNIER

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas W. Kohrs

 

By:

Douglas W. Kohrs

 

Its:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Timothy J. Curt

 

By:

Timothy J. Curt

 

Its:

Managing Director

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

WARRANTHOLDER MAJORITY:

 

 

 

 

 

MEDTRONIC:

 

 

 

 

 

MEDTRONIC BAKKEN RESEARCH CENTER B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ F.W. Lindemans

 

 

By:  

Mr. F.W. Lindemans

 

 

Its:   

Managing Director

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:   

  /s/  Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

 

 

 

Name:   

  /s/  Douglas W. Kohrs

 

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:   

   Minnesota, USA

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of residence ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

                      78444 Shannon Dr.

 

 

                       Edina, MN 55439

 

 

Facsimile:       952-426-7601

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:   

   KCH Stockholm AB

 

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:   

  /s/  Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

 

 

 

 

Name:   

       Carl-Henry Salomonsson

 

 

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:     

 

Solicitor

 

 

 

 

[ please print your title ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:    

 

Sweden

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

          Box 606, 65113 Karlstad

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:  

Split Rock Partners, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

 

By:  

Split Rock Partners Management, LLC

 

 

Its:  

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:  

/s/ Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

Steven L.P. Schwen

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

[ please print your title ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:  

Minnesota

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

10400 Viking Drive

 

 

Suite 550

 

 

Eden Prairie, MN 55347

 

 

Facsimile: 952-995-7475

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:  

/s/ Diane M. Doty

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

Diane M. Doty

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:   

Minnesota

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

27860 Brynmawr Place

 

 

Shorewood, MN 55331

 

 

USA

 

 

Facsimile: None

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

same address

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: Michael S. Doty

 

 

Facsimile: None

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:  

/s/ Ralph E. Barisano, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

Ralph E. Barisano, Jr.

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:  

Massachusetts

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

29 Chicory Rd

 

 

Westford, MA 01886

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company: Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.

 

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:  

/s/ F.W. Lindemans

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

Mr. F.W. Lindemans

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:  

Managing Director

 

 

[ please print your title ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:  

 

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:  

PJC Capital LLC

 

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:  

/s/ Robert P. Rinek

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

Robert P. Rinek

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

Title:  

Co-President.Co-CEO

 

 

[ please print your title ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:  

Minnesota

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

Robert P. Rinek

 

 

800 Nicollet Mall

 

 

Minneapolis, MN. 55402

 

 

Facsimile: 612-303-1068

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

James M. Martin

 

 

800 Nicollet Mall

 

 

Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

 

Attn: James M. Martin

 

 

Facsimile: 612-303-1410

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:  

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

 

 

[ please print the name of the Exchanging Warrantholder ]

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:  

/s/ Robert P. Rinek

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

Robert P. Rinek

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

Title:  

Co-CEO

 

 

[ please print your title ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:  

Minnesota

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

Robert P. Rinek

 

 

800 Nicollet Mall

 

 

Minnesota, MN 55402

 

 

Facsimile: 612-303-1068

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

800 Nicolett Mall

 

 

Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

 

 

 

 

Attn: James M. Martin

 

 

Facsimile: 612-303-1410

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:  

/s/ Richard F. Wallman

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  

Richard F. Wallman

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

 

 

Domicile:  

Florida

 

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

[ please print ]

 

 

124 Deer Estates Lane

 

 

Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 32082

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

Facsimile:

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Amy Wallman

 

 

 

Name:

Amy Wallman

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Florida

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

124 Deer Estates Lane

 

Ponte Vedra Beach, FL 32082

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Kevin Lee Ohashi

 

 

 

Name:

Kevin Lee Ohashi

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

Massachusetts

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

60 Orchard Street

 

Jamaica Plain, MA 02130

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Stephan Epinette

 

 

 

Name:

Stephan Epinette

 

 

[ please print your name ]

 

 

 

Domicile:

France

 

[ please print your U.S. State or Country of organizational jurisdiction ]

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

[ please print ]

 

372 Chemin Du Robiat

 

63250 Poleymieux Au Mont D’or

 

 

 

Facsimile:  +33976613508

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

TMG HOLDINGS COÖPERATIEF U.A.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Sean D. Carney

 

By:

Sean D. Carney

 

Its:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Guido F.X.M Nieuwenhuizen

 

By:

Guido F.X.M Nieuwenhuizen

 

Its:

Managing Director A

 

 

 

Domicile:  The Netherlands

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

1076 EE Amsterdan

 

Fred. Roeskestraat 123-I

 

The Netherlands

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy that does not constitute notice to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

Facsimile:

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

2009 WARRANTHOLDERS

 

Name

 

Warrants

 

Exchange
Shares (*)

 

Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V.

 

4,412,544

 

2,828,440

 

TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. ( formerly held by Warburg Pincus )

 

2,672,332

 

1,712,964

 

PJC Capital LLC

 

794,258

 

509,119

 

PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC

 

88,251

 

56,568

 

KCH Stockholm AB

 

572,438

 

366,932

 

Split Rock Partners, LP

 

126,413

 

81,030

 

Amy and Richard Wallman

 

62,014

 

39,750

 

Douglas Kohrs

 

61,537

 

39,445

 

Kevin Ohashi

 

13,118

 

8,408

 

Ralph Barisano Jr.

 

10,733

 

6,879

 

Stephan Epinette

 

7,155

 

4,586

 

Diane Doty

 

4,293

 

2,751

 

Total

 

8,825,086

 

5,656,872

 

 


(*) Exchange Shares = Warrants x Exchange Ratio, rounded down to the nearest whole number

 

* * *

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

DEED OF ISSUE

 

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

BPB/6007622/10175692.uve

TORNIER B.V.

 

13-05-2010

 

 

2

 

Today,

 

, appeared before me,

 

Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam:

 

in the present matter acting as holder of a power of attorney of:

 

1.       the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Tornier B.V. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123, filed at the Trade Register under number 34250781 and with number B.V. 1383148
(the ‘ Issuer ’);

 

2.       the cooperative ( cooperatie ) , TMG Holdings Coöperatief U.A. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123 and filed at the Trade Register under number 34252061

(‘ TMG ’);

 

3.       the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Medtronic Bakken Research Center B.V. , having its seat in Maastricht, its address at 6229 GW Maastricht, Endepolsdomein 5 and filed at the Trade Register under number 14625522

(‘ Medtronic ’);

 

4.       the company formed and existing under the laws of Delaware, United States of America, PJC Capital LLC , having its address at MN 55402 Minneapolis, United States of America, 800 Nicollet Mall and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 4309235

(‘ PJC Capital ’);

 

5.       the company incorporated and existing under the laws of Delaware, United States of America, PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC , having its address at MN 55402 Minneapolis, United States

 



 

Execution Version

 

of America, 800 Nicollet Mall and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 4521380

(‘ PJC Merchant Banking ’);

 

6.       the company incorporated and existing under the laws of Sweden (aktiebolag ) KCH Stockholm AB , having its address at Hamilton Advokatbyrå Karlstad AB, Kungsgatan 2 A, Box 606, 651 13 Karlstad, Sweden, and filed at the Swedish Companies Registration Office under number 556702-1885

(‘ KCH ’);

 

7.       the limited partnership formed and existing under the laws of Delaware, United States of America, Split Rock Partners, L.P. , having its address at MN 55344 Minneapolis, United States of America, 10400 Viking Drive, Suite 550 and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 3813224

(‘ Split Rock ’);

 

8.       Douglas William Kohrs , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Kohrs ’);

 

9.       Diane Doty , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Doty ’);

 

10.     Stephan Epinette , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Epinette ’);

 

11.     Ralph Barisano Jr ., residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Barisano ’);

 

12.     Amy Wallman , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Amy Wallman ’);

 

13.     Richard Frederick Wallman , residing at [ ], born in [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Richard Wallman ’); and

 

14.     Kevin Ohashi , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Ohashi ’)

 



 

(TMG, Medtronic, PJC Capital, PJC Merchant Banking, KCH, Split Rock, Kohrs, Doty, Epinette, Barisano, Amy Wallman, Richard Wallman and Ohashi are hereinafter jointly referred to as the ‘ Warrantholders ’).

 

Powers of attorney

 

The powers of attorney are evidenced by fourteen (14) private deeds.

 

The appearing person declared:

 

Whereas

 

(a)      The Issuer entered into that certain warrant agreement, dated the twenty-ninth of February two thousand and eight (the ‘ Warrant Agreement ’) with the Warrantholders with respect to rights to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of the Issuer (the ‘ Warrants ’), each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01).

 

(b)     On the [ ] of May two thousand and ten the Issuer entered into a warrant exchange agreement (the ‘ Warrant Exchange Agreement ’) with the Warrantholders pursuant to which each of the Warrantholders contributes and transfers the Warrants in exchange for shares in the share capital of the Issuer, calculated in accordance with the Warrant Exchange Agreement.

 

(c)      Resolution to issue shares

 

On the [ ] two thousand and ten the board of managing directors of the Issuer, authorised to do so in accordance with the provisions of the articles of association of the Issuer resolved among other things:

 

(i)             to issue such number of shares in the capital of the Issuer, each with a nominal value of one cent (EUR 0.01), at par to the Warrantholders calculated in accordance with the Warrant Exchange Agreement and under the obligation to fulfil the payment obligation in kind as further described below; and furthermore

 

(ii)            to appoint one of its members, Guido Fransicus Xaverius Maria Nieuwenhuizen, born in Amsterdam on the twenty-third of August nineteen hundred and sixty-three, to determine the exact number of shares in the capital of the Issuer to be issued to each of the Warrantholders,

 

a copy of which resolution will be attached to this deed.

 

(d)     on the [*] two thousand and ten, the supervisory board approved, in accordance with article 4 paragraph 1 of the articles of association of the Issuer, the aforementioned resolutions of the management board of the Issuer , a copy of which resolution will be attached to this deed.

 

(e)      Pursuant to the power of attorney granted to him, G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen, aforementioned, acting in his capacity of holder of power of attorney, determined and resolved on [*] two thousand and ten to issue to the Warrantholders a total of five million six hundred fifty-six thousand eight hundred

 



 

seventy-two (5,656,872) shares in the capital of the Issuers, each with a nominal value of one cent (EUR 0.01) (the ‘ Exchange Shares ’) (the resolution of the management board of the Issuer to issue shares and the written resolution of G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen hereinafter together to be referred to as the ‘ Resolution ’).

 

A copy of the aforementioned resolution of G.F.X.M. Nieuwenhuizen will be attached to this deed.

 

(f)      Method of payment

 

The Exchange Shares are to be paid up other than in cash, as further described below.

 

The Warrantholders and the Issuer have agreed that to enable the Warrantholders to fulfil their obligation to pay-up the Exchange Shares, the Warrantholders contributed eight million eight hundred twenty-five thousand eighty-six (8,825,086) Warrants.

 

(g)     Pre-emption right

 

Article 6 of the articles of association of the Issuer provides that upon issue of shares the shareholders will not have pre-emption rights to the shares issued.

 

It is hereby agreed and confirmed as follows

 

Issue of Exchange Shares

 

Article 1.

 

To implement the Resolution and the Warrant Exchange Agreement, the Issuer herewith issues the Exchange Shares to the Warrantholders under the obligation to pay up on the Exchange Shares in the method mentioned above, as follows:

 

·       one million seven hundred twelve thousand nine hundred sixty-four (1,712,964) shares to TMG (the ‘ TMG Shares ’).

TMG herewith accepts the TMG Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       two million eight hundred twenty-eight thousand four hundred forty (2,828,440) shares to Medtronic (the ‘ Medtronic Shares ’).

Medtronic herewith accepts the Medtronic Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       five hundred nine thousand one hundred nineteen (509,119) shares to PJC Capital (the ‘ PJC Capital Shares ’).

PJC Capital herewith accepts the PJC Capital Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       fifty-six thousand five hundred sixty-eight (56,568) shares to PJC Merchant Banking (the ‘ PJC Merchant Banking Shares ’).

PJC Merchant Banking herewith accepts the PJC Merchant Banking Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       three hundred sixty-six thousand nine hundred thirty-two (366,932) shares to KCH (the ‘ KCH

 



 

Shares ’).

KCH herewith accepts the KCH Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       eighty-one thousand thirty (81,030) shares to Split Rock (the ‘ Split Rock Shares ’).

Split Rock herewith accepts the Split Rock Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       thirty-nine thousand four hundred forty-five (39,445) shares to Kohrs (the ‘ Kohrs Shares ’).

Kohrs herewith accepts the Kohrs Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       two thousand seven hundred fifty-one (2,751) shares to Doty (the ‘ Doty Shares ’).

Doty herewith accepts the Doty Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       four thousand five hundred eighty-six (4,586) shares to Epinette (the ‘ Epinette Shares ’).

Epinette herewith accepts the Epinette Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       six thousand eight hundred seventy-nine (6,879) shares to Barisano (the ‘ Barisano Shares ’).

Barisano herewith accepts the Barisano Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       thirty-nine thousand seven hundred fifty (39,750) shares to Richard Wallman and Amy Wallman jointly (the ‘ Wallman Shares ’).

Wallman herewith accepts the Wallman Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

·       eight thousand four hundred eight (8,408) shares to Ohashi (the ‘ Ohashi Shares ’).

Ohashi herewith accepts the Ohashi Shares under the obligation and terms referred to above.

 

Payment

 

Article 2

 

·       To fulfil its payment obligation TMG transferred and contributed to the Issuer two million six hundred seventy-two thousand three hundred thirty-two (2,672,332) Warrants (the ‘ TMG Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil its payment obligation Medtronic transferred and contributed to the Issuer four million four hundred twelve thousand five hundred forty-four (4,412,544) Warrants (the ‘ Medtronic Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil its payment obligation PJC Capital transferred and contributed to the Issuer seven hundred ninety-four thousand two hundred fifty-eight (794,258) Warrants (the ‘ PJC Capital Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil its payment obligation PJC Merchant Banking transferred and contributed to the Issuer eighty-eight thousand two hundred fifty-one (88,251) Warrants (the ‘ PJC Merchant Banking Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil its payment obligation KCH transferred and contributed to the Issuer five hundred seventy-two thousand four hundred thirty-eight (572,438) Warrants (the ‘ KCH Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil its payment obligation Split Rock transferred and contributed to the Issuer one hundred

 



 

twenty-six thousand four hundred thirteen (126,413) Warrants (the ‘ Split Rock Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil his payment obligation Kohrs transferred and contributed to the Issuer sixty-one thousand five hundred thirty-seven (61,537) Warrants (the ‘ Kohrs Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil her payment obligation Doty transferred and contributed to the Issuer four thousand two hundred ninety-three (4,293) Warrants (the ‘ Doty Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil his payment obligation Epinette transferred and contributed to the Issuer seven thousand one hundred fifty-five (7,155) Warrants (the ‘ Epinette Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil his payment obligation Barisano transferred and contributed to the Issuer ten thousand seven hundred thirty-three (10,733) Warrants (the ‘ Barisano Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil their payment obligation Richard Wallman and Amy Wallman acting jointly transferred and contributed to the Issuer sixty-two thousand fourteen (62,014) Warrants (the ‘ Wallman Contribution ’).

 

·       To fulfil his payment obligation Ohashi transferred and contributed to the Issuer thirteen thousand one hundred eighteen (13,118) Warrants (the ‘ Ohashi Contribution ’).

 

(the TMG Contribution, the Medtronic Contribution, the PJC Capital Contribution, the PJC Merchant Banking Contribution, the KCH Contribution, the Split Rock Contribution, the Kohrs Contribution, the Doty Contribution, the Epinette Contribution, the Barisano Contribution, the Wallman Contribution and the Ohashi Contribution hereinafter jointly to be referred to as the ‘ Contribution ’).

 

The Contribution is described in more detail in the description of what is to be contributed according to article 2:204b paragraph 1 Dutch Civil Code, attached to this deed (the ‘ Description ’).

 

The Description relates to the condition of the Contribution per the [*] two thousand and ten.

 

The Description is signed by all members of the managing directors of the Issuer.

 

An expert as defined in article 2:393 Dutch Civil Code has issued an opinion on the Description, as referred to in article 2:204b paragraph 2 Dutch Civil Code, stating that the value of the Contribution at least equals the amount of the payment obligation as referred to in the statement, being an amount of [*], which the Contribution needs to satisfy (the ‘ Auditor’s opinion ’).

 

To the extent the value of the Contribution exceeds the par value of the Shares, the surplus will be considered to be share premium ( agio ).

 

To the extent the actual value of the Contribution exceeds the value of the Contribution mentioned in the Description, the surplus will be considered share premium ( agio ).

 

Insofar further formalities need to be met to transfer the Contribution, the Warrant holders and the Issuer will undertake all necessary actions without delay to complete the transfer of the Contribution.

 



 

Approval of the transfer and acknowledgement

 

Article 3.

 

The board of managing directors of the Issuer and the Warrantholder Majority (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) have approved the transfer of the Warrants in accordance with clause 3.1 of the Warrant Agreement.

 

The Issuer hereby acknowledges the transfer of the Warrants.

 

Shareholders’ register

 

Article 4.

 

The Issuer declared to make the appropriate entry in the shareholders’ register concerning this issue.

 

Attached documents

 

Article 5.

 

Furthermore, to this deed will be attached:

 

·        the powers of attorney in connection with this deed;

 

·        the copy of the Warrant Exchange Agreement;

 

·        the Resolution;

 

·        the resolution of the supervisory board;

 

·        the Description; and

 

·        the Auditors’ opinion.

 

This deed was executed today in Amsterdam.

 

The substance of this deed was stated and explained to the appearing person.

 

The appearing person declared not to require a full reading of the deed, to have taken note of the contents of this deed and to consent to it.

 

Subsequently, this deed was read out in a limited form, and immediately thereafter signed by the appearing person and myself, civil-law notary, at

 

* * *

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

DEED OF TRANSFER

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

 

AND ISSUE OF DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS ( CERTIFICATEN )

 

 

TORNIER B.V.

 

 

 

Today,

 

, appeared before me,

 

Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam:

 

in the present matter acting as holder of a written power of attorney of:

 

in the present matter acting as holder of a written power of attorney of:

 

15.     the company incorporated and existing under the laws of Delaware, United States of America, PJC Capital LLC, having its address at MN 55402 Minneapolis, United States of America, 800 Nicollet Mall and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 4309235

(‘ PJC Capital ’);

 

16.     the company incorporated and existing under the laws of Delaware, United States of America, PJC Merchant Banking Partners I, LLC , having its address at MN 55402 Minneapolis, United States of America, 800 Nicollet Mall and filed at the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under number 4521380               

(‘ PJC Merchant Banking ’);

 

17.     Diane Doty , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered

 



 

partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Doty ’);

 

18.     Stephan Epinette , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Epinette ’);

 

19.     Ralph Barisano Jr ., residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Barisano ’);

 

20.     Amy Wallman , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Amy Wallman ’);

 

21.     Richard Frederick Wallman , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Richard Wallman ’);

 

22.     Kevin Ohashi , residing at [ ], born in [ ], on [ ], [married/registered partner/not married nor registered partner] and holder of an [ ] passport with number [ ]

(‘ Ohashi ’)

(PJC Capital , PJC Merchant Banking, Split Rock, Doty, Epinette, Barisano, Amy Wallman, Richard Wallman and Ohashi are hereinafter jointly referred to as the ‘ Transferors ’);

 

23.     the foundation ( stichting ) Stichting Administratiekantoor Tornier , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123 and filed in the Trade Register under number 34298214

(the ‘ Foundation ’);

 

24.     the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid Tornier B.V. , having its seat in Amsterdam, its address at 1076 EE Amsterdam, Fred. Roeskestraat 123, filed at the Trade Register under number 34250781 and with number B.V. 1383148

(the ‘ Company ’).

 

Powers of attorney

 

The powers of attorney are evidenced by eleven (11) private deeds, which will be attached to this deed.

 

The appearing person declared:

 

Whereas:

 

(h)     On the [ ] of May two thousand and ten the Company entered into a warrant exchange agreement (the ‘ Warrant Exchange Agreement ’) with the Transferors pursuant to which the Transferors

 



 

contributed and transferred warrants to the Company in exchange for shares in the share capital of the Company. Pursuant to the Warrant Exchange Agreement, the Transferors agreed to transfer these shares to the Foundation against the issue of corresponding depositary receipts.

 

(i)       The Transferors acquired six hundred twenty-eight thousand sixty-one (628,061) shares in the Company, each with a par value of one cent (EUR 0.01) (the “ Shares ”) by issue by deed executed on the date of this deed before Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam, as follows

 

·         five hundred nine thousand one hundred nineteen (509,119) shares by PJC Capital;

 

·         fifty-six thousand five hundred sixty-eight (56,568) shares by PJC Merchant Banking;

 

·         two thousand seven hundred fifty-one (2,751) shares by Doty;

 

·         four thousand five hundred eighty-six (4,586) shares by Epinette;

 

·         six thousand eight hundred seventy-nine (6,879) shares by Barisano;

 

·         thirty-nine thousand seven hundred fifty (39,750) shares by Richard Wallman and Amy Wallman acting jointly; and

 

·         eight thousand four hundred eight (8,408) shares by Ohashi.

 

It is hereby agreed and confirmed as follows

 

Transfer of shares for which depositary receipts ( certificaten ) are to be issued

 

Article 4.

 

Pursuant to the Warrant Exchange Agreement the Transferors hereby transfer to the Foundation and the Foundation accepts the Shares of the Transferors, in exchange for assignment of depositary receipts by the Foundation, of which depositary receipts the classification, the numbers and the nominal value are identical to those of the Shares.

 

Assignment of depositary receipts ( certificaten )

 

Article 5.

 

Hereby the Foundation assigns depositary receipts as follows:

 

five hundred nine thousand one hundred nineteen (509,119) depositary receipts to PJC Capital;

 

(j)       fifty-six thousand five hundred sixty-eight (56,568) depositary receipts to PJC Merchant Banking;

 

(k)      two thousand seven hundred fifty-one (2,751) depositary receipts to Doty;

 

(l)       four thousand five hundred eighty-six (4,586) depositary receipts to Epinette;

 

(m)     six thousand eight hundred seventy-nine (6,879) depositary receipts to Barisano;

 

(n)     thirty-nine thousand seven hundred fifty (39,750) depositary receipts to Richard Wallman and Amy Wallman jointly; and

 

(o)     eight thousand four hundred eight (8,408) depositary receipts to Ohashi.

 

The Transferors hereby accept the depositary receipts for the Shares described above.

 


 

Trust Conditions

 

Article 6.

 

The current assignment of depositary receipts for the Shares occurs under the terms and conditions as laid down in the notarial deed establishing the trust conditions executed on [*] before Paul Hubertus Nicolaas Quist, civil-law notary in Amsterdam, a copy of which is attached to this deed.

 

The Transferors declare that they have received a copy of the prevailing trust conditions of the Foundation and that they have taken note of the contents thereof and that they consent thereto.

 

The Foundation and the Transferors acknowledge that the trust conditions constitute an integral part of the agreement concerning the issue of depositary receipts.

 

The Transferors acknowledges that the assignment of the depositary receipts has been done without the concurrence of the Company and hereby waive any right conferred to them by law in the event that it should be established nonetheless that such took place with the Company’s concurrence.

 

Provision restricting the free transferability of shares

 

Article 7.

 

The board of managing directors of the Company has resolved on the [*] two thousand and ten outside a formal meeting to grant its approval required by the articles of association for the present transfer.

 

Acknowledgement

 

Article 8.

 

The Company declared that it acknowledges the transfer of the Shares and that it will make the appropriate entry in the shareholders’ register.

 

Register of the holders of depositary receipts ( certificaathoudersregister )

 

Article 9.

 

The Foundation declared that it will make an appropriate entry of the issue of depositary receipts for shares in the register of the Holders of depositary receipts.

 

Attached documents

 

Article 10.

 

Furthermore, to this deed will be attached:

 

·                       the powers of attorney in connection with this deed;

 

·                       the copy of the Warrant Exchange Agreement;

 

·                       the Management Board resolution evidencing the decisions indicated in this deed;

 

This deed was executed today in Amsterdam.

 

The substance of this deed was stated and explained to the appearing person.

 



 

The appearing person declared not to require a full reading of the deed, to have taken note of the contents of this deed and to consent to it.

 

Subsequently, this deed was read out in a limited form, and immediately thereafter signed by the appearing person and myself, civil-law notary, at

 

* * *

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Power of Attorney

 

May,      2010

 

THE UNDERSIGNED:

 

[For Non-individual Warrantholders]

 

                                                                       a company incorporated and existing under the laws of                                   , having its registered address at                                                                                 , which is validly being represented by:

 

first name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

surname:

 

 

 

 

 

date of birth:

 

 

 

(day, month and year)

 

 

 

 

place of birth:

 

 

 

(city, state/province, country)

 

 

 

 

[For Individual Warrantholders]

 

 

 

 

first name(s):

 

 

 

 

 

surname:

 

 

 

 

 

date of birth:

 

 

 

(day, month and year)

 

 

 

 

place of birth:

 

 

 

(city, state/province, country)

 

 

 

 

married/not married (please strike out which is not applicable)

 

 

 

 

passport with number:

 

 

 

 

 

nationality:

 

 

 

[For All Warrantholders]

 

WHEREAS:

 

The undersigned wishes to contribute and transfer all of its Rights and Warrants (as defined in the Warrant Exchange Agreement) to Tornier B.V. a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, having its

 



 

corporate seat in Amsterdam, the Netherlands (the “ Issuer ”) in exchange for a number of shares in the Issuer (the “ Exchange Shares ”) calculated in accordance with the warrant exchange agreement (the “ Warrant Exchange Agreement ”) entered into by the undersigned, the Issuer, and the Stichting Adminstratiekantoor Tornier, a foundation organized under the laws of the Netherlands (“ STAK ”).

 

[For Warrantholders who will transfer their shares to STAK]

 

Immediately after the undersigned acquires the Exchange Shares, it wishes to transfer the Exchange Shares to the STAK against the issue of corresponding depositary receipts for those Exchange Shares.

 

[For all Warrantholders except as indicated]

 

DECLARES:

 

to grant a power of attorney to each civil-law notary, prospective civil-law notary and notarial paralegal, of Stibbe N.V. in Amsterdam to:

 

(A)                              cooperate on behalf of the undersigned to execute the notarial deed of issue of the Exchange Shares, in accordance with the form attached to the Warrant Exchange Agreement as Exhibit A;

 

(B)                                [For Warrantholders who will transfer their shares to STAK] cooperate on behalf of the undersigned to execute the notarial deed of transfer of the Exchange Shares to the STAK in exchange for the same number of corresponding depositary receipts in accordance with the form attached to the Warrant Exchange Agreement as Exhibit B;

 

(C)                                to undertake all other acts the holder of this power of attorney deems necessary in relation with the present issue [and transfer] [ for Warrantholders who will transfer their shares to STAK ] of the Exchange Shares,

 

[For all Warrantholders]

 

CONDITIONS:

 

(p)                                 The holder of this power of attorney is authorised to grant this power of attorney to another person.

 

(q)                                 The undersigned shall not make any claim against the holder of the power of attorney in respect of any act that is done by the holder of the power of attorney in such capacity under and according to this power of attorney.

 

(r)                                    The undersigned shall indemnify and hold the holder of the power of attorney harmless against any claims, actions or proceedings made against the holder of the power of attorney and against any damages, costs and expenses that the holder of the power of attorney may suffer or incur as a result of or in connection with any act that is done by the holder of the power of attorney in such capacity and under and according to this power of attorney.

 

(s)                                  The undersigned declares that this power of attorney also applies in situations where the holder of the power of attorney also acts as a counterparty of the undersigned or as a representative of a counterparty of the undersigned ( Selbsteintritt ).

 



 

(t)                                    This power of attorney is being granted and being irrevocable for a period of six months from the date hereof after which time it shall cease to exist.

 

(u)                                 This power of attorney is being governed by and to be construed in accordance with the laws of the Netherlands.

 

This power of attorney has been signed on the date first above written.

 

[For Individual Warrantholders]

 

[[For Non-individual Warrantholders]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

(print name)

 

 

(print name)

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Please have this power of attorney legalized or, for U.S. domiciled Warrantholders, notarized by a notary public as follows:

 

STATE OF

)

 

 

) ss.

 

COUNTY OF

)

 

 

[For Individual Warrantholders] within and for this state and county above

 

On this          day of                             , 2010, before me, a Notary Public within and for this state and county above, personally appeared                                              [ name ], to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing Power of Attorney and acknowledged that he executed the same at his free act and deed and did dispose on oath before me that he is of the age of majority.

 

[For Non-individual Warrantholders]

 

On this          day of                             , 2010, before me, a Notary Public within and for this state and county above appeared                                                    [ name ], to me personally known, who, being by me duly sworn, did say that he is the                                                                        [ title ] of                                                                          [ company name ], a                                      [ state or country ]                                                                        [ corporate entity ] (the “ Company ”), and that the foregoing Power of Attorney was signed on behalf of the Company, by authority of its                                              [ Board of Directors etc. ] and said                                                      [ title ] acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of the Company.

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my official seal in the County and State aforesaid, and the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

My Commission Expires:

 

* * *

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF EXCHANGING WARRANTHOLDER AUTHORITY DECLARATION

 

[Letterhead]

 

[May         , 2010]

 

Stibbe N.V.
Stibbetoren
Strawinskylaan 2001
1077 ZZ  Amsterdam
The Netherlands
Attn: Paul Quist, Civil Law Notary

 

Re:          Issuance of shares by Tornier B.V.

 

Dear Mr. Quist:

 

I am an attorney admitted to practice under the laws of [the state of               , United States of America].  In connection with the issue of shares by the company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Tornier B.V., I hereby confirm that:

 

1.             [Name of entity Exchanging Warrantholder], having its address at [address, city, state, zip code, United States of America] (the “Company”), is a [corporation/limited liability company/limited partnership] duly organized and validly existing under the laws of [the state of               , United States of America]; and

 

2.             the Power of Attorney, of which a photocopy is attached hereto, has been signed by [name of signing officer of the Company], the Company’s [title], who is duly authorized to sign such Power of Attorney on behalf of the Company.

 

 

Sincerely

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Attorney]

 

* * *

 




Exhibit 10.27

 

·       LANDLORD:   SEAMUS GEANEY

 

·       TENANT:

·       TORNIER ORTHOPEDICS IRELAND LIMITED

 

·       GUARANTOR:

 

·       LEASE

 

·       of -

·       Industrial Building at Hartnett’s Cross

·       Macroom, Co. Cork     -

 

·       Term:                       20 years from 1st day of December 2008

·       Rent Reviews:        Every 5 Years

·       Initial Rent:             €330,000.00 p.a. exclusive (subject to review)

 

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·       Ahern Roberts O’Rourke Williams & Partners

·       Solicitors

·       The Old Rectory

·       Carrigaline

·       Co. Cork

·       Ref: GR/90496

 

1



 

·       CONTENTS

·       PARTIES

1.              Definitions

2.              Interpretation

3.              Demise and Rents

4.              Tenant’s Covenants

·       4.1            Rents

·       4.2            Interest on arrears

·       4.3            Outgoings

·       4.4            Repairs

·       4.5            Decorations

·       4.6            Cleaning and maintenance

·       4.7            Yielding Up

·       4.8            Tenant’s fixtures and effects

·       4.9            Rights of entry by Landlord

·       4.10          Compliance with Notices

·       4.11          Operation of the Demised Premises

·       4.12          User

·       4.13          Alterations

·       4.14          Alienation

·       4.15          Registration of dispositions

·       4.16          Landlord’s expenses

·       4.17          Statutory requirements

·       4.18          Encroachments and easements

·       4.19          Reletting and planning application notices

·       4.20          Indemnity

·       4.21          Landlord’s regulations

·       4.22          Stamp duty and Value Added Tax

·       4.23          Insurance

4.24          Electro Magnetic Compatibility

4.25          Fire & Safety

4.26          Compliance with Head Leases

4.27          Registration of Company

5               Landlord’s Covenants

·       5.1            Quiet enjoyment

·       5.2            Exercise of rights

·       5.3            Provision of services

·       5.4            Insurance

1.      Guarantor’s Covenants

·       6.1            Covenant and indemnity

·       6.2            Joint and several liability

·       6.3            Waiver

·       6.4            Postponement of claims

·       6.5            Postponement of participation

·       6.6            Release

·       6.7            Disclaimer or forfeiture

·       6.8            Benefit of guarantee

·       6.9            Jurisdiction

·       6.10          Registration of company

7               Provisos

·       7.1            Forfeiture

·       7.2            No implied easements

·       7.3            Exclusion of warranty

·       7.4            Representations

·       7.5            Not in use

·       7.6            Failure by Landlord to provide services

·       7.7            Exclusion of Landlord’s liability

 

2



 

·       7.8            Covenants relating to Adjoining Property

·       7.9            Effect of waiver

·       7.10          Applicable law

·       7.11          Notices

·       7.12          Termination by Tenant

8.           Service Charge

9.           Revenue Certificates

10.         Section 29 Companies Act, 1990

 

·       First Schedule (Estate)

·       Second Schedule (Demised Premises)

·       Third Schedule (Ancillary Rights)

·       Fourth Schedule (Exceptions and Reservations)

·       Fifth Schedule (Rent Reviews)

·       Sixth Schedule (Service Charge Expenditure)

·       Seventh Schedule (Schedule of Condition)

·       Execution Clauses

 

3



 

·       THIS LEASE made the    day of                      2008

·

·       BETWEEN

·

 

LANDLORD:

 

SEAMUS GEANEY

of Terrysland Carrigtwohill in the County of Cork

 

·       TENANT:

·

 

TORNIER ORTHOPEDICS LIMITED

having its registered office at 90 South Mall, Cork

 

GUARANTOR:

 

having its registered office at

 

·       WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1.      DEFINITIONS

 

In this Lease, unless the context otherwise requires,

 

1,1            “Adjoining Property” means any land and buildings adjoining or neighbouring the Demised Premises;

 

1.2            “Best Endeavours” means with respect to a given goal, the best endeavours a competent person in the position of the Covenantor would use so as to achieve that goal as expeditiously as possible”.

 

1.3            “Buildings” means the Buildings now constructed or to be constructed within the Perpetuity Period in the Estate which the Landlord intends to let or otherwise dispose of in whole or in part provided that for the purposes of Clause 5.4 herein, reference to the Building in so far as it includes the Demised Premises shall exclude (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Landlord and the Tenant) all additions, alterations and improvements made to the Demised Premises by the Tenant;

 

1.4            “Building Control Act” means the Building Control Act 1990;

 

1.5            “Common Parts” means those parts of the Estate not let or occupied and which are not intended by the Landlord or designed to be let or occupied other than the Buildings.

 

1.6            “Conduits” means all sewers, drains, soakaways, pipes, gullies, gutters, ducts, mains, watercourses, channels, subways, wires, cables, shafts, flues and other transmission or conducting media and installations (including all fixings, covers, cowls, louvres and other ancillary apparatus) of whatsoever nature or kind or any of them;

 

1.7            “Decorate” means paint (with at least two coats of good quality paint), polish, repaper or otherwise treat as appropriate all surfaces usually or requiring to be so treated and includes preparation of such surfaces by stripping off, stopping, priming or otherwise, as necessary, washing down washable surfaces, treatment with suitable preservative and restoration,

 

4



 

pointing and making good stonework, brickwork, stucco, concrete and other surfaces;

 

1.8            “Decoration Years” means the year ending 30th September 2010 and thereafter in every subsequent 3rd year of the Term;

 

1.9            “Demised Premises” means, save as provided in clause 5.4.7, the premises demised by this Lease and more particularly described in the Second Schedule;

 

1.10          “The Estate” means the property edged in blue on the Plan and any future extension thereto and more particularly described in the First Schedule.

 

1.11          “Guarantor” means the party or parties named as “Guarantor” at the commencement of this Lease and includes the successors in title of the Guarantor and, in the case of an individual, includes his personal representatives;

 

1.12         “Head Leases” means the various leases under which the Landlord holds part of the Demised Premises as listed in the Eighth Schedule hereto.

 

1.13          “Initial Rent” means Three Hundred and thirty Thousand Euro per annum;

 

1.14          “Insured Risks” means, subject always to such insurance as may ordinarily and reasonably be available to the Landlord and to such exclusions, excesses and limitations as may be imposed by the Landlord’s insurers for the time being in respect of any or all of the following risks:

 

1.      fire (including subterranean fire), storm, tempest, flood, earthquake, lightning, explosion, impact by any road vehicle, aircraft and other aerial devices and articles dropped therefrom, riot, civil commotion and malicious damage, bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes and such other risks as the Landlord may in its absolute discretion acting reasonably and in the interest of good estate management from time to time determine;

 

1.15          “Landlord” means the party or parties named as “Landlord” at the commencement of this Lease and includes the person for the time being entitled to the reversion immediately expectant on the determination of the Term;

 

1.16          “this Lease ” includes the Schedules and any document which is made supplemental hereto or which is entered into pursuant to or in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

1.17          “Lettable Areas” means those parts of the Estate (including the Demised Premises) leased or intended to be leased to occupational tenants;

 

1.18          “Outgoings” means all rates, taxes and charges (including emergency service charges) of any description (whether or not of a capital or non-recurring nature) which may at any time during the Term be payable in respect of the Demised Premises and the Utilities enjoyed in connection therewith INCLUDING any insurance excesses or other sums not recoverable by the Landlord (unless due to its neglect or default) but

 

5



 

EXCLUDING any tax payable by the Landlord upon the rents herein reserved or occasioned by any disposition of or dealing with the reversion on this Lease;

 

1.19          “Permitted User” means Industrial and manufacturing.

 

1.20          “the Perpetuity Period” means the period of 21 years from the date of this Lease;

 

1.21          “Plan” means the plan(s) and drawing(s) numbered Ce07-216-03-LM-001 Rev. 1 annexed to this Lease;

 

1.22          “Planning Acts” means the Planning and Development Acts 2000 - 2006;

 

1.23          “Plant” means any lifts, lift machinery, central heating and air conditioning systems, sprinkler system, boilers and other electrical and mechanical machinery, equipment and apparatus of whatsoever nature or kind and wherever installed in the Building;

 

1.24          “Prescribed Rate” means the rate per centum per month which exceeds by one half per centum per month the monthly rate of interest for the time being chargeable under Section 550 of the Income Tax Act 1967 (or such other monthly rate of interest as may from time to time be chargeable upon arrears of income tax) or, as the Landlord may from time to time elect, the rate of 18 per centum per annum;

 

1.25          “Quarterly Gale Days ” means the first day of January, first day of April, first day of July and first day of October in every year of the Term.

 

1.26          “Rent Commencement Date” means the 1st day of December 2008

 

1.27          “Retained Parts ” means all parts of the Estate which do not comprise Lettable Areas, including, but not limited to:

 

1.27.1       the Common Parts;

 

1.27.2       office and residential or other accommodation which may from time to time be reserved in the Estate for staff;

 

1.27.3       any parts of the Estate reserved by the Landlord for the housing of plant or otherwise in connection with or required for the provision of services;

 

1.27.4       all Conduits in, upon, over, under or within and exclusively serving the Estate except any that form part of the Lettable Areas;

 

1.27.5       the main structure of the Buildings and, in particular, but not by way of limitation, the roof, foundations, external walls, internal load bearing walls and the structural parts of the roof ceilings and floors, all party structures, boundary walls, railings and fences and all exterior parts of the Buildings and all roads, pavements, pavement lights and car parking areas (if any) within the curtilage of the Building;

 

1.28          “Service Charge” means the proportion of the Expenditure as defined in Clause 8 attributable to the Demised premises being that portion which the footprint area of the Demised Premises bears to the aggregate

 

6



 

footprint area of the Demised Premises and other Lettable buildings constructed in the Estate;

 

1.28          “Service Charge Commencement Date” means 1st day of December 2008;

 

1.29          “Surveyor” means any person appointed by the Landlord (including an employee of the Landlord and the person appointed by the Landlord to collect the rents and manage the Building) to perform the function of a surveyor for any purpose of this Lease and who shall act in a professional and independent manner;

 

1.30          “Tenant” means the party or parties named as “Tenant” at the commencement of this Lease and includes the person entitled for the time being to the Tenant’s interest created by this Lease;

 

·

 

1.31          “Term” means 20 Years;

 

·

 

1.32          “Term Commencement Date” means the 1st day of December 2008.

 

1.33          “Utilities” means water, soil, steam, air, gas, electricity; radio, television, telegraphic, telephonic and other communications, and other services of whatsoever nature;

 

1.34          VAT Act” means Finance Act 2003 – 2007 and all amending legislation.

 

1.35          “the 1860 Act” and “the 1881 Act” mean respectively the Landlord and Tenant Law Amendment Act, Ireland, 1860 and the Conveyancing Act, 1881.

 

2.              INTERPRETATION

 

2.1            Where two or more persons are included in the expression “the Landlord”, “the Tenant” or “the Guarantor”, such expressions include all or either or any of such persons and the covenants which are expressed to be made by the Landlord, the Tenant or the Guarantor shall be deemed to be made by or with such persons jointly and severally.

 

2.2            Unless the context otherwise requires-

 

2.2.1         words importing a person include any unincorporated association or corporate body and vice versa;

 

2.2.2         any reference to the masculine gender includes reference to the feminine gender and any reference to the neuter gender includes the masculine and feminine genders;

 

2.2.3         any reference to the singular includes reference to the plural.

 

2.3            Any covenant by the Tenant not to do any act or thing includes an obligation not to permit or suffer such act or thing to be done and to use best endeavours to prevent such act or thing being done by another person.

 

2.4            References to any right of the Landlord to have access to or entry upon the Demised Premises shall be construed as extending to all persons

 

7



 

authorised by the Landlord, including agents, professional advisers, prospective purchasers of any interest of the Landlord in the Demised Premises or in the Adjoining Property, contractors, workmen and others.

 

2.5            Any reference to a statute (whether specifically named or not) or to any sections or sub-sections therein includes any amendments or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and all statutory instruments, orders, notices, regulations, directions, bye-laws, certificates, permissions and plans for the time being made, issued or given thereunder or deriving validity therefrom.

 

2.6            Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction or interpretation of this Lease.

 

2.7            Any reference to a clause, sub-clause or schedule means a clause, sub-clause or schedule of this Lease.

 

2.8            Wherever in this Lease either party is granted a future interest in property there shall be deemed to be included in respect of every such grant a provision requiring that future interest to vest within the Perpetuity Period.

 

2.9            If any term or provision in this Lease is held to be illegal or unenforceable in whole or in part, such term shall be deemed not to form part of this Lease but the enforceability of the remainder of this Lease is not affected.

 

3       DEMISE AND RENTS

 

THE Landlord in consideration of the rents herein reserved (including the increases thereof which may arise as hereinafter provided) and the covenants on the part of the Tenant hereinafter contained HEREBY DEMISES unto the Tenant the Demised Premises TOGETHER WITH the ancillary rights and easements specified in the Third Schedule but EXCEPTING AND RESERVING the rights and easements specified in the Fourth Schedule TO HOLD the Demised Premises unto the Tenant from and including the Term Commencement Date for the Term SUBJECT TO all rights, easements, privileges, covenants, restrictions and stipulations of whatsoever nature affecting the Demised Premises YIELDING AND PAYING unto the Landlord during the Term:

 

3.1            Yearly and proportionately for any fraction of a year the Initial Rent and, from and including each Review Date (as defined in the Fifth Schedule), such yearly rent as becomes payable under the Fifth Schedule, and in every case the same is to be paid in the manner notified from time to time by the Landlord by equal quarterly payments in advance on the Quarterly Gale Days;

 

3.2            a percentage or due proportion (equivalent to the same percentage or due proportion of the Expenditure which is used to determine the Service Charge) of all sums (including the cost of periodic valuations for insurances purposes which shall be carried out no more than once every two years) which the Landlord may from time to time pay for insuring the Estate against the Insured Risks and other matters referred to in Clause 5.4 all such sums to be paid on demand;

 

3.3            the Service Charge to be paid within 14 days of demand in accordance with Clause 8.

 

8



 

3.4            Any other sum recoverable by the Landlord as costs or expenses under this Lease, the same to be paid on demand.

 

4       TENANT’S COVENANTS

 

The Tenant throughout the Term HEREBY COVENANTS with the Landlord as follows:

 

4.1            Rents .

 

To pay the rents in the manner specified in clause 3 (save for the first payments which shall be made on the execution of this Lease) and without any deduction, set-off or counterclaim whatsoever.

 

4.2            Interest on arrears

 

Without prejudice to any other right, remedy or power herein contained or otherwise available to the Landlord, if any of the rents (whether formally demanded or not) or other sums specified in clause 3 remain unpaid for more than fourteen days after the date when payment was due, to pay interest thereon at the Prescribed Rate from and including the date on which payment was due to the date of payment to the Landlord (both before and after any judgment).

 

4.3            Outgoings

 

To pay and indemnify the Landlord against all Outgoings.

 

4.4            Repairs

 

4.4.1         To keep in good and substantial repair and condition the Demised Premises given the current state and condition of the Demised Premises as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition annexed hereto, and as often as may be necessary, to rebuild, reinstate or replace the Demised Premises;

 

PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT

 

(i)             The Tenant shall not be liable under this Lease to repair or keep the Demised Premises in a better state of repair and condition than is evidenced by the Schedule of Condition annexed to this Lease;

 

(ii)            The Tenant shall not be liable under this Lease in respect of any repair or disrepair occasioned by fair wear and tear to the Demised Premises or any Landlord fixtures or fittings;

 

(iii)           The Tenants liability does not extend to damage in respect of which the Landlord is indemnified under a policy of insurance effected under clause 5.4.1.1 or to damage in respect of which the Landlord has no entitlement through his own default and, if the damage caused by any of the Insured Risks would otherwise give rise to a right to surrender this Lease under the provisions of Section 40 of the 1860 Act or otherwise, the Tenant hereby absolutely abandons such right ;

 

9



 

(iv)_         The Tenant shall not be liable to repair or remedy damage in respect of which the Landlord is obliged to make good and/or remedy in accordance with any of the provisions of this Lease; including Clause 5.4;

 

(v)            Nothing in this Lease shall oblige the Tenant to remedy a latent defect or any want of repair attributable to such latent defect or inherent defect.  WHERE “latent defect” or “inherent defect” means: any defect in the demised premises or in anything installed in or on the Demised Premises attributable to defective design, defective workmanship or materials, defective supervision, of the construction of or the installation of anything in or on the Demised Premises, or defective preparation of the site on which the Demised Premises is constructed but (without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (i) of this proviso) does not include any defect that might reasonably be expected to have been apparent to an appropriate competent professional person on a visual inspection of the Demised Premises carried out before the grant of this Lease.

 

4.5            Decorations

 

In every Decoration Year as necessary and also during the last six months of the Term (whether determined by effluxion of time or otherwise) to Decorate in a good and workmanlike manner, using good quality materials, all parts of the Demised Premises requiring decoration in colours to be approved in writing by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

4.6            Cleaning and maintenance

 

4.6.1         To keep all parts of the Demised Premises clean and tidy;

 

4.6.2         To clean properly at least once in every quarter all windows and window frames and all other glass forming part of the Demised Premises;

 

4.6.1         To keep those parts that are not built upon properly surfaced and free from weeds;

 

4.6.2         To keep all landscaped areas within the Demised Premises properly cultivated and maintained to their current high standard, preserving any trees or shrubs in those areas.

 

4.7           Yielding up

 

At the expiration or sooner determination of the Term to yield up the Demised Premises having-

 

4.7.1         complied with all the Tenant’s covenants contained in this Lease, and

 

4.7.1         removed any moulding, sign, writing or painting of the name or business of the Tenant or occupiers, and

 

4.7.2         if so required by the Landlord, but not otherwise, removed all alterations or additions made to the Demised Premises by the Tenant, together with any Tenant’s fixtures, fittings, furniture and effects, and restored the Demised Premises to their original prevailing condition.

 

PROVIDED THAT the Tenant shall not be obliged to remove floor screeds wall and ceiling finishes.

 

10


 

4.8           Tenant’s fixtures and effects

 

4.8.1         The Tenant irrevocably appoints the Landlord to be the Tenant’s agent to store or dispose of (subject to any conditions which the Landlord thinks fit) any fixtures, fittings, furniture and effects left by the Tenant on the Demised Premises for more than seven days after the expiry or sooner determination of the Term;

 

4.8.2         In acting under clause 4.8.1 the Landlord is not liable to the Tenant save having to account for the net proceeds of sale less the cost of storage (if any) and any other expenses reasonably incurred by the Landlord.

 

4.9           Rights of entry by Landlord

 

To permit the Landlord with all necessary materials and appliances at all reasonable times upon reasonable prior notice (except in cases of emergency) to enter and remain upon the Demised Premises for any of the following purposes:

 

4.9.1         to view and examine the state and condition of the Demised Premises and to take schedules or inventories of the Landlord’s fixtures and fittings;

 

4.9.2         to exercise any of the rights excepted and reserved by, and to carry out any obligations arising under, this Lease;

 

4.9.3         for any other purpose connected with the interest of the Landlord in the Demised Premises, including, but not limited to, valuing or disposing of the said interest.

 

4.10         Compliance with notices

 

Upon written notice being given by the Landlord to the Tenant of any breach of covenant, and provided such breach is not minor or trivial in nature,-

 

4.10.1       to make good and remedy within sixty days of such notice, or sooner if required in the notice, the breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord;

 

4.10.2       if the Tenant fails within twenty-one days of such notice, or as soon as reasonably possible in the case of an emergency, to commence and then diligently and expeditiously to continue to comply with such notice, to permit the Landlord to enter the Demised Premises and carry out all or any of the works or other steps necessary for compliance with the notice;

 

4.10.3       to pay all reasonable and vouched costs and expenses thereby incurred to the Landlord on demand.

 

11



 

4.11         Operation of the Demised Premises

 

4.11.1       Not to engage in any activity in or on the Demised Premises which may result in-

 

4.11.1.1            a material increase in the risk of one or more of the Insured Risks happening or of contamination, pollution, or overloading in, on or to the Buildings, the Estate or the Demised Premises;

 

4.11.1.2            the creation of any actionable nuisance, annoyance or disturbance affecting the enjoyment of the Buildings, the Estate or the Adjoining Property or the value or character of the Demised Premises;

 

4.11.1.3            the obstruction of or interference with the ancillary rights specified in the Third Schedule or with the rights of owners and occupiers of the Estate or of the Adjoining Property;

 

4.11.1.4            the interference with or malfunctioning of any fire and safety equipment or appliances installed in the Estate or the Demised Premises;

 

4.11.1.5            the Landlord incurring liability or expense under any statutory provision;

 

4.11.1.6            Not to erect, place or display on the exterior or on the windows of the Demised Premises any sign or other item whatsoever without obtaining the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

4.12         User

 

4.12.1       Not without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to use the Demised Premises except for the Permitted User nor to make any application for planning permission or a fire and safety certificate in regard to any change of user or other development relating to the Demised Premises without first giving notice in writing to the Landlord of the intention to make such application;

 

4.12.2       Not to leave the Demised Premises continuously unoccupied (other than for normal holiday periods) without notifying the Landlord;

 

4.12.3       To provide the Landlord with the name, address and home telephone number of at least two authorised key holders for the time being of the Demised Premises and to notify the Landlord of any changes in the persons so authorised as keyholders of the Demised Premises;

 

4.12.4       Not to use the Demised Premises for any public or political meeting, public exhibition or public entertainment, show or spectacle of any kind, nor for any dangerous, noisy, noxious or offensive trade, business or occupation whatsoever, nor for any illegal or immoral purpose, nor for residential or sleeping purposes;

 

4.12.5       Not to use the Demised Premises or any part thereof for gambling, betting, gaming or wagering, or as a betting office, or as a club, or for the sale of beer, wines and spirits, nor to hold any auction on the Demised Premises.

 

12



 

4.13         Alterations

 

4.13.1       Not to erect any new building or structure or to engage in any works on, or to make any addition or alteration to, the Demised Premises of such a kind that the Demised Premises lose their original identity;

 

4.13.2       Not to make any other addition or alteration to the Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) save non structural internal alterations;

 

4.13.3       The Landlord may, as a condition of giving consent under the immediately preceding sub-clause, require the Tenant to enter into covenants or undertakings as to the carrying out and insurance of the additions or alterations to the Demised Premises and as to their reinstatement to their original state at the expiration or sooner determination of the Term;

 

4.13.4       In respect of such additions or alterations, to comply in all respects with the provisions, as appropriate, of the Planning Acts and the Building Control Act and to carry out any related works in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the Landlord;

 

4.13.5       In the case of any such works requiring a planning permission or a Fire Safety Certificate the Tenant shall furnish an Opinion on Compliance with planning permissions or Building Regulations (as appropriate) in respect of such works from an architect or engineer together with copies of the Fire Safety Certificate, Commencement Notice and ‘as built’ drawings following completion of the works

 

4.14         Alienation

 

4.14.1       Not to assign, sub-let, part with or share the possession of the entirety of the Demised Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

4.14.2       Not under any circumstances to assign, sub-let, part with or share the possession of or otherwise alienate a part of the Demised Premises;

 

4.14.3       The Tenant in seeking consent to any proposed alienation shall apply in writing to the Landlord and shall provide all information concerning the alienation as the Landlord may reasonably require;

 

4.14.4       In granting consent to any such proposed alienation the Landlord may impose such conditions as are reasonable in all the circumstances.

 

4.14.5     It shall be reasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent if the proposed assignment, transfer, charge, underletting or parting with or sharing the possession of the Premises or the sufferance of any person to occupy the Premises or any part thereof as a licensee or concessionaire will or could give rise to a VAT liability for the Landlord, provided that it shall not be reasonable for the Landlord soley on that basis to withhold consent to such proposed assignment, transfer, charge, underletting or parting with or sharing the possession of the Premises or the sufferance of any person to

 

13



 

occupy the Premises or any part thereof as a licensee or concessionaire, where;

 

4.14.5.1             The Tenant pays to the Landlord the full amount of any irrecoverable VAT which will be incurred by the Landlord as a result thereof, and

 

4.14.5.2             The Tenant or some other party satisfactory to the Landlord indemnifies the Landlord in a form satisfactory to the Landlord (acting reasonably) against:-

 

4.14.5.2.1                 all future VAT which the Landlord will or may incur as a result of such assignment, transfer, subletting or partying with possession of the Premises or the sufferance of any person to occupy the Premises or any part thereof as a licensee or concessionaire.

 

4.14.5.2.2                 all future VAT which the Landlord will or may incur as a result of any use to which the Premises may be put during the Term; and/or

 

4.14.5.2.3                 all future VAT which the Landlord will or may incur as a result of the business activities of the assignee or other person driving title from the Tenant insofar as they affect directly or indirectly the Landlord’s liability to recover VAT in respect of the Premises.

 

4.15         Registration of dispositions

 

To furnish to the Landlord or its solicitors within twenty-one days of the alienation a certified copy of the deed or other instrument evidencing or effecting any alienation of or relating to the Demised Premises.

 

4.16         Landlord’s expenses

 

To pay and indemnify the Landlord against all reasonable costs and expenses properly incurred by the Landlord in relation to:

 

4.16.1       the preparation and service of any notice and of any proceedings under the 1860 Act or the 1881 Act;

 

4.16.2       the preparation and service of any notice and schedule relating to disrepair;

 

4.16.3       the recovery or attempted recovery of arrears of rent or other sums payable under this Lease;

 

4.16.4       procuring the remedying of any material breach of covenant by the Tenant;

 

4.16.5       any application for consent required under the terms of this Lease (whether such consent is granted or not);

 

4.16.6       any other action taken at the request of the Tenant.

 

14



 

4.17         Statutory requirements

 

4.17.1    At the Tenant’s own expense, to comply in all respects in relation to the Demised Premises with-

 

4.17.1.1            all obligations and requirements arising from or under any statutory provision or imposed under powers conferred on any authority or court of competent jurisdiction;

 

4.17.1.2            any reasonable demand by the Landlord for production of plans, documents and other evidence which the Landlord may require in order to satisfy itself that the provisions of this clause have been or will be complied with.

 

4.17.2    Upon receipt of any notice or order relating to the Demised Premises or the occupier thereof or of any proposal for the same served or given under the Planning Acts, the Building Control Act or any other statutory provisions, forthwith-

 

4.17.2.1            to furnish the Landlord with a true copy thereof and any further particulars required by the Landlord;

 

4.17.2.2            to take all necessary steps to comply with the notice or order in compliance with the Tenants obligations under this Lease only and for the avoidance of doubt the tenant shall not be obliged to rectify any breach of the Planning Acts or Building Regulations which occurred as a result of works to the Demised Premises prior to the commencement of the Term;

 

4.17.2.3            at the written request of the Landlord but at no cost to the Tenant, to make or join with the Landlord in making such objection or representation against or in respect of any such notice, order or proposal as the Landlord may reasonably require.

 

4.18         Encroachments and easements

 

4.18.1    Not to stop up, darken or obstruct any window, rights of light or rights of ways belonging to the Demised Premises, save as may be consequent on permitted signage or alterations;

 

4.18.2    Not to permit any new easement, encroachment, or any other third party rights to be made or enjoyed over or in respect of the Demised Premises or to acknowledge their existence or to grant any such rights;

 

4.18.3    As soon as the Tenant is aware of any attempt to claim or exercise such third party rights, forthwith to give written notice thereof to the Landlord and, at the request of the Landlord, to take such steps as may be reasonably required by the Landlord to prevent their acquisition or otherwise deal with them.

 

4.19         Reletting and planning application notices

 

To permit the Landlord at all reasonable times during the last six months of the Term to enter upon the Demised Premises and affix and retain without interference upon any suitable parts of the Demised Premises (but not so as materially to affect the access of light and air to the Demised Premises) notices of reletting the same and, as appropriate, any site notice relating to a planning application and to permit all persons

 

15



 

with the written authority of the Landlord or its agent to view the Demised Premises at all reasonable hours in the daytime, upon prior notice having been given.

 

4.20           Indemnity

 

4.20.1     To keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, losses, costs, expenses, damages and liability arising directly or indirectly from-

 

4.20.1.1         breach by the Tenant of any of the provisions of this Lease;

 

4.20.1.2         the use of or works carried out on or to the Demised Premises during the Term;

 

4.20.1.3         any act, neglect or default by the Tenant or any person on the Demised Premises with its actual or implied authority.

 

4.20.2     To effect and keep in force such public liability, employer’s liability and other policies of insurance (to the extent that such insurance cover is available) as may be necessary to cover the Tenant against any claim arising under the preceding sub-clause and to extend such policy or policies so that the Landlord is indemnified by the insurers in the same manner as the Tenant.

 

4.20.3     Whenever required to do so by the Landlord, to produce to the Landlord the said policy or policies together with satisfactory evidence that the same is/are valid and subsisting and that all premiums due thereon have been paid.

 

4.21           Landlord’s regulations

 

To comply with all reasonable regulations made by the Landlord from time to time and notified to the Tenant in writing for the general management and security of the Estate and any other areas used or to be used in common with others.

 

4.22           Stamp Duty and Value Added Tax

 

To pay to the Landlord-

 

4.22.1     any stamp duty payable on this Lease and its counterpart together with registration fees;

 

4.22.2     any Value Added Tax arising from the grant of this Lease or on the rents reserved by it.

 

4.22.3     The Landlord hereby notifies the Tenant that he is opting to tax the Lease within the meaning of Section 7A of the VAT Act and that the premises is a Capital Good under Section 12 E of the VAT Act but has the right, upon written notification to the Tenant, from time to time, to cancel such option.

 

4.22.3.1         In the event that the Landlord has exercised the option to tax this Lease for VAT purposes, the Tenant hereby undertakes;-

 

16



 

4.22.3.2         to furnish to the Landlord in a timely manner all information available to the Tenant in respect of the Premises which the Landlord reasonably requires and requests in order to enable the Landlord to comply with any VAT obligations of the Landlord relating to the Premises and to indemnify and keep the Landlord indemnified against any loss arising to the Landlord should the Tenant supply to the Landlord any such information which may be untrue or incorrect in any particular or fail to supply the appropriate information in a timely manner.

 

4.22.3.3         To pay to the Landlord on demand all reasonable costs to the Landlord on demand all reasonable costs to the Landlord in complying with the Landlord’s VAT obligations arising from any actual or possible deductibility or adjustment for VAT in respect of the Premises.

 

4.22.3.4         to indemnify and keep the Landlord fully indemnified from and against all actions, costs, claims, proceedings, expenses and demands arising from and against all actions, costs, claims proceedings, expenses and demands arsing from or consequent on the carrying out of any works to the Premises which would or might require a deductibility payment under the Capital Goods Scheme.

 

4.23         Insurance

 

4.23.1       Not to do or omit to do anything which might cause any policy of insurance relating to the Demised Premises or the Building or any Adjoining Property owned by the Landlord to become void or voidable wholly or in part nor (unless the Tenant has previously notified the Landlord and agreed to pay the increased premium) to do anything whereby any abnormal or loaded premium may become payable.

 

4.23.2       Subject to the Landlord furnishing the Tenant with a copy of any policy of insurance effected under clause 5.4, to comply, at the Tenant’s own expense, with all the requirements under that policy and the recommendations of the insurers relating to the Demised Premises.

 

4.23.3.1            If so requested by the Landlord, to insure and keep insured in the joint names of the Landlord and the Tenant any glass forming part of the Demised Premises against breakage (other than as a result of the Insured Risks) for a sum which is not less than the full replacement value thereof for the time being with such insurance company as may from time to time be approved by the Landlord;

 

4.23.3.2            To pay within fourteen days of their becoming payable all premiums relating to any such insurance and, whenever reasonably required by the Landlord, to produce the policy of insurance and the receipt for the current year’s premium.

 

4.24          Electro-Magnetic compatibility

 

To ensure that all electrical and electronic equipment located placed or installed in the Demised Premises is, in so far as it is reasonably practicable and foreseeable to do so, located, placed or installed and kept and

 

17



 

maintained in such place and in such manner as to avoid or minimize electro-magnetic interference, including malfunction in it’s own or in other electronic equipment in the Estate including in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) data transmission systems.

 

4.25          Fire and Safety Precautions

 

To comply with the requirements and recommendations of the appropriate Local Authority, the insurers of the Estate and the Landlord in relation to fire and health & safety precautions affecting the Demised Premises and to comply at all times with the provisions of any Act in respect of fire and health & safety PROVIDED such requirements and recommendations in respect of the Demised Premises do not result in the Tenant incurring excessive costs, and unless the requirements and recommendations arise out of the Tenants specific user of the Demised Premises since the commencement of the Term.

 

4.26          To Comply with Head Leases

 

4.26.1    to comply in every respect with all the covenants and conditions on the part of the Tenant under the Head Leases insofar as they relate to the Demised Premises, other than the covenant for payment of rent.

 

4.26.2     to indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord from and against all losses arising from any breach non-observance or non-performance by the Tenant of any covenants, conditions, or terms of the Head Leases insofar as they relate to the Demised Premises and on the part of the Tenant thereunder to be performed and observed.

 

4.27         Registration of Company

 

4.27.1    To comply with all statutory requirements necessary to ensure that the Tenant remains on the register of companies.

 

5             LANDLORD’S COVENANTS

 

The Landlord HEREBY COVENANTS with the Tenant as follows:

 

5.1           Quiet enjoyment

 

To permit the Tenant, provided he pays the rent reserved by and otherwise complies with the provisions of this Lease, peaceably to hold and enjoy the Demised Premises during the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through, under or in trust for it.

 

5.2           Exercise of rights

 

In exercising any of the Landlord’s rights of entry or other rights in relation to the Demised Premises-

 

5.2.1         to take all necessary steps to ensure that as little damage is done to the Demised Premises and as little inconvenience is caused to their occupiers as is reasonably commercially practicable;

 

5.2.2         to make good without delay any damage which may be caused by such exercise.

 

18



 

5.3           Provision of services

 

Subject to reimbursement by the Tenant of the Service Charge, to use all reasonable commercial endeavours to provide the following services in accordance with the principles of good estate management:-

 

5.3.1         To keep the Retained Parts in good repair and condition;

 

5.3.2         To keep clean and maintained in a proper manner, the Common Parts;

 

5.3.3         To employ such staff as the Landlord may, in its absolute discretion acting reasonably, deem desirable or necessary to enable it to provide all or any of the services in the Estate and for the general management and security of the Estate;

 

5.3.4         To provide and install name boards of such size and design as the Landlord may, in its absolute discretion, determine in the main entrance to the Estate and at such other locations as the Landlord may consider desirable;

 

5.3.5         To repair and maintain those parts of the Estate which are not built upon and to keep the same clear of all rubbish and free from weeds and to provide and maintain, at the Landlord’s discretion, such plants, shrubs, trees or garden or grassed areas as may be appropriate and to keep the same planted and the grass cut;

 

5.3.6         Any other services which in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord are commercially necessary or desirable from time to time for the comfort convenience and security of the tenants, occupiers and users of the Estate or any part or parts thereof.

 

5.4           Insurance

 

5.4.1         Subject to reimbursement by the Tenant of the premiums payable by the Landlord, to insure and keep insured with an insurer of repute located in Ireland in the name of the Landlord-

 

5.4.1.1      the Demised Premises against loss or damage by the Insured Risks in the full reinstatement costs thereof (to be determined from time to time by the Landlord or his professional adviser) including:

 

(i)     Architects, Surveyors, Consultants and other professional fees (including Value Added Tax thereon);

 

(ii)    the costs of shoring up, demolishing, site clearing and similar expense;

 

(iii)   all stamp duty and other taxes or duties exigible on any building or like contract as may be entered into and all incidental expenses (including planning and building regulation fees) relative to the reconstruction, reinstatement or repair of the Demised premises;

 

(iv)   such provision for inflation as the Landlord in its absolute discretion acting reasonably shall deem appropriate;

 

19



 

5.4.1.2            the loss of rent and the Service Charge from time to time payable, or reasonably estimated to be payable, under this Lease (taking account of any review of the rent which may become due under this Lease) following loss or damage to the Demised Premises by the Insured Risks, for three years or such longer period as the Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably deem to be necessary, having regard to the likely period required for rebuilding and for obtaining planning permission and any other consents, certificates and approvals in connection with the reinstatement of the Demised Premises;

 

5.4.1.3            the property owner’s, public, employer’s and other liability of the Landlord arising out of or in relation to the Estate;

 

5.4.1.4            such other insurances as the Landlord may, in its discretion, from time to time deem necessary to effect.

 

5.4.2         At the request of the Tenant, the Landlord shall produce to the Tenant a copy or extract duly certified by the Landlord of such insurance policy or policies and a copy of the receipt for the last premium or (at the Landlord’s option) reasonable evidence from the insurers of the terms of the insurance policy or policies and the fact that it is or they are subsisting and in effect;

 

5.4.3         If the Demised Premises is destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks then:

 

5.4.3.1         unless payment of any of the insurance moneys is refused by reason of any act or default of the Tenant, any under-tenant or any person under its or their control; and

 

5.4.3.2      subject to the Landlord being able to obtain any necessary planning permission and other necessary licences, certificates, approvals and consents (which the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain); and

 

5.4.3.3   subject to the necessary labour and materials being and remaining available (which the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours to obtain as soon as practicable); and

 

5.4.3.4      subject to exercise of the right to terminate the Lease under this clause;

 

the Landlord shall as soon as possible lay out the proceeds of insurance effected under clause 5.4.1.1 in rebuilding and reinstating the Demised Premises as necessary to make it substantially the same as it was prior to the destruction or damage (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout and manner or method of construction if it would not be reasonably practical to do so);

 

5.4.4         If the Landlord is prevented (for any reason other than its act or default) from compliance with the previous provisions of this clause the following provisions apply:

 

5.4.4.1               the Landlord is relieved of its obligations and is solely entitled to all insurance moneys;

 

5.4.4.2               if the prevention continues for three years and the Lease is not otherwise terminated, the Landlord or the Tenant may at any time

 

20


 

after expiry of that period by not less than three months’ written notice given to the other party determine this Lease, but without prejudice to any claim by either party against the other in respect of any antecedent breach of its terms;

 

5.4.5          If the destruction or damage to the Demised Premises renders the Demised Premises unfit for use and occupation and provided the insurance has not been vitiated nor payment of any insurance moneys refused by reason of any act or default of the Tenant, any undertenant or any person under its or their control, the rent and the Service Charge payable under clause 3 of this Lease shall be suspended in accordance with the following provisions:

 

5.4.5.1       the rent and the Service Charge suspended shall be the whole rent or Service Charge or such proportion as is fair according to the nature and extent of the damage to the Demised Premises;

 

5.4.5.2       the suspension shall last until either the Demised Premises are again rendered fit for use and occupation or the expiration of three years (or such longer period as the Landlord may have insured against) from the date of destruction or damage, whichever is the earlier;

 

5.4.5.3       where the destruction or damage occurs during a quarter in respect of which rent or the Service Charge has been paid in advance, the Landlord shall refund to the Tenant the proportion of that rent or that Service Charge (apportioned on a daily basis) which is attributable to the period following the date of destruction or damage;

 

5.4.5.4       any dispute regarding suspension of rent or Service Charge shall be determined by a single arbitrator to be appointed, in default of agreement, upon the application of either party, by or on behalf of the President or acting President for the time being of the Society of Chartered Surveyors in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Acts, 1954–1980.

 

5.4.6         As and when requested from time to time by the Tenant, the Landlord shall use its reasonable endeavours:

 

5.4.6.1               to obtain from the Landlord’s insurers a waiver of its subrogation rights (if any) against the Tenant in respect of the Demised Premises so long as such a waiver is available in the insurance market from a reputable insurer located in Ireland and any costs reasonably incurred thereby are discharged by the Tenant;

 

5.4.6.2               to ensure that the insurance policy or policies in respect of the Insured Risks contain a provision that the insurance is not invalidated by any change of occupancy or increase or risk taking place in or on the Demised Premises without the knowledge of the Landlord provided that the Landlord shall immediately upon the same coming to its knowledge give notice to the insurers and the Tenant shall pay any additional premiums as may be required from the date of such increase of risk.

 

5.4.7         For the purposes of this clause “Demised Premises” do not include (unless otherwise specified by the Landlord) any additions, alterations or improvements carried out or being carried out by the Tenant.

 

21



 

6.             [GUARANTOR’S COVENANTS]

 

The Guarantor HEREBY COVENANTS with the Landlord, as a primary obligation, as follows:

 

6.1        Covenant and indemnity

 

That the Tenant [or the Guarantor] shall at all times during the Term (including any continuation or renewal of this Lease) duly perform and observe all the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in this Lease, including the payment of the rents and all other sums payable under this Lease in the manner and at the times herein specified and all sums which may be lawfully and properly due to the Landlord for mesne rates or as payment for the use and occupation of the Demised Premises [the Guarantor hereby indemnifies the Landlord against all claims, demands, losses, damages, liability, costs, fees and expenses whatsoever sustained by the Landlord by reason of or arising in any way directly or indirectly out of any default by the Tenant in the performance and observance of any of its obligations or the payment of any rent and other sums arising before or after the expiration or termination of this Lease .

 

6.2        Joint and several liability

 

That the Guarantor is jointly and severally liable with the Tenant (whether before or after any disclaimer by a liquidator or the Official Assignee) for the fulfillment of all the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease and agrees that the Landlord, in the enforcement of its rights hereunder, may proceed against the Guarantor as if the Guarantor was named as the Tenant in this Lease.

 

6.3            Waiver

 

That the Guarantor hereby waives any right to require the Landlord to proceed against the Tenant or to pursue any other remedy whatsoever which may be available to the Landlord before proceeding against the Guarantor.

 

6.4            Postponement of claims

 

That the Guarantor will not claim in any liquidation, bankruptcy, composition or arrangement of the Tenant in competition with the Landlord and will remit to the Landlord the proceeds of all judgments and all distributions it may receive from any liquidator or Official Assignee of the Tenant and will hold for the benefit of the Landlord all security and rights the Guarantor may have over assets of the Tenant whilst any liabilities of the Tenant or the Guarantor to the Landlord remain outstanding.

 

6.5            Postponement of participation

 

That the Guarantor is not entitled to participate in any security held by the Landlord in respect of the Tenant’s obligations to the Landlord under this Lease or to stand in the place of the Landlord in respect of any such security until all the obligations of the Tenant or the Guarantor to the Landlord under this Lease have been performed or discharged.

 

22



 

6.6            Release

 

That none of the following, or any combination thereof, releases, determines, discharges or in any way lessens or affects the liability of the Guarantor as principal debtor under this Lease or otherwise prejudices or affects the right of the Landlord to recover from the Guarantor to the full extent of this guarantee:

 

6.6.1         any neglect, delay or forbearance of the Landlord in endeavouring to obtain payment of any part of the rents or the other amounts required to be paid by the Tenant or in enforcing the performance or observance of any of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease;

 

6.6.2         any refusal by the Landlord to accept rent tendered by or on behalf of the Tenant at a time when the Landlord was entitled (or would after the service of a notice under Section 14 of the 1881 Act have been entitled) to re-enter the Demised Premises;

 

6.6.3         any extension of time given by the Landlord to the Tenant;

 

6.6.4         any variation of the terms of this Lease (including any reviews of the rent payable under this Lease) or the transfer of the Landlord’s reversion or the assignment of this Lease;

 

6.6.5         any change in the constitution, structure or powers of either the Tenant, the Guarantor or the Landlord or the liquidation or bankruptcy (as the case may be) of either the Tenant or the Guarantor;

 

6.6.6         any legal limitation, or any immunity, disability or incapacity of the Tenant (whether or not known to the Landlord) or the fact that any dealings with the Landlord by the Tenant may be outside or in excess of the powers of the Tenant;

 

6.6.7         any other act, omission, matter or thing whatsoever whereby, but for this provision, the Guarantor would be exonerated either wholly or in part (other than a release under seal given by the Landlord)

 

6.7            Disclaimer or forfeiture

 

That:

 

6.7.1         if

(i)             a liquidator or Official Assignee shall disclaim or surrender this Lease; or

 

(ii)            this Lease shall be forfeited; or

 

(iii)           the Tenant shall cease to exist

 

THEN the Guarantor shall, if the Landlord by notice in writing given to the Guarantor within twelve months after such disclaimer or other event so requires, accept from and execute and deliver to the Landlord a new lease of the Demised Premises subject to and with the benefit of this Lease (if the same shall still be deemed to be extant at such time) for a term commencing on the date of the disclaimer or other event and continuing for the residue then remaining unexpired of the Term, such new lease to be at the cost of the Guarantor and to be at the same rents and subject to the same covenants, conditions and provisions (other than clause 6) as are contained in this Lease;

 

23



 

6.7.2         if the Landlord does not require the Guarantor to take a new lease, the Guarantor shall nevertheless upon demand pay to the Landlord a sum equal to the rents and other sums that would have been payable under this Lease but for the disclaimer, forfeiture or other event in respect of the period from and including the date of such disclaimer, forfeiture or other event until the expiration of twelve months therefrom or until the Landlord has granted a lease of the Demised Premises to a third party (whichever shall first occur).

 

6.8            Benefit of guarantee

 

This guarantee enures for the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Landlord under this Lease without the necessity for any assignment thereof.

 

6.9            Jurisdiction

 

That the Guarantor will submit to the jurisdiction of the Irish courts in relation to any proceedings taken against the Guarantor or in relation to any new lease granted as aforesaid.

 

6.10          Registration of company

 

That the Guarantor will comply  with all statutory requirements necessary to ensure that the Guarantor remains on the register of companies.

 

PROVISOS

PROVIDED ALWAYS as follows:

 

7.1            Forfeiture

 

Without prejudice to any other right, remedy or power herein contained or otherwise available to the Landlord if:

 

7.1.1         the whole or any part of the rents or other sums reserved by this Lease is unpaid for twenty one days after becoming payable (whether formally demanded or not); or

 

7.1.2         there is a breach of any of the Tenant’s covenants; or

 

7.1.3         if the Tenant or the Guarantor (either or both being a body corporate) has a winding-up petition presented against it or passes a winding-up resolution (other than in connection with a members’ voluntary winding-up for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction which has the prior written approval of the Landlord) or resolves to present its own winding-up petition or is wound-up (whether in Ireland or elsewhere) or a Receiver and Manager is appointed in respect of the Demised Premises or of the Tenant or of the Guarantor; or

 

7.1.4         if the Tenant or the [Guarantor] (either or both being an individual, or if more than one individual, then any one of them) has a bankruptcy petition presented against him or is adjudged bankrupt (whether in Ireland or elsewhere) or suffers any distress or execution to be levied on the Demised Premises or enters into composition with his creditors or has a receiving order made against him;

 

24



 

THEN, and in any such case, the Landlord may at any time thereafter re-enter the Demised Premises and thereupon the Term absolutely ceases and determines, but without prejudice to any rights or remedies which may then have accrued to the Landlord against the Tenant in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the covenants or conditions contained in this Lease.

 

7.2                                No implied easements

 

Nothing in this Lease shall impliedly confer upon or grant to the Tenant any easement, right or privilege other than those expressly granted (if any) by it.

 

7.3                                Exclusion of warranty as to user

 

Nothing contained in this Lease or in any consent granted or approval given by the Landlord under it implies or warrants that the Demised Premises may be used under the Planning Acts or the Building Control Act for the purpose herein authorised or any purpose subsequently authorised and the Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Landlord has not given or made at any time any representation or warranty that any such use is or will be or will remain a permitted use under those Acts.

 

7.4                                Representations

 

The Tenant acknowledges that this Lease has not been entered into in reliance wholly or partly on any statement or representation made by or on behalf of the Landlord, except any such statement or representation that is expressly set out in this Lease.

 

7.5                                Failure by the Landlord to provide services

 

The Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant in respect of any failure by the Landlord to perform any of the services referred to in this Lease, whether express or implied, unless and until the Tenant has notified the Landlord of such failure and the Landlord has failed within a reasonable time to remedy the same and then in such case the Landlord shall (subject to the provisions of Clause 7.7 below) be liable to compensate the Tenant only for actual (but not consequential) loss or damage sustained by the Tenant after such reasonable time has elapsed.

 

7.6                                Exclusion of Landlord’s liability

 

The Landlord shall not, in any circumstances, incur any liability for any failure or interruption in any of the services provided by the Landlord or for any inconvenience or injury to person or property arising from such failure or interruption due to mechanical breakdown, failure or malfunction, overhauling, maintenance, repair or replacement, strikes, labour disputes shortages of labour or materials, inclement weather or any cause or circumstance beyond the control of the Landlord but the Landlord shall use its reasonable commercial endeavours to cause the service in question to be reinstated with the minimum of delay.

 

7.7                                 Covenants relating to Adjoining Property

 

Nothing contained in or implied by this Lease shall give to the Tenant the benefit of or the right to enforce or to prevent the release or modification

 

25



 

of any covenant, agreement or condition entered into by any tenant of the Landlord in respect of the Adjoining Property other than as provided for in the within Lease.

 

7.8                                Effect of waiver

 

7.9.1         Each of the Tenant’s covenants shall remain in full force both at law and in equity notwithstanding that the Landlord may have appeared to have waived or released temporarily any such covenant, or waived or released temporarily or permanently, revocably or irrevocably a similar covenant affecting other property belonging to the Landlord.

 

7.9.2         Waiver by the Landlord of the requirement for a Guarantor under this Lease is personal to Tornier Orthopedics Ireland Limited and it shall not be deemed unreasonable for the Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed assignment of the Lease in the absence of acceptable Guarantors.

 

7.10                         Applicable Law

 

This Lease and all relationships created thereby shall in all respects be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with Irish Law.

 

7.11                         Notices

 

7.11.1                  Any demand or notice required to be made, given to, or served on the Tenant under this Lease is duly and validly made, given or served if addressed to the Tenant (or, if the Tenant comprises more than one person, then to any of them) and delivered personally, or sent by prepaid registered or recorded delivery mail, or sent by telex or telegraphic facsimile transmission addressed (in the case of a company) to its registered office or (whether a company or individual) to its last known address, or to the Demised Premises;

 

7.11.2                  Any notice required to be given or served on the Landlord is duly and validly given or served if sent by pre-paid registered or recorded delivery mail, or sent by telex or telegraphic facsimile transmission addressed to the Landlord at its registered office.

 

7.12         Termination by Tenant

 

The Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the expiration of the tenth and fifteenth year of the Term (“the Option Date”) subject strictly to the following terms and conditions:

 

7.12.1                The Tenant shall serve on the Landlord a notice in writing exercising the said right (“the Notice”) at least six months prior to the expiry of the Option Date (but in any event not prior to the expiry of the ninth or fourteenth year of the Term) and in this regard time shall be of the essence.

 

7.12.2                The Tenant shall on or prior to the Option Date deliver to the Landlord the original of this Lease, together with all related title documentation (including a release or discharge of all mortgages, charges and other incumbrances, whether registered or not), and shall as beneficial    owner deliver duly executed and stamped a transfer or surrender of

 

26



 

this lease and (if applicable) shall procure the cancellation of its registration in the Land Registry.

 

7.12.3                Any such termination shall be without prejudice to any antecedent breach by either the Landlord or Tenant of any of their respective covenants herein contained.

 

7.12.4                In the event of the Tenant who first entered into this Lease assigning it with the Landlord’s consent to a third party the provisions contained in this clause shall not apply to such third party or any subsequent successors in title thereto.

 

8.              SERVICE CHARGE

 

8.1            For the purpose of this Lease, the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

8.1.1                                                                         “Expenditure means:

8.1.1.1                      the aggregate of all costs, fees, expenses and outgoings whatsoever incurred by the Landlord in complying with its obligations in Clause 5.3 and in respect of the items set out in the Seventh Schedule (whether or not the Landlord is obliged by this Lease to incur the same);

 

8.1.1.2                      such sums as the Landlord shall, in its discretion, acting reasonably and with due regard to the tenants concerns, consider desirable to set aside from time to time for the purpose of providing for periodically recurring items of expenditure, whether recurring at regular or irregular intervals;

 

8.1.1.3                      such provision for anticipated expenditure in respect of any of the services to be provided by the Landlord or any of the items referred to in the Seventh Schedule as the Landlord shall, in its absolute discretion, consider fair and commercially reasonable in the circumstances;

 

8.1.2                         “Financial Year” means the period from the 1st day of January in every year to the 31st day of December that year or such other period as the Landlord may, in its absolute discretion, from time to time reasonably determine;

 

8.1.3                         “Estimated Expenditure” means, for any Financial Year during the Term, such sum as the Landlord shall, from time to time, specify as being, in its absolute discretion, a fair and reasonable estimate of the Expenditure for the current Financial Year based upon a budget prepared by the Landlord and submitted to the Tenant; Provided that the Landlord may from time to time during any Financial Year, as appropriate, submit to the Tenant revised budgets with respect to its estimate of the Expenditure for that Financial Year whereupon appropriate adjustments shall be made to such sum to reflect the revised budget(s);

 

8.1.4                         “Accountant” means any person appointed by the Landlord to perform the function of an accountant in relation to the Expenditure;

 

27



 

8.2            The Landlord shall, as soon as convenient after the end of each Financial Year, prepare an account showing the Expenditure for that Financial Year and containing a fair summary of the various items comprising the Expenditure and, upon such account being certified by the Surveyor or Accountant (a copy of which shall be supplied to the Tenant), the same shall be conclusive evidence, for the purposes of this Lease, of all matters of fact referred to in the account;

 

8.3            The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord on account of the Service Charge for the period commencing on the Service Charge Commencement Date down to the end of the following Financial Year and thereafter during each subsequent Financial Year during the Term the same percentage of the Estimated Expenditure (“the Advance Payment”) as that upon which the Service Charge is calculated and such payments shall be made by equal quarterly payments in advance on the Quarterly Gale Days (subject to adjustment if the Estimated Expenditure is revised as contemplated by the definition thereof); Provided Always that the first portion of the Advance Payment shall be a proportionate part of the first quarterly payment of the Advance Payment as notified to the Tenant prior to delivery of this Lease and shall be payable on the execution hereof in respect of the period from and including the Service Charge Commencement date to the day before the Quarterly Gale Day following the Service Charge Commencement Date;

 

8.4            If the Service Charge for any Financial Year shall:

 

8.4.1         exceed the Advance Payment for that Financial year, the excess, shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord on demand; or

 

8.4.2         be less than the Advance Payment for that Financial Year, the overpayment shall be credited to the Tenant against the next quarterly payment of the Service Charge.

 

8.5         Any omission by the Landlord to include in any Financial Year a sum expended or a liability incurred in that Financial Year shall not preclude the Landlord from including such sum of the amount of such liability in the  subsequent Financial Year only.

 

8.5            In performing its obligations contained in Clause 5.3, the Landlord shall be entitled, at its discretion, to employ agents, contractors and such other persons as it may think fit and to delegate its duties and powers to them and their fees and expenses (including VAT) shall form part of the Expenditure.

 

8.6            The Landlord may, at its discretion, withhold, add to, extend, vary or make any alterations to any of the services from time to time if the Landlord shall reasonably deem it desirable to do so, paying due regard to the concerns of the tenant, for the more efficient management, security and operation of the Building, or for the comfort of the tenants in the Building.

 

8.7            The provisions of this clause shall continue to apply notwithstanding the expiration or sooner determination of the Term but only in respect of the period down to such expiration or sooner determination, the Service Charge for that Financial Year being apportioned for the said period on a daily basis.

 

28



 

9.              REVENUE CERTIFICATES

 

9.1            It is hereby further certified that the consideration (other than rent) for the lease is wholly attributable to property which is not residential property and that the transaction effected by this instrument does not form part of a larger transaction or of a series of transactions in respect of which the amount or value, or the aggregate amount or value, of the consideration (other than rent) which is attributable to property which is not residential property exceeds €10,000;

 

9.2            It is hereby further certified that section 53 (lease combined with building agreement for dwelling house/apartment) of the Stamp Duties Consolidation Act, 1999, does not apply to this instrument.

 

10.            SECTION 29 COMPANIES ACT, 1990

 

It is hereby certified for the purposes of Section 29 of the Companies Act 1990 that the Landlord and the Tenant are not bodies corporate connected with one another in a manner which would require this transaction to be ratified by resolution of either.

 

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this Lease in the manner following and on the day and year first above WRITTEN.

 

29



 

FIRST SCHEDULE
(The Estate)

 

ALL THAT the entire of the lands and premises together with the buildings erected thereon shown for the purposes of identification only outlined in blue on the Plan and each and every part thereof and all the appurtenances belonging thereto and known as Hartnett’s Cross Business Park and situate at Hartnett’s Cross, Macroom in the County of Cork.

 

SECOND SCHEDULE
(Demised Premises)

 

ALL THAT part of the Estate being ALL THAT AND THOSE the lands and premises together with the buildings erected thereon  shown outlined in red on the Plan annexed hereto being part of the property comprised in Folios 91286F County Cork, CK13025L, CK 13023L and CK13026L and including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing:

 

all the conduits and plant in, upon, over or under and exclusively serving same;

all Landlord’s fixtures and fittings now or hereafter in or upon the same;

all additions, alterations and improvements thereto

all car park spaces serving the demised premises.

 

THIRD SCHEDULE
(Ancillary Rights)

 

The following rights and easements are demised (to the extent only that the Landlord is entitled to make such a grant) to the Tenant to be enjoyed in common with the Landlord and the other tenants and occupiers of the Building and tenants and occupiers of the Estate and Adjoining Property and all other persons authorised by the Landlord or having the like rights and easements:

 

1.       The free and uninterrupted passage and running of the Utilities to and from the Demised Premises through the Conduits which are now, or may at any time during the Term be, in, on, under or passing through or over the Estate and the Adjoining Property;

 

2       The right for the tenant and all persons authorised by him or coming onto or leaving the Demised Premises to at all times pass and repass  over and along for the purpose only of continuous and uninterrupted access to and egress from the Demised Premises the roadways and footpaths indicated by a green line on the Plan and the right of access to and egress from the rear yard space by the way in width measuring 10 metres  indicated by a broken yellow line on the Plan attached hereto subject to the right of the Landlord to alter the course of the right of way from time to time.

 

3.      The Landlord shall be responsible for the maintenance, repair and insurance of the right of way indicated by a broken green line on the Plan attached hereto in its current state and condition.

 

4.      The rights of air, support, protection and shelter and all other easements and rights now or hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by the Demised Property.

 

30



 

5.      The right to enter the airspace above the roof of the Demised Premises, for the sole purpose of carrying out any works for which the Tenant may be liable under this Lease.

 

FOURTH SCHEDULE]
(Exceptions and Reservations)

 

The following rights and easements are excepted and reserved out of the Demised Premises to the Landlord and the tenants and occupiers of the Building and all other persons authorised by the Landlord or having the like rights and easements:

 

1.       The free and uninterrupted passage and running of the Utilities through the Conduits which are now, or may at any time during the Term be in, on, under, or passing through or over the Demised Premises;

 

2.              The right, at all reasonable times upon reasonable prior notice, except in cases of emergency, to enter (or, in cases of emergency or after the giving of reasonable notice during the Tenant’s absence, to break and enter) the Demised Premises in order to:

 

2.1            inspect, cleanse, maintain, repair, connect, remove, lay, renew, relay, replace with others, alter or execute any works whatever to or in connection with the Conduits and any other services;

 

2.2            execute repairs, decorations, alterations and any other works and to make installations to the Demised Premises, the Estate or the Adjoining Property or to do such works which are necessary for the  landlord to comply with the terms of the lease;

 

2.3            see that no unauthorised erections additions or alterations have been made and that authorised erections additions and alterations are being carried out in accordance with any consent given herein and any permission or approval granted by the relevant local authority,

 

PROVIDED THAT the Landlord or the person exercising the foregoing rights shall cause as little inconvenience as possible to the Demised Premises and shall make good, without delay, any damage thereby caused to the Demised Premises;

 

3.       The right to erect scaffolding for the purpose of repairing or cleaning   any building now or hereafter erected on the Adjoining Property or in connection with the exercise of any of the rights mentioned in this Schedule notwithstanding that such scaffolding may temporarily interfere with the proper access to or the enjoyment and use of the Demised Premises, the Landlord to pay due regard to the tenants observations;

 

4.      The right to erect and maintain signs on the Demised Premises and any premises abutting the same advertising the sale or letting of any premises or for the purposes of a planning or other application in respect of any premises.

 

5.      The rights of light, air, support, protection and shelter and all other easements and rights now or hereafter belonging to or enjoyed by other parts of the Estate or by the Adjoining Property;

 

6.              The air space over and the ground below the Demised Premises;

 

31


 

7.      Full right and liberty at any time hereafter to raise the height of, or make any alterations or additions or execute any other works  to any buildings on the Adjoining Property, or to erect any new buildings of any height on the Adjoining Property in such a manner as the Landlord or the person exercising the right shall think fit notwithstanding the fact that the same may obstruct, affect or interfere with the amenity of, or access to, the Demised Premises or the passage of light and air to the Demised Premises but not so that the Tenant’s use and occupation thereof is materially affected;

 

8.      The right, subject to recompensing the Tenant for any damage caused thereby, to build on or into any boundary or party wall of the Demised Premises and, after giving not less than seven days prior written notice, to enter the Demised Premises to place and lay in, under or upon the same such footings for any intended party wall or party structure with the foundations therefore as the Landlord shall reasonably think necessary and for such purpose to excavate the Demised Premises along the line of the junction between the Demised Premises and the other parts of the Estate or the Adjoining Property and also to keep and maintain the said footings and foundations;

 

9.      The right to enter the Demised Premises (in times of emergency or during fire-drills) for the purpose of obtaining access to, or using, any of the fire escapes or routes of escape in the Demised Premises whether or not in existence at the date hereof.

 

8       FIFTH SCHEDULE

(Rent Reviews)

 

1.              Definition

 

In this Schedule, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

“Base Rate” means the annual rate of interest for the time being chargeable under section 22 of the Courts Act, 1981.

 

“the Institute” means the Irish Auctioneers and Valuers Institute;

 

“the Law Society” means the Law Society of Ireland;

 

“Review Date” means each of the first day of the sixth, the eleventh, the sixteenth,[the twenty-first, the twenty-sixth and the thirty-first] year of the Term and any additional date notified under clause 7 of this Fifth Schedule and “Relevant Review Date” shall be construed accordingly;

 

“the Reviewed Rent” means the rent agreed or determined in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule;

 

“the Society” means the Society of Chartered Surveyors;

 

2.              Upwards only rent review

 

The rent first reserved by this Lease shall be reviewed at each Review Date in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule and, from and including each Review Date, the rent shall equal the higher of either the rent contractually payable immediately before the Relevant Review Date

 

32



 

or the open market rent on the Relevant Review Date, as agreed or determined pursuant to the provisions of this Schedule.

 

3.              Agreement or determination of the reviewed rent

 

3.1            The Reviewed Rent may be agreed at any time between the Landlord and the Tenant or, in the absence of agreement, be determined not earlier than the Relevant Review Date by an Arbitrator or Independent  Valuer to be nominated, in the absence of agreement between the parties, upon the application (made not more than two calendar months before or at any time after the Review Date) of the Landlord (or if the Landlord fails to make such application within twenty-eight days of being requested in writing so to do by the Tenant, then on the application of the Tenant) by either the President of the Law Society, or the President of the Institute or the President of the Society at the discretion of the party entitled to make the application;

 

3.2            The Landlord may direct whether the nominee is to act as an Arbitrator or Independent Valuer

 

3.2            In the event of the President or other Officer endowed with the functions of the said President of the Law Society or the Institute or the Society, being unable or unwilling to make the nomination therein mentioned the same may be made by the next senior Officer of the Law Society or the Institute or the Society who shall be so able and willing.

 

4.              The Arbitrator

 

4.1            All arbitrations hereunder shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Arbitration Act, 1954–1980.

 

4.2            If the Arbitrator relinquishes his appointment or dies or if it becomes apparent that for any reason he is unable or has become unfit or unsuited (whether because of bias or otherwise) to complete his duties or if he is removed from office by Court Order, a substitute may be nominated in his place and in relation to any such nomination the procedures hereinbefore set forth apply as though the substitution were a nomination de novo, which said procedures may be repeated as many times as may be necessary.

 

5.              The Procedure where Independent Valuer appointed

 

5.1            Any independent valuer appointed pursuant to Clause 3.1 in relation to any matter so to be determined by him shall:

 

5.1.1         Give notice of his nomination to the Landlord and the Tenant.

 

5.1.2         Afford to each of the parties concerned a reasonable opportunity of stating (whether in writing or otherwise as may be decided by him and within such time as he may stipulate in that behalf) reasons in support of such contentions as each party may wish to make relative to the matter or matters under consideration.

 

5.1.3         Act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and so that his determination or determinations shall be final and conclusive between the parties.

 

33



 

5.1.4         Be entitled to seek and pay for advice on any matter which he reasonably considers pertinent to the reference or to his determination thereof.

 

5.1.5         Be empowered to fix his reasonable fees in relation to any such reference and determination and matters incidental thereto, which said fees and any reasonable expenses incurred by the independent valuer in or about the said reference and determination shall be shared equally between the Landlord and the Tenant.

 

5.1.6         Give notice in writing of his determination to the Landlord and the Tenant within such time as may be stipulated by the terms of his appointment or in the event of there being no such stipulation within six calendar months of the acceptance by him of the nomination to act in the matter PROVIDED ALWAYS that the independent valuer may defer the giving of such notice until such time as his fees and expenses as aforesaid shall have been discharged.

 

5.2            Either party shall be at liberty to pay the entire of the fees and expenses as aforesaid of the independent valuer in which event the parties so paying shall be entitled to be reimbursed by and to recover from the other on demand any proportion so paid on behalf of such other.

 

5.3            If an independent valuer in relation to any matter for determination by him shall fail to complete such determination and give notice thereof within such time as may be relevant or if he shall relinquish his appointment or die or if it shall become apparent that for any reason he shall be unable or shall have become unfit or unsuited (whether because of bias or otherwise) to complete the duties of his nomination a substitute may be nominated in his place and in relation to any such nomination the procedures hereinbefore set forth shall be deemed to apply as though the substitution were a nomination de novo which said procedures may be repeated as many times as may be necessary.

 

6.              Determination by Arbitrator or Independent Valuer

 

The Reviewed Rent to be determined, by the Arbitrator or Independent Valuer shall be such as in his opinion represents at the Review Date the full open market yearly rent for the Demised Premises let as a whole without fine or premium:

 

A.              ON THE BASIS of a letting with vacant possession thereof by a willing landlord to a willing tenant for a term (commencing on the Review Date) equal to the greater of fifteen years or the residue then unexpired of the Term and subject to the provisions of this lease (other than as to the amount of the Initial Rent but including such of said provisions as pertain to the review of rent);

 

B.             ON THE ASSUMPTIONS that

 

(i)             at and until the Review Date all the covenants on the part of the Tenant and the conditions contained in this Lease have been fully performed and observed;

 

(ii)            in the event of the Demised Premises having been damaged or destroyed  and not having been fully repaired, reinstated or rebuilt (as the case may be) such damage or destruction had not occurred; And

 

34



 

C.             HAVING REGARD to other open market rental values current at the Review Date in so far as the Arbitrator Independent Valuer may deem same to be pertinent to the determination;

 

D.             BUT DISREGARDING any effect on letting value of:-

 

(a)            the fact that the Tenant is or has been in occupation of the Demised Premises or any part thereof;

 

(b)            the goodwill which has attached to the Demised Premises by reason of the business carried on thereat;

 

(c)            The area known as the service/utilities building as marked on the map attached hereto is excluded for the purposes of rent review.

 

(d)            Any effect the break option period may have on the value of the property.

 

(e)            Any effect the absence of a Guarantee may have on the value of the property;

 

(f)             Any works executed by and at the expense of the Tenant in, on, to or in respect of the Demised Premises other than required works PROVIDED that in the interpretation of this sub-paragraph (c):-

 

the expression “the Tenant” shall extend to and include the Tenant or any predecessor in title of the Tenant or any party lawfully occupying the Demised Premises or any part thereof under the Tenant

and

the expression “required works” mean works executed by the Tenant in pursuance of an obligation imposed on the Tenant (i) by this Lease or by any Lease of which this Lease is a renewal (other than works which may be required pursuant to clause 4.17) OR (ii) by an Agreement for the granting of this Lease or of any Lease of which this Lease is a renewal or by virtue of any licence or deed of variation relating to the Demised Premises.

 

7.              Interim payments pending determination

 

7.1            If the reviewed rent in respect of any period (“the Current Period”) is not ascertained on or before the Review Date referable thereto, rent shall continue to be payable up to the Quarterly Gale Day next succeeding the ascertainment of the reviewed rent at the rate payable during the preceding period AND within seven days of such ascertainment the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the appropriate installment of the reviewed rent together with any shortfall between (i) the aggregate of rents actually paid for any part of the Current Period and (ii) rent at the rate of the reviewed rent attributable to the interval between that Review Date and such Quarterly Gale Day and together also with interest at the Base Rate on said shortfall, such interest to be computed on a day to day basis.

 

7.2            For the purpose of this paragraph the reviewed rent shall be deemed to have been ascertained on the date when the same shall have been agreed between the parties or, as the case may be, on the date of the notification to the Tenant of the determination of the Arbitrator or Independent Valuer.

 

35



 

8.              Rent Restrictions

 

If at a Review Date the Landlord’s right to collect, review or increase the rent as from that Review Date in accordance with this Lease is restricted or modified by law, then when such restriction or modification is removed, relaxed or modified, the Landlord may, by giving not less than seven days’ notice in writing to the Tenant, prescribe as an additional Review Date the date of expiration of such notice and the rent payable from such additional Review Date shall be ascertained in accordance with this Schedule.

 

9.              Memoranda of reviewed rent

 

As soon as the amount of any reviewed rent has been agreed or determined, memoranda thereof shall be prepared by the Landlord or its solicitors and thereupon shall be signed by or on behalf of the Tenant and the Landlord and the Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay to the Landlord the stamp duty (if any) payable on such memoranda and any counterparts thereof, but the parties shall each bear their own costs in respect thereof.

 

10.            Time not of the essence

 

For the purpose of this Schedule, time is not of the essence

 

SIXTH SCHEDULE

(Service Charge Expenditure)

 

1.              Repairs and maintenance

 

Repairing, maintaining, decorating and (where appropriate) cleaning, washing down, lighting, servicing and (as and when necessary) altering, replacing, renewing (where beyond economic repair), rebuilding and reinstating the Common Parts;

 

2.              Plant

 

Providing, maintaining, repairing, operating, inspecting, servicing, overhauling, cleaning, lighting and (as and when necessary) renewing or replacing all plant within the Retained Parts from time to time  and all fuel and electricity for the same and any necessary maintenance contracts and insurance in respect thereof.

 

3.              Security and emergency systems

 

Providing, maintaining, repairing, operating, inspecting, servicing, overhauling, cleaning and (as and when necessary) renewing or replacing all security and emergency systems for the Estate, including, but not limited to, alarm systems, closed circuit television systems, generators, emergency lighting, fire detection and prevention systems, any fire escapes for the Buildings and all fire fighting and fire prevention equipment and appliances (other than those for which a tenant is responsible)and any traffic barriers, car park and traffic control and security systems.

 

36



 

4.              Staff

 

The provision of staff (including such direct or indirect labour as the Landlord deems appropriate) for the day-to-day running of the installations and plant and the provision of the other services to the Estate and for the general management, operation and security of the Estate and all other incidental expenditure, including, but not limited to:

 

4.1            insurance, health, pension, welfare, severance and other payments, contributions and premiums

 

4.2            the provision of uniforms, working clothes, tools, appliances, materials and equipment (including telephones) for the proper performance of the duties of any such staff;

 

4.3            providing, maintaining, repairing, decorating and lighting any accommodation and facilities for staff, including any residential accommodation for staff employed in the Estate and all rates, gas and electricity charges in respect thereof and any actual or notional rent for such accommodation.

 

5.              Signs etc

 

Providing, maintaining and renewing name boards and signs at the main entrance   and any other parts of the Estate and all directional signs and fire regulation notices and any flags, flag poles and television and radio aerials.

 

6.              Refuse

 

Providing and maintaining any dustbins or other receptacles for refuse for the Retained Parts and the cost of collecting, storing and disposing of refuse.

 

7.              Landscaping

 

Providing and maintaining floodlighting (if any) and any plants, shrubs, trees or garden or grassed areas in the Retained Parts.

 

8.              Miscellaneous items

 

8.1            leasing or hiring any of the items referred to in this Schedule;

 

8.2            interest, commission and fees in respect of any moneys borrowed to finance the provision of services and any of the items referred to in this Schedule;

 

8.3            enforcing the covenants in any of the other leases of the Estate for the general benefit of the tenants thereof as determined by the Landlord.

 

9.              Insurance

 

9.1            periodic valuations of the Estate for insurance purposes;

 

9.2            works required to the Estate in order to satisfy the requirements and/or recommendations of the insurers of the Estate;

 

37



 

9.3            property owner’s liability, third party liability and employer’s liability and such other insurances as the Landlord may, in its absolute discretion from time to time, determine;

 

9.4            any amount which may be deducted or disallowed by the insurers pursuant to any excess provision in the insurance policy upon settlement of any claim by the Landlord.

 

10.            Common facilities

 

Making, laying, repairing, maintaining, rebuilding, decorating, cleansing and lighting, as the case may be, any roads, ways, forecourts, passages, pavements, party walls or fences, party structures, conduits or other conveniences and easements whatsoever which may belong to, or be capable of being used or enjoyed by the Estate in common with any Adjoining Property.

 

11.            Outgoings

 

All existing and future rates (including water rates) taxes, duties, charges, assessments, impositions and outgoings whatsoever (whether parliamentary, parochial, local or of any other description and whether or not of a capital or non-recurring nature or of a wholly novel character) payable by the Landlord in respect of the Retained Parts or any part thereof.

 

12.            Statutory requirements

 

Carrying out any works to the Estate required to comply with any statute (other than works for which any tenant or occupier is responsible).

 

13.            Representations

 

Taking any steps deemed desirable or expedient by the Landlord for complying with, making representations against, or otherwise contesting the incidence of the provisions of any statute concerning planning, public health, highways, streets, drainage and all other matters relating or alleged to relate to the Estate or any part of it for which any tenant is not directly responsible.

 

14.            Management

 

14.1          The proper and reasonable fees, costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including any VAT payable thereon) of the Landlord, the Surveyor and/or the Accountant and any other person employed or retained by the Landlord for or in connection with surveying and accounting functions, the collection of the rents,(including all costs and expenses incurred in the enforcement of same), the performance of the services and any other duties in and about the Estate or any part of it relating to the general management, administration, security, maintenance, protection and cleanliness of the Estate;

 

14.2          The proper and reasonable fees and expense (including any VAT payable thereon) of the Landlord in connection with the management of the Estate and any of the functions and duties referred to in paragraph 14.1 that may be undertaken by or on behalf of the Landlord, such fees and expenses to

 

38



 

include overheads and profits commensurate with the current market practice of property companies providing management services.

 

15.            Value Added Tax

 

Value Added Tax at the rate for the time being in force chargeable in respect of any item of expenditure referred to in this Schedule to the extent not otherwise recoverable by the Landlord.

 

16.            Generally

 

Any vouched costs and expenses (not referred to above) which the Landlord may incur in providing such other services for the commercial benefit of the Estate and in carrying out such other works as the Landlord, in its absolute discretion, may deem desirable or necessary for the commercial benefit of the Estate or any part of it or the tenants or occupiers thereof, or for securing or enhancing any amenity of or within the Estate, or in the interests of good estate management.

 

SEVENTH SCHEDULE

(Schedule of Condition)

 

39



 

 

EIGHTH SCHEDULE

 

 

(Head Leases)

 

 

1.      Lease dated 13 th  November, 1991 between Industrial Development Authority of the One Part and General Semiconductor Ireland Limited.

 

2.      Lease dated 6 th  August, 1991 between Industrial Development Authority of the One Part and General Semiconductor Ireland Limited.

 

3.      Lease dated 30 th  April, 2002 between Industrial Development Authority of the One Part and General Semiconductor Ireland Limited

 

40



 

Signed Sealed and Delivered

 

 

By the LANDLORD

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Grattan Roberts

 

/s/ Seamus Geaney

Solicitor

 

 

Cork.

 

 

 

 

PRESENT when the Common Seal

of the TENANT

was affixed hereto:

 

/s/ Siolan Lynch

 

/s/ Michael J. Doty

Solicitor

 

Director

Cork.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eileen Coughlam

 

 

Director/

 

 

Secretary

 

41



 

LANDLORD:   SEAMUS GEANEY

 

TENANT:

TORNIER ORTHOPEDICS IRELAND LIMITED

 

GUARANTOR:

 

 

LEASE

 

of -

Industrial Building at Hartnett’s Cross

Macroom, Co. Cork     -

 

 

Ahern Roberts O’Rourke Williams & Partners

Solicitors

The Old Rectory

Carrigaline

Co. Cork

Ref: GR/90496

 

42




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions “Experts,”  “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” and “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and to the use of our report dated April 9, 2010, in Amendment No.1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-167370) and related Prospectus of Tornier B.V. for the registration of its ordinary shares.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, MN

 

 

 

July 15, 2010